I {

• .

i ;1

\

£ f 1

L

\

1

't

'

4

u.-/4 ;3

6'J"

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

WISCONSIN ACADEMY

OF

SCIENCES, ARTS, AND LETTERS

VOL. XVII, PART II

TABLE OP CONTENTS

Z,3ll1

MADISON, WISCONSIN
I9I4

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOLUME XVII, PART II

Page

On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly. Libellula Quadrimaculata,

Linne. William S. Marshall. With Plates LXVIII-LXXI ... 755

On the Habits of the Uca Pugnax (Smith) and U. Pugilator

(Bose). A. S. Pearse. With seven figures . . 791

A New Species of Diaptomus. Chancey Juday. With two figures 803
A List of Fungi from Kewaunee County, Wisconsin. Bernard O.

Dodge . . . . . . . . 806

A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi of Wisconsin — J. J. Davis. . 846

Preliminary Report on a Collection of Hepaticae from the Duluth-

Superior District — George H. Conklin . . . 985

Species of Pholiota and Stropharia in the Region of the Great

Lakes— Edward T. Plarper. With Plates LIX-LXVII . 1011

Wisconsin Discomycetes — B. O. Dodge . . . 1027

Social Conditions in Southern Bavaria in the Thirteenth Century,

as shown in Meier Helmbrecht — Martin H. Haertel . 1057

Development of the Vowel of the Unaccented Syllable in Italian —

Edward B. Schlatter . . . 1073

Species of Hypholoma in the Region of the Great Lakes — Edward

T. Harper. With Plates LXXXI-LXXXIV . . . . 1142

The Organization of the Colony in Certain Four-celled Coenobic
Algae — Gilbert Morgan Smith. With seven figures and Plates

LXXXV-XCI . . . . . . . 1165

The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin — Alletta F. Dean .'. . . . 1221

Some New American Water Mites — Ruth F. Marshall. With

Plates XCII-XCXIX . . . . . . 1300

The Bacteriological Control of Milk Supplies — William D. Frost.

With seven figures and Plates XCIV-XCV . . . . 1305

List of Members, Corrected to March 1, 1914. Proceedings of the

Academy, Charter, etc. . . . . 1366

\;

I

/

TRANSACTIONS

x OF THJE

WISCONSIN ACADEMY

OF

SCIENCES, ARTS, AND LETTERS

VOL. XVII, PART II, NO. i

MADISON, WISCONSIN
1914

CONTENTS

Page

On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly (With Plates LXVIXI-

LXXI) . . . William 8. Marshall, 755

On the Habits of the Uca Pugna (Smith) and U. Pugilator

(Bose) (With seven figures) . A. S, Pearse, 791

A New Species of Diaptomus (With two figures)

. Chancey Judm), 803

A List of Fungi of Kewaunee County, Wisconsin

Bernard G. Dodge, 806

The annual half-volume of the Transactions of the Wisconsin
Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters is issued in six numbers, .<
under the editorial supervision of the Secretary.

The price of this number is 25c.

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly.

755

ON THE ANATOMY OF THE DRAGONFLY. LIBELLULA
QUADRIMACULATA, LINNE.

Wm. S. Marshall.

From time to time the Odonata have been the subject of
special morphological, anatomical and embryological papers ;
some of these have dealt with the insect during its nymph al
life, others have been restricted to the imago. Among the
earlier entomologists there have been several, Dufour (8),
Burmeister (4), Bamdohr (20), Bathke (21) whose work has
been of a general nature- — later the work has been more along
the line of investigating some special problem or working on a
single organ.

The following paper does not include all the organs; or parts
of the body of LiBdlula quadrimaculata ; some of these have
been investigated both anatomically and histologically and the
results, while not giving as much of interest as anticipated,
are presented as the result of the work, however incomplete.

Head.

The vertex (fig. 1, Vt.), frontal vesicle, is, as seen anterior¬
ly (2mm x 1. 5mm), very prominent; it appears as a small
conical cap placed on the head between the antennae. Viewed
from above the vertex is seen to be a little broader than long,
it has an oval base, each end of which is drawn out to a
blunt point; at each of these ends is situated a lateral ocellus.
The curve of the base, anterior, passes to the median ocellus ;
posteriorly the margin runs nearly parallel to the compound
eyes. The anterior surface of the vertex is slightly concave.

756 'Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

Scattered over its surface are a number of slightly curved
setae.

The frons (fig, 1, Fr.), 1. 5mm in length and 4. 5mm at
its greatest width, occupies ai large, somewhat rectangular
region, extending across the front of the head. ; at either side
are the eyes above is the vertex and below it the clypeus. The
two upper corners are rounded, the lower ones acutely angled
with rounded apex. Dorsally there is a deep median depres¬
sion, in the center of this is a narrow longitudinal stripe of a
lighter color which divides the entire frons into right and left
halves. This dorsal depression gives to the frons, at either
side, an inflated appearance. Slightly curved setae are also
scattered over this region.

The clypeus (fig. 1, Cly.) is very distinctly divided into
anterior and posterior parts; the combined length (height) is
1. 5mm, the width of the posterior part is 4.5mm, of the an¬
terior portion 3.75mm. Except in the median region there is
a distinct boundary between the two parts. Each part is di¬
vided into a median and a lateral portion, the division being
most plainly seen in the posterior region where the lateral lobes
extend to the margin of the eyes. Setae, similar to those on
the other parts, are also found on the clypeus.

The occiput (fig. 4, Op.) has both a dorsal and a posterior
surface; these are not separated in any way from each other
but are formed by the bending of the occiput at the posterior
margin of the head : there is thus exposed a nearly equal sur¬
face from each of the two views. From a dorsal view the oc¬
ciput has a triangular outline ; the base is posterior and rounded,
the apex is anterior, and, wedging in between the eyes, makes
the sides of the triangle slightly concave. Posteriorly the
occiput shows a surface about equal in area to that seen from
above; it is also in this view somewhat triangular in outline,
all but the dorsal surface is convex, the base more so than the
sides. The narrow space which marks the median boundary
of the eyes connects the apex of the occiput with the posterior
margin of the vertex. The setae borne on the occiput are not
so stiff as those on the other parts already mentioned.

Marshall— On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly . 757

The genae (fig. 1, G), including that part of the epicranium
in front of the eyes, are small and barely seen from an an¬
terior view. Each is but a small piece at either side of the
clypeus and is in part hidden by the posterior clypeus and the
mouth parts.

The epicranium, besides the parts already described, ex¬
tends back of the eyes and over the posterior surface of the
head. The largest part of the surface at the back of the head
is covered with dark brown chitin; this area lies between the
occiput above and the occipital foramen below and is divided
into right and left parts which are connected by a wide bridge.
In a lateral view of the head a small piece of this part of the
epicranium is seen to lie along the posterior margin of each
eye (fig. 2, Ep.). Just where, at each side, this piece turns
inward to cover the posterior surface of the head there is,
extending from dorsal to ventral margin, a band of setae
(seen in fig. 2) ; these, for about one quarter of the distance
from the dorsal boundary, are longer than at any other place.
A lateral view of the head shows two light areas (drawn with¬
out stippling in figure 2), one near the middle, the other ven¬
tral.

The gula (fig. 3, Gu.) consists of two portions; the basal
piece 2mm wide, 1.25mm high, is somewhat rectangular in
shape; from the upper corners of this piece arise two slight¬
ly curved arms which extend up to the occipital foramen.

‘ The labrum (fig. T, Lb.) is 2.75mm x 1.20mm; it is slight¬
ly convex on the outer and concave on the inner surface, the
greatest convexity is medium near the upper margin. On the
outer surface, along the free margin, runs a strip, darker in
color than the rest and having the cuticula thicker. At the
upper corners this strip turns inward and extends nearly half¬
way to the median part of the labrum (this part is stippled
in fig. 1, Lb.). Along and near the free margin are a number
of setae; all of these are slightly curved and, in most of them,
the concavity faces the median axis of the labrum. Along
the upper surface are other curved setae, these are not so long
as the marginal ones. The labrum moves very freely on the

758 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

lower edge of the clypeus, there being at this place two hinges
formed in. part by the kbrum and in part by the clypeus.
Along that edge of the clypeus which is opposed to the labrum
are two heavy, curved rods (shown between labrum and cly¬
peus in fig. 1) and, not far from the anterior end of each of
these, there is a heavy blunt projection (fig. 5, t). Just
opposite this projection there is on the edge of the labrum a
depression, the wall of which is strengthened by a thickening
of chitin along the upper surface (fig. 5, r).

The elevation or raising of the labrum is due to two slender
pairs of muscles which can easily be seen by cutting away the
central part of the frons and clypeus; this exposes a larger
frontal and a smaller clypeal cavity. Such a preparation
(fig. 6), shows the frontal cavity to have a chitinous rool
which is prolonged into two processes, the prefrontal-anten¬
nal apodemes of Berlese (1), from the ends of which the two
pairs of muscles arise. The larger, median, pair of these
muscles converge in their course towards the base of the lab¬
rum, finally coming together to be inserted on a small median
chitinous plate at the upper margin of the labrum (fig. 1,
median, between clypeus and labrum). From the same apo¬
demes arise another pair of muscles, thinner and more lateral¬
ly situated than the first pair; they diverge slightly and, be¬
fore their insertion, become narrow tendons. (Before they
reach the labrum both pairs of muscles pass back of a slightly
curved chitionous prop (figs. 4 and 6, Ap. 2), the clypeo-pre-
frontal apodeme of Berlese. This is the enlarged inner mar¬
gin of a thin plate which separates the frontal from the
clypeal cavity (fig. 4). These two pairs of muscles are called
by Berlese “M. adductore primo et secondo del labbro su-
periore”. The median pair from their insertion on a plate
which is part of the external wall of the labrum, would raise
it. The lateral muscles do not, from their insertion, show so
clearly just what their use is; the tendons in which they end
run for a short distance along the wall of the buccal
cavity and are finally inserted so near the outer ends of this
upper margin of the labrum that it is hard to distinguish the

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly.

759

difference between the two walls, external and internal, at
their point of insertion. They probably help to elevate the
upper lip. ; ;

Buccal cavity. A view of the inner surface of the labruni
show's, along and near its free outer margin, a number of long,
slightly curved setae. Around the entire free margin there is
a wide band, darker than the rest of the surface but which
shows in section, no perceptible difference in the thickness of
the cuticula. In the central region, wFere the sense pits are
situated, the chitin is both darker and thicker ; where the
epipharyngeal muscle is attached it is darker but not thicker^
There are also on the inner surface four groups of setae ; two5
of theses are more centrally located, the other two groups are
near the lateral margins (fig. 7). The setae comprising the
more centrally located groups are longer than the others. In
the central region there are a number of sensory plates; these
are small, dark areas of the cuticula, of varying size and per¬
forated with small circular openings. The number of openings
in each plate varies from one to thirteen; the greater number
of openings in the larger plates give to them a sive-like appear¬
ance.

Hear the center of the roof of the mouth, close to the upper,
attached margin of the labrum, are two heavy, dark projec¬
tions of the chitin; these are covered with many stiff setae
which gives to them a brush-like appearance (figs. 7, c and 8,c).
From near the base of each brush there is a stiff, slightly
curved chitinous rod which forms in part the inner margin
of the labrum. These rods act as supports for the labrum and,
near their outer ends, are found the hinges upon which it ar¬
ticulates. A little to the side from the apex of each brush
there is a group of sensory pits. The layer of hypodermis
which lies next to the cuticula shows but a slight variation in
thickness; in the more central part the cells contain a great
many black pigment granules.

The hypopharynx is very large and leaves but little space
underneath between it and the labium. Along its margin there
are many setae, these are longer on the lower than on the

760 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

lateral margins. Over the upper surface are a number of
slightly curved setae which exceed in length those on cor¬
responding parts of the epipharynx. The entire basal part
of the hypopharynx is borne on a chitinous prop which arches
up over the reservoirs of the salivary glands. At the inner
margin of the hypopharynx, just at the opening into the pha¬
rynx, there is a transverse plate of thickened chitin (fig. 7, Ph.
pi.) which, in a sagittal section shows as a tooth (fig. 8, Ph.
pi.) ; this is used to hold open the entrance into the aliment¬
ary canal, there being at this region a dorso-ventral compres¬
sion. Directly in front of this opening the cuticular layer is,
on both roof and floor, slightly thicker than over the rest of
the surface ; the cuticula here is transparent and slightly rugose.
Excepting those parts mentioned the cuticular lining of the
mouth shows but slight variations in thickness although over
the floor it is a little thinner than on the roof.

Alimenteky Caxal.

General (fig. 9). At its commencement the oesophagus is
a narrow tube which changes but little in diameter through
the head and cervical region. It at first passes upwards and
forwards (the latter direction is but slight and assumes the
head to be in a deflexed position), the slight forward direc¬
tion soon changes and the oesophagus gradually turns back¬
ward to pass under the supra-oesophageal ganglion. Just be¬
fore passing out of the head through the occipital foramen it
assumes a position which is parallel to the longitudinal axis
of the insect’s body; this position relative to the body it re¬
tains to the anal opening. The anterior portion of the oeso¬
phagus is the thinnest part of the alimentary canal. Just
after leaving the cervical region the oesophagus commences to
increase in diameter, this increase continues through the pro¬
thorax and becomes greater at the anterior end of the meso-
thorax. At the beginning of the mesothorax this increase in
diameter appears, from a dorsal view, to be very gradual;
from a lateral view the change is seen to be an abrupt one. In

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly. 761

this region the dorsal wall of the oesophagus remains nearly
level, the ventral wall however falls suddenly away from the
dorsal causing the abrupt enlargement.

The crop, beginning in the middle of the metathorax, ex¬
tends through the first, second and the anterior half of the
third abdominal segments; at its posterior end it decreases
slightly in diameter. The thickest part of the crop is in the
first and second abdominal segments and exceeds in diameter
any other portion of the alimentary canal. At its posterior
end the fore-intestine decreases in diameter and, when seen
externally, passes over into the mid-intestine as the end of
one tube pushed into another and slightly larger one. The
boundaries between the different regions of the fore-intestine
must be more or less assumed as there are no external markings
or changes which separate one part from another. The same
is true from a study of the structure of the wall.

The mid-intestine starts near the middle of the third ab¬
dominal segment; its diameter does not change within the
fourth and fifth segments except^ that, at the posterior end of
the latter segment, there is a gradual decrease in size. In de¬
fining the position of the boundary between the fore- and mid¬
intestines one must bear in mind that the presence of the
oesophageal valve which is pushed into this region of the ali¬
mentary canal, makes this boundary a little different in ex¬
ternal view to what it is really found to be in longitudinal sec¬
tion. We take here, however, the anterior end of the mid-
intestine as seen in external view and find that this boundary
lies within the third abdominal segment. In some specimens
it is well toward the boundary between the third and second
segment, in others near or at the boundary between the third
and fourth. In the fourth and fifth segments and also in
a small part of the third, the mid-intestine is covered with
transverse folds, each fold appearing as a ridge passing around
the intestine. The folds have sinuous boundaries and are
fairly regular. From a surface view many of these folds can
be traced from side to side across the intestine; when closely
studied and any one fold is carefully followed it is found that

762 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

in nearly every instance each fold ends or branches before the
circumference of the intestine is completed. For a distance of
1mm from its anterior end the mid-intestine is smooth; near
the middle of the seventh abdominal segment the plicated ap¬
pearance ceases, leaving the posterior 2mm, with a smooth ex¬
ternal surface. The Malpighian tubules are inserted just be¬
hind the middie of the seventh segment. The posterior end
of the mid-intestine is generally in the seventh segment, a
few specimens were found in which it was in the extreme an¬
terior part of the eighth segment.

The ileum, the first division of the hind-intestine, extends
through most of the posterior half of the seventh segment, all
of the eighth segment and a little into the ninth. On the poste¬
rior portion there is the appearance of longitudinal folding.
In the anterior part of the ninth segment the ileum passes
into the rectum, this latter section of the alimentary canal
does not vary in thickness throughout its length.

The alimentary tract of Libellula 4-maculata passes straight
through its body excepting a small part of the head ; the length
of the body in a number of speeiments will show slight varia¬
tions and a difference in the length of the intestine is also no¬
ticed. In measuring some alcoholic specimens it was found
that the average length of the males was greater than the fe¬
males ; ten specimens of each sex were then measured, ex¬
clusive of the genital claspers, etc, with the result that the
average length of the males was 41.65mm, of the females
39.90mm. The different divisions of the alimentary canal av¬
eraged as follows: fore-intestine, male 20.5mm, female
1 7.5mm, mid-intestine; male 12.5mm, female 14mm;
hind-intestine; male 7.7mm, female 6.5mm. The males have
the longer fore-and hind-intestine, the females the longer mid-
intestine. The total of the parts of the alimentary tract is
a little less than the length of the body. The curved portion
of the oesophagus is slightly less than the distance to the front
of the head and it is also impossible to accurately measure in
rough dissections the length of this same curved part.

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly. 763

Pharynx. The pharynx is somewhat flattened dorso-ven-
trally. Its cuticnlar lining is thick and varies in different
specimens from an entirely colorless layer to one in which the
outer part is brown; in all specimens the pharyngeal plate
is darkly colored. This plate (fig. 10, Ph. pi.) extends trans¬
versely across the floor of the pharynx near its posterior boun¬
dary; in a longitudinal section of the pharynx it has the ap¬
pearance of a forwardly directed tooth (figs. 8 and 11, Ph.
ph). Forming the ventral wall there are besides the cuticu-
lar and hypodermal layers, a few circular muscles. Dor sally
the cells of the hypodermis are longer than those of the op¬
posite surface and there is, above the hypodermis, some gland¬
ular tissue; this is followed by longitudinal and oblique mus¬
cles and above these a circular layer. In the posterior part
of the pharynx there are small muscles arising on its dorsal
wall and passing to the clypeus. Just posterior to the pharyn¬
geal plate there is a depression in the ventral wall, a little
back of this the circular muscles increase in thickness and the
lumen of the alimentary canal decreases in size: at this point
might be placed the boundary between the pharynx and the
oesophagus. The cuticular lining of the pharynx is covered
with numerous small, blunt projections.

The glands lying at the roof of the pharynx (fig. I'l, Gl.)
show a fairly continuous layer just above the hypodermis.
In a longitudinal section through the pharynx a number of
pieces of different sizes are seen ; the largest of these lie paral¬
lel to the roof of the pahrynx and are seldom more than two
or three cells in thickness (fig. 12). Each gland-cell contains
a rounded nucleus and often shows one or more vacuoles in the
cytoplasm.

Oesophagus. The oesophagus is narrower at its beginning
than the pharynx; it changes but little in diameter until, at
the beginning of the mesothorax, the sudden enlargement takes
place which was mentioned in the general account of the ali¬
mentary tract. A study of transverse sections shows that in
its most anterior part it is similar in structure to the pharynx ;
the five large folds found in the latter region change to six or

764 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

eight, the medium dorsal fold is still larger than any of the
others. Between these large folds there are still many small
irregular ones. At the middle of the cervical region a change
takes place ; the large median dorsal fold persists and at either
side of this there are two or three narrow ones ventrally di¬
rected. On the ventral wall are a number of small folds (fig.
13). Further hack in the cervical region the folding again
changes and one could not, in this region, determine in a trans¬
verse section, which part was dorsal: the median dorsal fold
is still present hut no larger than the others. Throughout
this and other parts of the fore-intestine the cuticular layer
is covered wih small blunt processes (fig. 14) ; similar ones
were noted as present in the pharynx.

In the middle of the prothorax the oesophagus enlarges;
the walls remain of the same thickness but, owing to the in¬
crease in diameter, the folds do not come so close together.
Towards the posterior end of the prothorax the large folds dis¬
appear and their place is taken by a number of small ones.
As the oesophagus enters the mesothorax there is, 4.25mm
from its commencement, the sudden increase in its diameter,
due to the abrupt fall in its ventral wall. At the beginning
of this enlarged part the folds are smaller and most of them
are restricted to the dorsal wall. At this region the wall of
tthe oesophagus becomes thinner, due to a decrease in the layer
of circular muscles (fig. 15) which are not so thick here as in
the most anterior region. From this place to the gizzard the
muscular layers are scarcely noticeable.

Gizzard. If a specimen of Libellula with an empty crop be
examined the plates of the gizzard can be seen through the thin
wall protruding, apparently, from the anterior end of the
mid-intestine forward into the crop. One is unable to notice
any boundary between the crop and the gizzard. If the in¬
testine at this region be cut longitudinally into halves a view
of the interior will show the true position of the plates and
it will then be seen that they have no connection with the mid¬
intestine (fig. 16). Taking for the limits of the gizzard a
point slightly anterior to the plates and, posteriorly, where the

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly. 765

fore-and mid-intestines join, it can be seen that' the wall of
the fore-intestine shows no external difference between the crop
and the gizzard ; the presence of the plates alone indicating the
latter. The thin transparent wall of both crop and gizzard
has, in the latter, a thicker muscular layer; this cannot be
noticed in an external view.

Calvert (6) found a variation in the position of the gizzard
in individuals of the same species. In Hetaerina americana
the gizzard was in the fourth, fifth or sixth abdominal seg¬
ments and in Archilestes grandis it varied in position from
the fourth to the sixth segment. In Lib'ellula d-maculata there
is a slight variation but the gizzard is always in the second,
third and fourth segments. It cannot be described as situated
exclusively in the third segment as, in many examples, it ex¬
tends forward into the second or back into the fourth. If
there be any sexual difference it is that in male specimens the
gizzard more frequently extends forward into the second seg¬
ment while there are some females, in which it extends back
into the fourth. Calvert (6) found in Hetaerina americana
four folds in the gizzard, each covered with minute teeth ;
there were no large teeth present and no intermediate tooth¬
bearing folds. Ris (22) mentions that in Lihellula the teeth
are much reduced and, while he does not figure any species
of the genus, his drawing of the gizzard of Cordula aenea is
very similar to what is found in Libellula J^-maculata.

In this latter dragonfly there are four large folds and along
each of these there is a long, narrow, longitudinal plate (fig.
17). From a surface view these plates appear of a dark brown
color and, in transverse section, it is seen that the chitin form¬
ing the plates is not only much darker but also thicker than
the chitin lining any other part of the gizzard. Each plate
is shaped a little like the head of a spear with the point directed
backward; the anterior end does not have a distinct boundary
but gradually .becomes lost in the surrounding light colored
cuticula. The edges of the plates, especially the posterior half,
are very irregular. The small cuticular projections present
over the surface of the pharynx and oesophagus are not so

766 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

abundant in the gizzard although a few can he seen scattered
over the entire surface. An exception to this is the posterior
half of each plate and a little to each side where the projec¬
tions are very numerous and form a rectangular area (fig. 18)
and the spaces between are almost free from the projections.

Examining a series of transverse sections through the giz¬
zard, and restricting what we have to say to that portion bear¬
ing the plates, a great difference is noted in the folding of the
wall in different parts. In the anterior end those portions of
the wall bearing the plates extend but a little, if any, into
the lumen of the intestine and are hardly noticeable as folds
(fig. 19). Passing back the four plate-bearing folds are seen
to extend further and further towards the center of the section
until, near the posterior end, the plates nearly touch (fig. 20).
During this change in the four primary folds the smaller ones
between them have also increased in size.

The microscopical structure of the wall of the gizzard is very
similar throughout. Sections through the plates show the
cuticular layer to be dark and thick, between the plates it is
thinner and colorless. In the posterior region, where the four
folds are well developed, there is generally a space between the
layer of circular muscles and the hypodermis (fig. 21) but this
may be due to the separation of the layers in the preserving
fluid.

Mid-intestine. This region of the alimentary canal extends
from the third to the seventh abdominal segment. In external
view there is a very noticeable annulated appearance, due to
the alternating ridges and depressions which from any one
view, extend across the intestine. Such an appearance occurs
over the entire section of the alimentary canal except for a
short distance at either end. For 2mm from the posterior
end the surface is smooth; at the anterior end about 1mm of
the intestine appears smooth externally, but longitudinal sec¬
tions show even this part to be slightly annulated (fig. 22)
These folds do not all show a regularity in making a complete
circumference of the intestine or in the distance separating
them from each other. When, under a strong dissecting lens,

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly.

767

the folds are followed around the intestine it is seen that, be¬
fore making the entire circumference, nearly all of them either
come to a sudden end or branch. At the anterior end the
folds are smallest and are continued over that portion of the
mid-intestine which takes part in the formation of the’ oeso¬
phageal valve (fig. 22). Over most of the mid-intestine, ex¬
cept at either end, there is often a smaller secondary fold on
the apex of the primary ones (fig. 23).

Throughout the entire extent of this region of the alimentary
tract there are, except in the nidi, no great histological dif¬
ferences ; the size and form of the cells change on account of
the folding of the wall. There is but a slight development of
the circular and longitudinal muscular layers. The epithelial
cells are long and narrow (fig. 24), becoming shortest at the
regions of the secondary folds. The striated layer, rhabdorium,
is present; at some places it contained a number of vacuoles
but, as the dragonflies were taken at a period of inactivity, but
few of the peculiar appearances due to secretory activity were
seen.

Over the entire mid-intestine nests of cells, nidi, are very
noticeable (fig. 25) and are remarkable for their great abund¬
ance. The structure here is very similar to what has been
described in the dragonfly nypmph, Sadones (24), Needham
(14). All the dragonflies studied were caught during a day or
two of unusually cold weather and had all been without food
for some time; this tended to retard the secretory activities
of the digestive tract. Specimens dissected showed the entire
fore-intestine empty and in a large majority the same condition
prevailed in the anterior part of the mid-intestine. Needham
(14) found that within about an hour after feeding the discharge
of the cells in the anterior part of the mid-intestine commenced,
to be followed a little later by the more posteriorly situated
cells. The adult dragonfly, as well as the nymph, is a great
feeder and the conditions relative to this discharge would be
as apt to occur in the former as in the latter stage.

Hind-intestine. A dorsal view of the ileum shows an i ir¬
regular longitudinal folding of the w.all, extending from end

768 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

to end; at its anterior end each fold has a narrow beginning
and is fairly straight for a distance of lmm, it then widens,
becomes irregular and shows a great many indentations and
transverse folds. The ileum at its posterior end becomes nar¬
row and here the folds end. An examination of the entire
surface shows that there are six of these apparent folds.

A study of transverse sections through this region shows
that these apparent folds are in reality due to an equal num¬
ber of internal folds. Where each internal fold sinks in from
the wall it makes, on the external surface, a distinct, irregular
furrow; these furrows appear dark from an external view and
give the appearance of external folding to the regions be¬
tween them. The relation of the apparent external and real
internal folding is best understood hv a comparison of the sur¬
face view of the ileum (fig. 26) with a section through the
same region (fig. 28).

Faussek (10) found in the nymph of Aeschna that in the
hind-intestine there were two different kinds of cells. He says :
“Die ganze oberfiache des Diinndarmes namlich ist mit einem
Epithel bedeckt, das nicht, wie gewohnlich, gleichartig ist,
sondern zwei, der Grbsse und deni Charakter seiner Zellen nachr
scharf sich unterscheidende Formen zeigt. In der Vertheilung
derselben is gar keine Regelmassigkeit zu bemerken; sie sind
Stellenweise auf der Wand cles Diinndarmes zerstreut, und
wechseln mit einander ab”. He then speaks of the large cells
with the large nuclei in contrast to the smaller ones. While
this description from Faussek is in part true here there are
some difference between the Aeschna nymph and the imago
of Libellula Jrmaculata. In the latter the large cells are en¬
tirely restricted to the ileum and confined there to three places.
When one examines the ileum after it has been cut open, stained
and mounted with the inner surface uppermost, the three
areas to which the large cells are confined can be distinguished
by the size of the cells and of their nuclei. It is seen that
there is a large area of these cells near the anterior end of the-
ileum and two small areas lying near the posterior end.

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly. 769

A study of a series of transverse sections through the ileum
shows that very near the anterior end these large cells, as al¬
ready stated, first appear in a large area which is ventral in
position. In most parts of the ileum the epithelial layer is
thrown into six longitudinal folds which, in a few sections, are
quite large ; this area of large cells does not show any such
folding hut lies parallel to the layer of circular muscles (fig.
27, stippled part) and occupies the place of one of the folds,
there being, as shown in the figure, this area and five folds..
This arrangement continues for some distance, then the area
of large cells ceases and its place is taken by a fold, the sixth,
corresponding to the other five. Posterior to this come the
other two areas of large cells, lateral, but a little ventral in
position ; these do not occupy so definite a region as the single
large area but each one is in reality a part of the regular
folds (fig. 28, stippled part). This arrangement continues un¬
til the ileum decreases in diameter near its posterior end.

At the anterior end of the ileum the longitudinal folds
begin very abruptly and there is, but for1 a short distance
however, a greater number of circular muscles than at other
parts. The folds are at first not very large ; they then increase
in size and, in the last third or half of the ileum, become still
larger and so remain until, near its posterior end, the ileum
decreases in diameter. In this last region the folds nearly
touch, making the lumen small and very irregular in trans¬
verse section. Hear its posterior end the ileum becomes nar¬
row and at the beginning of this narrow region the longitudinal
folds end. This narrow portion forms only a small part of
the entire length of the ileum but in appearance is quite dis-
distinct; viewed from the surface this region appears like a
collar around the hind-intestine; it has a peculiar, somewhat
inflated, appearance or, often there are several small, rather
irregular swellings. In this same region there were often
found other swellings of various sizes, irregular in position ex¬
cept that they were always located in the same part; these
were due to abnormal, parasitic, growths.

770 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Sections through this narrow part of the ileum show the
wall to he folded and that the folds may nearly close the
lumen. A longitudinal section (fig. 29) shows the folds to be
more numerous in the posterior part. At two different places
there is a larger number of circular muscles than usual (fig.
29, cm). The more anterior of these two groups of muscles
is the larger and would, in contraction, close the opening be¬
tween the ileum and the rectum ; the more . posteriorly sit¬
uated group would have the same action.

The large cells mentioned as occupying three areas in the
ileum are not sharply marked off from the regular epithelium
but the one kind passes gradually into the other. The smaller
regular epithelial cells (fig. 30) show no peculiarities ; the cy¬
toplasm is slightly vacuolated and longitudinal striae were
noticeable in the cells. In the large cells (fig. 31) this stri-
ation, (Sadones, 24), was more apparent; in them the nucleus
was large and irregular and it generally showed a massing of the
contents in that half nearest the lumen of the ileum. As
Faussek (10) says, so great a difference in the structure of the
cells must signify some physiological difference and a cytolog-
ical study of the ileum during different periods of nutritive
and other activities would no doubt lead to interesting results.
The presence of these large cells in the ileum has been ob¬
served in other insects.

The rectum, 2mm in length, extends through the posterior
half of the ninth and the tenth segment. Except for a short
distance at either end, where it is slightly narrower, it is
straight and of equal diameter throughout. In external view
the rectal glands are seen to occupy nearly all the surface,
they appear as six wide longitudinal areas with narrow, darker
space's between. The difference between the two parts, rec¬
tal glands and intermediate space, does not show as plainly
as in most insects, as here the latter spaces are nearly covered
by the rectal muscles and thus in part hidden. The six rectal
glands begin near the anterior end of the rectum and continue
to within a short distance of the anal opening (fig. 26, Rt.).

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly. 771

A transverse section of the rectum shows that the glands
are well marked off from the spaces between them. The glands
themselves are composed of long columnar cells, varying in
length in different parts. Those along and near the margins of
the glands are shorter than the more centrally located ones.
The nuclei of these cells are elongated with rounded ends and
each lies near the center of the cell to which it belongs, Hear
the base of these cells and just within the basal membrane
there is an irregular row of the nuclei ; these are large and more
spherical than the regular ones. The cuticular layer cover¬
ing the rectum, is rather thick and the regular muscular layers
are not well developed. In transverse section that part of the
wall situated between the glands is folded and the epithelial
cells, as contrasted to those of the glands, are very much re¬
duced in size. Just anterior to the anus the rectal glands cease
and the entire wall of the hind-intestine becomes very thin.

There are a number of small muscles found on the rectum;
these are easily seen in a dissected specimen to pass in part
from the rectum to the wall of the body. A transverse sec¬
tion through the posterior half of the rectum shows that these
muscles are attached to the narrow spaces between the rectal
glands (SadoneS', 24). From each of these spaces there is, in
the posterior part of the ninth segment, a group of from two
to four muscles which pass to the wall of the body at the an¬
terior part of the tenth segment; the two most dorsal groups
are larger than the others. Ventral and also somewhat lateral
there are at either side two or three small muscles which, leav¬
ing the rectum, also between the rectal glands, pass forward
to the body wall at the side of and on the anterior end of the
ninth segment ; here they have a common point of insertion.

Salivaky G-lands.

The salivary glands of the Odonata received but little at¬
tention until the appearance of the paper by Bordas (3), in
this work these glands were described for a number of different
species of dragon flies. The first special work on the subject

772 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

to which any reference can be found is by Roletajew (19) who
describes the salivary glands as paired, oval, acinose glands sit¬
uated in the prothorax near the first thoracic ganglion. Small
ducts in each gland lead into the larger ones nntil there is
finally a large duct whiqh empties into a reservoir. “Ein jeder
Speichelgang erweitert sich am vorderen Ende zu einem Speich-
elsack oder Reservoir’7. There is a short duct from each res¬
ervoir, the two joining to open by a single outlet near the base
of the hypopharynx on its under surface.

In Libellula Jf-maculata the salivary glands are situated, as
in other dragonflies, in the prothorax ; there is but a single pair,
and these lie at either side of and generally a little ventral to
the oesophagus. In some specimens the glands extend back
a short distance into the mesothorax. Each gland has a slight¬
ly bilobed appearance and is, in part, divided into an anterior
and a posterior portion (fig. 32). A duct leaves the anterior
margin of each gland ; it runs forward through the cervical
region and, upon entering the head, turns ventrad and takes
a slightly posterior direction until it reaches the reservoir, which
lies at the base of the hypopharynx, one end of which it en¬
ters. From the other end of each reservoir a short duct passes
towards the floor of the buccal cavity; these two short ducts,
each .28mm long, unite before emptying into the buccal cav¬
ity. The duct, both upon entering and leaving the reservoir,
is of the same structure, it is in each instance covered for a'
short distance by a prolongation of the wall of the reservoir;
this covering gradually decreases in thickness (fig. 33).

Each salivary gland of Libellula J^-maculata is flattened and
irregular in shape, broad distally but pointed at the anterior
end from which the duct leaves. Each gland is composed of
a number of small lobes which are in turn made up of many
smaller acini. Within and near the center of each acinus is
a small collecting duct which runs between the cells. These
ducts unite with others in the small lobes; the ducts from the
lobes unite with or empty into those from other lobes until
all finally assemble in the large duct which leaves the anterior
end of each gland. Each acinus is composed of a number of

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly. 773

uninuclear -cells, the boundaries of which are difficult to dis¬
tinguish (fig. 34).

Many of the acini look as if they were hollow, the central
part containing a secretion. This appearance is due to the
difference in structure in different parts of the cells. In the
basal half or two-thirds of each cell (the nucleus is always with¬
in this part) the cytoplasm stains readily; in contrast to this
the outer half or one-third of each cell did not stain very dark
with haematoxylin. In the acini this darker-staining basal
portion appeared as the wall and the lighter part as the cen¬
tral cavity. Upon closer examination one can see both these-
parts belong to the cells and that the portion in which the
stain was not so effective was dne to the accumulation of se¬
cretion in the outer half or third of the cell.

Both Poletaew (19) and Bor das (3) speak of the swollen
parts of the ducts situated on the base of the hypopharynx as
the reservoirs. Bordas (2) in his first paper does not use this
word but calls them “glandes buccales”. Poletaiew (19) in
the quotation we have already given at the beginning of the ac¬
count of the salivary glands, used the word reservoir; he de¬
scribes the peculiar external appearance of the reservoirs as due
to the euticular layer and says : “die an ein netzformiges Zel-
lengeflecht aus dem Gewebe einiger Blatter erinnert.” In plate
1, figure 5, he shows the reservoirs of a species of Lestes, the
markings on which, as he gives it, resemble the shingles on a
house, the shingles having rounded, exposed ends. Bordas (3)
figures the reservoirs in three species of dragonflies ; Agrion
minium ■, Corduleg aster annulatus and Cordulina aenea. All of
these appear very similar to what has been found in Libellula
4-maculata. Bordas gives enlarged views of a part of a res¬
ervoir of Anax formosa , both from the surface and in section.
In his surface view the cells are shown with a polygonal outline,
in section the wall is shown to be equally thick throughout
and without the large protrusions so noticeable in the species
here described. Berlese (1) in his text-book figures three cells,
in section, from the reservoir of a species of Diplax and labels

774 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters .

the figure as a portion of the wall of the salivary gland near
the mouth.

The two reservoirs of the salivary glands of Libellula f-
maculata are found on the basal part of the hypopharynax (fig.
32). Each receives a duct from one of the salivary glands,
each duct where it enters the reservoir is much thicker than
at other parts ; this thickness is due to the wall of the reservoir
extending for a short distance out over the duct and forming
a second wall much thicker than the real one (fig. 33). From
the more rounded basal part of each reservoir a short duct
leads off, these two ducts soon unite to form a common one
(fig. 35) which opens at the base of the hypopharynx.

The wall of the reservoir is peculiar in structure and, at
first view, one is apt to consider it as composed of two layers
of cells ; one, the inner, protruding beyond the other. A surface
view of the inner surface (fig. 36) shows a number of separ¬
ated cells having no connection with each other until the focus
is dropped and then the outer portion of the wall comes into
view. In many of the specimens examined these cells, from
this inner surface view, showed an irregular or scalloped mar¬
gin; whether this is due to shrinkage I am unable to say as
all the specimens studied were from preserved material. A sec¬
tion of the wall (fig. 37) shows that the outer half or third
is entirely continuous and regular and that the inner part is
composed of wide prolongations which give to the wall a pa¬
pillate appearance. These protruded parts make up the larger
part of the wall. Ho cell boundaries can be seen at any part
but one would expect to find them dividing the protruded parts
from each other or where the wall is thinnest; this is the
way they have been figured by Berlese (1, Fig. 584, B, II).
Over the inner surface of the leservoir the cuticula is quite
thick but lacks the taenidial structure that is present in the
ducts.

A study of the reservoirs, both in surface view and in sec¬
tions, fails to convince me as to the true nature of the nuclei of
the cells. In both these views very many cells are found that
have all the appearance of being binucleate. In nearly every

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly. 775

instance where this appearance was noted the adjacent walls
of the apparent nuclei touched. Often in surface view a sup¬
posedly binucleate cell could he seen by careful focussing to
give a view in which these two apparent nuclei were connected.
In many sections nuclei were seen of a greatly bent horse-shoe
shape, the two prongs of the shoe being short and projecting to¬
wards the outer wall of the reservoir. The nuclei always lie
in the large projections but may extend out into the other part
of the wall. It appears that each cell really has but a single
nucleus but that it is generally very much bent.

While these two enlargements at the end of the ducts have
been called the reservoirs of the salivary glands, and, from
their position and connection, would appear to act as such,
their structure would seem to give to them more than a passive
function. In most of the specimens examined the cells showed,
between the nucleus and the outer wall of the reservoir, a dis¬
tinct striation in the cytoplasm giving to them the appearance
of active secretory cells. From the whole structure one would
suppose that the secretion was expelled from the outer wall or
that, if it found an exit into the reservoir there were special
ducts to pass the secretion through the thick cuticula, lining
the inner wall. Ho such ducts were observed, the only struc¬
tures that could in any way be taken for a collecting tube or
passageway were small dark spots; these were rather regular
in their appearance just where the inner comes nearest the
outer wall (fig. 37, s). These were also seen as dark strands
running from one cell to another parallel to the outer surface
of the reservoir but could never be followed for any great dis¬
tance. A study of this so called reservoir of different species
of dragonflies during periods of rest and activity might solve
this problem.

From the more rounded end of each reservoir a. small duct
leads out, the two shortly uniting (fig. 35). The wall of this
common duct has for some distance the peculiar covering of
cells from the reservoir that was observed on the long ducts
just before their end. Before opening externally the structure
of the wall changes to a regular hypodermal layer with a thick

776 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

cuticular lining (fig. 38). Muscles are inserted on either side
at the opening of the duct on the hypopharynx.

Malpighian Tubules.

In a general dissection of Libellula 4,-maculaia the Mal¬
pighian tubules are seen to arise from the intestine near the
posterior end of the seventh segment ; from here they all ex¬
tend backward and lie principally in the eighth and ninth ab¬
dominal segments, seldom extending hack into the tenth. In
the ninth segment some of the tubules bend and run forward
again but not beyond their point of union with the intestine.
The ileum is covered with the tubules and they are in general
more numerous here than over the rectum.

An examination of the union of , the tubules with the in¬
testine shows that they do not open into it singly hut that sev¬
eral tubules unite to form a common vestibule which opens at
the boundary of mid-and hind-intestines. ' The number of these
openings varied in the specimens in which they were counted,
there being from eighteen to twenty-two ; the number of Mal¬
pighian tubules uniting for a common opening varies from two
to twelve, the average was 8.25.

The minute structures of the tubules is similar to what has
been found in other insects. The different tubules are similar as
to size and structure or, if variations do occur, they are only
what might he expected from an examination of a great number
of sections and surface views. In the vestibule and in the
tubules just before opening into it, the epithelial cells are smal¬
ler than in other parts. A few of the tubules showed an ab¬
normality in that they -were very short with swollen ends, in
which part the wall was somewhat thinner than usual and the
lumen much larger.

The lumen of the tubules is very irregular and, examining a
number of specimens, one often sees in a single tubule that the
lumen changes in diameter. An examination of transverse sec¬
tions also showed this variation in size of the lumen and that
it was always irregular and angular. Griffith (12) noticed this

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly. 777

same irregularity and said : “the internal cavity of one of these
tubules is very irregular”.

Male Reproductive Organs.

The two testes (fig. 39, T) are long and cylindrical. Each
arises in the posterior part of the third abdominal segment
to one side of and slightly dorsal to the mid-intestine. Each,
in passing backward, shows at first a slight outward curve, this
soon ceases and the testes run parallel to and along side of the
alimentary canal to the posterior margin of the seventh seg¬
ment. From each testis there arises, in the anterior end of the
eigth segment, a vas deferens which, continuing in the direc¬
tion of the testis, extends to near the middle of the ninth seg¬
ment. At this region each vas deferens suddenly turns inward
and forward; after a short distance (less than the length of
the segment) in this direction each suddenly bends once more,
and, passing backward again the two approach and unite just
over the common external opening which lies ventral and med¬
ian on the ninth segment (fig. 40). This last portion, that
part from the final bend to the union of the vasa defferentia,
is larger than at any other part and forms here, at the prox¬
imal end of each vas deferens, a seminal vesicle.

A longitudinal section through a testis shows it to be made
up of many cysts arranged in from one to three layers around
a central tube which has a distinct wall of epithelial cells.
This central duct starts back of the terminal cysts and runs
longitudinally through the testis its continuation outside of
which is the vas deferens (fig. 41) . Leading into this main cen¬
tral tube are many small efferent ducts which carry the sper¬
matozoa from the cysts.

The vas deferens shows in transverse sections that it is not
completely filled with sperms there being a central rod-like
mass of cells which passes through it. The cells composing
this central core are similar in structure to .the epithelium.
An examination of serial sections shows that at or near the
place where the vas deferens leaves the testis there are prolonga-

778 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

tions of the epithelium which give to the lumen very odd shapes,
these outgrowths finally take the form of a solid central core.
This mass of cells passes entirely through the vas deferens and
finally fuses again with the regular epithelial layer of the
wall. A transverse section through any part of either vas
deferens (fig. 42) will show this central core of cells and also
that the sperms occupy entirely or in part the space between
it and the epithelium of the true wall. Longitudinal sections
of the vas deferens show that the central core is now and
then supported by strands of cells which connect it to the
epithelium.

In transverse section the wall of the vas deferens is seen to
be composed of twro layers. The inner of these, the epithelium,
is a single layer of columnar cells each cell containing an ir¬
regularly ovoid nucleus (fig. 43). The outer layer of the wall
is not so thick as .the epithelium ; it is composed of from one
to three layers of cells, these are generally flattened but where
there is a single layer this is mot the case. If two or more
layers of the cells are present the inner layer is much more
flattened than the others. The nuclei of these cells are small
and their form varies with the shape of the cell. At the place
where the vas deferens leaves the testis there is more or less
fat present ; some of these small fat masses can be traced down
over the vas deferens into this outer layer. Where the trach¬
eae in any way touch the vas deferens the fat which may sur¬
round them can be seen to connect with these fat cells which
surround the latter. This layer surrounding the vasa defferen-
tia is a continuation of these fat cells.

Following in serial sections the vas deferens it is seen that
where it widens to form the seminal vesicle the structure of
the wTall changes. In the vesicle (fig. 44) the epithelial layer
has changed only in the cells being shorter and that the cell
boundaries are' very difficult to find. The fat cells as a layer
Lave disappeared and in their place we find a wider layer of
muscle fibres running in various directions. Along the free
surface of the epithelium a cuticular layer is present.

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly . 779

The common opening of the testes is ventral on the ninth
segment between two valves (tig. 45). It is in the form of a
longitudinal slit situated on the apex of an elongated papilla
and can he seen after the valves have been raised. The rather
thick chitinous covering over the surrounding region of the
body is interrupted in two places by thinner areas (tig. 45, at
ends of bracket x), these act as the hinges on which the valves
move. In many of the specimens examined the seminal vesi¬
cles were tilled with sperms.

Accessory glands were not found in connection with the
male reproductive organs. The view that the wall of the sem¬
inal vesicle has a glandular function, Fenard (11), does not
seem so probable as to give to the epithelium of the vasa def-
ferentia this function. A comparison of the structure of the
wall of these two will show that in the former part (tig. 44)
the epithelial cells are much smaller than in the latter (fig.
43). In the vas deferens the cytoplasm may not have the same
appearance in different parts of the cell, near the outer sur¬
face there was noticed in some specimens a darker zone which
contrasted very clearly with the rest of the cell contents.

There has been some doubt about the presence, in con¬
nection with the vasa defferentia of one or more seminal vesi¬
cles. In our specimens there has not only been noted the
presence of masses of sperms in the vesicles (fig. 45) but the
great enlargement in the proximal ends of the vasa and the
change in the histological structure of the wall would point
to the formation at this place of seminal vesicles. Palmen (16)
noted this in the dragonflies and, amongst others, in species oi
Libellula ; he says: “Die beiden Vasa deferentia fand Ich
vesiculaartig ausgedehnt, wie bei den Ephmeriden ; sie legen
sich im hinteren Korperende in S-fdrmige Biegungen und
laufen zuletzt, einender median beruhrend, eine kurze Strecke
nach vorne ; hier vereinigen sie sich, und der mittlere Theil
dringt conisch abwarts gegen die am neunten Sternite bel egene
Geschleehtsoffnung.”

780 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

Female Reproductive Organs.

The female reproductive organs of the dragonflies have al¬
ready received considerable attention. The earliest real an¬
atomical account to which any reference can he found is that
by Rathke (21). Calvert (5) calls attention to the fact that
he was unable to examine this paper and knows of it only
through the references of others. Requests to the libraries of
several of our largest Universities failed to obtain this work.
Rathke was followed in his work by Siebold (26), Palmen (16)
and Fenard (11).

Siebold (26) has shown the presence of copulatory pouch
and seminal recepticle and, in fact, describes the latter in the
species of dragonfly which is the subject of this paper. He
says: uLibellula J+ maculata bi'etet eine Abweichung dar, in
den Hire beiden Samen kapseln nur zwei ldeine Blindsachen
vorstellen”.

The two ovaries occupy relatively the same position in the
female that the testes do in the male. They begin in the first
abdominal segment— the terminal filaments extend forward in¬
to the thorax — and end in the middle of the sixth segment ; at
this point the oviducts, which have for some distance been
along the outer margin of the ovaries (fig. 51, Odt.), con¬
tinue alone to join finally near the anterior margin of the
eighth segment, to form a common oviduct. This passes into
the vagina which continues to the outlet.

The ojiening of the vagina is ventral on the posterior margin
of the eighth segment. From a posterior view the opening
(vulva) is shaped like a capital T, the upright of the T in¬
stead of having a short horizontal bar for its base has an oval
shaped opening (fig. 50). In the vagina, when empty, are
numerous large and small longitudinal folds in the wall the
two ventral ones of which are much larger than the others
(fig. 54). These folds make the vagina appear very irregular
in all transverse sections. Lining the vagina is a thick cuti-
cular layer.

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly.

781

Each ovary consists of a great many ovarian tubules which
lie side by side closely packed together. The ovaries are
changed very greatly in size by the growth of the oocytes ; in
some specimens they are but little larger than the testes while
in others the entire abdominal cavity is nearly tilled with them.
The terminal filaments of the ovarioles lie nearly parallel to
the longitudinal axis of the oviduct and along its inner and
in part ventral surface.

Each ovarian tubule (fig. 46) has, distally, a long and thin
terminal filament. This is followed by a small terminal cham¬
ber in which the youngest oocytes are found and these, passing
backward in the tubule, increase in size, very soon to become
arranged in a single row, this linear arrangement persists
until the end. Proximally there is a short basal stalk through
which the oocytes pass before entering the oviduct. In Lihel-
lula Jf-maculata there are no terminal or other food chambers.
The follicular epithelium is rather thin over all parts of the
tubule; it, as usual in insect ovaries, consists of a single layer
of cells except between the egg chambers.

The two oviducts, passing back and converging towards a
common median line, finally join to form a short; oviductus
communis. This lies ventral to the seminal vesicles, continues
but for a short distance, and then passes into the vagina (fig.
49, Vg). In section the common oviduct shows the presence
of a thin layer of longitudinal muscles which is absent in the
vagina. Besides this layer of muscles both the common ovi¬
duct and the vagina have at either side a considerable mass
of muscles (fig. 55).

The vagina, as already mentioned, is very irregular in shape,
the wall is longitudinally folded and two of these folds are much
larger than any of the others. The two larger folds can be
seen in a dissection in which the vagina is cut open longitudinal¬
ly (fig. 47) or in transverse sections. In this latter case the
folds may come from near the ventral wall of the vagina or
may have their origin at some place on the lateral walls (fig.
54). The wall shows a thick cuticular layer with a notice¬
able lamellate structure. This layer varies greatly in thick-

782 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

ness in different parts. The hypodermal layer contains small
ovoid nuclei, in it the cell boundaries are difficult to distinguish
(fig. 56).

The seminal vesicles lie dorsal to the union of the two
oviducts. These (fig. 47, Rp. Sem.) are irregular in out¬
line and each somewhat kidney shaped; the two are joined
together and form a body somewhat the shape of a dumb-bell.
The union of the right and left recepticles is more clearly
seen in a transverse section through the region of their union
(fig. 55). In all the specimens examined the seminal re¬
cepticles were entirely or nearly empty and what their appear¬
ance would be when filled with sperm is not known. From
the wrinkling of the inner wall one would judge that the cavity
■would be very much enlarged if stretched by being filled.

Median and just posterior to the union of the receptacles lies
a peculiar chitinous piece, the collar (fig. 47, Cu. Co.). This
at first appears to be a ring encircling in this place some part
of the reproductive organs but a more earful examination shows
that the ring is not a complete circle but is ventrally imper¬
fect. Posterior to the ring and dorsal in position there is a
chitinous piece, not so thick as the collar, extending back and
prolonged laterally into two blunt projections (this is shown in
figure 47). The chitin forming this piece varies in thickness,
being thicker near the ring than along any of the free margins.
A sagittal section shows several muscles that arise from the pos¬
terior end of this piece (fig. 48, M;), the action of these would
give to the ring a backward and forward motion. In this
same view the collar has, more the shape of a wine glass, with
these muscles coming from the tip of the stem and the cup of
the glass being occupied by a prolongation of the cavity which
lies just back of the junction of the receptacles. From this
same view the chitinous piece is seen to be free on all sides
and not connected with any other tissue; this makes possible
what ever movement it may have.

What this chitinous collar is for is not known and it would be
necessary to examine a number of specimens during and after
copulation to determine its real use. It is very possible that the

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly.

783

muscles attached to it pull it back from the seminal receptacles
and, having the other and larger anterior end in part concave,
one would suppose that it would have to do with pumping the
sperm out of the receptacle.

Where the openings of the two seminal receptacles join there
is a large cavity with a very much wrinkled and folded wall.
This passes backward into a narrow passageway which extends
posteriorly into the vagina. From a dorsal view this outlet
appears to pass directly through the center of the chitinous
collar hut it in reality passes ventral to his part (figs. 48 and
54). A little posterior to the collar the passageway shows
a slight enlargement (seen in figure 47, just posterior to).
Both from an examination of traverse sections and from entire
mounts of this part of the reproductive system the lateral walls
of this passageway are seen to have a number of cuticular setae
which extend inward from the wall on which they originate
(figs. 47 and 54).

A section through this wall (fig. 52) shows very thick epithe¬
lial and cuticular layers. The epithelium consists of long nar¬
row cells with ovoid nuclei. The inner two-thirds of the cuti¬
cular layer has a very marked lamellate structure, this is fol¬
lowed by a much thinner layer (stippled in figure) which was
blue in the slides stained with haematoxylin ; and, last of all, an
inner transparent layer from which the setae arise.

The use of these setae is not at all clear, and, as only one of
my specimens contained sperm in these parts of the reproductive
organs, it was impossible, if they had a special function, to
arrive at any conclusion as to what this function was. The one
specimen in which sperm was found showed that in this pas¬
sageway they were arranged in regular rows running in two
directions (fig. 48). An examination of this surface with
a high power showed that these strings of sperms corresponded
fairly regularly to the spaces between the setae; this is shown
in figure 53 where the small circular areas represent the setae
cut transversely. Such an arrangement of the sperm would
naturally follow its being forced between the setae but if this
in any way .persists and has anything to do with some special

784 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

final arrangement of the sperm it was impossible to determine
from the single specimen in which this was shown.

At the anterior end of the vagina there is a dorsal outgrowth
with two somewhat lateral prolongations, all of which forms
the bursa copulatrix (figs, 47 and 48, Br. C). In Libellula
the copul atory pouch does not form as distinct a body as in
many other insects.

Zoological Laboratory,

University of Wisconsin.

April, 1912.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Berlese, A. Gli insetti. Milano, 1906.

2. Bordas, L. Glandes salivaires des Libellulidae. Bull.

Mus. Hist. Hat, I, 1895.

3. Bordas, L. Les glandes salivaires des Pseudo-H europteres

et des Orthopteres. Arch, zool, Exper., 3ser. Y, 1898.

4. Burmeister, II. Llandbuch der Entomologie. Berlin,

1832/1847. .

5. Calvert, P. P. Catalogue of the Odonata (Dragonflies)

of the vicinity of Philadelphia, with an introduction to
the study of this group of insects. Trans. Amer. En-
tom. Soc. XX, 1893.

6. Calvert, P. P. Odonata from Tepic, Mbxico, with supple¬

mentary notes on those of Baja California. Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sc. 3 ser. Zool. I, 1897/99.

7. Chun, C. U'eber den Bau, die Entwicklung und physiolo-

gische Bedeutung der Rectaldrusen bei den Insekten.
Abh. Senckenberg. Xaturf. Ges. Frankfurt a/M. X,
1870.

8. Bufour, L. Pecherches anatomiques et physiologiques sur

les Orthopteres et les Hymenopteres et les Xeuropteres.
Mem. Acad. Sc. Paris VII, 1841.

9. Bufour, L. Etudes anatomiques et physiologiques, et

observations sur les larves des Libellules. Ann. Sa
Hat, 3 ser. XVII, 1852.

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly . 785

10. Faussek, Y. Beitrage zur Histologie des Darmkanals der

Xnsekten. Zeit. wiss. Zool. XLY, 1887.

11. Fenard, A. Becherches sur les Organes complementaires

internes de Fappareil genital des Orthopteres. Bull.
Sc. Franc-Belg. XXIX, 1897.

12. Griffiths, A. B. On the Malpighian tubules of Libellula

depressa. Proc. Boy. Soc. Edinb. XY, 1889.

13. Higgins, Helen, T. The development and comparative

structure of the gizzard in the Odonata Zygoptera.
Proc. Acad. Hat. Sc. Phila. LIXX, 1901.

14. Heedham, J. G. The digestive epithelium1 of dragonfly

nymphs. Zool. Bull. I, 1898.

15. Packard, A. S. Hotes on the epipharynx and the epi¬

pharyngeal organs of taste in mandibulate insects.
Psyche Y, 1889.

16. Palmen, J. A. fiber paarige Ausfuhrgange der Gesch-

lechtsorgane bei Insecten. Helsingfors, 1884.

17. Plateau, F. Becherches sur les phenomenes de 1a. Digestion

chez les Insectes. Mem. Acad. Boy. Bruxelles XLI,
1874.

18. Poletajew, H. Des glandes salivaires chez les Odonates.

C. B. Acad. Sc. XCI, 1880.

19. Poletajew, H. Speicheldriisen bei den Odonaten. Horae.

Soc. Entom. Buss. XYX, ,4880.

20. Bamdohr, K. A. Abhandlungen iiber die Yerdauunge-

werkzeuge der Insecten. Halle, 1811.

21. Bathke, FI. De libellularum partibus genitalibus. 1832.

22. Bis, F. FTntersuchungen liber die Gestalt des IFaumagens

bei den Libellen und ihren Larven. Zool.- Jahrb. Syst.
IX, 1897.

23. Poster, D. A. Contributo all anatomia ed alia biologia

degli Odonati. Bull. Soc. Entom. Fr. XVII, 1885.

24. Sadones, J. L’appareil digestif et respiratoire larvaire des

Odonates. La Cellule XI, 1896.

25. Siebold, S. T. H. v. FTber die Begattung der Libellen.

Wegm. Arch. Haturgesch. 1838.

786 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

26. Siebold, C. T. H. v. Uber die Edrtpflauzung der Libellen.

Oermars Zeit. Entbm. II, 1840.

27. Smith, J. B. Epipharynx and hypopharynx of Odonata.

Proc. Am. Assc. Adv. Sc. 1891.

28. Smith, J. B. An essay on the development of the month

parts of certain insects. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. XIX,
1898.

29. Voinov, D. X. Epithelium digestif des numphes

d’Aeschna. Bull. Soc. Sc. Bucarest VII, 1898.

REFERENCE LETTERS.

A. Anterior.

Ant. Antenna.

Ap. Apodeme.

Br. Brain.

Br. C. Bnrsa copulatrix.

Bm. Basement membrane.

C. Brush.

Cly. Clypeus.

Cm. Circular muscles.

Cu. Cuticula.

Cu. Co. Cuticular collar.

D. Dorsal.

E. Eye.

Ep. Epicranium.

Epth. Epithelium.

FI. Fore-intestine.

Fr. Frons.

Ft. Fat bodies.

G. Gena.

Gu. Gula.

H I. Hind-intestine.

Hp. Hypodermis.

Hyp. Hypopharynx.

II. Ileum.

L. Labium.

Lb. Labrum.

Lm. Longitudinal muscles.

M. Muscles.

Md. Mandible.

Mes. th. Mesothorax.

Met. th. Metathorax.

MI. Mid-intestine.

Mx. Maxilla.

Mxp. Maxillary palp.

Oc. Ocellus.

Oes. Oesophagus.

Op. Occiput.

Odt. Oviduct.

Odt. Cm. Oviductus communis.

Pg. Pigment.

Ph. Pharynx.

Ph. PI. Pharyngeal plate.

Pro. th. Prothorax.

Rp. Sem. Receptaculum seminis.

R. sgl. Reservoir of salivary gland.
Rt. Rectum.

S- gl. Salivary gland.

T. Testis.

Tr. Trachea.

Yc. Sem. Vescicula seminalis.

Vd. Yas deferens.

Vg. Vagina.

Vt. Vertex.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVII.

Plate LXVIII

Marshall : Dragonfly

Irans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVI I.

Plate LXVIII

Marshall : Dragonfly

'Trans. Wis. Acad.

jPlate LXVIII

Marshall : Dragois

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly. 787

PLATE LXVIII.

Fig. 1. Front view of head. X 8.

Fig. 2. Side view of head. X 6.

Fig. 3. Posterior view of part of the head showing gula, Gu. X 6.

Fig. 4. A partly diagrammatic median sagittal section through the
head and cervical region. X 10. Ap. 1 and Ap. 2 apodemes. Cv.
cervical region.

Fig. 5. View of a part of the opposed margins of clypeus and labrum.,
showing one of the two hinges, the right hand one. X 105.
a — a, edge of labrum. b — b, edge of clypeus showing part of
the curved chitinous rod on this side, t, tooth on edge of cly¬
peus. r, thickened chitin along outer edge of the cavity in
labrum into which t fits.

Fig. 6. Anterior view of the head with portions of the frons and of the
clypeus removed; part of each eye cut away. The stippled
part shows the partition separating the frontal from the clypeal
cavity. X 8. Ap. 1 and Ap. 2 apodemes. M. lb. Elevator mus¬
cles of the labrum. M. ph. Muscle of pharynx.

Fig. 7. Inner surface view of labrum, above, and of hypopharynx,
below. Each part drawn and then joined in their natural posi¬
tion. X 40. Oes. Oesophagus, drawn only in part, not continued
to its outlet. Ph. Position of teeth upon which labrum articulates
(Fig. 5, t). C. Brush, (Fig. 8, c). Ph. pi. Pharyngeal plate (Figs.
8 and 10, Ph. pi.).

Fig. 8. Median sagittal section of labrum, Lb. and hypopharynx, Hyp.
X 20. The buccal cavity, the pharynx and the beginning of the
oesophagus are shown. M. ph. Pharyngeal muscle. M. ep.
Epipharyngeal muscle. Ph. pi. Section of the pharyngeal plate
across the entrance to the pharynx (Fig. 7, Ph. pi.). C. One of
the brushes on the labrum (Fig. 7, c).

Fig. 9. Dorsal view of the alimentary tract. X 3. Cv. Cervical re¬
gion. Between MI and HI the dark lines represent the position
of the Malpighian tubules, these are not drawn in full but only
their position of attachment to the intestine represented by
these lines.

Fig. 10. View of the pharyngeal plate. X 40.

Fig. 11. Sagittal section showing portions of the buccal cavity, the
oesophagus and the pharynx. X 150. Gl. Glandular tissue on
dorsal wall of pharynx.

Fig. 12. Section through the dorsal wall of the pharynx. X 1100. Gl.
Glandular tissue.

Fig. 13. Transverse section of the oesophagus in the cervical region.
X 280.

Fig. 14. View of inner surface of cuticular layer of the oesophagus
showing the small blunt projections which occur on this and
other parts of the fore-intestine. X 1100.

Fig. 15. Transverse section of the oesophagus cut through the meso-
thorax. X 280.

788 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts , and Letters .

PLATE LXIX.

Fig. 16. Inner view of one half of the oesophageal valve, two plates
of the gizzard shown, a, where fore-and mid-intestines join.

Fig. 17. The gizzard opened longitudinally to show the four plates.
X 15.

Fig. 18. Surface view of one of the plates of the gizzard. The poster¬
ior half shows the rectangular area covered by the small chitin-
ous projections (Fig. 14). X 52.

Fig. 19. Transverse section through the gizzard, cut near the anterior
end of the plates. X 70. In this and the following figure, 20,
the inner irregular line represents the cuticular layer and the
four plates are shown thicker, as they are, than the rest of it.

Fig. 20. Transverse section through the gizzard near the posterior
end of the plates. X 110.

Fig. 21. Transverse section through wall of gizzard in position of one
of the plates. X 875. Cu. Cuticula (plate).

Fig. 22. Longitudinal section through the oesophageal valve show¬
ing at x the place where fore-and mid-intestines join, (a of
Fig. 16.)

Fig. 23. Longitudinal section through a portion of the wall of the
mid-intestine showing three of the primary folds and the sec¬
ondary ones between them. X 110. x, outer surface.

Fig. 24. A small piece of the wall of the mid-intestine, from a longi¬
tudinal section. X 740. Stl. Striated layer.

Fig. 25. Part of wall of mid-intestine very near the posterior end — ■
from a transverse section. X 1100. Stl. Striated layer. Bm.
Basement membrane. Nd. Nidus.

Fig. 26. External view of hind-intestine.

Fig. 27. Outline view of a transverse section through the anterior
part of the ileum. The region occupied by the large cells is
strippled. X 105.

Fig. 28. Outline view of a transverse section through a region at
about the middle of the ileum. At this place there are two areas
of large cells, these are strippled. X 105.

Fig. 29. Partially diagrammatic longitudinal section through the ali¬
mentary canal at union of ileum, II. with rectum, Rt. X 40.
Pg. Pigment.

Fig. 30. Part of transverse section of ileum showing the regular epi¬
thelial cells, Epth. and the cuticula, Cu. Nothing else drawn.
X 550.

Fig. 31. Part of a transverse section of the ileum showing the large
cells. X 435.

Fig. 32. Salivary glands, S. gl. and under surface of hypopharynx,
Hyp. X 18. 1. Portion of the duct that is shown enlarged in

figure 33.

Fig. 33. Optical section of that portion of duct from salivary gland
that is covered for a short distance by an extension of the
cells of the reservoir. The same structure is found on the ducts
just after leaving the reservoir. Position of the piece here fig¬
ured is shown at 1 in figure 32. X 280.

Plate LXI^

Tuans. Wis. Acad. Vor,. XVII.

Plate LXI'*'

Marshall : Dragonfly

Trans. Wis. Acad. V

Marshall — On the Anatomy of the Dragonfly. 789

PLATE LXX.

Fig. 34. Section through an acinus of the salivary gland. X 1700.
cd. collecting duct.

Fig. 35. Reservoirs of salivary glands — above a part of the large ducts
leading from the glands, below the two short ducts and the com¬
mon one into which they unite. X 50.

Fig. 36. Surface view showing a few cells, inner surface, of the sali-
vary^ gland reservoir. X 875. This view shows the free ends
only of the protruding portions of the cells. Compare figure 37.

Fig. 37. Section showing two cells of the wall of the reservoir.
X 1100. The heavy cuticula lines the inner surface, s, position
of small dark objects which might have to do with outlet of se¬
cretion.

Fig. 38. Opening of common duct, sd, from reservoir of salivary glands
on surface of the hypopharynx at x. Combined from two sec¬
tions. X 280.

Fig. 39. Dissection to show the male reproductive organs. Part of
the alimentary canal removed. T, testis; Yd. vas deferens;
Vc. Sem. vesicula seminalis.

Fig. 40. Dorsal view showing proximal part of vasa defferentia, Vd.,
and the seminal vesicle, Vc. Sem. X 30. The common opening
ventral, is shown by dotted lines near the posterior part of the
vesicles, at X.

Fig. 41. Longitudinal section of a small proximal part of a testis,
T, and the vas deferens which passes out of it. X 105. The two
layers of the wall of the vas deferens, the epithelial, Epth. and
the fat, Ft. both shown. The central core or mass of cells inside
the vas deferens is shown at Co. None of the strands of con¬
necting epithelial cells were shown in this section.

Fig. 42. Transverse section of the vas deferens. The epithelial layer
of the wall, Epth., and the central core of epithelial cells are
stippled. The thick irregular black part shows a mass of sperms.
Ft., layer of fat cells.

Fig. 43. Transverse section of the wall of the vas deferens showing the
epithelial layer, Epth. and the outer layer of fat cells, Ft. X
1100.

Fig. 44. Section of the wall of the seminal vesicle. X 1100.

Fig. 45. Transver’se section through the wall of the seminal vesicle
showing its outlet to exterior between the valves, vl. X 105.
At X the bracket limits the moveable chitinous flap which, with
the one on the other side, close over the opening of the male
reproductive organs.

Fig. 46. Single ovarian tubule — part of terminal filament omitted.
X 50.

Fig. 47. Partly diagrammatic dorsal view of the female reproductive
organs — ovaries and most of oviducts not drawn. X 50. The
proximal ends of the oviducts, Odt., are shown. The passageway
leading from the bursa copuiatrix, Br. C., to the seminal re-
cepticle, Rp. Sem., is shown and part, p, of it is seen to have on
its walls the cuticular processes shown in figure 52. This pass¬
ageway, P, passes under the cuticular collar appearing in the
drawing to pass through it. The vagina has been in part cut
open to show the large folds in its wall. The cuticular collar
is shown at Cu. Co

790 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Fig. 48. Median sagittal section through the proximal portion of the
female reproductive organs. X 50. At p is the passage between
the vagina, Vg., and the seminal recepticle (not drawn in this
figure). Two dotted lines a — a and b — b where the connection
between oviductus communis, Odt. Com., and vagina, Vg., is
found two sections from the one here figured. Dark mass, sperms.
Cuticular layers stippled. Epithelial layer shaded. At p and at
a positions from which sections 54 and 55 were cut.

PLATE LXXI.

Fig. 49. View of last portion of oviducts, Odt., the oviductus communis,
Odt. Com. and the vagina, Vg. X 30. Cu. Cuticular lining of
the vagina.

Fig. 50. View of the posterior end of the eighth abdominal segment
showing the T — shaped opening, vulva, into the vagina, v., the
free posterior end of the vulvar lamina.

Fig. 51. Transverse section through the ovaries showing the many
ovarian tubules sectioned and the oviduct, Odt., along each side.
In the center of the figure is the heart, with stippled wall. X
50.

Fig. 52. Transverse section through wall of the passage leading from
the vagina to the receptaculum seminis (Figs. 47 and 48, p).
The long hollow setae are on the inner free surface. X 875.

Fig. 53. Surface view of portion of lateral wall of passage between
vagina and seminal recepticle (Fig. 48, p). In this view the
hollow setae have been cut transversely and are shown at s as
little circles; the dark lines between these represent the strings
of spermatozoa. X 740.

Fig. 54. Transverse section through the reproductive organs, the cuti¬
cular layer only drawn and stippled. Cu. Co. section of cuti¬
cular collar, p., passage between vagina and seminal recepticle
(Figs. 47 and 48, p). The two large folds of the wall of the
vagina, V, are shown. Cut in about position represented in figure
48 at p. X 105.

Fig. 55. Transverse section cut at about position a in figure 48. e,
egg; ch, chorion of same; m, muscles of common oviduct and
of vagina. X 105.

Fig. 56. Longitudinal section through dorsal wall of vagina. X 875.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVII.

Marshall : Dragonfly

Pearse — On the Habits of TJca Pugnax.

791

ON THE HABITS OF UCA PUGNAX (SMITH) AND
U. PUGILATOR ( BOSC).

By A. S. Pearse.

Zoology Department, University of Wisconsin.

Fiddler-crabs are remarkable chiefly for the great size of
one of the chelipeds on the males. The enlarged claw may oc¬
cur on either the right or left side. The females have two small
chelipeds similar to the lesser one of the males. The use of the
monstrous claw has been a matter of much speculation ; it has
been variously supposed to serve as a stopper for the burrow, a
spade for digging, a weapon for combat, a “nuptial couch”
used during copulation, and to attract the admiration of the
females. Smith and Weldon (’09), though they review the
opinions of other writers, do not commit themselves as to the
use of this peculiar structure. Alcock (’02) believes that it
is used as a sort of flag, which is waved to attract the females.
Caiman (’l'l) in his recent “Life of Crustacea” says (p. 106),
“What the precise use of this enormous claw may be does not
seem to be quite certainly known. It is said to be used as a
weapon by the males in fighting with one another, but it seems
too clumsy to be very efficient for this purpose. It is often
brilliantly colored, and has been supposed to be a sexual adorn¬
ment.”

The writer (’12) has shown elsewhere that fiddlers use their
great claw with marked agility in combats with each other;
indeed, one crab may throw his adversary three or four feet,
and, as many such, contests have been observed (fig. 1), there
seems to be no reason to doubt the claw’s efficiency as a weapon.

792 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

Once during the past summer a male was seen to grasp an ad¬
versary by the wrist and hold him at “arm’s length” above his
head.

From June 28 to August 13, 1912, the writer occupied a
room in the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, Mas¬
sachusetts, and had opportunity to extend his observations on
fiddler-crabs. Fortunately this period cam© during the height
of the breeding season. It is a pleasure to acknowledge the
courtesy of those in charge of the laboratory, particularly Mr.
George Gray.

Fig 1. Uca pugilator. Two males fighting. The right hand one is
partly in his burrow. Drawn from a photograph taken at West
Falmouth, Massachusetts.

Two species of fiddlers are common in suitable localities in
the Woods Hole region. Both occur along the sheltered shores
of estuaries and inlets, where they are usually found among the
marsh grass (Spartina). The roots of this plant serve to sup¬
port the soil so that the crabs’ burrows do not cave in so readily
when covered by water. Uca pugnax is most often found where
the soil is of mud or clay ; and U. pugilator is more common on
sandy beaches ; but the burrows of both species are often inter¬
mingled and mixed colonies are not infrequent. Aside from
these differences in habitat and the fact that U. pugnax bred
earlier in the season than U. pugilator, no difference was no¬
ticed in the behavior of the two species.

The maximum number of burrows was found about two feet
(vertical) below high tide mark, and some crabs even had
holes above the tide limit. Where the tide had covered the
beach with eel grass or other debris many of the burrows had

Pearse — On the Habits of TJca Pugnax.

793

mud towers around their openings. These towers were some¬
times an inch in height. In the Philippines the writer had
observed that the fiddler-crabs usually carried the mud exca¬
vated from their burrow eight or ten inches away, and it was
noticeable that the Massachusetts fiddlers usually piled such
mud close to their door-ways (fig. 2), contrary to the observa¬
tions of Smith (Stebbing, ’93, p. 90). The crabs dug most
actively when the tide was falling. Then burrows which had
caved in or been partially filled were repaired. In digging,

Pig. 2. TJca pugilator.. A female at the mouth of her burrow. Drawn

from a photograph taken at Falmouth, Massachusetts.

dirt was scooped up with the walking legs of one side and car¬
ried behind the body (fig. 3). A detailed description of
methods of excavating and carrying dirt has been given in a
former paper (Pearse, ’12), and Stebbing (’93) reviews Smith’s
earlier observations. Only once was a crab seen to use his great
chela in digging. This was when a piece of shell blocked his
way; he turned around, reached down the hole, and removed
the obstacle with his chela.

Sometimes, when the tide had washed the dirt away at the
mouth of the burrow so that the opening was too large to suit the
owner, mud or other material was carried to it and smoothly
plastered down with the walking legs until the size was proper.
Each hole was usually plugged just before the rising tide

794 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

reached it and remained closed while it was covered with water.
Where the soil was fairly firm a crab would gouge a plug out
of the beach and pull it down into the mouth of his burrow
as he descended in such a way as to completely close the open¬
ing. On a softer beach a crab carried two or three pellets of
mud which were placed about the opening of his hole so as to
partly close it; then he sidled through the narrowed space and
pulled the mud down with the walking legs of one side (fig. 4)
so as to nearly close the hole. The legs were then withdrawn
and dirt was pushed up on the inside so that no aperture was

Fig, 3. Uca. pugilator. Males carrying loads from their burrows. In
A the fiddler is facing the observer and walking toward the left.
He carries his load with the first three legs of the left side.

B show:s a male carrying a load away from the observer.

left. Fiddlers seemed to feel that the necessity for having
their burrows closed when the tide came in was very urgent.
Once I pulled up all the grass on a thickly populated area about
six feet square and chased all the crabs into their holes; then I
sat in front of this open space while the tide came in and cov¬
ered the mou ths of the burrows. Though the crabs were timid,
and apparently feared me, several of them rushed out when the
water came near, and, after hastily grabbing one or more pel¬
lets of mud, plugged their holes. Other animals that were ob¬
served to be active when the tide came in, and which might
have harmed the fiddlers, were ribbon-fish, minnows, green
crabs, and prawns.

Fiddler-crabs usually fed on the wet beach above the water,
and the position of their burrows nearer high than low tide
mark, gave them the maximum amount of time for such ac-

Pearse — On the Habits of Uca Pugnax.

795

tivity. Many emerged from their burrows and moved down
with the edge of the falling tide until the beach dried off ; then
they descended into their holes again and waited until it was
time to plug them. They usually did not go far from home,
but the females wandered about much more than the males. At
North Falmouth the beach at low tide was alive with armies of
fiddlers that were twenty or Thirty feet from their holes. Where
the crabs were most abundant (optimum habitat) the burrows
were about five inches deep ; but above high tide mark many of
them went down over two feet and there was water in the bot¬
tom.

As has been stated, Uca pugnax bred earlier than U. pugila¬
tor. Egg bearing females of the first species were observed

Fig. 4. Uca pugilator, closing his burrow by pulling down mud with bis

walking legs.

from July 4 to July 15. They wandered boldly about over the
sand and could be picked out at once by the dark mass of eggs
which caused the abdomen to hang down below the body. No
females of Uca pugilator ' were observed to be carrying eggs until
the first part of August ; the exact date was not noted. These
two species of fiddlers present another case like that of Fow¬
ler’s toad and the American toad, which have different breeding
seasons, though they commonly occur in the same locality and
in the same habitats. The fact that Uca pugnax is darker
colored than U. pugilator and usually lives in mud (which
would absorb more heat than sand on account of its darker
color, and would contain more organic material which would
generate heat in decaying) may account for its earlier breeding
period. It would be interesting to know whether other animals

796 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

which live along ocean beaches in both mud and sand breed
sooner in the former.

Male fiddlers were fighting each other throughout the sum¬
mer (fig. 1), but the chief point of interest in the inter-relations
of the crabs was the behavior of the two sexes toward each other.
The writer had never before observed fiddlers during the breed¬
ing season and was interested to see whether the males would
wave their claws to attract the females, as Alcock (’02) asserts
they do. Such waving was observed throughout the summer.
None of the males were seen to dance about the females as they
do in the Philippines (Pearse, T2) and in India (Alcock, ’92,
’02), though they often lowered themselves on their legs and
gave a sort of curtesy when a female approached. Each male
stood at the mouth of his own hole when he waved, and, if a fe¬
male approached when he was elsewhere, he went to it, waving
on the way. Waving consisted in flourishing the chelipeds up
and down (sometimes only the great chela), and the motion was
increased by alternately flexing the legs and standing on tiptoe
when the chelipeds were down or up. Sometimes a male or
two waved when no females were about, but if a, female walked
through a well populated region every male, great and small,
stood at the mouth of his burrow and honored her by gesticu¬
lating frantically with his claws (fig. 5). If she approached a
particular hole the owner either entered with the evident inten-
ion of inducing her to follow or he attempted to push her down
ahead of him. No male was seen to grasp a female with his
great chela or to attempt to use it in any way in his scuffles with
her. Alcock (’92, ’02) maintains that the bright colors on the
great clawr of the male fiddlers in India “have been acquired in
order to attract and please the female.’7 The claws of both the
species observed in Massachusetts are dirty white, which makes
them conspicuous objects. Yet we must be cautious in assum¬
ing that colors which appear bright to out eyes are also bright
when seen by a fiddler. Furthermore, I have noted that the
waving of claws is commonly a sign of excitement in crabs in
which they are neither remarkably large nor brightly colored
(Sesarma, Macrophthaimus). The male fiddler waves his che-

Pearse — On the Habits of Uca Pugnax.

797

lipeds to attract the attention of the female, but I am not con¬
vinced that she is pleased or that he has any cognisance that his
claw is brightly colored.

Females were observed to enter the burrows of males on sev¬
eral occasions, and once a female was watched who coquetted
with a male for three quarters of an hour. The last case oc-

Fig. 5. Uca puffilator. Waving at mouth of burrow. Drawn from a
photograph taken at West Falmouth, Massachusetts.

curred on July 11 and the participants in the romance were two
Uca pugilators. The male waved and at 12 :17 p. m. the object
of his attention approached and went part way into his burrow ;
he rushed up and tried to push her in, but she resisted. He
then retired three inches and stood motionless for three minutes,
with his claws outstretched in front, then sneaked up and again
tried to push the female down into his burrow. She again, re¬
sisted, he retired, and both were quiet for two minutes. The

798 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

male then cautiously approached and stood motionless close to
the female with upraised chela for three and a half minutes,
and again attempted to push her down but without success. He
then raised his claw and standing high on his legs assumed a
statuesque pose which he held for ten minutes (I took his pic¬
ture, fig. 6). The female meanwhile fed a little and moved
away a couple of inches, then wTent part way down the hole.
When the male again approached she dodged, hut came hack
again, went into the hole and the male stood over her for more
than a minute. She dodged away, again came hack, and the
male stood over her again. At ,1'2 :42 he went to one side of

Fig. 6. Uca pugilator. Male in courting attitude before a female.
Drawn from a photograph taken at West Falmouth, July 11, 1912.

the burrow, she to the other, and they stood thus for four min¬
utes. At 12 :46 the female moved away an inch at 12:52 the
male dodged quickly into his burrow, and the female hastened
up to him, — but a minute later she moved away several feet and
went elsewhere. The male, however, was soon consoled, for at
1 :02 he was standing at the mouth of his hole waving frantic¬
ally at a new suitor. At 1 :07 he carried a plug to his doorway
and shut himself in.

I believe the activities just described were a courtship. The
male made no attempt to use his great chela in an offensive way,
.as he would have done if a male or an unwelcome female had
entered his hole. After his first rush he had every appearance
of proceeding with great caution — as if he feared a too arduous
wooing might cause his prospective mate to leave. After every

Pearse — On the Habits of TJca Pugnax.

799

repulse he retired a little way and displayed his charms for
a time before making another advance. Apparently he was
attempting, as Chidester (’12) says, “to demonstrate his male-
ness.”

A little later in the same afternoon a small male Uca pugnax
was seen to precede a female into his burrow just before the ris¬
ing tide covered it. Whether copulation takes place in the bur¬
rows or on the surface of the beach I cannot say, for no crabs
were seen mating under natural conditions. I dug out a num¬
ber of burrows, but never found more than one crab at a time.
High up on the beach there were many males (including the
largest in the colony) and very few females; many of the
females were carrying eggs. Lower down where the population
was densest the two sexes occurred in about equal numbers. On
July 12 and 17 I counted the fiddlers on a certain area. On a
high, rather open place there were 146 males and 10 females
(5 with eggs) ; two feet below (vertical) this there were 62
males and 58 females. When a well populated area was care-
' fully dug over, attempting to get a crab from every hole, 66
males and 61 females (6 with eggs) were turned up on the lower
beach; 10 males and 2 females above the high tide mark. From
these results it would appear that there were more males than
females, as Alcock (’92) believed to be the case in India, but
there is a chance for error in the fact that the females are very
easy to overlook, whereas a male can not well escape being
seen.

Despairing of observing the actual mating in the field, I car¬
ried over 125 Uca pugilators into the laboratory at different
times and put them in glass tumblers, a male and a female in
each. Only about half to three quarters of an inch of sea water
was put in each tumbler, for it was found that many of the
crabs died when they were completely covered. Under such
circumstances I was able to observe five pairs copulating. Twp
males were also observed while they were attempting to mate.
Neither of them used the great chela, but attempted to climb
upon the female and turn her over with the other legs. The
position assumed during copulation is shown in figure 7.

800 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Though there was some variation in the position of the appen¬
dages, the male’s second legs (those next the chelipeds) were
always hugged again the female’s hack, his third pair were be¬
tween the bases of her last two pairs of legs, and his abdomen
was inside hers. Two males grasped the eyestalk of their mate
with the small cheliped, the other three pressed that appendage
on her back as shown in the figure. The great chela, was never
pressed against the female, but was supported on the male’s sec¬
ond leg. The time of the different copulations was as follows :

Fig. 7. Uca pugilator. A pair copulating. Drawn from life by Miss
Barbara Bradley.

July 15, 7 :00-7 :10 p. m. ; July 23, 6 :35— 7 :27 p. m. ; July 24,
4:40-4:53 p. m. ; July 29, 8 :35-9 :1'0 pi. m. ; July 30, 8 :38-9 :10
p. m. In no case was the entire process observed ; either the
pair were already clasped when discovered or they were inter¬
rupted before they had finished. It will be observed that copu¬
lation took place in the afternoon or evening, but this may have
been due simply to the quiet in the laboratory building at such
time. All the females observed in copulation were “hard
shells,” hence mating in fiddlers does not follow ecdysis as in
some crabs.

Summary.

1. Uca pugnax usually occurs on mud or clay bottoms; U.
pugilator is commonly found where the beach is sandy.

2. The females of U. pugnax were carrying eggs during the

Pearse — On the Habits of Uca Pugnax.

801

early part of July; U. pugilator was copulating during the lat¬
ter part of July.

3. High up on the beach the fiddler population is mostly
males ; lower down the sexes occur in approximately equal num¬
bers.

4. Fiddlers usually close their burrows when the tide comes
in and use two methods. On a hard bottom they pull a round
piece of earth down over themselves ; on a soft bottom they
plaster up the opening somewhat, then enter the burrow, and,
after pulling the mud down with the legs, push up material
from below.

5. Male fiddlers try to induce females to come to them by
waving their chelipeds, and then try to make them enter their
burrows.

6. Male fiddlers use the great chela as a weapon for combat
and defense, and as a signal to attract the females. They do
not use it as a stopper to their burrows, nor to dig, nor as a
“nuptial couch” during copulation.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Alcock, A.

1892. On the Habits of Gelasimus annulipes. Edw. Ann.

& Mag. of Hat. Hist., (6) 10: 415-416.

1902. A naturalist in Indian Seas, xxiv + 289 pp.,
1 map.

Oalman, W. T.

1911. The Life of Crustacea. Hew York, xvii & 289 pp.
Chidester, F. E.

1912. The Miating Habits of Four Species of Brachyura.
Biol. Bull., 21 : 235-248.

Pearse, A. S.

19,12. The Habits of Fiddler Crabs. Philippine Journal
Sci., (2, D),

802 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

Smith, G-. and Welden, W. F. R.

1909. Crustacea. Cambr. JSTat. Hist. 4: 1-217.

Stebbing, T. R. R,

1893. A History of Crustacea. Recent Malaoostraca.
Hew York, xvii + 466 pp.

Juday — A New Species of Diaptomus.

803

A NEW SPECIES OF DIAPTOMUS.

By Chancey Juday.

On January 30 and February 1, 1910, some plankton ma¬
terial was collected from pools in the vicinity of Puerto Barrios
and Los Amates, Guatemala. Among the copepods found in
the collections is a species of Diaptomus which has not been de¬
scribed hitherto. The species is named in honor of Doctor C.
Dwight Marsh in recognition of his valuable work on the North
American forms of this genus.

Diaptomus marslii n. sp.

Male. The cephalothorax is bluntly cone-shaped anteriorly;
it is widest in the middle. The first segment is about as long
as the three following ones; the last thoracic segment does not
have any lateral lobes but has a small spine on either side about
the middle of the posterior margin.

The abdomen is elongated and slender, consisting of five seg¬
ments besides the furcae. The first segment is short and
broader than the others; the second is the longest of the five.
The fourth is asymmetrical, the left side being a little shorter
than the right; the fifth likewise is asymmetrical, the left side
being a little longer than the right. The f ureal joints are about
two-thirds as long as the second segment.

The antennae scarcely reach the anterior ends of the furcal
rami. The right one is modified for a grasping organ. The
antepenultimate segment of the right antenna of one specimen
bears a prominent curved process, but no trace of such a struc¬
ture appears on any others (about twenty in all).

804 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

The spines on the first basal segments of the fifth feet (fig. 1)
are moderately long and slender. The second segment of the
right foot is a little longer than wide; the lateral hair is of
moderate length and situated on the distal third; there is a
blunt, tooth-like process on the anterior surface near the inner
margin. The first segment of the right exopodite is short and
broad and ends in a blunt process at the outer distal angle;
there are two tooth-like processes on the posterior surface near
the inner distal angle, the proximal one being the larger. The

Fig. 1.

Fifth foot of male. X 190.

Fig. 2.

Fifth foot of female.

second segment is elongated, with an obtuse angle near the mid¬
dle of the outer margin; the lateral spine originates just beyond
the angle and it is long, curved, and bears from three to six
teeth on its inner margin; the terminal hook is- long, slender,
and curved. The right endopodite is roughly triangular in out¬
line, about as long as the inner margin of the first joint of the
exopodite ; it is ciliated on the inner margin toward the apex.
The second basal segment of the left foot is about one and a
third times as long as wide; the lateral hair on the outer margin
is about a quarter of the distance from the distal end. The
first joint of the left exopodite is a little longer than wide and
is setose on the inner margin. The second joint has a ciliated
pad on its inner margin and is terminated with a finger-like

Juday — A New Species of Daiptomus.

805

process; it bears a rather long, slender spine on the posterior
surface toward the distal end. The left endopodite is elongated,
reaching beyond the first segment of the exopodite ; the outer
end is pointed ; there is a conspicuous cilium beyond the middle
of the inner margin and small cilia thence toward the end.

Length of cephalothorax 0.78 to 0.81 mm. ; width of cephalo-
thorax 0.28 to 0.30 mm. ; total length 1.1 to 1.15 mm.

Female. The cephalothorax is widest about one-third the dis¬
tance from the anterior end ; the anterior third gradually tapers
forward, being cone-shaped in outline. The first segment is
about as long as the three following. The last thoracic segment
has a lobe on either side, each of which bears a small lateral and
a small dorsal spine.

The first segment of the abdomen equals in length the three
following ones; it is slightly expanded about one-third the dis¬
tance from the anterior end and bears a small spine on either
side at this point ; the narrowest diameter is situated about the
middle. The second segment is very short; the third is slightly
longer than the f ureal joints.

The antennae reach a little beyond the middle of the furcal
setae.

The first basal segment of the fifth feet (fig. 2) bears a rather
long spine on the dorsal side. The exopodite consists of three
segments, the first being nearly three times as long as wide.
The hook of the second segment is long and slender and only
slightly curved ; toward the outer end it is finely ciliate both on
the inner and outer surfaces. The outer margin of this joint
bears a small spine. The third segment is small and bears a
rather long spine. The endopodite is one- jointed and about
two-thirds as long as the first joint of the exopodite; it bears a
spine-like cilium on the inner margin toward the distal end and
another at the end ; between these are small cilia.

Length of cephalothorax 1.03 to 1.05 mm. ; width of cephalo¬
thorax 0.38 to 0.41 mm. ; total length 1.40 to 1.44 mm.

806 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

A LIST OF FUNGI, CHIEFLY SAPROPHYTES, FROM
THE REGION OF KEWAUNEE COUNTY,
WISCONSIN.

Bernard O. Dodge.

The following list of fungi collected mainly in Kewaunee
County, Wisconsin, is based on specimens collected from 1904
to 1908. The mycological bora of this region has not been
hitherto investigated, and this list forms a contribution to the
fungus flora of the state.

Kewaunee County, lying as it does in the glaciated area
along the shore of Lake Michigan in the northeastern part of
the state, has a somewhat different flora from that prevailing in
Juneau County -where several of the collections noted here were
made. The glacial moraines rise perhaps a hundred feet above
the lake level and, where wooded, are well covered with groves
of maple and beech. The low or swampy areas between the
moraines are especially characterized by their dense growths of
white cedar, black ash, and alder. “Blahnik’s woods” is one of
the many places in this vicinity where one passes quickly from
the pastured hardwood groves down through the tamarack, hem¬
lock, and cedar into the alders and finally out into the heath
swamps. Oak, which is so common in Juneau County, is no
longer found in the vicinity of Algoma, although it is fairly
common at Bed Biver, Little Sturgeon, and beyond Kohlberg.
The wild hay marshes along the Ahnapee river are especially
favorable for collecting JBoleti in October and November. Even
in the driest seasons, species of Discomycetes are plentiful in
“Perry’s swamp” or in the “black ash swamp” when few fungi
are to be found elsewhere. Following the cow paths or “wood

Dodge — Fungi from the Region of Kewaunee Co Wis. 807

roads/* one can take for example a trip of about five miles
around Ifrohns’ Lake and pass through a region rich in species
of fungi and other plants. Near McDonald’s boat-house the
growth of cedar which elsewhere borders the lake is replaced
by a strip of “bottom lands” with rich, black soil and here and
there a clump of alder or birch. As the ground rises abruptly,
the usual fringe of hard woods is found.

In this undisturbed region the old trunks of hemlock and
cedar lie strewn all about and are in just the state of decay for
the growth of fleshy fungi. At the head of the lake one comes
to the more open swamp lands with Chara, Drosera , Sarracenia,
Conocephalus and species of heath. Beyond this is found a
stand of tamarack, and finally the large woods, the “Otto’s
woods” frequently mentioned in these notes.

To aid in further critical study of the fungi of Wisconsin,
to indicate variations, and to assist in the identification of the
species, I have included certain field notes made at the time of
collection, and references to descriptions and figures which rep¬
resent especially well the forms as found here, or which differ
characteristically from these forms. Specimens of the species
listed have been placed in the herbaria of the University of
Wisconsin and the New York Botanical Garden.

The work of listing the Wisconsin fungi was begun by Bundy
(Geology of Wisconsin, 1876). This list is widely quoted but
cannot be regarded as reliable, and the author left neither de¬
scriptions nor specimens. Trelease (Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci.,
6: 106-144) in 1886 published a list of 286 parasitic fungi of
Wisconsin. The first work of describing the species of fleshy
fungi of the state was done by Trelease in 1889 in a bulletin ora
the morels and puff-balls of Madison (Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci.?
7: 105-120). Davis (Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., 9: 154—188 ; 11:
165-178 ; 14:83-106 ; 16 : 739-772) has continued the work of
listing the parasitic fungi, so that we have now over 600 species
authentically reported for the state. Another list of the higher
fungi was prepared 'for Milwaukee County bv Brown and
Fernekes (Trans. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc., 1902). Denniston has
published descriptions of about twenty species of the genus

808 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

Eussula occurring in the vicinity of Madison (Trans. Wis.
Acad. Sci., 15 : 71-88, 1905). The species of the Tremellineae
of the state have been carefully worked out by Gilbert (Trans.
Wis. Acad. Sci. 16: 1138-1911) and about twenty species have
been described and illustrated. His monograph includes de¬
scriptions of several new species and varieties, with keys to the
genera and species, and a list of the synonyms of the species. '

If to the species mentioned in the above cited lists we add
about 100 species reported for various collectors by Lloyd, Peck,
and Rehm, we shall have about 1200 species reported from
Wisconsin.

The following list includes 440 species of fungi from Kewau¬
nee County and 40 additional species from Juneau and Dane
Counties. These 40 species were not found in Kewaunee
County and are included here either because of their rarity in
America, or because of their wide distribution throughout the
country and their rarity in Kewaunee County. Clitocybe illa-
dens and Lepiota americana , which seem to be widely distri¬
buted and commonly occurring species, were not found in Ke¬
waunee County. Although the people in the vicinity of Algoma
are familiar with many species of fungi which they use for
food, I was unable to learn of any case of poisoning by mush¬
rooms. This may be due in part to the fact that very few spe¬
cies of Amanita grow in this region. During the most favor¬
able seasons for the growth of mushrooms only one or two speci¬
mens of Amanita phalloides and A. muscaria were found.

About ninety species of Diseomycetes were found in this re¬
gion and will be listed in another paper together with the species
from other parts of the state.

The writer wishes to acknowledge the services of Prof. R. A,
Harper in the preparation of this list.

Dodge — Fungi from the Begion of Kewaunee Go., Wis. 809

HYMENOMY CETES.

AG ARICINE AE .

Amanita Frostiana Pk. These specimens differ from the typical
forms only in being fully as large as A. Caesarea. Under maple and
hemlock, Schmeiling’s grove, August, Algoma.

Amanita muscaria Linn. Figures of this species are generally too
highly colored to represent our specimens. Coville, U. S. Dept, of
Agric., Div. Cir. 13, says, “The brilliant red ones are rarely found here,
but the white ones are not infrequent.” June, Foscora; Mile bluff,
August, Mauston.

Amanita pantherima D. C. Richon, Atlas Champ., PI. 5, fig. 5-8,
figures this form with the annulus distant from the pileus, generally
below the middle of the stipe. In dry sandy soil under oak. Mile bluff,
and in low woodland pastures, July, Mauston.

Amanita phalloides Fr. Forms with a greenish pileus with patches
of the volva on the surface, as illustrated by Berkeley, Out., PI. 3, fig. 1,
occur at Fish Creek. Holland, Atlas Champ., PI. 3, fig. 3, figures the
dull gray forms such as are found in Shaw’s woods, September, Fos¬
cora.

Amanita recutita Fr. The dark drab color, the tough, tightly
stretched skin of the pileus, and the inrolled margin of the volva are
well shown in these specimens. Berk. Out., PI. 3, fig. 3, illustrates
such forms with no patches of the volva on the pileus. On decayed
remains of coniferous log, edge of woods, Swaty’s, August, Algoma.

Amanita rufoescens Fr. The red color of the flesh was not very
prominent. In open woods, in dry sod, Van Wie’s park, July, Maus¬
ton; Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma.

Amanita verna Bull. The pure white forms said to be a variety
of A. 'phalloides are abundant in the Mile Bluff woods. Winnebago In¬
dians who camp here do not eat mushrooms and avoid even touching
this species. June to August, Mauston. Rare at Algoma.

Amanitopsis fulva Schaeff. This species seems to have perfectly
constant characters, although it may often grow in the same locality
with A. vaginata. The pileus is tawny or golden-buff, usually with a
few large, thick warts which fall off as the pileus opens. The stem
is richly colored like the pileus and becomes rough from splitting. A
distinct trace of a fuzzy annulus appears in the youngest forms.
Specimens collected in this stage will grow several centimeters before
drying and are very sensitive to geotropic stimuli. Schaeff., leones,
Pi. 95, and E. Michael, Fue'hr. Pilz., PI. 96, represent these forms very
well. Van Wie’s park, July, Mauston; Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma.

810 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Amanitopsis vaginata Bull. Common in open woods, Mile Bluff,
June, Mauston; rare in Blahnik’s grove, August, Algoma,

Lepiota asperata Berk. On the ground, Otto’s woods, September,
Algoma.

Lepiota asperula Atk. This species seems to be similar to the
preceding except that the brown pointed scales do not form concentric
rings on the pileus, and the stem is white. Schmeiling’s grove, Au¬
gust, Algoma.

Lepiota clypeolaria Bull. Richon, Atlas Champ., PI. 21, figs. 1-3 .
illustrates these forms wTell. On low ground, Melchior’s woods, Octo¬
ber, Algoma.

Lepiota* cristata A. & S. On the ground in rich open woods,
Shaw’s, August, Algoma.

liepiota Friesii Lasch. These specimens have rough brown warts
on the lower side of the annulus which is clothed above with a mass
of cottony fibres. The chlorine odor is strong in young plants. On
the ground among moss and leaves, Blahnik’s grove, July, Algoma.

Lepiota meleagris Sow. On the ground under maple, Belgian
settlement, September, Rosiere.

Lepiota naucina Fr. On lawrns and along margins of woods, Aug¬
ust and September, Algoma.

Lepiota procera Scop. Very common along roadsides and in
maple woods, September, Rosiere.

Armillaria mellea Vahl. This is one of the most common autumn
mushrooms at Algoma, the species most relied on as a source of win¬
ter food supply among the Bohemians. The species is variable as to
size, color, character of the annulus and edible qualities. Aborted
forms are common. On stumps and fallen timber, Decker’s, Septem¬
ber, Casco; Nelson’s woods, July, Mauston.

Tricholoma album (Schaeff.) Fr. On wood-strewn earth, Hale’s
hill, June, Mauston; Otto’s woods, July, Algoma.

Tricholoma equestre L. Specimens differ from T. sejunctum only
in having yellow gills. Richon, Atlas Champ., PI. 32, figs. 1-4, repre¬
sents these forms. Rolland, Atlas Champ., PI. 15, fig. 2k, figures a
form with a yellow stipe, while ours have a white stipe. On the
ground, Danek’s woods, September, Algoma.

Tricholoma grammopodium Bull. Bulliard, Hist. Champ., PI. 585,
and Hussey, Illust., PI. kl, illustrate the large specimens. Common,
Fluno’s bluff under oak, June, Mauston; along roadsides, June, Fosco'ra.

Tricholoma personatum Fr. Commonly gathered for food at Al¬
goma as it is easily recognized by the lilac color and bulbous stipe.
Schmeiling’s grove, Algoma; Awe’s, September, Foscora.

Tricholoma rutilans Schaeff. Clusters gathered from pine stumps
had yellow gills and stipes, as figured by Rolland, Atlas Champ., PI. 18.

Bodge — Fungi from the Region of Kewaunee Co., Wis. 811

fig. 22. Solitary specimens from hemlock logs had whitish gills and
the stipes were spotted purple, as figured by Cooke, Illust., PI. 8, and
Lucand, Champ. Fr., PI. 54. Mile Bluff, June, Mauston; Krohn’s
Lake, August, Algoma.

Clitocybe amethystina Bolt. The whole plant is deep purplish
amethyst in the young forms. When old, the caps generally fade to
gray but the gills retain their color. This species is quite distinct
from C. laccata. On the ground in open woods, Stewart’s pasture,
June, Mauston; Perry’s woods, July, Algoma.

Clitocybe cerussata Fr. On leaves, Otto’s woods, August, Algoma.

Clitocybe ciavipes (Pers.) Fr. On the ground, Runke’s woods,
Kodan, October.

Clitocybe compressipes Pk. In this species the pileus is 2-5 cm.
broad, yellowish to light brown, plane or depressed, with or without
zones. The plants usually grow in twos or threes; occasionally clus¬
ters of about twenty plants were found in pastures. Lone Rock, June,
Mauston.

Clitocybe connexa Pk. The pale sky-blue colors are not visible
except at close range. . On the ground in low woods under maple and
beech, August, Algoma.

Clitocybe cyathiformis Fr. These forms are well illustrated by
Cooke, Illust., PI. 113 ; Sow., Eng. Fung. PI. 363 ; Bull., Herb. Franc.,
PI. 375. Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma.

Clitocybe eccexitrica Pk. The stipe is only slightly eccentric in
our specimens. The base is coarsely strigose. On pieces of decayed
wood and among leaves, Krohn’s lake, August, Algoma. Peck vid.

Clitocybe ectypoides Pk. The pileus is plainly marked by black¬
ish lines of closely appressed hairs branching dichotomously five or
six times from the center to the margin. The gills are narrow and
distant, not close, as described by Peck, Bull. Torrey Club, 25:821,
1898. Abundant on the ground, Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma. Peck
vid.

Clitocybe gigantea Sow. This species differs from C. maxima in
' having a much shorter and thicker stipe. The differences are figured
by Cooke, Illust., Pis. 106, 135. On the ground, Blahnik’s grove, July,
Aleroma.

Clitocybe gilva Pers. The specimens dry well, retaining the char¬
acteristic yellow colors. The odor is strong, not unpleasant. October,
Foscora.

Clitocybe illudens Schw. Very common in dense clusters on
fallen timber and in clover fields, on roots and stumps in newly tilled
ground, C. Remington farm, July, Mauston. Rare at Algoma.

Clitocybe infimdibuliformis Schaeff. On the ground among
leaves, Awe’s, August, Foscora.

812 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

CUtocybe inversus Scop. This species closely resembles the last,
from which it is here distinguished by the reddish color of the gills
and the smaller, more globose spores. Lanzi, Funghi Roma, PI. 95,
fig. 3, gives a good figure of these forms. On the ground. Tornado,
August, Kohlberg.

Clitocybe laccata Scop. Common on the ground in woods, early
and late. Mile Bluff, June, Mauston; Melchior’s, November, Algoma.

Clitocybe maxima Gaert. & Meyer. The pileus grows to be 25
cm. broad and the stipe 20 cm. high. Such forms are figured by Cooke,
Illust., Pi. 135. Under dense growth of young oak and pine, Dodge’s,
Crossville, near Mauston.

Clitocybe multiceps Pk. Clusters growing in the woods are more
slender than those found along street curbing. Insects do not seem
to infect the plants and they remain several days in a fresh condition
after being gathered. August, Fish Creek.

Clitocybe socialis Fr. In Sphagnum swamps with Boletinus palus -
ter, Blahnik’s, November, Algoma.

Collybia acervata Fr. The shining stems are dark brown, four or
five being bound together at the base by a mass of felt-like hairs. On
decayed wood, Warner”s grove, September, Algoma. Peck vid.

Collybia confiuens Pers. Among leaves, Krohn’s lake, August,
Algoma. Peck vid.

Collybia dryophila (Bull.) Fr. The species is variable as to form
and color. The commonest form is figured by Holland, Atlas Champ.,
PI. 48, fig. 102, Some specimens have white gills and greasy, hygro-
phanous caps. These might be called C. butyracea. Cf. Cooke, Illust.,
PI. 143. On the ground among leaves, and cespitose near old logs,
August, Foscora; Krohn’s Lake, Algoma.

Collybia fusipes Fr. The most characteristic features of the spe¬
cies are the ventricose stipe and the manner in which the gills pull
aw'ay from the stem in groups attached to a collar. This is well
shown by Buliiard, Hist. Champ., Pis. 36 and 106, p. 612; Paul., Icon.
Champ., PI 50 figs. 1. 2; Bolt., Hist. Fung., PI. 129. Most other figures
show much longer stems which taper downward several inches. Tim-
ble’s woods, October. Algoma.

Collybia lacunosa Pk. Specimens o.5— 2 cm. broad, 2-4 cm. high,
golden yellow throughout with the exception of the whitish gills, were
found frequently on coniferous logs. The plants dry with little loss of
color or form. The species is rather tough for one of this genus.
Specimens at the New York Botanical Garden, very similar to ours,
having the same scabrous stipe, have bden called Omphalia scabriuscula
Pk. Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma. Peck vid.

Collybia laxipes Fr. This is a slender, symmetrical little plant
with a velvet-coated stipe and flesh-colored pileus which is viscid in

Dodge — Fungi from the Region of Kewaunee Co., Y\7is. 813

moist weather. Very similar forms are figured by Cooke, Illust., PI.
191 B; Gillet, Champ. Fr. Common in wet we'ather, July, Perry's
woods, Algoma.

CoHybia myriadophylla Pk. The gills are very close together, of
fine texture and of delicate lilac color which turns brown in drying.
Hard, Mushrooms, p. 115, fig. 85, gives a good figure. On old logs,
Schmeiling’s, July, Algoma.

CoHybia platyphylla Fr. Common in all woods. Krohn’s Lake,
June, Algoma; Lone Rock, Mauston.

Collybia radicata Rehl. Common in wmods near stumps, Heuer’s,
August, Algoma; in a cistern, November, Algoma.

Collybia radicata furfuracea Pk. On account of the furfuraceous
coat of the pileus and stipe, some of these specimens, 10-14 cm. broad
and 44-55 cm. high, might be referred to this variety. The outer layer
of the stipe is much checked and cracked. Krohn’s Lake, August,
Algoma.

Collybia velufipes Curt. On logs and stumps all seasons of the
year, March to January, Algoma.

Collybia zonata Pk. On hemlock logs, Krohn’s Lake, Algoma,
August.

Mycena acicula Schaeff. Fries, leones, PI. 85, fig. 3, gives a good
illustration of this brilliantly colored little fungus. Otto’s woods, Au¬
gust, Algoma.

Mycena alcalma Fr. Otto’s woods, August, Algoma.

Mycena capillaris Schum. This form is pure white throughout,
1-2 mm. broad, with a thread-like stem. On old bark among leaves,
Perry’s Swamp, July, Algoma; campus woods, June, Madison.

Mycena corticola Fr. On old stub in pasture lands, Detjen’s,
April, Algoma.

Mycena cyanothrix Atk. Nelson’s woods, July, Mauston.

Mycena epipterygia Scop. In these forms the pileus is pinkish at
the apex and grayish at the margin. On leaf mould, Schmeiling’s,
August, Algoma.

Mycena galericulata Scop. Common on old stumps, Detjen’s, May,
Algoma.

Mycena. haematopa Pers. On old logs, Fluno’s bluff, July, Maus¬
ton; Devine’s vmods, August, Algoma.

Mycena Leaiana Berk. The whole plant is deep salmon color.
Cespitose on stumps and logs, Otto’s woods, June, Algoma.

Mycena polygramma Bull. Schmeiling’s grove, July, Algoma;
Fluno’s woods, July, Mauston; cemetery woods, June, Madison.

Mycena puna Pers. A number of cespitose specimens growing in
dense shade had perfectly white stems and gills, with the typical pink¬
ish, purple, or lilac caps. The more common forms are lilac colored

814 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

throughout, the gills becoming ochraceous with age. Such plants are-
figured by Rolland, Atlas Champ., PI. 52, fig. 113. Perry’s woods, Aug¬
ust, Algoma.

Mycena rugosa Fr. On decayed logs, Melchior’s woods, Novem¬
ber, Algoma.

Mycena succosa Pk. On coniferous logs, Krohn’s Lake, Septem¬
ber, Algoma.

Omphalia campanella Batsch. On logs, May to September, Maus-
ton, Kilbourn and Algoma.

Omphalia epichysium Pers. The pileus is funnel shaped, smoky-
gray, 2-3 cm. broad. Krohn’s lake, Dvorak’s, August, Algoma.

Pleurotus applicatus Batsch. On wood, Schmeiling’s woods, Aug¬
ust, Algoma.

Pleurotus angustatus Berk. On decayed logs and stumps,,
Schmeiling’s swamp, June, Algoma.

Pleurotus cornucopioides Fr. The gills form ridges running down
the stem, which is roughly strigose at the base. The spores are lilac-
colored in mass as are those of P. sapidus. Figures by Paulet, Icon.
Champ., PI. 28, and Boudier, leones Mycol., no. 374, resemble our forms.
On stumps and logs, Otto’s woods, August and September, Algoma.

Pleurotus dryinus Fr. On logs, Devine’s woods, September, Al¬
goma.

Pleurotus ostreatus (Jacq.) Fr. The spores are pure white in
mass. Hussey, Illust., PL, 19, may be considered typical for our forms.
On maple logs, September, Casco.

Pleurotus petaloides Bull. On decayed wood among moss, Otto’s
woods, May, Algoma.

Pleurotus porrigens Pers. This species may become 2-3 cm.
broad without having any indication of gills. At this stage they re¬
semble white discomycetes. On decayed logs, Devine’s woods, August,
Algoma. Peck vid.

Pleurotus sapidus Kalch. Common on logs, Fish Creek; Heuer’s
woods, September, Algoma.

Pleurotus serotinus Schaeff. On limbs and logs, September, Fos-
cora.

Hygrophorus Bresadolae Quel. In all of the young specimens
there is a distinct veil which forms an annulus which disappears as
the plant becomes fully expanded. Peck’s description and figure of
H. speciosus Pk., Rep. Mus. 53, PI. 51, well represent this form, ex¬
cept as to the annulus. Bresadola, Fung. Mang., PI. 9, shows a rather
permanent ring, but his figures seem to be of only partially expanded
plants. Under tamarack along the Ahnapee river, October, Algoma.
Bresadola vid.

Dodge — Fungi from the Region of Kewaunee Co., Wis. 815

Hygrophorus cantharellus Schw. Among decayed leaves and
■wood, Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma.

Hygrophorus chlorophanus Fr. On ground in damp places, Blah¬
nik’s swamp, July, Algoma; June, Blue Mounds.

Hygrophorus coccineus (Schaeff.) Fr. In grass under maple,
Schmeiling’s woods, August, Algoma.

Hygrophorus conicus (Scop.) Fr. The viscid conical caps are
often greenish black when growing. On the ground, Fish Creek;
Schmeiling’s woods, August, Algoma.

Hygrophorus eburneus (Bull.) Fr. The pileus is shining white
from the slimy substance that covers it in wet weather. The gills,
which are at first pure white, become cinnamon brown in drying.
September, Foscora; Schmeiling’s woods, Algoma.

Hygrophorus hypo the jus Fr. Gillet, Champ. France, figures a
plant which represents this form. The pileus is olivaceous and is cov¬
ered with a bluish sticky slime. The flesh becomes rose-colored in
drying or decaying. Boudier, leones My col., PI. 33, no. 2^0, shows the
characteristic crooked stipe. Under leaves, Blahnik’s grove, August,
Algoma.

Hygrophorus psittacinus Fr. The flesh is thin, so that the gills
show through the pileus. Boudier, leones Mycol., PI. If2, represents
the forms considerably larger. Under tamarack, Danek’s woods, Sep¬
tember, Algoma.

Hygrophorus pratensis Fr. Common on grassy knolls near Blah¬
nik’s woods, October and November, Algoma.

Hygrophorus puniceus Fr. Some forms of the plant resemble
H. 'corncus except that the reddish-yellow to scarlet colors are well re¬
tained in drying. Schmeiling’s grove, August, Algoma.

Lactarius deliciosus Fr. The large forms are not as highly col¬
ored as usually figured for the species. Common in Otto’s woods, Aug¬
ust, Algoma. At Fish Creek the typical forms are occasionally found.

Lactarius griseus Pk. Devine’s swamp and Perry’s woods, Sep¬
tember, Algoma.

Lactarius hygrophoroides B. & C. On the ground, Blahnik’s
woods, September, Algoma.

Lactarius indigo Schw. This is a rare species at Algoma, only
one well characterized specimen having been found. September, Shaw’s
woods, Foscora.

Lactarius pergamenus Fr. In open woods, August, Algoma.

Lactarius piperatus Fr. Abundant in pastured woods, Schmeil¬
ing’s, August, Algoma; Fluno’s Bluff, July, Mauston.

Lactarius scrohiculatus Scop. This is a very large and coarse
Lactarius. The cap is covered with coarse, glutinous hairs, especially
at the margin. In wet weather the pileus has two or three watery

816 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

zones. The milk is white, soon changing to greenish yellow, and is
not strongly acrid. The pittied stipe and coarse hairs are well shown
by Krombh., Schwam. PI. 58, fig's. 1-6. Specimens found in ope'n
places are nearly white, those in deep woods are yellowish. Schmeil-
ing’s woods, August, Algoma.

Lactarius subdulcis Fr. Cooke, Illust., PI. 1002, figures the forms
which grow abundantly in Riverside swamp, October, Algoma.

Lactarius torminosus Schaeff. Fresh plants are nearly white;
the reddish zones of the pileus are seen only when the flesh is broken
or the plants are dry. Rolland, Atlas Champ., PI. 33, fig. 63, illustrates
characteristic specimens. Frequently found to be parasitized by Hy~
pomyces. Common in Blahnik’s woods, September, Algoma.

Lactarius trivialis Fr. The quantity of milk in the species is
variable. During dry weather large specimens growing in sandy soil
contained only slight amounts. Mile bluff, June, Mauston.

Lactarius vellereus Fr. This species grows in dense clusters in
old roads. Most plants have a stipe only 4-5 cm. long, with pileus 10-
14 cm. broad. Boudier, leones Mycol., PI. 49, no. J7, figures such forms,
except that there are no red spots on the gills and the pileus is more
tomentose. Blahnik’s woods, August, Algoma.

Lactarius volemus Fr. On the ground in wet places, Krohn’s
lake and Blahnik’s woods, September, Algoma.

Lactarius zonarius (Bull.) Fr. Specimens of this species grow to
be 20 cm. across and when dry show 5-15 distinct zones, which in
fresh plants are watery rings in the flesh. The milk is white, slightly
acrid, with no change of color. The spores are white. The flesh is
firm and free from larvae. Quantities were cooked and found tough
and of a strong flavor but not poisonous. There is just such a ten¬
dency for the plants to grow in pairs as is figured by Bulliard, Herb.
Fr., PL 104 ■ Abundant under white cedar in extremely dry weather
when other gilled mushrooms were scarce. Dewey’s spring, August,
Algoma. Peck vid.

Russula adusta Fr. Mile Bluff, June, Mauston; Otto’s woods,
August, Algoma.

Russula alutacea Fr. Ihlenfeld’s woods, August, Algoma.

Russula atropurpurea Pk. Schmeiling’s grove, August, Algoma;
Mile Bluff, June, Mauston.

Russula citiina Fr. On decayed logs and on wood strewn earth,.
Blahnik’s swamp, August, Algoma.

Russula decolorans Fr. On decayed logs, August, Algoma. Peck.
vid.

Russula delica Fr. Shaw’s woods, August, Algoma; Mile Bluff,
August, Mauston.

Dodge — Fungi from the Region of Kewaunee Co., Wis. 817

Russula emetica Fr. Our forms are exceedingly large for the
species, 10 cm. broad and 12 cm. high. The plants are fragile and the
flesh very peppery, but they are edible when cooked. Shaw’s swamp,
September, Foscora; Stewart’s pasture swamp, July, Mauston.

Kussula foetens Pers. Chadwick’s woods, July, Mauston; com¬
mon in Blahnik’s woods in August, Algoma.

Kussula fragilis Pers. This species seems to be similar in color
and taste to R. emetica, but the flesh is white under the pellicle and
the plants are much smaller. Roadsides near Little Sturgeon, August.

Kussula integra Fr. Mile Bluff, August, Mauston; Tornado, Sep¬
tember, Rosiere.

Kussula nigricans Fr. Fluno’s woods, August, Mauston.

Kussula olivacea Fr. Van Wie’s Park, August, Mauston.

Russula roseipes (Seer.) Bres. Mile Bluff, July, Mauston.

Kussula sordida Pk. Under coniferous trees, July, Fluno’s Bluff,
Mauston.

Kussula virescens (Schaeff.) Fr. Ihlenfeld’s woods, September;
Mile Bluff, June, Mauston.

Cantharellus aurantiacus Fr. The color varies from bright or¬
ange, when growing on the ground in open places, to brown, when
growing on hemlock logs. Abundant in Danek’s woods, August, and at
Krohn’s Lake, September, Algoma.

Cantharellus brevipes Pk. Under oak, Tornado, September, Kohl-
berg.

Cantharellus cibarius Fr. The apricot odor is present in the Al¬
goma specimens. Common at Mile Bluff, August, Mauston.

Cantharellus ciimabarinus Schw. The cinnabar color of the ex¬
terior is in striking contrast to the pure white flesh. Devine’s woods,
August, Algoma.

Cantharellus mfundibuliformis Scop. Mile Bluff, June, Mauston.

Cantharellus minor Pk. The plants are scarcely 2 cm. high and
1 cm. broad. They are yellowish-orange, turning brown in drying.
Detjen’s pasture in open grove, September, Algoma.

Myctalis asterophora Fr. On Russula nigricans, Fluno’s Bluff,
August, Mauston.

Marasmius minutus Pk. The pilei were densely covered with
rough spherical spores of some parasitic fungus. Each pileus has about
four or five gills. On decayed leaves in damp places in Perry’s alder
swamp, August, Algoma. Peck vid.

Marasmius coherens (Fr.) Bres. Growing in dense cluster under
alder, Algoma swamp.

Marasmius oreades Fr. This species is rare at Algoma. In grassy
spots along roadsides, September.

818 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Marasmius perforans Fr. On hemlock leaves, Blahnik’s woods,
September, Algoma.

Marasmius rotula Scop. Common on bark and decayed wood,
Warner’s grove, September, Algoma.

Marasmius siccus Sckw. Among decayed leaves, Devine’s woods,
August, Algoma.

Marasmius urens Fr. Fluno’s woods, July, Mauston.

Lentinus cochleatus Fr. This species grows in dense clusters at
the bases of stumps. Schmeiling’s woods and Krohn’s Lake, September,
Algoma.

Lentinus Lecomtei Fr. (Panus rudis Fr.) On logs and stumps
Fluno’s woods, June, Mauston; Blahnik’s grove, September, Algoma.

Lentinus iepideus Fr. On docks and ties, and on roofs of houses,
July, Algoma.

Lentinus spretus Pk. These specimens were wrell dried when
found. They are 6-14 cm. broad. The surface of the pileus is cracked,
forming brownish scales. The center is entire, depressed or raised.
The gills are 1 cm. broad and decurrent. The stipe is very slender in
proportion to the size of the pileus, tapers downward, is solid, tough
and covered with brownish scales. Three of four plants were joined
together at the base of the stipe. On old saw-mill timbers, July, Cross-
ville, near Mauston.

Lentinus vulpinus Fr. On maple stumps, Belgian settlement,
August, Rosiere.

Panus conchatus Fr. Sessile forms with the twisted, shell-shaped
pileus are figured by Bulliard, Hist. Champ., PI. 298. We also have
such forms as are shown by Cooke, Illust., PI. 1149, Schaeff., leones
Fung., PI. JfS, 44- Krombh., Schwam. PL 4%, fiQs. 1 2, best represent
the forms that seem to run over to P. torulosus. On stumps, Blahnik’s
grove, September, Algoma.

Panus stipticus (Bull.) Fr. On stumps and fallen timber, Oc¬
tober, Casco.

Panus torulosus Fr. This plant has a violet colored pileus and
stipe as figured by Bolton, Hist. Fung., PI. 146. The gills are ame¬
thyst colored in all young specimens, the flesh is white and thick. On
stumps, Otto’s woods, July to September, Algoma.

Trogia crispa (Pers.) Fr. The specimens collected from tama¬
rack in December showed a reddish color at the point of attachment
when bruised, but this change of color does not seem to be present
in plants in the growing season. Perry’s swamp, Algoma.

Schizophyllum commune Fr. Common on old limbs, Devine’s
woods, June to August, Algoma.

Lenzites betulina Fr. Common on birch and poplar, Devine’s
woods, September, Algoma.

Dodge — Fungi from the Region of Keivaunee Co., Wis. 819

Lenzites sepiaria Fr. Resupinate forms sometimes have thick gills.
On tamarack stumps, Detjen’s woods, May to October, Algoma.

Lenzites variegata Fr. This species seems to be very closely al¬
lied to L. betulina and may be only a variety. The pileus is sulcate
and beautifully zoned. The gills are thick and have a tendency to form
pores. Some forms are resupinate. Abundant on stumps of frondose
trees, October, Casco.

Lenzites vialis Pk. Pores of young specimens are whitish-lilac
and pruinose. On old rails near Catholic church, April, Algoma.

Volvaria bombycina (Pers. ) Fr. On maple log, Krohn’s Lake,
August, Algoma.

Volvaria pusilla Pers. A typical specimen of this species was
found among leaves in damp woods, although it is usually reported
as growing among weeds in gardens. Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma.

Volvaria speciosa Fr. A large number of fine plants appeared in
potato fields in June, 1805, none was found during the four succeeding
years. The species was found however in Sept. 1912, Algoma.

Pluteus cervinus Schaeff. The forms growing in saw-dust are
frequently 20 cm. broad. Several varieties of this species have been
found on logs and stumps. It is difficult to distinguish any constant
characteristics for them. Common, June to September, Algoma and
Mauston.

Pluteus granularis Pk. On logs, Schmeiling’s, July, Algoma.

Entoloma clypeatum L. On the ground, Detjen’s woods, May,
Algoma.

Entoloma jubatum Fr. Common in open woods, Blahnik’s, July,
Algoma.

Entoloma rhodopolium Fr. The gills are not adnate to the stem.

They barely reach the stem in large specimens and seldom show
marks of breaking away from it. One fairly constant character is the
abrupt bend at the base of the stem. Abundant in Otto’s woods, June,
Algoma; in mulching under hedges, June, Madison.

Entoloma strictius Pk. The pileus has a sharp umbo in all of
these plants. The stipe is tall, straight and slender. Peck and others
have reported the species as growing in autumn and we find what ap¬
pears to be the same species in May and June, Schmeiling’s woods,
Algoma.

Clitopilus abortivus B. & C. Dried plants have retained a very
strong, pleasant, mealy odor. No aborted forms have been seen.
Shaw’s sphagnum swamp, August, Foscora.

Clitopilus popinalis Fr. Bresadola considers C. noveboracensis
Pk. a synonym for this species. Young plants have oblong hygro-
phanous spots arranged somewhat concentrically on the pileus. The
whole pileus becomes greasy hygrophanous in old age. Although a

820 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

large number of specimens were set for spore prints, we were unable
to obtain spores enough to determine the color in mass. Even when
thoroughly cooked, the plants are strong and unpalatable. Devine’s
woods, August, Algoma. Bresadola vid.

Clitopihis prunulus Scop. Well illustrated by E. Michael, Fuehr.
Pilz., Ao. 52; Richon, Atlas Champ., PI. 36, figs. l~h- On the ground,
Danek’s woods, September, Algoma.

Leptonia asprella Fr. Among needles and moss under tamarack,
Riverside swamp, August, Algoma.

Leptonia serrnlata (Pers.) Fr. The gills are whitish, tinged with
azure-blue, serrate. The stipe is characteristically marked by rings
formed by the cracking of the outer coat. A very delicate species
whose distinctive points are destroyed in drying. Perry’s swamp, un¬
der tamarack and white cedar, September, Algoma.

Claudopus nidulans Pers. On decayed logs, cemetery woods,
June, Madison; Trumble’s woods, July, Mauston; Krohn’s Lake, Aug¬
ust, Algoma.

Pholiota adiposa Fr. Well figured by Berkeley, Out., PI. 8, fig. 2,
Grows on sides of logs and from decayed spots on living trees. Fel¬
low’s woods, August to October, Foscora.

Pholiota aegerita Brigant. The pileus cracks into areas showing
the yellow flesh. The spores are brick-red. Solitary, on maple logs.
Decker’s saw-mill, September, Casco.

Pholiota dura Bolt. The caps are 7—10 cm. broad, deeply cracked.
The stipe is solid and elastic. In gardens under rose bushes, June,
Algoma.

Pholiota margmata Pers. The common forms which grow in
woods are figured by Lanzi, Funghi Mang., PI. 76, fig. 2. In lawns and
frondose woods, June to August, Algoma.

Pholiota squamosa (Muell.) Fr. The foul, heavy odor ascribed
to this species by Stevenson, Brit. Fungi, p. 230, was noticed in a single
cluster of about twenty plants growing at the base of a maple tree.
In these the stipes were 10-20 cm. high and 1 cm. thick, not as roughly
scabrous as usually figured. The more common forms are such as are fig¬
ured by Hussey, Illust., PI. 8; Diet., Deutsch. Crypt., PI. 1^0; Rolland,
Atlas Champ., PI. 52. Belgian settlement, September, Kohlberg.

Pholiota squarrosoides Pk. The pileus is covered with rough,
erect scales. The stipe is rough and shaggy below the ring, smooth
above. A species much confused with the preceding. Those growing
in dry weather are not viscid and when dry are whitish with no change
of color. On logs, Otto’s woods, August, Algoma.

Inocybe asterophora Quel. The stipe has a separable pellicle and
a bulb wTiich gives it the appearance of Agaricus acetabulosa Sow.,
Eng., Fung., PI. 303. The spores are nodular, 10-11.5 microns in diam-

Dodge — Fungi from the Region of Kewaunee Co., Wis. 821

eter. Cooke, Illust., PI. 385, figures the forms which we found under
Osmunda, Nelson’s woods, Crossville, July, Mauston.

Inocybe geophylla violacea Pat. The sharp umbo and bright vio¬
let color of the pileus are well preserved in the dried specimens. Blah-
nik’s grove, September, Algoma.

Inocybe subochracea Pk. Common in thick woods, Algoma, Aug¬
ust.

Hebeloma crustuliniforme Bull. A species with clay-colored
spores which appeared in great numbers in all the groves about Madi¬
son in June and was found throughout the following July and August
at Mauston and Algoma.

Flammula fiavida Schaeff. On decayed logs, Schmeiling’s woods,
July, Algoma.

Flammula polychroa Berk. The margin of the pileus is decorated
with triangular scales. Those on the surface of the cap are purple
or purple-brown. The stem is curved when plants grow from sides
of logs or timbers, etc. Common. Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma.

Flammula sapinea Fr. Grows in clusters on coniferous logs,
Krohn’s lake, September, Algoma.

Naucoria horizontaiis Bull. Well illustrated by Sicard, Hist.
Champ., PI. 23, fig. 117. On sides of decayed stumps, Detjen’s woods,
June, Algoma.

Naucoria vemalis Pk. Common on logs, August, Otto’s woods,
Algoma.

Gaiera tenera Schaeff. Forms fairy rings on lawns or grows on
rubbish heaps in groves. Schaeff., leones, PI. 70, and Diet., Deutsch.
Crypt, PI. 157, give good figures. Common. Blahnik’s grove, August,
Algoma; July, Mauston.

Crepidotus croceophylhis Berk. The gills are bright salmon to
orange-colored, comparatively broad. The tawny-olive pileus and fer¬
ruginous spores together with the bright gills make it a species easily
recognized. On logs with C. malachius, June, cemetery woods, Madison..

Crepidotus fulvo-tomentosus Pk. Common on dead limbs,,
Krohn’s Lake, June to August, Algoma.

Crepidotus malachius B. & C. The striations on the margin are"
not alwmys apparent. The soft, whitish skin is usually covered with
brown spore’s. Common on decayed logs, Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma.

Crepidotus mollis Schaeff. The watery margin seems to be quite
a constant character even in dry weather. Berkeley, Out., PI. 9, fig. 69
represents the common form. On decayed trunks, Schmeiling’s swamp,
August, Algoma.

Crepidotus versutus Pk. A small white species common from
June to October on dead limbs. Melchior’s woods, Algoma.

Cortinarius cinnamomeus Fr. Otto’s woods, June, Algoma.

822 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Cortinarius corrugatus subsquamosus Pk. The reddish spots and
corrugations on the pileus are the identifying marks. On the ground
in mixed woods, Fluno’s Bluff, July, Mauston.

Cortinarius lilaciims Pk. The stipe is solid and bulbous, much
more slender than that of C. violaceus. The whole’ plant is lilac-col¬
ored but fades in drying. On bogs, Stewart’s woods, July, Mauston;
Alaska lake, August, Alaska.

Cortinarius purpurascens Fr. The flesh of the pileus and stipe
turn deep purple when bruised. Clustered in dry places, Blahnik’s
woods, September, Algoma.

Cortinarius sebaceus Fr. The pileus is whitish to alutaceous, the
remainder of the plant white throughout, the gills remaining white
even after t*he salmon-rust-colored spores have traced a ring on the
stipe. On the ground under birch, Ihlenfeld’s grove, September, Al¬
goma.

Cortinarius violaceus Fr. Lanzi, Fung. Mang. PL 61, fig. 1. and
Schaeff., leones, PI. 3, illustrate this common species. Among grass in
open places, Detjen’s woods, September, Algoma.

Paxillus corrugatus Atk. Easily identified by Atkinson’s figure.
Mushrooms, PL J+8, 1900. The spores are yellowish-ochre. On decayed
logs, Schmeiling’s woods, August, Algoma. Rare.

Paxillus atrotomentosus Fr. Under white cedar along banks of
.Lake Michigan, Braemer’s flats, August, Algoma.

Paxillus involutus (Batsch.) Fr. The pileus is frequently 15 cm.
broad. On the ground among needles under dense growth of young
coniferous trees, Schmeiling’s woods. A very much smaller and more
slender variety showing rusty-purple stains on the stipe and pileus was
found on logs, Krohn’s Lake, September, Algoma.

Bolbitius fragilis Fr. The gills are watery and deliquesce after
one or two hours but they do not dissolve. The margin of the pileus
is striate. On dung, after rains, Ray’s pasture, June, Algoma.

Agaricus campestris L. Rare. Kashbom’s pasture, September,
Rio creek.

Agaricus haemorrhoidarius Schulzer. The pileus is beautifully
adorned with pointed scales. The flesh of both the pileus and stipe
turns rose-red immediately after being bruised. On the ground under
leaves of beech and maple, Blahnik’s grove, September, Algoma.

Agaricus placomyces Pk. Hard, Mushrooms, p. 315, fig. 256, gives a
good figure of this plant. It grows in groups in pastures under oak
trees; July, Fluno’s bluff, Mauston.

Agaricus silvicola Vitt. The fresh specimens are white as figured
by Rolland, Atlas Champ., PI. 72, fig. 160. They turn yellow in' drying
without being bruised. Cooke, Illust., PI. 529. Common in woods, but

Dodge — Fungi from the Region of Kewaunee Co., Wis. 823

never occurs in plowed grounds or fields around Algoma. Stony Creek
Foscora; Krohn’s lake, August, Algoma.

Agaricus subrufescens Pk. The pileus is whitish, covered with
soft scales formed by bunches of short hairs, broad conical, 8-10 cm.
broad. The lower surface of the large annulus which hangs down
about 4 cm., is pinkish and furiuraceous. The stipe is hollow, en¬
larged at the base, 3 cm. thick at the lower end, flattened at the apex.
Said to be similar to A. fabaceus. Under beech, Blahnik’s grove, July,
Algoma.

Stropharia semiglobata Batseh. It is extremely difficult to find
any two characters differentiating this species from 8. stercorarius Fr.
They vary toward each other constantly. Forms with hollow stipes
frequently have spores 10-12 x 16-20 mic. Comparing figures, Sow. Eng.
Fung., PI. 2J/-8, Grev., Scot. Crypt, 6:344, and Cooke, Illust., PI. 113 ,
114, the external characters seem to be similar. Common on dung in
pastures, Erdman's farm, June to October, Algoma.

Hypholoma appendi culatum Bull. Common in lawns after rains,
June, Mauston and Algoma.

Hypholoma candolleanum Fr. The pileus is dark-brown, being
hjrgrophanous even in dry weather. Scattered along roads in woods,
June, Fluno’s farm, Mauston.

Hypholoma incertum Pk. On debris of old lumber piles in groves,
Blahnik’s July, Algoma. Peck vid.

Hypholoma perplexum Pk. Densely clustered on saw-dust, ve¬
neer factory, November, Algoma.

Hypholoma rugocephalum Atk. A very characteristic species
with spotted gills somewhat ochre-colored. The spores are purple-black,
inequilateral, pointed, 7-8 x 9-10 microns. The gills and spores indi¬
cate a relationship to the genus Panaeolus. On the ground, solitary, in
paths and open woods, Devine’s, September, AJgoma.

Hypholoma sublateritium Schaeff. Distinguished from the re¬
lated species by the solid or stuffed stipe and the soapy taste of the
flesh. In clusters or scattered over the grass around maple stumps,
Schmeiling’s grove, October, Algoma.

Psathyra maestiger B. & Br. The pileus is 2 cm. broad and high,
date-brown, hygrophanous. The characteristic breast-shaped pileus is
well shown even in the dried plants. The stipe is 0.4 x 7-15 cm., brittle,
fiocculose at the apex. Remnants of a veil cling to the margin of the
pileus, although there is no ring on the stipe. The spores are deep-
purple, blunt elliptical, 4-6 x 8-10 microns. In black mould in a hol¬
low log, by a roadside in open woods, September, Casco.

Fsilocybe foenisecii Pers. On lawns and meadows, July, Algoma.

Psilocybe spadicea Schaeff. On rubbish heaps, Blahnik’s grove,
September, Algoma.

824 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

Coprinus atramentarius Fr. Common in dense clusters under
alder in pastures and in newly made lawns, June to August, Algoma.

Coprinus comatus Fr. It required four days for one plant to
reach maturity, when it was 25 cm. broad. Perry’s lumber yard, Aug¬
ust, Algoma.

Coprinus ebulbosus Pk. (Coprinus picaceus ebulbosus Pk.). Hard,
Mushrooms, p. 33 6,fig. 274, gives a good figure of the specimen found in
cemetery woods, June, Madison.

Coprinus ephemerus Fr. There is little substance to the gills or
caps. The species grow in hot-beds and around horse stables; each
day’s crop turns to ink and disappears in a short time. April to June,
Algoma.

Coprinus micaceus Bull. The gills are purple-brown in most of
the Algoma plants. Peck says that the spores are sometimes blackish-
brown. The gills do not deliquesce unless the air is moist. On lawns,
dirt-covered poles in pastures and around stumps in woods, May to
August, Algoma.

Coprinus ovatus (Schaeff. ) Fr. A form which springs up in gar¬
dens and soon turns black. The ring is inconspicuous and the stipe
deeply rooting. July, Mauston.

Coprinus plicatilis Fr. This species grows in mulching under rose
bushes. It is well illustrated by Sowerby, Eng. Fung. PI. 364. Eppling’s
yard, July, Algoma.

Panaeolns papilionaceus Fr. Common on dung in groves, June,
Schmeiling’s, Algoma.

Panaeolus retirugis Fr. This differs from the preceding species
in having large fragments of the veil attached to the margin of the
pileus, which is wrinkled and not cracked into areas. Figures by At¬
kinson, Mushrooms, PI. 11, fig. 4 5, Gille't, Champ. Fr. On dung,
Detjen’s pasture, June to November, Algoma.

BOLETINEAE.

Boletinus paluster Pk. [ Boletinellus paluster (Pk.) M.] The spec¬
imens are not as bright red as figured by Peck, Kept. 23, PI. 6, figs.
4~6. In Sphagnum swamps, Blahnik’s, November, Algoma.

Boletinus pictus Pk. The ochre-colored spores and larger, more
angular pores distinguish this species from B. spectabilis wThich grows
in the same locality. Under cedar and tamarack, Ahnapee river swamp,
September, Algoma.

Boletinus porosus (Berk.) Pk. [Boletinellus merulioides (Schw.)
M.] A species with large, angular, golden-yellow tubes. Shaw’s
swamp, September, Foscora.

Bodge — Fungi from the Region of Kewaunee Co., Wis. 825

Strobilomyces strobilaceus Berk. In dense woods around Maus-
ton, June to September. Not found at Algoma.

Boletus bicolor Pk. [Ceriomyces bicolor (Pk.) M.] Not common.
North side of Mile Bluff, August, Mauston.

Boletus Americauus Pk. Among grass in open places, Detjen’s
swamp woods, September, Algoma.

Boletus chrysenteron Bull. [ Ceriomyces communis (Bull.) M.]
Along banks in gulleys and ravines, July, Mauston; in open groves,
Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma.

Boletus Olintonianus Pk. The Bohemians call this the “butter
mushroom.” Common under tamarack after the first rains in Septem¬
ber. Algoma.

Boletus cyanescens Bull. \Gyroyorus cyanescens (Bull.) M.] Fre¬
quently found with two or three joined together at the base of the
stipe. In sandy soil, Robinson’s bulff, June, Mauston; Stony Creek,
September, Foscora.

Boletus elbensis Pk. The entire plant is whitish-gray. The pileus
is covered with a brown glutinous substance. The flesh is thick, but
is so soft and spongy that the Bohemians will not eat even the young
specimens. The tubes are large, angular and frequently compound.
Their arrangement in irregular radiating rows would suggest that the
species should be placed in the genus Boletinus. The stipe is clothed
with a furry coat somewhat resembling that of Strobilomyces strobila¬
ceus. The flesh of both stipe and pileus sometimes changes color to
a blue-green when bruised, but this character is not at all constant in
the plants found growing several seasons in the same location. It is
a very distinct species and one easily identified. Under tamarack and
cedar in low swamps along the Ahnapee river, September, Algoma.
Peck vid.

Boletus edulis Bull. ■[. Ceriomyces crassus (Batt.) M.] The lilac-
purple stains on the stipe and pileus are present where the plants have
been bruised as usually described for B. eximius. The tubes are green¬
ish-white, the young forms having the mouths stuffed. The stipe is
never enlarged at the base and is always delicately reticulated, at least
on the upper half, thus suggesting B. affinis. We have referred speci¬
mens, collected in the same locality, with pileus deeply cracked into
pyramidal areas, to B. frustulosus. Under boards, logs and in grassy
places, under beech and maple along the border of Blahnik’s grove,
August, Algoma,

Boletus felleus Bull. •[ Tylopilus felleus (Bull.) M.] Heuer’s
woods, August, Algoma. Small forms in low grounds, Stewart’s swamp,
July, Mauston.

Boletus frustulosus Pk. •[ Ceriomyces frustulosus (Pk.) M.j In
these specimens the pileus is whitish, or tinged with brown, cracked

826 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

deeply into polygonal areas, showing tho white flesh underneath. They
agree exactly with “Type No. 1” of the species collected by Under¬
wood, and it may he that the description should be enlarged to include
the forms listed above under B. edulis. Plants growing in dry sod
where there was little shade would naturally become deeply cracked.
Under beech, south edge of grove, Blahnik’s, August, Algoma.

Boletus glabeilus Pk. [ Geriomyces miniato-olivaceus (Frost) M.]
Under pine, along pasture borders, Fluno’s bluff, June, Mauston.

Boletus luridus Schaeff. {Suillellus luridus (Schaeff.) M.] The
stipe is* merely dotted with fine points and not reticulated, dark-red or
yellow. The tubes are minute with uneven cinnabar-red mouths. The
quick change of color of the flesh to dark blue when broken is very
characteristic. Under beech and maple, Blahnik’s grove, August, Al¬
goma.

Boletus n ire us Fr. A variety of the rough-stiped form which is
white throughout. It is much smaller than B. scaber and has only a
rough stipe in common with that species1 and B. punctipes. This white
form seems to be a distinct species with constant characters. Under
alder and tamarack, Detjen’s swamp, September, Algoma.

Boletus piperatus Bull. •[ Geriomyces ferruginatus (Batsch.) M.]
Where snails had eaten the tubes, the flesh was rose-pink. The tubes
at the margin are 5-6 mm. long, giving the plants a blocky appearance.
Murrill, Mycologia, PI. 19, fig. 2, gives an excellent figure of this spe¬
cies. Common on mossy hummocks, Blahnik’s grove, August, Algoma.

Boletus Russellii Frost [Ceriomyces Russellii (Frost) M.] North
side of Mile Bluff, August, Mauston.

Boletus scaber Bull. •[ Ceriomyces viscidus (L.) M.] Common in
mixed woods, Ihlenfeld’s, July to September, Algoma.-

Boletus spectabilis Pk. The pileus is covered with a reddish fur¬
like tomentum which cracks into patches forming triangular scales
which are easily rubbed off. In wet weather these patches are jelly-
like. The lavender colored veil, which covers the tubes at first, melts
into a jelly as the plant ages. The purple-brown spores are charac¬
teristic of the species. The Bohemians will not eat this Boletus. In
swramps along the Ahnapee river, September, Algoma.

Boletus subluteus Pk. In sandy soil under pine and oak, Fluno’s
Bluff, August, Mauston.

Boletus subtomentosus L. *[. Geriomyces subtomentosus (L.) M.]
Common around Mile Bluff, July, Mauston.

Boletus sphaerosporus Pk. This species was found growing
abundantly in grassy places along the drive in the University grounds
during the first weeks in June. The appearance of young specimens
is uninviting owing to the purplish slime which covers the thick leath¬
ery veil extending from the stipe to the margin of the pileus. The

Dodge — Fungi from the Region of Kewaunee Co., Wis. 827

edibility of the species was carefully tested. The flesh is solid, free
from larvae and of excellent flavor when broiled or fried. Old plants
are dry and spongy and would not be gathered for food. The annulus
was not white in any of the specimens seen. Madison.

Boletus versipellis Fr. The constant characters of this species as
we find it which serve to distinguish it from B. scaler are the bright
rusty-orange color of the pileus, the appendiculate margin of the same
color as the pileus, the quick change of color of the flesh to a “cop¬
pery-red” or purple, the more coarsely roughened stipe, the dark points
often arranged in reticulations, and the lighter colored and smaller
spores. The pores may be either yellowish or white in young forms.
The stipe becomes greenish or purple after being broken, finally be¬
coming blackish. In young forms the pileus is scarcely broader than
the stipe when the latter is full grown at this period. E. Michael,
Fuehr. Pilz. No. 4, Bresadola, Fung. Mang., Pll 93, Pat. Tab. Anal.,
fig. 666, Ric-hon, Atlas Champ., PI. 54, fig'c. 4> 5, 7, are all good illus¬
trations of these forms. Common under beech and alder, Ihlenfeld’s
woods, July to September, Algoma.

Boletus granuiatus L. [Rostkovites granulatus (L.) Karst.] Under
pine and hemlock, Schmeiling”s woods, September, Algoma.

POLYPORACEAE.

Polyporus adustus (Willd.) Fr. •[ Bjerkandera adusta (Willd.)
Karst.] Common on old logs and stumps, September, Kohlberg.

Polyporus arcularius (Batsch.) Fr. On old limbs, Shaw’s woods,
Foscora. Rare.

Polyporus betulinus Fr. •[ Piptoporus suberosus (L.) M.] Com¬
mon on birch stubs, Devine’s woods, August, Algoma.

Polyorus borealis Fr. [ Spongipellis borealis (Fr.) Pat.] On logs,
Detjen’s woods, May, Algoma. Rare.

Polyporus brumalis (Pers.) Fr. •[Polyporus polyporus (Retz.) M.]
Common on old logs and sticks, Detjen’s, October, Algoma.

Polyporus caesius (Schrad.) Fr. ■[ Tyromyces caesius (Schrad.) M.]
Our forms are rather large for the species, frequently being 10-12 cm.
broad. On logs, Heuer’s woods, September, Algoma.

Polyporus chioneus Fr. •[Tyromyces chioneus (Fr.) Karst.] On
dead maple, Schmeiling’s woods, August, Algoma. Common.

Polyporus circinatus Fr. Sections of several specimens of fungi
originally identified as P. tcmentosus showed the duplex character as¬
cribed to P. circinatus. Lloyd, Myc. Notes, p. 30, fig. 198, finds that
there is a distinct difference, and that the two species differ, as Fries
maintained. The color of the pileus in our forms varied from light

828 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

yellow to dark ferruginous brown. The stipe is usually eccentric.
Under tamarack and pine, Detjen’s woods, November, Algoma. Bresa-
dola vid.

Folyporus elegans (Bull.) Fr. Some of these forms have an even
and not umbilicate pileus with a thick blunt margin, and a short, more
or less eccentric stipe, as figured by Bulliard, Hist. Champ., PI. 12J^.
Other forms have a thin umbilicate pileus, 3 cm. broad, and a stipe
up to 12 cm. long. Common on old limbs, Detjen’s, September, Algoma.

Folyporus distortus Schw. [Abortiporus distortus (Schw.) M.] On
old stumps of deciduous trees, September, Krohn’s Lake, Algoma, Mur-
rill vid.

Folyporus fiavidus Pk. [Grifola fractipes (B. & C.) M.] The
pileus is 5-8 cm. broad, whitish to alutace'ous, faintly zoned, depressed
and slightly tomentose at the center. The pores are small, white, and
decurrent. Three or four stipes may arise from the common basal
mass. Fellow’s woods, September, Foscora.

Folyporus frondosus (Dicks.) Fr. •[ Grifola frondosa (Dicks.) M.]
On old stumps, August, Kohlberg.

Folyporus fragrans Pk. [Bjerkandera puberula (B. & C.) M.] On
old stumps, Ihlenfeld’s woods, September, Algoma. Murrill vid.

Folyporus fmnosus (Pers.) Fr. [Bjerkandera fumosa (Pers.)
Karst.] At the base of a living poplar, Blahnik’s woods, August, Al¬
goma. Murril vid.

Folyporus gilvus Schw. [ TIapalopilus cfilvus (Schw.) M.] Com¬
mon. On living maple, Devine’s woods, August, Algoma.

Folyporus guttulatus Pk. [ Tyromyces guttulatus (Pk.) M.] On
old coniferous logs, probably hemlock, Devine’s woods, August, Algoma.
Peck vid. Murrill vid.

Folyporus lac tens Fr. [ Tyromyces lacteus (Fr.) M.] On fallen
timber, Devine’s woods, September, Algoma. Murrill vid

Folyporus lentils, Berk. A small centrally stiped plant, 1-1.5 cm.
broad and 5 cm. high, with large angular whitish pores which are
decurrent. On limbs, Heuer’s woods, Algoma. Rare. Neumann vid.

Folyporus officinalis Fr. [ Fomes laricis (Jacq.) M.] There is
considerable doubt as to the correctness of the identification of the
specimen referred to here on account of its having been collected in
an apparently growing condition on a piece of slab of some coniferous
wood lying in a damp woodshed. The context is chalk-white and has
a very bitter taste like that of P. officinalis. July, Algoma.

Folyporus osseus Kalch. Several pilei are closely imbricate,
tapering downward to a common stipe-like portion. The flesh is soft
and watery in fresh specimens, at first white, drying alutaceous and
very hard. Shaw’s w oods, October, 1905. Krohn’s Lake, on con¬
iferous log, August, 1909, Algoma. Bresadola vid.

Bodge — Fungi from the Region of Kewaunee Co., Wis. 829

- Polyporus picipcs Fr. [Poly poms fissus (Berk.) M.J. The pileus
varies from 2 cm. to 20 cm. broad and from 0.5 mm. to 10 mm. in
thickness at the center. The chestnut color of the pileus with the
blackish center, and the hard, brittle flesh of dry specimens’ are con¬
stant characters. On logs, Krohn’s Lake and Belgian settlement, July
and August, Algoma.

Polyporus resinosus (Schw.) Fr. [Fames annosus (Fr.) Cooke].
A thin, non-resinous liquid is usually found hanging in drops from the
pore surface of growing specimens. Such animals as mice and rabbits
will eat plants remaining on stumps during the winter. They are too
tough to eat even when well cooked. Common. On logs and stumps,
Blahnik’s woods, July to September, Algoma.

Polyporus Spraguei B. & C. [ Tyromyces Spraguei (B. & C.) M.]
On decayed logs, Krohn’s Lake, September, Algoma. Murrill vid.

Polyporus squamosus Fr. [Polyporus caudicinus (Scop.) M.].
One centrally stiped plant was collected from the top of a maple stump,
Blahnik’s grove, July, Algoma.

Polyporus subradicatus Murrill. The stipe is about 8 cm. long
and only 4-6 mm. thick, otherwise the description given by Murrill,
N. Am. FL, 9:63, applies well to this form. On the ground near a
log, Otto’s woods, July, Algoma. Murrill vid.

Polyporus sulphureus Fr. [Laetiporus speciosus (Batt.) M.].
Common. On logs, stumps, and on the ground, growing from buried
sticks. < July to September, Algoma.

Polyporus tomento'sus Fr. [Coltricia tomentosa (Fr.) M.]. Simi¬
lar to those identified as P. circinatus except that the flesh of the pileus
is not duplex. The whole plant is dark ferruginous. On the ground
among pine needles, Shaw’s woods, September, Algoma.

Polyporus umbtell'atus (Pers. ) Fr. [Grifola ramosissima (Scop.)
M.]. Rare. Detjen’s woods, September, Algoma. Neumann vid.

Polyporus varius Fr. Gillet, Champ. France, Bolton, Hist. Fung.,
PI. 83, 168, Grev., Scot. Crypt., 202, represent these forms. The pileus
is frequently 10 cm. broad with flesh 1-2 cm. thick, variously deformed
and doubled. On logs, June, Blue Mounds; Heuer’s woods, October,
Algoma.

Polyporus sp. Pileus 5 cm. broad, deeply umbilicate, light drab,
slightly squamulose, the margin strongly inrolled; flesh 1 mm. thick,
white, fragile; tubes hexagonal elongated radiately, 1 x 1.5-2 mm. across
and about 3 ,mm. long, decurrent; stipe central, brownish, 0.5 x 10 cm.,
rough tomentose toward the base; spores white, hyaline, smooth, ovoid,
5x6 microns. Peck refers the specimen somewhat doubtfully to P.
lentus Berk. Although the plant was fully developed, few spores were
obtained, and these differed materially from the spores of P. arcularius
Schw. On the ground, growing from buried wood. June, Blue Mounds.

830 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences f Arts, and Letters .

Gloeoporus conclioides Mont. Brought in on oak cord-wood, April,.
Algoma.

Merulius lacrymans (Jacq.) Fr. On under side of planks, Decker
dock, June, Algoma.

Merulius tremellosus Schrad. On bark of oak and on decayed
logs, Tornado, September, Kohlberg.

Polystictus biformis Klotz. [Coriolus biformis (Klotz.) Pat.].
On maple stumps, Danek’s woods, January, Algoma. Peck vid.

Polystictus cinnabarinus (Jacq.) Fr. [Pycnoporus cinnabarinus
(Jacq.) Karst.]. Figured by Bulliard, Hist. Champ., PI. 501, fig . 1. On
trunks and limbs, June to October, Algoma.

Polystictus cinnamomeus (Jacq.) Sacc. [Coltricia cinnamomea
(Jacq.) M.]. Common in sandy soil, June, Hale hill and Mile Bluff,
Mauston; Krohn’s Lake, July, Algoma.

Polystictus conchifer Schw. [ Poronidulus conchifer (Schw.) M.].
Both forms common on dead limbs, Krohn’s Lake and Danek’s woods,
October, Algoma.

Polystictus fibrillosus Karst. [Pycnoporellus fibrillosus (Karst.)
M.]. A form frequently reported as P. aurantiacus Pk. Occasionally
plants become much faded writh age. Rare. On coniferous logs, Oc¬
tober, Awe’s grove, Foscora.

Polystictus hirsutus Fr. [Coriolus nigro-marginatus (Schw.) M.]..
Common. On dead limbs, Otto’s woods, November, Algoma.

Polystictus pereimis (L. ) Fr. [Coltricia perennis (L.) M.] Well
illustrated by Rolland, Atlas Champ., PI. 89, fig. 197. On the ground,
Schmeiling’s grove, August, Algoma.

Polystictus pergamenus Fr. The violet color of the pore surface
of the young plant is a constant characteristic. Common on limbs,
logs and standing trunks of frondose treees, September, Algoma.

Polystictus pubescens (Schum.) Fr. [Coriolus pubescens (Schum.)
M.]. The pileus is coarsely pubescent and the whole plant is white*
with little change in drying. On decayed stumps, Krohn’s Lake, Sep¬
tember, Algoma. Murril vid.

Polystictus versicolor (L.) Fr. [Coriolus versicolor (L.) Quel.].
Good figures by Hussey, Illust., PI. 24, Schaeff., Incones, PI. 263, 268 *
and Rolland, Atlas Champ., PI. 96. Common. Danek’s woods, August,
Algoma.

Fomes applanatus Pers. [Elfvingia megaloma (Lev.) M.]. Sev¬
eral authors have held that the brown spores that are frequently found
on the pileus in growing seasons are conidia which arise from the up¬
per surface.. They are in reality basidiospores that have been borne
upward by air currents and deposited on the upper surface. Several
isolated plants were thoroughly cleaned and paper tacked over the
pileus. After a few days the papers were covered with the same

Dodge — Fungi from the Region of Kewaunee Co., Wis. 831

spores but none were found on the pileus under the papers. There are
.also several conflicting opinions as to the relation between the Amer¬
ican and the European forms of this species. Lloyd, Myc., Notes, No.
6, p. 60; Murrill, N. Am. FL, 9; 114; Moffatt, Bull. Nat. Hist. Surv.
7:108; Atkinson, Ann. Myc., 6: 17 9. Common on deciduous woods,
Algoma.

Fomes concliatus (Pers.) Fr. [ Pyropolyporus conchatus (Pers.)

M.J. On dead alder, Perry’s woods, August, Algoma.

Fomes connatus Schw. [Coltricia focicola (B. & C.) M.] On
stub of partially decayed beech, Devine’s woods, August, Algoma.

Fomes Everhartii Ellis & Gall. [ Pyropolyporus Everiuurtii (E. &
Gall.) M.]. Originally figured in Journal of Mycology, vol. V, 1889,
PI., 12. On old logs, Mile Bluff, July, Mauston.

Fomes foinentarius (L.) Fr. [fflfvingia fomentaria (L.) M.].

The pileus is light colored and only slightly sulcate. Sow. Eng. Fungi,
PI. 133, Gillet, Champ. Fr. PI. 46 7, are of this type. Devine’s
woods, on birch, September, Algoma. Lloyd, Myc. Notes, pp. 22, 341,
373, PI. 194 > describes a rare form that has a hard, shining, black,
strongly concentrically sulcate crust. He does not agree with Murrill
that it is F. fomentarius of advanced age and indurated. The sulca-
tions dip into the pore layers. Such specimens were found in June
at Mile Bluff, Mauston.

Fomes graveolens (Schw\) Cooke. [GloMfomes graveolens (Schw.
M.]. Hard, Mushrooms, p. 405, fig . 334, figures the black, shining,
overlapping pilei. Rare. On oak stub, Loomis woods, June, Mauston.

Fomes igniarius (L.) Gill. [Pyropolyporus igniarius (L. ) M.]

On oak, Coon Rock, July, Mauston.

Fomes lncidus Leys. [Ganoderma Tsugae M.]. A variable spe¬
cies, either sessile or long-stiped. The upper surface is often covered
with brown spores, as is that of F. applanatus. Atkinson, Bot. Gaz.,
46:334, 1908, discusses the variations of this species and considers
that the name Ganoderma pseudo-boletum (Jacq.) M. should be applied
to the American plants. Common. On trunks and stumps of Tsuga
canadensis, Krohn’s lake, August, Algoma.

Fomes nigricans Fr. On decayed poplar log, Trumble’s ravine,
July, Mauston.

Fomes imgulatus (Schaeff. ) Sacc. The margin is yellow or red¬
dish, depending on the season. In the spring of the year the pore lay¬
ers are easily separated from the pileus. On fallen tamarack trunks,
Detjen’s woods, April, Algoma.

Fomes roseus (A. & S.) Cooke. On sidewalks, and on trunks of
coniferous trees, Perry’s swamp, June, Algoma.

Baedalea ambigua Berk. [Daedalea Aesculi (Schw.) M.] On
fallen maple, Blahnik’s grove, August, Algoma.

832 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

Daedaiea confragosa (Bolt.) Pers. The pores are whitish-lilac
in fresh plants and are fairly regular, but with age become split in
lines forming gills. Such forms are sometimes called Lenzites cor-
rugata. On fallen birch, Krohn’s lake, August, Algoma.

Daedaiea obtusa (Berk.) Neumann. [ Spong ip ellis unicolor (Schw.)
M.]. The pileus may be either hoof-shaped with a thick margin, or
fiat-expanded with a thin margin. Full grown plants are ashy^white
in wet weather, the yellow colors appearing only in the dried speci¬
mens. They make good substitutes for sponges. Common on oaks,
August, Mauston.

Baedaies qnercina (L.) Pers. On oak stumps, Fluno’s bluff, July,
Mauston.

Daedaiea unicolor (Bull.) Fr. [Cerrena unicolor (Bull. M.].
Common on oak and maple stumps, June, Mauston; Runke’s woods,
August, Algoma.

Favolus alveolaris (DC.) Quel. [ Hexagona alveolaris (DC.) M.].
Other names: F. europaeus; F. canadensis; F. boucheanus. On hick¬
ory and beech, Danek’s, June, Algoma; Heineman’s, August, Mauston.

Favolus rhipidium Berk. Distinguished by its resemblance to
Panus stipticus. On blocks of hewn timber, Coon rock, June, Mauston.

Bolenia anomala (Pers.) Fr. Common on alder twigs, December,
Perry’s swamp, Algoma.

Poria Blytiii Fr. The pores are small, regular, cinnamon-colored.
Awe’s, September, Foscora. Bresadola vid.

Poria laevigata Fr. Perry’s swamp, December, Algoma.

Poria salmonicolor B. & C. Covered the under side of a hemlock
log for several inches. Krohns’ Lake, August, Algoma.

Poria subacida Pk. Common on old logs, Detjen’s woods, March
to August, Algoma.

Poria vulgaris Fr. Krohn’s Lake, September, Algoma. Neumann
vid.

Poria nigra Berk. On oak log, Mile bluff, July, Mauston. Mur-
ril, vid.

Trametes odorata (Wulf) Fr. Differs from T. protracta Fr. in
having much longer tubes, 4-8 mm., a blunt or sometimes rolled mar¬
gin, and in the color and character of the surface. Common. Otto’s
woods, September, Algoma.

Trametes protracta Fr. Well illustrated by Fries, leones, PI. 191.
His figure shows zonate marks on the pileus although it is not so de¬
scribed. A cross section is triangular, showing a thin margin. Perry’s
woods, October, Algoma.

Trametes Pini (Thore) Fr. [ Porodaedalea Pint (Thore) M.].
Common on living spruce, Perry’s swamp, August, Algoma. Well fig¬
ured by Sicard, Hist. Nat. Champ., PI. 60 fig. 307,

Dodge — Fungi from the Region of Kewaunee Co Wis. 833

Trametes rigid a Berk & Mont. Stony Creek, September, Foscora.

Trametes serialis Fr. Common on logs, Det jen’s woods, April,
Algoma.

Trametes stereoides Fr. On dead limbs, Runke’s woods, October,
Algoma.

HYDNEAE.

Hydnnm adustulum Banker ( Steccherinum adustulum Banker).
A small species with a cream colored, pubescent pileus marked with
brown zones. The stipe is eccentric in Algoma forms. On pieces of
wood among needles in swamps, under Larix and Thuja, Ahnapee river,
September, Algoma.

Hydnnm caput-ursi Fr. [ Manina caput ursi (Fr. ) Banker.]
The large tubercle is narrowed behind into a small point of attachment.
The branches are short and thick, 2_3 cm. long. Fries, Incones, PI. 7,
shows a good cross section view of the plant. A somewhat different
form is figured by Peck, Rept., 51. PI. 56, fig. 8-12. Otto’s woods,
September, Algoma.

Hydnnm coralloides Scop. [ Manina coralloides (Scop.) Banker.]
The whole plant branches into primary and secondary divisions, the
first devoid of teeth except where they are on slight protuberances or
abortive branches. May be confused with TI. caput-ursi on account of
the massive branches and long pendent teeth. Atkinson, Mushrooms,
PI. 67, fig. 185, 1900, has such a figure for H. caput-ursi. Schaeff,
leones, PI. Uf2 TI. coralloides is a good illustration of our specimens.
On oak and maple, Tornado, Kohlberg, September.

Hydnnm laciniatum Leers. The teeth are short, flexible and
slender, 2_5 mm. long. The branches are long, narrow, often anastom¬
osing, and having the teeth distributed uniformly on the lower sur¬
face. Bull., Hist. Champ., PI. 390 \ Peck, 48th Rept. PI. 2k fig. 11 IS,
Atkinson, Mushrooms, 1900, fig 18k, Mcllvaine, Am. Mush., PI. 13k,
represent the forms referred he're to H. laciniatum.

Hydnnm erinaceum Bull. On oak, Tornado, September, Kohl¬
berg,

Hydnnm fioriforme Schaeff. [ Hydnellum floriforme (Schaeff.)
Banker). The color of the pileus varies from light yellow to reddish
orange. Often reported as H. aurantiacum A & S. On the ground,
Heuer’s woods, August, Algoma.

Hydnnm graveolens Delast. [Phellodon graveolens (Delast.)
Banker]. On the ground, Shaw’s woods, September, Algoma. Com¬
mon.

Hydnmn rhois Schw. [8teccherinum rhois (Schw.) Banker].
On fallen limbs and on deciduous woods, September, Krohn’s Lake, Al¬
goma. On base of frog crates in zoological laboratory, June, Madison.

834 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

Hydnum ochraceum Pers. [Steccherihum ochraceum (Pers.>
Gray]. Common. On decayed limbs, Perry’s woods, December, Al-
goma.

Hydimrn imlcherrimum B. & C. [Steccherinum pulcherrimum
(B. & C.) Banker]. Young plants are pure white, sessile, sometimes
imbricate. A white milk exudes from wounded portions. This piilk
later becomes sticky and hardens, changing to reddish purple. Older
plants are yellowish, turning reddish in drying. Pieces of wood are
usually attached to collected specimens. Common on dead oak trees,
birch stumps, and on living maple. Mile Bluff, June, Mauston; Otto’s
woods, September, Algoma.

Hydnum repandum L. Common. On the ground under beech,
maple, etc., Schmeiling’s, June to August, Algoma.

Hydnum septentrionale Fr. [ Steccherinum septentrionale (Fr.)
Banker], Several pilei are closely imbricated forming a semiglobular
mass attached at a narrow vertical line. Plants often fall off from the
place of growth owing to their weight. On dead maple, Tornado, No¬
vember, Kohlberg.

Hydnum velutinum Fr. [ Hydnellum velutinum (Fr.) Banker].
The whole plant is soft and spongy, rusty-brown, tomentose. The sub¬
stance at the upper portion of the stipe is convex-transversely zoned.
The deformed and spongy stipe is well figured by Gillet, Champ. France,
PI. 324, Pat., Tab. An., fig. 617, Bull., Hist. Champ., PI. 453. Sometimes
referred to H. spongiosipes Peck. Common. Under pines, Detjen’s
woods, September, Algoma.

Irpex fuscescens Schw. (Irpex cinnamomeus Fr.) Common. On
dead alder, willow, etc. Perry’s swamp, Algoma.

Irpex lacteus Fr. On stumps, September, Casco.

Irpex tabacinus B. & C. Almost entirely resupinate, covering
the end of a large log, Tsuga canadensis. The teeth are long, 4-7 mm.,
whitish, seriate. The color of the plant is dark tobacco brown. Krohn’s
lake, August, Algoma.

Irpex tulipiferae Schw. On small dead limbs of various decidu¬
ous trees, Stony Creek, October, Algoma.

Phlebia merismoides Fr. The spores are subglobose, smooth,
white, minute, 3-4 microns. On under side of deciduous log. Detjen’s
swamp, April, Algoma.

Plilebia radiata Fr. Some forms do not show the radiating struc¬
ture of the folds. Common. On decayed logs,, Ihlenfelds’ woods, Sep¬
tember, Algoma.

Dodge — Fungi from the Region of Keivaunee Co., W is. 835

THELEPHOREAE.

Thelephora caryophyllea (Schaeff.) Pers. A thin, coriaceous,
stipitate form with uneven or lacerated margin. The entire surface is
smooth and silky. Saunders & Smith, Myc. Illust., PI. 41, figs. 7-12 ;
Schaeff., leones, PI. 325. Blahnik’s grove, July, Algoma.

Thelephora intybacea Pers. Soft spongy plants, unevenly colored
purplish-brown, several growing together irregularly and climbing up on
small bushes. Sowerby, Eng. Fung., PI. 213; Bull., Hist., Champ., PI.
483. In Sphagnum swamps, November, Algoma.

Thelephora palmata Scop. On the ground, Hale’s woods, August,
Mauston.

Thelephora Schweinitzii Fr. Common on the ground in woods,
June to September, Mauston and Algoma.

Craterellus cornucopioides Fr. Mature specimens are sometimes
not over 2 cm. tall and 0.5 cm. broad. Lanzi, Fung. Mang., PI. II, fig . 5,
shows the more common large forms. On the ground, Van Deusen’s
woods and Mile Bluff, August, Mauston.

Stereum com plica turn Fr. Common on alder, Perry’s swamp, De¬
cember, Algoma.

Stereum fasciatum Schw. On logs and stumps, June to Septem¬
ber, Mauston and Algoma.

Stereum frustulosum Fr. On logs and stumps, Tornado, August,
Kohlberg.

Stereum hirsutum Fr. On fallen timber, Krohn’s Lake, August,
Algoma.

Stereum purpureum Pers. On fallen limbs of some deciduous

Stereum radians Fr. The pileus is covered with silky hairs,
tree, Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma.

radiately striate, 1-2 cm. broad. Seems to be similar to 8. sericeum
Schw. On twi'gs and limbs, Blahnik’s swamp, July, Algoma.

Stereum rufum Fr. On some coniferous stub, Perry’s swamp,,
December, Algoma.

Hymenochaete tabacina (Sow.) Lev. On dead limbs of willow.
Perry’s swamp, December, Algoma.

Hymenochaete ferruginea Bull. On logs, Blahnik’s swamp, July,
Algoma. Bull. Hist. Champ., PI. 378.

Coniophora suffocata (Pk.) Massee. The spores are subglobose,
8-10 microns, pinkish-ochraceous, completely covering the thin bladdery
hymenium. When the spore mass cracks, the wThitish subiculum is
seen as described by Moffatt, Bull 7, p. 11, Nat. Hist. Surv. Chi. On
charcoal, spreading out on leaves, September, Algoma.

Corticium cinereum Fr. On old maple limbs, August, Schmiel-
ing’s grove, Algoma.

836 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Corticium laeve Fr. On dead branches, Heuer’s woods, August*
Algoma.

Corticium lilacino-fuscum B. & C. On dead willow, Belgian set¬
tlement, September, Kohlberg.

Corticium salicimim Fr. Common. On willow. Perry’s swamp,.
August, Algoma.

Cyphella pezizoides Zopf. On oak and maple leaves, June, Fos-
cora.

CLAVARIEAE.

Oavaria amethystina Bull. Berkeley, Out., Pi. 18, fig. 2, shows a
form with violet-colored branches having whitish tips. The much
branched forms as figured by Sicard, Hist. Champ, PI. 61, fig. 315., are
more common. Among grass under oak, Fluno’s Bluff, June, Mauston.

Clavaria cinerea Bull. Bull., Hist. Champ., PI. 351{. Rare.
Heuer’s woods, September, Algoma.

Clavaria grandis Pk. This species seems to be near C. tsugina
Pk, but has a very strong, heavy aromatic odor. On the ground among
coniferous logs, Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma.

Clavaria coronata Schw. The spines are stouter and firmer than
those of C. pyxidata which it resembles in having the cup-shaped tips
to the branches. On decayed log, Blahnik’s woods, July, Algoma.

Clavaria cristata Pers. Common. On decayed logs, Tornado,
September, Kohlberg.

Clavaria inaequalis Muell. Branches twisted and divided at the
apex as figured by Sowerby, Eng. Fung., PI. 253. In groups under dense
shade of alder, Stony Creek, September, Algoma.

Clavaria pulchra Pk. Small plants, 2 cm. high, slender club-
shaped. The spores are bright yellow. Similar to those growing on
earth in palm tub and identified by Dr. Peck. Krohn’s Lake, September,
Algoma.

Clavaria pyxidata Pers. Common. On logs and woody earth,
Krohn’s Lake, July to October, Algoma.

Clavaria stricta Pers. On wood-strewn earth, Krohn’s Lake, Au¬
gust, Algoma.

Clavaria tsugina Pk. Dark ochre to rusty brown, the tips whit¬
ish, sharp. Tendency to branch from one large, central, stipe-like por¬
tion. Abundant. On logs, Tsuga canadensis. Krohn’s Lake, August, Al¬
goma.

Clavaria sp. Pure white plants 1—2 cm. high with slender
branches. Solitary on leaves which were much decayed, Krohn’s Lake,
August, Algoma.

Bodge — Fungi from the Region of Ketvaunee Co.. Wis, 837

%

TREMEL LINE AE .

Exidia glandulosa (Bull.) Fr. Common on old limbs and cord-
wood, March to November, Algoma.

TremeUa albida Hud. On wet stumps and logs, Blue Mounds,
June; Detjens’ woods, September, Algoma.

TremeUa foliacea Pers. On dead limbs, Perry’s swamp, Decem¬
ber, Algoma; cemetery woods, June, Madison.

TremeUa frondosa Fr. Oh living tamarack, Ihlenfield’s woods,
September, Algoma.

Tremella fuciformis Berk. [ TremeUa reticulata (Berk.) Farlow.]
A large white, much-branched plant. On the ground, Runke’’s pasture,
August, Algoma.

Tremella intumescens Sm. Eng. Bot. Pinkish-watery when fresh,
then tawny brown. The spores are oblong, curved. Very common on
beech stumps after rains, Blahnik’s grove, August, Algoma.

Tremella lutescens Pers. On old wood, Otto’s woods, June, Al¬
goma. Rare.

Tremella mesenterica Retz. On oak bark, Mile Bluff, July,
Mauston.

Tremella mycetophila Pk. [ Exobasidium mycetophila (Pk.) Burt.]
On the pileus and stipe of Collyhia dryophila, Krohn’s Lake, August,
Algoma.

TremeUa sebacea Pers. On grass, July, Algoma.

NaemateUa encephala Fr. This specimen consists of about a
dozen curving folds forming a brain-like aggregation 7cm. across. The
nucleus of each fold is tough, white, elastic, 0.5-1 cm. wide and 2 cm.
high, sometimes branched. The nuclei of the folds run together into a
common base of similar consistency. Each fold is covered with a firm
gelatinous layer 1-1.5 cm. thick, which is about the color of boiled starch
and not flesh-colored as described by Fries, Syst. Myc., p. 227. Neither
is it reddish-brown until dry. When soaked in water the cluster of
folds swells to its original size and assumes a whitish color. The max¬
imum size has been given as. 3-6 lines, Alb. & Schw., Cons. Fung., p. 301,
but this may refer to a single fold. This cluster of folds is plainly a
single plant. A section through the plant resembles a section through
a brain. The external appearance is likewise brain-like. On living
tamarack at a point where a stub of a dead limb protruded. Detjen’s
woods, April 1, Algoma.

Tremellodon gelatinosum (Scop.) Pers. Common on hemlock
logs and stumps, Krohn’s Lake, August; Schmeiling’ woods, September,
Algoma.

838 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters .

Dacryomyces multiseptatus Beck. When moist the plants are
bright golden-yellow, but turn orange when dry. The spores are yellow,
curved, 6-9 septate, 6 x 20 microns. This may be Dacryomyces aurantia
(Schw.) Farlow. Common on old stubs, and at the base of living tam¬
arack and spruce, Perry’s swamp, June to September, Algoma.

Dacryomyces chrysocoma Bull. A form resembling a yellow dis-
comycete when moist. On old sticks and limbs, Detjen’s woods, Sep¬
tember, Algoma.

Dacryomyces deliquescens (Bull.) Duby. On decayed board,
Schmeiling’s grove, June, Algoma.

Calocera cornea Pers. Growing from cracks on logs and limbs
in wet weather. Common at Krohn’s Lake and Schmeiling’s woods,
June, Algoma.

Guepinia spathularia (Schw.) Fr. On bark, Otto’s woods, Al¬
goma.

GASTEEOMY CETES.

H YMENOGASTRE AE .

Hymenogaster rufus Vitt. Resembles a young puff-ball; 3 cm.
broad, whitish, changing to lilac-purple without and within when
bruised. The gleba is white, masked by an immense number of rusty-
brown spores. The spores are roughly reticulated, subglobose or blunt-
elliptical, 7 x 8-8.5 microns, with a blunt hyaline apiculus 1.5 microns
long, and a large central oil globule 3-4 microns in diameter. Among
needles, Schmeiling’s woods, September, Algoma. Bresadola vid.

Rhizopogon roseum Bres. in litt. This plant differs from R.
ruhescens in the character of the peridium and spores. The peridium
is persistent, smooth, dark brown, devoid of adhering branched fibres.
The cavities are minute. The spores are 3.5 x 12-13 microns. In sandy
soil, partially exposed, under pine near “Stand rock,” August, Kilbourn.

PHALLOIDEAE.

Dictyophora duplicata (Bose.) Fischer. The pileus is very
coarsely reticulated. The veil varies in length from 1 to 4 cm. In sand
roads, swamps, and near stumps in wmods. Common. Blahnik’s
grove, August, Algoma; Flunos’ pasture, June, Mauston.

Ithyphallus Ravenelii (B. & C.) Fischer. The denuded pileus is
scarcely wrinkled, not at all reticulated. There is a short, non-per-
forated veil which extends about one-third the length of the pileus and

Bodge — Fungi from the Region of Keivaunee Co., Wis. 839

can be seen by making a section of the pileus. The tapering stipe and
characteristic pileus are shown by Lloyd, Myc. Notes, PI. 115, Atkinson,
Mushrooms, PI. 74, fig. 202, 1900. Algoma.

Phallogaster saccatus Morg. The hymenophore is composed of
irregularly anastomosing bars and bands, pink or lilac. Spore mass
green, foul smelling. On decayed poplar log, Fluno’s woods, July, Maus-
ton.

LYCOPERDACEAE.

Calvatia caelata (Bull.) Morg. These puff-balls are usually
beaker-shaped as figured by Hollos, Gast. Ungar., PI. id, the young forms
having well developed rhizomorphs, PI. 15, fig. 12. The roughly warted
or cracked peridium is not constant. Lloyd, Gast., PI. 36 and fig. 39 ,
shows the external markings. The sterile portion occupies one-half to
three-fourths of the plant. Along roads and in pastures, September,
Algoma. Common.

Calvatia craniiformis (Schw.) Fr. The greenish-yellow spores
and the greater proportion of the sterile base distinguished this plant
from C. cyathiformis. There is no resemblance to a cranium. Schmeil-
ing’s pasture at the edge of woods, August, Algoma.

Calvatia cyathiformis (Bose.) Morg. The lilac-purple spores are
echinulate and larger in diameter than the capillitial threads. The
sterile portion occupies only a small part of the base. Perry’s pasture
September, Algoma.

Calvatia gigantea Batsch. Specimen 33 cm. across collected by
Melvin Perry in the woods. The spores are light rust-colored. The
sterile portion is small. M. Perry’s woods, September, Algoma.

Lycoperdon cepaeforme Bull. In dry sterile places in pasture,.
Mile Bluff, July, Mauston. Peck vid.

Lycoperdon cruciatum Roth. Among moss and grass in swamps,
under tamarack, September, Algoma.

Lycoperdon gemmatum Batsch. Common. On the ground and:
on decayed logs, Algoma.

Lycoperdon perlatum Pers. Seems to be a species quite distinct
from L. gemmatum. The manner in which the peridium tapers to a
well-formed stipe is very characteristic. Cespitose, in sandy soil,
Thompson’s woods, July, Mauston. Peck vid.

Lycoperdon pusillum (Batsch.) Fr. Devine’s woods among grass,
August, Algoma.

Lycoperdon pyriforme Fr. Common. On logs and stumps, Det-
jen’s woods, August, Algoma.

Lycoperdon umbriimm Pers. In swamps after rains, under cedar
and tamarack, Ahnapee river, September, Algoma, Peck vid.

840 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Lycoperdon Wrightii B. & C. Peridium is white, covered with
rough polygonal warts. Figured in Mycologia, November, 1909. Sandy
soil, Mile Bluff, June, Mauston.

Bovista pila B. & C- Common in all pastures, September, Al-
goma.

Bovista plumbea Pers. Rare. F. Robinson’s pasture, June,
Mauston.

Geaster hygrometricus Pers. The rough spores and branched
capillitium of this species have been made the basis of a genus, As-
traeus, Morgan. On ground, Fish Creek, August. Not common.

Geaster limbatus Fr. This is often described as a black Geaster,
but that is the color of only the inner peridium. Hussey, Illust., fig¬
ures a form in Plate 2 which has a light gray inner peridium. Krohn’s
Lake, August, Algoma.

Geaster minimus Schw. The peristome and sharp beak are char¬
acteristic. Perry’s swamp, August; Belgian settlement, September,
Kohlberg.

Geaster rufescens Fr. Common. Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma.

Geaster pectinatus Pers. The inner peridium tapers into a slen¬
der pedicel which has a distinct collar at the base, and is marked by
several striae or ridges as figured by Lloyd, Geastrae, p. 15, figs. 20 22,
and Hollos, Gast. Ungar., PI. 8. Both writers report that the species
is a rare one. Along lake bank, Alaska, August, 1905; on upturned
stump, Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma, 1909.

Geaster saccatus Fr. Well illustrated by Lloyd, Geastrae, fig. 74,
for a variety of this species. Otto’s woods, June, Algoma.

Geaster triplex Jung. This is the most common Geaster at Al¬
goma. Schmeiling’s woods, August.

. X I DU L ABIE AE .

Crucibulum vulgare Tul. Common. On old sticks and on cow
dung, Warners’ grove, August, Algoma; Mile Bluff, June, Mauston.

Cyathus striatus Hoffm. Grows in dense clusters on old wood,
Trumble’s ravine, June, Mauston. These were of the form figured by
Rolland, Atlas Champ., PI. 109, fig. 246. A much less strigose form
nearly gray in color was found in a garden, Fellows’, June, Algoma.

Cyathus stercorarius Schw.) DeTon. On dung, Mile Bluff,
Mauston.

Cyathus vernicosus DC. Common. In grain fields, Algoma.

Dodge — Fungi from the Region of Keivciunee Co., Wis. 841

SCLERODERMEAE.

Scleroderma cepa Pers. A Wisconsin plant is figured by Lloyd,
Myc. Notes., p. 72, PI. SI. The outer surface is smooth and dark col¬
ored. The peridium is thick and hard. Seems to prefer growing
along beds of gullies formed in ravines by spring freshe'ts. Trumble’s,
June to September, Mauston. Bresadola vid.

Scleroderma tenerum Berk. ($. verrucosum minor Bres. in litt.) .
The peridium is soft and thin, the outer surface covered with delicate
scales. The color varies from white to purplish when bruised. Ripe
specimens are 0.5 cm. to 2 cm. broad. The spore mass may be lilac-
purple or rust-colored depending on how wet they are or in what state
of decay. Common. In grass under oak and on rich bogs under wil¬
low, Fluno’s bluff, June, Mauston.

Scleroderma verrucosum Pers. Not common. Melchior’s grove,
October, Algoma.

Scleroderma aurantium Pers. ($. vulgar e Fr.). Some forms
have no suggestion of a yellow color. Hussey, Illust., PI. 17, and Gil-
let Champ. Fr., figure these rough varieties which grow in beds of
Polytrichum, Fluno’s woods, June to August, Mauston. The New York
plants are deep golden yellow, writk‘ much' thinner peridium and a
longer stipe.

Mycenastrum corium Desv. The outer peridium cracks into areas
about one centimeter broad. The hollow shell remains a long time
after the spores have all escaped. In pasture lands, along lake bank,
September, Algoma.

Secotium acuminatum Mont. Rare. Alaska Lake, Alaska, Sep¬
tember.

ASCOMYCETES.

Elaphomyces granulatus Fr. Fresh specimens of this species were
found by Richard Detjen about January 1, while engaged in uprooting
alders. He reported that as the alders were very large he thought the
fungus was buried about six inches beneath the surface. The only
other specimen reported for the state was collected at Superior by
E. M. Gilbert. This latter specimen was infected with Cordyceps.
Algoma.

Nectria episphaeria (Tode) Fr. Parasitic on a species of Valsa
on limbs of Fagus, Blahnik’s woods, August, Algoma. Distributed as
no. 585c, Rehm, Ascom. Exs. Rehm vid.

842 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters .

Nectria cinnabarina (Tode) Fr. On old limbs of frondose trees,
Schmeiling’s grove. August, Algoma.

Nectria peziza (Tode) Fr. On decayed stumps, Detjen’s pasture,
June, Algoma; Cory’s lawn, June, Madison.

Sphaerostilbe cinnabarina Tul. In this species the perithecia
were thickly scattered over the bark at the base of a stump. Well
developed spores were found in the perithecia, but there was no evi¬
dence of a conidial form present. In cemetery woods. May, . Madison.
Rehm vid. Seaver vid.

Hypomyces apiculata Pk. On old leaves and rubbish, Krohn’s
Lake, August, Algoma. Seaver vid.

Hypomyces aurantius (Pers.) Tul. Completely covered large
specimens of Polyp or us frondosus which were in a foul state of decay,
cemetery woods, June, Madison.

Hypomyces chrysospermus Tul. On Boletus scaber, B. chry senior on
and B. subtomentosus. Specimens of Boletus bearing this fungus were
frequently found firmly attached to roots of stumps or old sticks by
the white mycelium covering the caps. If fresh specimens are left in
the collecting basket a few hours, the fungus will attach itself to the
basket. Common, June to September, Algoma. Seaver vid.

Hypomyces lactifiuorum Schw. A large number of specimens of
Russula delica were found in all stages of infection by this fungus,
which is said to attack species of Lactarius. Uninfected plants had a
mild taste and possessed no milk, and as the series between these and
the fully infected forms was complete, there seems to be little doubt
as to the identification. Among needles, sandy soil. Mile Bluff, August,
Mauston.

Hypomyces lateritius (Fr.) Tul. On Lactarius zonarius (La¬
marck) Fr., Dewey’s springs, August, Algoma.

Hypomyces polyporinus Pk. On Polyporus versicolor, Krohn’s
Lake, August, Algoma. Seaver vid.

Hypomyces torminosus (Mont.) Tul. Common on Lactarius tor -
minosus, September, Blahnik’s woods, Algoma.

Hypocrea aurantiaca Pk. Specimens of Polyporus chioneus bear¬
ing this fungus vary in color from light yellow to deep purplish red.
Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma.

Hypocrea sulphurea Schw. On old limbs, Schmeiling’s grove,
August, Algoma. Seaver vid.

Claviceps purpurea (Fr.) Tul. On rye, Kumm’s, Forestville.

Cor dy ceps militaris (L.) Link. Growing from pupa within a
cocoon buried under bark of coniferous log, Perry’s swamp, August,
Algoma.

Cordyceps militaris form Isaria farinosa Fr. On pupae of small
moths (?), among needles in swTamps, Ahnapee river, September, Al¬
goma.

Bodge — Fungi from the Region of Kewaunee Co., Wis . 843

Pleurage albicans (A. & S.) Griff. [Sordaria coprophila (Fr.)
C. & DN.]. Immature specimens abundant on cow dung, Dewey’s
springs, August, Algoma. Rehm vid.

Pleurage vestita (Zopf) Griff. The spores are bluish black
when mature, one end having a cylindrical appendage as long as the
spore, the opposite end with several scarcely visible appendages. On
cow dung, Schmeiling’s grove, August, Algoma.

Sporormia minima Auersw. On cow dung, very common, Schmeil¬
ing’s grove, July, Algoma.

Kosellinia aquila (Fr.) DN. var. glabra Sacc. On old twigs and
limbs, Krohn’s Lake, August, Algoma. Rehm vid.

Hypoxylon coccineum Bull. On limbs of Fagus, Krohn’s Lake, Au¬
gust, Algoma. Rehm yid.

Hypoxylon coccineum, form Institale acariforme Fr. On decayed
alder (?), Blahnik’s swamp, August, Algoma.

Hypoxylon rubiginosum (Pers.) Fr. On old limbs in alder
swamp. Perry’s, December, Algoma. Rehm vid.

Daldinia concentrica (Bolt.) Ces. & DeNot. On old stumps and
logs, common, June to September, Algoma.

Plowrightia morbosa (Schw.) Sacc. On wild species of Prunus,
June, Algoma.

Ustulina vulgaris Tul. On hemlock stumps, common, Krohn’s
Lake, August, Algoma. Rehm vid.

Xylaria corniformis Fr. On decayed hemlock roots, Krohn’s Lake,
August, Algoma. Rehm vid.

Xylaria corniformis, form Isaria flabelliformis Schw. Very com¬
mon on old sticks, Schmeiling’s, July, Algoma.

Xylaria digitata (L.) Grev. The conidial stage resembles in form
X. corniformis , fruiting stage. On old roots, common, Blahnik’s woods,
July, Algoma. Rehm vid.

Xylaria hypoxylon (L.) Grev. Completely covering decayed oak
log, and on the ground underneath. Loomis’ woods, July, Mauston.

Xylaria polymorpha (Pers.) Grev. On stumps, Froemming’s
lawn, August, Algoma. Rehm vid.

Scorias spongiosa Schw. This fungus grows on alder infected
with the alder blight, Schizoneura tessellata Fitch. Large masses
of it are often found beneath the trees from which they have fallen.
Abundant after a season of wet weather, Ihlenfeld’s woods, October,
Algoma.

844 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

MYXOMYCETES.

Arcyria incarnata Pers. Stony creek, October, Foscora; Fluno’s
bluff, June, Mauston.

Arcyria magna Rex. The ash-gray, tawny-gray sporangia are un¬
like any other of this region in color. On maple tree, corner West
Johnson and Park streets, July, Madison.

Arcyria nutans (Bull.) Grey. Heineman’s woods, June, Maus¬
ton, September, Foscora.

Arcyria punicea Pers. Macbride makes this A. denudata (L.)
Sheldon. Schmeiling’s grove, September, Algoma.

Badhamia papaveracea Berk. & Rav. Stony Creek, October, Fos¬
cora.

Badhamia utricularis (Bull.) Berk. Tornado, September, Kohl-
berg. Rare.

Cribraria aurantiaca Schrad. Stony creek, August, Foscora.

Cribraria dictidyoides Cooke & Balf. Mile Bluff, June, Mauston;
Stony Creek, July, Foscora.

Ceratiomyxa fruticulosa (Muell.) Macb. Common on wet logs,
June, Algoma.

Biachea leucopoda Bull. & Rost. Shaw’s woods, September, Fos¬
cora.

Enteridium rozeanum (Rost.) Wingate. The aethalium is 2 x 3
cm. across and 4 mm. thick. The hypothallus is white, 4 mm. wide.
The spores are ferruginous, 7-9 microns, reticulated only on about
three-fourths of the surface. On bark, Dells, May, Kilbourn.

Fuligo varians Sommf. One specimen 25 cm. broad and 2 cm.
thick w^as found on sawdust in icehouse, June, Mauston; common at
Algoma.

Fuligo violacea Pers. The aethalium is covered with a yellowish
cortex, and the spores are purple-violet. McBride, N. Am. Slime
Moulds, p. 24, reports that this species occurs everywhere but probably
not distinguished from the preceding. On wood, June, Algoma.

Hemiarcyria rubiforniis (Pers.) Rost. On oak and poplar bark,
Dells, May, Kilbourn; common at Algoma.

JLeiocarpus fragilis (Dicks.) Rost. On elm leaves and decayed
wood, June to September, Algoma and Mauston.

JLindbladia effusa (Ehr.) Rost. Fluno’s woods, June, Mauston.

Bycogala epidendron (Buxb.) Fr. On old limbs, Ahnapee river
swamp, September, Algoma.

Jjycogala flavo-fuscum (Ehr.) Rost. Several large aethalia, 3-5
cm. long, which had grown the preceding summer, were collected

Dodge — -Fungi from the Region of Kewaunee Go., Wis. 845

from a maple tree on which two other somewhat rare slime moulds,
Arcyria magna and Reticularia lycoperdon, had been found. This tree
is thoroughly infected with several other species of fungi. March,
Madison; common on oak and maple, Mauston and Algoma.

Reticularia lycoperdon (Bull.) Macb. July, Madison.

Stemonitis Morgan! Pk. Schmeiling’s woods, September, Algoma.

Stemonitis Smithii Macb. Mile Bluff, Mauston.

Tilmadoche virdis (Bull.) Sacc. Hale’s woods, June, Mauston;
Warner’s grove, October, Algoma.

Trichia fallax Pers. Stony creek, October, Foscora.

Tricilia favoginea (Batsch.) Pers. Shaw’s woods, September,
Foscora.

Tubifera ferruginosa (Batsch.) Macb. On same log with Lindbladia
effusa, Fluno’s woods, June, Mauston.

Tubifera stipitata (Berk. & Rav.) Macb. No. 417, Campus woods,
June, Madison.

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

WISCONSIN ACADEMY

OF

SCIENCES, ARTS, AND LETTERS

*

VOL. XVII, PART II, NO. 2

MADISON, WISCONSIN

O14

CONTENTS

Page

A Provisional List of the Parasitic Fungi of Wisconsin

J. J . Davis- 846

Preliminary Report on a Collection of Ilepaticae from the

Duluth-Superior District . George' II. ('o 'nklin, 985

The annual half- volume of the Transactions of the Wisconsin
Academy of Sciences; Arts, and Letters is issued in six numbers,
under the editorial supervision of the Secretary.

The price of this number is 50c.

846 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

A PROVISIONAL LIST OF PARASITIC FUNGI IN
WISCONSIN.

J". J. Davis.

The first enumeration of Fungi of Wisconsin of which I have
knowledge, was published in the Deport of the Geological Sur¬
vey of Wisconsin 1873-9. It was. prepared by A. F. Bundy,
M. D., and about thirty of the species there listed are parasitic.
As Dr. Bundy’s collections were afterwards destroyed by fire
this list has not been taken into account in subsequent enum¬
erations. In the Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of
Science, Arts and Letters, vol. 6, 106-144 (1884) a Prelim-
nary List of Parasitic Fungi of Wisconsin appeared which was
prepared by William Trelease, S. D., at that time Professor of
Botany in the University of Wisconsin. Lists supplementary
to this, prepared by the writer, were published through the same
medium in vols. 9 , 153-188 (1893) 11, 165-178 (1897)
Ilf, 83-106 (1903) and 16, 739-772 (1909). A demand hav¬
ing arisen for the replacement of these lists, some of which are
now unobtainable, by a single list with a single host index,
which should embody the present knowledge of the parasitic
fungus flora of the state, the following enumeration has been
made. It is a compilation of the Preliminary List of Dr. Tre¬
lease and the lists supplementary thereto1 with some changes
that seem necessary to bring it more nearly into accord with
present knowledge and practise. The opportunity has been
used for additions founded, upon material collected since the
last supplementary list was issued.

The specimens upon which the previous lists were founded
.are in part in the herbarium of Dr. Trelease at the Missouri

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

847

Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo., and in part in my own her¬
barium which is now at the University of Wisconsin, with a
few exceptions noted in the original entries. The more recent
additions are based on specimens in the herbarium of the Uni¬
versity of Wisconsin or in that of the Wisconsin Agricultural
Experiment Station, or in both. The nomenclature of the
hosts is that of Gray’s Mew Manual of Botany, 7th edition and
emendations made by the authors of the Manual in Rhodora 11,
33-61, (March, 1909). The authorities for the host names
have been omitted as they can readily be found, if desired, in
these publications. The arrangement of the species under the
genera is in the order in which the hosts appear in the classifi¬
cation and under each species its hosts are enumerated in the
same order.

As some time may elapse before another general list is at¬
tempted this one has been made as concise as possible ; all
extraneous matter in the way of notes and comments, which
might later become superfluous, being rigidly excluded.

It is hoped that this list will be of service both to those to
whom the parasitic fungi are interesting forms of life with
peculiar vital relations and to those who view them more espe¬
cially as disease-producing organisms and that with this new
point of departure the acquisition of knowledge of the para¬
sitic fungus flora of Wisconsin will be accelerated.

Corrections and additions will be gratefully received with
a view to future publication. I wish to thank Dr. J. C. Arthur
and Dr. E. D. "Kern of Purdue University for expert assist¬
ance in the Uredinales.

University of Wisconsin Herbarium,

Madison, Wisconsin.

March, 1912.

848 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts , and Letters .

PHYCOMYCETES

CHYTRIDIACEAE

SYNCHYTRIUM SCIRPI Davis
On Scirpus atrovirens

SYNCHYTRIUM ASARI Arth. & Hoi.

On Asarum canadense

SYNCHYTRIUM AUREUM Schroet.

On Ranunculus recurvatus
Viola pubescens
Geum virginianum
canadense

Pedicularis canadensis
Prenanthes alba

SYNCHYTRIUM ANEMONES (DC.) Wor.

On Anemone quinquefolia

SYNCHYTRIUM DECIPIENS Farl.

On Amphicarpa nvonoica

PHYSODERMA MENYANTHIS DBy.

On Menyanthes trifoliata

CLADOCHYTRIUM MACULARE (Wallr.)

On Alisma Plantago-aquatica

UROPHLYCTIS MAJOR Schroet.

On Rumex verticillatus

UROPHLYCTIS PLURIANNULATA (B. & C.) Farl.

On Sanicula marylandica
gregaria
Zizia aurea

OLPIDIOPSIS SAPROLEGNIAE (Cornu) A. Fisch.

On SaproTegnia thuretii

ENTOMOPHTHORACEAE

EMPUSA AMERICANA Thaxt.

On a blue bottle fly.

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

849

EMPUSA APHIDIS Hoffman
On various aphides

EMPUSA CULICIS A. Braun
On CJiironomus

EMPUSA MUSCAE Cohn.

On house flies

EMPUSA RHIZOPHORA Thaxt.

On caddis flies

EMPUSA SCIARAE Olive
On Sciara

EMPUSA GRYLLI Fres.

On Caloptenus

SAPROLEGNIACEAE

SAPROLEGNIA THURETII DBy.

On dead flies

PERONOSPORACEAE

ALBUGO BLITI (Biv.) O. Kuntze
On Amaranthus retrvflexus
hybridus
blvtoides

Acnida tuberculata

ALBUGO PORTULACAE (DC.) O. Kuntze
On Portulaca oleracea

ALBUGO CANDIDA (Pers.) O. Kuntze
On Lepidium virginicum
Capsella Bursa-pastoris
Cakile edentula
Raphanus sativus (cult.)

caudatus (cult.)

Brassica alba (cult.)
nigra

Sisymbrium officinale
Radicula palustris
Gardamine douglassii

850 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

ALBUGO TRAGOPOGONIS (DC.) S. F. Gray
On Iva xanthifolia

Ambrosia artemisiaefolia
Artemisia biennis
Helianthus annuus
Senecio aureus
Cirsium muticum
arvense

Tragopogon pratensis
porr'ijolius (cult.)

PHYTOPHTHORA THALICTRI Wilson & Davis
On Thalictrum revolutum
dasycarpum

PHYTOPHTHORA INFESTANS (Mont.) DBy.

On Solanum tuberosum (cult.)

BREMIA LACTUCAE Regel
On Lactuca sativa (cult.)
canadensis
spicata

PLASMOPARA HUMULI (Miyake & Takashashi )

On Humulus Lupulus

PLASMOPARA PYGMAEA (Unger) Schroet.

On Hepatica acutiloba
Anemone canadensis
quinquefolia

PLASMOPARA RIBICOLA Schroet.

On Ribes cynosbati

oxyacanthoides

prostratum

triste

PLASMOPARA GERANII (Pk.) Berl. & Be? Toni
On Geranium maculatum

PLASMOPARA OBDUCENS Schroet.

On Impatiens pallida
biflora

Davis — • A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi. 851

PLASMOPARA VITICOLA (B. & C.) Berl. & De Toni
On Psedera sp. indet.

VMis labrusca (cult.)
vulpina
spp. indet.

PLASMOPARA AUSTRALIS (Speg.) Swingle
On Sicyos angultitus

PLASMOPARA HALSTEDII (Farl.) Berl. & De Toni
On Eupatorium urticaefolium
Solidago riddellii
Erigeron annuus
Silphium teretiinthinaceum
trifoliatum
integrifolium
perfoliatum

Ambrosia art emisiae folia
trifida

RudbecTcia laciniata
Helianthus annuus
occidentalis
grosse-serratus
divaricatus
sttrumosus
tuberosus
Bidens frondosa
vulgata
connata
cernua
aristosa

Erechtites hieracifolia

PERONOSPORA SCHLEIDENI Unger
On Allium Cepa (cult.)

PERONOSPORA URTICAE (Lib.) DBy.

On TJrtica gracilis

PERONOSPORA POLYGONI Thuem.

On Polygonum scandens

PERONOSPORA EFFUSA (Grev.) Rabh.

On Chenopodium hybridum
album

852

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

PERONOSPORA OBOVATA Bon.

On Spergula arvensis

PERONOSPORA ALSINEARUM Caspary
On Cerastium nutans

PERONOSPORA FICARIAE Tul.

On Ranunculus fascicularis
pennsylvanicus
septentrionalis

PERONOSPORA CORYDALIS DBy.

On Dicentra cucullaria

PERONOSPORA PARASITICA (Pers.) Tul.
On Draba caroliniana
Lepidium virginicum
Raphanus sativus (cult.)

Brassica nigra
arvensis

RacDicula palustris
Dentaria laciniata
Cardamine douglassvi
Arabis laevigata

PERONOSPORA POTENTILLAE DBy.

On Potentilla monspeliensis
Geum canadense
macrophyllum
strictum
rivale

Agrimonia parviflora

PERONOSPORA RUBI Rabh.

On Rubus canadensis

PERONOSPORA TRIFOLIORUM DBy.

On Medicago sativa (cult.)

PERONOSPORA VICIAE (Berk.) DBy.

On Pisum sativum (cult.)

Vicia americanaf

PERONOSPORA EUPHORBIAE Fckl.

On Acalypha virginica?

Euphorbia maculata

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

85 B

PERONOSPORA FLOERKEAE Kell.

On Floerkea proserpinacoides

PERONOSPORA ARTHURI Farl.

On Oenothera biennis

PERONOSPORA HYDROPHYLLI Waite.

On Hydrophyllum virginianum

PERONOSPORA LOPHANTHI Farl.

On Agastache srophulariae folia

PERONOSPORA HEDEOMAE Kell. & Sw.

On Dracocephalum parviflorum

PERONOSPORA SORDIDA B. & Br.

On Scrophularia marilandica

PERONOSPORA GRISEA Unger

On Veronica Anagallis-aquatica
peregrina
arvensis

PERONOSPORA ALTA Fckl.

On Plantago major
Rugelii

PERONOSPORA CALOTHECA D By.

On Galium Aparine
lanceolatum
boreale
triflorum

PERONOSPORA LEPTOSPERMA DBy.

On Artemisia biennis

BASIDIOPHORA ENTOSPORA Roze & Cormi

On Aster Novae-angliae
Drummondii
puniceus
Solidago rigida

SCLEROSPORA GRAMINICOLA (Sacc.) SchroeL

On Setaria xtiridis
italica

854

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

PRO TOMYCE TALES

PROTOMYCES FUSCUS Pk.

On Hepatica triloba
acutiloba

PROTOMYCES ANDINUS Pat.

On Ambrosia trifida

art emisiae folia
Bidens frondosa
connata
cernua

ASCOMYCETES
PYREN OMY CE TALES
PERISPORIACEAE

PODOSPHAERA OXYACANTHAE (DC.) DBy.

On Spiraea salicifolia
tomentosa
Pyrus coronaria
Crataegus oxyacantha
spp. indet.

Prunus virginiana
pennsylvanica
pumila
ameiiicana
spp. indet. (cult.)

PODOSPHAERA BIUNCINATA Cke. & Pk.

On Hamamelis virginiana

PODOSPHAERA LEUCOTRICHA (E. & E.) Salm.

On Pyrus Malus

SPHAEROTHECA MORS-UVAE (Schw.) B. & C .

On Ribes cynosbati
americanum

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

855

SPHAEROTHECA HUMULI (DC.) Burr.

On Mitella diphylla

Physocarpus opulifoMus
Potentilla palustris
Geum canadense
virginianum
macrophyllum

Ruins idaeus aculeatissimus
tnflorus
parviflorus

Agrimonia gryposepala
striata
sp. indet.

Rosa spp. indet.

Rhus typUlna
glabra

Epilolium coloratum

SPHAEROTHECA HUMULI (DC.) Burr. var. FULIGINEA
(Sclilecht.) Salm.

On Agastache scrophulariaefolia
Prunella vulgaris
Veronica virginica
serpyllifolia
Gerardia grandiflora
Pedicularis lanceolata
Plantugo major
Bidens frondosa
connata
aristosa

Erechtites hieraciffolia
Taraxacum officinale
Prenanthes alba

UNCINULA SALICIS (DC.) Wint.

On Salix spp . varii
Populus spp . varii

UNCINULA NEGATOR (Schw.) Burr.

On Psedera sp. indet.

Vitis spp. varii

856 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

UNCINULA CIRCINATA Cke. & Pk.
On Acer Saccharum

saccharmum

rubrum

UNCINULA MACROSPORA Pk.

On TJlmus americana

UNCINULA CLINTONII Pk.

On Tilia americana

MICROSPHAERA ALNI (Wallr.) Wint.

On Corylus americana
rostrata

Carpinus caroliniana
Betula pumila glandulfifera
Fagus grandifolia
Quercus alba
macrocarpa
rubra

ellipsoidalis
Lathyrus palustris
venosus
ochroleucus
Ilex vert,icillata
Nem'opanthus mucronata
Ceanothus americanus
Cornus alternifolia
Syringa vulgaris (cult.)
Cephalanthus accidentalis
Lonicera tatarica (cult.)
sullivantii
dioica

Viburnum acerifolium
pubescens
Lentago

On Quercus rubra

-var. EXTENSA (C. & P.) Salm.

var. VACCINII (Schw.) Salm.

On Kalmia polifolia
Epigaea repens
Gaylussacia baccata
Vaccinium pennsylvanicum
canadense

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

857

MICROSPHAERA EUPHORBIAE (Pk.) B. & C.
On Euphorbia corollata

MICROSPHAERA GROSSULARIAE (Wallr.) Lev.
On Sambucus canadensis
racemosa

MICROSPHAERA DIFFUSA Cke. & Pk.

On Desmodium canescens
paniculatum
canadense
Lespedeza violacea

MICROSPHAERA RUSSELLII Clint.

On Oxalis “ stricta ”
corniculata

ERYSIPHE GRAMINIS DC.

On Poa pratensis

Agropyran repens
Gramineae vatfii

ERYSIPHE AGGREGATA (Pk.) Farl.

On catkins of Alnus incana

ERYSIPHE POLYGONI DC.

On Polygonum aviculare

Ranunculus, delphinifolius
abortivus
acris

Thalictrum dasycarpum
Clematis virginiana
Caltha palustris
Aquilegia canadensis
Parnassia caroliniana
Lupinus perennis
Astragalus canadensis
Lathyrus venosus
ochroleucus
Amphicarpa monoica
Geranium maculatum

ERYSIPHE GALEOPSIDIS DC.

Stachys tenuifolia aspera
Chelone glabra

858

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

ERYSIPHE CICHORACEARUM DC.

On Parietaria pennsylvamica
Phlox paniculata
divaricata
DrummondU

Hydrophyllum virginianum
Lappula virginiana
Verbena urticaefolia
TeuciMum canadense
Scutellaria lateriflora
galericulata
parvula

Plantago major
Rugelii

Eupatorium purpureum
perfoliatum
urticaefolium
Solidago canadensis
Aster divaricatus
drummondii
laerils
lateriflorus
puniceus
umbeilatus
Inula Helenium
Ambrosia artemisiaefolia
Xanthium sp. indet.

HeWopsis scabra
Helianthus strumosus
Dahlia sp. indet. (cult.)

Helenium autumnale
Oirsium discolor

FHYLLACTINIA CORYLEA (Pers.) Karst.

On Carya sp. indet.

Corylus americana
Ostrya virginiana
Carpinus caroliniana
Betula alba papyrifera
Alnus incana
Fagus grandifolia
Quercus sp. indet.

Hamamelis virginiana
Crataegus sp. indet.

Davis— -A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi. 859

Zanthoxylum americanum
Celastrus scandens
Acer Saccharum
Cornus stolonifera
Fraxinus pennsylvanica

DIMEROSPORIUM COLLINSII (Schw.) Thuem.

On Amelanchier $pp. indet.

DIMEROSPORIUM CONGLOBATUM (B. & C.) Ell. & Evht.

On Arctostaphylos Uvar-ursi
PARODIELLA PERISPORIODES (B. & C.) Speg.

On Desmodium grandiflorum

SPHAERIACEAE

GNOMONIELLA CORYLI (Batsch) Sacc.

On Corylus americana
rostrata

GNOMONIELLA FIMBRIATA (Pers.) Sacc.

On Carpinus carolirtiana

PHYSALOSPORA AMBROSIAE Ell. & Evht.

On Ambrosia trifida
artemisMfolia

CRYPTOSPORELLA ANOMALA (Pk.) Sacc.

On Corylus americana

SPHAERELLA ZIZANIAE (Schw.) Ellis

On Leersia oryzoides

SPHAERELLA FRAGARIAE (Tul.) Sacc.

On Fragaria virginiana
vesca

VENTURIA PULCHELLA

On Chamaedaphne calyculata

VENTURIA DICKIEI (B. & Br.) Ces. & De Not.

On Linnaea borealis

860 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

HYPOCREACEAE

HYPOMYCES LATERITIUS (Fr.) Tul.

On Lactarius zonarius
sp. indet.

HYPOMYCES TORMINOSUS (Mont.) Tul.

On Lactarius torminosus

HYPOMYCES VIRIDIS (A. & S.) Sacc.

On an undetermined mushroom

HYPOMYCES LACTIFLUORUM (Schw.) Tul.

On Russula delica Fr.

HYPOMYCES CHRYSOSPERMUS Tul.

On Boletus scaber

chrysmteron

subtomentosus

HYPOMYCES AURANTIUS (Pers.) Tul.

Oh Polyporus frondosus

HYPOMYCES POLYPORINUS

On Polyporus versicolor

HYPOCREA AUR ANT I AC A Pk.

On Polyporus chioneus

CLAVICEPS PURPUREA (Fr.) Tul.

On Secale cereafte (cult.)

Triticum vulgar e (cult.)

(Sclerotia only)

CLAVICEPS SP. INDET.

On Zizania palustris

Phalaris arundinacea
Oryzopsis racemosa
Phleum pratense
Agrostis hyemalis
Calamagrostis canadensis
Koeleria cristata
Poa compressa
Glyceria nervata
Glyceria septentrionalis

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

861

Agropyron repens
Elymus canadensis
striatus

(Sclerotia only)

CLAVICEPS NIGRICANS Tul.

On Eleocharis sp. indet.

(Sclerotia only)

CLAVICEPS JIJNGI Adams
On Jmncus nodosus
(Sclerotia only)

CORDYCEPS CAPITATA (Holmsk.) Lk.

On Elaphomyces sp. indet

CORDYCEPS HERCULEA (Schw.) Ell. & Evht.
On larvae of Lachnosterna?

CORDYCEPS MILITARIS (L.) Lk.

“On pupae of small moths (?)”

EPICHLOE TYPHINA (Pers.) Tul.

On Andropogon furcatus

Calamagrostis canadensis
Koeleria cristata
Elymus sp. indet.

Hystrix patula

HYPOCRELLA SP. INDET.

On Podophyllum peltatum
Eupatorium urticaefoltum

DOTHIDEACEAE

B ALANS I A HYPOXYLON (Pk.) Atk.

On Calamagrostis canadensis

PHYLLACHORA PTERIDIS (Reb.) Fckl.
On Pteris aquilina

PHYLLACHORA GRAMINIS (Pers.) Fckl.
On many grasses

PHYLLACHORA CYPERI Rehm

On Cyperus Schweinitzti

862 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

PHYLLACHORA JUNCI (Fr.) Fckl.

On J uncus tenuis

PHYLLACHORA TRIFOLII (Pers.) Fckl.

On Trvfolium pratense
repens

PHYLLACHORA LESPEDEZAB
On Lespedeza capitata

DOTHIDELLA TJLMEA (Schw.) E & E
On TJlmus americana

PLOWRIGHTIA MORBOSA (Schw.) Sacc.

On Prunus serotina
virginiana
pennsylvanica
americana

MONTAGNELLA HELIOPSIDIS (Schw.) Sacc.

On Aster sp. indet.

Helianthus sp. indet.

MICROTHYRIACEAE

ASTERINA RUBICOLA Ell. & Evht.

On Rubus idaeus aculeatissimus

ASTERINA GAULTHERIAE Curt.

On Gaultheria procumbens
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursti

ASTERINA PLANTAGINIS Ellis
On Plantago Rugelii

HYSTERIACEAE

LOPHODERMIUM PINASTRI (Schrad.) Chev.

On Pinus Strobus
Banksiana

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

863

DISCOMYCETALES

PEZIZACEAE

SCLEROTINIA TUBEROSA Fckl.

On Anemone quinquefolia

MOLLISIA DEHNII (Rabh.) Karst.

On Potentilla monspeliensis

PHACIDIACEAE

PSEUDOPEZIZA SINGULARIA (Pk.) Pk.

On Ranunculus sceleratus
pennsylvanicus

PSEUDOPEZIZA TRIFOLII (Biv. Bernh.) Fckl.
On Trifolium pratense

PSEUDOPEZIZA MEDICAGINIS (Lib.) Sacc.
On Medicago sativa (cult.)

PSEUDOPEZIZA REPANDA (Fr.) Karst.

On Galium tinctorium

FABRAEA ROUSSEAUANA Sacc. & Bomm.

On Caltha palustris

RHYTISMA SALICINUM (Pers.) Fr.

On Salix spp. varKi

RHYTISMA ILICIS-CANADENSIS Schw.

On Ilex verticillata

Nemopanthus mucronata

RHYTISMA ACERINUM (Pers.) Fr.

On Acer spicatum
Saccharum
saccharinum
rubrum

RHYTISMA PUNCTATUM (Pers.) Fr.

On Acer spicatum
Saccharum

864 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

RHYTISMA ANDROMEDAE (Pers.) Fr.

On Andromeda glaucophylla

RHYTISMA SOLIDAGINIS Schw.

On Balidago spp. varii

RHYTISMA ASTERIS Schw.

On Aster spp. varii

STICTIDACEAE

KEITHIA THUJ1NA El. J. Durand
On Thuya occidentals

EXOASCACEAE

TAPHRINA JOHANSONII Sadeb.

On fruit of Populus tremuloides

TAPHRINA COERULESCENS (Desm. & Mont.) Tul.
On Quercus rubra
coccinea

TAPHRINA POTENTILLAE (Farl.) Johans.

On Potentilla arguta

EXOASCUS ALNI-INCANAE Kuehn
On Alnus incana

EXOASCUS CERASI Fckl.

On Prunus nirginiana

EXOASCUS PRUNI Fckl.

On fruit of Prunus

EXOASCUS DEFORMANS (Berk.) Fckl.

On Prunus Persica (cult)

l

LABOULBENIACEAE

LABOULBENIA GYRINIDARUM Thaxt.

On ? Gyrinus

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

865

DEUTEROMYCETES

SPHAEROPSIDALES

SPHAERIOIDACEAE

PHYLLOSTICTA CARICIS (Fckl) Sacc.

On Car ex trisperma
(?) pennsylvanicus
intumescens

PHYLLOSTICTA RENOUANA Sacc. & Roum.

On Typha laMfolia

PHYLLOSTICTA CRUENTA (Fr.) Kickx var. PALLID I OR (Pk.)
On Smilacina racemosa
stellata

— - -var. DISCINCTA (Davis)

On Uvularia grandiflora
OaJcesia sessilifolia

PHYLLOSTICTA TRILLII Ell. & Evht.

On Trillium cernuum

PHYLLOSTICTA IRIDIS Ell. & Mart.

On Iris versicolor

PHYLLOSTICTA APICALIS Davis
On Salix lucida

PHYLLOSTICTA FAGICOLA Ell. & Morgan,

On Fag us grandifolia

PHYLLOSTICTA QUERCUS Sacc. & Speg.

On Quercus alba

macrocarpa

PHYLLOSTICTA PHOMIFORMIS Sacc.

On Quercus alba

PHYLLOSTICTA ATRIPLICIS Desm.

On Chenop odium album

PHYLLOSTICTA NEBULOSA Sacc.

On Silene noctiflora

866 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

PHYLLOSTICTA FATISCENS Pk.

On Nymphaea advena

PHYLLOSTICTA HAMAMELIDIS Cke.

On Hamamelis virginiana

PHYLLOSTICTA PYRINA Sacc.

On Pyrus cormaria
malus

PHYLLOSTICTA SEROTINA Cke.

On PrUnus serotina

PHYLLOSTICTA PRUNICOLA (Opiz ?) Saec.

On Prunus serotina
nigra

PHYLLOSTICTA DESTRUENS Desm.

On Prunus virginiana

PHYLLOSTICTA DESMODII Ell. & Evht.

On Desmodium canescens

PHYLLOSTICTA OXALIDIS Sacc.

On Oxalis stricta

PHYLLOSTICTA MINIMA (B. & C.) Ell. & Evht.

On Acer spicatum
saccharum
rubrum

PHYLLOSTICTA NEGUNDINIS Sacc. & Speg.

On Acer Negundo

PHYLLOSTICTA PAVIAE De'sm.

On Aesculus Hippocastanum

PHYLLOSTICTA LABRUSCAE Thuem,

On Psedera vitacea
Vitis vulpina

sp. indet. (cult.)

PHYLLOSTICTA SPERMOIDES Pk.

On Vitis vulpina

PHYLLOSTICTA VIOLAE Desm.

On Viola sp. indet.

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi . 867

PHYLLOSTICTA LUDWIGIAE Pk.

On Ludvigia polycarpa

PHYLLOSTICTA DODECATHEI Trel.

On Dodecatkeon Meadia

PHYLLOSTICTA SYRINGAE West.

On Syringa vulgaris

PHYLLOSTICTA APOCYNI Trel.

On Apocynum cannabinum

PHYLLOSTICTA DECIDUA Ell & Kell.

On Radicula Armoracia
Oeum canadense
Aralia racemosa
Steironema ciViatum
Cynoglossum officinale
Lappula virginiana
Teucrium canadense
Scutellaria lateriflora
Nepeta hederacea
Leonurus cardiaca,

S tacky s palustris
tenuifoftia
Monarda punctata
Lydopus unifTorus
Mentha arvensis ccmadensis
Veronica virgftnica
Eupatorium perfoliatum
Bidens frondosa
Lactuca canadensis

PHYLLOSTICTA HORTORUM Speg.

On Solanum melongenum (cult.)

PHYLLOSTICTA DIERVILLAE Davis.

On Dier villa Lomcera

PHYLLOSTICTA TINEOLA Sacc.

On Viburnum pubescens

PHYLLOSTICTA SIMILISPORA Ell. & Davis.

On Solidago rigida

PHYLLOSTICTA ASTERICOLA Ell. & EvM.

On Aster umbellatus

'Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters .

PHYLLOSTICTA RUDBECKIAE Ell. & Evht.
On Rudbeckia laciniata

PHYLLOSTICTA LAPPAE Sacc.

On Lappa minor

PHOMA MELILOTI Allesch.

On Melilotus alba

PHOMA UVICOLA B. & C.

On Vitis (cult.)

PHOMA CRYPTICA (Nits.) Sacc.

On twigs of Loriicera sp. indet.

ASTEROMA VENULOSUM (Walk.) Fckl.

On Iris versicolor

AMPELOMYCES QUISQUALIS Ces.

On various Erysiphaceae

ASCOCHYTA SPARTINAE Trel.

On Spartdna Michauxiana

ASCOCHYTA QUERCUS Sacc. & SpCg.

On Quercus spp. indet.

ASCOCHYTA RHEI Ell. & Evht.

On Rheum rhaponticum (cult.)

ASCOCHYTA OXYBAPHI Trel.

On Oxybaphus nyctagineus

ASCOCHYTA SILENES Ell. & Evht.

On Silene antirrhina

ASCOCHYTA (?) INFUSCANS Ell. & Evht.
On Ranunculus abortivus

ASCOCHYTA CLEMATIDINA Thuem.

On Clematis virginiana

- — - var. THALICTRI Davis.

On Thalictrum dioicum

ASCOCHYTA PISI Lib.

On Pisum saftivum (cult.)

Vicia americana
villosa (cult.)

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

869

ASCOCHYTA AMPELINA Sacc.

On Vitis vulpina

ASCOCHYTA CORNICOLA Sacc.

On Cornus Arno mum

ASCOCHYTA CASSANDRAE Pk.

On Chamaedaphne calyculata

ASCOCHYTA LOPHANTHI Davis.

On Agastache scrophulariae folia

ASCOCHYTA LEONURI Ell. & Dearn.

On Lycopus americanus

ASCOCHYTA TRELEASEI Berl. & Vogl.

On Vernonia novel) or acensis
SilpMum integrifolium

ACTINONEMA ROSAE (Lib.) Fr.

On Rosa blanda

rubiginosa

DARLUCA FILUM (Biv.) Cast.

On various Uredinaceae

STAGONOSPORA SMILACIS (Ell. & Mart.) Sacc.
On Smilax herbaeea
hispida

SEPTORIA AQUILINA Pass.

On Pteris aquilina

SEPTORIA AGROPYRI Ell. & Evht.

On Agropymn repens

SEPTORIA BREVISPORA Ell. & Davis.

On Bromus ciliatus

SEPTORIA GRAMINUM Desm.

On Panicum depauperatum
Setaria viridis
Poa annua

SEPTORIA BROMI Sacc.

On Calamagrostis canadensis
Bromus secalinus

•870 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters .

SEPTORIA EVERHARTII Sacc. & Syd.

On Calamagrostis canadensis

SEPTORIA PASSERINII Sacc.

On Hordeum jubatum

SEPTORIA CARICINELLA Sacc. & Roum.

On Carex cephalaidea
spp. indet.

SEPTORIA RIPARIA Pass.

On Carex (pennsylvanicaf)

SEPTORIA SPICULOSA Ell. & Hoi.

On Symplocarpus foetidus

p

SEPTORIA VIRIDI-TINGENS Curt.

On Allium tricoccum

SEPTORIA SMILACINAE Ell. & Mart.

On Smilacina racemosa

SEPTORIA TRILLII Pk.

On Trillium recurvatum
grandiflorum
cernuum
declinatum

SEPTORIA SALICINA Pk.

On Salix lucida

SEPTORIA MUSIVA Pk.

On Eepulus tremuloides
balsam fera
deltoides

SEPTORIA CORYLINA Pk.

On Corylus rostrata

SEPTORIA OSTRYAE Pk.

On Ostrya virginiana

SEPTORIA BETULAE (Lib.) West.

On Betula alba papyrifera
pumila

SEPTORIA ALNIFOLIA Ell. & Evht.

On Alnus sp. indet.

J)avis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi. 871

SEPTORIA CANNABINA West.

On Cannabis sativa

SEPTORIA URTICAE Rob.

On Laportea canadensis

SEPTORIA PILEAE Thuem.

On Pilea pumila

SEPTORIA PARIETARIAE Davis
On Parietaria pennsylvanica

SEPTORIA RUMICIS Ellis
On Rumex altissimus
verticillatus

SEPTORIA POLYGONORUM Desm.

On Polygonum Hydropiper
orientale (cult.)
convolvulus
cilinode
spp. indet.

SEPTORIA STELLARIAE Rob. & Desm.
On Stellaria longifolia
media

SEPTORIA CERASTII Rob. & Desm.

On Cerastium viscosum

SEPTORIA MELANDRII Pass.

On Lychnis alba

SEPTORIA DIMERA Sacc.

On Silene antirrhina

SEPTORIA NOCTIFLORA Ell. & Kell.
On Silene noctiflora

SEPTORIA SILENICOLA Sacc.

On Silene stellata

SEPTORIA COPTIDIS B. & C.

On Copt is trifolia

SEPTORIA AQUILEGIAE Sacc. & Penz.
On Aquilegia canadensis

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

SEPTORIA PODOPHYLLINA Pk.

On Podophyllum peltatum

SEPTORIA LEPIDIICOLA Ell. & Mart.

On Lepidium virginicum

SEPTORIA DENTARIAE Pk.

On Dentaria laeiniata
Cardamine Douglassii

SEPTORIA ALBICANS E. & E.

On Saxifraga pennsylvanica

SEPTORIA RIBIS Desm.

On Riles Cynoslati
americanum
lacustre
prostratum
vulgare
spp. Met.

SEPTORIA GROSSULARIAE (Lib.) West.

On Riles sp. indet.

SEPTORIA AUREA Ell. & Evht.

On Riles odoratum

SEPTORIA SALICIFOLIAE (Trel.) Ell. & Evht.

On Spiraea salicifolia
tomentosa

SEPTORIA CRATAEGI Kickx.

On Crataegus sp. indet.

SEPTORIA GEI Rob. & Desm.

On Geum macrophyllum

SEPTORIA RUBI West.

On Rulus idaeus aculeatissimus
occidentalis
parviflorus
allegheniensis
hispidus

SEPTORIA AGRIMONIAE-EUPATORII Bomm. & Rousa.

On Agrimonia striata
sp. indet

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi .

878

SEPTORIA ASTRAGALI Desm.

On Vicia americana

SEPTORIA PISI West.

On Pisum sativum (cult.)

SEPTORIA PACHYSPORA Ell. & Hoi.

On Zanthoxylum americanum

SEPTORIA PTELEAE Ell. & Evht.

On Ptelea trifoliata

SEPTORIA RHOINA B. & C.

On Rhus typhina
glabra

SEPTORIA SACCHARINA Ell. & Evht.

On Acer Saccharum

SEPTORIA NOLITANGERIS Gerard
On Impatiens biflora

SEPTORIA HETEROCHROA Desm.

On Malva rotundifolia

SEPTORIA SPHAERELLOIDES Ell. & Kell.
On Hypericum punctatum

SEPTORIA VIOLAE Desm.

On Viola pubescens
sp. indet.

SEPTORIA HYALINA Ell. & Evht.

On Viola spp. indet.

SEPTORIA LYTHRINA Pk.

On Ly thrum alatum

SEPTORIA LUDWIG IAE Cke.

On Ludvigia palustris

SEPTORIA EPILOBII Cke,

On Epilobium coloratum

SEPTORIA OENOTHERAE West.

On Oenothera biennis
pumflla

874 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

SEPTORIA OSMORHIZAE Pk.

On Osmorhiza claytoni
Tmgistylis

SEPTORIA UMBELLIFERARUM Kalchb.

On Cicuta maculata
Oxypolis rigidior

SEPTORIA APII (Bri. & Car.) Chester
On Apium graveolens (cult.)

SEPTORIA SII Rob. & Desm.

On Sium cicutaefolium

SEPTORIA CRYPTOTAENIAE Ell. & Rau
On Cryptotaenia canadensis

SEPTORIA CORNICOLA Desm.

On Cornus Amomum
paniculata
alt erni folia

SEPTORIA CON SPICUA Ell. & Mart.

On Steironema ciliatum
lanceolatum
guadriflorum

SEPTORIA INCRESCENS Pk.

On Trientalis americana

SEPTORIA BESSEYI Pk.

On Fraxinus americana

SEPTORIA MENYANTHIS Desm.

On Menyanthes trifoliata

SEPTORIA ASCLEPIADICOLA Ell. & Evht.

On Asclepias incarnata

SEPTORIA CONVOLVULI Desm.

On Convolvulus sepium

Ipomoea purpurea (cult.)

SEPTORIA DIVARICATA Ell. & Evht.

On Phlox divaricata

SEPTORIA VERBENAE Rob. & Desm.

On "Verbena urticaefolia
ha&tata

Davis— A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

875

SEPTORIA SCUTELLARIAE Thuem.

On Scutellaria lateriflora
versicolor
galericulata

SEPTORIA DRACOCEPHALI Thuem.

On Draco cephalum parviflorum

SEPTORIA RRUNELLAE Ell. & Hoi.

On Prunella vulgaris

SEPTORIA PHYSOSTEGIAE Ell. & EVht.
On Physo+t *gia virginiana

SEPTORIA GALEOPSIDIS West.

On Galeopsis Tetrahit.

SEPTORIA STACHYDIS Rob. & Desm.

On Stachys tenuifolia asp era

SEPTORIA LYCOPERSICI Spe’g.

On Lycopersicum esculentum (cult.)

SEPTORIA SCROPHULARIAE Pk.

On Scrophularia marylandica

SEPTORIA WILSONI G. W. Clinton
On Chetone glabra

SEPTORIA MIMULI Ell. & Kell.

On Mimulus ringens

SEPTORIA GRATIOLAE Sacc. & Speg.

On Gratiola virginiana

SEPTORIA VERONICAE Desm.

On Veronica virginica?
arvensis

SEPTORIA LEPTOSTACHYA Ell. & Kell.
On Phryma Leptostachya

SEPTORIA PLANTAGINIS Pass.

On Plantago major

SEPTORIA PSILOSTEGA Ell. & Mart.

On Galium circaezans
tinctorium

876 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

SEPTORIA CEPHALANTHI Ell. & Kell.

On Cephalanthus occidentalis

SEPTORIA DIERVILL1COLA Ell. & Evht.

On Diervilla Lonicera

SEPTORIA SAMBUCINA Pk.

On Lonicera hirsuta

Sambucus canadensis

SEPTORIA CUCURBITACEARUM Sacc.

On Gucumis Melo (cult.)

Citrullis vulgaris (cult.)

Cucurbita maxima (cult.)

SEPTORIA SICYI Pk.

On Echinocystis lobata

SEPTORIA SPECULARIAE B. & C.

On 8 pecularia perfoliata

SEPTORIA CAMPANULAS (Lev.) Sacc.

On Campanula americana
apamnoides

SEPTORIA LOBELIAE Pk.

On Lobelia cardinalis
siphilitica
spicata
inflate

SEPTORIA LIATRIDIS Ell. & Davis

On Liatris scariosa
spicata

SEPTORIA SOLIDAGINICOLA Pk.

On Solidago caesia'
arguta
canadensis
serotina
Aster shortii
puniceus
umbellatus

SEPTORIA DAVISII Sacc.

On Solidago canadensis
serotina

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

877

SBPTORIA INTERMEDIA Ell. & Evht.

On Solidago si >. indet.

SEPTORIA ATROPURPUREA Pk.

On Solidago laUfolia
Aster macrophyllus
Drummandii
vinineus

SEPTORIA ASTERICOLA Ell. & Evht

On Aster Drummondii

SEPTORIA ERIGERONTIS B. & C.

On Erigeron Philadelphia^
annuus
ramosus

SEPTORIA ERIGERONTIS BOLTONIAE Webber.

On Boltonia aster aides

SEPTORIA POLYMNIAE Ell. & Evht.

On Polymnia canadensis

SEPTORIA SILPHII Ell. & Evht.

On Silphiunr integrifolium
perfoliatum

SEPTORIA BACILLIGERA Wint.

On Ambrosia trifida

SEPTORIA XANTHII Desm.

On Xanthium sp. indet.

SEPTORIA RUDBECKIAE Ell. & Hals.

On RudbecTcia hirta.
laciniata

SEPTORIA HELIANTHI Ell. & Kell.

On Helianthus annuus
grosse-serratus
hirsutus
strumosus
tuberosus
spp. indet.

SEPTORIA BIDENTIS Saec.

On B idens frondlosa

878 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

SEPTORIA HELENII Ell. & Evht.

On Helenium autumnale

SEPTORIA CHRYSANTHEMI Allesch.

On Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum

SEPTORIA CACALIAE Ell. & Kell.

On Cacalia atriplicifolia

SEPTORIA LAPPARUM Sacc.

On Lappa sp. indet.

SEPTORIA CIRSII Niessl
On Cirsium lanceolatum
arvense

SEPTORIA COMMONSII Ell. & Evht.

On Cirsium muticum

SEPTORIA LACTUCAE Pass.

On Lactuca sativa (cult.)
scariola
pulchella

SEPTORIA LACTUCICOLA Ell. & Mart.

On Lactuca scariola
canadensis

SEPTORIA NABALI B. & C.

On Prenanthes alba

PHLEOSPORA CARICIS Ell. & Evht.

On Carex (trichocarpa?)

PHLEOSPORA ULMI (Fr.) Wallr.

On Ulmus amcricana

PHLEOSPORA RETICULATA Ell. & Evht.

On Lathyrus venosus
ochroleucus.

PHLEOSPORA CRATAEGI (Kze. & Schm.) Wallr.

On Crataegus sp. indet.

PHLEOSPORA ACERIS (Lib.) Sacc.

On Acer rubrum

DILOPHOSPORA ALOPECURI Fr.

On Calamagrostis canadensis

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

879

LEPTOSTROMATACEAE

LEPTOTPIYRIUM DRYINUM Sacc.

On Quercus alba
rubra

LEPTOTHYRIUM GENTIANAECOLUM (DC?) Baeumf:

On GenMana Andrewsii

LEPTOTHYRIUM PERICLYMENI (Desm.) Sacc.

- - var. AMERICANUM Ell. & Evht.

On Lonicera canadensis
obldn&ifolia

PIGGOTIA FRAXINI B. & C.

On Fraxinus nigra

sp. indet (cult.)

ENTOMOSPORIUM MACULATUM Lev. var. DOMESTICUM
Sacc.

On Pyrus americana
Amelanchier spicata

— - var. CYDONIAE Cke. & Ell.

On Amelanchier canadensis
spicata

ENTOMOSPORIUM THUMENII (Cke.) Sacc.

On Crataegus spp. indet.

MELANCONIALES

MELANCONIACEAE

GLOEOSPORIUM CONFLUENS Ell. & Dearn.
On Sagittaria lafiifolia

GLOEOSPORIUM SALICIS West.

On Balix jragilis
longifolia

GLOEOSPORIUM CARYAE Ell. & Evht.

On Carya ovdta

880

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters .

GLOEOSPORIUM CORYL1 (Desm.) Sacc.

On Corylus americana
ro strata

GLOEOSPORIUM ROBERGEI Desm.

On Carpinus caroliniana

GLOEOSPORIUM BETULARUM Ell. & Mart.

On Betula nigra

alba papyrifera

GLOEOSPORIUM FAGI Desm. & Rob. var. AMERICANUM Ell.

& Evht.

On Fagus grandifolia

GLOEOSPORIUM NERVISEQUUM (Fckl.) Sace.

On Quercus alba

macrocar pa
rubra

GLOEOSPORIUM SEPTORIOIDES Sacc.

On Quercus velutina

GLOEOSPORIUM THALICTRI Davis

On Thalictrum dasycarpum

GLOEOSPORIUM BERBERIDIS Cke.

On Berberis vulgaris

GLOEOSPORIUM RIBIS (Lib.) Mont. & Desm.

On Ribes americanum
prostratum
vulgar e (cult.)
triste

spp. indet.

GLOEOSPORIUM VENETUM Speg*

On Rubus spp. varii

GLOEOSPORIUM FRUCTIGENUM Berk.

On apples

GLOEOSPORIUM FRAGARIAE (Lib.) Mont.

On Potentilla ntonspeTiensis

GLOEOSPORIUM EVERHARTII Sacc. & Syd.

On Vicia americana

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi. 881

GLOEOSPORIUM DAVISII Ell. & Evht.

On Vida, americana

GLOEOSPORIUM LINDEMUTHIANUM Sacc. & Magn.

On Phaseplus sp. indet.

GLOEOSPORIUM SACCHARINUM Ell. & Evht.

On Acer Saccliarum

GLOEOSPORIUM APOCRYPTUM Ell. & Evht.

On Acer Negundo

GLOEOSPORIUM ARIDUM Ell. & Hoi.

On Fraxinus americana

PESTALOZZIELLA SUBSESSILIS Ell. & Evht.

On Geranium maculatum

MARSSONINA NECANS (Ell. & Evht.) P. Magn.

On Pteris aquilina

MARSSONINA APICALIS (Ell. & Evht) P. Magn.

On Salix lucida

MARSSONINA CASTAGNEI (Desm. & Mont.) P. Magn.

On Populus alba

tremuloides

grandidentata

candicans

deltoides

MARSSONINA JUGLANDIS (Lib.) P. Magn.

On Juglans cinerea
nigra

MARSSONINA MARTINI (Sacc. & Ell.) P. Magn.

On Quercus alba

macrocarpa

rubra

MARSSONINA DELASTREI (DeLacr.) P. Magn.

On Silene stelldta

MARSSONINA CORONARIA (Ell. & Davis)

On Pyrus coronaVia

882 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

MARSSONINA . POTENTILLAE (Desm.) P. Magn.

On Potentilla argnta
palustris

MARSSONINA MELILOTI (Trel.) P. Magn.

On MelUotus alba

MARSSONINA VIOLAE (Pass.) P. Magn.

On Viola sp. indet.

MARSSONINA FRAXINI Ell. & Davis
On Fraxinus nigra

SEPTOGLOEUM SALICINUM (Pk.) Sacc.

On Salix pedicellaris

SEPTOGLOEUM POTENTILLAE Allesch.

On Potentilla palustris

SEPTOGLOEUM AMPELOPSIDIS Ell. & EvM.

On Psedera sp. indet.

SEPTOGLOEUM APOCYNI Pk.

On Apocynum androsaemifolium

CYLINDROSPORIUM SPARGANII (Pass.) Ell. & EvM.
On Sparga?iium eurycarpum

CYLINDROSPORIUM CALAMAGROSTIDIS Ell. & EvM.
On Calamagrostis canadensis

CYLINDROSPORIUM GLYCERIAE Ell. & EvM.

On Glyceria nervata

CYLINDROSPORIUM TRADESCANTIAE Ell. & Kell.

On Tradescantia reflexa

CYLINDROSPORIUM BETULAE Davis
On Betula pumila

CYLINDROSPORIUM THALICTRI (Ell. & EvM.)

On Thalictrum dioicum
dasycarpum

CYLINDROSPORIUM HUMULI Ell. & EvM.

On Humulus Lupulus

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi .

883

CYLINDROSPORIUM CLEMATIDIS E1L & Evht
On Clematis virginiana

CYLINDROSPORIUM CIRCINANS Wint.

On SanguimaAa canadensis

CYLINDROSPORIUM CAPSELLAE Ell. & Evht
On Capsella Bursa-pastoris

CYLINDROSPORIUM RIBIS Davis
On. Rides prostratum
vulgare
triste
sp. indet.

CYLINDROSPORIUM RUBI Ell. & Morgan
On Rudus idaeus aculeatissimus

CYLINDROSPORIUM PADI Karst.

On Prunus pennsylvanica
serotina
virginiana

sp, indet. (cult.)

CYLINDROSPORIUM SACCHARINUM Ell. & Evht.
On Acer Saccharum

CYLINDROSPORIUM NEGUNDINIS Ell. & Evht.
On Acer Negundo

CYLINDROSPORIUM LEPTOSPERMUM Pk.

On Aralia hispida
nudicauUs

CYLINDROSPORIUM ERYNGII Ell. & Kell.

On Eryngium yuccifolium

CYLINDROSPORIUM CICUTAE Ell. & Evht.

On Cicuta maculata

CYLINDROSPORIUM ZIZIAE Ell. & Evht.

On Zizia cordata

CYLINDROSPORIUM APOCYNI Ell. & Evht
On Apocynum androsaemifplium

CRYPTOMELA CARICIS (Corda) Sacc.

On Car ex sp. indet.

PESTALLOZZIA KRIEGERIANA Bres.

On Epilodium angustifolium

884 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters .

HYPHALES

MUCEDINACEAE

MICROSTROMA JUGLANDIS (Bereng.) Sacc.

On Juglans cinerea
Carya ovata

GLOMERULARIA CORNI Pk.

On Cornus canadensis

Lonicera canadensis
oblongifolia

PUSIDIUM PTERIDIS Kalchbr.

On Pteris aquilina

Aspidium marginale

MONILIA CRATAEGI Diedicke
On Crataegus spp. indet.

MONILIA FRUCTIGENA Pers.

On drupes of Prunus americana

MONILIA SEAVERI Reade.

On Prunus serotina

MONILIA . ANGUSTIO'R (Sacc.) Reade
On Prunus virginiana

OVULARIA DESTRUCTIVA (Phill. & Plowr.) Massee
On Myrica Gale

asplenifolia

OVULARIA OBLIQUA (Cke.) Oud.

On Rumex crispus
obtusifolius

OVULARIA ISARIOIDES Sacc.

On Staphylea trifolia

OVULARIA PYROLAE Trel.

On Pyrola elliptica
americana

SEPEDONIUM CHRYSOSPERMUM (Bull.) Fr.

On Boletus sp. indet.

r

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi .

885

GONATOBOTRYUM MACULICOLUM (Wint.) Sacc.

On Hamamelis virginiana

BIDYMARIA DIDYMA (Ung.) Schroet.

On Anemone virginiana
canadensis

Ranunculus recurvatus
fascicularis
septentrionalis
penrvsylv amicus
acris

SEPTOCYLINDRIUM RANUNCULI Pk.

On Ranunculus abortivus

SEPTOCYLINDRIUM CONCOMITANS (Ell. & Hoi.) Hals.

On Bidens frondosa

MASTIGOSPORIUM ALBUM Riess var. CALVUM Ell. & Davis
On Calamagrostis canadensis

RAMULARIA CANADENSIS Ell. & Erht.

On Caret v sp. indet.

RAMULARIA ALISMATIS Fautrey.

On AMsma Plantago-aquatica

RAMULARIA SUBRUFA Ell. & Hoi.

On Smilax ecirrhata

RAMULARIA DIOSCOREAE E. & E.

On Dioscorea villosa

RAMULARIA UREDINIS (Voss) Sacc.

On Salix frag Ms
longifolia

with Melampsora & Darluca

RAMULARIA ROSEA (Fckl.) Sacc.

On Salix discolor

petiolaris

RAMULARIA URTICAE Ces.

On TJrtica gracilis

RAMULARIA OCCIDENTALS Ell. & Kell.

On Rumex sp. indet.

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

RAMULARIA DECIPIENS Ell & Evht.

On Rumex crispus

RAMULARIA PRATENSIS Sacc.

On Rumex verticillatus

RAMULARIA RUFOMACULANS Pk.

On Polygonum aviculare
ampMbium
Muhlenbergii
cilinode

RAMULARIA ACTAEAE Ell. & Hoi.

On Actaea rubra

RAMULARIA ARMORACIAE Fckl.

On Radicula Armoracia

RAMULARIA BARBAREAE Pk.

On Barbarea sp. indet.

RAMULARIA MITELLAE Pk.

On Mitella diphylla

RAMULARIA HAMAMELIDIS Pk.

On Hamamelis virginiana

RAMULARIA TULASNEI Sacc.

On Fragaria virginiana
vesca

RAMULARIA MODESTA Sacc.

On FragarMa virginiana

RAMULARIA WALDSTEINIAE Ell. & Davia
On Waldsteinia fragarioides

RAMULARIA ARVENSIS Sacc.

On Potentilla monspeliensis
anserima

RAMULARIA DESMODII Cke.

On Astragalus sp. indet.

Desmodium sp. indet.

Lespedeza sp. indet.

RAMULARIA OXALIDIS Farl.
On Oxalis sp. indet.

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

887

RAMULARIA PRINI Pk.

On Ilex verticvllata

RAMULARIA NEMOPANTHIS Cke. & Pk.

On N emoparinithus mucronata

RAMULARIA CELASTRI Ell. & Mart.

On Celastrus scandens

RAMULARIA IMPATIENTIS Pk.

On Impaitiens pallida
biflora

RAMULARIA PUNCTIFORMIS (Schlecht.) v. HohEL
On Epilobium angustifolium
coloratum

RAMULARIA RETICULATA Ell. & Evht.

On Osmorhiza claytoni

RAMULARIA HERACLEI (Oud.) Sacc.

On Heracleum lanatum

RAMULARIA STOLONIFERA Ell. & Evht.

On Cornus stolonijera
alternifolia

RAMULARIA EFFUSA Pk.

On Vaccinium canadense

RAMULARIA MULTIPLEX Pk.

On Vaccinium macrocarpon

RAMULARIA LYSIMACHIAE Thuem.

On Lysimacli\la thyrsiflora
Steironema ciliatum (?)

RAMULARIA BRUNELLAE Ell. & HoL
On Prunella vulgaris

RAMULARIA MENTHICOLA Sacc.

On Mentha arvensis canadensis

RAMULARIA VARIABILIS Fckl.

On Verhascum Thapsus

RAMULARIA VERONICAE Fckl.

On Veronica peregrina

888

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

RAMULARIA PLANTAGINIS Ell. & Mart.

On Plantago cordata

Rugelii

RAMULARIA VIBURNI Ell. & Evht.

On Viburnum Lentago

RAMULARIA SAMBUCINA Sacc.

On Sambucus racemosa

RAMULARIA VIRGAUREAE Thuem.

On Solidago latifolia
ulmifplia

RAMULARIA SEROTINA Ell. & Evht.

On SoDidago serotina

RAMULARIA ASTERIS (Trel.) Barth.

On Aster novae-angliae
spp. indet.

RAMULARIA RUDBECKIAE Pk.

On Rudbeckia laciniata

RAMULARIA VARIEGATA Ell. & Hoi.

On Petasites palmatus

RAMULARIA TARAXACI Karst.

On Taraxacum officinale

PIRICULARIA GRISEA (Cke.) Sacc.

On Panicum sanguinale
Setaria italica
Leersia virginica

PIRICULARIA PARASITICA Ell. & Evht.

On Elymus virginYicus
Hystrix patula

CERCOSPORELLA PYRINA Ell. & Evht.

On Pyrus cormaria

CERCOSPORELLA APOCYNI (Ell. & Kell.) Trel.

On Apocynum androsaemifolium
cannabinum

CERCOSPORELLA RETICULATA Pk.

On Solidago serotiina

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

889

CERCOSPORELLA CANA (Pass.) Sacc.
On Erigeron annuus
ramosus
canadensis
Aster puniceus

DEMATIACEAE

DICOCCUM NEBULOSUM Ell. & Evht.

On Fraxinus americana

CLADOSPORIUM AROMATICUM Ell. & Evht.

On Rhus glabra

CLADOSPORIUM TRIOSTEI Pk.

On TrAosteum perfoliatum

POLYTHRINCIUM TRXFOLII Kze.

On Trifolium pratense
repens

PASSALORA FASCICULATA (C. & E.) Earl©
On Euphorbia corollata

FUSICLADIUM RADIOSUM (Lib.) Lindr.

On Populus tremuloides
grandidehtata

FUSICLADIUM DENDRITICUM (Wallr.) Fckl.
On Pyrus prunifolia
aoronaria
Malus

FUSICLADIUM DEPRESSUM (B. & Br.) Sacc.

On Angelica atropurpurea

SCOLECOTRICHUM GRAMINIS Fckl.

On many grasses

SCOLECOTRICHUM MACULICOLUM Ell. & Kell.
On Phragmites communis

HELMINTHOSPORIUM TERES Sacc.

On Hordeum vulgar e (cult.)

890

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

HELMINTHOSPORIUM GRAMINEUM
On Hordeum vulgar e (cult.)

HELMINTHOSPORIUM SATIVUM Pammel, King & Bakke
On Hordeum vulgare (cult.)
distichon (cult.)

HETEROSPORIUM ALLII Ell. & Mart.

On Allium canadense

CERCOSPORA SEQUOIAE Ell. & Evht. var. JUNIPERI Ell. &
Evht.

On Juniperus virginiana

CERCOSPORA SAGITTARIAE Ell. & Kell.

On Sagittaria latfifolia
hater ophylla

CERCOSPORA ALISMATIS Ell. & Hoi.

On Alisma Plantago-aquatica

CERCOSPORA CARICINA Ell. & Dearn.

On Carex rosea

cephaloidea

gracillima

arctata

CERCOSPORA SYMPLOCARPI Pk.

On Symplocarpus foetidus

CERCOSPORA CALLAE Pk. & Clint.

On Calla palustris

CERCOSPORA PONTEDERIAE Ell. & Dearn.

On Pontederia cordata

CERCOSPORA MAIANTHEMI Fckl.

On Maianthemum canadense

CERCOSPORA SUBSANGUINEA Ell. & Evht.

On Maianthemum canadense

CERCOSPORA MISSISSIPPIENSIS Tracy & Earle
On Smilax hispida

CERCOSPORA DIOSCOREAE Ell. & Mart.

On Dioscorea villosa

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

891

CERCOSPORA CYPRIPEDII Ell. & Dearn.

On Cypripedium parmfLorum
acaule

CERCOSPORA BOEHMERIAE Pk.

On Boehmeria cylindrica

CERCOSPORA AVICULARIS Wint.

On Polygonum aniculare
erectum

CERCOSPORA HYDROPIPERIS (Thuem.) Speg.
On Polygonum Hydropiper

CERCOSPORA DUBIA (Riess) Wint.

On Gheriopodium album
Atriplex patula

CERCOSPORA BETAECOLA Sacc.

On Beta vulgaris

CERCOSPORA OXYBAPHI Ell. & Hals.

On Oxybaphus nyctagineus

CERCOSPORA NYMPHAEACEA Cke. & Ellis
On Castalia tuberosa

CERCOSPORA SQUALIDULA Pk.

On Clematis virginiana

CERCOSPORA MERROWAE Ell. & Evht.

On lsopyrum biternaturm

CERCOSPORA MENISPERMI Ell. & Hoi.

On Menispermum canadense

CERCOSPORA CAULOPHYLLI Pk.

On Caulophyllum thalictr aides

CERCOSPORA NASTURTII Pass.

On RadicUla palustris

CERCOSPORA ARMOR AC I AE Sacc.

On Radicula Armoracia

CERCOSPORA SEDOIDES Ell. & Evht
On Penthorum sedoides

892 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

CERCOSPORA HEUCHERAE Ell. & Mart.
On Heuchera sp. indet.

CERCOSPORA RUBIGO Cke. & Hark (?)

On Spiraea saUcifolia

CERCOSPORA PYRI Farl.

On Pyrus arbutifolia
melanocarpa

CERCOSPORA COMAR I Pk.

On Potentilla palustris

CERCOSPORA ROSAECOLA Pass.

On Rosa Carolina

CERCOSPORA CIRCUMSCISSA Sacc.

On Prunus serotina

CERCOSPORA ZEBRINA Pass.

On Trifolium pratense
repens
hybridum

CERCOSPORA DAVIS 1 1 Ell. & Evht.

On Melilotus alba

CERCOSPORA DESMODII Ell. & Kell.

On Desmodium grandiflorum

CERCOSPORA VICIAE Ell. & Hoi.

On Vicia caroliniana
Lathyrus venosus

CERCOSPORA TUBEROSA Ell. & Kell.

On Apios tuberosa

CERCOSPORA MONOICA Ell. & Hoi.

On Amphicarpa monoica

CERCOSPORA GERANII Kell. & Swingle
On Geranium maculatum

CERCOSPORA ACALYPHAE Pk.

On Acalypha virginica

CERCOSPORA RHAMNI Fckl.

On Rhamnus alnifolia
cathartica

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi . 893

CERCOSPORA CEANOTHI Kell. & Swingle
On Ceanothus ovatus

CERCOSPORA AMPELOPSIDIS Pk.

On Psedera sp. indet.

CERCOSPORA VITICOLA Sacc.

On Vitis vulpina

CERCOSPORA MICROSORA Sacc.

On TUia americana

CERCOSPORA ALTHAEINA Sacc.

On Althaea rosea

CERCOSPORA GRANULIFORMIS Ell. & Hoi.

On Vi'ola spp. indet.

CERCOSPORA LYTHRI (West.) Niessl
On Lythrum alatum

CERCOSPORA OSMORHIZAE Ell. & Evht.

On Osnvorhiza longistylis

CERCOSPORA SII Ell. & Evht.

On Slum cicutaefolium

CERCOSPORA ZIZIAE Ell. & Evht.

On Zizia aurea

CERCOSPORA PLATYSPORA Ell. & Hoi.

On Taenidia integerrima

CERCOSPORA API I Fres. var. PASTINACAE Farl.

On Pastinaca sativa

CERCOSPORA EPIGAEINA Davis
On Epigaea repens

CERCOSPORA CLAVATA (Ger.) Pk.

On Asclepias incarnata
syrdaca

phytolaccoides

CERCOSPORA OMPHACODES Ell. & Hoi.

On Phlox divaricata

CERCOSPORA LIPPIAE Ell. & Evht.

On Lippia lanceolata

894

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

CERCOSPORA RACEMOSA Ell. & Mart.

On Teucrium canadense
Ambrosia trifida

CERCOSPORA PHYSALIDIS Ellis
On Physalis pubescens
JieteropTiylla

CERCOSPORA DIFFUSA Ell. & Evht.

On Physats sp. indet.

CERCOSPORA PENTSTEMONIS Ell. & Kell.
On Pentstemon hirsutus

CERCOSPORA GERARDIAE Ell. & Dtfarn.

On Gerardia grandiflora

CERCOSPORA GAL 1 1 Ell. & Hoi.

On Galium Aparine
tinctorium

CERCOSPORA CEPHALANTHI Ell. & Kell.
On Cephalanthus occidentalis

CERCOSPORA ANTIPUS Ell. & Hoi.

On Lonicera glaucescens
hirsuta
spp. indet.

CERCOSPORA VARIA Pk.

On Viburnum Opulus
Lentago

CERCOSPORA VERNONIAE Ell. & Kell.

On Vemonlia i fasciculata

CERCOSPORA PERFOLIATA Ell. & Evht.
On Eupatorium purpureum
perfoliatum

CERCOSPORA STOMATICA Ell. & Davis
On Solidago latifplia

CERCOSPORA GNAPHALIACEA Cke.

On Gnaphalium polycepUalum

CERCOSPORA HfLIANTHI Ell. & Evht.

On Helianthus occidentalis

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

895

CERCOSPORA UMBRATA Ell. & Hoi.

On Bidens connata

CERCOSPORA MEGALOPOTAMICA Speg.

On Bidens cernua

FUMAGO VAGANS Pers.

On Salix sp. indet.

Quercus alba

SARCINELLA HETEROSPORA Sacc.

On Lonicera SuUivantii
Corylus rostrata
Cornus stolonifera

STILBACEAE

ISARIA ARACHNOPHILA Ditm.

On Spiders

GRAPHIUM GRACILE Pk.

On Rubus idaeus var. aculeatissimus

ISARIOPSIS ALBO-ROSELLA (Desm.) Sacc.
On Cerastium vulgatum
viscosum
nutans

TUBERCULARIACEAE

TUBERCULINA PERSICINA (Ditm.) Sacc.
On the aecia of various rusts

TUBERCULINA DAVISIANA Sacc. & Trav.

On SaMx cordata

FUSARIUM HETEROSPORUM Nees.

On Glyceria septentrionalis

896 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

BEMIBASIDII

USTILAGINALES

USTILAGINACEAE

XJSTILAGO OSMUNDAE Pk.

On Gsmunda regailis

USTILAGO ZEAE (Beckm.) Unger
On Euchlaena luxurians
Zea mays

USTILAGO RABEMHORSTIANA Kuehn
On Digitaria sanguinale

USTILAGO NEGLECTA Niessl
On Setaria glauca

USTILAGO STRIAEFORMIS (West.) Niessl
On Phleum pratense
Ely mus canadensis

USTILAGO CALAMAGROSTIDIS (Fckl.) Clinton
On Calamagrostis canadensis

USTILAGO AVENAE (Pers.) Jensen
On Arena sativa (cult.)

USTILAGO LEVIS (Kell. & Sw.) Magn.

On Arena satira (cult.)

USTILAGO PERENNANS Rostr.

On Arrhenatherum elatius

USTILAGO LONGISSIMA (Sow.) Tul.

On Glyceria grandis

- var. MACROSPORA Davis

On Glyceria septentrionalis

USTILAGO SPERMOPHORA B. & C.

On Eragrostis hypnoides
megastachya

USTILAGO MACROSPORA Desm.

On Agropyron repens

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

USTILAGO TRITICI (Pers.) Rostr.

On Triflicum vulgare

USTILAGO HORDEI (Pers.) Kell. & Sw.

On Hordeum vulgare

USTILAGO NUDA (Jensen) Kell. & Sw.

On Hordeum vulgare

USTILAGO OLIVACEA (DC.) Tul.

On Carex rostrata

USTILAGO UTRICULOSA (Nees) Tul.

On Polygonum pennsylvanicum

USTILAGO OXALIDIS Ell. & Tracy
On Oxalis stricta

SPHACELOTHECA SORGHI (Lk.) Clinton
On Sorghum vulgare

SPHACELOTHECA HYDROPIPERIS (Schum.) D By.

On Polygonum sagittatum

CINTRACTIA CARICIS (Pers.) Magn.

On Carex spp. vaVii

CINTRACTIA SUBINCLUSA (Koern.) Magn.

On Carex lanuginosa
lupuMna

rostrata var. utriculata

CINTRACTIA JUNCI (Schw.) Trel.

On J uncus tenuis

SCHIZONELLA MELANOGRAMMA (DC.) Schroet.

On Carex pennsylvanica

SOROSPORIUM SYNTHERISMAE (Pk.) Farl.

On Panicum miliaceum (cult.)

Cenchrus carolinlanus

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters .

TILLETIACEAE

TILLETIA FOETENS (B. & C.) Trel.

On 'Triticum vulgar e (cult.)

TILLETIA TRITICI (Bjerk.) Wint.

On Triticum vulgar e (cult.)

TUBURCINIA CLINTONIAE Kom.

On Streptopus roseus

UROCYSTIS OCCULTA (Wallr.) Rabh.

On Hecale cereal e (cult.)

UROCYSTIS AGROPYRI (Preuss) Schrot.
On Elymus virginicus
canadensis

UROCYSTIS CEPULAE Frost
On AlUum Cepa

ENTYLOMA LINEATUM (Cke.) Davis
On Zizania palustris

ENTYLOMA CRASTOPHILUM Sacc.

On Phleum pratense

Agrostis alba vulgaris

ENTYLOMA NYMPHAEAE (Cunn.) Setch.
On Castalia odor at a
tuberosa

Nymphaea advena

ENTYLOMA MICROSPORUM (Ung.) Schrot.
On Ranunculus septentrionalis

ENTYLOMA RANUNCULI (Bon.) Schrot.

On Ranunculus pennsylvanicus
Anemone quinquefolia

ENTYLOMA THALICTRI Schrot.

On Thalictrum dioicum
dasycarpum

ENTYLOMA MENISPERMI Farl. & Tr<?l.

On Menispermum canadense

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi .

899

ENTYLOMA FLOERKEAE Holw.

On FloerTcea proserpinacoides

ENTYLOMA SANICULAE Pk.

On Sanicula marylandica

ENTYLOMA AUSTRALE Sp eg.

On Phy sails virginiana
heterophylla
spp. indet.

ENTYLOMA LINARIAE Schroet. var. VERONICAS Wint
On Veronica peregrina

ENTYLOMA LOBELIAE Farl.

On Lobelia inflata

ENTYLOMA COMPOSITARUM Farl.

On Eupatorium uruicae folium
Aster paniculatus
pumiceus

Erigeron philadelphicus
Silphium integrifolium
Ambrosia trifida
artemisiae folia
Lepachys pinnata
Helenium autumnale
Senecio aureus

ENTYLOMA POLYSPORUM (Pk.) Farl.

On Ambrosia artemisiaefolia

BURRILLIA PUSTULATA Setch.

On Sagittaria latifolia

DOASSANSIA MARTI ANOFFIANA (Thum.) Schrot
On Potamogeton sp. indet.

DOASSANSIA SAGITTARIAE (West.) Fisch.

On SagittarKa latifolia

- — forma CONFLUENS Davis

On Sagittaria heterophylla elliptica

DOASSANSIA OPACA Setch.
On Sagittaria latifolia

900 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters .

DOASSANSIA INTERMEDIA Setch.

On Sagittaria latifolia

DOASSANSIA DEFORMANS Setch.

On Sagittaria latifolia

DOASSANSIA ALISMATIS (Nees) Cornu
On Alisma Plantago-aquatica

DOASSANSIA RANUNCULINA Davis
On Ranunculus delphinifolius

TRACYA LEMNAE (Setch.) Syd.

On Spirodela polyrhisa

UREDINALES

PUCCINIACEAE

The Roman numerals I, II, III are used to indicate the aecial,
uredinial and telial states respectively.

UROMYCES SPARGANII Cke. & Pk.

On Sparganium eurycarpum III.

UROMYCES HALSTEDII De Toni
On Leersia virgmica II, III.

UROMYCES MINIMUS Davis

On Muhlenbergia sylvatica II. III.

UROMYCES ACUMINATU S Arth.

On Spartina michauxiana II, III.

Steironema lanceolaium I.

Phlox pilosa I.

Polemonium reptans I.

UROMYCES AMPHIDYMUS Syd.

On Glyceria septentrionalis II, III.

UROMYCES ELEOCHARIDIS Arth.

On Eleochans palustris II, III.

\

UROMYCES SCIRPI Burr.

On Scirpus fluviatilis II, III.

Cicuta maculata I.

hull) if era I.

Slum cicutaefolium I.

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi .

901

UROMYCES UNIPORULUS Kern.

On Carex gracillima II, III.

UROMYCES PERIGYNIUS Hals.

On Carex intumescens III.

UROMYCES MINUTUS Diet.

On Carex gracillima

UROMYCES ARISAEMAE Cke.

On. Arisaema triphyllum I, II, III.

Dracontium I, II, III.

UROMYCES PYRIFORMIS Cke1.

On Acorus Calamus III.

UROMYCES JUNCI-TENUIS Syd.

On J uncus tenuis II, III.

SiJphium terebinth in aceum I.
integrifolium I.
p erf otia turn I.

UROMYCES JUNCI-EFFUSI Syd.

On J uncus effusus II, III.

UROMYCES HOLWAYI Lagh.

On Lilium canadense II, III.

UROMYCES POLYGONI (Pers.) Fckl.

On Polygonum aviculare II, III.

Polygonum erectum II, III.

On Dianthus CaryopJiyllus (cult.) II, III.

UROMYCES CARY OPHYLLINUS (Schrank) Wint.
UROMYCES TRIFOLII (Hedw.) Lev.

On Trifolium pratense II, III.

UROMYCES TRIFOLI I-REPENTI S (Cast.) Liro

On Trifolium incarnatum I, II, III, fide Trelease
repens I, II, III.
hybridum II, III.

UROMYCES QBLONGUS Vize
On Trifolium repens I.

UROMYCES HEDY S ARI-PANICULATI (Schw.) Farl.
On Desmodium Dillenii

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

UROMYCES LESPEDEZAE-PROCUMBENTIS (Schw.) Lagh.

On Lespedeza violacea I, II.
capitata I, II, III.
sp. indet. I, II, III.

UROMYCES ALBUS (Clint.) Diet & Holw.

On Vicia americana I.

UROMYCES FABAE (Pers.) DBy.

On Vicia americana II.

Lathyrus palustris I.
venosus I, II, III.
ochroleucus III.

UROMYCES APPENDICULATUS (Pers.) Lk.

On Phaseolus vulgaris II, III.

UROMYCES EUPHORBIAE Cke. & Pk.

On Euphorbia polygonifolia I, III.

Preslii I, II, III.
maculata I, II, III.

UROMYCES TOXICODENDRI Berk. & Rav.

On Rhus Toxicodendron II, III.

UROMYCES HYPERICI-FRONDOSI (Schw.) Arth.

On Hypericum ascyron III.
punctatum II, III.
boreale II, III.
virginicum I, II, III.

UROMYCES HOWEI Pk.

On Asclepias incarnata III.
syriaca III.

UROMYCES PLUMB ARIU S Pk.

On Oenothera biennis I.

UROMYCES RUDBECKIAE Arth. & Holw.

On RudbecTcia laciniata III.

PUCCINIA ANDROPOGONIS Schw.

On Andropogon scoparius III.

Pentstemon hirsutus I.

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

903

PUCCINIA PUSTULATA (Curt.) Arth.

On Andropogon scoparius II, III.
furcatus II, III.

Gomandra umbellata I.

Richards iama I.

PUCCINIA CEANOTHI (E. & K.) Arth.

On Ceanothus ovatus I.

PUCCINIA SORGHI Schw.

On Zea Mays II, III.

PUCCINIA EMACtJLATA Schw.

On Panicum capillare II, III.

PUCCINIA PANICI Diet.

On Panicum virgatum, II, III.

Euphorbia corollata I.

PUCCINIA SESSILIS Schneid.

On Phalaris arundinacea III*

PUCCINIA MILII Erikss.

On Milium effusum II.

Oryzopsis asperifolia II, III*

PUCCINIA STIPAE Arth.

On Stipa spartea II, III.

PUCCINIA MUKLENBERGIAE Arth. & Holw.
On Muhlenbergia foliosa III.

PUCCINIA PHLEI-PRATENSIS Erikss. & Henn.
On Phleum pratense II, III.

PUCCINIA SYDOWIANA Diet.

On Sporobolus asper III.

PUCCINIA PYGMAEA Erikss.

On Calamagrostis canadensis II, III.

PUCCINIA PERMINUTA Arth.

On Oinna arundinacea III.

PUCCINIA EATONIAE Arth.

On Sphenopholis pallens II, III.
Ranunculus abortivus I.

904 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

PUCCINIA MONOICA (Pk.) Arth.

On Arabis lyrata I.

PUCCINIA CORONATA Corda.

On Arena sativa II, III.

Calamagrostis canadensis II, III.

Dactylis glomerate II, III.

Rhamnus alnifolia I.
cathartica I.

PUCCINIA PERIDERMIOSPORA (Ell. & Tracy) Arth.
On Spartina michauxiana II, III.

Fraxinus americana I.

Fraxinus nigra I.

PUCCINIA SEYMOURIANA Arth.

On Spartina michauxiana II, III.

Gephalanthus occidental is I.

PUCCINIA VEXANS Farl.

On Bouteloua curtipendula II, III.

PUCCINIA BARTHOLOMAEI Diet.

On Asclepiias syriaca I.

PUCCINIA PHRAGMITIS (Schum.) Koern.

On Phragmites communis II, III.

Rumex spp. indet. I.

PUCCINIA SIMILLIMA Arth.

On Phragmites communis II, III.

Anemone canadensis I.

PUCCINIA POARUM Niels.

On Poa pratensis II.

PUCCINIA TOMIPARA Trel.

On Bromus ciliatus II, III.

Clematis virginiana I.

PUCCINIA IMPATIENTIS (Schw.) Arth.

On Eiymus virginicus II, III.
striatus II, III.

Impatiens palllida I.
biflora I.

PUCCINIA APOCRYPTA Ell. & Tracy
On Hystrix patula III.

Shepherdia canadensis I.

Davis • — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi. 905

PUCCINIA RUBIGO-VERA (DC.) Wint.

On Agropyron repens II, III.

Triticum vulgare II, III.

Hordeum jubatum II, III.

PUCCINIA SIMPLEX (Koern.) Erikss. & Henn.
On Hordeum vulgare II, III.

PUCCINIA GRAMINIS Perg.

On Milium effusum III.

Alopecurus geniculatus aristulatus II, III.
Agrostis alba vulgaris III.

hy emails II, III.

Ginna arundinacea II, III.

Avena sativa II, III.

Briza maxima II, III.

Dactylis glomerata II, III.

Glyceria grandis III.

Agropyron repens II, III.

caninum II, III.

Triticum vulgare II, III.

Hordeum jubatum III.

vulgare II, III.

Elymus canadensis III.

striatus III.

Secale cereale II, III.

Herberts vulgaris I.

PUCCINIA CYPERI Arth.

On Gy per us Schweinitzii III.
strigosus II, III.
fiMculmis III.

Xanthium sp. indet. I.

PUCCINIA DULICHII Syd.

On Dulichium arundinaceum III.

PUCCINIA ELEOCH ARIDI S Arth.

On Eleocharts palustris II, III.

Eupatorium purpureum I.
perfoliatum I.

PUCCINIA OBTECTA Pk.

On Scirpus amerieanus II, III.
validus III.

Bidens fnmdosa I.

906 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

PUCCINIA ANGUSTATA Pk.

On Scirpus atrovirens II, III.
lineatus II, III.
cypertnus pelius III.
pedicellatus III.

Lycopus virginicus I.
americanus I.

PUCCINIA CARICIS (Schum.) Rebent

On XJriica gracilis I.

PUCCINIA ALBIPERIDIA Arth.

On Garex gracillima II, III.

Rides cynosbati I.
gracile I.
oxyacanthoides I.
americanum I.
prestratum I.

PUCCINIA PECKII (DeToni) Kell.

On Carex trichocarpa III.

Oenothera biennis I.

PUCCINIA PATRUELIS Arth.

On Lactuca Bcariola integrate I.
canadensis I.

Prenanthes alba I.

Hieracium scabrum I.

PUCCINIA PHRYMAE (Hals.) Arth.

On Carex longirostris II, III.

Phryma Leptostachya I.

PUCCINIA BOLLEYANA Sacc.

On Carex trichocarpa III.

Sambucus canadensis I.

PUCCINIA CARICIS-SOLIDAGINIS Arth.

On Bondage spp. varii I.

PUCCINIA CARICIS-ASTERIS Arth.

On Aster spp. varii I.

PUCCINIA CARIC1S-ERIGERONTIS Arth.

On Erigeron spp. varii I.

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

907

PUCCINIA OBSCURA Schroet.

On Luzula campestris II, III.

PUCCINIA ZYGADENI Trel.

On Zygadenus chloranthus III.

PUCCINIA ASPARAGI DC.

On Asparagus officinalis II, III.

PUCCINIA MESOMEGALA B. & C.

On Clintonia borealis III.

PUCCINIA ALETRIDIS B. & C.

On Aletris farinosa II, III.

PUCCINIA IRIDIS (DC.) Wallr.

On Iris versicolor II.

PUCCINIA CYPRIPEDII Arth.

On Cypripedium parviflorum II, III.

PUCCINIA ORNATA Arth. & Hoi.

On Rumex Britannica III.

PUCCINIA POLYGONI-AMPHIBII Pers.

On Polygonum amphlbium II, III.
hydropiperoides II.
virginianum II, III.
convolvulus II, III.

Geranium maculatum I.

PUCCINIA THALICTRI Chev.

On Thalictrum dioicum III.
dasycarpum III.

PUCCINIA ANEMONES-VIRGINIANA Schw.
On Anemone cylindrica III.
virginiana III.

PUCCINIA FUSCA (PeTs.) Wint.

On Anemone quinquefolia III.

PUCCINIA CALTHAE Lk.

On Caltha palustris II, III.

PUCCINIA ZOPFII Wint.

On Caltha palustris III

908 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts 9 and Letters.

PUCCINIA PODOPHYLLI Schw.

On Podophyllum peltatum I, III.

PUCCINIA CURTIPES Howe.

On Saxifraga pennsylvanica III.
Heuchera americana HI.
hispida III.

PUCCINIA HEUCHERAE (Schw.) Diet.

On Mitella diphylla III.
nuda III.

PUCCINIA RIBIS DC.

On Ribes prostratum III.
triste III.

PUCCINIA WALDSTEINIAE Curt.

On Waldsteinia fragarioides III.

PUCCINIA PRUNI-SPINOSAE Pers.

On Prunus serotina II, III.
virginiana II, III.
pennsylvanica II, III.
americana II, III.

Hepatica acutiloba I.

AneMcne quinquefoMa I.

PUCCINIA AMORPHAE Curt.

On Amorpha canescens II, III.
fruticosa II, III.

PUCCINIA PETALOSTEMONIS Farl.

On Petalostemum sp. indet. II, III.

PUCCINIA ARGENT AT A (Schultz) Wint.
On Impatiens biflora II, III.

PUCCINIA MALVACEARUM Mont.

On Althaea rosea III.

Malva rotundifolia III.

PUCCINIA VIOLAE

On Viola spp. vani I, II, III.

PUCCINIA CIRCAEAE Pers.

On Circaea lutetiana III.
alpina III.

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

909

PUCCINIA PROSERPINACAE Farl.

On Proserpinaca palustris III.

PUCCINIA MARYLANDICA Lindr.

On Sanicula marilandica I, II, III.
gregaria I, II, III.

PUCCINIA OSMORHIZAE (Pk.) Cke. & Pk.

On Osmorhiza claytoni I, II, III.
longistylis I, II, III.

PUCCINIA BULLATA (Pers.) Wint.

On Taemdia integerrima II, III.

PUCCINIA PORPHYROGENITA Curt.

On Cornus canadensis III.

PUCCINIA DAYI Clint.

On Steironema ciliatum III
lanceolatum III.

PUCCINIA GENTIANAE (Strauss) Lk.

On Gmtiana andrewsii II, III.

PUCCINIA HALENIAE Arth. & Hoi.

On Halenia deflexa III.

PUCCINIA CONVOLVULI (Pers.) Cast.

On Convolvulus sepium I, II, III.

PUCCINIA HYDROPHYLLI Pk. & Clint.

On Hydrophyllum virginicum III.

PUCCINIA HYSSOPI Schw.

On Agastache scrophulariaefolia III.

PUCCINIA MENTHAE Pers. var. AMERICANA Burr.
On Monarda fistulosa I, II, III.
punctata II, III.

Hedeoma pulegioides III.

Satureja vulgaris III.

Pycnanthemum virginianum II, III.

Mentha arvensis canadensis II, III.

PUCCINIA PHYSALIDIS Pk.
On Physalis virginiana III.

910 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

PUCCINIA VERONICARUM DC.

On Veronica virginica III.

PUCCINIA CLINTONII Pk.

On Pedicularis canadensis III.

PUCCINIA PUNCTATA Lk.

On Galium Aparine I.
tinctorium I.
concinnum II, III.
asprellum I, II, III.
triflorum II, III.

PUCCINIA RUBEFACIENS Johans.

On Galium boreale III.

PUCCINIA LOBELIAE Ger.

On Lobelia siphilitica III.

PUCCINIA VERNON1AE Schw.

On Vernonia fasciculata II, III.

PUCCINIA TENUIS (Schw.) Burr.

On Eupat\orium urticaefolium I, III.

PUCCINIA KUHNIAE Schw.

On Kuhnia eupatorioides II, III.

PUCCINIA TRACYI Sacc. & Syd.

On Solidago sp. indet . III.

PUCCINIA ASTERIS Duby
On Aster spp. varii III.

PUCCINIA SILPHII Schw.

On Bilphium lacmiatum III.
integrifolium III.
perforatum III.

PUCCINIA HELIANTHI Schw.

On Helianthus spp. varii. I, II, III.

PUCCINIA XANTHII Schw.

On Ambrosia trifida III.

Xanthium sp. indet. III.

PUCCINIA ABSINTHII DC.

On Artemisia dracunculaides II, III.

PUCCINIA. NARDOSMIAE' E. & E.
On Petasites palmaius III.

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

911

PUCCINIA RECEDENS Syd.

On Senecio aureus III.

PUCCINIA CIRSII-LANCEOLATI Scbroet.

On Cirsium lanceolatum I , II, III.

PUCCINIA CIRSII Lascli

On Cirsium discolor II, III.
altissimum II, III.

PUCCINIA OBTEGENS (Lk.) Tul.

On Cirsium arvense O, II, III.

PUCCINIA TARAXACI (Rebent.) Plowr.

On Taraxacum officinale II, III.

PUCCINIA HEMISPHAERICA (Pk.) Ell. & Evht.
On Lactuca pulchella II, III.

PUCCINIA ORBICULA Pk.

On Prenanthes alba II, III.

PUCCINIA HIERACII (Sebum.) Mart.

On Hicracium scabrum II, III.
canadense II, III.

GYMNOCONIA PECKIANA (Howe) Trotter
On Rubus occidentalis I, III.

idacus aculeatissimus I.
triflorus III.
allegfienicnsis I, III.
canadensis III.

TRIPHRAGMIUM CLAVELLOSUM Berk.

On Aralia nudicaulis III.

GYMNOSPORANGIUM CORNUTUM (Pers.) Artb.

On Pyrus americana I.

GYMNOSPORANGIUM DAVISII Kern
On Juniperus communis depressa III.

Pyrus melanocarpa I.

GYMNOSPORANGIUM CLAVIPES Cke. & Pk.

On Juniperus communis depressa III.
Amelanchier oblongifolia I.

Cydonia vulgaris I.

912 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

GYMNOSPORANGIUM CLAVARIAEFORME (Jacq.) DC.
On Amelalnchier spicata I.

Junipcrus communis depressa III.

GYMNOSPORANGIUM JUNIPERI-VIRGINIANAE Schw.
On Juniperus virginiana III.

Pyrus coronaiMa I.
ioensis I.

Malus I.

GYMNOSPORANGIUM NIDUS-AVIS Thaxt.

On Amelanchier canadensis I.

GYMNOSPORANGIUM JUVENESCENS Kern.

On Juniperus virginiana III.

Amelanchier canadensis I.

GYMNOSPORANGIUM GLOBOSUM Farl.

On Juniperus virginiana III.

Crataegus macrantha succulenta I.
spp. indet. I.

PHRAGMIDIUM ANDERSONI Shear
On Potentilla fruticosa II.

PHRAGMIDIUM POTENTILLAE-CANADENSIS Diet
On Potentilia canadensis II, III.

PHRAGMIDIUM I MIT AMS Arth.

On Rudus idaeus aculeatisSimus II, III.
occidentals II, III.

PHRAGMIDIUM OCCIDENTALS Arth.

On Ruhus parviflorus I, III.

PHRAGMIDIUM SPECXOSUM Fr.

On Rosa l)landa I, III.

^parviflora" III.
rugosa

sp. indet. (cult.)

PHRAGMIDIUM DISCIFLORUM (Tode) James
On Rosa Wanda I, II, III.

“ parviflora ” II, III.

? woodsii II, III.

Carolina
spp. indet.

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

913

KUEHNEOLA UREDINIS (Lk.) Arth.
On Rubus hispidus II, III.

allegheniensis II, III-
canadensis II.
villosus II.

MELAMPSORACEAE

MELAMPSORA BIGELOWII Thuem.

On Salix amygdaloides III.

Iucida II.
fragilis X alba II.
discolor II, III.
spp. indet. II, III.

Larix laridtina I.

MELAMPSORA MEDUSAE Thuem.

On Populus tremuloides II, III.
grandidentata II, III.
deltoides II, III.

MELAMPSORA LINI (Pers.) Desm.

On Uinum usitatissimum II, III.
sulcatum II.

MELAMPSORELLA CERASTII (H. Mart.) Schroet

On Abies balsamea I.

MELAMPSORIDIUM BETULINUM (Pe'rs.) Kleb.

On Betula pumila II.

Larix laricina I.

MELAMPSOROPSIS PYROLAE (DC.) Arth.

On Pyrola secunda II.
elliptica II.

MELx^MPSOROPSIS LEDI (Lk.) Arth.

On Ledum groenlandUlcum II.

MELAMPSOROPSIS LEDICOLA (Pk.) Arth.

On Picea Mariana I.

MELAMPSOROPSIS CASSANDRAE (Pk. & Cl.) Arth.

On Chamaedaphne calyculata II.

Picea mariana I.

914 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

MELAMPSOROPSIS ARCTOSTAPHYLI (Diet.) Arth.

On Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi III

MELAMPSOROPSIS CHIOGENIS (Diet.) Arth.

On Chiogenes hispidula II

PUCCINIASTRUM POTENTILLAE Kom.

On Potentilla tridentata II

PUCCINIASTRUM ARCTICUM (Lagh.) Tranz. var. AMERU
CANUM Farl.

On Rubus idaeus aculeatissimus II, III
occidentalis II.
triflorus II.

PUCCINIASTRUM AGRIMONIAE (Schw.) Tranz.

On Agrimonia striata II, III.
gryposepala II.
spp. indet. II.

PUCCINIASTRUM PUSTULATUM (Pers.) Ditft.

On Epilobium angusHfolium II, III.
adenocaulom II, III.
coloratura II.

Abies balsamea I.

PUCCINIASTRUM PYROLAE (Pers.) Diet.

On Chimaphila umbellata II.

Pyrola secunda II.
elliptica II.
americana II.

PUCCINIASTRUM MYRTILLI (Schum.) Arth.

On Vaccinium pennsylvanicum II, III.
canadense II.

HYALOPSORA POLYPODII (DC.) Magn.

On Cystopteris fragiKs II.

UREDINOPSIS PHEGOPTERIDIS Arth.

On Phegopteris Dryopteris II, III.

UREDINOPSIS ATKINSONII Magn.

On Asplenium Filix-foemina II, III.

Aspidium Thelypteris II.

UREDINOPSIS MIRABILIS (Pk.) Magn.

On Onoclea sensibiUs II.

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi. 915

UREDINOPSIS STRUTHIOPTERIDIS Stoermer.
On Onoclea Struthiopteris II, III.

UREDINOPSIS OSMUNDAE Magn.

On Osmunda regalis II, III.

Glaytoniana II.
cinnamomea II, III.

CRONARTIUM COMPTONIAE Arth.

On Myrica asplenifolia II, IIL

CRONARTIUM QUERCUS (Brondeau) Schroet.
On Quercus alia II.
velutina III.

CRONARTIUM COMANDRAE Pk.

On Gomandra umbellata II, Ill.

COLEOSPORIACEAE

COLEOSPORIUM VIBURNI Arth.

On Viburnum Lentago II, III.-

COLEOSPORIUM CAMPANULAE (Pers.) Lev.

On Campanula americana II.

COLEOSPORIUM SOLIDAGINIS (Schw.) Thuem.
On Solidago spp. varii II, III.

Aster spp. varii II, III.

ISOLATED FORMS

UREDO SP. INDET.

On Mimulus ringens

CAEOMA ABIETIS-CANADENSIS Farl.

On Tsuga canadensis

AECIDIUM SMILACINAE Schum.

On Smilacina racemosa
Polygonatum biflorum
commutatum

AECIDIUM IRIDIS Gerard
On Iris versicolor

AECIDIUM THALICTRI Grev.

On Thatictrum dioicum
dasycarpum

916 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters .

AECIDIUM RANUNCULACEARUM D C.

On Anemone quinquefolia
canadensis

AECIDIUM ACTAEAE Opiz.

On Actaea sp. indet.

AECIDIUM DICENTRAE Trel.

On Bicentra Cucullaria

AECIDIUM SP. INDET.

On Amphicarpa monoica

AECIDIUM POLY GALINUM Pk.

On Polygala Senega

AECIDIUM EUPHORBIAE Gmel.

On Euphorbia commutata

AECIDIUM HYDNOIDEUM B. & C.

On Dirca palustms.

AECIDIUM NESAEAE Gerard

On Decodon verticillatus

AECIDIUM LYSIMACHIAE (Schlecht.) Wallr.

On Lysimachia thyrsiflora

AECIDIUM SP. INDET.

On Mimulus ringens

Castilleja sessiliflora

AECIDIUM COMPOSITARUM
On Yernonia noveboracensis
Polymnia canadensis
Rudbeclcia laciniata
Cacalia reniformis
Erigia amplexicaulis

PERIDERMIUM BALSAMEUM Pk.

On Abies balsamea

PERIDERMIUM SP. INDET.

On Pinus Banksiana

PERIDERMIUM SP. INDET.

On Tsuga canadensis

Davis— -A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

917

hymenomycbtbs

AGARICACBAE

PANAEOLUS EPIMYCES Pk.

On Coprinus. atramentarius
comatus

THELEPHORACEAE

EXOBASIDIUM YACCINII Wor.

On Andromeda glaucophylla
Chamaedaphne calyculata
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi
Gaylussacia baccata
Vaccinium pennsylvanicum
canadense
macrocarpon

MYCELIA STERILIA

SCLEROTIUM ZIZANIAE (Davis)

On Zizania palustris

SCLEROTIUM RHIZODES Awd.

On Calamagrostis canadensis
Phalaris arundinacea
Phleum pratense
Agrostis hyemaMs
neglecta

Sphenopholis pallens
Poa pratensis
Glyceria nervata
Bromus ciliatus
Agropyron caninum
Hordeum jubatum

SCLEROTIUM GLOBULIFERUM (Davis)
On Glyceria septentrionalis

SCLEROTIUM BIFRONS Ell. & Evht.

On Pcpulus tremuloides

SCLEROTIUM NERVALE (A. & S.) Fr.
On Violdfaubescens

918 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

INDEX TO HOSTS

ABIES BALSAMEA

Melampsorella cerastii, 913
Peridermium balsameum, 916
Pucciniastrum pustulatum, 914

ACALYPHA VIRGINICA

Cercospora acalyphae, 892
Peronospora euphorbiae, 852

ACER NEGUNDO

Cylindrosporium negundinis, 883
Gloeosporium apocrytum, 881
Phyllosticta negundinis, 866

ACER RUBRUM

Phleospora aeeris, 878
Phyllosticta minima, 866
Rhytisma aeerinum, 863
Uncinula circinata, 856

ACER SACCHARINUM

Rhytisma aeerinum, 863
Uncinula circinata, 856

ACER SACCHARUM

Cylindrosporium saccharinum, 883
Gloeosporium saccharinum, 881
Phyllactinia corylea, 859
Phyllosticta minima, 866
Rhytisma aeerinum, 863

- punctatum,., 863

Septoria saceharina, 873
Uncinula circinata, 856

ACER SPICATUM

Phyllosticta minima, 866
Rhytisma aeerinum, 863
Rhytisma punctatum, 863

ACNIDA TUBERCULATA
Albugo bliti, 849

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

ACORUS CALAMUS

Uromyces pyriformis, 901

ACTAEA RUBRA

Ramularia actaeae, 886

ACTAEA

Aecidium actaeae, 916
AECIDIUM

Tuberculina persicina, 895

AESCULUS HIPPOCASTANUM
Phyllostica paviae, 866

AGARICACEA

Hypomyces lactifluorum, 860
— - - viridis, 860

AGASTACHE SCROPHULARIAEFOLIA
Ascochyta lophanthi, 869
Peronospora lophanthi, 853
Puccinia hyssopi, 909
Sphaerotheca humuli fuliginea, 855

AGRIMONIA GRYPOSEPALA

Pucciniastrum agrimoniae, 914
Sphaerotheca humuli, 855

AGRIMONIA PARVIFLORA

Peronospora potentillae, 852

AGRIMONIA STRIATA

Pucciniastrum agrimoniae, 914
Septoria agrimoniae-eupatorii, 872
Sphaerotheca humuli, 855

AGRIMONIA

Pucciniastrum agrimoniae, 914
Septoria agrimoniae-eupatoriae, 872
Sphaerotheca humuli, 855

AGROPYRON CANINUM

Puccinia graminis, 905
Sclerotium rhizodes, 917

920 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

AGROPYRON REPENS
Claviceps, 861
Erysiphe graminis, 857
Puccinia graminis, 905
Puccinia rubigo-vera, 905
Septoria agropyri, 869
Ustilago macrospora, 896

AGROSTIS ALBA

Entyloma crastophilum, 898
Puccinia graminis, 905

AGROSTIS H YE MALI S
Ciaviceps1, 860
Puccinia graminis, 905
Sclerotium rbizodes, 917

ALETRIS FARINOSA

Puccinia aletridis, 907

ALISMA PLANTAGO-AQUATICA

Cercospora alismatis, 890
Cladochytrium maculare, 848
Doassansia alismatis, 900
Romularia alismatis, 885

ALLIUM CANADENSE

Heterosporium allii, 890
ALLIUM CEPA

Peronospora schleideni, 851
Urocystis cepulae, 898

•ALLIUM TRICOCCUM

Septoria viridi-tingens, 870

ALNUS INCANA

Erysiphe aggregata, 857
Phyllactinia corylea, 858
Exoascus alni-incanae, 864

ALNUS

Septoria alnifolia, 870

ALOPE* URUS GENICULATUS
Puccinia graminis, 905

Davis — • A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

ALTHAEA ROSEA

Cercospora althaeina, 893
Puccinia malvacearum, 908

AMARANTHUS BLITOIDES
Albugo bliti, 849

AMARANTHUS HYBRIDUS

Albugo bliti, 849

AMARANTHUS RETROFLEXUS
Albugo bliti, 849

AMBROSIA ARTEMISIAEFOLIA
Albugo tragopogonis, 850
Entyloma compositarum, 899
Entyloma polysporum, 899
Erysiphe cicboracearum, 858
Physalospora ambrosiae, 859
Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Protomyces andinus, 854

AMBROSIA TRIFIDA

Cercospora racemosa, 894
Entyloma compositarum, 899
Physalospora ambrosiae, 859
Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Protomyces andinus, 854
Puccinia xanthii, 910
Septoria bacilligera, 877

AMELANCHIER CANADENSIS

Entomosporium maculatum cydoniae, 879
Gymnosporangium juvenescens, 912
Gymnosporangium nidus-avis, 912

AMELANCHIER OBLONGIFOLIA .
Gymnosporangium clavipes, 911

AMELANCHIER SPICATA

Entomosporium maculatum domesticum, 879
Gymnosporangium clavariaeforme, 912

AMELANCHIER

Dimerosporium collinsii, 859
Phyllosticta destruens, 866

922 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters ,

AMORPHA CANESCENS

Puccinia amorphae, 908

AMORPHA FRUTICOSA

Puccinia amorphae, 908

AMPHICARPA MONOICA

Aecidium sp. indet. 916
Cercospora monoica, 892
Erysiphe polygoni, 857
Synchytrium decipiens, 848

ANDROMEDA GLAUCOPHYLLA
Exohasidium vaccinii, 917
Rhytisma andromedae, 864

ANDROPOGON FURCATUS
Epichloe typhina, 861
Puccinia pustulata, 903

ANDROPOGON SCOPARIUS

Puccinia andropogonis, 902
Puccinia pustulata, 903

ANEMONE CANADENSIS

Aecidium ranunculacearum, 916
Didymaria didyma, 885
Plasmopora pygmaea, 850
Puccinia simillima, 904

ANEMONE CYLINDRICA

Puccinia anemones-virginianae, 907

ANEMONE QUINQUEFOLIA

Aecidium ranunculacearum, 916
Entyloma ranunculi, 898
Plasmopara pygmaea, 850
Puccinia fusca, 907
Puccinia pruni-spinosae, 908
Sclerotinia tuberosa, 863
Synchytrium anemones, 848

ANEMONE VIRGINIANA

Didymaria didyma, 885
Puccinia anemones-virginianae, 907

ANGELICA ATROPURPUREA

Fusicladiura depressum, 889

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

APHIDES

Empusa aphidis,849

APIOS TUBEROSA

Cercospora tuberosa, 892

APIUM GRAVEOLENS
Septoria apii, 874

APPLES

Gloeosporium fructigenum, 880

APOCYNUM ANDROSAEMIFOLIUM
Cercosporella apocyni, 888
Cylindrosporium apocyni, 883
Septogloeum apocyni, 882

APOCYNUM CANNABINUM

Cercosporella apocyni, 888
Phyllosticta apocyni, 867

AQUILEGIA CANADENSIS
Etysiphe polygoni, 857
Septoria aquilegiae, 871

ARABIS LAEVIGATA

Peronospora parasitica, 852

ARABIS LYRATA

Puccinia monoica, 904

ARACHNIDA

Isaria arachnophila, 895

ARALIA HISPIDA

Cylindrosporium leptospermum, 883

ARALIA NUDICAULIS

Cylindrosporium leptospermum, 883
Triphragmium clavellosum, 911

ARALIA RACEMOSA

Phyllosticta decidua, 867

924 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters .

ARCTOSTAPHYLOS UVA-URSI

Asterina gaultheriae,862
Exobasidium vaccinii, 917
Dimerosporium conglobatum, 859
Melampsoropsis arctostaphyli, 914

ARISAEMA DRACONTIUM

Uromyces arisaemae, 901

ARISAEMA TRIPHYLLUM

Uromyces arisaemae, 901

ARRHENATHERUM ELATIUS
Ustilago perennans, 896

ARTEMISA BIENNIS

Albugo tragopogonis, 850
Peronospora leptosperma, 853

ARTEMISIA DRACUNCULOIDES
Puccinia absintbii, 910

ASARUM CANADENSE

Syncbytrium asari, 848

ASCLEPIAS INCARNATA

Cercospora clavata, 893
Septoria asclepiadicola, 874
Uromyces howei, 902

ASCLEPIAS PHYTOLACCOIDES
Cercospora clavata, 893

ASCLEPIAS SYRIACA

Cercospora clavata, 893
Puccinia bartholomaei, 904
Uromyces howei, 902

ASPARAGUS OFFICINALIS

Puccinia asparagi, 907

ASPIDIUM MARGINALE

Fusidium pteridis, 884

ASPIDIUM THELYPTERIS

Uredinopsis atkinsonii, 914

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi. 925

ASPLENIUM FILIX-FOEMINA
Uredinopsis atkinsonii, 914

ASTER DIVARICATUS

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858

ASTER DRUMMONDII

Basidiophora entospora, 853
Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Septoria astericola, 877
Septoria atropurpurea, 877

ASTER LAEVIS

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858

ASTER LATERIFLORUS

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858

ASTER MACROPHYLLUS

Septoria atropurpurea, 877

ASTER NOVAE-ANGLIAE

Basidiophora entospora, 853
Ramularia asteris, 888

ASTER PANICULATUS

Entyloma compositarum, 899

ASTER PUNICEUS

Basidiophora entospora, 853
Cereosporella cana, 889
Entyloma compositarum, 899
Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Septoria solidaginicola, 876

ASTER SHORTII

Septoria solidaginicola, 876

ASTER UMBELLATUS

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Phyllosticta astericola, 867
Septoria solidaginicola, 876

ASTER VIMINEUS

Septoria atropurpurea, 877

926 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters .

ASTER

Coleosporium solidaginis, 915
Montagnella heliopsidis, 862
Puccinia asteris, 910
Puccinia caricis-asteris,906
Ramularia asteris, 888
Rhytisma asteris, 864
Septoria atropurpurea

ASTRAGALUS CANADENSIS
Erysipbe polygoni, 857

ASTRAGALUS

Ramularia desmodii, 886

ATRIPLEX PATULA

Cercospora dubia, 891

AVENA SATIVA

Puccinia coronata, 904
Puccinia graminis, 905
Ustilago avenae, 896
Ustilago levis, 896

BARBAREA

Ramularia barbareae, 886

BERBERIS VULGARIS

Gloeosporium berberidis, 880
Puccinia graminis, 905

BETA VULGARIS

Cercospora betaecola, 891

BETULA ALBA

Gloeosporium betularum, 880
Phyllactinia corylea, 858.
Septoria betulae, 870

BETULA NIGRA

Gloeosporium betularum, 880

BETULA PUMILA

Cylindrosporium betulae, 882
Melampsoridium betulinum, 913
Microsphaera alni, 856
Septoria betulae, 870

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

927

BIDENS ARISTOSA

Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Sphaerotheca humuli fuliginea, 855

BIDENS CERNUA

Cercospora megalopotamica, 895
Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Protomyces andinus, 854

BIDENS CONNATA

Cercospora umbrata, 895
Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Protomyces andinus, 854
Sphaerotheca humuli fuliginea, 855

BIDENS FRONDOSA

Phyllosticta decidua, 867
Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Protomyces andinus, 854
Puccinia obtecta, 905
Septocylindrium concomitans, 885
Septoria bidentis, 877
Sphaerotheca humuli fuliginea, 855

BIDENS VULGATA

Plasmopara halstedii, 851

BLUE BOTTLE FLY

Empusa americana, 848

BOEHMERIA CYLINDRICA

Cercospora boehmeriae, 891

BOLETUS

Hypomyces chrysospermus, 860
Sepedonium chryscspermuin, 884

BOLTONIA ASTEROIDES

Septoria erigerontis boltoniae, 877

BOUTELOUA CURTIPENDULA
Puccinia vexans, 904

BRASSICA ALBA

Albugo Candida, 849

BRASSICA ARVENSIS

Peronospora parasitica, 852

928 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts } and Letters ,

BRASSICA NIGRA

Albugo Candida, 849
Peronospora parasitica, 852 '

BRIZA MAXIMA

Puccinia graminis, 905

BROMUS CILIATUS

Puccinia tomipara, 904
Sclerotium rhizodes, 917
Septoria brevispora, 869

BROMUS SECALINUS

Septoria bromi, 869

CACALIA ATRIPLICIFOLIA
Septoria cacaliae, 878

CACALIA RENIFORMIS

Aecidium compositarum, 916

CADDIS FLIES

Empusa rhizophora, 849

CAKILE EDENTULA

Albugo Candida, 849

CALAMAGROSTIS CANADENSIS
Balansia hypoxylon, 861
Claviceps, 860

Cylindrosporium calamagrostidis, 882
Bilophospora alopecuri, 878
Epichloe typnina, 861
Mastigosporium album calvum, 885
Puccinia pygmaea, 903
Puccinia coronata, 904
Sclerotium rhizodes, 917
Septoria bromi, 869
Septoria everhartii, 870
Ustilago calamagrostidis, 896

CALAMAGROSTIS NEGLECTA
Sclerotium rhizodes, 917

CALLA PALUSTRIS

Cercospora callae, 890

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

929

CALOPTENUS

Empusa grylli, 849

CALTHA PALUSTRIS

Erysiphe polygoni, *857
Fabraea rousseauana, 863
Puccinia calthae, 907
Puccinia Zopfii, 907

CAMPANULA AMERICANA

Coleosporium campanulae, 915
Septoria campanulae, 876

CAMPANULA APARINOIDES

Septoria campanulae, 876

CANNABIS SATIVA

Septoria cannabina, 871

CAPSELLA BURSA-PASTORIS
Albugo Candida, 849
Cylindrosporium capsellae, 883

CARDAMINE DOUGLASSII
Albugo Candida, 849
Peronospora parasitica, 852
Septoria dentariae, 872

CAREX ARCTATA

Cercospora caricina, 890

CAREX CEPHALOIDEA

Cercospora caricina, 890
Septoria caricinella, 870

CAREX GRACILLIMA

Cercospora caricina, 890
Puccinia albiperidia, 906
Uromyces minutus, 901
Uromyces uniporulus, 901

CAREX INTUMESCENS

Phyllosticta caricis, 865
Uromyces perigynius, 901

CAREX LANUGINOSA

Cintraetia subinclusa, 897

930 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters,

CAREX LONGIROSTRIS

Puccinia phrymae, 906

CAREX LUPULINA

Cintractia subinclusa, 897

CAREX PENNSYLVANIA
Phyllosticta caricis, 865
Septoria riparia, 870
Schizonella melanogramma, 897

CAREX ROSEA

Cercospora caricina, 890

CAREX ROSTRATA

Ustilago olivacea, 897

CAREX ROSTRATA UTRICULATA
Cintractia subinclusa, 897

CAREX TRICHOCARPA

Phleospora caricis, 878
Puccinia bolleyana, 906
Puccinia peckii, 906

CAREX TRISPERMA

Phyllosticta caricis, 865

CAREX

Cintractia caricis, 897
Cryptomela caricis, 883
Puccinia caricis-asteris, 906
Puccinia caricis-erigerontis, 906
Puccinia caricis-solidaginis, 906
Ramularia canadensis, 885
Septoria caricinella, 870

CARPINUS CAROLINIANA

Gloeosporium robergei, 880
Gnomoniella fimbriata, 859
Microsphaera alni, 856
Phyllactinia corylea, 858

CARYA OVATA

Gloeosporium caryae, 879
Microstrcma juglandis, 884

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

931

CARYA

Phyllactinia corylea, 858

CASTALIA ODORATA

Entyloma nymphaeae, 808

CASTALIA TUBEROSA

Cercospora nymphaeae, 891
Entyloma nymphaeae, 898

CASTILLEJA SESSILIFLORA

Aecidium sp. indet., 916

CAULOPHYLLUM THALICTROIDES
Cercospora caulophylli, 891

CEANOTHUS AMERICANUS
Microsphaera alni, 856

CEANOTHUS OVATUS

Cercospora ceanothi, 893
Puccinia ceanothi, 903

CELASTRUS SCANDEMS

Phyllactinia corylea, 859
Ramularia cclastri, 887

CENCHRUS CAROLINIANUS

Sorosporhim syntherismae, 897

CEPHALANTHUS OCCIDENTALIS
Cercospora cephalanthi, 894
Puccinia seymouriana, 904
Septoria cephalanthi, 876
Microsphaera alni, 856

CERASTIUM NUTANS

Isariopsis albo-rosella, 89b
Peronospora alsinearum, 852

CERASTIUM VISCOSUM

Isariopsis albo-rosella, 895
Septoria cerastii, 871

CERASTIUM VULGATUM

Isariopsis albo-rosella, 895

932 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters

CHAMAEDAPHNE CALYCULATA
Ascochyta cassandrae, 869
Exobasidum vaccinii, 917
Melampsoropsis cassandrae, 918
Venturia puichella, 859

CHELONE GLABRA

Erysiphe galeopsidis, 857
Septoria wilsoni, 875

CHENOPODIUM ALBUM
Cercospora dubia, 891
Peronospora eftusa, 851
Phyllosticta atriplicis, 865

CHENOPODIUM HYBRIDUM
Peronospora effusa, 251

CHIMAPHILA UMBELLATA

Pucciniastrum pyrolae, 914

CHIOGENES HISPIDULA

Melampsoropsis' cbiogenis, 914

CHIRONOMUS

Empusa culicis, 849

CHRYSANTHEMUM LEUCANTHEMUM
Septoria chrysanthemi, 878

CICUTA BULBIFERA

Uromyces scirpi, 900

CICUTA MACULATA

Cylindrosporium cicutae, 888
Septoria umbelliferarum, 874
Uromyces scirpi, 900

CINNA ARUNDINACEA

Puccinia graminis, 905
perminuta, 903

CIRCAEA ALPINA

Puccinia circaeae, 908

CIRCAEA LUTETIANA

Puccinia circaeae, 908

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi,

933

CIRSrUM ALTISSIMUM
Puccinia cirsii, 911

CIRSIUM ARVENSE

Albugo tragopogonis, 850
Puccinia obtegens, 911
Septoria cirsii, 878

CIRSIUM DISCOLOR

Erysiphe eichoracearum, 858
Puccinia cirsii, 911

CIRSIUM LANCEOLATUM

Puccinia cirsii-laneeolati, 911
Septoria cirsii, 878

CIRSIUM MUTICUM

Albugo tragopogonis, 850
Septoria commonsii, 878

CITRULLUS VULGARIS

Septoria cucurbitacearum, 878

CLEMATIS VIRGINIANA

Ascochyta clematidina, '868
Cercospora squalidula, 891
Cylindrosporium clematidis, 888
Erysiphe polygoni, 857
Puccinia tomipara, 904

CLINTONIA BOREALIS

Puccinia mesomegala, 907

COMANDRA. RICHARDSIANA
Puccinia pustulata, 903

COMANDRA UMBELLATA

Cronartium comandrae, 915
Puccinia pustulata, 903

CONVOLVULUS SEPIUM

Puccinia convolvuli, 909
Septoria convolvuli, 874

COPRINUS ATRAMENTARIUS
i Panaeolus epimyces, 917

934 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts , and Letters.

COPRINUS COMATUS

Panaeolus epimyces, 917

COPTIS TRIFOLIA

Septoria coptidis, 871

CORNUS ALTERNIFOLIA
Microsphaera alni, 856
Ramularia stolonifera, 887
Septoria cornicola, 874

CORNUS AMOMUM

Ascochyta cornicola, 869
Septoria cornicola, 874

CORNUS CANADENSIS

Glomerularia corni, 884
Puccinia porphyrogenita, 909

CORNUS PANICULATA

Septoria cornicola, 874

CORNUS STOLONIFERA

Phyllactinia corylea, 859
Ramularia stolonifera, 887
Sarcinella heterospora, 895

CORYLUS AMERICANA

Cryptosporella anomala, 859
Gloeosporium coryli, 880
Gnomoniella coryli, 859
Microsphaera alni, 856
Phyllactinia corylea, 858

CORYLUS ROSTRATA

Gloeosporium coryli, 880
Gnomoniella coryli, 859
Microsphaera alni, 856
Sarcinella heterospora, 895
Septoria corylina, 870

CRATAEGUS MACRANTHA SUCCULENTA
Gymnosporangium globosum, 912

CRATAEGUS OXYACANTHA

Podosphaera oxyacanthae, 854

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

935

CRATAEGUS

Entomosporium thmmenii, 879
Gymnosporangium globosum, 912
Monilia crataegi, 884
Phleospora crataegi, 878
Phyllactinia corylea, 858
Podosphaera oxyacanthae, 854
Septoria crataegi, 872

CRYPTOTAENIA CANADENSIS
Septoria cryptotaeniae, 874

CUCUMIS MELO

Septoria cucurbitacearum, 876

CUCURBITA MAXIMA

Septoria cucurbitacearum, 876

CYDONIA VULGARIS

j Gymnosporangium clavipes, 911

CYNOGLOSSUM OFFICINALE
Phyllosticta decidua, 867

CYPERUS FILICULMIS
Puccinia cyperi, 905

CYPERUS SCHWEINITZII
Pliyllachora cyperi, 861
Puccinia cyperi, 905

CYPERUS STRIGOSUS

Puccinia cyperi, 905

CYPRIPEDIUM ACAULE

Cercospora cypripedii, 891

CYPRIPEDIUM PARVIFLORUM
Cercospora cypripedii, 891
Puccinia cypripedii, 907

CYSTOPTERIS FRAGILIS

Hyalopsora polypodii, 914

DACTYLIS GLOMERATA
Puccinia coronata, 904
Puccinia graminis, 905

936 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

DAHLIA

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858

DECODON VERTICILLATUS
Aecidium nesaeae, 916

DENTARIA LAC INI AT A

Peronospora parasitica. 852
Septoria dentariae, 872

DESMODIUM CANADENSE
Microphaera diffusa, 857

DESMODIUM CANESCENS

Microsphaera diffusa, 857
Phyllosticta desmcdii, 866

DESMODIUM DILLENII

Uromyces hedysari-paniculati, 901

DESMODIUM GRANDIFLORUM
Cercospora desmodii, 892
Parodiella perisporioides, 859

DESMODIUM PANICULATUM
Microsphaera diffusa, 857

DESMODIUM

Ramularia desmodii, 886

DIANTHUS CARYOPHYLLUS

Uromyces caryophyllinus, 901

DICENTRA CUCULLARIA

Aecidium dicentrae, 916
Peronospora corydalis, 852

DIERVILLA LONICERA

Phyllosticta diervillae, 867
Septoria diervillicola, 876

DIGITARIA SANGUINALE

Ustilago rabenhorstiana, 896
Piricularia grisea, 888

DIOSCOREA VILLOSA

Cercospora dioscoreae, 890
Ramularia dioscoreae, 885

Davis— A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

DIRCA PALUSTRIS

Aecidium liydnoideum, 916

DODECATHEON MEADIA

Phyllosticta dodecathei, 867

DRABA CAROLINIANA

Peronospora parasitica, 852

DRACOCEPHALUM PARVIFLORUM
Peronospora hedeomae, 853
Septoria dracocephali, 875

DULICHIUM ARUNDINACEUM
Puccinia dulichii, 905

ECHINOCYSTIS LOBATA
Septoria sicyi, 876

ELAPHOMYCES

Cordyceps capitata, 861

ELEOCHARIS PALUSTRIS

Puccinia eleocharidis, 905
Womyces eleocharidis, 900

ELEOCHARIS

Claviceps nigricans, 861

ELYMUS CANADENSIS
Claviceps, 861
Puccinia graminis, 905
Urocystis agropyri, 898
Ustilago stria eformis, 896

ELYMUS STRIATUS

Claviceps, 861
Puccinia graminis, 905
- — — - impatientis, 904

ELYMUS VIRGINICUS

Piricularia parasitica, 888
Puccinia impatientis, 904
Urocystis agropyri, 898

ELYMUS

Epichloe typhina, 861

EPIGAEA REPENS

Cercospora epigaeina, 893
Micrcsphaera alni vaccinii, 856

938 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

EPILOBIUM ADENOCAULON

Pucciniastrum pustulatum, 914

EPILOBIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM

Pestalozzia Kriegeriana, 883
Pucciniastrum pustulatum, 914
Ramularia punctiformis, 887

EPILOBIUM COLORATUM

Pucciniastrum pustulatum, 914
Ramularia punctiformis, 887
Septoria epilobii, 873
Sphaerotheca humuli, 855

ERAGROSTIS HYPNOIDES

Ustilago spermophora, 896

ERAGROSTIS MEGASTACHYA
Ustilago spermophora, 896

ERECHTITES HIERACIFOLIA
Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Sphaerotheca humuli fuliginea, 855

ERIGERON ANNUUS

Cercosporella cana, 889
Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Septoria erigerontis, 877

ERIGERON CANADENSIS
Cercosporella cana, 889

ERIGERON PHILADELPHICUS
Entyloma compositarum, 899
Septoria erigerontis, 877

ERIGERON RAMOSUS

Cercosporella cana, 889
Septoria erigerontis, 877

ERIGERON

Puccinia caricis-erigerontis, 906

ERYNGIUM YUCCIFOLIUM

Cylindrosporium eryngii, 883

ERYSIPHEAE

Ampelomyces quisqualis, 868

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

939

EUCHLAENA LUXURIANS
Ustilago zeae, 896

EUPATORIUM PERFOLIATUM
Cercospora perfoliata, 894
Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Phyllosticta decidua, 867
Puccinia eleocharidis, 905

EUPATORIUM PURPUREUM
Cercospora perfoliata, 894
Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Puccinia eleocharidis, 905

EUPATORIUM URTICAEFOLIUM
Entyloma compositarum, 899
Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Hypocrella, 861
Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Puccinia tenuis, 910

EUPHORBIA COMMUTATA

Aecidium euphorbiae, 916

EUPHORBIA COROLLATA

Microsphaera euphorbiae, 857
Passalora fasciculata, 889
Puccinia panici, 903

EUPHORBIA MACULATA

Peronospora euphorbiae, 852
Uromyces euphorbiae, 902

EUPHORBIA POLY GONIFOLI A
Uromyces euphorbiae, 902

EUPHORBIA PRESLII

Uromyces euphorbiae, 902

FAGUS GRANDIFOLIA

Gloeosporium fagi americanum, 880
Microsphaera alni, 856
Phyllactinia corylea, 858
Phyllosticta fagicola, 865

FESTUCA ELATIOR

Puccinia phlei-pratensis, 903

940 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

FLIES-C ADDIS

Erapusa rhizophora, 849

FLIES-HOUSE

Empusa muscae, 849

FLIES

Saprolegnia thuretii, 849

FLOERKEA PROSERPINACOIDES
Entyloma floerkeae, 899
Peronospora floerkeae, 853

FLY-BLUE BOTTLE

Empusa americana, 848

FRAGARIA VESCA

Ramularia tulasnei, 886
Sphaerella fragariae, 859

FRAGARIA VIRGINIANA

Ramularia modesta 886,
Ramularia tulasnei, 886
Sphaerella fragariae, 859

FRAXINUS AMERICANA

Dicoccum nebulosum, 889
Gloeosporium aridum, 881
Puccinia peridermiospora, 904
Septoria besseyi, 874

FRAXINUS NIGRA

Marssonina fraxini, 882
Piggotia fraxini, 879
Puccinia peridermiospora, 904

FRAXINUS PENNSYLVANICA
Phyllactinia corylea, 859

FRAXINUS

Piggotia fraxini, 879

GALEOPSIS TETRAHIT

Septoria galeopsidis, 875

GALIUM APARINE

Cercospora galii, 894
Peronospora calotheca, 853
Puccinia punctata, 910

Davis— A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi. 941

GALIUM ASPRELLUM

Puccinia punctata, 910

GALIUM BOREALE

Peronospora calotheca, 853
Puccinia rubefaciens, 910

GALIUM GIRCAEZANS

Septoria psilostega, 875

GALIUM CONCINNUM

Puccinia punctata, 910

GALIUM LANCEOLATUM

Peronospora calotheca, 853

GALIUM TINCTORIUM

Cercospora galii, 894
Pseudopeziza repanda, 863
Puccinia punctata, 910
Septoria psilostega, 875

GALIUM TRIPLORUM

Peronospora calotheca, 853
Puccinia punctata, viO

GAULTHERIA PROCUMBENT
Asterina gaultheriae, 862

GAYLUSSACIA BACCATA

Exobasidium vaccinii, 917
Microsphaera alni vaccinii, 856

GENTIANA ANDREWS 1 1

Leptothyrium gent ianaecd urn, 879
Puccinia gentianae, 909

GERANIUM MACULATUM
Cercospora geranii, 892
Erysiphe polygon!, 857
Pestallozziella subsessilis, 881
Plasmopara geranii, 850
Puccinia polygoni-amphibii, 907

GERARDIA GRANDIPLORA
Cercospora gerardiae, 894
Sphaerotheca humuli fuliginea, 855

942 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

GEUM CANADENSE

Peroncspora potentillae, 852
Phyllosticta decidua, 867
Sphaerotheca humuli, 855
Synchytrium aureum, 848

GEUM MACROPHYLLUM

Peroncspora potentillae, 852
Septoria gei, 872
Sphaerotheca humuli, 855

GEUM RIVALE

Peronospora potentillae, 852

GEUM STRICTUM

Peronospora potentillae, 852

GEUM VIRGINIANUM

Sphaerotheca humuli, 855
Synchytrium aureum, 848

GLYCERIA GRANDIS

Puccinia graminis, 905
Ustilago Iongissima, 896

GLYCERIA NERVATA
Claviceps, 860

Cylindrosporium glyceriae, 882
Sclerotium rhizodes, 917

GLYCERIA SEPTENTRIONALIS
Claviceps, 860

Fusarium heterosporum, 895
Sclerotium globuliferum, 917
Uromyces amphidymus, 900
Ustilago Iongissima macrospora, 896

GNAPHALIUM POLYCEPHALUM
Cercospora gnaphaliacea, 894

GRAMINEAE

Ei;ysiphe graminis, 857
Phyllachora graminis, 861
Scolecotrichum graminis, 889

GRATIOLA VIRGINIANA
Septoria gratiolae, 875

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi .

943

GYRINUS

Laboulbenia gyrinidarum, 864

HALENIA DEFLEXA

Puccinia haleniae, 909

HAMAMELIS VIRGINIANA

Gonatobotryum maculicolum, 885
Phyllactinia corylea, 858
Phyllosticta hamamelidis, 866
Podosphaera biuncinata, 854
Ramularia hamamelidis, 886

HEDEOMA PULEGIOIDES
Puccinia menthae, 909

HELENIUM AUTUMNALE

Entyloma compositarum, 899
Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Septoria hr-enii, 878

HELIANTHUS ANNUUS

Albugo tragopogonis, 850
Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Septoria helianthi, 877

HELIANTHUS DIVARICATUS
Plasmopara halstedii, 851

HELIANTHUS GROSSE-SERRATUS
Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Septoria helianthi, 877

HELIANTHUS HIRSUTUS
Septoria helianthi, 877

HELIANTHUS OCCIDENTALIS
Cercospora helianthi, 894
Plasmopara halstedii, 851

HELIANTHUS STRUMOSUS

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Septoria helianthi, 877

HELIANTHUS TUBEROSUS
Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Septoria helianthi, 877

1)44 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters

HELIANTHUS

Montagnella heliopsidis, 862
Puccinia helianthi, 910
Septoria helianthi, 877

HELIOPSIS SCABRA

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858

HEPATICA ACUTILOBA

Plasmopara pygmaea, 850
Protomyces fuscus, 854
Puccinia prnni-spinosae, 908

HEPATICA TRILOBA

Protomyces fuscus, 854

HERACLEUM LANATUM

Ramularia heraciei, 887

HEUCHERA AMERICANA

Puccinia curtipes, 908

HEUCHERA HISPIDA

Puccinia curtipes, 908

HEUCHERA

Cercospora heucherae, 892

HIERACIUM CANADENSE

Puccinia hieracii, 911

HIERACIUM SCABRUM

Puccinia hieracii, 911
patrv.elis, 906

HORDEUM JUBATUM

Puccinia gram inis, 905
Puccinia rubigo-vera, 905
Sclerotium rhizodes, 917
Septoria passerinii, 870

HORDEUM DISTICHON

Helminthosporium sativum 890

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi .

945

HORDEUM VULGARE

Helminthosporium gramineum, 890

- - sativum, 890

- — teres, 889

Puccinia graminis, 905
Puccinia simplex, 905
Ustilago hordei, 897
nuda, 897

HOUSE FLIES

Empusa muscae, 849

HUMULUS LUPULUS

Cylindrosporium humuli, 882
Plasmopara humuli, 850

HYDROPHYLLUM virginianum
Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Peronospora hydrophylli, 853

Puccinia hydrophylli, 909

HYPERICUM ASCYRON

Uromyces hyperici-frondosi, 902

HYPERICUM BOREALE

Uromyces hyperici-frondosi, 902

HYPERICUM PUNCTATUM

Septoria sphaerelloides, 873
Uromyces hyperici-frondosi, 902

HYPERICUM VIRGINICUM

Uromyces hyperici-frondosi, 902

HYSTRIX PATULA

Epichloe typhina, 861
Piricularia parasitica, 888
Puccinia apocryta, 904

ILEX VERTICILLATA

Ramularia prini, 887
Rhytisma ilicis-canadensis, 863
Microsphaera alni, 856

946 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences Arts , and Letters.

IMPATIENS BIFLORA

Plasmopara obducens, 850
Puccinia argentata, 908
Puccinia impatientis, 904
Ramularia impatientis, 887
Septoria nolitangeris, 873

IMPATIENS PALLIDA

Plasmopara obducens, 850
Puccinia impatientis, 904
Ramularia impatientis, 887

* INULA HELENIUM

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858

IPOMOEA PURPUREA

Septoria convolvuli, 874

IRIS VERSICOLOR

Aecidium iridis, 915
Asteroma venulosum, 868
Phyllostieta Iridis, 865
Puccinia iridis, 907

ISOPYRUM BITERNATUM

Cercospora merrowae, 891

IV A XANTHIFOLIA

Albugo tragopogonis, 850

JUGLANS CINEREA

Marssonina juglandis, 881
Microstroma juglandis, 884

JUGLANS NIGRA

Marssonina juglandis, 881

JUNCUS EFFUSUS

Uromyces junci-effusae, 901

JUNCUS NODOSUS

Claviceps junci, 861

JUNCUS TENUIS

Cintractia junci, 897
Phyllachora junci, 862
Uromyces junci-tenuis, 901

JUNIPERUS COMMUNIS DEPRESSA

Gymnosporangium clavariaeforme, 912

- - clavipes, 911

- davisii, 911

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

947

JUNXPERUS VIRGINIANA

Cercospora sequoiae juniperi, 890
Gymnosporangium globosum, 912

- — juniperi-virginianae, 912

- juvenescens, 912

KALMIA POLIFOLIA

Microsphaera alni vaecinii, 856

KQELERIA CRISTATA
Claviceps, 860
Epichloe typhina, 861

KRIGIA AMPLEXICAULIS

Aecidium compositarum, 916

KUHNIA EUPATORIOIDES
Puccinia kubniae, 910

LACHNOSTERNA

Cordyceps herculea, 861

LACTARIUS TORMINOSUS

Hypomyces torminosus, 860

LACTARIUS ZONARIXJS

Hypomyces lateritius, 860

LACTARIUS

Hypomyces lateritius, 860

LACTUCA CANADENSIS
Bremia lactucae, 850
Phyilosticta decidua, 867
Puccinia patruelis, 906
Septoria lactucicola, 878

LACTUCA PULCHELLA

Puccinia bemisphaerica, 911
Septoria lactucae, 878

LACTUCA SATIVA

Bremia lactucae, 850
Septoria lactucae, 878

LACTUCA SCARIOLA

Puccinia patruelis, 906
Septoria lactucicola, 878
Septoria lactucae, 878

948 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

LACTUCA SPICATA

Bremia lactucae, 850

LAPORTEA CANADENSIS
Septoria urticae, 871

LAPPA MINOR

Phyllosticta lappae, 868
Septoria lapparum, 878

LAPPULA VIRGINIANA

Erysiphe cichcracearum, 858
Phyllosticta decidua, 867

LARIX LARICINA

Melampsora bigelov^ii, 913
Melampsoridium betulinum, 913

LATHYRUS OCHROLEUCUS
Erysiphe polygon!, 857

Phleospora. reticulata, 878
Microsphaera alni, 856
Uromyces fabae, 902

LATHYRUS PALUSTRIS

Microsphaera alni, 856
Uromyces fabae, 902

LATHYRUS VENOSUS

Cerccspora viciae, 892
Erysiphe polygon!, 857
Microsphaera alni, 856
Phleospora reticulata, 878
Uromyces fabae, 902

LEDUM GROENLANDICUM
Melampsoropsis ledi, 913

LEERSIA ORYZOIDES

Sphaerella zizaniae, 859

LEERSIA VIRCINICA

Piricuiaria grisea, 888
Uromyces -alstedii, 900

LEONURUS CARDIACA

Phyllosticta decidua, 867

LEPACHYS PINNATA

Entyloma ccmpositarum, 899

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

949

LEPIDIUM VIRGINICUM
Albugo Candida, 849
Peronospora parasitica, 852
Septoria lepidiicola, 872

LESPEDEZA CAPITATA

Pliyllachora lespedezae, 862
Uromyces lespedezae-procumbentis, 902

LESPEDEZA YIOLACEA

Mierosphaera diffusa, 857

Uromyces lespedezae-procumbentis, 902

LESPEDEZA

Ramularia desmodii, 886

Uromyces lespedezae-procumbentis, 902

LIATRIS SCARIOSA

Septoria liatridis, 876

LIATRIS SPICATA

Septoria liatridis, 876

LILIUM CANADENSE

Uromyces holwayi, 901

LINNAEA BOREALIS

Venturia dickiei, 859

LINUM SULCATUM

Melampsora lini, 913

LINUM USITATISSIMUM
Melampsora lini, 913

LIPPIA LANCEOLATA

Cercospora lippiae, 893

LOBELIA CARDINALIS
Septoria lobeliae, 876

LOBELIA INFLATA

Entyloma lobeliae, 899
Septoria lobeliae, 876

LOBELIA SIPHILITICA
Puccinia lobeliae, 910
Septoria lobeliae, 876

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

LOBELIA SPICATA

Septoria lobeliae, 876

LONICERA CANADENSIS

Glomerularia corni, 884

Leptothyrium periclymeni americanum, 879

LONICERA DIOICA

Microsphaera alni, 856

LONICERA GLAUCESCENS
Cercospora antipus, 894

LONICERA HIRSUTA

Cercospora antipus, 894
Septoria sambucina, 876

\

LONICERA OBLONGIFOLIA
Glomerularia corni, 884
Leptothyrium periclymeni americanum, 879

LONICERA SULLIYANTII

Sarcinella heterospora, 895
Microsphaera alni, 856

LONICERA TATARICA

Microsphaera alni, 856

LONICERA

Cercospora antipus, 894
Phoma cryptica, 868

LUDVIGIA PALUSTRIS

Septoria ludwigiae, 873

LUDVIGIA POLYCARPA

Phyllosticta ludy/igiae, 867

LUPINUS PERENNIS

Erysipbe polygon!, 857

LUZULA CAMPESTRIS

Puccinia obscura, 907

LYCHNIS ALBA

Septoria melandrii, 871

LYCOPERSICUM ESCULENTUM
Septoria lycopersici, 875

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

951

LYCOPUS AMERICANUS
Ascochyta leonuri, 869
Puccinia angustata, 906

LYCOPUS UNIPLORUS

Phyllosticta decidua, 867

LYCOPUS YIRGINICUS

Puccinia angustata, 906

LYSIMACHIA THYRSIPLORA
Aecidium lysimachiae, 916.
Ramularia lysimachiae, 887

LYTI-IRUM ALATUM

Cercospora lytliri, 893
Septoria lythrina, 873

MAIANTHEMUM CANADENSE
Cercospora maianthemi, 890
Cercospora subsanguinea, 890

MALYA ROTUNDIFOLIA

Puccinia malvacearum, 908
Septoria heterochroa, 873

MEDICAGO SATIVA

Peronospora trifoliorum, 852
Pseudopeziza medicaginis, 863

MELILOTUS ALBA

Cercospora davisii, 892
Marssonina meliloti, 882
Phoma meliloti, 868

MENISPERMUM CANADENSE
Cercospora menispermi, 891
Eintyloma menispermi, 898

MENTHA ARVENSIS CANADENSIS
Phyllosticta decidua, 867
Puccinia menthae, 909
Ramularia menthicola, 887

MENYANTHES TRIFOLIATA

Physoderma meniyanthis, 848
Septoria menyanthis, 874

952 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

MILIUM EFFUSUP*!

Puccinia graminis, 905
- milii, 903

MIMULUS RINGENS

Aecidium sp. indet., 916
Septoria mimuli, 875
Uredo sp. indet., 915

MITELLA DIPHYLLA

Puccinia heucherae, 908
Ramularia mitellae, 886
Sphaerotheca humuli, 855

MITELLA NUDA

Puccinia heucherae, 908

MOMARDA FISTULOSA

Puccinia menth'ae, 909

MONARDA PUNCTATA

Phyllosticta decidua, 867
Puccinia menthae, 909

MUHLENBERGIA FOLIOSA

Puccinia mulilenbergiae, 903

MUHLENBERGIA SYLYATICA
TJromyces minimus, 900

MYRICA ASPLENIFOLIA

Cronartium comptoniae, 915
Ovularia destructiva, 884

MYRICA GALE

Ovularia destructiva, 884

NEMOPANTHUS MUCRONATA

Ramularia nemopantMs, 887
Microsphaera alni, 856
Rhytisma ilicis-canadensis, 863

NEPETA HEDERACEA

Phyllosticta decidua, 867

NYMPHAEA ADVENA

jemtyloma nymphaeae, 898
Phyllosticta fatiscens, 866

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi,

953

QAKESIA SESSILIFOLIA

Phyllosticta cruenta discincta, 865

OENOTHERA BIENNIS

Peronospora arthuri, 853
Puccinia peckii, 906
Septoria oenotherae, 873
Uromyces piumbarius, 902

OENOTHERA PUMILA

Septoria oenotherae, 873

ONOCLEA SENSIBILIS

Uredinopsis mirahilis, 914

ONOCLEA STRUTHIOPTERIS

Uredinopsis struthiopteridis, 915

ORYZOPSIS ASPERIFOLIA
Puccinia milii, 903

ORYZOPSIS RACEMOSA
Claviceps, 860

OSMORHIZA CLAYTONI

Puccinia osmorhizae, 909
Ramularia reticulata, 887
Septoria osmorhizae, 874

OSMORHIZA LONGISTYLIS

Cercospora osmorhizae, 893
Puccinia osmorhizae, 909
Septoria osmorhizae, 874

OSMUNDA CINNAMOMEA

Uredinopsis osmundae, 915

OSMUNDA CLAYTONIANA

Uredinopsis osmundae, 915

OSMUNDA REGALXS

Uredinopsis osmundae, 915
Ustilago osmundae, 896

OSTRYA VIRGINIANA

Phyllactinia corylea, 858
Septoria ostryae, 870

OXALIS CORNICULATA

Microsphaera russellii, 857

954 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters .

OXALIS STRICTA

Microsphaera russellii, 857
Phyllosticta oxalidis, 866
Ustilago oxalidis, 897

OXALIS

Ramularia oxalidis, 886

OXYBAPHUS NYCTAGINEUS
Ascochyta oxybaphi, 868
Cercospora oxybaphi, 891

OXYPOLIS RXGIDIOR

Septoria umbelliferarum, 874

PANICUM CAPILLARE

Puccinia emaculata, 903

PANICUM DEPAUPERATUM
Septoria graminum, 869

PANICUM MILIACEUM

Sorosporium syntherismae, 897

PANICUM VIRGATUM

Puccinia panici, 903

PARIETARIA PENNSYLVANICA
Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Septoria parietariae, 871

PARNASSIA CAROLXNIANA
Erysiphe polygoni, 857

PASTINACA SATIYA

Cercospora apii pastinacae, 893

PEDICULARXS CANADENSIS
Puccinia clintonii, 910
Synchytrium aureum, 848

PEDICULARIS LANCEOLATA

Sphaerotheca humuli fuliginea, 855

PENTHORUM SEDOIDES

Cercospora sedoides, 891

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

PENTSTEMON HIRSUTUS

Cercospora pentstemonis, 894
Puccinia andropogonis, 902

PETALOSTEMON

Puccinia petalostemoriis, 908

PETASITES PALMATUS

Puccinia nardosmiae, 910
Ramularia variegata, 888

PHALARIS ARUNDINACEA
Claviceps, 860
Puccinia sessilis, 903
Sclerotium rhizodes, 917

PHASEOLUS

Gloeosporium lindemuthianum, 881
Uromyces appendiculatus, 902

PHEGQPTERIS DRYOPTERIS

Uredinopsis phegopteridis, 914

PHLEUM PRATENSE
Claviceps, 860

Entyloma crastophilum, 898
Puccinia phlei-pratensis, 903
Sclerotium rhizodes, 917
Ustilago striaeformis, 898

PHLOX DIYARICATA

Cercospora omphacodes, 893
Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Septoria divaricata, 874

PHLOX DRUMMOND 1 1

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858

PHLOX PANICULATA

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858

PHLOX PILOSA

Uromyces acuminatus, 900

PHRAGMITES COMMUNIS

Puccinia phragmitis, 904
Puccinia simillima, 904
Scolecotrichum maculicolum, 889

956 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

PHRYMA LEPTOSTACHYA
Puccinia phrymae, 908
Septoria leptostachya, 875

PHYLLACHORA GRAMINIS
Piricularia parasitica

PHYSALIS HETEROPHYLLA
Cercospora physalidis, 894
Entyloma austral©, 899

PHYSALIS PUBESCENS

Cercospora physalidis, 894

PHYSALIS VIRGINIANA

Entyloma austral©, 899
Puccinia physalidis, 909

PHYSALIS

Cercospora diffusa, 894
Entyloma austral©, 899

PHYSOCARPUS OPULIFOLIUS

Sphaerotheca humuli, 855

PHYSOSTEGIA VIRGINIANA

Septoria physostegiae, 875

PICEA MARIANA

Melampsoropsis cassandrae, 918
- ledicoia, 913

PILEA PUMILA

Septoria pileae, 871

PINUS BANKSIANA

Lophodermium pinastri, 862
Perider mium sp. indet., 916

PINUS STROBUS

Lophodermium pinastri, 862

PISUM SATIVUM

Ascochyta pisi, 868
Peronospora viciae, 852
Septoria pisi, 873

PLANTAGO CORDATA

Ramularia plantaginis, 888

Davis — -A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

957

PLANTAGO MAJOR

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Peronospcra alta, 853
Septoria plantaginis, 875
Sphaerotheca humuli fuliginea, 855

PLANTAGO RUGELII

Asterina plantaginis, 862
Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Peronospora alta, 853
Ramularia plantaginis, 888

POA ANNUA

Septoria graminum, 869

POA COMPRESSA
Claviceps, 860

POA PRATENSIS

Erysiphe graminis, 857
Puccinia poarum, 904
Sclerotimn rhizod.es, 917

PODOPHYLLUM PELTATUM
Hypocrella, 861
Puccinia podophylli, 908
Septoria podophyllina, 872

POLEMONIUM REPTANS

Uromyces ocuminatus, 900

POLYGALA SENEGA

Aecidium polygalinum, 916

POLYGONATUM BIFLORUM
Aecidium smilacinae, 915

POLYGONATUM COMMUTATUM
Aecidium smilacinae, 915

POLYGONUM AMPHIBIUM

Puccinia polygoni-amphihii, 907
Ramularia rufomaculans, 886

958 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

POLYGONUM AVICULARE

Cercospora aviculdris, 891
Erysiphe polygoni, 857
Ramularia rufomaculans, 886
Uromyces polygoni, 901

POLYGONUM CILINODE

Ramularia rufomaculans, 886
Septoria polygonorum, 871

POLYGONUM CONVOLVULUS

Puccinia polygoni-amphibii, 907
Septoria polygonorum, 871

POLYGONUM ERECTUM

Cercospora avicularis, 891
Uromyces polygoni, 901

POLYGONUM HYDROPIPER

Cercospora hydropiperis, 891
Septoria polygonorum, 871

POLYGONUM HYDROPIPEROIDES
Puccinia polygoni-amphibii, 807

POLYGONUM MUHLENBERGII

Ramularia rufomaculans, 886

POLYGONUM ORIENT ALE

Septoria polygonorum, 871

POLYGONUM PENNSYLVANICUM
Ustilago utriculosa, 897

POLYGONUM SAGITTATUM

Sphacelotheca hydropiperis, 897

POLYGONUM SCANDENS

‘ Peronospora polygoni, 851

POLYGONUM VIRGINIANUM

Puccinia polygoni-amphibii, 907

POLYGONUM

Septoria polygonorum, 871

POLYMNIA CANADENSIS

Aecidium compesitarum, 916
Septoria polymniae, 877

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

959

POLYPORUS

Hypocrea aurantiaca, 860
Hypomyces frondosus, 860
Hypomyces aurantius, 860

PONTEDERIA CORDATA

Cercospora pontederiae, 890

POPULUS ALBA

Marssonina castagnei, 881

POPULUS BALSAMIFERA
Septoria musiva, 870

POPULUS CANDICANS

Marssonina castagnei, 881

POPULUS DELTOIDES

Marssonina castagnei, 881
Melampsora medusae, 913
Septoria musiva, 870

POPULUS GRANDIDENTATA
Fusicladum radiosum, 889
Marssonina castagnei, 881
Melampsora medusae, 913

POPULUS TREMULOIDES

Fusicladium radiosum, 889
Marssonina castagnei, 881
Melampsora medusae, 913
Sclerotium bifrons, 917
Septoria musiva, 870
Taphrina johansonii, 864

POPULUS SPP. VARII

Uncinula salieis, 855

PORTULACA OLERACEA

Albugo portulacae, 849

POTAMOGETON

Doassansia martianoffiana, 899

POTENTILLA ANSERINA

Ramularia arvensis, 886

POTENTILLA ARGUTA

Marssonina potentillae, 882
Taphrina potentillae, 864

960 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters ,

POTENTILLA CANADENSIS

Phragmidium potentiliae-canadensis, 912

POTENTILLA FRUTICOSA

Phragmidium andersoni, 912

POTENTILLA MONSPELIENSIS
Gloeosporium fragariae, 880
Mollisia dehnii, 863
Peronospora potentiilae, 852
Ramularia arvensis, 886

POTENTILLA PALUSTRIS
Cercospora comari, 892
Marssonina potentiilae, 882
Septogloeum potentiilae, 882
Sphaerotheca humuli, 855

POTENTILLAE TRIDENTATA

Pucciniastrum potentiilae, 914

PRENANTHES ALBA

Puccinia patruelis, 906
Puccinia orbicula, 911
Septoria nabali, 878
Sphaerotheca humuli fuliginea, 855
Synchytrium aureum, 848

PROSERPINACA PALUSTRIS
Puccinia proserpinacae, 909

PRUNELLA VULGARIS '

Ramularia brunellae, 887
Septoria brunellae, 875
Sphaerotheca humuli fuliginea, 855

PRUNUS AMERICANA

Monilia fructigena, 884
Plowrightia morbosa, 862
Podosphaera oxyacanthae, 854
Puccinia pruni-spinosae, 908

PRUNUS NIGRA

Phyllostica prunicola, 866

PRUNUS PENNSYLVANICA

Cylindrosporium padi, 883
Plowrightia morbosa, 862
Podosphaera oxyacanthae, 854
Puccinia pruni-spinosae, 908

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

961

PRUNUS PERSICA

Exoascus deformans, 864

PRUNUS PUMILA

Podosphaera oxyacantliae, 854

PRUNUS SEROTINA

Cercospora circumscissa, 892
Cylindrosporium padi, 883
Monilia seaveri, 884
Phyllosticta prunicola, 866
Phyllosticta serotina, 866
Plowrightia rnorbosa, 862
Paccinia pruni-spinosae, 908

PRUNUS VIRGIN1ANA

Cylindrosporium padi, 883
Exoascus' cerasi, 864
Monilia angustior, 884
Phyllosticta destruens, 866 '
Plowrightia rnorbosa, 862
Podosphaera oxyacanthae, 854
Puccinia pruni-spinosae, 908

PRUNUS

Cylindrosporium padi, 883
Exoascus pruni, 864
Podosphaera oxyacanthae, 854

PSEDERA

Cercospora ampelopsidis, 893
Phyllosticta labruscae, 866
Plasmopara viticola, 85]
Septogloeum ampelopsidis, 882
Unicinula necator, 855

PTELEA TRIFOLIATA

Septoria pteleae, 873

PTERIS AQUILINA

Fusidium pteridis, 884
Marssonina necans, 881
Phyllachora pteridis, 861
Septoria aquilina, 869

962 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

PYCNANTHEMUM VIRGINIANUM
Puccinia menthae, 909

PYROLA AMERICANA

Pucciniastrum pyrolae, 914
Ovularia pyrolae, 884

PYROLA ELLIPTICA

Melampsoropsis pyrolae, 913
Ovularia pyrolae, 884
Pucciniastrum pyrolae, 914

PYROLA SECUNDA

Melampsoropsis pyrolae, 913
Pucciniastrum pyrolae, 914

PYRUS ARBUTIFOLIA
Cercospora pyri, 892

PYRUS CORONARIA

Cercosporella pyrina, 888
Fusicladium dendriticum, 889
Gymnosporangium juniperi-virginianae, 912
Marssonina coronaria, 881
Phyllosticta pyrina, 866
Podosphaera oxyacanthae, 854

PYRUS IOENSIS

Gymnosporangium juniperi-virginianae, 912

PYRUS MALUS

Fusicladium dentriticum, 889
Gloeosporium fructigenum. 880
Gymnosporangium juniperi-virginianae, 912
Phyllosticta pyrina, 866
Podosphaera leucotricha, 854

PYRUS MELANOCARPA
Cercospora pyri, 892
Gymnosporangium davisii, 911

PYRUS PRUNIFOLIA

Fusicladium dendriticum, 889

PYRUS AMERICANA

Entomosporium maculatum domesticum, 879
Gymnosporangium cornutum, 911

Davis — A Provisiohial List of Parasitic Fungi .

963

QUERCUS ALBA

Cronatrium quercus, 915
Fumago vagans, 895
Gloeosporium nervisequum, 880
Leptothyrium dryinum, 879
Marssonina martini, 881
Microsphaera alni, 856
Phyllosticta phomiformis, 865
Phyllosticta quercus, 865

QUERCUS COCCINEA

Taphrina coerulescens, 864

QUERCUS ELLIPSOIDALIS
Microsphaera alni, 856

QUERCUS MACROCARPA

Gloeosporium nervisequum, 880
Marssonina martini, 881
Microsphaera alni, 856
Phyllosticta quercus, 865

QUERCUS RUBRA

Gloeosporium nervisequum, 880
Leptothyrium dryinum, 879
Marssonina martini, 881
Microsphaera alni, 856

- extensa, 856

Taphrina coerulescens, 864

QUERCUS VELUTINA

Cronartium quercus, 915
Gloeosporium septorioides, 880

QUERCUS

Ascochyta quercus, 868
Phyllactinia corylea, 858

RADICULA ARMORACIA

Cercospora armoraciae, 891
Phyllosticta decidua, 867
Ramularia armoraciae, 886

RADICULA PALUSTRIS
Albugo Candida, 849
Cercospora nasturtii, 891
Peronospora parasitica, 852

964 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters .

RANUNCULUS ABORTIVUS

Ascochyta (?) infuscans, 868
Erysiphe polygoni, 85/

Puccinia eatoniae, 903
Septocylindrium ranunculi, 885

RANUNCULUS ACRIS

Didymaria didyma, 885
Erysiphe polygoni, 857

RANUNCULUS DELPHINIFOLIUS
Doassansia ranunculina, 900
Erysiphe polygoni, 857

RANUNCULUS FASCICULARIS
Didymaria didyma, 885
Peronospora ficariae, 852

RANUNCULUS PENNSYLVANICUS
Didymaria didyma, 885
Entyloma ranunculi, 898
Peronospora ficariae, 852
Pseudopeziza singuiaria, 863

RANUNCULUS RECURVATUS
Didymaria didyma, 885
Synchythium aureum, 848

RANUNCULUS SCELERATUS

Pseudopeziza singuiaria, 863

RANUNCULUS SEPTENTRIONALIS
Didymaria didyma, 885
Entyloma microsporum, 898
Peronospora ficariae, 852

RAPHANUS CAUDATUS
Albugo Candida, 849

RAPHANUS S ATI YUS

Albugo Candida, 849
Peronospora parasitica, 852

RHAMNUS ALNIFOLIA

Cercospora rhamni, 892
Puccinia coronata, 904

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

965

RHAMNUS CATHARTICA

Cercospora rhamni, 892
Puccinia coronata, 904

RHEUM RHAPONTICUM
Ascochyta rhei, 868

RHUS GLABRA

Cladosporium aromaticum, 889
Septoria rhoina, 873
Sphaerotheca humuli, 855

RHUS TOXICODEDRON

Uromyces toxicodendri, 902

RHUS TYPHINA

Septoria rhoina, 873

Sphaerotheca humuli, 855

RIBES AMERICANUM

Glceosporium ribis, 880 ,

Puccinia albiperidia, 906
Septoria ribis, 872
Sphaerotheca mors-uvae, 854

RIBES CYNOSBATI

Plasmopara ribicola, 850
Puccinia albiperidia, 906
Septoria ribis, 872
Sphaerotheca mors-uvae, 854

RIBES GRACILE

Puccinia albiperidia, 906

RIBES LACUSTRE

Septoria ribis, 872

RIBES ODORATUM

Septoria aurea, 872

RIBES OXYACANTHOIDES
Puccinia albiperidia, 906
Plasmopara ribicola, 850

966 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters .

RISES PROSTRATUM

Cylindrosporium ribis, 883
Gloeosporium ribis, 880
Plasmopara ribicola, 850
Puccinia albiperidia, 906
Puccinia ribis, 908
Septoria ribis, 872

RISES TRISTE

Cylindrosporium. ribis, 883
Gloeosporium ribis, 880
Plasmopara ribicola, 850
Puccinia ribis, 908

RIBES VULGARE

Cylindrosporium ribis, 883
Gloeosporium ribis, 880
Septoria ribis, 872

RIBES

Cylindrosporium ribis, 883
Gloeosporium ribis, 880
Septoria grossulariae, 872
- ribis, 872

ROSA BLANDA

Actinonema rosae, 869
Phragmidium disciflorum, 912
- — speciosum, 912

ROSA CAROLINA

Cercospora .rosaecola, 892
Phragmidium disciflorum, 912

ROSA “PAKVIFLORA”

Phragmidium speciosum, 912
- disciflorum, 912

ROSA RUBIGINOSA

Actinonema rosae, 869

ROSA RUGOSA

Phragmidium speciosum, 912

ROSA WOODSII

Phragmidium disciflorum, 912

ROSA

Phragmidium disciflorum, 912

- speciosum, 912

Sphaerotheca humuli, 855

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

RUBUS ALLEGHENIENSIS

Gymnoconia peckiana, 911
Kuehneola uredinis, 913
S'eptoria rubi, 872

RUBUS CANADENSIS

Gymnoconia peckiana, 911
Kuehneola uredinis, 913
Peronospora rubi, 852

RUBUS HISPIDUS

Kuehneola uredinis, SI 3.

Septoria rubi, 872

RUBUS IDAEUS ACULEATISSIMUS
Asterina rubicola, 862
Cylindrosporium rubi, 883
Grapbium gracile, 895
Gymnoconia peckiana, 911
Phragmidium imitans, 912
Pucciniastrum arcticum americanum, 914
Septoria rubi, 872
Spbaerotbeca humuli, 855

RUBUS GCCXDENTALIS

Gymnoconia peckiana, 911
Phragmidium. imitans, 912
Pucciniastrum arcticum americanum, 914
Septoria rubi, 872

RUBUS PARVIFLORUS

Phragmidium occidental, 912
Septoria rubi, 872
Spbaerotbeca humuli, 855

RUBUS TRXFLORUS

Gymnoconia peckiana, 911
Pucciniastrum arcticum americanum, 914
Sphaerotheea hurnuli, 855

RUBUS VILLOSUS

Kuehneola uredinis, 913

967

RUBUS

Gloeosporium venetum, 880

968 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

RUDBECKIA HIRTA

Septoria rudbeckiae, 877

RUDBECKIA LACINIATA

Aecidum compositarum, 916
Phyllosticta rudbeckiae, 868
Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Ramularia rudbeckiae, 888
Septoria rudbeckiae, 877
Uromyces rudbeckiae, 902

RUMEX ALTISSIMUS

Septoria rumicis, 871

RUMEX BRITTANICA

Puccinia ornata, 907

RUMEX CRISPUS

Ovularia obliqua, 8S4
Ramularia decipiens, 886

RUMEX OBTUSIFOLIUS
Ovularia obliqua, 884

RUMEX VERTICILLATUS

Ramularia pratensis, 886
Septoria rumicis, 871
Urophiyctis major, 848

RUMEX

Puccinia phragmitis, 904
Ramularia occidentals, 885

SAGITTARIA HETEROPHYLLA
Cercospora sagittariae, 890
Doassansia sagittariae confiuens, 899

SAGITTARIA LATIFOLIA
Burrillia pustulata, 899
Cercospora sagittariae, 890
Doassansia deformans, 900

- - intermedia, 900

- - opaca, 899

- sagittariae, 899

Gloeosporium confluens, 879

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi. 969

SALIX AMY GDALOIDES

Melampsora bigelowii, 913

SALIX CORDATA

Tuberculina davisiana, 895

SALIX DISCOLOR

Melampsora bigelowii, 913
Ramularia rosea, 885

SALIX FRAGILIS

Gloeosporium salicis, 879
Melampsora bigelowii, 913
Ramularia uredinis, 885

SALIX LONGIFOLIA

Gloeosporium salicis, 879
Ramularia uredinis, 885

SALIX LUCIDA

Marssonina apicalis, 881
Melampsora bigelowii, 913
Phyllosticta apicalis, 865
Septoria salicina, 870

SALIX PEDICELLARIS

Septogloeum salicinum 882

SALIX PETIOLARIS

Ramularia rosea, 885

SALIX

F urn ago vagans, 895
Melampsora bigelowii, 913
Rhytisma salicinum, 863
Uncinula salicis, 855

SAMBUCUS CANADENSIS

Mierosphaera grossulariae, 857
Puccinia bolleyana, 906
Septoria sambucina, 876

SAMBUCUS RACEMOSA

Mierosphaera grossulariae, 857
Ramularia sambucina, 888

970 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters .

SANGUINARIA CANADENSIS

Cylindrosporium circinans, 883

SANICULA GREGARIA

Pnccinia marylandica, 909
UropMyctis pluriannulata, 848

SANICULA MARYLANDICA
Entyloma saniculae, 899
Puccinia marylandica, 909
Urophlyctis pluriannulata, 848

SAPROLEGNIA THURETII

Olpidiopsis saprolegniae, 848

SATUREJA VULGARIS

Puccinia menthae, 909

SAXIFRAGA PENNSYLVANICA
Puccinia curtipes, 908
Sep tor ia albicans, 872

SCIARA

E:mpusa sciarae, 849

SCIRPUS AMERICANUS
Puccinia obtecta, 905

SCIRPUS ATROVIRENS

Puccinia angustata, 906
Synckytrium scirpi, 848

SCIRPUS CYPERINUS

Puccinia angustata, 906

SCIRPUS FLUVIATILIS
Uromyces scirpi, 900

SCIRPUS LINEATUS

Puccinia angustata, 906

SCIRPUS PEDICELLATUS

Puccinia angustata, 906

SCIRPUS VALIDUS

Puccinia obtecta, 905

SCROPHULARIA MARYLANDICA
Peronospora sordida, 853
Septoria scrophulariae, 875

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

971

SCUTELLARIA GALERICULATA
Erysiphe ciclioracearum, 858
Septoria Scutellariae, 875

SCUTELLARIA LATERIFLORA
Erysiphe ciclioracearum, 858
Phyllosticta decidua, 867
Septoria Scutellariae, 875

SCUTELLARIA PARVULA

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858

SCUTELLARIA VERSICOLOR
Septoria Scutellariae, 875

SECALE CEREALE

Claviceps purpurea, 860
Puccinia graminis, 905
Urocystis occulta, 898

SENECIO AUREUS

Albugo tragopogonis, 850
Entyloma compositarum, 899
Puccinia recedens, 911

SETARIA GLAUCA

Ustilago negiecta, 896

SETARIA ITALICA

Piricularia grisea, 888
Sclerospora graminicola, 853

SETARIA VIRIDIS

Sclerospora graminicola, 853
Septoria graminum, 869

SHEPHERDIA CANADENSIS
Puccinia apocrypta, 904

SICYOS ANGULATUS

Plasmopara australis, 851.

SILENE ANTIRRHINA

Ascochyta silenes, 868
Septoria dimera, 871

972 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

SILENE NOCTIFLORA

Phyllosticta nebulosa, 865
Septoria noctiflora, 871

SILENE STELLATA

Marssonina delastrei, 881
Septoria silenicola, 671

SILPHIUM INTEGRIFOLIUM

Ascochyta treleasei, 869
Entyloma compositarum, 899
Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Puccinia silphii, 910
Septoria silphii, 877
Uromyces junci-tenuis, 901

SILPHIUM LACINIATUM
Puccinia silphii, 910

SILPHIUM PERFOLIATUM

Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Puccinia silphii, 910
Septoria silphii, 877
Uromyces junci-tenuis, 901

SILPHIUM TEREBINTHINACEUM
Plasmopara halstedii, 851
Uromyces junci-tenuis, 901

SILPHIUM TRIFOLIATUM

Plasmopara halstedii, 851

SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE

Albugo Candida, 849

SIUM CICUTAEFOLIUM

Cercospora sii, 893
Septoria sii, 874
Uromyces scirpi, 900

SMILACINA RACEMOSA

Aecidium smilacinae, 915
Phyllosticta cruenta pallidior, 865
Septoria smilacinae, 870

SMILACINA STELLATA

Phyllosticta cruenta pallidior, 865

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

973

SMIL AX ECIRRHATA

Ramularia subrufa, 885

SMILAX HERBACEA

Stagoncspora smilacis, 869

SMILAX HISPID A

Cercospora mississippiensis, 890
Stagonospora smilacis, 869

SOLANUM MELONGENUM

Pbyllosticta hortorum, 867

SOLANUM TUBEROSUM

Phytophthora infestans, 850

SOLIDAGO ARGUTA

Septoria solidaginicola, 876

SOLIDAGO CAESIA

Septoria solidaginicola, 876

SOLIDAGO CANADENSIS

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Septoria davisii, 876

solidaginicola., 876

SOLIDAGO LATIFOLIA

Cercospora stomatica, 894
Ramularia virgaureae, 888
Septoria atropurea, 877

SOLIDAGO RIDDELLII

Plasmopara halstedii, 851

SOLIDAGO RIGIDA

Basidiophora entospora, 853
Pliyllosticta simillispora, 867

SOLIDAGO SEROTINA

Cerosporella reticulata, 888
Ramularia serotina, 888
Septoria davisii, 876
- solidaginicola, 876

SOLIDAGO ULMIFOLIA

Ramularia virgaureae, 888

P74 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

SOiilDAGO

Coleosporium solidaginis, 915
Puccinia caricis-solidaginis, 906
Puccinia tracyi, 910
Rhytisma solidaginis, 864
Septoria intermedia, 877

SORGHUM VULGARE

Sphacelotiieca sorgbi, 897

SPARGANIUM EURYCARPUM

Cylindrosporium sparganii, 882
Uromyc-es sparganii, 900

SPARTINA MICHAUXIANA
Ascocbyta spartinae, 868
Puccinia peridermiospora, 904
Puccinia seymouriana, 904
Uromyces acuminatus, 900

SPECULARIA PERPOLIATA
Septcria speculariae, 876

SPERGULA ARVENSIS

Peronospora obovata, 852

SPHENOPHOLIS PALLENS
Puccinia eatoniae, 903
Sclerotium rhizodes, 917

SPIDERS

Isaria araclinophila, 895

SPIRAEA SALICIFOLIA

Cercospora rubigo, 892
Podospbaera oxyacanthae, 854
Septoria salicifoliae, 872

SPIRAEA TOMENTOSA

Podospbaera oxyacantbae, 854
Septoria salicifoliae, 872

SPIRODELA POLYRHIZA
Tracya lemnae, 900

SPOROBOLUS ASPER

Puccinia sydowiana, 903

'Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

IV

STACHYS PALUSTRIS

Phyllosticta decidua, 867

STACHYS TENUIFOLIA ASPERA
Erysiphe galeopsidis, 857
Phyllosticta decidua, 867
Septoria stacliydis, 875

STAPHYLEA TRIFOLIA

Ovularia isarioides, 881

STEIRONEMA CILIATUM

Phyllosticta decidua, 867
Puccinia dayi, 909
Ramularia lysimachiae, 8S7
Septoria conspicua, 874

STEIRONEMA LANCEOLATUM
Puccinia dayi, 909
Septoria conspicua, 874
Uromyces acuminatus, 900

STEIRONEMA QUADRIFLORUM
Septoria conspicua, 874

STELLARIA LONGIFOLIA
Septoria stellariae, 871

STELLARIA MEDIA

Septoria stellariae, 871

STIPA SPARTEA

Puccinia stipae, 903

STREPTOPUS ROSEUS

Tuburcinia ciintoniae, 898

SYMPLOCARPUS FOETIDUS

Cercospora symplocarpi, 890
Septoria spiculosa, 870

SYRINGA VULGARIS

Microsphaera alni, 856
Phyllosticta syringae, 867

TAENIDIA INTEGERRIMA

Cercospora platyspora, 893
Puccinia bullata, 909

976 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters .

TARAXACUM OFFICINALE
Puccinia taraxaci, 911
Ramularia taraxaci, 888
Sphaerotheca humuli fuliginea, 855

TEUCRIUM CANADENSE

Cercospora racemosa, 894
Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Phyilosticta decidua, 867

THALICTRUM DASYCARPUM
Aecidium thalictri, 915
Cylindrosporium thalictri, 882
Ehtyloma thalictri, 898
Erysiphe polygoni, 857
Gioeosporium thalictri, 880
Phytophthora thalictri, 850
Puccinia thalictri, 907

THALICTRUM DIOICUM

Aecidium thalictri, 915
Ascochyta clematidina thalictri, 868
Cylindrosporium thalictri, 882
Entyloma thalictri, 898
Puccinia thalictri, 907

THALICTRUM REVOLUTUM

Phytophthora thalictri, 850

THUYA OCCIDENT ALIS
Keithia thujina, 864

TILIA AMERICANA

Cercospora microsora, 893
Uncinuia clintonii, 856

TRADESCANTIA REFLEXA

Cylindrosporium tradescantiae, 882

TRAGOPOGON PORRIFOLIUS
Alhugo tragopogcnis, 850

TRAGOPOGON PRATENSIS

Albugo tragopogcnis, 850

TRIENTALIS AMERICANA
Septoria increscens, 874

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

977

TRIFOLIUM HYBRIDUM

Cercospora zebrina, 892
Uromyces trifolii-repentis, 901

TRIFOLIUM INCARNATUM

Uromyces trifolii-repentis, 901

TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE

Cercospora zebrina, 892
Phyllachora trifolii, 862
Polythrincium trifolii, 889
Pseudopeziza trifolii, 863
Uromyces trifolii, 901

TRIFOLIUM REPENS

Cercospora zebrina, 892
Phyllachora trifolii, 862
Polythrincium trifolii, 889
Uromyces oblongus, 901
— — - — trifolii-repentis, 901

TRILLIUM CERNUUM

Phyllosticta trillii, 865
Septoria trillii, 870

TRILLIUM DECLINATUM
Septoria trillii, 870

TRILLIUM GRANDIFLORUM

Septoria trillii, 870

TRILLIUM RECURVATUM
Septoria trillii, 870

TRIOSTEUM PERFOLIATUM
Oladosporium triostei, 889

TRITICUM YULGARE

Claviceps purpurea, 860
Puccinia graminis, 905

- — rubigo-vera, 905

Tilletia foetens, 898
— — — - — tritici, 898
Ustilago. tritici, 897

'978 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

TSUGA CANADENSIS

Caeoma abietis-canadensis, 915
Peridermium sp. indet., 916

TYPHA LATIFOLIA

Pbyllosticta renouana, 865

ULMUS AMERICANA

Phleospora ulmi, 878
Dothidella ulmea, 862
Uncinula macrospora, 856

UREDINEAE

Darluca filum, 869
Tuberculina persicina, 895

URTICA GRACILIS

Peronospora articae, 851
Puccinia caricis, 906
Ramularia urticae, 885

UVULARIA GRANDIFLORA

Phyllosticta cruenta discincta, 865

VACCINIUM CANADENSE

Exobasidiuin vaccinii, 917
Microsphaera alni vaccinii, 856
Pucciniastrum myrtilli, 914
Ramularia effusa, 887

VACCINIUM MACROCARPON
Exobasidiuin vaccinii, 917
Ramularia multiplex, 887

VACCINIUM PENNSYLVANICUM
Exobasidiuin vaccinii, 917
Microspbaera alni vaccinii, 856
Pucciniastrum myrtilli, 914

VERBASCUM THAPSUS

Ramularia variabilis, 887

VERBENA HASTATA

Septoria verbenae, 874

VERBENA URTICAEFOLIA

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 858
Septoria verbenae, 874

Davis-— A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi.

979

VERNONIA FASCICULATA

Cercospora vernoniae, 894
Puccinia vernoniae, 910

VERNONIA NOVEBORACENSIS
Aecidium compositarum, 916
Ascochyta treleasei, 869

VERONICA ANAGALLIS-AQUATICA
Peronospora grisea, 853

VERONICA ARVENSIS

Peronospora grisea, 853
Septoria veronicae, 875

VERONICA PEREGRINA

Entyloma linariae veronicae, 899
Peronospora grisea, 853
Ramularia veronicae, 887

VERONICA SERPYLLIFOLIA

Sphaerotheca humuli fuliginea, 856

VERONICA VIRGINICA

Phyllosticta decidua, 867
Puccinia veronicarum, 910
Septoria veronicae, 875
Sphaerotheca humuli fuliginea, 85S

VIBURNUM ACERIFOLIUM
Microsphaera alni, 856

VIBURNUM LENTAGO

Cercospora varia, 894
Colecsporium viburni, 915
Ramularia viburni, 888
Microsphaera alni, 856

VIBURNUM OPULUS

Cercospora varia, 894

VIBURNUM PUBESCENS

Phyllosticta tineola, 867
Microsphaera alni, 856

980 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

VICXA AMERICANA

Ascochyta pisi, 868
Gloeosporium davisii, 881
Gloeosporium everhartii, 880
Peronospora yiciae, 852
Septoria astragali, 873
Uromyces albus, 902
Uromyces fabae, 902

VICIA CAROLINIANA

Cercospora viciae, 892

VICIA VILLOSA

Ascochyta pisi, 868

VIOLA PUBESCENS

Sclerotium nervale, 917
Septoria violae, 873
Synchytrium aureum, 848

VIOLA

Cercospora granuliformis, 893
Marssonina violae, 882
Phyllosticta violae, 866
Puccinia violae, 908
Septoria hyalina, 873
- violae, 873

VITIS LABRUSCA

Plasmopara viticola, 851

VITIS VULPINA

Ascochyta ampelina, 869
Cercospora viticola, 893
Phyllosticta labruscae, 866
Phyllosticta spermoides, 866
Plasmopara viticola, 851

VITIS

Phoma uvicola, 868
Phyllosticta labruscae, 866
Plasmopara viticola, 851
Uncinula necator, 85"

Davis— A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi .

WALDSTEINIA FRAGARIOIDES
Puccinia 'waldsteiniae, 908
Ramularia waldsteiniae, 886

XANTHIUM

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 868 ;

Puccinia cyperi, 905

■ — - — xanthii, 910

Sep tor ia xanthii, 877

ZANTHOXYLUM AMERICANUM
Phyllactinia corylea, 859
Septoria pachyspora, 873

ZEA MAYS

Puccinia sorghi, 903.

Ustilagp zeae, 896

ZIZANIA PALUSTRIS
Claviceps, 860
Entyloma lineatum, 89&

Sclerotium zizaniae, 917'

ZIZIA AXJREA

Cercospora ziziae, 893
Urophlyctis pluriannulata, 848^

ZIZIA CORDATA

Cylindrosporium ziziae, 88.3,

ZYGADENUS CHLORANTHTJS;

.Puccinia zygadeni* 90,7'

982 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

APPENDIX.

Cercospo'ra rubigo Cke. & Hark (?)

Of the fungus doubtfully referred to this species the following notes
were made: Spots angular-suborbicular, limited by the veins, reddish
brown, 5-8 mm. in diameter; hyphae hypophyllous, fuligineous, assur-
gent to ere'ct, often arising as branches from a superficial creeping
mycelium, sometimes branched, usually crooked and denticulate or
nodulose 25 — GO x 2fjc; conidia hyaline, attenuate from a point about
10 n above the base where the diameter of the conidium is greatest,
straight or more often somewhat curved, pluriguttulate, 50-125 x 3-4/t.
On Spiraea salicifolia, Spooner, Wis., July 20th, 1911.

Cylindrosporium thalictri (E. & E.) {C. ranunculi (Bon.) Sacc. forma
is borne on suborbicular spots which are first red on the upper surface
becoming pale olive and finally sooty with the developing hyphae and
conidia.

Cylindrosporium thalictri (E. & E.) C. ranunculi (Bon.) Sacc. forma
thalictri E. & E. Journ. Mycol. 8, 130 (1887). This seems to be dis-
tinct from the form on Ranunculus there being no evidence that it is
a conidial state of Erutyloma. The stroma from which the sporules
spring is often spherical and these masses are often gregarious and
crowded. Cylindrosporium clematidis E. & E. with different spots and
epiphyllous acervuli can hardly be the same. I have not seen Sepioria
thalictri E. & E. but judge from the description that it may not be
distinct from this. Journ. Mycol. 4: 49, (1888).

Entomosporium maculatum Lev. var. domesticum Sacc. The speci¬
mens that I have referred to this variety were collected in Burnett
Co. on mountain ash. The sporules are mostly 16-20 x 8-9 /x. One col¬
lection on Amelanchicr spicata has sporules of about the same dimen¬
sions. Specimens on quinces from the Madison market, obtained by
Mr. A. G. Johnson, show sporules 20 — 23 x 7 — 10 p. It is doubtful if
the variation in size is of any taxonomic significance.

Gloeosporium fragariae (Lib.) Mont. My measurements of the spor¬
ules of the fungus referred to this spe’cies range from 12-24 x 4-5 p.
It was collected at Spooner.

Marssonina coronaria (Ell. & Davis) This is Asoochyta ooronaria
Ell. & Davis, 3rd supplementary list No. 580 and also Marsonia cor-
onariae Sacc. & Dearn. (Ann. Mycol. 10, 3, 313.)

Phragmidium disciporum (Tode) James. The form on Rosa
blanda is Ph. americanum Diet, while that on Rosa woodsii (?) and
R. pratincola (?) is Ph. rosae-arkansanae Diet. Wisconsin is included
in the range of Ph. rosae setigerae Diet. which occurs on Rosa setigera

Davis — A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi. 983

and R. Carolina, by Arthur (Torreya 9, 26) Rust on foreign roses in
Wisconsin as far as examined appears to be Ph. americanum Diet, or
or Ph. disciflorum.

Phyllosticta caricis (Fckl.) Sacc. The specimens which I have re¬
ferred to this spe'cies bear fusoidoblong sporules 10- 13 x 2%-3/a.

Phyllosticta cruenta d/.scincta (Davis). Specimens from Blue Mounds
and Madison show sporules about 16 x 6/*. Ph. cruenta is referred to
Macrophoma by Ferraris (Ann. Mycol. 10, 3, 288). This would make a
generic separation of the two forms listed although the globose sporules
of var. pallidior are equal in content to the longer and narrower
sporules of var. discincta.

Phyllosticta decidua E. & K. The form on horse radish which I
have' referred to this species appears to be Ph. orhlcula E. & E. Some
of the forms that I have referred to this species cause angular alutac-
eous spots. Perhaps they should all be referred to Phyllosticta anceps
Sacc.

Protomyces andinus Pat. Judging from the description of this spec¬
ies, the type of which was collected in Chili by Spegazzini, P. gravidus
is not distinct. It is doubtful however, if the form on Ambrosia with
larger sporangia and usually forming larger galls is ccnspecific.

Puccinia pygmaca Erikss. The specimens of rust on Calamagrostis
that I have collected in Wisconsin and that have been referred to P.
stAatula Pk. are in part of this species and in part P. coronata Corda.
P. striaiula Pk. apparently does not occur in Wisconsin.

Ramularia modesta Sacc. I have not seen authentic specimens of
this species. The specimens which I have referred here were collected
at Spooner.

Ramularia nemopanthis C. & P. Specimens collected in Burnett Co.
have branching hyphae and catenulate conidia 7-13 x 3-4/4. Appar¬
ently a vigorous state.

Sclerotium rhizodes Awd. The list of hosts of this species, except¬
ing Calamagrostis canadensis , is taken from Research Bulletin No. 18,
of the University of Wisconsin, Agricultural Experiment Station: A.
B. Stout; June 1911.

Septogloeum salicinum (Pk). Sacc. In this collection the sporules
are mostly produced into long slender tips, sometimes almost bristle
like.

Sept or ia dimera Sacc. This is the fungus on Silene antirrhina that
was referred to Septoria saponariae (DC.) in the supplementary list.
It occurs on stems as well as leaves and the sporule's range mostly from
20-40 x 3-4/4. usually with one septum.

Septoria rumicis Ellis. This is antedated by S. rumicis Trail from
which, judging from the description of the latter, it may not be dis>
tinct. In that case Trail should be cited as the author.

Septoria salicifoliae (Trel.) E. & E. On Spiraea tomentosa the fum
gus is epiphyllous and the sporules are barns in acervuli and much

984 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

resemble those of Septogloeum salicinum (Pk.) Sacc. collected at the
same time and place.

SepPoria sambucina Pk. The form on Lonicera is probably S. Xylo-
stei Sacc. & Wint. Sporules 50-75 x 2/x.

Beptoria umbelliferarum Kalchb. There is no apparent reason why
the specimens on Gicuta and OxypoUls should have been referred to
this species in the supplementary list except that I did not know what
to do with them and the inclusive appearance of the specific name.
Each host is represented by a single specimen and they do not resem¬
ble each other.

TJromyces euphorbiae C. & P. This includes U. proeminens (DC.)
Lev. on E. polygonifolia and E. Presin and U. euphorb iicola (B. & C.)
Tranz. on E. maculata which are perhaps better considered as races.

Puccinia momica (Pk.) Arth. Dr. Arthur informs me that theAeci-
dium on Arabis lyrata was collected at Trempealeau, Wis., by J. M.
Holzinger in 1890.

Phyllosticta simillispora Ell. & Davis. What appears to be this fun¬
gus has been described by Saccardo under the name Leptothyrium
tumiduliim n. sp. (Ann. Myc. 10, 3, 312.)

These notes are to be continued in a subsequent publication.

I have followed the Sydows in MonograpJiia Uredinearum in using
the specific name trifolii to designate the TJromyces that occurs on
Trifolium pratense. Kern (Phytopathology I: 1, 3 et seq .) and Arthur
(N. A. Flora 7: 255) apply it to the form on Trifolium repens and use
the specific name fallens for the rust on T. pratense. The proper dis¬
position of the form on Trifolium hybridum is not clear. Morphologi¬
cally it resembles the form on T. repens from which it differs in the
absence of an aecial stage as does that on T. pratense. Liro did not
succeed in transferring the rust from T. repens to T. hybridum by in¬
oculation.

Septoria parietariae Davis (4th suppl. list of paras, fungi of Wis. p.
871) is probably not different from $. urticae var. parietariae Sacc.
(Syll. Fung. 16: 971) of which I was not aware when the former name
was proposed.

Peridermium balsameum Pk. has been shown by Fraser to be, in part
at least, the aecial stage of Uredinopsis. Fraser also finds that Caeoma
abietis-canadensis is connected with Melampsora on Populus grandi-
dentata.

The “primary uredo” ( Uredo muelleri Schroet.) occurs on the hosts
of Kuehneola uredinis (Lk.) Arth. ( E . albida (Kuehn) Magnus) in
Wisconsin and might properly have been designated by the numeral
MI” because of its aecial character. The same may be said of
Phragmidium potentillae-canadensis Diet, which is placed in Kuehneola
by Arthur.

Conklin — Preliminary Report on a Collection of Hepaticae. 985

PRELIMINARY REPORT ON A COLLECTION OF HEPA¬
TICAE FROM THE DULUTH-SUPERIOR DISTRICT.
STATES OF MINNESOTA AND WISCONSIN.

Gteoege H. Conklin, M. D.

The specimens in this report, were collected within the terri¬
tory which will hereafter be designated, the Duluth-Superior
District. This District is confined by a circle with the Twin
Ports, Duluth and Superior as the centre, and the distance of
fifty miles more or less as a radius. Such a territory would in¬
clude a part of St. Louis County along the lake shore in Min¬
nesota and the whole of Douglas County, Wisconsin. The north¬
east corner of Carlton County, Minnesota, where the St. Louis
Diver enters the dalles near the villages of Thompson and Carl¬
ton, and the vicinity of Lutsen, Cook County, Minnesota, one
hundred miles down the north shore, are also included. The
St. Louis River divides the District so that the two states of
Wisconsin and Minnesota are about equally represented, and so
far as observed the hepatic flora is very similar in the states of
the District if similar habitat be chosen in collecting.

The immediate topography of the two cities, however, is very
dissimilar. Duluth, Minn., is situated on the ISTorth Shore
Range of Lake Superior. This range extends from Carlton*
Minn., on the southwest to the extreme northeast international
boundary. This highland parallels the lake shore, and has an
altitude varying from 1000 to 1500 feet above sea level. As
Lake Superior is 600 feet above the sea, the ran<re rises from
400 to 900 feet above the lake. This altitude is obtained within
a few miles from the lake shore. In places there are bold out¬
croppings of rock and ledges. In other places the rise is more

986 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

gradual, and the whole range was originally heavily timbered.
In the immediate vicinity of Duluth the forest has been re¬
moved, except in a few parks, which still retain some of the
old pines. Fortunately, outside of the city limits there is a
good growth of hardwood, and northward along the lake shore,
more virgin conditions prevail. The rock is Archean-gabro, of
volcanic origin. Similar rock formations occur in the Adiron-
dacks and in the neighborhood of Baltimore, Md. In fact the
Lake Superior basin itself may be regarded as a primitive de¬
pression of the earth crust, antedating the Huronian period.
There are many intrusions of eruptive rock, arranged more or
less concentric to the basin, with the newest nearest the lake,
and it is thought that the depression is an ancient and deep
seated centre of volcanic activity.1 Faults occur in the rock
formation, especially at Carlton, Minn., where the Huronic
slates appear. It is here that the water of the St. Louis Biver
finds egress to Lake Superior, rushing over the displaced ledges,
and eroding a gorge of great extent and beauty.

The whole North Shore Bange which really begins at Carl¬
ton, Minn., twenty miles up the St. Louis Biver, is cut by
many small streams and rivers which drain the upland val¬
leys and swamps. These streams make the drop to the lake
level, sometimes within a short distance. This produces a
series of cascades, waterfalls, and rapids, rocky ravines and
eroded ledges. Each of these streams has its own peculiar
charm, and when heavily wooded afford to the bryologist as well
as the angler, a paradise of interest. Within the city limits of
Duluth the places referred to in this report are Oneota ravine
with its bald peak, and canyon cliff; Spirit Lake ravine, with
its narrow, deep perpendicularly-walled watercourse often
bridged by old logs, and large rocks ; Chester Creek and Lester
Bivers preserved a's public parks, and still growing a rich
hepatic and moss flora. Beyond the city along the north shore,
at intervals of every few miles are the larger rivers, Sucker,
French and Knife. On account of the accessibility of these
places, the collecting done in Minnesota has been along these
rocky water-ways. Swamps and bogs, and deep wood at the

international Encyclopedia

Conklin — Preliminary Report on a Collection of Hepaticae. 987

higher altitudes are numerous, hut they have not yet been
visited.

That these places will yield similar plants to those found in
the Wisconsin swamps is reasonably certain.

In contrast to the rocky north shore, the country adjacent
to Superior, Wis., presents a more or less level plain, extending
back from the south lake shore for twelve or fifteen miles. This
plain or basin was once the bed of the lake. The soil is there¬
fore a deep clay deposit, which rises about thirty feet to the mile
from the lake southward. This clay is cut by rivers, creeks and
ravines for surface drainage, and was once heavily timbered, on
the more dry and higher places. The natural hollows with less
drainage, were covered with dense tamarack or balsam swamps,
with often an accompanying sphagnum and heath bog.

Within the city of Superior are many of these swamps, now
partially dried, some covered with alder or willow thickets,
others much overgrown with grass, but in places having mois¬
ture enough to preserve the characteristics of the bog proper.
It is in these places which grow in quantity Scapania irrigua ,
Lophozia incisa, Lepidozia replans , Cephalozia lunulaefolia.
Riccardia latifrons, R. palmata and the swamp form of Cepha-
loziella.

This clay plain is bounded on the south by the Copper Range
which was the original southern shore of Lake Superior. This
lies in a southwesterly direction and meets the North Shore
Range at Carlton, Minn.

The Copper Range is also Keweenawan like the North Shore
Range. The rock formation is similar except that the amygda¬
loid rock is more apparent on the surface, and the occurrence*
at both Copper Creek and Black River gorges of the Pottsdam
sandstone. The amygdaloid carries traces of copper and silver
and other minerals. No granite formation is present in the
District. Near Superior the Copper Range is cut by two
rivers, Copper Creek and Black River. Both make the heavy
drop to the lower plain level. Copper Creek is a leisurely way
by a series of trout pools, rapids, and cascades, through a heavily
wooded tract; Black River in a magnificent drop of 160 feet
down a narrow gorge with perpendicular side walls. While

988 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

the pine is here largely removed, enough forest of birch, maple,
poplar and conifers is left to preserve the necessary moisture for
the support of a rich bryophytic flora. The writer has never
been in the White Mountains and knows the region of Fran¬
conia only from his Bradford Torrey and the many specimens
in the hepatic herbarium, but to him Manitou Falls on Black
River is the “Flume” of Douglas Co., Wisconsin. As might
be expected the plants collected here are similar to those on the
FTorth Shore Range. Scapania nemorosa , Scapania curta,
Lophozia heterocalpa, Jungermannia pumila, Cololejeunea
Biddlecomiae are some of the common mesophytic rock
loving species. On the other hand the North Shore Range,
at the higher altitudes, present in places a xerophytic
habitat. In such places only, has been found Lophozia alpestris,
L. excisa, L. bicrenata , Scapania unibrosa, Sphenolobus Hel-
lerianus, and C ephaloziella myriantha. The severe long winter
of continued cold, and rather hot, dry summers of intense
growth of all forms of vegetation; the presence of only two
months of the year devoid of frosts; the rather high dry rocks
and upland bogs and lakes; all these approach a semi-alpine,
semi-arctic habitat. In evidence of this we And Cephalozia
pleniceps, C. connivens , Mylia anomala, Lophozia alpestris ,
L. heterocolpa, L. Muelteri and Blepharostoma trichophyllum,
the latter growing freely on the ground. South and southeast
of the Copper Range the country is broken into ridges of clay
and sand, gradually becoming a typical pine barren toward the
southern limit of the District — the country of jack pine and
sweet fern, of blueberry, arbutus and scrub oak, of innumerable
deep clear lakes, with their edging of sandy beaches or cran¬
berry bogs trailing off into a balsam and tamarack swamp.
Collections were made from such places as Solon Springs, Gor¬
don Lakes, Lake Nebagamon, Brule River and Winneboujou.
Such is the general environment of the hepaticae of the Duluth-
Superior District. Dr. Alexander W. Evans has kindly veri¬
fied the 80 species here reported, and a duplicate set has been
placed in his herbarium. The writer gratefully acknowledges
his indebtedness to both Dr. Evans and Miss C. C. Haynes for
their invaluable assistance.

Conklin — Preliminary Report on a Collection of Repaticae. 989

IIEPATICAE COLLECTED IE" DULUTH-SUPERIOR

DISTRICT.

Order 1. Ricciaceae.

1. Riccia fluitans L ».

No. 267 Superior, Wis., Aug. 3, 1907.

Very abundant along the shore in still water of the St. Louis
Bay. Although collected only from the Wisconsin side, it un¬
doubtedly could be found in the numerous back-waters of the
Minnesota side of the bay. One other Riccia have been re¬
ported, R. arvensis Aust. from Madison. It has not been ob¬
served here. Ricciocarpus natans (L) Oorda is reported from
both states, but has failed to appear in the District, although a
special search has been made along the bays, rivers, and upland
lakes.

Order 2. March antiaceae.

2. Conocephalum conicum (L) Durmot.

No. 431 Woodland, Duluth, Minn., May 30, 1909 (fruiting).
No. 1024 Winneboujou, Brule, Wis., Apr. 9 (fruiting).

No. 1180 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

3. Preissia quadrata (Scop.) Nees.

No. 634 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 5, 1909.

No. 647 French River, Minn., Oct. 3, 1909.

No. 1181 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

4. Marchantia polymorpha L.

No. 82 Gordon, Wis., Sept. 16, 1906.

No. 918 Billings Park, Superior, Wis., Sept. 9, 1906.

No. 534 Copper Creek, Wis., Aug. 5, 1909.

No. 289 Copper Creek, Wis., Aug. 29, 1907.

No. 1182 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911, Duluth, Minn,,
etc.

No. 1041 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1910.

Conocephalum conicum is very common in wet swampy
places, and along banks of streams. It fruits here about May
30th, when Epigaea repens is in flower. In 1910 it was in full
fruit April 9th, which was an unusually early season.

990 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

Preissia quadrat a is rather common in the bed of the streams
which cut the ranges, on rocks just above the usual water course.
In high water these plants would be submerged. It never
grows on high banks or dry rocks. It likes the rock crevices
filled with silt, and favors a rather full exposure to the sun, but
always insists on getting a drink in torrential storms and rainy
seasons. It fruits in summer. Aster ella tenella has been re¬
ported from Minnesota. Grimaldia fragrans and Rehoulia
Jiemispherica from both states. Oonocephalum conicum , Mar-
cliantia polymorpha and Preissia quadrata from both states.

Obdeb 3. Metzgeriaceae.

5. Riccardia laiifrons Lindb.

No. 776 Superior, Wis., July 18, 1809.

No. 659 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1909.

No. 1171 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

No. 1136pp Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1911.

6. Riccardia multifida (B) S. F. Gray.

No. 1134 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 20, 1911.

No. 1097 Brule River, at Winneboujou, May 7, 1911.

No. 1036pp- Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1910.

7. Riccardia palmata (Hedw.) S. F. Gray.

No. 280 Copper Creek, Wis., Aug. 29, 1907.

No. 1010 Carlton, Minn., Oct. 16, 1910.

No. 107 Solon Springs, Wis., Aug. 20, 1906.

No. 1200 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 23, 1911.

No. 1039 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1910.

8. Riccardia pinguis (L) S. F. Gray.

No. 1184 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

No. 1099 Brule River, Wis., May 20, 1911.

No. 1216' Lake Nebagamon, Wis., Sept. 3, 1811.

9. Pellia epiphylla (L) Corda.

No. 1012 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1910.

No. 1185 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

Duluth, Minn.. Superior, Wis., etc.

10. Pellia Fal)roniana Raddi.

No. 1026 Brule River, at Winneboujou. Wis., April 9, 1911.

No. 1066 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1911.

Conklin — Preliminary Report on a Collection of Hepaticae . 991

11. Pellia Neesiana (Gottsclie) Limpr.

No. 316 Gordon, Wis., Sept 16, 1906.

No. 100 Solon Springs, Wis., May, 1908.

No. 1108 Fairmount Park, Duluth, Minn., July 4, 1911.

No. 1186 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 22, 1911.

No. 1045 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1910.

No. 1027 Winneboujou, Brule, Wis.

12. Blasia pusilUl L.

No. 873 Chester Creek, Minn., July 20, 1909.

No. 1040 Black River Falls, Wis., Oct. 3, 1910. Spirit Lake
and French River, Minn., etc.

Both Riccardia latifrons and R. palmata are found on logs,
R. latifrons usually mixed with mosses, on very rotten wood,
R. palmata always growing alone on old water soaked, but not
very rotten wood in dense shade and dampness. R. pinguis
and R. multifida grow about boggy springs, in dense shade.

Pellia Neesiaria is common in the springy swamps at high
altitudes in the jack pine region, and fruits freely in May with
Cono\cephalum conicum. It is also common along the rocky
water-ways of both states.

Pellia epiphylla grows along the sand and clay banks of all
the streams and is common in swamps at the lower levels.

Pellia Fabroniana has been found only on old moss covered
logs in wet swamps.

Blasia pusilla effect the clay banks along the streams wet
with springs. At Chester Creek, Duluth, Minn., it covers quite
an area. At Black and Drench Divers it grew along the river
banks in thin bright green rosettes.

ORDER 4. JUNGERMANNIACEAE.

13. Jungermannia lanceolata L

No. 772 Oneota Ravine, Duluth, Minn.

No. 514 French River, Minn., Oct. 3, 1909.

No. 1026 Winneboujou, Wis., April 9, 1911.

No. 2003 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 21, 1911.

Superior, Wis., etc.

14. Jungermannia pumila With.

No. 886 Chester Creek, Duluth, Minn., July 24, 1909.

No. 626 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1909.

992 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts } and Letters .

No. 551 Copper Creek, Wis., Aug. 5, 1909.

No. 1014 French River, Minn., Oct. 3, 1909.

No. 1187 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 22, 1911.

16. J ungermannia sphaerocarpa Hook

No. 1155 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 20, 1911.

1@. Jamesoniella autumnalis (DC) Steph,

No. 607 Billings Park, Superior, Wis., Nov. 14, 1909.

No. 410 Solon Springs, Wis., Oct. 1907.

No. 594 Copper Creek, Wis., Aug. 5, 1909.

No. 242 Albert, Minn., Aug. 1906.

No. 447 Woodland, Duluth, Minn., May 30; 1909.

No. 848pp Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 2002 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

J ungermannia pumila loves the rocks in streams on the shady
side and grows on the bare rocks without soil where it can occa¬
sionally he wet with spray. The rhizoids penetrate deeply the
minute crevices of the fractured rocks. The under side of
over-hanging shady cliffs, or little caves close to the waterline
are often covered with this tiny plant in a thin tracery of dark
green. It is almost impossible to remove the plant from the
substratum.

J ungermannia lanceolata is found in the usual habitat, old
rotten logs in shade and moisture with other mosses. It is
rarely collected in the sterile condition because of its similarity
to Jamesoniella autumnalis . When the purse string puckered
perianth of the species is present it can be distinguished at a
glance. Jamesoniella autumnalis is one of the most common
of the hepatics in the District. Its perianth is so persistent and
it fruits so freely that it is recognized with little difficulty. It
adapts itself to a great variety of habitat and therefore is more
or less variable. When it grows on the ground in full exposure
to the sun the leaves are apt to be imbricated, and tinged a red
wine color. The plants growing on old birches, now freely
exposed to sun and winds have much reduced leaves resembling
an Odontischisma ; while those growing in deep woods on old
logs with plenty of moisture expand to luxurious size. Such a
variety of form is puzzling to the beginner, and is exceeded by

Conklin — Preliminary Report on a Collection of Hepaticae. 993

only two other common hepatics, viz, Plagiochila aspleniodes
and Lophocolea heterophylla. The rare J. sphaerocarpa was
found only once at Lutsen, along a rocky brooklet draining a
cedar swamp, growing with J. pumila,

17. Lophozia alpestris (Schleich.) Evans.

No. 790 Oneota, Duluth, Minn., Aug. 15, 1907.

No. 933 Oneota, Mt. Bald, Aug. 15, 1909.

18. Lophozia attenuata (Mort.) Dumort.

No. 601 French River, Minn., Aug. 3, 1909.

No. 601A Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1909.

No. 1121 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 20, 1911.

19. Lophozia barbata (Schreb.) Durmot.

No. 919 Oneota Ravine, Duluth Minn., Aug. 15, 1909.

No. 668 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1909.

No. 1175 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

No. 1086 Black River Falls, and

No. 232 Copper Creek, Douglas Co., Wis., etc.

20. Lophozia bicrenata (Schmid.) Dumor.

No. 910 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1910.

No. 652 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1910.

21. Lophozia excisa (Dicks.) Durmot.

No. 885 Chester Creek, Duluth, Minn., July 24, 1909.

No. 1107 Fairmount Park, Duluth, Minn., July 4, 1911.

22. Lophozia heterocolpa (Thed.) M. A. Howe.

No. 566 Copper Creek, Wis., Aug. 5, 1909.

No. 702 French River, Minn., Oct. 3, 1909.

No. 878 Chester Creek, Minn., July 29, 1909.

No. 1118 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 20, 1911.

Knife River, Lester Park, Duluth, Minn., etc.

23. Lophozia incisa (Schrad.) Dumort.

No. 694 French River, Minn., Oct. 3, 1909.

No. 803 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 529 Copper Creek, Wis., Aug. 5, 1909.

No. 1130 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 23, 1911.

No. 775 Superior, Wis., July 18, 1907.

24. Lophozia Kaurini (Limpr.) Steph.

No. 1138 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1910.

No. 1125 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. zO, 1911.

994 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

25. Lophozia longidens (Lindb.) Macoun.

No. 1126 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 20, 1911.

26. Lophozia Lyoni (Tayl.) Steph.

No. 821 Oneota, Duluth, Minnv June 27, 1909.

No. 376 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 920 Copper Creek, Wis., Aug. 5, 1907.

No. 1191 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

No. 1046 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis.

27. Lophozia Muelleri (Nees) Schiffn.

No. 1002 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1910.

28. Lophozia porphyroleuca (Nees) Schiffn.

No. 724 Superior, Wis., Sept. 6, 1909.

No. 1006 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1910.

29. Lophozia ventricosa (Dicks) Dumort.

No. 888 Chester Creek, Duluth, Minn., July 20, 1909.

No. 658 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 27, 1909.

No. 939 Oneota Ravine, Duluth, Minn., Sept. 1909.

No. 691 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

L. alpestris lias been collected only at Oneota, on high flat
narrow rock ledges on the north side of the cliff. Near by the
perpendicular wall was covered with great green patches of
fruiting L. barbata and L. Lyoni, while the very small rock
crevices in the more open places were outlined with Scapania
curta and Cephaloziella.

Only one station was found for L. bicrenata along a well
beaten path close to the edge and at the top of the cliff below
the dam at Thompson, Minnesota. It grew in full exposure to
the sun on rather dry thin earth on rocks. This was in full
fruit September 26, 1909. Collected also in the same locality
in 1910 and 1911.

L. excisa was observed only at Chester Creek, and Fairmount
Park, Duluth, Minn., in both instances at the top of the cliff by
the upper falls, near the boulevard. At Chester Creek it grew
on a half buried upturned stump spreading out on the loose
sandy clay and was in splendid fruit July 29, 1909. It has a
vivid green color and is a larger plant than L. bicrenata} re*
sembling in the field a stunted form of L. Lyoni.

Conklin— Preliminary Report on a Collection of Hepaticae. 995

L. attcnuata usually called ubiquitous in places where it oc¬
curs, is far from omnipresent in this District. It was found
once in limited quantity growing with Sphenolobus Hellerianus,
Sphenolobus exsedus, and S. exsect aeformis on' old wood at
French River, Minnesota. At Lutsen, Cook County, it is more
common and grew mixed with mosses on old logs in a cedar
swamp.

L. barbata and L. Lyoni are very common on damp rock in
deep shady ravines along the water ways. Both are often found
growing in pure colonies in dense mats and fruiting freely.

L. incisa is readily detected by its vivid green color and the
usual powdery gemmiperous condition of the leaves. At Lut¬
sen the wood paths through cedar swamps were vivid green with
large patches of this beautiful hepatic. The substratum is
usually very rotten wood even when growing on the ground.
It is frequently found: on old logs in wet swamps.

Of the Muelleri group three very interesting species ; L.
heterocolpa (Thed.) M1. A. Howe, L. Muelleri (ISTees) Dumort,
and L. Kaurini (Limpr.) Steph. occur in the District.

About two years ago a few plants were found, resembling a
slender form of Lophooolea heterophylla which had bifid un¬
derleaves and gemmiperous branches with strangely modified
leaves. It was finally referred to the genus Lophozia until it
could be collected again in quantity. About a year later Dr.
Evans saw the slide mount of the plants and determined it L
heterocolpa (Thed.) M. A. Howe, the J unger mannia Wat-
tiana Aust. of Gray’s Manual. Since then it has been largely
collected in all the rocky streams of both the north and south
ranges at Copper Creek and Black River, Wisconsin; Carlton,
Knife, French and Lester Rivers and northward in Minnesota.

It favors mossy rock ledges at the lower levels. It is easily
recognized by the usual gemmiperous condition. The habitat
is similar to Plagiochila asplenioides, the form that effects the
wet banks along streams, and not the robust form of that species
which clings with its firmly rooted radicles, in patches to per-
pendicular rock walls below the water falls of the higher alti¬
tudes.

996 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

At Lutsen, L . heterocolpa was found once covering a shady
log over a sphagnum run in a cedar swamp, at least three feet
above the moss covered ground, a very unusual habitat for the
species.

L. Muelleri was collected once at Black Biver on a shady
ledge of rock below the Falls, at the bottom of the gorge, just
above the high water line. It was growing with Scapania
curta. L. Muelleri as collected at Black Biver resembles L.
badensis in its small size and small trigones but the stems bear
quite regularly well developed underleaves, and the leaf cells
are too small to be L. badensis.

The specimen bears plenty of perianths with the mouths con¬
tracted into little beaks plainly seen with the hand lens.

L. Muelleri is closely related to L. heterocolpa which fruits
so rarely that out of hundreds of specimens examined the past
two years, only one perianth was observed. On the other hand
L. Muelleri fruits freely, no gemmiperous branches occurring,
while in L. heterocalpa , the gemmiperous branches are plainly
the chief characteristic.

L. Kaurini is larger than L. heterocolpa and has been found
always associated with Preissia quadrata. Its occurence in
the Duluth- Superior District marks a third regional station for
the species in FTorth America.2

Lophozia ventricosa has always been found in the rock cre¬
vices and on rock ledges, at the higher altitudes in rather shady
damp places. Its bog sister L . porphyroleuda is much more
robust and the large perianths on the bright green plants creep¬
ing on rotten wood or sphagnum in company with the pale
Scapania irrigua is strikingly noticeable, in the partially dried
up swamp adjacent to Superior.

L. longidens has been found only at Lutsen, Cook County,
Minn., where it is rather common, growing on old logs in wet
woods. The plants here are rarely tufted, of a bright green
color, and freely gemmiperous. The angular red gemmae;
hang at the tips of the transversely attached leaves like mina-

3 See Jan. Bryologist 1912, Vol. 15, No. 1, p. 11.

Conklin — Preliminary Report on a Collection of Hepaticae. 997

ture popcorn balls. Once recognized this rare species can
usually be detected in the field.

30. Sphenolobus exsectaeformis (Briedl.) Steph.

No. 529 Copper Creek, Douglas Co., Wis., May 5, 1909.

No. 619 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 784 Oneota River, Duluth, Minn.

No. 601A Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26 1909.

No. 636 French River, Minn., Oct. 3, 1909.

No. 1190 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

31. Spfoenolobm exsectus (Schmid.) Steph.

No. 774 Oneota, Duluth, Minn., June 27, 1909.

No. 615 French River, Minn., Oct. 3, 1909. ;

No. 1000 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 2, 1910.

No. 618pp Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 1189 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

32. Sphenolobus Hellericmus (Nees) Steph.

No. 601 French River, Minn., Oct. 3, 1909.

No. 660 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1909.

No. 1119 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 20, 1911.

33. Sphenolobus Michauxii (Web.) Steph.

No. 1109 Solon Springs, Douglas Co., Wis., July 30, 1911.

No. 1123 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 20, 1911.

The plants of tills genus are interesting both for their great
beauty and for the easy determination of the species, which the
gemmae afford.

SpJi'enoiobus Tlellerianus is more difficult, especially if asso¬
ciated with LopJbozia attenuata. It is distinguished from the
other species by the small size of the plants, and the club shaped
upright gemmiperous branches covered with dark blood red
gemmae. All the leaves on these stems are quite different from
the ordinary leaves, being slightly emarginate, closely appressed
and covered with gemmae as well as the apex of the stem. It
is nsnally mixed with other hepatics, Lophozia incisa, Jame-
soniella autumnalis, Blepha/rostoma trichophyllum , L. reptans J
etc., and often little can be distinguished with the hand lens
except the minute almost black red clubs. It has been found
sparingly only in Minnesota at Carlton, and French River, but

998 'Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

at Lutsen it grew in dense patches on old wet logs in deep woods
associated with Spenolobus Michauxii.

Sphenolobns Michauxii is rare in the immediate vicinity of
the Twin Ports, but is very common at Lutsen, Cook County,
Minn., where every old moss covered log in a cedar swamp grew
patches of it. At Solon Springs it covered a large log across a
brook. The plants here were very slender and delicate, al¬
though fruiting, while at Lutsen the normal size of the species
was attained.

Sphenolobus exsectus has oval gemmae and the leaf cells are
uniformly thickened and average 9x18^.

Sphenolohus exsectaef ormis has angular gemmae and the leaf
cells are thin walled or with small but distinct trigones and
average 22x36^. Fortunately the species rarely fail to produce
gemmae. B'oth affect old wood, preferably a bare rotten stump
or log in damp woods.

34. Plagiochila asplenioides (L.) Dumort.

No. 542 Copper Creek, Wis., Aug. 5, 1909.

No. 863 Knife, River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 664 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1909.

No. 294 Solon Springs, Wis., 1907.

No. 973 Oneota, Duluth, Minn., Sept. 19, 1909.

No. 1188. Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

P. asplenioides presents the usual variability of the species
in the District. It is common along the rocky banks of all the
streams which cut the Worth Shore and the Copper Ranges.
Upon the high, dryer, wooded, rocky banks the slender form
known as P. porelloides occurs. More robust forms occur on
the rocks in the bed of the stream etc. The underleaves can
usually be determined but these are slender and fugacious.

35. Mylia anomala (Hook) S. F. Gray.

No. 961 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1910.

No. 1104 Superior, Douglas Co., Wis., June 4, 1911.

This species was first found in a sphagnum bog one half mile
west of the upper falls on Black River. A part of the cran¬
berry, tamarack, and balsam swamp has escaped a recent “burn¬
ing over.” The dry season of 1910 rendered the swamp nearly

Conklin— -Preliminary Report on a Collection of Hepaticae. 999

dry. Scapania irrigua Lophozia porphyroleuca > Cephalozia
lunulae folia, Riccardia latifrons and Lepidozia reptans are as¬
sociated hepaties.

The next year it was found in quantity at South Superior.
Some ten years previously a street had been laid out and ditched
through a sphagnum balsam swamp, where cranberries and blue¬
berries still grew and bore fruit. During the summer of 19,11
the shady side of the cut peat of this ditch was lined with
Mylia anomala, freely gemmiperous but lacking perianth.
Ceph. pleniceps and Ceph . lumdaefolia were associated hepat-
ics, and Drosera rotundifolia flowered freely among the sphag¬
num at the bottom of the ditch.

36. Lophocolea heterophylla (Schrad.) Durmot.

No. 904 Chester Creek, Duluth, Minn., July 20, 1909.

No. 630 Knife River, Minn , Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 683 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1909.

No. 379 Copper Creek, Douglas Co., Wis., Aug. 29, 1909.

No. 760 Superior, Wis., July 18, 1909.

No. 1174 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

37. Lophocolea minor Nees.

No. 655 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26.

No. 673 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 5, 1909.

No. 519 French River, Minn., Oct. 5, 1TF09.

No. 1192 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

Eightly named, Lophocolea heterophylla does not belie its
appellation in the District. It is the most variable of all the
species observed. Side by side the beginner can not believe that
the large leaved fruiting plant growing on wet ground can be the
same species, as the small bifid leaved, cephalozia-like plant,
spreading out its delicate tracery on old bare wood. Learning
to recognize the variability of this species, is one of the first real
troubles to overcome by the student, for it is exceedingly com¬
mon and effects a great variety of habitat.

Lophocolea minor confines itself to rocks along streams,
usually of the higher altitudes, and is rather common in such
places. It has been found along all the streams which cut the
ranges.

1000 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

38. Ghiloscyphus pallescens (Ekrk.) Dumort.

No. 814 Oneota Ravine, Dulutk, Minn.

No. 250 Copper Creek, Wis., Sept. 15, 1902.

No. 591 Copper Creek, Wis., Aug. 5, 1806.

No. 522 Gordon, Wis., Aug. 1907.

39. Ghiloscyphus polyanthus D. Corda.

No. 458 Copper Creek, Wis., Sept. 15, 1902.

No. 446 Woodland, Dulutk, Minn., May 30, 1909.

No. 814 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 718 Superior, Wis., Sept. 12, 1909.

40. Ghiloscyphus polyanthus rivularis Nees.

No. 1013 Winneboujou, Brule River, Wis., Apr. 9, 1910.

41. Harpanthus scutatus (Web. & Mokr.) Spruce.

No. 470 Solon Springs, Wis., July 1, 1909.

No. 777 Oneota, Dulutk, Minn., July 27, 1909.

No. 620 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 5, 1909.

No. 822 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

42. Geocalyx graveolens (Schrad.) Nees.

No. 445 Woodland, Dulutk, Minn., May 30, 1907.

No. 860 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 1194 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

No. 1030 Winneboujou, Douglas Co., Wis., April 9, 1910.

Chiloscyphus polyanthus has its usual habitat. The variety,
rivularis grew in a brooklet draining a dense swamp into the
Brule River near Winneboujou, Wis. PelUa Neesiana and
C onocephalum conicum were fruiting on the nearby logs and
trailing their fronds, into the springy pools. The bed of the
brook and submerged twigs and stones were covered with the
variety fruiting. When collected again in June 1911 few
perianths were found.

Chiloscyphus pallescens is found rarely, having been collected
in the three localities only. It fruited freely in 1909.

Harpanthus scutatus deserves special mention because it oc
curs so often in the District in the gemmiperous state. It
humps itself into little cushions of pale, upward stems, very
different from the ordinary form of growth. These gemmi
perous branches resemble quite closely Cephalozia Francisci
(Hook.) Dumort. in the crowded, rounded bifid leaves, closely

Conklin — Preliminary Report on a Collection of Hepaticae. 1001

appressed to the stem. The subulate underleaves however on the
horizontal parts of the stem, distinguishes the plant from the
Cephalozia , hut these portions of the stem are often rotted
away. The perianth of Cephalozia Francisci as well as its
habitat on the ground distinguishes the species from Harpan-
ihus scutatus which so far as observed grows on old wood.

Geocalyx graveolens grows on old rotten wood preferably
buried. At Lutsen the yellowish green color of the colonies
distinguished the species at a glance from the vivid bright green
of its common associate, Lophogiu incisa.

43. Cephalozia hicuspidata (L.) Dumort.

No. 335 Minnesota Point, Duluth, Minn., Sept. 15, 1907.

No. 783 Billings Park, Superior, Wis., July 5, 1909.

44. Cephalozia connivens (Dicks.) Dumort.

No. 260 Gordon, Wis., Aug. 25, 1907.

No. 1166 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 23, 1911.

No. 1017 Solon Springs, Douglas Co., Wis., July 1, 1911.

45. Cephalozia curvifolia (Dicks.) Dumort.

No. 270 Cooper Creek, Wis., Aug. 29, 1907.

No. 407 Solon Springs, Wis., May, 1907.

No. 641 French River Whs., Oct. 3, 1909.

No. 222 Albert, Minn., Oct. 1907.

No. 865 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 755 Oneota Ravine, Duluth, Minn., July 27, 1909.

No. 679 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1909.

No. 1176 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

46. Cephalozia lunulae folia Dumort

No. 743 Superior, Wis., Sept. 12, 1909.

No. 860 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 637 French River, Minn., Oct. 3, 1909.

No. 1016 Solon Springs, Wis., July 1, 1909.

No. 386 Spirit Lake Minn., Oct. 14, 1906.

No. 309 Minnesota Point, Duluth, Minn., Sept. 15, 1907.

No. 1172 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 1911.

47. Cephalozia Macounii Aust.

No. 1048 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis.

No. 1053 Manitou Falls, Oct. 3, 1911.

1002 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

48. Cephalozia pleniceps (Aust.) Lindb.

No. 216 Superior, WHs., July 15, 1909.

No. 1100 South Superior, Wis., Oct. 3, 1911.

No. 1165 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 23, 1911.

No. 1058 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1910.

49. Cephalozia serriflora Lindb.

No. 1048 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis.

No. 1053 Manitou Falls.

Cephalozia bicuspidata is one of the rare species in the Dis¬
trict.

C. lunulae folia is very common on logs, and rotten wood in
swamps and dense woods.

Cephalozia curvifolia is very common on logs in the forest,
preferring bark denuded logs and before the growth of mosses
have invaded the host. Large logs have been observed covered
with the species, green, brown or reddish in color depending
upon the amount of exposure to the sun.

Cephalozia pleniceps grows on cut peat on buried stump roots
along old paths through cedar swamps. Cephalozia connivens
in wet springy places on old wood.

Cephalozia Macounii and Cephalozia serriflora collected only
once, and growing together, were found thickly covering an old
log in one of the most inaccessible places of the Black River
gorge at Manitou Falls. Rarest of our tiny plants, they could
not have chosen a place of greater security.

50. Cephaloziella myriantha (Lindb.) Schiffn. det. Douin.

No. 687 Carlton, Minn., on rocks Sept. 26, 1909.

No. 748 Stinson Ave. Swamp. Superior Wis., on ground and
stump, Sept. 12, 1909.

51. Cephaloziella Sullivantii (Aust.) Evans, det. Douin.

No. 749 Stinson Ave. Swamp, Superior, Wis., Sept. 12, 1909.

Many forms of the composite Cephaloziella divaricata (Smith)
Dumort. occur in this District. The two species above only
have been determined from material sent Prof. Douin. TTntil
his mougraph of the genus is available for study the bulk of
material remains undetermined.

Conklin — Preliminary Report on a Collection of Hepaticae. 1003

Cephaloziella myriantha occurs in the high alpine rocks in
full exposure to sun.

52. Calypogeia Nee&iana (Massal & Carest. ) C. Mull. Frib.

No. 1157 Winneboujou, Brule River, Douglas Co., Wis., May
7, 1911.

No. 1128 Lutsen, Cook Co.,' Minn., Sept. 20, 1911.

53. Calypogeia Trichomanis (L.) S. F. Gray.

No. 489 Hill Ave. Swamp, Superior, Wis., Sept. 12, 1909.

No. 609 Billings Park, Superior, Wis., Nov. 14, 1909.

No. 531 Copper Creek, Douglas Co., Wis., Aug. 5, 1909.

No. 289 Solon Springs, Wis., Sept. 16, 1906.

54. Bazzania trilobate (L.) S. F. Gray.

No. 160 Solon Springs, Wis., Aug. 26, 1906.

No. 313 Gordon, Wis., Sept. 15, 1906.

No. 317 Albert, Minn., Sept. 1905.

No. 852 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 565 Copper Creek, Wis., Aug. 5, 1909.

No. 646 French River, Minn., Oct. 3, 1909.

No. 1167 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept., 1911.

55. Lepidozia reptans (L.) Dumort.

No. 611 Billings, Park, Superior, W|is., July 5, 1909.

No. 859 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 216 Copper Creek, Wis., Aug. 24, 1907.

No. 420 Chester Creek, Minn., May 11, 1907.

No. 1173 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept., 1911.

56. BlepTiarostoma trichophyllum (L.) Dumort.

No. 580 Copper Creek, W’is., Aug 5, 1909.

No. 778 Oneota, Duluth, Minn., July 27, 1909.

No. 913 French River, Minn., Oct. 3, 1909.

No. 838 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 659 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1909.

No. 734 Superior, Wis., Sept. 12, 1909.

No. 1179 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept., 1911, and Black
River, Wis.

57. PtilidivM eiUare (L.) Nees.

No. 690 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1909.

No. 588 Copper Creek. Wis., Aug. 5, 1909.

No. 1198 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept., 1911.

.1004 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

58. Ptilidium pulcherrimum (Web.) Hampe.

No. 917 Gordon, Wis., Sept. 15, 1908.

No. 730 Superior, Wis., Sept. 12, 1909.

No. 10Z0 Albert, Minn., Sept., 1905.

No. 1021 Lester Park, Duluth, Minn., Oct. 17, 1906.

No. 682 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1909.

No. 166 Solon Springs, Wis., Aug. 26, 1906.

N. 792 Oneota, Duluth, Minn., Aug. 15, 1909.

No. 1199 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 23, 1911.

Calypogeia Trichomanis is not common. It prefers a gravel
or sandy clay bank.

C. Neesiana grows in swamps on wood or sphagnum, or
woody peat, near wet springy bogs.

Blepharostoma trichophyllum is usually found on logs mixed
with other hepatics and mosses, but at the higher altitudes it
grows on the ground along wood paths and at Black River, Wis.,
it was found in quite pure patches on the hat rocks one half way
up the falls in the higher beds of the streams, where in high
water it would, for a while, be submerged.

Ptilidium pulcherrimum is one of the most common hepatics
of the District. It grows on old wood, and rocks, and humus
soil which usually covers the remains of an old log or stump.

P. ciliare is found at the higher altitudes growing on the
ground among rocks where it forms little cushions of upright
growth of an inch or more in thickness.

Bazzania trilob ata is common, and grows spreading out over
the perpendicular surfaces of rocks, or mossy banks. In the
swamps it grows in large tufts on the ground with usually a
substratum of rock.

Lepidozia reptans is the ubiquitous hepatic of the District
and grows everywhere except on the trunks of living trees.

59. Trichocolea tomentella (Ehrh.) Dumort.

No. 1198 Winneboujou, Brule River, Douglas Co., Wis., in wet
sphagnum swamp. May 20, 1911.

60. 8 capania apiculata Spruce.

No. 530 Copper Creek, Wis., Aug. 5, 1909.

No. 1004 Wentworth, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 19. 1910.

No. 152 Spirit Lake, Duluth, Minn., Oct. 14, 1907.

Conklin — Preliminary Report on a Collection of Hepaticae. 1005

No. 382 St. Louis Bay, Superior, Wis., Aug., 1905.

No. 1120 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 20, 1911.

61. Scapania curta (Mart.) Dumort.

No. 738 Superior, Wis., Sept. 12, 1909.

No. 75'0 Oneota, Duluth, Minn., June 27, 1909.

No. 651 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1909.

No. 711 French River, Minn., Oct. 3, 1909.

No. 635 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 5, 1909.

No. 836 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 899 Chester Creek, Duluth, Minn., July 20, 1909.

No. 390 Copper Creek, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct., 1907.

No. 1193 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept., 1911.

62. Scapania glaucocephala (Tayl.) Aust.

No. 620 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct., 1909.

No. 1112 Solon Springs, Douglas Co., Wis., Aug. 6, 1911.

No. 1195 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 20, 1911.

63. Scapania irrigua (Nees.) Dumort.

No. 735 Superior, Wis., Sept. 12, 1909.

No. 1019 Superior, Wis., Oct. 20, 1908.

No. 1009 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1910.

64. Scapania nemorosa (L.) Dumort.

No. 643 Biack River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 5, 1909.

No. 911 Oneota Cliff, Duluth, Minn., July 27, 1909.

65. Scapania uml)rosa (Schrad.) Dumort.

Nos. 347-825-827 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

66. Scapania undulata (L.) Dumort.

No. 1156 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn.

The Scapaniae have been the most interesting species to stud/
in the Duluth-Superior District.

S. apiculata grows on hare moist wood not too old, in a
spreading layer, usually gemmiperous and conspicuously alone.
It was collected at Spirit Lake however in a thin mat, covering
an old log, much mixed with mosses and Harpanthus scutatvs .
In this instance the plants were crowded and upright and had
much enlarged upper leaves on the fruiting branch es.

S. curia is verv common in the rock crevices of all the streams
cutting the hTorth Shore and Copper Ranges. It also occurs on
wood in the old swamps adjacent to Superior and on old logs

1006 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

in deep woods about Solon Springs, W£s. It is very variable
in size.

S. irrigua is strictly a bog plant, and is common in suitable
places. It undoubtedly occurs in the Minnesota swamps, but
has not yet been collected from the State.

S. glaucocephala , reported also from Minnesota by Prof.
Hoizinger in 1897 has occurred but rarely in this collection.
It was found at Black River in the upland woods of the gorge,
growing on old wood associated with gemmiperous form of
Earpanthus scut at us and Jamesonievilla autumnalis, — also at
Wentworth, Wis. It has been found only at higher altitudes
of the District. At Lutsen it was collected in quantity, grow¬
ing on old bare wet logs in deep woods.

S. nemorosa is not common. It is found sparingly along
mossy banks of the rock streams. In one locality however,
at Oneota Cliff, Duluth, Minn., it grows in abundance, covering
the perpendicular wall of rock to a considerable extent.

S umhrosa is the rarest of the Scapaniae in the District. A
few plants only were found on the cliff one mile up stream
from Knife River, St. Louis County, Minn.

8. undulata has been observed but once at Lutsen, growing
with the rare J. sphaerocarpa on rocks in a small brooklet drain¬
ing a cedar swamp.

67. Radula complanata Dumort.

No. 573 Copper Creek, Wis., Aug. 5, 1901), on rocks.

No. 751 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909, on trees.

No. 915 French River, Minn., Oct. 3, 1909, on rocks.

No. 674 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1909, on rocks.

No. 156 Gordon, Wis., Sept. 10, 1906, on cedar trees.

No. 1197 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept., 1911.

68. Radula obconica Sulliv.

No. 963 Wentworth, Wis., Oct. 19, 1910, on tree in balsam
swamp.

No. 1137 Lutsen, Cook Co, Minn, Sept. 22, 1911.

69. Porella pinnata.

No. 958 Carlton, Minn, on rocks, Sept, 11, 1910.

Conklin — Preliminary Report on a Collection of Hepaticae. 1007

70. Porella platyphylla (L.) Lindb.

No. 841 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909.

No. 922 Albert, Minn., Aug., 1905.

No. 325 Lester Park, Duluth, Minn.

No. 1023 Solon Springs, Wis., May, 1807.

No. 324 Superior, Wis.

No. 1196 Lutsen, Cook Cov Minn., Sept., 1911.

71. Gololejeunea Biddlecomiae (Aust.) Evans.

No. 549 Copper Creek, Douglas Co., Wis.

No. 384 Copper Creek, Douglas Co., Wis.

No. 1055 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1910.

Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1907, rocks.

72. Lejeunea cavifolia (Ehrh.) Lindb.

No. 674 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 26, 1909, rocks.

No. 547 Knife River, Minn., Xug. 1, 1909, rocks.

No. 1163 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept., 1911.

Radula complanata is common on rocks and humus cliffs
and will sustain quite a full exposure to the sun. It grows on
trees, cedar, balsam, tamarack, and birch.

R. obconica has been found only on trees in dense wooded
swamps at the higher altitudes.

Porella platyhylla grows on rocks in shade, or mossy hanks,
at the base of trees in dense woods.

Porella pinnata grows only on rocks just above the high water
line. Associated hepatics are, Frullania inflata and R. com¬
planata.

Coloejeunea Biddlecomiae, is one of the smallest species in
the District and grows on bare rocks and loose stones preferring
a damp almost dark recess or cave or pile of stones deeply
shaded by the overhanging bank. In these places it spread a
thin film of grey green over large surfaces. The plants are al¬
most impossible to remove from the substratum. Once
only was it found growing on humus ground. It was at the
base of a densely wooded cliff at Copper Creek, with a trout
pool and rapid at its base, that the patch of pale green showed
itself, surrounded by flowering plants of Moneses grandiflora
On© has only to add to the scene the murmuring of the wind
through the pine tops, the splashes of brilliant sunshine and

1008 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

dense shadow of a summer’s day and the rippling of the brook
to visualize the wood picture. There are many moments of ex¬
altation that are never forgotten by the collector, and it is the
recollection of these which adds half of the pleasure of deter¬
mining the specimens themselves in later days.

Lejeunea cavifolia has been collected only on the face of per¬
pendicular cliffs of sandstone at Knife Eiver on the Huronian
slate at Carlton, Minn., and on the crumbling amygdeloid cliffs
at Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn. It has not been found on the Cop¬
per Range, Wis. It would appear that the Copper Range has
less stability of the cliff wall. At Black River and Copper
Creek cleavage and fracture occur so frequently that the cliff
loving species such as Frullania Asagrayana , Lejeunea cavi¬
folia , Lophozia ventricosa, L. alpestris and L. bicrenata fail to
attach themselves. The other conditions of habitat such as alti¬
tudes, rock formation, dryness and moisture are similar on the
two ranges. On the North Shore Range where these species
occur, the rock surface shows from the weather staining and
moss flora, evidence of great age.

73. Frullania Asagrayana Mont.

No. 957 Carlton, Minn., Sept. 11, 1910, rocks.

No. 498 Knife River, Minn., Aug. 1, 1909, rocks.

No. 1142 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 23, 1911, trees.

74. Frullania Bolancleri Aust.

No. 1150 Lake Nebagamon, Douglas Co., Wis., Sept. 3, 1911.

75. Frullania Brittoniae Evans.

Nos. 362-481 Solon Springs, Oct. 7, 1907, birch.

No. 362 Gordon, Wis., Sept. 15, 1906, cedar trees.

No. 1148 Lake Nebagamon, Sept. 3, 1911.

76. Frullania eboracensis Gottsche.

No. 367 Gordon, Wis., Sept. 15, 1906, cedar bark.

No. 506 Copper Creek, Sept. 1, 1907, poplar bark.

No. 402 Albert. Minn., Aug., 1904, cedar bark.

No. 355 Lester River, Oct. 7, 1906, rocks.

No. 357 Nemadji River, Superior, Wis., ash trees.

No. 360 Nemadji River, Superior, Wis., balsam bark.

No. 1151 Lutsen, Cook, Co., Minn., Sept. 20, 1911.

Conklin — Preliminary Report on a Collection of Hepaticae. 1009

77. Frullania Cnflata (Gottsche) Evans.

No. 995 Carlton, Minn., rocks, Oct. 11, 1910; also Sept. 11,
1910.

78. Frullania Oakesiana Aust.

No. 661 Carlton, Minn., rocks, Oct. 11, 1910.

No. 1143 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 23, 1911, trees.

79. Frullania Selwyniana Pears.

No. 1140 Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn., Sept. 23, 1911, cedar trees.

Order 5. Anthocerotaceae.

80. Anthoceros laevis L.

No. 459 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct., 1906.

No. 79 Billings Park, Superior, Wis.

No. 1005 Black River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 3, 1910.

Frullania eboracensis is common throughout the range, and
has the usual habitat of trees and rocks. Along the North
Shore Range it is common on the cliff walls. Along the Cop¬
per Range it is found only on trees.

F. Brittoniae is rare. It was collected at Solon Springs on
a living hut fallen tree growing about 20 feet from the ground,
and on a fallen dead birch above Indian Spring at Lake Neba-
gamon, Douglas Co. Wis. ; also at Gordon, Wis. in a dense cedar
swamp on living trees. Near Carlton, Minn, at Thompson on
the St. Louis River an immense concrete dam has diverted the
water through a canal to the lower levels. The season of 1910
was usually dry and when the place was visited in September
and October practically all the water was thus diverted. For
the first time perhaps the river channel was dry, and one could
walk dry shod down the west gorge over burnished boulders,
and collect along the water and spray lines of the river wall. It
was here that F. inflata was found, covering the perpen¬
dicular wall of the shady side of the gorge with patches four and
six inches across, now dry and dusty with silt. It will undoubt¬
edly disappear from the higher surfaces and become rare in a
few years. Growing within a few feet, on the higher shaded
rocks where collected F. inflata , F. Asagrayana ■, F. eboracensis,
and F. OaJcesiana growing on rock. This is the first record ob¬
served of such habitat for F. Oakesiana. As the ledges where

1010 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts , and Letters.

it grew once supported large trees, the occurrence of the species
on rocks could easily come from contact.

Frullania Asagrayana at Lutsen was found growing in dense
mats on birches. At Carlton and Thompson it was collected on
rocks in thin spreading colonies on the wall of cliffs. At Lut¬
sen F. Oakesiana grew on trees at the higher altitudes. Grow¬
ing in a cedar swamp near Lutsen was found glistening patches
of the rare F. Selwyniana, which looks in the field like a minia¬
ture F. Asagrayana. F. Bolanderi very rare East of the Rocky
Mts. was found growing on white ash at Lake Rehagamon,
Douglas Co. Wis., Sept. 26, 1911.

Anthoceros laevis L. is the only species of this genus yet
found. Many sterile colonies of Anthoceros have been observed
and other species doubtless occur.

Superior, Wisconsin,

December 31, 1911.

Additions.

During 1912 two additional species have been found —

81. Lophoria longiflora (Nees) Schiffn.

No. 1208 In swamp near Black River, Douglas Co., Wis.,
Oct. 3, 1912.

82. 8 cap anici subalpina (Nees) Dumort.

No. 1206 On logs head of stream, Manitou Falls. Black
River, Douglas Co., Wis., Oct. 5, 1912.

The following species are either rare or newly reported for
Wisconsin or Minnesota.

No. 1244 Scapania glaucocephala (Tayl.) Aust. on logs,
Cusson, Wis., July 25, 1913.

No. 1240 Cololejeunea Biddlecomiae ‘ (Aust) Evans, on
cedar bark head of St. Croix Lake, Solon Springs,
Wis., June 28, 1913.

No. 1229 Cephalozia Macounii Aust. Lake Nebagamon,
Wis., May 10, 1913.

No. 1228 Cephalozia serriflora Lindb. Lake Nebagamon,
Wis., May 10, 1913, and

No. 1223A Briery, Pike Lake Road, Minn., St. Louis Co.,
July 13, 1913.

No. 1239 Frullania Selwyniana Pears. Head of St. Croix
Lake, Solon Springs, Wis., June 28, 1913. New to
to Wisconsin

No. 1238 Frullania Bolanderi Aust. Lutsen, Cook Co., Minn.,
Sept, 20, 1911. New to Minnesota.

TRANSACTIONS

,

OF THE

WISCONSIN ACADEMY

SCIENCES, ARTS, AND LETTERS

VOL. XVII, PART IT, NO. 3

MADISON, WISCONSIN
A9H

CONTENTS

Page

Species of Pholiota and Stropharia in the Region of the

Great Lakes (With Plates LIX-LXYli) : -]§f

. . c . . Edivard T. Harper, 101 1

Wisconsin Discomyeetes

Bernard 0. Dodge, 1027

The annual half -volume of the Transactions of the Wisconsin
Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters, is issued in six numbers,

The price of this number is $1.00.

Harper — Species of Pholiota and Stropharia. 1011

SPECIES OF PHOLIOTA AND STROPHARIA IN THE
REGION OF THE GREAT LAKES.

Edward T. Harper.

Collections made on Heebish Island, Mich, in the autumn of
1911 have enabled us to add three plates to the photographs of
species of Pholiota published in the Transactions of the Wis¬
consin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters, Vol. XVII,
Part I, 470-502. We also give six plates of species of the
closely related genus Stropharia found in this region with a
synopsis of the genus and. the species reported from the United
States.

PHOLIOTA

The Pholiota Togularis Croup.

Pholiota blattaria Fr. Plate LIX

Five plants of the Pholiota togularis group which seem to
belong to this species were found growing by the side of drift-
wood in sandy soil on the shore of St. Mary’s river and among
chips near an old mill on Heebish Island, Mich., in October.

Pileus thin, conic to broadly campanulate or subumbonate
and expanded, smooth or slightly rugose, striatulate on the mar¬
gin, dark watery ferruginous, becoming paler in drying. La¬
mellae close, ventricose, rounded behind and very slightly at¬
tached to the stem, whitish, becoming rusty with spores, edge
whitish and minutely denticulate. Stem equal or slightly en¬
larged below, fistulose, silky hbrillose below and white prui-

1012 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

nose above, pallid becoming brown toward the base. Annulus
white, entire, striate with ridges on the upper surface, only
slightly attached to the stem. Spokes ferruginous, elliptical
4 — 6x9 — 12**.

The plants differ from Pholiota togularis in the dark ferru¬
ginous, striatulate, hygrophanous. pileus and the rounded
lamellae only slightly attached to the stem. Fries’ remark that
Pholiota hlattaria is “a G alera with a ring” fits our plants ex¬
actly.

The plants are also very close to Pholiota rugosa Pk which
is reported from Michigan by Kauffman. Dr. Peck says Pho¬
liota rugosa differs from Pholiota hlattaria in the colors, the
adnexed lamellae and the larger spores. In our plants the
colors seem to agree with the descriptions of Pholiota hlattaria,
the gills are only slightly if at all adnexed and the spores are
somewhat smaller than the measurements given for Pholiota
rugosa, 6 — 7x10 — T2%** and if we may judge from Cooke’s
illustration PI. 1173 about the size of the spores of Pholiota
hlattaria. The striate annulus which is a striking feature of
the plant and described by Peck is not mentioned in the descrip¬
tions of Pholiota hlattaria which we have seen but Pholiota
togularis is said to have a striate annulus and the small variety
Pholiota togularis var. filaris is so figured by Fries. Saccar-
do’s Sylloge contains the remark that while very distinct Pho¬
liota hlattaria is easily confused wfith the small form of Pho¬
liota togularis. Peck suggests that Pholiota rugosa, Pholiota
filaris and Pholiota togularis may all be forms of a single spe¬
cies.

Pholiota hlattaria is reported from this country by Peck,
Bep’t 39, p. 40, but it is not included among the Flew York
species in Bull. 122.

Section Squamosae.

Pholiota fulvo-squamosa Pk. PI. LX

Beautiful plants of the squamose type of Pholiota were col¬
lected on Keebish Island, Michigan, in October. They grew on

Harper— Species of Pholiota and Stropharia. 1013

the ground in mixed woods attached to the roots of rotten
stumps.

Pileus convex or lenticular with the margin incurved, becom¬
ing plane, obtuse, covered with a tawny fibrous coat, tom into
fibrous tufted squarrose scales, the lighter straw colored back¬
ground showing in the cracks, smoother and appressed scaly in
wet weather, center darker and the fibrous coat less torn, mar¬
gin ragged but not striate. Lamellae broad, narrower toward
the stem, adnate, whitish, becoming dark cinnamon, with a
whitish minutely ragged edge. Stem even, solid, becoming
stuffed or hollow, covered below the ring with white fibrous,
tawny tipped, erect or reflexed scales, slightly floccose above the
ring. Annulus membranous, broad, well defined, covered on
the under side with a scaly coat like that on the pileus and
stem, ragged on the edge, the upper surface striate with ridges
where the veil tore from the gills. Flesh solid, white.
Spores dark ferruginous brown 4 — 5x6 — 8/l

The plants agree very closely with the description of Pholiota
fulvo-squamosa Pk. to which species we have referred them,*
We did not notice the radish odor nor the change to brown when
the flesh was cut and there was only a slight collar, shown by
the gills remaining attached to each other when separated from
the stem, but the marked agreement in size, shape, the tawny,
scaly coat covering the whole plant, including the broad under
surface of the annulus, the size of the spores and the habitat
leave little doubt of the identity of the plants. The type speci-
ments of Pholiota fulvo-squamosa were collected about the base
of oak trees at Lansing, Mich., by B. O. Longyear.

The identification was confirmed by Dr. Peck.

The Pholiota Marginata Group.

Pholiota marginata Batsch. PI. LXI, A.

The plants illustrated in Plate LXI, A. were collected on dead
alders in October. The margin of the pileus when expanded
was deeply and coarsely striate. Otherwise they agreed exactly
with the plants referred to Pholiota marginata in the Trans.
Wis. Acad. Sci. XVII Plates LIY and LY.

1014 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts , and Letters.

Pholiota discolor, Pk. PI. LXI, B.

The plants in Plate LXI B. grew on a poplar stump on Nee-
bish Island, Mich., in October. . They showed the characteristic
feature of Pholiota discolor, Pk. Pileus dark tawny brown,
watery and viscid when moist becoming bright ochraceous yel¬
low when dry. In other respects the plants resembled Pholiota
marginata.

Peck's description of Pholiota discolor, 1ST. Y. state Mus. Bull.
122, p. 156, is as follows: ‘"Pileus thin, convex, becoming
nearly plane, or slightly depressed, glabrous, viscid, hygro-
phanous, cinnamon rufous and striatulate on the margin when
moist, bright ochraceous yellow when dry. Lamellae narrow,
close, pallid or whitish, becoming ferruginous. Stem equal,
hollow, fibrillose, whitish or pallid, sometimes with a white
myeeloid tomentum at the base, the annulus distinct, persistent,
spores elliptic 5x7^2**.

Pileus 8 — 16 lines broad, stem 1.5 — 3 inches long, about one
line thick.

Single or caespitose, decaying wood and prostrate trunks of
trees in woods, not rare, July to October.”

Peck remarks that it is separated from Pholiota autumnalis
by the viscid pileus. Our plants seem scarcely more than a
form of Pholiota marginata or Pholiota unicolor.

STROPIIARIA

The genus Stropharia is small. Less than twenty-five species
have been reported from the United States. The plants of the
group are characterized by purple brown spores, adnate lamellae,
a well developed annulus and no volva. The genus corresponds
to Pholiota in the rusty spored series, Armillaria in the series
with white spores and Anellaria among the agarics "with black
spores. In the purple brown series it is distinguished from
Agaricus by the adnate gills and from Hypholoma by the veil
remaining as a well developed ring on the stem rather than
clinging in fragments to the margin of the pileus. But the dis¬
tinctions are not well marked in all the species. It is especially

Harper — Species of Pholiota and Stropharia. 1015

difficult to draw the line between purple brown and rusty brown
spores, and the method of tearing of the veil varies in different
plants in the same species.

The genus falls naturally into two groups: plants growing
on the ground or on rotten wood, Mundae (clean), and plants
growing on dung, Merdariae. Of the species growing on the
ground some have a viscid pileus, Viscipelles, and others have
the pileus dry and more or less squamose, Spintrigerae. The spe¬
cies growing on dung closely resemble forms of Panaeolus and
are separated by their spore color alone.

With the exception of Stropharia semiglobata the species or
Stropharia are not common and have little value as food plants.
Some like Stropharia aeruginosa are suspected of being poison¬
ous. As they grow on the ground and rotten logs they do
little damage to other plants or to timber and hence have little
economic significance.

Synopsis of the Species.

A. Growing on the ground, Mundae.

I. With a viscid pileus, Viscipelles.

The Stropharia depilata group. Pileus brown or yellow cov¬
ered with a thick glutinous pellicle and the stem usually covered
with white, ffoocose, squarrose scales.

Stropharia depilata (Pers.) Pis. LXII, LXIII.

Related species: Stropharia hardii, Atk.

The Stropharia aeruginosa group. Pileus covered with green
gluten. Stem scaly or smooth.

Stropharia aeruginosa ( Curt. ) PI LXIV.

Related species: Stropharia albo-cyanea, Desmaz., Stropharia micro-
poda, Morg.

The Stropharia coronilla group. Pileus viscid but not glut¬
inous, stem smooth. Plants resembling those of the praec^x-
dura group in the genus Pholiota.

Stropharia coronilla, Bull. PL LXV A.

Stropharia obturata, Fr. PL LXV1 ABC.

Related species: Stropharia bilamellata, Pk. Stropharia mela-
sperma, Bull. Stropharia drymonia, Morg. Stropharia caesifolia, Pk.

1016 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

The Stropharia squamosa group. Pileus viscid when moist
and scaly.

Stropharia squamosa, Fr. Stropharia squamosa, var auran-
tiaca (Cke.) Pk.

II. Pileus not viscid, dry and squamose, Spintrigerae.

Stropharia caput-medusae, Fr., Stropharia schrader i, Pk.,
Stropharia magnivelaris, Pk., Stropharia feildeni, Berk.

B. Growing on dung, Merdariae.

The Stropharia merdaria group.

Stropharia submerdaria, Britz. PL LXVI GUI.

Stropharia stercoraria, Fr. PI. LX VII.

Stropharia semiglobata, Batsch.

Stropharia umbonatescens, Pk. PL LXV B.

Stropharia siccipes, Karst. PL LXVI DEF.

Related species: Stropharia merdaria, Fr. Stropharia siccipes
Karst., Stropharia siccipes var. radicata Pk. Stropharia mammillata,
Kalch.

Description of the Species.

A. Growing on the ground or on rotten wood.

I. Pileus viscid.

THE STROPHARIA HIPILATA GROUP.

Stropharia depilata, (Pers.) FIs. LXII and LXIJX

Plants of this species are frequent in the northern woods in
autumn. We have collected them near Lake Rosseau, Ontario,
and on Keebish Island, Miich'. They grow on the ground and
on rotten logs and stumps. The plants are good size with the
pileus very glutinous in wet weather and the stem covered with
white curly doccose scales. The photographs show the average
size but much larger plants occur.

Pileus thick and solid, convex to plane or broadly umbonate,
obtuse, smooth, even on the margin, very glutinous in wet
weather, brown or yellow cinnamon, margin appendiculate with
bits of the veil when young. Lamellae adnate with decurrent.
lines on the stem, broad, white, becoming purple black. Flesh
whitish, solid. Stem solid, becoming hollow with age, equal,
squarrose below the annulus with white floccose scales, floccose

Harper — Species of Pholiota and Stropharia. 1017

scaly above the annulus, whitish or yellowish. Annulus mem¬
branaceous with a ragged margin, white floccose below and
striate with even ridges on the upper surface. Spores purple
brown, 6 — 8x10 — 12^.

Note — Stropharia hardii, Atk. in Hard’s Mushrooms, Edible and
Otherwise, pp. 321-322, is based on plants similar to Stropharia depilata
if we may judge from the description and photograph. The size, pale
bright ochraceous pileus and transversely floccose stem suggest Stro¬
pharia depilata but the spores are only 3 — 5x5 — V and it is not said
whether the pileus is viscid or dry though it appears viscid in the
photograph.

Stropharia aeruginosa, (Curt.) PI. LXIV.

The plants photographed grew on the ground in a grassy place
by a brush pile, Eeebish Island, Mich., October, 1911. They
are smaller than Stropharia depilata but have a similar thick
glutinous pellicle on the pileus and curly white scales on the
stem. The gluten is bright green as in some species of Hygro-
phorus but the plants become white or stained with red or yellow
as the dry.

Pileus convex to plane or umbonate, smooth or squamosa,
even on the margin, covered with a thick green gluten which
stains reddish or yellowish or fades to white in drying. Flesh
watery white. Lamellae close, ventricose, broadly notched
and linear decurrent on the stem, whitish turning to pink and
dark brown mottled, Stem even or slightly enlarged and white
myceloid at the base, smooth or silky above the annulus, floccose
scaly below, greenish or bluish becoming white or more or less
cinereous at the base. Annulus fibrous, stained with the spores,
Spores dark brown with a rusty rather than a purple tinge
4— 5x8— 1 CP.

Note — Stropharia alho-cyanea, Desmaz occurs in our region. It is
smaller than Stropharia aeruginosa with a green viscid pileus but a
white dry stem. It agrees with Stropharia aeruginosa in hahit and
place of growth. The distinguishing marks are the small size and
white dry stem. This is Stropharia pseudocyanea in Morgan’s Re¬
vision of North American species of Stropharia Jour. Myc. April, 1908,
p. 74.

Stropharia micropoda, Morg., Jour. Myc. April, 1908, p. 73, was
described from plants growing subcaespitose on dead branches of oak
and hickory at Preston, Ohio. The plants are about the size of Stro¬
pharia albo-cyanea and have the pileus covered with similar green

1018 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

gluten, the spores also are of the same size but the stem is pale yellow
above, livid below and fibrillose scaly. The species appears to be very
close to Stropharia aeruginosa. W. G. Stover suggests that it is a
form of Flammula polychroa.

The Stropiiaria Coeoxilla -Group.

Stropharia coronilla, Bull. PI. LXV A.

The plants illustrated grew on the ground in the grass near
a garden, Madison, Wis., June, 1911. The general appearance
is like that of Pholiota dura and the place of growth is similar
so that the plants might easily have keen taken for that species,
but there is no rusty tinge to the spores and the annulus has the
ridges characteristic of Stropharia coronilla.

Pileus fleshy, firm, hemispheric to convex and expanded,
smooth and slightly viscid, even and white floccose on the mar¬
gin, sometimes appendiculate with pieces of the veil, whitish
or yellow ochraceous, darker in the center. Lamellae broad,
rounded and adnexed or very slightly notched at the stem,
whitish becoming violet and purple black. Flesh firm, solid,
white. Stem even or tapering slightly upward and narrowed
to a point below, solid or stuffed, smooth, white or with yellow¬
ish tints. 4nntjltjs thick easily separating from the stem,
sometimes adhering to the margin of the pileus, floccose below,
with radiating ragged ridges on the upper surface which are
at first white then stained purple from the falling spores,
Spores purple brown or black 4 — Gx9 — 12/l

In FT. Y\ State Mus. Bull. 122, p. 140, Dr. Peck gives a
comparison between Stropharia bilamellata and Stropharia
coronilla. Our plants agree with Stropharia bilamellata in the
white or yellowish rather than the tawny ochraceous pileus, but
in the other points of the comparison, stem pointed at the base,
annulus sulcate plicate rather than with broad white gills, and
smaller spores, our plants agree with Stropharia coronilla,
hence we do not hesitate to refer them to the European species.
The species is distributed in FT. A. F. 3511. My copy shows
spores 5—6x8 — IV and the peculiar annulus.

Harper— Species of Pholiota and Stropharia. 1019

Stropharia obturata, Fr, PI. LXVI ABC.

I am indebted to Dr. W. S. Moffatt of Wheaton, Ills., for the
photograph of this species. The plants grew on the ground
among dead leaves in woods at Glen Ellyn, Ills., in September.
Dr. Moffatt referred the plants with some doubt to Stropharia
obturata but did not preserve the specimens. The plants agree
well with the description of that species except that they are
larger, often larger that the photograph and the stems do not
taper downward. The spores are brown, 5x6/*.

Stropharia obturata is described as follows : Pileus 1 — 2%
inches broad, fleshy, quite thick, convex to plane, obtuse, nearly
dry, even on the margin, becoming rimosely squamulose, light
yellow. Flesh compact, white. Lamellae adnate without a
tooth, whitish becoming purple brown, never rusty. Stem.
1 — 1% inches long, 3 lines and more thick, firm, stuffed, slight¬
ly attenuated downward, not scaly, white, Annulus thick, white,
Spokes purple brown 4x7/* or 6x9^.

We desire to include the photograph with our illustrations
because it shows another form of a group of plants which need
further observation. This plant, the one figured in Trans. Wis.
Acad. Sciences Arts and Letters XVII Part I PI. XXV, Stro¬
pharia drymonia, Stropharia melasperma, reported from
Xew York by Peck, Pholiota howeana, Pk. and several others
are closely related and the differences between them not well
known. Sylloge furthermore expresses doubt whether Stro¬
pharia obturata is distinct from Stropharia coronilla.

Note — Stropharia melaspe'rma, Bull., reported from New York by-
Peck, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 105, p. 28, is a small plant with the pileus
1-2 inches broad and stem about 1 inch long growing in grassy places.
The pileus is smooth, white or yellowish, viscid in wet weather, never
rimose scaly, stem white or yellowish with a medial ring, Lamellae
ventricose, rounded or emarginate. It appears to differ from Stro¬
pharia obturata in the pileus not being rimose scaly and the rounded
gills.

Stropharia drymonia, Morg., Jour. Myc. April, 1908, p. 73, was based
on plants growing on and near rotten wood at Preston, Ohio. They
were large plants with the pileus 2%-4 inches broad and the stem 3-6
inches long, pileus smooth and viscid, pale ochraceous, flesh thick
and white and a smooth white stem. The gills were close, narrow,
white becoming brown with small brown spores 3— 4x5— 6^.

1020 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

Stropharia caesifolia, Pk. Torr. Bui. 1895, p. 489, is a plant which,
belongs to this group. Pileus one to two inches broad, convex, white
with a brownish center. Lamellae rounded or emarginate blueish
brown. Stem solid, white with a white annulus, spores 6 — 8x10 — 13 (i.
The only characteristic mark of the plant was the color of the gills.
The type specimens were collected by E. Bartholomew growing in sandy
pastures in Kansas.

The Stropharia Squamosa Group.

Note — We have no photographs of Stropharia squamosa. The species
seems to be a variable one. In N. Y. State Mus. Rep’t 44, p. 36, Peck
remarks “Specimens (of Sropharia squamosa) collected near Salamanca
agree very closely with this species, but they differ in having the pileus
of a beautiful orange red color. In this respect and indeed in many
other respects they agree better with the description of Stropharia
thrausta, but disagree in having the pileus neithe'r hygrophanous nor
glabrous. The plants are generally rather slender, though individuals
occur having a stout stem and a pileus three1 or four inches broad.
This is viscid and beautifully adorned with whitish superficial scales
which are easily destroyed. The margin is often appendiculate. The
lamellae are broad and subdistant and the stem is long, hollow, floccose
squamose and annulate. The whole plant is fragile, but this may be
due in a measure to the fact that it is apt to be infected by the larvae
of insects. It is probably to be considered a variety of S. squamosa
and is apparently equivalent to Agaricus thrautus var. aurantiacus of
Cooke’s Illustrations.”

Massee in Eu. Fung. FI. p. 210, gives Stropharia squamosa, Fr. with
two varieties.

Yar. thrausta (Ag. thraustus Kalch.) Slender, fragile, hygrophanous,
not scaly. Spores 6x12 — 15//..

Var. aurantiaca, Cke. Pileus orange or brick red.

II. Pileus with no viscid pellicle, dry and squamose.

Note — As far as we know no plants belonging to this division have
been collected in our region. Stropharia caput-medusae, Fr. is re¬
ported in Farlow’s Index. Stropharia schraderi, Pk. is described from
specimens collected near Washington, D. C. Stropharia feildeni, Berk,
and Stropharia magnivelaris, Pk. are from the arctic regions.

B. Growing on dung.

THE STROPHARIA MEKDARIA GROUP.

Stropharia submerdaria, Britz. PL LXVI GHI.

Stropharia merdaria, Pr. appears to have two forms a larger
form with the pileus about two inches in diameter and a smaller
form with the pileus half as broad. In Stevenson’s British
Fungi the large form is described and the small form mentioned
while the reverse is the case in Sylloge, the small form is de-

Harper — Species of Pholiota and Stropharia. 1021

scribed and the large form mentioned. Stevenson gives 6x9 /*
as the spores measurements and Sylloge 5x8/* noticing also the
larger measurements 6 — 8x12 — 16/* of Karsten and Britzel-
mayr. The latter author has described what appears to be the
small form with large spores as Stropharia submerdaria. Mor¬
gan has reported this species from Preston Ohio and considers
it a form of Stropharia merdaria.

We have collected what appears to be the same plant growing
on dung at River Forest, Ills, and Blue Mounds, Wis. The
photograph is from the River Forest specimens. Dr. Moffatt
has also colected the plant at Wheaton, Ills. The description
of Stropharia submerdaria is given in Revis. Hymenomyc, III,
p. 13. “Pileus 3 cm. broad, hemispherical, umbonate or de¬
pressed, dull yellow, Stipe 6 cm long, 4 mm thick, base either
attenuated or thickened, fibrous, white, annulus scanty, Lamel¬
lae not crowded, yellowish brown, often denticulate, Spokes
brown with a violaceous tint, dark violaceous in mass, acute at
one or both ends, 6 — 8x12 — 14/*.”

Our notes give the pileus as “cream color or yellow, lighter
on the margin, deeper yellow on the umbo.” Dr. MoffatPs
notes read “dark watery brown when young and moist becoming
pallid tan.” The stem is minutely white floccose becoming
glabrate, annulus scanty. The photographs show scarcely any
remains of the annulus. The dark violaceous brown, almost
vinous color of the spores is characteristic. The plants have
much- in common with Psilocybe coprophila, Bull, which also
grows on dung, but has no trace of an annulus, the gills are
slightly arcuate and the pileus is white and downy when
'young.

Stropharia stercoraria, Fr. PI. LXVIX.

This, like all the other plants of the group, grows on dung or
well manured ground.

Pileus hemispherical becoming expanded, smooth, viscid,
the viscid pellicle cracking as the pileus dries, even on the

1022 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

margin, whitish or various shades of cream color and yellow.
Lamellae broad, adnate, sometimes with a broad shallow sinus,
decurrent in lines on the stem, white becoming purple black.
Stem stuffed with a pith, equal or enlarging and somewhat
bulbous at the base, white or cream color, ffocculose below the
annulus, viscid with the pellicle cracking as on the pileus.
Annulus slight and evanescent, near the middle of the stem.
Spores elliptical, dark purple, 10xT6^.

This species is not so common as the folowing Stropharia
semiglobata. It is distinguished by the more expanded pileus,
the stuffed and more floccose stem, the larger size, larger spores
and plane not clouded gills. In our observation these distinc¬
tions do not always hold good. The plants photographed have
all the marks of Stropharia stercoraria except that the gills are
clouded. We have found Stropharia semiglobata with spores
as large as any ascribed to Stropharia stercoraria. Lloyd’s pho¬
tograph of Stropharia semiglobata in Hard’s, mushrooms fig.
260 resembles ours. We take Atkinson’s illustration, fig. 30 to
be more typical Stropharia semiglobata.

Stropharia semiglobata, Batsch.

This is the most common species of Stropharia. It is found
everywhere on dung and manured ground. Illustrations are
numerous. Atkinson, Mushrooms, fig. 30 is a good photograph
of the species. It resembles Stropharia umbonatescens, PL
LXV A. except that the pileus is exactly hemispherical.

Pileus fleshy in the center, hemispherical, not expanding,
smooth, even on the margin, viscid, light yellow. Lamellae,
broad adnate, whitish and becoming mottled purple brown or
black. Stem equal, smooth, fistulose, ^viscid, light yellow,
sometimes slightly enlarging at the base. Annulus a fibrous
ring stained with spores. Spores elliptical 8- — 9x13 — IP* or
larger.

Harper — Species of Pholiota and Stropharia. 1023

Stropharia unbonatescens, Pk. PI. LXV B.

The plants were collected on Yeebish Island, Mich., in Sep¬
tember. They agree well with Peck’s description, N. Y.
State Mats. Bep’t 30 p. 41 . The plants are very close to Stro¬
pharia mammillata, Kalch, and probably belong to that species
but the pileus is rather umbonate than papillate and the spores
are elliptical rather than ovate or pyramidal as in the descrip¬
tion of Stropharia mamillata. Peck’s description reads :
“Pileus at first conical, subacnte, then expanded and um¬
bonate, smooth, viscid, yellow, the umbo inclining to red¬
dish. Lamellae, plane, broad, at length ventrieose, blackish
brown with a slight olivaceous tint. Stem equal, slender,
hollow, generally a little paler than the pileus, Spores
purplish brown, almost black, 10x15 — 18%^.

Plant 3 — 4 inches high, pileus. G — 12 lines broad, dung in
pastures, September.”

Peck remarks that the plant has probably been confounded
with Stropharia semiglobata and Stropharia stercoraria but
that he has separated it on account of the peculiar pileus.

Stropharia siccipes, Karst. PI. LXVI DEP.

The plants photographed grew on cow dung in a pasture at
Blue Mounds, Wis., in June. .The stems were dry and floccose
and the whitish clay color of the caps was quite distinct from
the yellow tints of Stropharia semiglobata. The species is
described as intermediate between Stropharia stercoraria and
Stropharia semiglobata, differing from the former in the
shorter dry stem and the color and from the latter in the
stuffed, dry, flocculose stipe as well as color. We have col¬
lected the species a number of times and also have specimens
from Yew York state.

Pileus slightly fleshy, from hemispherical to expanded, ob¬
tuse, naked, even, or pellucid striate on the margin, viscid,
whitish clay color, yellowish when dry. Lamellae adnate or
subdecurrent, clay color to fuscous. Stem stuffed, soon hollow,
straight or flexuous, smooth, finely fibrillose, flocculose, sub-
flocculose or pruinose above the distant, dry, incomplete an-

1024 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

nulus, pale, dry. Spokes ellipsoid, fuscous and pellucid
7—9x11—14/*.

Note — Stropharia siccipes radiata Pk. N. Y. state Mus. Bull. 67 pp.
37 — 38 is a rooting form of Stropharia siccipes. Peck considers the
roots due to the fact that the plant grew from manure buried in the
earth.

Prof. A. P. Morgan, Journ. Myc. April, 1908, removes Agaricus
(Psilocybe) sullivantius Mont and Agaricus (Psalliota) foederatus, B.
& M. to the genus Stropharia. Both species were’ described from plants
collected in Ohio by Sullivant. Until something more is known of such
doubtful plants it seems best to leave them in the genera in which
the author placed them.

Stropharia epimyces (Pk.) Atk. Plant World, June, 1907, has quite a
history. It is probably the same as Pilosace algeriensis, Quel, as iden¬
tified by Lanzi, Fungi mang. e nocini. Tav. LXII f. 3. See note in
Mycologia May 1913.

Geneseo, Ills., Feb. 1911.

Harper — Species of Pholiota and Stropharia.

1025

INDEX OF THE SPECIES.

Page

Pholiota

blattaria . 1011

discolor . 1014

fulvo-squamosa . 1012-13

marginata . 1013

rugosa . 1012

Stropharia

aeruginosa . 1017

albo-cyanca . . 1017

bilamellata . 1018

caesifolia . 1020

caput-medusae . 1020

coronilla . 1018

depilata . 1016

drymonia . 1919

epimyces . . 1024

feildeni . 1020

foederata . . 1024

hardii . . . 1017

magnivelaris . 1020

mammillata . 1023

melasperma . 1019

merdaria . 1020-21

micropoda . 1017-18

obturata . 1019

pseudo-cyanea . 1017

schraderi . 1020

semiglobata . . 1022

siccipes . 1023

var. radicata . 1024

squamosa . . 1020

var. aurantiaca . 1020

var. thrausta . 1020

stercoraria . 1021-22

submerdaria . . . 1020-21

sullivantia . 1024

umbonatescens . 1023

Plate

LIX
LXI B
LX
LXI A

LXIV

LXV A
LXI I LXI 1 1

LXVI ABC

LXYI D E F

LXVI I
LXVI G H I

LXV B

1026 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

Plates LIX. Pholiota blattaria, Fr. Plailts in different stages, of
growth and part of a stem X4, showing the annulus.

Plate LX. Pholiota fulvo-squamosa, Pk. Showing the stem, the upper
and under surface of the pileus and part of a stem X4, showing
the annulus.

Plate LXI. A. Pholiota marginata, Batsch, showing the striate pileus,
the gill surface and a young slender plant. B. Pholiota discolor,
Pk., showing plants in different positions.

Plate LXI I. Stropharia depilata (Pers.) A. Cluster of three young
plants. B. Part of a stem X4, showing the annulus with the
striate upper surface.

Plate LXI 1 1. Stropharia deipilata. A. Young plant showing the
method of tearing of the veil. B. Older plant with expanded
pileus, showing the stem with squarrose scales below the ring
and lines decurrent from the gills at the top.

Plate LXIV. Stropharia aeruginosa (Curt.) Fr. A. Two plants
showing the scaly stems enlarged and myceloid below, fibrous
ring stained with spores, floccose scales below the ring, gills
with broad sinus and decurrent lines and umbonate pileus. B.
Viscid surface of a pileus. C. Gill surface and hollow stem.

Plate LXV. A. Stropharia coronilla, Bull., different views of plants
and part of a stem X4, showing the enlarged annulus. B.
Stropharia umbonatescens, Pk., showing plants in various po¬
sitions.

Plate LXVI. ABC. Stropharia obturata, Fr. Plant, upper surface of
a pileus and section showing thick white flesh and stuffed stem.
DEF. Stropharia siccipes, Karst., two plants and section show¬
ing the gills. GHI. Stropharia submerdaria, Britz. Showing
two full grown plants and the gill surface.

- Plate LXVI I. Stropharia stercoraria, Fr., A. Young plant showing the
hemispherical pileus, the annulus with striate lines on the upper
surface and the semibuiDous base. B. Surface of a pileus with
the viscid coat cracking into areas. C. Older plant with ex¬
panded pileus showing the stem and gill surface.

TRANS, WIS. ACAD. VOL,. XVII

PLATE LIX

HARPER — PHOLIOTA

COCKAVNS. BOSroi

PHOLIOTA BLATTARI A, FR.

TRANS. WIS. ACAD, VOL. XVU

PLATE LX

HARPER— PHQLIOT A

COCKAVNS BOSTON

PHOLiOTA FULVA -SQUAMOSA. PK.

■HI

TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XVII

PLATE L.X I

A. PHOLiOTA MARG1NATA. BATSCH

B. PHOLIOTA DISCOLOR. PK.

HARPER— PHOLIOTA

COCKAYNE. BOSTON

TRANS, W1S. ACAD. VOL. XVII

PLATE LXl!

HARPER— STROPH ARIA

COCK AY N K , BOSTON

STROPH ARI A DEP1LATA (PERS.)

TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL, XVII

PLATE LXIII

B A

STROPHARIA DEPILATA (PERS.)

HARPER— STROPH ARIA

COCKAYNE. BOSTON

TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XVII

PLATE LX IV

HARPER— ST RQPH ARIA

COCKAYNE.

BOSTON

STROPHARIA AERUGINOSA (CURT.)

TRANS. W1S, ACAD. VOL. XVII

PLATE LX V

HARPER STROPH ARIA

COCKAVNE. BOSTON

STROPHAR1A UMBON ATESCENS, PK STROPHARIA CORONILLA, BULL,

TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XVII

PLATE LX VI

A. B. C. STROPHAR1A OBTURATA FR.

D. E. F. STROPH AR1 A SICCIPES. KARST
G. H. L STROPH AR I A SUBMERDARIA BR ITS

HARPER STROPHARI A

COCKAYNE, BOSTON

TRANS. WIS. ACAD* VOL. XVH

PLATE LXVIl

STROPHARfA STERCORARIA. FR.

HARPER- STROPH ARIA

COCKAYNE, BOSTON

Bodge — Wisconsin Discomycetes.

1027

WISCONSIN DISCOMYCETES

B. 0. Dodge.

The following list is based on specimens collected in Wiscon¬
sin by the writer and others whose names are indicated in the
notes accompanying the species, and the specimens are incor¬
porated in the herbarium of the University of Wisconsin. Much
difficulty has been encountered owing to the unsatisfactory con¬
dition of the generic descriptions and through our lack of know¬
ledge of the species of the Discomycetes occurring in North
America. Until the North American species have been more
fully compared with European species, any such list must be of
a tentative nature.

Several local papers dealing with the Discomycetes of this
country have been consulted freely in preparing this list. A
number of American species have been described by Cooke and
by Phillips & Plowright in various volumes of Greviliea. As
early as 1876 Parlow began listing the fungi from the region
about Boston. He notes some 25 species of Discomycetes in
his “List of fungi found in the vicinity of Boston” (Bull. Bus¬
sey Inst, vol. 1:404-454, 1876; vol. 2: 224-252, 1878), and
later under “Notes on the Cryptogamic flora of the White
Mountains” (Appalachia, vol. 3:232-277, 1884), he furnishes
an additional list of 12 species of this class. The “Catalogue
of the Pacific coast fungi” (Harkness and Moore, 1880) con¬
tains a list of 140 species. Earle (ContriK U. S. Nat, Herb.,
vol. 6: 150-263, 1901) brings together all of the species of the
Alabama Discomycetes noted in the “Preliminary list of Ala¬
bama fungi’ ’ of Underwood and Earle (Alabama Exp. Sta. Bull
80, 1897), those mentioned by Atkinson in “Some fungi from
Alabama’'' (Bull, Cornell Univ., vol. 3: 1-50, 1897), and spe-

1028 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

cies collected in that state since the publication of the previous
lists. About 75 species are included in Earle’s list.

Morgan (Discomycetes of the Miami valley, Jour. Mycol.,

vol 8 : 179-192, 1902) has described several new species from
that region and has given the synonymy as he understood it of
the 120 species listed. Miss Bachman has discussed about 70
species of Discomycetes from the vicinity of Oxford, Ohio
(Proc. State Acad. Sci., vol. 5: 19-61, 1908). The Minnesota
Discomycetes have been well described by Miss Hone (Minne¬
sota Helvellineae. Minn. Bot. Stud., 3: 209-321, 1904; Pezi-
zales, Phaci diales, and Tuberales of Minnesota. Minn. Bot.
Stud., 4: 65-132, 1909). Her papers include about 100 spe¬
cies, several of which are illustrated. A local paper which is
of great help to a student beginning the study of this group has
been issued by Seaver (Iowa Discomycetes, Bull. Lab. Hat.
Hist. State TTniv. Iowa., vol. 6: 41—21*9, 1910). His keys to
the families, genera, and species, and also his illustrations show¬
ing the diagnostic characters of the species which he has noted
are especially helpful. The “Report of the State Botanist, 1908”
(H. Y. State Mus. Bui. 131) contains a list of 135 new species
of Discomycetes from America that have been described by
Peck. A complete monograph of the Horth American Geoglos-
saceae was issued by Durand (Ann. Myc., vol. 6, 1908). Very
complete bibliographies of the literature dealing with the Dis¬
comycetes of America may be found in certain of the papers
cited above.

The writer wishes to acknowledge his appreciation of the
services rendered him by Dr. H. Rehm in determining a large
number of the species. The descriptions of all the new species
which have been sent to Rehm from ‘Wisconsin by the writer
and others are copied here without change except where
there was evidently a misunderstanding of the data
furnished by the collectors. The types in all cases
are in Rehm’s herbarium. The collection first men¬
tioned after the description is the one sent to hiim This Ina-
terial was divided and a part was retained in the herbarium of
the Hni versify of Wisconsin. I have made these specimens the
basis of comparison for other collections. The species are ar¬
ranged according to the classification given in Rehm’s “Discomy-
cotes.”

Dodge— Wisconsin Discomycetes.

1029

DERMATEACEAE.

Cenangmm furfuraceum (Roth) Be Not.

Specimens with apothecia up to one centimeter broad were found on
old alder limbs about January 1. The ascl were well developed but the
spores were not mature. These fprms are figured by Koth, Cat. Bot.
vol. II, Pi. 9, fig. 2; Sacc., Fungi Ital., pi. ISIS. Perry’s woods Algoma,
1909 (Dodge) Bresadola vid.

Cenangium populneum (Pers.) Rehin.

On small decayed limbs, Schmeiling’s swamp, Algoma, August 1909

(Bodge).

Rarschla lignyota (Fr.) Sacc.

On ash log, Krohn’s Lake, Algoma, September 1912 (Dodge).

BULGARIACEAE.

Orbilia clirysocoma (Bull.) Sacc.

These specimens are similar to those figured by Fatouillard, Tab.
An., no. 2*93. On old logs, Blahnik’s grove, Algoma, July 1907 (Dodge).

Orbilia coccinella (Sommf.) Karst.

Gregarious on old pieces of wood. Star lake, August 1901 (no. 46,
Overton); No. 344, Edgewood, July 1903 (Rehm vid.); Awe’s woods,
Algoma, August 1905 (Dodge). Rehm vid.; Blue Mounds, July 1907.

Orbilia delicatula Karst.

The apothecia are sessile, orange colored, one millimeter across, very
much crowded. On blocks of ash, Blahnik’s grove, Algoma, August
1909 (Dodge). Rehm vid.

Orbilia epipora Karst.

On pore surface of Forties fomentarius, Devil’s Lake, July 1904.
C'oryne uraalis (Nyl.) Sacc.

On insect gall. Blue Mounds, June 1907; Superior, September 1907
(Gilbert).

Bulgaria polymorpha (Oed.) Wett.

A tough, black gelatinous Discomycete frequently found on oak
cordwood. It is well figured by Hussey, Illust. pi. 32; FI. dan., pi. %61i.

1030 Wisconsin Academy of {Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Berkley, Out, pi. 22, fig. 7. Devil’s Lake, September 1904 (Harper) ;
Blue Mounds, September 1904; Devil’s Lake, June 1905; Madison,
July 1905; Madison, July 1906 (Gilbert); Algoma, May 1906
(Dodge); Blair, August 1906.

Bulgaria rufa Schw.

The byinenium checks like that of Vrnula Craterium in the partly
dried plant. Madison, 1903; Devil’s Lake, July 1903; Burlington,
July 1903 (Denniston) ; Blue Mounds, August 1903; Watertown, Aug¬
ust 1903 (Marquette); Cemetery woods, Madison, July 1904 (Bennis-
ton); Devil’s Lake, September 1904; Devil’s Lake, June 1905; Devil’s
Lake, July 19 05 (Harper); La Crosse, July 19 06 ( Jolivette) ; The
Dells, Kilbourn, July 1907 (Harper); Algoma, June 1906 (Dodge).

MOLXilSIACEA®

MoIMsia cinerea ‘(Batsch.) Karst.

On wet logs, May 1904; Krohn’s Lake, Algoma, August 1905
(Dodge).

Mollisia cinerea (Batsch) var. obscura Rehm in MU.

East Madison, September 1903 (no. 406, Harper). Rehm i rid.

Mollisia cinerascens Rehm.

Blue Mounds, July 1907 (Harper).

Mollisia uda (Pers.) Gill.

The apothecia sometimes cohere in chains and are olivaceous-gray
when dry. (Dodge). Rehm vifi.

Pseudopeziza Trifolii (Bernh.) Fckl.

On leaves of red clover, Fairview farm, Mauston, September 1912.

(Dodge).

Pseudopeziza Delmii (Rabin) Fckl.

On leaves of Potentiila norvegica L., Madison; La Crosse (Pammel).

Pseudopeziza repanda (Fr.) Karst.

On Galium trifidum L., Racine (Davis).

Pseudopeziza singularia Peck.

On Ranunculus Pennsylvanicus L., Vilas county (Davis).

Dodge — Wisconsin Discomycetes.

1031

HELOTIACEAE

Pezizella subcinerea Rehm (Ann. Myc., 2: 37, 1904; 9, 1907).

Apothecia scattered broadly sessile, at first globose then ureeolate,
orbicular, disk subcinereous, exciple glabrous with elongated cells at
the base, context almost prosenchymatous toward the margin, yellow¬
ish, hyaline within, waxy, when dry involute, 1-2 mm. in diameter.
Asci clavate, rounded at the apex, 50-55x6-7 mic., 8-spored. Spores
oblong, straight or slightly curved, 1-celled, hyaline, 6-8x2 mic., dis¬
tichous. Paraphyses filiform, hyaline, septate, prominent, 3 mic.
thick. Pore of ascus I-f.

On decayc-d wood, Madison, 1902 (no. 325, Harper). Differing from
Mollisia cinerea in the structure of the thicker apothecia. Approach¬
ing Pezizella subcarnea (Schum.) Rehm. Known only from the type

locality and collected but once.

Arachiiopeziza Aurelia (Pers.) Fckl.

These specimens show the spores have appendages as figured by
Rehm, Disc., p. 694, figs. 1-5. Currey, Linn. Trans., XXIV, PI. 51, figs.
15, 16, and Patou illard, Tab. An., fig. 285, represent these forms ex¬
cept as to the appendages of the spores. On acorn cups, Devil’s Lake,
July 1903.

Cliolorsplenmm aeruginascens (Nyl.) Karst.

The spores of these plants are only 1 — 1.5x6 — 7 mic. and have two
to four greenish granules. So far as I find this species differs from
the following only in the size of the spores. In the mature spores wre
find, that there is a distinct septum, the v.7all appearing in sections as
a fine straight line. On oak stub, Mauston 1909 (Dodge); on dead
alder limbs, Serrahn’s swamp, Algoma, September 1909 (Dodge).

Cliorospleniimi aeragmosum (Oed.) De Not.

Like the preceding species this blue-green fungus colors both heart
and sap wood a greenish blue. The mature spores, 10-14x2.5-3.5 mic.,
are also septate as figured by Saccardo, Fungi Ital., PI. 1348. Boud-
ier, leones Myc., pi. 4S5, shows the general appearance of the' species
as we find it. Blue Mounds, July 1902 and August 1903; Crandon,
August 1903 (^Neuman); Eagle Heights, July 1904; Ladysmith,
August 1905; (no. 360, Neuman); Detjen’s swamp, Algoma, August
1905 (Dodge); Devil’s Lake, July 1907; Blue Mounds, August 1908;
Lake Nehagaman, August 1908; Krohn’s Lake, September 1912
(Dodge).

1032 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

Clilorospleniiiin chlora (Schw.) Massee

Probably belongs to another genus. The species is known to me on¬
ly by the specimens identified by Rehm. Blue Mounds, October 1902;
Blue Mounds, September 1903 Rehm vid.

Cholor o spleni um versiforme (Pers.) De Not.

The color of the apothecium distinguishes this species from the two
preceding. It varies considerably, being purplish-brown, rusty-yellow,
very dark-olivaceous, or deep bottle-green. It is generally larger.
The disk may be as much as four centimeters broad, and like the othersi
it is either cup-shaped or irregularly developed, often ear-shaped, and
tapers downward, forming a much wrinkled, depressed, stem-like por¬
tion 1-2 cm. long. In drying the dark lustrous olive colors are much
more evident, or they may dry rusty-yellow, while the others are gen¬
erally brilliantly colored when dry. Persoon, leones et Descr., PI., fig. 7
figures the dark-olive forms. The color of the exterior of fresh speci¬
mens is wen shown by Berkeley, Out., pi. 2, fig. 6*„ but the interior is too
bright green for our forms. Mature spores often show a fine clear-cut
septum not mentioned in descriptions. Logs on which some specimens
were found had been recently cut across and it was noticed that portions
of the wood were colored blue-green. As the mycelium of this species
is said by preceding authors not to possess this characteristic, careful
examination was made of other logs from which specimens had been col¬
lected. In a few cases the color in the wood could be traced directly
to the fruiting bodies, but in general the colored portions were rather
deep seated. I have also collected fine specimens from Fort Lee, N. J.,
where the more decayed parts of an ash log were deeply colored yet
only slight traces of the color were found in contact with the apothe-
cia; still I am convinced that it was due to this species rather than
to either of the others accidentally present. Homewood, August 1903;
Sturgeon Bay, July 1906 (R. Allen); Blue Mounds, July 1906 (Gilbert);
as Coryne viridescens Rehm, Blue Mounds, August 1908; Krohn’s lake,
August 1909 (Dodge); Rehm vid., Seaver vid. Otto’s woods, Sep¬
tember 1912 (Dodge).

Ciboria fuscocinerea Rehm (Ann. Myc., 7: 525, 1909).

Apothecia gregarious, sessile, at first globose and closed, then cyathi-
form, finally the disk more or less explanate, orbicular, with a very
thin margin, sometimes umbilicate in the middle, 0.3-1 cm. in diame¬
ter, with a cylindrical stipe, glabrous without, attenuated and tawny
towards the base, 0.5-0.7 mm. thick, 1-5 cm. long, context hyaline
ashy, finally alutaceous-fuscous, waxy, and prosenchymatous. Ascl
cylindrical, rounded and thickened at the apex, 150x10-12 mic., 8-
spored. I-f. Spores oblong-clavate, obtuse at the upper apex, often

Dodge — Wisconsin Discomycetes .

1033

subcurved, 1-celled with a large central oil globule, hyaline, 20-24x5-6
mic., monostichous. Paraphyses filiform, septate, hyaline, 2.5 mic.
thick, apex obtuse, 3 mic. thick. On decaying wood of conifers buried
in the ground.

“A very beautiful discomyeete with large spores similar to Ciboria
Dallasiana E. & E. (Sace. Syll. XVIII, p. 45), but different in the color
of the disk and does not have spindle-shaped spores; the paraphyses
are also different.”

Small plants are similar in appearance to what is commonly called
Geoyyxis nebulosa (Cooke) Sacc. In mature plants the apothecia are
nearly plane or salver-shaped. The writer found the spores were often
larger than the measurements given by Rehm. The spores of G, nebu-
losa are rough (Cooke, Mycog. fig. 163), while those of Ciboria fusco-
cinerea are perfectly smooth. See also under Tarzetta cinerascens
Rehm. No. 1853, Rehm Ascom. Exs.„ Krohn’s Lake and Perry’s swamp,
Algoma, August 1909 (Dodge.)

Ciboria pachyderma Rehm.

Madison (no. 419, Harper). Rehm vid.

Ciboria pygmaea (Fr.) Rehm.

These specimens were at one time identified as Dasyscypha pygmaea
by Morgan. The figures in Linn. Trans . XXV, p. 432, pi. 55 , figs.
7—9 , IS , seem to be fairly good for these forms. Devil’s Lake, July
1903; Madison, June 1906.

Ciboria renispora (Ellis) Sacc.

On oak leaves, Palmyra, October 1903 (Harper) Rehm vid.

Ciboria snlfurella (E. & E.) Rehm.

Durand, Bull. Tor. Bot. Club, 29: 461, 1902, gives a good description
of this species. The characteristic sulphur color is entirely lost in
drying and the specimens generally become dark brown, almost black.
This no doubt accounts for a second description of the species under
the name C. tabacina Ellis & Holw. in Bull. No. 3, Minn. Nat. Hist.
Surv., p. 35, 1886, where it is stated that the description of the colors,
etc., was taken from the dried specimens. An examination of the type
specimens shows that the species are identical. The type material
distributed as no. 1880, Rehm Asc. Exs. as C. tabacina (?), were all
collected on ash petioles, Perry’s swamp, Algoma, August 1909
(Dodge)

Gtborfa snbrabescens (Rehm.) Ann. Myc., 7; 524, 1909.

Apothecia gregarious, occasionally many closely aggregated together
on the thickened bark of decaying roots, at first globose, closed, then

1034 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

cyathiform, thickly margined, 1-4 mm. in diameter, folded and in¬
volute when dry, tapering downward into a cylindrical subcurved stipe
1-2 cm. long, 0.5-1 mm. thick, exterior glabrous, pale rubescent, di¬
lute alutaceous when dry, whitish pruinose waxy, context prosenchy-
matous. Asci cyiindrical-clavate, rounded at the apex, 60x5 mic., 8 —
spored. I-f-. Spores rod-shaped to subclavate, straight, 1— celled, hya¬
line, 7— 8x1.5 mic., distichous. Paraphyses filiform, subacute, slightly
protruding, hyaline, 2—2.5 mic.

The specimens sent to Rehm were growing on decayed roots, Madi¬
son, 1909. Rehm, 1. c., says that this species could be classed among
either the Ciborias or the Helotiums, and is near G. tenella Karst, in
color, but that species has spores 3 mic. broad. Helotium cupreum
Bres. differs in color, while Helotium fusco-'brunneum Pat. & Gaill. has
a very short stipe. Devil’s lake, June 1906, July 1909; no. 1852, Rehm
Ascom. Exs., Cemetery woods, Madison, June 1909 (Dodge).; Algoma,
August 1909 (Dodge).

Helotium anreum Pers.

On decayed wood, Blue Mounds, June 1903, no. 335; Morgan vid.
Helotium cifcrinum (Hedw.) Fr.

Judging from the large number of collections in the university her¬
barium this species is the one most commonly found and most easily
identified. No. 319, Madison, September 1901, Peck vid.; Superior,
September 1907 (Gilbert); Burlington, August 1905 (Denniston); Al¬
goma, July 1909 (Dodge), Rehm vid.; various other collections from
Blue Mounds, Devil’s Lake, Madison, Milwaukee, and Parfrey’s glen.

Helotium citrimmi var. lenticulare Bull.

The following specimens seem to be somewhat different from the
preceding species on account of the sessile apothecia cohering in
chains, or forming a compound apothecium 1—2 cm. long. Such speci¬
mens as are mentioned by Rehm, Disc., p. 490, were collected at Fort
Lee, N. J. These were light yellow and formed a compound apothe¬
cium about 1.5 cm. in diameter. Madison, October 1900; Star Lake,
August 1901 (Overton) ; Watertown, August 19D3 Marquette) ; Blue
Mounds, September (Harper); Devil’s Lake, October 1904 (Marquette);
Algoma, 1905 (Dodge); Blueberry, September 1907 (Overton).

Helotium epiphyllum (Pers.) Fr.

Blue Mounds, August 1903 (R. A. & A. M, Harper).

Helotium foliicolum Schroet.

On midrib and petiole of alder, leaves in muddy places, Perry’s
swamp, Algoma, August 1909 (Dodge) ; Rehm vid.

Dodge — Wisconsin Discomycetes.

1035

Helotmm fructigeimm (Bull.) Karst.

On acorns, hickory nut shells, etc., Several sessile form:* have
been collected at Blue Mounds, Mauston, and Algoma. Typical forms
with stipes 1-3 cm. long as figured by Sowerby, Eng. Fung., pi. Ill;
Bulliard, Herb. Franc., pi. 228, are perhaps more abundant. Rehm vid.

Helotmm imberbe (Bull.) Fr.

The apothecia are 1-3 mm. in diameter, waxy white, either nearly
sessile or tapering into a stipe 1 cm. long. Figured by Bulliard, Herb.
Franc., pi. 467, fig. 2. On small maple limbs under leaves, Otto’s
woods, Algoma, August 1909 (Dodge); Rehm vid.

Helotium limonicolor Bres.

Bresadola, Fung. Trid., pi. 195, fig. 3, represents a form found on
Thuja orientalist, which is undoubtedly the same as those found here
on leaves of Thuja occidentalis. Blueberry, September 1907 (Over-
ton); Perry’s swamp, Algoma 1909 (Dodge).

Helotium scutula (Pers.) Karst.

Figured by Saccardo, Fungi Ital., pi. 1339-1340 ; Patouillard, Tab.,
An. fig. 93. No. 118. Palmyra, October 1901, Rehm vid.; Blue Mounds,.
September 1904; Casco, September 1905 (Dodge); Algoma, August 1909
(Dodge), Rehm vid.

Helotium sordidatiun Karst. & Starb.

The specimens dry a blackish brown. The spores are clavate,
sharply pointed at one end, and not guttuiate. This collection was
identified by Dr. Rehm as H. phyllophilum (Desm.) Karst., which ac¬
cording to his description (Rehm, Disc., p. 796) does not have pointed
spores but the spores often do have two large oil globules. We find
the size of the spores to be 17-19x4 mic. The short asci, 80 mic., dis¬
tinguish the species from H. epiphyllum (Pers.) Fr.

Helotium sublenticulare (FI. dan.) Fr.

On dead alder limbs, Fellow’s woods, Foscora, August 1905; Rehm
vid.

Sclerotinia Candolieana (Lev.) Fckl.

A good figure of the species will be found in Ann. Sci. Nat. 20: 233,
pi. 1, fig. 4, 1843. Among decayed leaves under Geranium maculatum,
Cemetery woods, Madison, June 1909 (J. Dodge) ; Rehm vid.

Sclerotinia fructigena (Pers.) Norton.

Very common on old plums University of Wisconsin orchard, Madison,
May 1909 (Arzberger).

1036 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

Sclerotinia tuberosa (Hedw.) Fckl.

Milwaukee, April 1905; Madison, May 1909 (R. Allen); Cemetery
woods, Madison, June ( J. Dodge) ; The Dells, Kilbourn, June 1909
(Dexter).

Sclerotinia Wisconsinensis Rehm (Ann. Myc., 6: 317, 1908).

Apothecia from a suborbicular sclerotium convex below in upper
part plain or umbilicate, exterior black, interior white, wrinkled when
dry, 3-6 mm. broad, 2.5-3 mm. thick, in clusters of 2-5, rarely solitary.
At first spheroid, then disk-shaped, with a thin margin, 1.5-3 mm. broad
and high, yellowish-brown, glabrous, when old tawny brown with a long
stipe. Stipe cylindrical, about 0.15-0.2 mm, thick, expanding belpw the
excipulum, 2-3 cm. long, glabrous, erect, curved, brownish-yellow' Apo-
thecium with the stipe longitudinally wrinkled when dry, the disk var¬
iegated whitish. Asci clavate, apex rounded, 150-180x12-15 mic., 8—
spored. I-f. Spores fusiform, more or less rounded at the the ends,
generally with one or two large oil globules, hyaline, 20-22x7 mic.,
monostichous, rarely distichous. Paraphyses filiform, projecting, ob¬
tuse, septate, hyaline, 3-4 mic thick. In damp woods, Madison, March

1908 (no. 75, Arzberger).

“The specimens were slightly imbedded in earth mixed with decayed
plants and small dry twigs of ash. Isopyrum biternatum and Os-
morrhiza longistylis grew abundantly in the neighborhood, but Arz¬
berger found no connection between these plants and the sclerotia,
though this must probably be assumed to exist. &. gracilis Clements
(Sacc., Syll. XVI, p. 723) is distinguished by its larger lobed sclerotia
and its spores 26-32 mic. long.”

Dasyscypha Agassizii (B. & C.) Sacc.

Common on Abies balsamea of brush piles, Blahnik’s woods, Algoma,

1909 (no. 1854, Rehm. Asc. Exs., Dodge) ; near Duluth, May 1908 (Gil¬
bert).

Dasyscypha nivea (Hedw.) Sacc.

Eagle Heights, October 1904 (Denniston); near Duluth, May 1908
< Gilbert).

Laclmella corticalis (Pers.) Fr.

On bark at base of living poplar, Ihlenfeld’s woods, Algoma, Septem¬
ber 1909 (Dodge). Rehm vid.

Lachnum ciliaris (Schrad.) Rehm.

On oak leaves, Blue Mounds, July 1904; campus, Madison, June 1909
<Dodge).

Dodge — Wisconsin Discomycetes.

1037

Xjachmim virgineum (Batsch.) Karst.

Nelson’s woods, Madison, May 1903 (R. A. and A. M Harper) ; Blue
Mounds, June 1904 (R. A. and A. M. Harper); Devil’s Lake, July 1904;
Eagle Heights, July 1904; Devine’s woods, Algoma, August 1905
(Dodge).

PEZIZACEAE.

Detonia Constellatio (B. & Br.) Rehm in Utt .

Easily distinguished by the hook-shaped paraphyses as figured by
Cooke, Mycog., pi. 2, fig. 81. On the ground among moss. Mile Bluff,
Mauston, June 1909 (J. Dodge) ; on rich black earth, Krohn’s lake, Al-
gonia, August 1900 (Dodge). Rehm vid.

Detonia convexella (Karst.)

On burned places, Devil’s Lake, June 1905, 1907.

Detonia fulgens (Pers.) Rehm.

The greenish spots on the exterior and the round spores, 4-6 mic.
across, serve to distinguish this species from other orange-colored
forms. Boudier, leones Myc., pi. 819 o, no. Jp7, and Patouillard. Tab.
An., fig. 317, give good figures of the species. Among needles under¬
hemlock and white cedar, covering the ground foT several feet,
Schmeiling’s grove, Algoma, May 1905, (Dodge.)

Detonia laeterubra Rehm (Ann. Myc., 3: 516, 1905).

Apothecia sessile, gregarious, at first closed globose, finally plate¬
shaped , then irregularly orbicular, with a distinct margin, the disk
bright red, exterior glabrous and paler reddish, 1 — 4 mm. in diameter,
fleshy. Asci cylindrical, rounded at the apex, 180 — 200x12 mic., 8-
spored. Spores globose, glabrous, with one large oil globule, hyaline,
10 mic. in diameter, monostichous. Paraphyses filiform, septate,
hooked at the apex, 1.5 mic. thick, hyaline. II. — Cemetery woods, July
1904 (Harper).

Rehm, l. c. says that the species is distinguished from D. convex¬
ella Karst, by the color of the disk and the much smaller spores, and
from D. gloMfera B. & C. in the color and in the hooked paraphyses.
A second collection from Devil’s lake, July 1904 (Harper).

Detonia mininta (Crouan) Rehm in litt.

This species is larger than D. constellatio, 5 — 8 mm. broad, dark red
to golden brown. The spores are rough and the paraphyses are
straight, Cooke Mycog, pi. 5, fig. 17, notes these differences. On the
ground, Mile Bluff, Mauston, June 1909 (Dodge) ; Rehm vid.

1038 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

Betonia trachycarpa (Curr.)

On burned ground, McDonald’s, Algoma, September 1912 (Dodge),
Humaria lacteo-cinerea Rehm {Ann. Myc., 3: 517, 1905).

Apotbecia gregarious, sessile, patellate, the disk irregularly ex¬
panded, repandly marginate and the margin soon irregular, whitish-
cinereous, 0.5 — 2 cm. in diameter, exciple glabrous, whitish, tapering
into a very short, subcylindrical stipe, waxy. Asci cylindrical, sub¬
truncate at apex, 120 — 150x10 — 12 mic., 8-spored. I — . Spores ellips¬
oid with blunt ends, one-celled, one large central oil globule, hyaline,
the epispore thick and warty, 12 — 13x7 — 8 mic., monostichous. Para-
physes filiform, septate, 3 — 4 mic. thick, subclavate toward the apex,
5 mic. thick, hyaline. On pine drain, greenhouse, Madison, December
1903 (Harper).

“Grayish throughout. This fine fungus with its white color and its
warted spores seems to have remained unknown up to the present.
Still the specimens kindly sent to me were old and for this reason the
description is perhaps uncertain.”

Specimens with the same number in the Wisconsin herbarium
show a distinct iodine reaction, and the size of the apothecia also in¬
dicates that the species might be placed in the genus Piicaria. Two
collections 'from Devils lake agree entirely with that from the green¬
house. In most of the specimens the spores tend to lie across the
ascus as figured by Boudier, leones Myc., pi. 297, no 432, for Oalactin-
ia badio-fusca , which differs from this species in having much longer
asci Devil’s Lake, June 1905, July 1907.

Humaria rliodoleuca Bres.

The apothecia are 3 — 5 mm. broad and high, with a pink disk which
is at first concealed by the inrolled margin. The exterior is pure
white, furfuraceous. The spores are also characteristic, 30 — 40x14
mic., with one or two large oil globules and numerous smaller ones.
Well figured by Bresadola, Fungi Trid. p. pi. 193, fig. 2. On the ground,
under tamarack and spruce, Perry’s swamp, August 1909 (J. Dodge).

Humaria Wisconsinensis Rehm (Ann. Myc., 3: 517, 1905).

Apothecia gregarious, sessile, at first globose, soon patellate, orbi¬
cular, the disk with a distinct margin, plane, orange-yellow, by no
means cup-shaped, the exterior glabrous, pale, waxy, attached to
the substratum by white hyphae, 0.5 — 5 mm. in diameter. Asci cla-
vate, rounded at the apex, 40 — 45x5 — 6 mic., 8-spored. I — . Spores
ellipsoid, one-celled, sometimes somewhat subcurved, hyaline, 6 — 7x3
mic., distichous. Paraphyses filiform, septate, 2 — 2.5 mic., thick, not
at all c'lavate, yellowish.. Excipulum thick, parenchymatous, context

Dodge — Wisconsin Discomycetes.

1039

pseudo-prosenchymatous toward the margin. On decayed culms of
Carex, Blue Mounds, June 1904 (no. 424, R. A. and A. M. Harper).

H. fiavotingens B. & By. differs especially in its cyathiform apothe-
cium and the yellow mycelium.

Pyronema ompfoalodes (Bull.) Feld.

On burned places, Eagle Heights, August 1903; Devil’s lake, August
1906; Hale's woods, Mauston, August 1909 (Dodge).

Aleuria aurantia (Mueller) Fckl.

Star lake, August 1909 (Overton), Morgan vid.; Blue Mounds, Sep¬
tember 1903, Rehm vid.; Blue Mounds, September 1904; Madison, June
1909 (Overton); Madison (no. 30, Harper), Morgan vid.; Schmeiling’s
woods, Algoma, September 1909 (Dodge).

Alenria bicucallata Boud.

The spores are very characteristic, being reticulately warted, and
each end is provided with a cap-like appendage as figured by Boudier,
Hoc. Bot., 28: 93. pi. 3, fig. 1, 1881. In Wisconsin forms the paraphyses
are usually bent at right angles instead of being straight. On the
ground roadsides, Mile Bluff, Mauston, June 1909 (Dodge), Rehm
vid.

Alenria Wiscon sinensis Rehm {Ann. Myc., 2: 34, 19 04).

Apothecia gregarious, sessile, patelliform, contracted at the base to
form a slightly stipe-like elongation, margin thick and entire, at
length folded, the disk plane, flat, finally sinuous, red, the exterior
pale fuscous, the context of the excipulum parenchymatous and sub¬
hyaline, provided with single hyaline septate pileiform hyphae made
up of large cells, 150x10 mic., the disk 0.5 — 2 cm. in diameter, fleshy,
when dry more or less contorted, rose colored, the excipulum whitish,
mealy. Asci cylindrical, rounded at the apex, about 200x10 mic., 8-
spored. Spores ellipsoid, epispore broadly areolate, capped at each
end, the upper end with a very short appendage, often doubly crenate
the lower end with a filiform appendage, one-celled, often stuck together,
generally containing two large oil globules, hyaline, 14 — 15x7
mic., monostichous. Paraphyses hyaline, filiform, septate, 3 mic., at
the apex evem 5 mic. thick. I — . Madison, October 1899 (no. 322, R.
A. and A. M. Harper).

“Nearest A. bicucullata Bond., but it differs plainly in the orange
color of the excipulum and the much smaller size and the spores never
warty areolate.” Further collections which I have examined agree
well with No. 322, but in my opinion the species is nearest to Aleu¬
ria aurantia and perhaps should not be distinguished from it. Miss

1040 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Hone has also reported the same form from Minnesota and regards it
as different from A. aurantia.. Blue Mounds, August 1903; Devil’s
Lake ( immature), October 1906.

Geopyxis cupularis (L.) Sacc.

The apothecia are usually alutaceous, and only occasionally egg-
yellow as described by Rehm, Disc., p. 972. The edge is delicately
scalloped as figured by Boudier, leones Myc., pi. 338. On wet clay soil,
Blahnik’s woods, August 1909 (Dodge.) Rehm vid .

Geopyxis nebulosa (Cooke) Sacc.

This form in which the apothecium tapers downward into the stipe
is well illustrated by Cooke, Mycog., pi. 73, fig. 281. I include this
form under Geopyxis, although it does not belong with the preceding
and would not be included in the group according to Rehm’s conception
of the genus. Sturgeon Bay, August 1906 (R. Allen) ; on old wood,
Shaw’s swamp, Algoma, October 1905 (Dodge!; Wisconsin (Trelease,
Ellis herbarium).

Discina ochracea (Boud.) Rehm in lift.

The character of the exterior, which is densely warted, is figured
by Bresadola, Fung. Tril., pi. 185, under the name Aleuria pustulata
(Hedw). Some specimens show that the paraphyses have tubercular tips
as shown by Boulder, leones Myc., pi. 337; others correspond to the ones
figured by Patouillard, Tab. An., no. 371,. On humus, East Madison,
September 1903; Blue Mounds, July 1908; Krohn’s lake and Otto’s
woods, Algoma, August 1909 (Dodge), Rehm vid.

Discina venosa (Pers.) Sacc.

The young forms are saucer-shaped with the margin erect or in¬
curved, while in older specimens, the margin expands and the whole
becomes flat, bringing the center up showing the wrinkled, light-brown
interior. The exterior is flesh-colored, becoming whitish with age.
Figures well representing these forms are those of Richon, Atlas
Ckamp., pi. 70, fig. 6; Boudier, leones Myc., pi. 251,, no. 180 ; Diet.,
Deutsch. Crypt., pi. 1,2. On the ground and on decayed logs, Madison,
July 1907; Otto’s woods, Algoma, June 1905 (Dodge).

Acetabula leucomelas (Pers.) Sacc.

The only good specimen found was sent to Dr. Rehm for determina¬
tion. Figured by Boudier, leones, pi. 21,9 no. 153. On the ground
Otto’s woods, Algoma, July 1909 (Dodge) ; Rehm vid.

Dodge — Wisconsin Discomycetes.

1041

Acetabula sulcata (Pers.) Fckl.

The apothecia are plane, not cupshaped, the stipes are long and
deeply sulcate. Both characteristics are well brought out by Cooke,
Mycog., pi. 47, fig. 185. One specimen from Blue Mounds, had a disk
8 cm. broad with a stipe 8-9 cm. long, exceptionally large for the
species. On the ground. Devil’s Lake, June 1909 (Harper); Blue
Mounds, 1909 (Dodge); T. Nelson’s woods, Mauston, July 1909 (J.
Dodge).

Acetabula vulgaris Fckl.

The species grows as large as 13 cm. broad and 10 cm. high in the
rich black soil of “the bottoms” near Krohn’s Lake. Good figures of
these forms are given by Rolland, Atlas Champ., pi. 118 , fig. 278 ;
Boudier, leones Mye., pi. 243, no. 155. Windsor road, Madison, June
1905; Second lake, Madison, June 1905; Krohn’s lake, June 1905
(Dodge); Sturgeon Bay. July 1905 (R. Allen); Milwaukee, 1905;
Devil’s lake, June 1909. A small form sent to Dr. Rehm was deter¬
mined as Acetabula vulgaris var. minor (no. 475, Mauston, (Dodge).

Macropodia Corium (Weberb.) Sacc.

University drive, Madison, May 1904 (no. 415, Harper) ; University
drive, June 1907 (Denniston).

Macropodia macropus (Pers.) Fckl.

This species is even more variable than the preceding in the form
and size of the apothecia. Some have a stipe only 0.5 cm. long, in
others the stipe is 6-8 cm. long, the spores being alike in both forms.
Frequently parasitized by a species of Asterophora (Rehm vid.). Wau-
besa, July 1903; East Madison, September 1903; Warner’s woods, Al¬
go ma, August 1904; C'randon, August 1905 (Neuman); Devil’s Lake,
July 1905; Sturgeon Bay, July and August 1907 (R. Allen and Joli-
vette) ; Fond du Lac, August 1907 (Cheney); West Superior, August
1907 (Cheney); Devil’s Lake, June 1909; Mile Bluff, Mauston, June
1909 (Dodge), Rehm vid.; Krohn’s lake, August 1909 (Dodge), Rehm
vid.

Macropodia platypodia (Boud).

The spores are more fusoid than figured by Boudier, leones Myc.,
pi. 2)1, no. 6)7, otherwise the specimens are as he described. Crandon,
August 1905 (Neuman).

Frnula Craterium (Schw.) Fr.

On decayed wood and on the ground, Madison, June 1889 (R. A. Har¬
per) ; Devil’s lake, June 1900; Madison, May 1902 (Harper).; Blue

1042 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts ; and Letters.

Mounds, April 1904; Vilas’ wpods, April 1905; Devil’s lake, May 1905;
Danek’s woods, Algoma, May 1905 (Dodge).

Urnnla terrestris (Niessel) Sacc.

The bright sulphur color of the disk is in striking contrast to the
rough, dark-brown exterior. The paraphyses may be either T-shaped or
merely hook-shaped at the apex. Among needles and moss on old
coniferous trunks and roots, Perry’s swamp, Algoma, August 1909 (J.
Dodge).

PMcaria alutacea (Pers.) Fckl.

Rehin, Ann. Myc., 7: 526, 1909, found that tjxese specimens differed
from the European forms in having only one large oil globule in the
spore and in being much rougher. The cups are sometimes divided
on one side and are often alutaceous. Cooke, Mycog.,pZ. 54, fig. 214 > and
Boudier, leones Myc., pi. 327, no. 238, give good figures. Krohn’s lake,
Algoma, Amgust 1909 (no. 1856, Rehm. Asc., Dodge) ; Devil’s lake,
June 1909.

Plicaria foadia (Pers.) Fckl.

Some forms of our plants show a purplish or even violet tinge. Fig¬
ures usually given for the American forms agree well with the large
plants found in woods; cf. Boudier, leones Myc., pi. 283; Berkeley,
Out., pi. 23; fig. 4‘ Specimens distributed as No. 1860, Rehm Asc. Exs.,
from rich black soil near Krohn’s Lake are very small and almost
black. These are quite different plants, but may be the same species.
Blue Mounds, August 1903; East Madison, September 1903; Burling¬
ton, September 1903 (Denniston). Morgan vid. Eagle Heights, July
1904 (Denniston); Windsor road, May 1905 (Harper); Blue Mounds,
May 1905; Devil’s Lake, July 1905; Sturgeon Bay, July 1905 (R.
Allen) ; (?) Blue Mounds, August 1906 (Jolivette) ; Hammersley’s drive,
August 1906; Blue Mounds, June 1907; Sturgeon Bay, August 1907 (R.
Allen); Awe’s woods, Foscora, August 1905 (Dodge),

Plicaria bsninneo-atra (Desm.) Rehrn.

This species is well represented by Boudier, leones Myc., pi. 298, no.
380. Blue Mounds, 1903.

i

Plicaria chrysopela (Cooke) Rehm.

On flower pot in grrenhouse, Madison, January (no. 414, Harper),
Rehm vid. Cooke describes the spores as 12x6 mic., Mycog., p. 156.
Rehm, Disc., p. 1005, gives the measurements 15-17x8 mic. The spores
of these specimens are 19-20x10 mic. Pustularia vesiculosa is often

i

Dodge — Wisconsin Discomycetes.

1043

found on dung in greenhouses, and this specimen may be a small, less
fleshy form of that species.

Plicaria coeiiinieo-maculata Rehm (Ann. Myc., 2: 351, 1904).

Apothecia chiefly globose, sessile with a narrowed base, disk sub-
orbicular, explanate, distinctly margined, pale, exciple glabrous, con¬
text parenchymatous, made up of subcinerous cells, 25-30 mic. broad,
slightly tawny, blue-spotted, when dry wrinkled, 3 cm. in diameter.
Hypothecium especially blue-stained. Asci cylindrical, rounded at the
apex, 180-200x10-12 mic., 8-spored. I-f. Spores ellipsoid, rounded
at each end, epispore slightly roughened, 1-celled, enclosing the large
oil drops, hyaline, 15-18x9-10 mic., in one row. Paraphyses filiform,
septate, 3 mic. thick, hyaline, towards the apex up to 5 mic. thick.
East Madison, 1903 (Harper).

“The species is to be placed near Plicaria Howsei. So far as color
is concerned it is nearest Peziza lividulae Phil. (Cf. Cooke, Mycog., pi.
7 2, fig. 277), but in the latter the color almost disappears in the dried
out specimens.”

In general appearance this species is certainly close to P. ladia, and
I am inclined to think that perhaps all the violet-stained forms may be
put together as a single species. On the ground, Parfrey’s glen,
August 1906; Devil’s Lake, July 1905; Blue Mounds, June 1907 (Har¬
per) ; Blue Mounds, September 1903 (Harper); Alaska, August 1905
(Dodge).

Plicaria pustulata (Hedw.) Fckl.

Depauperate specimen, Devil’s Lake, July 1903 (no. 346, Harper),
Morgan vid. P. pustulata var. minor Rehm, Devil’s Lake, July 1903,
Rehm vid. The specimens from Eagle Heights, July i904, perhaps be¬
long here.

Plicaria repanda (Wahl.) Rehm.

As indicated below, a number of specimens sent to Rehm were iden¬
tified as this species. The Wisconsin forms agree well, so far as habit
is concerned, with the figures by Bresadola (Fungi Trid., pis. 188,189 ),
P. varia (Hedw.) Fr„ and P. repanda Wahl. Madison, September
1899, October 1899, (Rehm vid.), June and October 1907; Star Lake, Sep¬
tember 1901 (Overton); Homewood, August 1903; Milwaukee, August
1904; Eagle Heights, July 1905; Devil’s Lake, May 1905, July 1907
(Harper) ; Glens, July 1907; Blue Mounds, August 1909; Ihlenfeld’s
woods, August 1909 (Dodge), Rehm vid.

Plicaria violacea (Pers.) Fckl.

On burned ground, Krohn’s Lake, September 1912. (Dodge).

1044 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Galactinia subumbrina Bond.

The spores are 10—11x17-20 mic., very coarsely warted, usually with
two tubercles at one end as figured by Cooke, Mycog., pi. 108, fig. 885;
Boudier, leones Myc., pi. 296, no. 80. Devil’s Lake July 1903; Blue
Mounds, August 1903, September 1904; Milwaukee, July 1905; Ham-
mersley’s drive, August 1906; Devil’s Lake, July 1907; campus, Madison,
1907.

Galactinia succosa (Berk.) Sacc.

Cemetery woods, Madison, July 1905; campus, Madison, June 1909
(Overton) ; Devil’s Lake, June 1909 (Harper) ; on the banks and beds
of gullies in rocky ravines, Trumble’s woods, Mauston, June 1909
(Dodge), Rehm vid.; Blue Mounds, August 1909.

Pustularia Stevensoniana (Ellis) Rehm. Cf. Ascom. Lojk., p. 3. De¬
scription given in Rehm, Disc., p. 1019.

This is a common form around Madison on rotten logs especially of
poplar. Bresadola’s figures (Fungi Trid., pi. 190) of P. varia (Hedw.)
Fr. f. terrestris, with the exception of the figure in the lower right
hand corner, are excellent representations, so far as habit is concerned,
of Wisconsin forms which I have included here. Maple Bluff, Madi¬
son, June 1903 (no. 343, R. A. and A. M. Harper), Rehm vid.; Nelson’s
woods, August 1903; Cemetery woods, Madison, July 1905; Parfrey’s
glen, September 1905; Blue Mounds, August 1903, 1904; Devil’s lake,
July 1904, June 1909; Crandon, August 1905 (Neuman); Sturgeon
Bay, August 1907 (R. Allen); Blueberry, September 1907; Milwaukee,
October 1907; Dorward’s glen, June 1909; in lumber yards and cellars,
June to August, Algoma, (Dodge), Rehm vid.

Pustularia vesiculosa (Bull.) Rehm.

“Covered celery fields,” Milwaukee, July 1905 (Wansok) ; Madison,
June 1907, on horse dung; in pastured woods, Krohn’s Lake, Algoma,
June (Dodge) ; on burned ground, Cemetery w'oods, Madison, May
1909 (J. Dodge). Boudier, leones Myc., pi. 257, no. 62, represents ex¬
actly the external appearance of this last collection. Peziza umdrina
Boud. is said to grow in burned places and is quite similar in its ex¬
ternal characters to those found here on burned ground.

Tarzetta cinerascens Rehm. Ann. Myc., 2: 352, 1904.

Apothecia gregarious, for the most part cyathiform, stipitate, but
soon with the orbicular disk explanate, finally slightly convex, acutely
margined, 0.5-1. 5 cm. broad, stipe subcylindrical 1-3 mm. long, 0.5
mm. thick, excipulum glabrous, parenchymatous at the base, yellowish,
context prosenchymatous toward the margin, cinereous, drying yel-

Bodge — Wisconsin Bis corny cetes.

1045

lowish-cinereous, subcoriaceous. Asci cylindrical, rounded at the
apex, 150-180x10-12 mic., 8-spored. I+. Spores oblong, straight or
subcurved, rounded at the ends, glabrous, 1— celled, one large oil glo¬
bule, hyaline, 20 — 22x5 — 5.5 mic., monostichous. Paraphyses filiform,
1.5 mic. thick, 2.5 at the apex, hyaline. On wood, East Madison, 1903
(Harper).

“Similar in form and in iodine reaction to Geopyxis perforata
(Karst.) Sacc., but differs in color and in spore characters. Very near
Feziza nebulosa Cooke, Mycog., pi- 7 3, fig. 281. Exs. Ellis N. A. F., no.
437. The apothecia are always cyathiform and the spores are pointed at
both ends, 30-35x5-7 mic., and according to Cooke they are slightly
rough.”

This species differs from Ciboria fuscocinerea mainly in the length
of the stipe. The two forms are certainly very close together and per¬
haps should not be distinguished from Peziza nebulosa Cooke. As the
number of the collections shows, this is a common and fairly abund¬
ant form and the material is reasonably uniform.

Blue Mounds, August 1903, September 1908; Madison, September
1903; Blue Mounds, July 1908 (Gilbert); Parfrey’s glen, August
1908 (Arzberger).

Of idea auricula (Sohaeff.) Rehm.

Sturgeon Bay, July 1905 (R. Allen); Elkhart Lake, June 1909.

t

Otidea cochleata (L.) Fckl.

Devil’s Lake, July 1905.

Otidea Harperiana Rehm (Ann. Myc., 2: 34, 1904).

Apothecia sessile, at first subcyathoid, vertically split on one side
from the base, sublacerate here and there on the margin, finally con¬
torted, more or less explanate, not elongated laterally, narrowed towards
the base in a slightly stipe-like fashion, disk undulate, reddish brown,
excipulum umber bay, rugulose, velutinous, the cortex parenchymatous,
made up of yellowish tawny subglobose cells about 30 mic. broad, 4-10
cm. in diameter, 1.5-5 cm. high, tapering into a short stipe, whitish
at the base, and drying subcoriaceous, fragile. Asci cylindrical,
rounded at the apex, 300x12-14 mic., 8— spored. Spores oblong, ellip¬
soid rounded at each end, one-celled, not guttulate, smooth, hyaline,
15 — 17x5 — 7 mic., monostichous. Paraphyses filiform, septate, 3 mic.
thick, toward the apex 4 mic., hyaline. I-f . On the ground. Blue
Mounds, June 1903 (Harper) ;

“Near O. umbrina (Pers.) Bres1.; in color, size, and in the I — it is
plainly different. On the contrary O. Harperiana tends toward Discina ,

1046 Wiscomin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

but the apothecia are for tbe most part vertically split on one side and
this seems to prevent putting it in that genus.”

This is according to the description very close to 0. umbrina. I
have not seen material of the latter species. The spores in the speci¬
mens left at Wisconsin appear to be roughened. Bresadola’s figures
(Fungi Trid. pi. 180 ) represent the Wisconsin specimens perfectly as to
shape, those of Boudier (leones Myc. pi. 330 ) less correctly. Madison,
September 1903; Blue Mounds, August 1903.

Otidea leporina (Batsch.) Fckl.

Watertown, August 1903 (Marquette), Madison, October 190-7, Devil’s
Lake, July 1907; Blue Mounds, August 1909.

Otidea onotica (Pers.) Fckl.

Blue Mounds, July 1905; Parfrey’s glen, August 1907; Devil’s
Lake, August 1907.

Otidea pleurota (Phil.) Sacc.

The spores are 17x8.5 mic., with one long oil globule, irregularly
warted. Iodine does not color the asci blue. Cooke’s figures (Mycog.
pi. 97, fig. 351) represent this form very well. The spore measure¬
ments are distinctive. Blue Mounds, July 1905.

Pseudoplectania melaena (Fr.) Sacc.

The apothecium is light brown, chalice-shaped, and dries jet black.
The short wrinkled stipe is clothed at the base with brown, non-septate
hairs. Boudier, leones Myc., pi. 343, is an excellent figure of this spe¬
cies which seems to be rare in America. On decayed limbs, Parrman’s
woods, Algoma, May 1905 (Dodge).

Pseudoplectania nigrella (Pers.) Fckl.

Superior, 1908 (Gilbert).

Lachnea amphidoxa Rehm.

On wet clay soil in low places frequented by cows, Blahnik’s woods,
Algoma, August 1909 (Dodge) ; Rehm via.

Laclmea Woolhopeia C. & Phil. ( Lachnea coerulescens Rehm sp. nov.,
in lift.).

The specimens differ from typical forms described by Cooke, Gre-
villea, 7: 75; Mycog., pi. 113, fig. W, in being abo'ut twice as large,
2—4 mm. across, and in the character of the soft brown hairs that
cover the exterior. These hairs are brown throughout their entire

Dodge — Wisconsin Discomycetes.

1047

length, are much longer, 0.2— 0.4 mm., and while they broaden abruptly
in the basal cells, these cells, only one or two, are much longer than
broad, 12—17x40—50 mic. The color of the apothecia, character of the
asci, spores and paraphyses are typical of the species. Only a small
collection of plants was made, and they are listed under the above
name until more evidence may be obtained of the variations found in
Wisconsin plants. On mossy humus at the base of a stump of Tsuga
canadensis, Krohn’s Lake, August 1909 (Dodge).

Lachnea coprinaria (Cooke) Sacc.

On cow dung, Schmeiling’s grove, September 1912 (Dodge).

Lachnea fusicarpa (Ger.) Sacc.

Specimens from Blue Mounds (no1. 402, R. A. and A. M. Harper, Aug¬
ust 18, 1903) were identified by Rehm as Lachnea semitosta B. & C,
var. pubida Berk. The spores are about 42 mic. long, and some of the
apothecia are l%-2 cm. in diameter. Durand, Jour. Myc ., p. 28, 1906,
discusses the variations and synonymy of the species, but accepts Mac¬
ropodia semitosta (B. & C.) Sacc. as a separate species. In almost
any of the specimens in the University of Wisconsin herbarium one can
find spores varying from 28 mic. to 40 mic. in length, a difference
which is doubtless due to the degree of ripeness of the spores. As
originally described, Macropodia semitosta has somewhat larger apothe¬
cia than M. pubida, but smaller spores than that species. Gerard
describes P. fusicarpa as sessile. It is possible that a distinction can
be found between the sessile and the stiped forms in this group which
will he of more significance than the proposed distinction on the basis
of spore size. It hardly seems probable that Cooke’s figure of Gerard’s
material and that from Michener could be considered as belonging to
the same species. Cooke’s figure, Mycog., fig. 113, is a good repre¬
sentation of many of the Wisconsin forms. The Dells, Kilbourn, Aug¬
ust 1906; East Madison, September 1903; Blue Mounds, August 1903;
Parfrey’s glen, August 1907; Devil’s Lake, July 1907; Blue Mounds,
September 1904.

Lachnea Dalmeniensis (Cooke) Phil.

Fresh specimens have rather blunt hairs which are hyaline to yel¬
lowish and not tawny yellow nor brownish as described by Cooke.,
Mycog., p. 84, pi. 39, fig. 151; Rehm, p. 1052. Boudier’s illustration
of Lachnea theleboloides (A. S.) Gill., leones Myc., pi. 380, is a much
better figure for our species in the fresh condition. On black soil
under white cedar, Blahnik’s woods, Algoma, August 1909 (Dodge),
Rehm vid.

1048 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Lachnea hemispherica (Wigg.) Gill.

On decayed wood, Madison, summer 1902, September 1903; Vilas’
woods, July 1904 (Dean) ; Hammersley’s drive, August 1906, June 1907;
East Madison, September 1903, July 1907; Burlington, July 1902 (Den-
niston), Elm Grove, August 1903; Homewood, August 1903; Blue
Mounds, August 1903; Eagle Heights, October 1904 (Denniston);
Devil’s Lake, July 1905, July 1907; Eagle Heights, August 1906; Stur¬
geon Bay, July 1907 (Allen and Jolivette) ; Luis River, July 1897;
Krohn’s Lake, Algoma, August 1909 (Dodge), Rehm vid.

Lachnea intermixta (Karst.) Rehm.

The specimens show considerable variation in color, young forms
being either olivaceous, orange, or reddish-brown. The figures of
Peziza maurila'bra Cooke, Grevillea, 6: 64; Cooke., Mycog., pi. 109, fig.
388; Boudier, leones, pi. 389, are very similar to these forms which
grew abundantly on burned places. Cemetery woods, Madison, June
1909 (J. Dodge), Rehm vid.; Devil’s Lake, June 1906.

Lachnea livida (Schum.) Sacc. (?).

Blue Mounds, October 1902 (no. 3, Harper), Rehm vid; this specimen
seems to be similar to large pale forms of L. scutellata. Vilas’ woods,
October 1903 (Harper).

Lachnea Lojkaeana Rehm.

On wet clay soil, Blahnik’s woods, Algoma, August 1909 (Dodge).

Lachnea melaloma (A. & S.) Sacc.

Fresh specimens are bright orange, 2—4 mm. in diameter, with cel¬
lular outgrowths bunched together on the exterior as stated by Phil¬
lips, Disc., p. 109. Of. Patouillard, Tab. An., fig. 275; Boudier, leones
Myc., pi 387, no. 252. Devil’s Lake, July 1907; on the grounds under
balsam fir, Blahnik’s grove, August 1909 (Dodge), Rehm vid.

Lachnea pellita (C. & Pk.) Rehm in litt.

Apothecium is attached to the soil by coarse, brown, secondary my¬
celium. The edge of the cup is much split and torn. The hairs and
spores are well figured by Cooke, Mycog., p7., 31, fig. 119. On the
ground, Blahnik’s swamp, Algoma, August 1909- (Bodge), Rehm vid.

\

Lachnea pseudogregaria Rick.

East Madison, September 1903 (no. 400, Harper), Rehm vid.

Bodge — Wisconsin Biscomycetes. 1049

Lachnea scutellata (L.) Gill.

Port Wing, August 1897 (Cheney); Florence, 1899 (Riley); Madi¬
son, June 1903 ( no. 334, Harper), Rehm via.; Elm Grove, August
1903; Blue Mounds, September 1903, July 1907; Rock Cut, May 1905;
Devil’s Lake, June 1905; Fluno’s bluff, Mauston, June 1909; Schmeil-
ing’s grove, Algoma, July 1905, August 1909 (Dodge), Rehm via.;
Crandon, August 1905 (Neuman).

Lachnea setosa (Nees.) Phill.

Blue Mounds, August 1903 (R. A. and A. M. Harper), Rehm via.;
Blue Mounds, August 1906; Madison, Vilas’ woods, October 1903 (Har¬
per); Alaska, June 1905 (Dodge).

Lachnea stercorea (Pers.) Gill.

The characteristic stellate hairs on the apothecium are figured by
Cooke, Mycog., pi. 38, fig. 147-148; Boudier, leones, pi. 384. On cow
dung, Stewart’s pasture, Mauston, June 1909 (J. Dodge), Rehm via.

Lachnea umbrata (Fr.) Phill.

On black clay soil, Blahnik’s swamp, Algoma, August 1909 (Dodge),
Rehm via.

Lachnea nmbrorimi (Fr.) Gill.

La Chapelle, July 1897 (Cheney); Blue Mounds, June 1903 (R. A.
& A. M. Harper), Rehm via., September 1908; Devil’s Lake, July
1903 (Harper), September 1904, June 1905, June 1907 Eagle Heights,
October 1904 (Denniston) ; Sturgeon Bay, August 1906 (R. Allen & Joli-
vette); Trumble’s ravine, Mauston, June 1909 (Dodge), Rehm via.

Sarcoscypha albovillosa Rehm ( Ann . Myc., 2: 33, 1904).

Apothecia scattered, at first cyathiform, then stipitate, 0.5 cm. high,
disk scarlet, 7 mm. broad, stipe cylindrical, 1-2 mm. thick, the exter¬
ior covered with white, somewhat blunt, septate, hyaline hairs, 10 mic.
at the basal expansion, 300x4—7 mic. Asci cylindrical, truncate at the
apex, about 300x15 mic., 8-spored. Spores ellipsoid, with one large
central oil globule, epispore hexagonally reticulate, hyaline, 18 — 21x10 —
12 mic., monostichous. Paraphyses filiform, apex somewhat curved,
with golden oil drops, colored blue by iodine, 3 mic., expanding to 5
mic. at the apex On \the ground, Vilas’s woods, Madison, (Harper).

“Near Aleuria RUenana Fckl., Symb. Myc., p. 325, pi. 5, fig. 1; Peziza
splenaens Quel., Champ. Jura, p. 388, pi. 5, fig. 4.”

The Wisconsin material agrees with what Boudier, (leones Myc.,
pi. 315), calls Peziza rutilans and is much nearer that species than it

1050 Wiscomin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

is to Aleuria Rhenana as figured by Boudier (leones Myc. pi. 314).
It is, however, a good Sarcoscypha.

Blue Mounds, September 1903, August 1908; Devil’s Lake, July 1904
(no. 422, Harper), Rehm vid.; Devil’s Lake, July 1905, 1907, June 1909;
Awe’s woods, Foscora, August 1905 (Dodge) ; Madison, July 1905, June
1909, Parfrey’s glen,x September 1905; Fluno’s woods, Mauston, June
1909 (J. Dodge), Rehm vid.; Algoma, September 1912 (J. Dodge).

Sarcoscypfaa coccinea (Jacq.) Cooke.

Common on old limbs in early spring. Madison, May 1899 (Harper) ;
Devil’s Lake, July 1903; Blue Mounds, June 1904 (R. A. and A. M.
Harper); Schmeiling’s woods Algoma, April 1905 (Dodge); Helen-
ville, April 1908; Milwaukee, May 1908 (Sherman); Star Lake, May
1909 (J. J. Brown).

Sarcoscypha floccosa (Schw. ) Cooke.

On basswood, Fuller’s woods June 1903, (no. 331, Harper, Rehm,
Ascom., no. 1776, Ann. Myc.r p. 485, 1908) ; Devil’s Lake, July 1903; June
1906; Lake Waubesa, July 1903 (Denniston), East Madison, June 1904
(Harper); Blue Mounds, July 1904, June 1909 (Dodge); Trumble’s
woods, Mauston, June 1909 (Dodge).

Sarcoscypha occidentals (Schw.) Cooke.

Madison, November 1901, Fuller’s woods, June 1903 (no 332, R. A.
& A. M. Harper, Rehm vid.) ; Windsor road, July 1904; campus, July
1904; Fuller’s woods, June 1908 (Lutman) ; Blue Mounds, June 1903,
August 1903, Rehm vid., July 1904, July 1905; East Madison, September
1903; Milwaukee, June 1904; Devil’s Lake, July 1905; Detjen’s woods,
June-September 1909 (Dodge).

Sepultaria avenosa var. Dodgei Rehm in litt.

Distinguished from the species by the smaller apothecia and the
spindle-shaped, smaller spores with two oil globules, Boudier, leones
Myc., pi. 361, no. 412, shows spores with either one or two oil globules.
Partly buried in soil among grass, Blahnik’s swamp, Algoma, August
1909 (Dodge).

i

Dodge — Wisconsin Discomycetes.

1051

ASCOJBOILACEAE.

Ascophanus carneus (Pers.) Bond.

On cow dung, Stewart’s pasture, June, Mauston, 1907 (Dodge);
Schmeiling’s grove, August 1909 (J. Dodge),

Ascophanus glaucellus Rehm. (Disc., p. 1080, fig. 5).

On cow dung in open woods, Schmeiling’s grove, Algoma, August
1909 (J. Dodge).

Ascophanus lacteus Cooke & Phill.

On cow dung, Krohn’s lake, and Schmeiling’s woods, Algoma, 1909
(Dodge), Rehm vid.

Lasiobolus equinus (Muell.) Karst.

On cow dung, Nelson’s woods, Madison, May 1903, Rehm vid.

Thecothens Pelletieri (Crouan) Bond.

On cow dung, under dense growth of coniferous trees, Schmeiling’s
grove, Algoma, August 1909 (Dodge); Madison (Overton).

Jthyparobius sexdecimsporus (Crouan.) Sacc.

On dry cow dung, Schmeiling’s grove, Algoma, August 1909 (Dodge).

Saccobolus Kervemi Crouan.

On cow dung, Blahnik’s grove, Algoma, August 1909 (Dodge).
Ascobolus immersus Pers.

Easily recognized by the large spores, 35x60 mic. in many plants.
On cow dung, Blahnik’s grove, Algoma, August 1909 (Dodge).

Ascobolus stercorarius (Bull.) Schroet.

Common on cow dung, in dense shade, under coniferous trees,
Krohn’s Lake and Schmeiling’s grove, Algoma, August 1909 (Dodge)

1052 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

RHIZINACEAE.

Fsilopez'iza nummularis Berk. (Hook., Lond. Jour., 1847, p. 235).

A species closely adnate to the wood upon which it grows. Super¬
ior, September 1907 (Gilbert).

Psilopeziza orbicularis (Peck). Bull. N. Y. State Mus., vol. I, no. 2,

pi. 2, figs. 4-6.

A species closely related to the preceding in the manner in which
the apothecia are adnate to the substratum. In very large plants
the margin is somewhat free and has the whitish, slimy exterior so
well described by Peck. On water-soaked logs, Detjen’s swamp, Al-
goma, September 1909 (Dodge).

GEOGLOSSACEAE.

Microglossum olivaceum (Pers.) Gill.

Superior, September 1907 (Gilbert).

Microglossum rufum (Schw.) Und.

Durand, Ann Myc., 6. 406, 1908 makes Geoglossum luteum a synonym
of M. rufum. Devil’s Lake, July 1905 (R. A. and A. M. Harper) ; Blue¬
berry, September 1907. Tenderfoot Lake, September 1905 (Dennis-
ton); Parfrey’s glen, September 1905; Devil’s Lake, July 1907 (Har¬
per); Devil’s Lake, August 1906; Sturgeon Bay, August 1906, 1907 (R.
Allen).

Geoglossum velutipes Pk.

Blue Mounds, August 1903 (no. 421, R. A. and A. M. Harper), Rehm
vid.; Devil’s Lake, July 1905 (Harper); Algoma, September 1912
(Dodge).

Geoglossum glabrum Pers.

See Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. 16; 1171 — 1190, 1910 (Jolivette).

\

Spathularia clavata (Schaeff.) Sacc.

On the ground among decayed pieces of wood, Ladysmith, August

1904 no. 210, Neuman; Carr Lake, August 1904; Brule, September

1905 (Overton); Tenderfoot Lake, September 1905 (Denniston);
Sturgeon Bay, June 1906, August 1907 (R. Allen); Devine’s woods,
Algoma, September 1905 (Dodge).

Bodge — Wisconsin Discorruycetes.

1053

Spathularia velutipes Cooke & Farlow.

On decayed wood among moss, Schmeiling’s woods, Algoma, Au¬
gust 1905 (Dodge); Muscallonge Lake, August 1904 (Harper); Stur¬
geon Bay, July 1905, August 1906 (R. Allen and H. Jolivette) ; Dells,
Kilbourn, July 1906 (Harper) ; Krobn’s Lake, Algoma, August 1909
(Dodge).

Leotia atrovirens Pers. ( L . chloroeephala Schw. )

The specimens all correspond very closely to descriptions and fig¬
ures as to the color of the species — dark green, drying black. Cf.
Cooke, Mycog.,pZ. 102 fig. 368 ; Murrill, Mycologia, 2, pi. 17, fig. 3.
Durand (Ann. Myc., 6:450) after a careful study of the species, bas¬
ing his final opinion partly on Boudier’s statement that there seemed
to be a difference in the paraphyses, concluded that L. chlorocephala
is not what European authors have called L. atrovirens. Warner’s
grove, Algoma, August 1904 (no. 862, Dodge); Devil’s Lake, Septem¬
ber 1904 Parfrey’s glen, September 1905.

Leotia lubrica (Scop.) Pers.

Differs in its yellowish color from the preceding.

Blue Mounds, August 1900 (Lutman), August 1903, September 1904,
August 1908; Parfrey’s glen, August 1902, September 1906 (Joli¬
vette); Watertown, August 1903, (Marquette); Lone Pine Lake, Au¬
gust 1904 (No. 250, Neuman) ; Ladysmith, August 1905, (no. 366 Neu¬
man) ; Eagle Heights, August 1906; Sturgeon Bay, August 1907 (R.
Allen); Blueberry, September 1907; Devil’s Lake, August 1908.

Leotia stipitata (Bose.) Schroet.

This form with a bright blue-green cap is accurately figured by
Murrill, (Mycologia, 2, pi. 17, fig. 2.) Perry’s woods, Algoma, July —
September 1909 (Dodge). Krohn’s Lake, Algoma, September 1912
(Dodge).

HELVELLACEAE.

Helvella atra Koenig.

Tenderfoot Lake, September 1905 (Neuman) :

Helvella crispa (Scop.) Fr.

Good figures of these plants are given in Diet., Deutsch. Crypt., pi.
31; Barla, Champ. Prov. Nice, pi. IfS, fig. 1—5. Common, Dead Lake,
September 1901; Eagle Heights, September 1903 (R. A. and A. M.
Harper); Milwaukee, September 1903; Blue Mounds, September 1903;
Devil’s Lake, July 1905; Baraboo, October 1907 (Mrs. English); Madi-

1054 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences f Arts, and Letters.

son, October 1900, 1907; Ladysmith, August 1905; Bangor, September
1905 (Neuman); Tenderfoot Lake, September 1905; Blueberry, Septem¬
ber 1907; Alton, September 1909; Danek’s woods, Algoma, September
1904—1909 (Dodge).

Helvella elastica Bull.

Milwaukee, November 1903 (Thai); Lake Waubesa, July 1904;
Cemetery woods, Madison, July 1904; Vilas’ woods, June 1905; cam¬
pus, July 1907; Blahnik’s woods, Algoma, September 1904 (Dodge);
Devil’s Lake, June 1906, July 1907; Blue Mounds, July 1907 — 1909;
Sturgeon Bay, August 1907 (R. Allen); Mile Bluff, Mauston, June
1909 (J. Dodge).

Helvella Ephippimn Lev.

The spores are 8 — 10x15 — 16 mic. Boudier, leones, Myc., pi. 236, no .
572, gives the spore measurements as 22 — 25x9 — 10 for Leptodia
Cookeiana Boud., which he considers the same species as figured by
Cooke, Mycog., pi. 43, fig. 169. Rehm, Disc., p. 1181, cites Cook’s fig¬
ure as1 excellent for H. Ephippium. Milwaukee, September 1903.

Helvella fusca Gill. var. bresadolae Boud.

A species with broad spores well figured by Bresadola, Fungi Trid.
pi. 212. Locality and date of collection not stated.

Helvella inflata Cum.

Although neither Underwood, Dis. N. A. Heivellales, nor Hone,
Minn. Helvellineae, mentions this species, it seems to be quite distinct
from H. infula. H. inflata, commonly grows on the ground, is much
larger, more bladdery or inflated. Krom, Schwamme, pi. 1 , fig. Ilf 17,
gives good figures for the species. Star Lake, August 1901, August 1904,
(no. 250, 292, Harper); Muscallonge Lake, August 1904 (no. 310, Har¬
per) ; Sturgeon Bay, August 1910 (R. Allen) ; Blueberry, September
1907; Superior, September 1907, (Gilbert).

Helvella infula Schaeff.

The margin of the pileus is attached to the stem, which is flattened
and tapers downward as figured by Schaeffer, leones Fung., pi. 159, fig.
2; and by Cooke, Mycog., pi. 2, fig. 331f. On dry, exposed root of coni¬
ferous stump, Schmeiling’s swamp, Algoma, June 1905 (Dodge).

Helvella lactmosa Afz.

Blue Mounds, August 1903; Homewood, August 1903; Burlington,
July 1903 (Denniston); Algoma, September 1904-1909 (Dodge); Eagle
Heights, October 1906; Madison, July 1907 (no. 1251, E. T. Harper);
Sturgeon Bay, August 1907 '(R. Allen); Milwaukee, October 1908;

Dodge — Wisconsin Discomycetes.

1055

Helvetia pallescens Schaeff.

These plants correspond well with the figures by Schaeffer, leones,
pi. 322, and Bresadola, Fung. Trid. pi. Ilf6, in having a long, deeply
sulcate stipe. On the ground among needles, Blahnik’s woods, Algoma,
September 1804-1909 (Dodge). Rehm vid.

Gy remit ra curtipes Fr.

On the ground, Danek’s woods, May 1906. (Dodge).

Gyromitra gigas (Krombh.) Cke.

Barron, May 1906 (no. 1., Cheney).

Verpa digitaJiformis Pers.

Woods, near coal shed, Madison, May 1903; on ground in lawn,
Wodsedalek’s, Algoma, May 1905 (G. Andregg).

Verpa perpusilla Rehm. (Ann. My c., 7: 526, 1909).

Apothc-cia gregarious, arising from a subterranean white mycelium,
erect, stipitate, obtusely campanulate, apex often depressed, acute,
margin not inrolled nor folded, exterior subfuscous, 0.5-1 cm. high,
up to 2 cm. broad, stipe central, more or less cylindrical, 3 mm. thick,
up to 5 mm. thick and sub-compressed at the base, solid, smooth,
1.5-5 cm. high, yellowish or whitish. Asci cylindrical, rounded at the
apex, 200x14 mic., 8-spored. Spores ellipsoid, obtuse at both ends,
one-celled, one large central oil globule, 15—20x9—10 mic., monostich-
ous. Paraphyses filiform, gradually enlarging toward the apex to 8
mic., hyaline.

“Verpa pusilla Quel. (Sacc., 8: 72, Cooke, Mycog., pi. 101, fig . 366 )
differs in the form of the cap, in the color of its under surface, spores
without oil globules, and brown paraphyses.”

Helvella elastica is often found in the same locality. Under tama¬
rack and fir, Blahnik’s woods, Algoma, August 1909 (no. 1857, Rehm
Asc. Exs., Dodge).

MoreheUa bispora Sorok.

Probably identical with Verpa bohemica. The Madison forms show
ridges of the hymenium markedly reticulated.

Milwaukee, April 1905; Madison.

Morcheila conica Pers.

This species has frequently been called a variety of M. esculenta.
The pileus is distinctly conical and brown, clearly different from the
yellowish-olive, more or less rounded pileus of M. esculenta. Kromb-
holz, Schwamme, pi. 16, fig. 7, 8, 10, represents the smaller forms, and

1056 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

fig. 12, for var. ceracea, the large forms. Under maple and pine, along
edge of woods in pastures, Algoma, May-June 1905 (Dodge) ; Blue
Mounds, May 1902; Windsor, Madison, May 1905.

Morchella crassipes (Vent.) Pers.

The long, thick, brittle stipe distinguishes the species from M. con *
ica. Perry’s woods, Algoma, June 1905 (Dodge); Eagle Heights, May
1906; Blue Mounds, June 1906.

Morchella esculenta (L.) Pers.

In lawns and pastures and in oak woods. Cemetery woods, Madison,
May 1903 (Harper); I. C. R. R., near Madison May 1906 (Denniston);
Windsor road, May 1905; Rock Cut, May 1905; Minequah, May
1906; Algoma, June 1905 (Dodge).

Morchella hybrida (Sow.) Pers. ( M . semilibero D. C.).

Cooke, Mycog., pi. 85, fig. 321 , shows both the low and the high
forms. Madison, June 1901 (R. A. Harper) ; Fuller’s woods, Madison,
May 1908 (Arzberger) ; Milwaukee, May 1908 (Sherman).

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

WISCONSIN ACADEMY

OF

SCIENCES, ARTS, AND LETTERS

; ’ ' " ; > _ - - - j ' '

VOL. XVII, PART II, NO. 4

MADISON, WISCONSIN
1 9 1 4

CONTENTS

Page

Social Conditions in Southern Bavaria in the Thirteenth
Century, as Shown in Meier Helmbrecht

Martin 11. Flaertel, 1057

Development of the Vowel of the Unaccented Syllable in

Italian . . Edward B. Schlatter , 1073

The annual half -volume of the Transactions of the Wisconsin
Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters is issued in six numbers*
under the editorial supervision of the Secretary.

The price of this number is 25c. ,

I

Haertel — Social Conditions in Southern Bavaria. 1057

SOCIAL CONDITIONS IN SOUTHERN BAVARIA IN THE
THIRTEENTH CENTURY, AS SHOWN
IN MEIER HELMBRECHT.

Martin H. Haertel.

“Meier Helmbrecht,” an epic poem 1934 lines in length,
was written by Wernher der Gartenaere, a Bavarian, about
1250. 1 The problem which it treats, — the country boy who is
dissatisfied with the humdrum life, the toil and monotony of
farm work, the unostentatious clothing and simple manners of
his family, and who longs for more of the brilliancy and ex¬
citement of a larger world — is strangely similar to one of our
twentieth century questions. The course pursued by the thir-
tenth century boy may be considered by some as being not es¬
sentially unlike the methods of the twentieth century youth;
while the latter goes to the big city and endeavors to develop
into a captain of industry, the former goes to the nearest court
and casts in his lot with the robber knights. The conclusions
of our author are the same as the teachings of our moralists:
“Stay on the farm with your father and live in peace and con¬
tentment/’

A careful investigation by Heinz2 has located the scene on
the Inn ; that is, on the present boundary between Bavaria and

1 W. Stower places the date at 1246 (Cf. “Das Kulturhistorische im
Meier Helmbrecht von Wernher dem Gartner.” Bochum, 1891.) He
argues from internal evidence, and his conclusions must be accepted
with some reserve.

2 Cf. Friedrich Keinz, Helmbrecht und seine Heimat, Leipzig, 1887,
pp. 6 ff. A map accompanies his demonstration.

1058 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Lettres.

Austria. Who the author Wernher was is not known. The
only apparently definite knowledge we have of his station in
life is that which he himself gives at the end of the poem,
namely, that he was a Garienaere , or gardener, and even this
title may have been assumed. The knowledge of classical and
legendary lore that he displays in the poem suggests that he had
read much of the literature of the day, — though he may have
gathered this knowledge from wandering minstrels — and his
bits of homely philosophy, which remind one occasionally of
Poor Richard, indicate that he was a good observer of human
nature and life.

On account of this knowledge and philosophy it has been
argued that, since he was a gardener, he must have been con¬
nected with a convent garden. Keinz1 argues that he was the
“pater” gardener of the convent of Panshofen, located in the
district indicated above. His arguments are not conclusive,
however, and are rather strongly contradicted by the fact that
in lines 780-781 the old peasant states rather doggedly that
he gives the church an exact tithe, and not a penny more, and
Would not take a priest into his house over night.

Panzer2 tries to prove that, if the author was not a knight,
he was at any rate a troubadour who wrote for the benefit of
the occupants of the castles. He bases his supposition on the
fact that the poet derides the peasant boy who strives beyond
his station, and on the description of the tournaments and
court customs of old. The complaints against present-day
knighthood, and the uncomplimentary comparison of the knight
of today with his fathers3 Panzer calls an “apparent artistic
error,” overlooking the fact that such an error would, at the
very least, cause the summary expulsion of the guilty poet from
the castle.

Reasoning from the character of the poem, its general ten-

1 L. c., pp. 9 ff.

2 Cf. Panzer’s edition of the poem, Halle a. S. 1906, pp. xi, xii.
K. Schiffmann, expresses the same view; cf. Zeitschrift fur osterreich-
ische Gymnasien, LV., 8, pp. 709 ff.

3 LI. 913-1035. (Line references to the poem are based on Panzer’s
edition.)

Haertel — Social Conditions in Southern Bavaria . 1059

dency, rather than from incidental references that might be
accidental, it seems probable that Wernher was an intelligent
old peasant living in the comfortable circumstances described
in his poem, who felt it incumbent upon himself to give a bit of
good advice to the young people, who were showing a tendency
to drift away from the habits of their fathers ; or he might have
been a minstrel, who depended for his subsistence, not on the
gifts of the lords and ladies of the castle, but on the munificence
of peasant audiences.

Stower1 considers the question as to the identity of the author
of no importance. But it would surely be of deep significance
if a peasant or peasant minstrel in the thirteenth century
should feel sufficiently independent to write a poem which be¬
trays a well-defined contempt of knighthood, and also indif¬
ference to the church.

On one point, all critics and commentators agree — that Wern-
her, whatever his station in life may have been, was thoroughly
conversant with the manner of living and trend of thought of
the thirteenth century, and has given to posterity a valuable
account of the social conditions of his time.

I. The Peasant.

1. Family.

Meier, or Farmer, Helmbrecht is a wealthy old peasant, who
has a family consisting of his wife2, at least one daughter3, and
several sons4. He does not own his farm, but holds it in lease
from a nobleman, to whom he pays his rent regularly5. The
leasehold to his farm he has inherited from his father, and
wishes to hand down to his son6.

The father is theoretically absolute master in his house.
When young Helmbrecht wishes to leave, he must get permis-

1 L. c. p. 1.

2 L. 124.

8 L. 117.

4 L. 364.

6 LI. 916 ff.

6 LI. 441, 543 ff., 914.

1060 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

sion from his father1. A father may also give his daughter
away in marriage2. His wife addresses him as here wirt 3. In
one respect, however, the women are independent; they have
property of their own, and can dispose of at least the income
as they wish, as is shown by the fact that the mother and sister
buy a gorgeous outfit for the boy4. The source of this inde¬
pendent income is not stated, but it may be the morgengaber\
The wife is a help-meet to her lord and master; she must do
such work as gather in the flax and dig turnips6, and look for
the calves7.

The son bears the same name as the father8 ; he is a servant
of his father9, and, as stated above, subject to his authority.
Concerning the position of the daughter nothing is said, ex¬
cepting that she must marry the man whom her father selects10,
and has some income of her own11.

A close relative is the godfather, from whom the child might
even inherit certain qualities12. The servants that are men¬
tioned are called kneht (servant) and freewoman13, and may
be related to the master.14

2. Pood.

The staple article of food on the peasant’s table is porridge1^.
Poor people make this porridge with water16. Bread is made
of rye17 and oats18. Of vegetables are mentioned cabbage19 and

1 LI. 227, 424.

2 L. 280.

3 L. 731.

4 LI. 117, 123, 131 et al.

5 LI. 1327 ft. The morgengabe is a gift made by the husband to his
wife the morning after the wedding.

6 L. 1361.

7 L. 1391. \

8 L. 24. There is nothing to indicate that this is the usual custom.

9 LI. 22, 614.

10 L. 280.

11 LI. 117 ff.

12 LI. 481, 1379.

13 LI. 711, 1088.

14 L. 717.

15 LI. 454, 473 et al.

16 LI. 1240-1241.

17 L. 461.

18 L. 479.

19 L. 1604.

Haertel — Social Conditions in Southern Bavaria. 1061

turnips.1 As sheep, swine and cattle were raised,2 mutton,
pork and beef must have been common articles of food. A
feast for an especially joyous occasion is described as follows3:
First course, sauerkraut, which has been packed away with
meat, both fat and lean; second course, a good mellow cheese,
and a goose that has been roasted on the spit; then one fried
chicken, and one boiled chicken. Besides these, there were
many other dishes, the character of which is however not indi¬
cated. When the son comes home after a long absence, his
father can offer him nothing better than fried or broiled chick¬
en.4 Fish is mentioned as a special luxury for the nobleman,5
likewise the Austrian clamirre® and white buns.7 Cake is
mentioned only as being present on the table of the robbers at
the wedding feast.8

The Bavarian peasant is temperate in drinking, according to
Wernher, for, when Helmbrecht wishes to give his son a feast,
he has nothing to drink but water ; but, if he had had any wine,
his son would have had it set before him.9 Wernher empha¬
sizes this lack of wine, which is plentiful among the knights.
After the returned son has been home for a week, he has to
draw his belt up three notches because he has had no wine.10
Beer is occasionally mentioned.11

The man of the thirteenth century was a big eater12, but it
was considered bad manners to loosen one’s belt at table13 or to
blow the foam off the beer before drinking14. Before sitting
down to a meal, a well-bred man washes his hands15.

*L. 1361.

2 L. 282.

3 LI. 867 ff.

4 L. 772.

5 LI. 462, 783, 1606.

6 L. 445. The clamirre is a sandwich enclosing calves’ brain or fruit,
the whole being baked in lard.

7 L. 478.

8 L. 1548.

9 LI. 891 ff.

10 L. 1118; also see 1. 793.

11 LI. 1401 et al.

12 LI. 1552 ff.

13 L. 1152.

14 L. 1166.

15 LI. 861, 784.

1062 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and' Letters.

3. Clothing.

Of ordinary clothing for men the following articles are men¬
tioned: an undershirt1, trousers2, which are held in place by a
belt3, shoes4; especially tine was a pair which young H,elm-
brecht gave to the servant, because they had straps5; a coat0,
a mantel7 and a cap8. When the young man dressed up for
a dance, or to appear among the knights, he was gorgeously at¬
tired. As Wernher was prompted to write by a desire to dis¬
courage extravagance, his description of the suit is probably
exaggerated ; still, it is fair to conclude that an undue amount
of money and produce was spent on dress.

The boy’s fine clothes, instead of being made of home-spun9,
consist of fine linen, so closely woven that seven weavers gave
up the job before it was finished10. This was ornamented with
fur of lamb and goat, the whitest in the land.11 He wears at
times a coat of mail with a sword12. Besides this, he has a fine
jacket13, to make which his mother cut up one of her own
skirts14, and also bought some blue cloth15. He owns two gar¬
ments that are provided with large pockets for his knife16.
His shoes are made of Cordova leather17.

Special pains are taken to describe the buttons18. Along the
back, from belt to collar, is one gilded button next to the other ;
a similar row of silver buttons runs down the front from chin
to belt; three crystal (glass ?) buttons of medium size hold the

1 L. 710.

2 LI. 321, 710.

3 LI. 179, 1121, 1152.

4 L. 321.

5 L. 1081.

6 LI. 596, 673.

7 L. 673.

8 LI. 14 et al.

9 L. 390.

10 LI. 133 ff.

11 LI. 143 ff.

12 L. 149.

13 L. 157.

14 LI. 165 ff.

15 L. 169.

16 L. 153.

17 L. 321.

18 LI. 178 ff.

Haertel — Social Conditions in Southern Bavaria. 1063

coat shut in front; his whole chest is covered with small but¬
tons, yellow, blue, green, red, black, and white. Whenever he
dances, these buttons glisten so that maid and matron follow
him with loving glances. Another feature that is irresistible
to the ladies is a series of bells, fastened to the sleeve at the
shoulder, which tinkle as he dances.1 11

But his greatest glory is the appearance of his head. His
hair falls down to his shoulders in heavy curls2 ; he catches it
up in a cap3, which is a masterpiece of personal ornamentation.
This cap is divided by a double row of birds4 into four sections,
which are filled with embroidered figures. Over his right ear
is pictured a bit of ancient history5, the fall of Troy, and the
flight of Aeneas ; over his left ear are scenes from the Chanson
de Roland 6; in the rear, scenes from German minstrel poetry,
Helche, Wittich, Dietrich of Bern ; in front are several sets of
dancers7. The figures are embroidered in silk8.

Wprnen’s clothing does not receive much mention. Short
skirts are worn9, shirts10, mantels1 xand a jacket12. Furs are
used13. Lace is more fitting for the child of a nobleman14, as
also a silk scarf15. Over the head a cloth is worn16. A red
ribbon should also be mentioned.17 The ordinary clothing is
made of homespun18, the fine clothing of linen19.

1 L. 2 lift.

2 L. 10.

* L. 14.

4 L. 35.

BL. 42.

•L. 61.

7 L. 95.

8 LI. 59, 96.

9 LI. 677, 1337, 1449.

10 L. 1337.

11 LI. 679, 1285.

12 L. 1449.

13 LI. 679, 1285; fox pdt, 1. 1067.

14 LI. 1077-1078.

15 L. 1075.

18 L. 1088.

17 L. 1089.

18 L. 390.

19 L. 1285.

1064 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

4. House and yard.

The peasant’s home is very simple. There is the principal
living room, and a chamber, probably used for storage1, and
located directly under the roof. A cellar is mentioned2. In
the living room is a large stove3, which provides the most
comfortable sleeping place when it is furnished with bolster
and pillow4 ; also> . a table5 and a bench6. There is a bed7 ;
linen sheets are unknown8, so a newly-washed shirt is laid on
the bed9 for the benefit of the returned! prodigal.

For preparing food, several utensils are used — a spit10 (judg¬
ing from this, the stove must have had an open fire-place), a
pan11, a pot (for boiling the chicken mentioned above), dishes12,
beakers13, spoons14.

For storing valuables, the peasant has stronlg iron boxes15.
Candles are known16, but it is not stated that peasants use them
in the home.

Around! the house and barn is a fence17 ; the gate is locked18.

5. Products.

The farmer raises grain — wheat, rye, and oats, as is shown
by the varieties of bread that are in use (see above). The
grain is threshed by means of flails19. The crops are at times
injured by strangers who ride through the fields.20. Stock is

1 Ll. 853, 837.

2 L. 1847.

3 Ll. 856, 1616.
4L. 854.v

e L-. 1560.

6 L. 1617.

7 L. 1046.

8 L. 1043.

9L. 1044.

10 L. 874.

11 L. 1398.

12 L. 1554.

13 L. 1555.

14 L. 671.

15 Ll. 837, 1205.

16 L. 581.

17 L. 648.

18 Ll. 1213, 1792.

19 L. 317.

29 L. 1132

Eaertel — Social Conditions in Southern Bavaria. 1065

raised to a considerable extent— cattle1, sheep2, swine2, and
goats3. Horses are raised4, but they are scarce, for the father
promises to get one for his son, if he can find one for sale5,
and eventually pays an enormous price for one— four good
cows, two oxen, three steers, four measures of grain, sixty feet
of homespun6. The author however laments the fact that the
peasant was cheated in the transaction; the value of all this
was ten pounds, while the animal was worth scarcely three.

6. Implements.

Farmers’ implements are mentioned: flail7, plow8, which
requires the service of two men, one to drive and one to hold
the shares, a wagon9, a scythe10 and whetstone11, an axe12, and
a hoe13.

II. The Knight.

1. Degeneracy of the class into robbers.

The poem shows clearly that the nobility of the thirteenth
century was greatly degenerated. The old peasant complains
that a knight who was the very poorest in former times would
easily have been the best today14. There were large numbers
of knights15, and his son would learn vicious habits if he were
to associate with them16. They were poor, for at court on©
finds only hunger1 and hard beds17. The knights with whom
Helmbrecht came into contacts were robbers18 who were anxious

1 Ll. 395, 670.

2 Ll. 282, 1137.

3 L. 674.

4 Ll. 670, 1210.
6 LL 235 ff.

6 Ll. 390 ff.

7 L. 317.

8 LL 308, 545.

9 L. 266.

10 L. 1060.

11 L. 1057.

12 L. 1063.

13 L. 1066.

14 L. 964.

15 L. 292.

16 L. 294.

17 L. 284.

18 LL 653 ff.

1066 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

to have as retainers only such as could ride and fight1, and
Helmbrecht candidly states, when he takes leave of the family,
that he expects to gain his livelihood by violence2. While
these robbers were severely punished3, their vocation was gen¬
erally recognized as a regular means of earning a living. The
honest old peasant fitted his son out with a horse and other
necessaries of the robber4, and it was a lady at the castle who
gave Helmbrecht’s companions their fanciful names, which
characterized them as expert robbers5.

The knights still retained a little of their old feeling of
honor, for Helmbrecht says that he would not be worthy of a
lady’s love if he did not avenge a breach of good manners6.
But they were far below their ancestors in morality, for the
old peasant remembers how courteous and honest they were in
former times7. Then they amused themselves with tourna¬
ments8; they danced9, and listened to the minstrel’s music10.
iSrow they spend their time in drinking and flirting with the
waitresses11.

2. Brutality.

These robber knights persecuted not only their enemies, but
everyone who had anything that was worth stealing, not even
sparing their own relatives12. The servants of the church were
not safe from their depredations13. From the peasants they
stole the stock14, and took even the clothing from the women15, at
times stripping their victims, of every shred oif clothing16 ; they

1 LI. 656 ff.

2 LI. 366, 3 T9.

3 LI. 1669 ff.

4 LI. 390 ff.

5 L. 1218.

6 L 1169.

7 LI. 921 ff.; 1. 966.

8 L. 927.

9 L. 940'.

10 L. ’943.

11 LI. 986 ff.

12 LI. 1196.

13 L. 1070.

14 L. 670.

15 LI. 677, 1200, 1839.

16 LI. 1201, 1869.

Haertel — Social Conditions in Southern Bavaria. 1067

also tortured people1. Helmbrecht tells how he dragged peas¬
ants through the hedge by their hair2, gouged out. the eyes of
some, beat others, tied some by hands and feet and threw them
into ant-heaps, hung some up in the smoke, pulled the hair
from their beards with tongs, scalped others, broke their bones,
and hung some up in the willows by their feet3. In the cold¬
est of weather they tore every shred of clothing from men and
women4 ; once Helmbrecht tied a babe up in a sack while1 it
was sleeping, and, when it. cried, threw it out into the snow5 ;
another time he ravished the daughter of a peasant6. The
regular cry of the knight is7: “Bide, knight, ride; stab and
strike ; mutilate all those who can see ; chop off that man’s foot
and this man’s hands; catch a rich man, and hold him for a
hundred pounds ransom.”

3. Belation of knight to peasant.

Helmbrecht’s course showed that there was practically no
difference between the well-dressed young peasant and the
knight. There must have been some degree of social equality,
for a knight acted as godfather to young Helmbrecht8. Still,
there was some haughtiness in the attitude of the man who lived
at court towards the peasant, for, when Helmbrecht came back
home, he at first refused to permit his father to touch his horse9.

III. Social Life.

1. Religion, morality, education, and superstition.

The attitude towards the church was not a respectful one.
The old peasant complains that no attention is paid to the
ban10. One might infer that the priests were preaching a cru-

1 Li. 1243 fti

2 L. 372.

3 LI. 1243 ff.

4 L. 1198.

5 LI. 1853 ff.

6 L. 18(55.

7 LI. 1028 ff.

8 L. 488.

9 L. 766. /

30 L. 1019.

1068 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

sad©, but not finding willing listeners1. Old Helmbrecht him¬
self paid the church his exact tithes, and nothing more; he
would not even give a priest a night’s lodging2. The robbers,
as has been mentioned, did not spare the priests3. This does
not mean, however, that the people were not religious. When
the peasants killed young Helmbrecht, they gave him time for
confession4. The poet attributes FTeidhart’s poetic skill to
God5. God performs miraclesi6, and is the avenger of wrongs7.
When the young man leaves home to seek his fortune as robber,
he blesses the family8 ; likewise, when he leaves his companions
in the castle, he commends them to the care of God9. Greets
ings and leavetakings are often made the occasion for a bless-
ing10.

On account of the purpose of the poem, the commandment,
“Honor thy father and thy mother,” is emphasized11. Father’s
advice' is best of all12. The peasant takes pride in the fact that
he has been honest and has done his duty13. That man is to b©
honored who does his work14, and the best work is that to which
one has been born15 ; young Helmbrecht need not be ashamed
of his position, for the honest farmer is the rock on which the
wealth of the country is based16. The honest man is respected
everywhere17, and, even if he is bom of lowly parents, he is
better than a dishonest man of high birth18. There must, how¬
ever, have been much immorality in the lives of the people.
Farmer Helmbrecht and his wife were a respected pair. Still,

1 Li. 561 ff.

2 LI. 255,780 ff.(

3 Lr. 1070.

4L. 1902.

BL. 218.

6 L. 1639.

7 L, 1650.

8 L. 641.

9 L. 695.

10 LI. 715, 1453 ff.

11 LI. 757, 1692.

12 L. 333.

13 LI. 250 ff.

14 L. 487.

15 L. 289.

16 LI. 543 ft.

17 LI. 528 ff.

18 LI. 487 ff.

Haertel — Social Conditions in Southern Bavaria. 1069’

their children knew that the mother had intercourse with noble¬
men, and gloried ini the fact that the old man was probably
not their father1. The gorgeous cap was made by a nun, who
had fled from the (convent on account of her beauty2. This hap¬
pened frequently3. Nowhere does the poet warn the young
people against immorality.

Possibly this immorality was due to the system by which
the fathers were permitted to arrange all marriages. Love is
never mentioned, and apparently the only motive for marrying
was to better one’s condition4. But the people were not en¬
tirely without finer feelings, for it was natural that young
Helmbrecht should grow homesick5, and when he approached
the house, his sister ran out and embraced him6. The wife
honored the body of her dead husband by burning incense at
his grave for a year7. The father’s heart was broken when he
turned his crippled son from his door8, and the mother secretly
gave him some bread9.

Education was not thought of. Young Helmbrecht was
proud of his ability in naming four oxen, and says that it is
due to his great, cleverness10. The only schoolmasters men¬
tioned are Hellsack and Shake-the-Box, who taught him to
steal11. From the minstrels the peasants had picked up a
knowledge of classical history12, and other subjects treated in
the songs13 14. After Helmbrecht had associated with court peo¬
ple, he was able to use phrases from Latin, Italian, and Flem-

J 1 u

is n .

Ain uneducated person is superstitious. The old peasant was

1 Ll. 1374, 1386.

2 L. 10*9.

3L. 112^

4 Ll. 1282 ff.

BL. 690.

8 L. 719.

7 L. 1306.

8L. 1776.

8L. 1812.

10 L. 828jj,

11 L. 1190.

12 Ll. 45 et al.

13 Ll. 62, 76.

14 Ll. 722 ff.

1070 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

worried by bis dreams1. The bride Gotelint was troubled by
forebodings of evil2. It was generally believed that, before an
officer of the law, the robber was helpless3. When the peasants
were about to kill Helmbrecht, one of them gave him a bit of
earth in lieu of the host of the sacrament.4

2. Weddings.

Marriages were arranged by the parents (see above). They
were based, not on love, but on a desire for wealth and com¬
fort5. The bride’s father provided a dowry6, and the husband
presented his wife with a substantial gift7. When the future
husband learned that he had been accepted, he bowed in the
direction of his fiancee’s home.8 A great wedding feast was
prepared9 to which all strangers were welcome10. The musi¬
cians received presents from both bride and groom11. A priest
was not necessary for the ceremony, which was very simple.
A wise old man asked the groom three times whether he would
take the woman as wife, and then asked the bride three times
whether she would accept the man as husband. On receiving
affirmative replies, he pronounced them man and wife. The
audience, which was standing in a circle around them, burst
into song. The last act of the ceremony was that the husband
stepped on the wife’s foot.12

3. Criminal courts.

The proceedings of the criminal court were very simple.
Five court-servants captured the gang of robbers at a wedding
feast13. The theory that a robber loses his strength in the

1 LI. 580ff.

2 LI. 1575ff.

3 LI. 1260ff., 1620, 1641.

4 L. 1904.

6 LI. 280, 1282.

8 L. 280.

TL1. 1327ff.

8 L. 1461.

9 LI. 1463ff.

10 L. 1543.

11 L. 1610.

12 LI. 1507ff.

18 L. 1613.

Haertel — Social Conditions in Southern Bavaria. 1071

presence of an officer of the law held good, for, despite the
great number of people, including ten mighty fighters, there
was no resistance. Some crawled into the stove1, others slipped
under the bench2. But they were all captured, and were forced
to carry to the court the hides of the oxen that had supplied
meat for the feast.3 This booty was the property of the judge.4

This particular judge was an honest man. Unfortunately
there were some who could be bribed to free the worst robber
in the world5. There was no need of defence, as the guilt of
the prisoners was evident6, and all ten were condemned. Nine
were hanged, but one, as the tenth, belonged to the sheriff.
This one was blinded, and was deprived of one hand and one
foot7, not an unusual punishment8.

Poor Helmbrecht, blinded and crippled, was led away by a
boy9. Helmbrecht’s father would have nothing to do with
him10, and all peasants hated him11. Eventually he was cap¬
tured by a band of peasants, who, after taunting him for a time,
beat him cruelly, and finally hanged him12. There was no one
who would cut him down and bury him at the crossroads, as a
good wife would have done.13

4. Business.

Money is mentioned14, but ordinarily trade was carried on
by an exchange of products. The escaped nun, who made the
cap, received a sow, many eggs and cheeses15 16. TTo farmer had
a coat that wvas worth two eggs more than that of young Helm-

*L. 1616.

2 L. 1617.

3 L. 1656.

4 L. 1668.

8 LI. 1673ff.

6 L. 1669.

7 LI. 1688ff.

8 LI. 1314ff.

°L. 1708.

10 L. 1710.

11 L. 1771.

12 L. 1909.

13 LI. 1300ff.

14 LI. 355, 399, 1334, 1884.

16 LI. 117ff.

1072 'Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts , and Letters.

brecht1, but the mother had to sell many hens and eggs be¬
fore she could pay for the cloth.2 Rent was paid in cheese and

eggs3-

The following tradesmen and artisans are mentioned: tail¬
ors4, fiddlers5, weavers6, innkeepers7, smiths8, merchant9.

XL. 172.

2 L. 221.

3 L. 917.

4 Lr. 142.

5 LI. 103, 1609.

6 L. 138. I

7 L. 998; female, 1. 1002.

8 L. 1065.

*L. 1074.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel.

1073

THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VOWEL OF THE UNAC¬
CENTED INITIAL SYLLABLE IN ITALIAN

BY EDWARD B. SCHLATTER
The University of Wisconsin

INTRODUCTION.

1. This study does not pretend to contain anything new. It
rather collects and arranges facts, most of which were already
known and discussed by various scholars. It is hoped that the
title will not prove misleading. The term “Italian” has almost
as clear a connotation as the term “French.” As an Old
French dialect, by the vicissitudes of political history, became
“French,” so an Old Italian dialect, by the vicissitudes of lit¬
erary — as well as political, mercantile, and artistic — history,
became “Italian.” As one may study the historical develop¬
ment of French and neglect, except incidentally, the other Old
French dialects, one may do the same for Italian. In the thir¬
teenth century, without ceasing to be the handmaiden of every¬
day service, the Florentine dialect took on the dignity of a lit¬
erary language and its vocabulary thereby acquired the charac¬
teristics of any other such language and comprises words of
varying respectability, from the most illiterate to the most lit¬
erary, pedantic, or exotic. The term “Italian,” therefore, as
used here, means the language which developed from spoken- —
or Vulgar — Latin in Florence. So the expressions “Floren¬
tine” and “Italian” are used here more or less interchangeably,
—Florentine having a rather more local connotation when ap¬
plied to the old language. In the thirteenth, fourteenth, and
fifteenth centuries, the term “Italian” was, of course, not so ex¬
act as it is today. Because of neighboring dialects and for var-

1074 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

ions other reasons, there was less fixity of form in words, where¬
as now Florentine has finally expelled most of the dialectal
forms from the Italian language.

2. The major part of the material collected is from Petroc-
chi’s Dizionario universale della lingua italiana; some words
have been gathered by the investigator personally from Italian
authors and from others. Petrocchi’s abbreviations, which I
have had occasion to turn into English for the sake of greater
uniformity, are the following: “volg.” (“volgare”), I have un¬
derstood as “illiterate” and so translated it; “non pop.” (“non
popolare”), as “literary;” “pop.” (“popolare”), as “popular,”
that is, the mean between “volgare” and “non popolare” or
“letterario” (for example, such a word as is used generally by
all, even by a very highly educated Italian and a careful speaker
in his unguarded moments) ; “L. M.” (“lingua morta”), as
“obsolete;” “cont.” (“del eontado”), as “peasant;” “mont.”
(“delle montagne”), as “of the mountains,” meaning the hills
more or less close to Florence. Abbreviations of my own will,
I hope, be intelligible to the reader. Other abbreviations are
of a standard kind: Ronr^Romania, ZRPh— Zeitschrift fur
romanische Philologie, ALL=Archiv fiir lateinische Lexiko-
graphie, AG=Archivio Glottologico, M.-L=Meyer-Lubke, etc.
The references to Meyer-Liibke’s Grammaire des Langues
Romanes are, of course, as the title indicates, to the French
translation, Paris, 1890-1906. In the notes, figures above the
line refer to editions.

3. A very large number of words were, of course, discarded
for various reasons. It was impossible, as well as unnecessary,
to include all the derivatives of words discussed; when it is
stated, for example, that fedele owes its irregular E in the ini¬
tial syllable to the influence of the accented E in fede, the same
explanation hold true, of course, without mention for fedelta,
fedelissimo, fedelmente, fedelone, and the like. Miany words
had to be put aside, because of the uncertainty of their deriva¬
tion or of its exact form. In some of these cases, I found de¬
rivations which did not appeal to me, in others I did not find
the derivation suggested anywhere. Doubtless the majority

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel . 1075

of these cases would have added little or nothing in the way of
data.1 Other words were omitted through uncertainty of
provenance. Petrocchi’s abbreviations are occasionally insol¬
uble or ambiguous, owing to the fact that his table of abbrevi¬
ations is not complete and to the fact that he does not always
persist in the use of a single abbreviation to denote the same
thing.

4. The results of the investigation seem to show that, if the
Florentine language had developed without let or hindrance, it
would to-day present only four vowels in the initial unaccented
syllable: I from Classic Latin I, Y, E, AE, OE ; A from Classic
Latin A, or from AIJ when the following syllable contained ac¬
cented U; O from O, tJ, except when the following syllable
contained I, a palatalized consonant, or voiced S ; and U from
IT, ATT (except in the case mentioned above), and from O and
IJ when the following syllable contained I, a palatalized con¬
sonant, or voiced S. The reasons, in order of importance, per¬
verting this development may be divided into four classes: 1,
the influence of allied forms, accented on the vowel involved;1
2, the immense influence exerted by Latin;2 3, dialect intru¬
sion ;3 and 4, the other usual perverting phenomena of language,
of which the most common for Italian is perhaps apheresi3.
The influence of Latin and dialect has finally become almost
nil and the language has now rid itself — except in the case
of learned words — of a very large majority of such forms.

5. As to dialects, the Tuscan only are touched upon and they,
only incidentally. Sections 37, 75, and 84 are added merely
for comparative purposes. A complete treatment, or even a

§3. Note 1. Examples of such words are: baeria, belletta, berlin-
gaccio, bieco, diaci, fazzoletto, frollo, frugare, boffi, caendo, rigno,
scilinguagnolo, a vanvera, etc. It is to be remembered that such
words as frollo, boffi, etc., cannot be discarded offhand because they
are accented on the first syllable; many such words originally did
have an unaccented initial syllable, -cf. pdcchia, from apecchia, dritto,
from diritto, et sim.

§4. Note 1. This influence, which involved such an immense num¬
ber of words is at once plain from such forms as suonare, chiedeva,
etc., which still persist.

2. For the old language, too much stress can scarcely be laid on this
cause. No other language ever had Latin so constantly with it. Cf.
520, note 11.

3. See §§ 37, 75. and 84.

1076 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts , and Letters.

satisfactory summary, was impossible for two or three reasons, —
these dialects do not pertain directly to the subject and the ma¬
terial is too uncertain. What material is one to select to be sure
that it is trustworthy ? Even if we can feel reasonably certain of
having a text as the writer originally wrote it, all the old poets
have many literary or dialectal forms, — Rustico di Filippo has
such words as merze, auciso, sengnore, caunosciuto, etc.* — and,
as for the prose-writers, the most unlearned, as soon as he took
a pen in his hand, seemed to feel within him the spirit of the
Roman of old and Latinized his words, if he was not already
confused by dialectal forms. What little material of my own
I have used for examining the dialects has been largely gath¬
ered, on the basis of reliability, from Monaci’s Crestomazia and
from editions of documents in the various journals, — -the
Archivio Glottologico, the Propugnatore, the Archivio Storico,
the Zeitschrift fur romanische Philologie, and so on. Many
of the documents which were examined are not mentioned in
the following pages, because they added nothing new or ap¬
peared of dubious reliability. So the treatment of the dialects,
such as it is, is most discouraging and probably there will never
be an entirely satisfactory treatment. However, whatever
may be the objections in detail to the conclusions as to the
dialects and also as to the development in Italian, there seems
to be no sufficient cause to doubt the general laws of develop¬
ment.

6. The objection may be made that chronology has not been
strictly followed. My excuse, insufficient as it may seem to
some, was the fear of further complicating an intricate sub¬
ject by robbing it of the advantage of an occasional alphabetic
arrangement. It is the writer’s impression — an impression
not capable of indubitable demonstration — that the early docu¬
ments represent the Florentine dialect in the actual process of
certain phonetic changes, which only later completed their de¬
velopment, — this appears to be the case in certain instances of
vacillation between E and I.1 In general, however, the state

§6. Note 1. Parodi seems to hold the same view. In a discussion
of the language of the Frammenti di un lihro di hanchieri fiorentini

Schlatter- — The Development of the Vowel. 1077

of the initial unaccented vowel does not seem to have materially
changed, phonetically, in Florence, since the beginning of lit¬
erary times, — except, of course, the driving out of most of the
Latin and dialectal forms, save in literary or foreign words.
FTo living language probably changed less, phonetically, than-5
Italian during the past six or seven centuries.

7. Perhaps it may be objected that I have not taken into ac¬
count the difference between a completely unaccented vowel
and that which is under the secondary stress. I had thought
of the distinction, but the vowels under these two different
conditions seemed to develop in the same way, with only a
few possible exceptions. The distinction in development be¬
tween the two forms Florenti9e> Fiorenze> Firenze and
florentinu — ■> fiorentine is very clearly caused by the second¬
ary accent. It is not so clear in the double forms (in the old
language), desiderare and disiderare. One might assume
theoretically that the forms in I are due to forms accented on
the second syllable' — disidero, disiderano, etc. — and that the-
forms in E are due to forms in which the first syllable had a<
secondary accent — desiderare, desiderio, etc. Yet this theory
is quite impossible of proof and one may just as well sustain*
that the forms in E are all due to a process of dissimilation..
And what is to be said of such forms as del, nel, etc., beside
il ? And of mi, beside me ne etc. ? The vowel in all was orig¬
inally accented: del <dello <d (e) — ellu- — , me ne <m’ene
<m’enne <m?ende, te lo <t(e) — ellu, and so forth. The ex¬
planation of secondary accent will not satisfy the form il, nor
mi, ti, etc., either, in many cases of prosthetic use. Perhaps
the explanation is that the development of E to I in Florence
had ceased its operation before these forms with E had quite
lost their accent or become monosyllabic ; in that case, the form
il apparently became monosyllabic and unaccented before the
other forms did either. The theory of the cessation of the de-

(Giornale Storico, X, p. 182), after certain examples of occasional E
beside the regular I, he says: “Esempi simili ci indurrebbero forse a
credere che la tendenza del fiorentino ad i atono, per lo meno interno ,
non riuscisse ad assoggettarsi stabilmente tutto il materiale linguis-
tico se non assai piu tardi di quello che si crederebbe.” Cf. also §7,
note 1.

1078 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

velopment of E to I seems plausible, when we remember forms
like meta, eta, e ’ reduced from meita, etc. (see §85) and not
proceeding to mita, etc. The form el for il (see §37, note 7),
:£cmnd quite commonly in the old Florentine writers, might
then be explained in either of two or three ways, — it might
represent the last moment before passing to I, or it might have
been perverted or delayed in its development by analogy of the
dissyllabic forms dello, etc.1

8. Concerning the development of O O XJ, Professor Grand-
gent, in a personal note to the writer, states : “I think we must
assume a popular tendency to u and a more cultivated to o,
under all conditions, and perhaps all the differences not due
to dialect, nor to bookish influence, may be explained in this
way. However, the examples seem to show that 1 (and pos¬
sibly unaccented i and palatal) favored u in Florence. As
to fj> u, the development is evidently not uniform, although
the majority of examples show u. One might cite P. Haberl,
in ZPPh XXXIV 147, but I don’t think he is right.” Pa-
rodi, also, in Giorn. Stor. X 182-3, says : “Si noti che il fioren-
tino dice uliva, ufficio, non oliva, officio, e oosi mulino, fru-
mento, ed ora anche ugni eosa, urecchio, pumpiere, scudella,
ecc.” The material is certainly very contradictory and per¬
haps my zeal to obtain as formal rules of development as pos¬
sible carried me further than was wise.

I Y (long)

1. Classic Latin I Y (long) > Vulgar Latin I > Italian I.1

§7. Note 1. See §20, note 6. Parodi, 1. c., pp. 187-8, says: “Xo os-
servero che e importante il veder gih qui stabiliti il ed i; che nel
fiorentino questa e regolare, nonostante cio che dice il D’Ovidio (AG
IX, 100), pe'rche igli potrebb’esser bene in esso la forma originaria;
che el inoltre, contro cio che cornu nemente si crede, e frequentissimo
nei testi fiore'ntini del secolo XIV e XV, dimodoche senza dubbio
questa forma, che e quella che normalmente si attenderebbe da “ille,”
fu anche nei secoli anteriori ben viva. Tuttavia che i sia rifatto su
il, ch’e poi un prodotto della tendenza italiana ad i atono, secondo la
teoria del Diez, perfezionata dal Caix e dal D’Ovidio, vien confer-
mato dal prevalere d’il, i (e di in-, anziche en-) anche nel piu antico
senese.”

§1. Note 1. It was thought best not to group together the develop¬
ment of i and i. As a matter of fact, although the results in Flor¬
ence are regularly the same, the principal difference lies in the ex¬
ceptions; the double forms from I are rare, whereas from i they are
very numerous, — see under §§3, seq.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel. 1079

—There are very few cases of clearly popular words, uninflu¬
enced by allied forms wherein the accent is on the I and which
would, therefore, tend to preserve the I, anyway. Further¬
more, it is not possible, in many cases, to distinguish between
popular and literary words, since in the latter the result was
the same. In the following two groups of examples, both con¬
tain popular and literary words, hut the second has only words
under the influence of allied forms, accented on the I, or of
analogous words, — these are suggested in the parentheses. Ex¬
amples: — first group , citta, civile, crivello, diverse, dividere,
divino, ghirlanda (and illiterate grillanda), Italia, livello, mili-
tare, m'iracolo, principio, rivale, sipario, sirena, stipendio, vi-
cino; second group, chinare (chino, etc.), cimiere (cima), dire,
etc. (dice, etc.), divertire (di — in composition, — see §§11 and
12), fiducia (fido), figliuolo (figlio), finire (fine), fissare
(fisso, ’etc.), girare (giro, etc.),' gridare (grido, etc.), invemo
(in — in composition, — see §19), liberta (lihero), limare
(lima), livore (livido), mirare (miro, etc.), ridicolo (ridere),
stridore (stridere), tirare (tiro, etc.), trillare (trillo, etc.),
vihrare (vibro, etc.), vilta (vile), visitare (visito, etc.), vi¬
vace (vivere, etc.).

2. Exceptions.

(a) Influence of E. — The development to E, instead to I,
in the following exceptions seems due, at least in part, to the
following It1: gerfalco (obsolete for girfalco), from gyr(are)
-falco (common Eomance: cf. the French gerfaut) ; cerusico2;
meraviglia, a common Eomance development from *mirabilia,
for Classic mi-; serena, for sirena, from sirena, from cruprjv ,
but here confusion with sereno and a tendency to vowel har¬
mony would also be of influence; bergantino, for brigantino,
from a base hriga; gherbello (usually crivello),3 from cribellu-;

§2. Note 1. Cf. §§21, 22, 49.

2. According to Petrocchi, circusico still lives in the Montagna
pistoiese.

3. Evidently distorted by some analogy. See Caix, Studi, No. 10(i.
Crivello is perhaps semi-liter ary; the popular word is vaglio. Thert
is also the form garbello.

1080 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

ternita, a peasant word for trinita (confused with etemita or
with terno)4.

(b) Influence of Labials. — To preceding or following la¬
bial consonants are attributable the cases which follow: dovi-
zia, dovidere (now obsolete), scioverno, a noun from sciover-
nare, from *(e)xhibernare ; rubaldo, probably through a form
robaldo, with contamination of rubare5; funire, an Aretine
form for finire6; Classic Latin pipilare, a verb expressing the
peeping of chickens, apparently developed > pibilare> pivi-
lare> pivolare> povolare> puvolare> piiolare> pugolare, —
the forms pigolare, pugolare, p'iulare (Lucchese), piuli (a peas¬
ant word), piolare (Pistoiese), piolio (peasant word), are
found.7

(cl Double Fobms. — There are some exceptions to the rule,
which are perhaps to be explained by the assumption that 1
was confused with 1 and developed under the same conditions
(see §20 seq.) ; additional influences have had a bearing in
some cases. Examples: premizia (Matt. Villani), for prim-
izia ; cesoie, for cisoie ; cesello, for cisello8 ; letigio, leticare,
letigare, etc., and litigare, etc. ; legnaggio and lignaggio9. Two
other exceptions have no I-forms; se, from si, and vendemmia.
In the last case the analogy of vendere and a tendency to vowel-
assimilation might have had influence. Pestellino (illiterate),
for pistillino, English pistil — unless it is a Vulgar Latin form

4. In the last three cases, there was probably no stage *birgan-
tino, *ghirbello, *tirnitil, the passage being direct from brigantino to
bergantino and similarly in gherbe’llo and ternita.

5. This is M. -L.’s suggestion, although he assumes a different
etymology, see M. -L., Ital. Gram., §128. For the etymon, see Zac-
caria, pp. 397-8.

6. Through a form fenire, -cf. Old French fenir. See Grandgent,
Introd. to Y. L., §229 (4). Pieri, AG XII 114, mentions for Lucca
fonire (and fenire; funire at Pisa), promaio, and ciovile.

7. For -il- to -ol-, cf. the development of sufolare, §2 (e).

8. Cisoie is the commoner form today and the dictionary of Tomm.
e Bell, states that it is also a peasant form as well as cisello. M. -L.
considers cesello vowel-assimilation (Ital. Gram., §135), but Grober
(ALL I 546) demands a form in I for cisoie and a form in E (from
AE) for cesoie. It is possible that both forms are from CAE-,
whence cisoie for Florence, and cesoie, dialectic (see §37), although
French ciseaux points to i.

9. M.-L. (Ital. Gram., §123) says that legnaggio is not Tuscan;
an analogy of legno seems possible. Pucci uses linaggio in his Centi-
loquio. For se, cf. Grandgent, Introd. to V. L., §229 (4).

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel .

1081

in pi — is perhaps merely a popular etymology from pestare, —
that is, pestellino (“pestle”), so pestellino, because of its shape,
for pistil.

(d) Apheresis. — The following are aphetic forms: vaccio,
from vivaciu-10; verno, yernare, vernino, etc., from hibernu-,
etc.* 11; ritto, rizzare, from directu-, etc.; Sidero (13th and 14th
centuries), for Isidoro12.

(e) Other Cases. — Epenthesis occur in filinguello, filun-
guello (flinguello and fringuello are also found), from frin-
gillu-, with change of suffix; and syncope in dritto, drizzare
(from directu-, etc.), and gridare (from *quirltare). The ex¬
tra syllable of avaccio, for vaccio, was apparently caused by a
lingering memory of the original lost syllable (see §2 (d)) and
a was chosen to replace it, either through analogy of words be¬
ginning av- or through analogy of adverbial expressions made
with the preposition a13. Vlrone, for airone, aghirone, ghir-
one (from OH Germ, heigir) seems to be a plain derivative of
virare14, =girare. Many converging forces are found in the
development of sibilare, sibillare, sufilare, sufolare, zufulare,
zufolare, ciufolare, subillare, sobbillare, etc., — analogy of suf-
flare, confusion with the prefix sub-, even without analogy to
sufilare, the tendency of a vowel, especially I, to become O be¬
fore L (cf. nobole, angiolo, scandolo, etc.15), whence, by as¬
similation, partial or complete, 0 or XT in the initial syllable10.
Viburnu- gives viburno (learned), riburno17, and vavorna18.
The common obsolete (?) use of fornire for finire is merely a

10. This apheresis is purely arbitrary, like Maso, for Tommaso, et
sim.

11. The process was: lo iverno> lo’verno, cf. OI> O, § 85.

12. Igoggi, mod. peasant word, is apparently from hic-hodie; if so,
goggi (Montalese') is an aphetic form of the same, — see Salvioni,
ZRPh XXII 472.

13. In this latter case, however, one would expect avvaccio, with
two v’s.

14. Cf. English veer.

15. See M.-L., Ital. Gram., §119.

16. For these words see Ascoli, Miscellanea Caix-Canello 427 (pre¬
viously printed in AG X 1-17), Biicheler. Rhein. Mus. XLII 584
Canello, AG III 382, Flechia, AG III 154.

17. From vivurno, by dissimilation of v-v and confusion with the
Italian prefix ri-.

18. Explanation? Cf. French viorne. See Grober, ALL. VI 142.

1082 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

confusion of the meanings and forms of the two words. The
following forms are dialectic: melitare (Livorno and Pistoia;
for militare: mecello (Arezzo, “capezzolo della mammella”),
according to Caix19, from a form *miccello, “quasi piccola
miccia o lucignolo”, from myxa, y,v£a; chinche (and chin-
chesia, “chiunque,” in Guittone, et al., and living in Aretine),
where the unaccented I became accented by the contraction.20

E £ 1 AE OE Y (short)

3. Classic Latin E E 1 AE OEi Y (short) > Vulgar Latin E
(closed or closing) > Italian I, Except Before R, in which
Case the Development was to E. — This was the result in
Florence1, and although the I-development is difficult to prove
in all cases, because of the insufficiency of uncontaminated doc¬
uments, yet practically all the exceptions which show E are at¬
tributable in the modern language to learned influence and in
the old language to the influence of Latin or of dialects, of
which some very close to Florence gave E or I and others regu¬
larly E (see §37). It has seemed expedient to treat this com¬
plicated part of the subject as follows: The Prefix RE-,
§§4-10; The Prefix DE-, §§11-15; The Prefix EX- and
Words of Similar Form §§16-18; Other Words, §§19-20;
Before R, §§21-24; Latin Bis, §25 ; Other Exceptions, § §26—
36; Dialects, §37.

4. The Prefix RE-. — The regular result was RI- before
consonants and R — the E being elided — before vowels.

5. Examples of the development of RE- before consonants:
ribattere, riconoscere, ridurre, rifatto, rigettare, rilevare, ri-
manere, rinunziare, ripiegare, risapere, ritoccare, rivolgere,
etc., etc.

19. Studi, No. 410.

20. Cf. the debelopment of IU-I, §85. Fieri, AG XII 145 gives
ragato (at Pisa), for rigato, -a case of vowel assimilation. The other
cases mentioned by Fieri (ansegna, anvoglia) are results of the ag¬
glutination of the A of the fern, article, -see §32. For ancisa, men¬
tioned in this connection by Pieri, see §72.

§3. Note i. For the dialects, see §37.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel.

1083-

6. Exceptions to §5*:

(a) In modern Italian. These are practically all literary
words : some express ideas not known to the popular language,
others have more popular forms or did have them in the old
language.

reboantd,

recalcitrare, more usually rl-,
recapitare, more common than ri-
( still ri- seems the pop. form),
recapitolazione, more usually ri-,
recedere, lit., hut ri- repeats ce-
dere,

recensione,

recentd, but Andrea Lancia ri-,
recesso, lit., but ri- in Egnazio
Danti,

recidere, ri- lllit. and ricidenda
in Cellini.

recidivivo, leg. and lit, cf. rica-
dere,

recingere, lit. for ri-,
recipiente, ri- a peasant word,
reciproco,

reclamare, French? cf. riohia-
mare,

recluso, cf. richiudere,
recognizione, or ri-,
recon dito, ri-, obsolete,
recrementizio, med. term,
recriminare, legal,
recrudescenza, med.,
recubare,

redargulre, but ri- in Ariosto,

redattore,
redenzione,
redibizione, legal,
redigere,

redimere, riscattare is the pop.
word,

redire, poetic, cf. also forms ac¬
cented riede, etc.,
referire, pop. ri-,
refezione, uncommon or jocular,
reflesso, more pop. ri-,
reflusso, illiterate rl-,
refocillare, more com. ri-,
refrazione, more com. ri-,
refrenare, usually raffrenare,
ref rescare, usually rinf rescare,
refugiare, pop. ri-,
regredire, literary,
reietto, lit. for rigettato,
relative,

relegare, “to relegate” illit. ri-,
religare, usually ri-,
religione, but ri- frequent in Old
Italian, ri- in Old Sienese and
rilesgione in Guittone,
reluttante, lit., more com. ri-,
re'mancipazione,
reminiscenza, not pop.,

§6. Note 1. The number of learned words in modern Italian show¬
ing re- is very large; the list contains only a few typical examples.
The greater part of the remarks after the exceptions are Petrocchi’s
and they purpose to show that ri- is distinctly the phonetic develop¬
ment for Florence. For example, when ridarguire is mentioned as
found in Ariosto, my implication is this: redarguire is decidedly a
learned word, but even so a form with the regular development to
ri- is found — for instance, ' in Ariosto — doubtless, investigation would
Bhow ri- in this word in other writers, by whom this rare and literary
word has been used. Again, ref rescare is purely literary and inas¬
much as it expresses a more or less popular idea it has a popular form,
rinfrescare. The same kind of implication holds for the exceptions
under (b) : the forms in re- are found scattered side by side with the
forms in ri-; for example, we are likely to find ri- even in Jacopone
da Todi and re- even in Dino Compagni; but this is exceptional.
When Jacopone used ri-, it was pure Florentine; he regularly used re-,
which was the regular form for his dialect as well as the Latin and
literary form. Similarly, when Compagni uses re-, it is decidedly an
exception and not a Florentine form, developed phonetically.

1084 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

remissione, pop. rimessione,
remontu£r, French, remontolr,
removere, pop. rl-,
remunerare, more com. ri-,
renitente, legal,
renunziare, usually ri-,
repellere, lit. and sclent.,
repentaglio, ri- obsolete,
replicare, cf. forms accented rfe-,
replica, etc., ri- a peasant
word, cf. ripiegare, different
sense,

repulsa, usually ri-,
requisire, bureaucratic, illit. ri-,
rescindere, more pop. risecare,
resecare, and ri-, the former lit.,
the latter semi-pop.,
resdzione, surgical term,

resolute, lit. for ri-,
respingere, but ri- repeats spin-
gere,

respirare, ri- in the Montagna,
restauro, cf. ristoro,
restio, cf. resto, etc., and ri-
obsolete,

restituird, ri- obs.,
restringere, ri- repeats stringere,
resultare, usually ri-,
resupino, lit., but ri- obs.,
resurgere, lit., cf. risorgere,
retrarre, lit. for ri-,
retribuird, the old language has
ri- and re-,

retundere, rintuzzare is the pop.
word,

revisione, but ri- obs.

Remark. — The following are notable exceptions to the
above : re- is the popular form. Perhaps these forms are an
attempt to imitate the learned. The words do not contain es¬
pecially popular ideas or the ideas are usually expressed by
other words.

recusare, illit. for ri-,
recuperare, pop. for ri-,
repetere, illit. for ri-,
reprensione, pop. for ri-,
repudiare, pop. for ri-,

repugnanza, pop. for ri-,
resuscitare, more pop. than ri-
and is a peasant word and
living in the Montagna,
retentiva, illit. for ritenitiva.

(b) In Old Italian. The following are a few of the many
old words in re- ; many of them were also used by Florentines,
but apparently by learned or dialectic interference.

rebutto (G. Giudicd di Messina,
13th cent.), = “ributta-
mento”,

recagnare ( Sannazaro ) ,/ = “‘irin-

cagnare”,

recappare (Sacchetti), but rica-
pare (Cavalcanti),
recatto (G. Giudice et al.), for ri-
catto,

receperd (Jacopone), for ricevere,
recevire (Ristoro d’Arezzo), for
ricevere,

recherere (Guittone), for richie-
dere,

recoldre (Sannazaro),

redamare (Castiglione), but ri-
( Jacopone),

refuggio, (G. Villani),
refutaggio (D. Compagni), for ri-
fiuto,

rdmirare (Boiardo), for ri-
remuggire (Ariosto), for ri-,
remuno (Sacchetti), for rimuner-
azione,

repatriare (Doc. Art. Sen.), for
ri-,

repennare (Guittone), for ri-,
repensare (Boccaccio), for ri-,
reporre (Bembo), for ri-,
rdprobare (Jacopone), for ripro-
vare.

7. Examples of the development of RE- before vowels.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel.

1085

There are no cases of modern words except before a and i : rad-
doppiare, radunare, rammentare, rammaricarsi, rannuvolare,
rassegna, rincrescere, ringraziare1. In the older language we
find also cases like repilogare (for riepilogare) , risaminare
(for riesaminare), rempiere (for riempire) : cf. also riscire
(Lucca, for riuscire).

8. Exceptions to §7 :

(a) In modern Italian: reagire, rein tegr are, reiterare, and
a few others, — all literary words. There are no forms in re-o
■or re-u.

(b) In Old Italian: realdire (Bembo, for riudire), reedifi-
care (Gr. Viliam), reinvitare (Castiglione), and a few others,
— none in re-o or re-u. These are mostly literary, partly per¬
haps dialetic.

9. The cases of modern words beginning with ri-vowel are
very numerous : riamare, rianimare, riarmare, riedificare, ri-
entrare, riornare, riunire, etc. These are all new compounds
with the Italian prefix ri-.

10. A special development of the prefix RE occurs in Arez¬
zo, Siena, and elsewhere. Apparently by a kind of vocal¬
ization of the R, there developed ar- and ara-, — for example re-
placere> repiacere> r’piacere> arpiacere or arapiacere. So
we find arpiacere, arcacciare, aravere (for riavere), archiedere,
argire (~“ritornare,” for rigire), arescire (for riuscire), aren-
trare (for rientare), arcoverare, arcomperare, arcomensare (for
ricominciare), arvolere, arversare, artrovare, artogliere, arsa-
gliare (for risalire), arquisizione, arprendere, amunziare, ar-
minare (for rimenare), armettere, armagnenza (for rimanen-
za), armanere, arliquia (for reliquia), aramortire (for
ammortire, for ammorzare), arenunziare, aribellare, ar-
venuto (=“divenuto”, for rivenuto). Arnione (cf. Erench

§7. Note 1. Examples of words in the modern language with the pre¬
fix from RE-AD are legion. In many cases they are more or less mod¬
ern compounds. It is to be noted, too, that the prefix has in many
cases lost its force and to express repetition a form in ri- is likely to
be used. Compare radunare, “piu generico che adunare”, rasciugare,
"rinforza asciugare”, rabballinare — “abballinare”, rammannare,
"‘rinforza ammannare”, racquattarsi, literary for “acquattarsi”, rac-
cozzare, = “accozzare”, raccostare, = "accostare o riaccostare,” racco-
sciare, literary for “accosciarsi”, raccontare, raccomandare, raccoglier*,
etc., etc. Cf. in French rassembler, ramasser, rencontrer, etc.

1086 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

rognon) from *renione-? occurs in Hicolo Eorteguerri and Brac-
ciolini, both of Pistoia1.

11. The Prefix DE-. — The development is similar to that
of RE-, but the prefix was by no means so common or so popu¬
lar1 : DI before consonants, D — E, being elided— before vowels.

12. Examples of the development of DE- before consonants,,
words of the old language and of the modern: (the preposi¬
tion di,) dieatti, dichi arare, difendere, digiuno, digrignare,.
digrumare, dileguare, dilettare, dilombarsi, diluviare, diman-
dare, dimen are, dimenticare, dimorare, dinoccolato, dirazzare,.
dirotto, discendere, disegno, disertare, dispetto, divenire, etc.

13. Exceptions:

(a) In modern Italian, — all more or less literary:

debellare, literary,
decadere (dicadimento in G. Vil¬
iam),

decapitare (di- in G. Villani).

decidere,

declamare,

declinare (dichinare in Dante,
Bibbiena, G. Villani, Sae-
chetti, Pucci),

decollare, literary (di- in G. Vil¬
lani, dicollazione in M. Vil¬
lani ) ,

decremento (dicrescenza in Cel¬
lini),

decretare (dicreto in G. Villani,
M. Villani, Passavanti),
deferire, not pop., usually diffe-
rire (from dis-; diferire in
Cavalcanti),

deficiente, not very pop.,
deformare, more com. sformare
(di- Jacopone),

defraudare (di- living in the
mountains),

degradare (di- is used for the
literal meaning, and di- in
Dante and M. Villani),
de'liberare (de- and di- in the old
language with di- more fa¬
vored),

delitto (also in Dante, di- in

Pucci and living in the
mountains),

denegare, not com. for negaro
(di- in G. Villani, Varchi,
Berni, Guicciardini, cf. di-
nie'go, mod., for rifiuto).
deporre (di- in Boccaccio, Dante,.
Varchi, G. Villani, Sanna-
zaro),

deposito (di- in G. Villani),
depravare, not pop. (di- in Caval¬
canti),

deputare, not pop. (di- in Boccac¬
cio, G. Villani, Bibbiena, liv¬
ing in the Montagna),
deridere (di- in Boccaccio),
derivare (di- in Bembo, Passa¬
vanti, Varchi, G. Villani),
derubare (dirobare in Guittone,.

dirubare in Dante),
descrivere (di- Boccaccio, Passa¬
vanti),

desistere, not pop.,
destituire,

determinare (di- in Dante, G.

Giudice, Varchi, Boccaccio),
detrarre, not pop. (di- G. Villani,
Pucci),

devoto, divoto is the popular
form.

§10. Note 1. See M.-L., Gram. d. L, R., I, §367. Ascoli, A. G., II, p.
447, gives examples of re- > ar- in Aretine territory; for this phenome¬
non, cf. also. Gascon.

§11. Note’ 1. Dis- was tbe popular prefix, often reduced to s-. See
§17 and Grandgent’s Introd. to Vulgar Latin, §25.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel .

1087

(b) In the old language,— mostly by literary influence:

debaccare (from Latin debac-
chari ) ,

decervellare (di- mod. and dis-
popular),

declarare (mod. dichiarare),
deguastare (di- in Jacopone and
Pucci),

delettare (Cavalcanti, Jacopone,
Bibbiena, Guittone, Folgore
da S. Gimignano, Vasari;
but di- mod. and in Jaco¬
pone, Dante, G. Villani, Boc¬
caccio,

G. Giudice, Andrea Lancia, Guit¬
tone),

debmare (Sacchetti, di- in the
Dittamondo),

demembrare (di- mod. and G.
Giudice, Cavalcanti, G. Vil¬
lani ; mod. more commonly
smembrare),

departire (Guittone; mod. di-
but not com.; di- in Guittone,
G. Giudice, Bibbiena, Dante),
dependente (mod. di- and in Cel¬
lini),

de’podestare (dipot- in Pucci),
depopolare (di- M. Villani, Bib¬
biena; mod. spop-),

deradicare (di- Boccaccio, Bibbi¬
ena, Dittamondo),
derupare (mod. di- and Caval¬
canti, G. Giudice, M. Villani,
Guicciardini),

descende're Giving in the moun¬
tains, mod. di-, usually scen-
dere; di- Ariosto, Guicciar¬
dini, and the Montagna pia-
toiese),

deservire (in the Boezio; di- in
G. Villani, Bocc., Berni,
Sacchetti),

desiderare (also mod. and living
in the Montagna pistoiese,
di- Bocc., Dante, Varchi, Pe-
trarca, Cavalcanti, living in
the mountains),

desperanza (mod. di- and in G.
Giudice, the Dittamondo, Bib¬
biena, G. Villani, Cellini, Ca¬
valcanti, Machiavelli, Guic¬
ciardini, Varchi, et al.),
desponsare (disposare mod. and
Dante, M. Villani, Bibbiena,
Cavalcanti, et al.),
destillare (mod. di-),
deverginare,

devorare (mod. di- and Jacopone,
Pucci, et al.)1.

14. Examples of the development of DE-vowel: da (DE¬
AD), dello (D(E)-ILLITM)1, dinanzi, donde, dove2.

§13. Note 1. Under the exceptions given in §13, as well as those
given in §6 and elsewhere, the investigator’s effort has been to set
the material before' the reader as it appears. For that reason, out of
a large number of exceptions, all of which could not and needed not
be mentioned, he chose typical examples. The provenance of some of
the exceptions, in the old language was, unfortunately, not always ac¬
cessible. Furthermore, everyone knows the unreliability of most of
the old texts. Yet the general deductions seem to be as before stated;
first, the development for Florence and hence for the modern language
was I; secondly, practically all the exceptions in modern Italian are
plainly learned; thirdly, the numerous double forms in the old lan¬
guage all seem attributable to learned or dialectal influence with a
very strong preponderance, besides, in favor of I. When Boccaccio
uses securo and sicuro on the same page’, with sicuro he uses Flor¬
entine and with securo he is confused by the frequency with which
he has heard securo among his acquaintances who do not speak Flor¬
entine and by the' Latin which he has studied and which was ever
present with him in a hundred daily connections.

§14. Note 1. For the E in del, see §20, note 6, and the Introduc¬
tion, §7.

2. For E in hiatus, cf. also Napoli (Neapolis).

1088 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts , and Letters.

15. Exceptions t© §14: dealbare, deambulare, deargentare,.
dearticolato, deaurare (cf. dorare), deiscere, deonestare, deo-
struente, — al] literary and all obsolete except the last, a medi¬
cal term.

16. The Prefix Ex-, E-, Words Beginning with S-im-
ptjea, Es-, Is-, et sim. Tbe prefix E- before any conson¬
ant except S gives only E-, never I-, for tbe season that all
sncb words are literary: editore, educare, egestione (“liter¬
ary”1), egregio, egresso (“pedantic word for uscita”), elon-
gare (— “dilungare”), elucidare, emanare (“not popular”)
emettere (“not popular”) emigrare, eminente (“not popular”),
enorme, enunciare (“literary”), erigere, erizzare (“obsolete
for rizzare”), erogare (“not popular”), erompere (“literary”),
enutrire (“=nutrire”), evaginare (=“sguainare” ) , evanire
(=“svanire”), evaporare (“more com. svaporare”), evellere
(“svellere”), evento (“not popular”), evidente, eviscerare
(— “svi seer are”), evitare (“usually scansare, schivare”), evi-
zione (“a legal term”), evocare (“not popular”), evoluzione
(“not popular”) evomente (— “' vomitante” ) , etc.

17. In connection with an S, however, tbe case is different.
S-impura in Vulgar Latin acquired a prosthetic I (or E),
whence IS- (or ES-) ; and EX-, or E- before S-, produced IS-
(or ES-) ; furthermore, words commencing with ES-, IS-,
AES-, OES-, HES-, et similia, all produced IS- (or ES-), and
by confusion of the meaning and form of DIS- (misunderstood
for di-s- (DE-EX-), BIS-, we have an immense group of words,
which in Vulgar Latin began with IS- (or ES-) and which in
Italian eventually began with s-consonant, by loss of the initial
I- (or E-). This S, therefore, is of various sources, sometimes
a resultant of several forces1. In all these cases the old lan¬
guage had usually s- (occasionally is-, and dialectic or literary

§16. Note 1. The remarks are Petrocchi’s.

§17. Note 1. Cf. strattare, bistrattare, = “maltrattare” but the
source of the s- of strattare, is DIS-, BIS-, EX-, melted into Italian S-.
So this Italian prefix has several meanings: negative (sballare, =
“contrario d’ imballare”), intensive or pejorative (sbeffa, = “rinforza
beffa”), sometimes both (sbarrare, 1. = “impedire (con sbarra)”, 2.
= “spalaneare (gli occhi)”; sbandire, 1. = “rinforza bandire”, 2.
=“contrario di bandire”), etc. See M.-L., Italienische Gram., §144.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel .

1089'

es-) and the modern has only s- or by learned influence es-, ex¬
cept a few cases from INS-, like iscrizione, i sol are, ispettore,
ispirare, istante, istigare, istinto, istituire, istrumento (but
normally strumento), instruzione. These last, with their de¬
rivatives and half a dozen words like Islamismo, Israele, iso-
gono, are the only words now commencing with is- and the ob¬
solete words are are rare2.

18. A few cases of this numerous group will be sufficient to
exemplify :

(a) Cases of Resultant ES-, E-. — Of these, those which
are still in use are purely literary and those which are obso¬
lete are mostly literary and partly perhaps dialectic: ebollire,
eccellente, eccentrico, eccezione, eccidio, eccitare, elaborare,.
elargire, elegante, eleggere, elevare, elidere, emenda, emun-
gere, enucliare, enunciare, erompere, esatto, eschiudere (but
schiudere is the modern form) escludere, esclamare (but scla-
mare, popular modern), esempio, espegnere (obsolete for
spengere), esperienza (but sperienza is illiterate modern),
espiare, espirare, esplicare (cf. spiegare), esplodere, esploratore
(sploratore is a more popular modern form), espressione (but
spresso, illiterate for espresso), esprofesso, esteriore, estrarre
(but strarre, modern illiterate), evitare. If these words are
not strictly and admittedly learned (including esempio') cer¬
tainly the E is due to the influence of those who were acquainted
with Latin and felt the necessity and correctness of E, not I,
and their influence prevailed over the less educated.

(b) Cases of Resultant S. — sbadare, sbadigliare, jeba-
gliare, sbalordire, sbatacchiare, sbattere, scomodare, sdraiare,
sfaccendare, sgranare, sgretolare, sgusciare, slattare, smammo-
larsi, spavento, spedire, squasi (for quasi, a peasant word)1.

2. Except also the survival occasionally of i before s-impura, after
certain consonants, as in iscuola , etc., — but these cases are now few and
considered pedantic, although many are thoroughly popular in Tuscany.

§18. Note 1. Also found at Pisa, — see Pierl, AG XII 153.

1090 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts , and Letters,

(c) Cases of Doublets. — The regular form in s- is placed
first, whether obsolete or modern :

schermidore, modern, eschermidore, in Cavalcanti;

schifare and schivard, modern, eschifare, in S. Cater ina;

scialare, modern popular, esalare, modern literary;

sciame, modern, esciame, obsolete;

sciugare, illiterate, asciugare, mod. (prefix confu¬

sion) ;

sciutto, in Jacopone and living asciutto; modern;
among the peasants and at
Siena,

scluso, mod. illit.,
scremento, mod. illit.,
scrizione, mod. illit.,
scrude’re, mod. peasant,
spansivo, obsolete,
specialmente, mod.,
sponere, illit., sporre, pop.,
spotico, pop. “padrone spotico”,
sprete, peasant,
spugnare, obsolete,
stanza, 14th century,
state, pop. (and sta),
stigare, 13th-16th centuries,
stimare, mod.,
stituire, illit. and peasant,
stituzione, illit. and 14th cent.,
straneo, Cavalcanti,
straordinario, mod.,
stravagante, mod.,
stremamente, popular,
stribuire, 14th century,
strigare, mod.,
strione, obsolete,
struire, illit.,

struziond, 13th and 14th centur¬
ies.

The examples, listed in the three classes above, seem to in¬
dicate the development of all these forms to I. This develop¬
ment was thwarted in two ways: first, the regularly tendency
to drop the I2 3, and secondly, the learned (and occasionally dia¬
lectic) tendency towards E.

19. Other Words. — The development is to I, as usual. Ex¬
amples : cicala, disagio, discorrere, disdire, disfare, dispiacere,

2. Escaiolo, etc., preserve the E by analogy with esca; escire, escita,
“more popular than uscird, etc.”, by esco, esci, etc., — cf. scire (13th
century).

3. Of course, the reasons for this dropping are very simple: elision
of the weak I after a word ending with a vowel would explain most
cases, — lo istesso lo ’stesso. In this particular case, l’istesso happens
to be still fairly common, beside lo stesso. Cf. §85.

escluso, mod. lit.;
escremento, mod. literary;
iscrizione, mod.;
escludere, mod. literary;
espansivo, mod. literary;
espezialmente, obsolete;
esporre, semi-literary ;
despotico, dispotico, mod. ;
ex-prete ;

espugnare, mod.;
istanza, mod.;
estate, mod. ;
istigare, mod.;

estimare, mod., not popular;
istituire, mod.;
istituzione, mod.;
estraneo, mod. lit.;
estraordinario, obsolete;
estravagante, obsolete;
estre'mamente, mod.;
distribuire, mod.;
estricare, obsolete;
istrione (from HI STRIONE-) ;
istruire, mod. ;

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel . 1091

disturb are, ginestra, ginocchio, il, the preposition in, in- in
compounds (inciampicare, indietro, insieme, intanto, etc,), mi,
misura, nipote, prigione, si, ti, etc.

20. Exceptions :

(a) Words influenced by allied forms, in which the accent
is on the first syllable. Such exceptions are exceedingly nu¬
merous, especially in verbs and in words with any of the many
Italian suffixes, — for example, pedaggio, pedagna, pedagnola,
pedale, pedaleggiare, pedaliera, pedana, pedata, pedina, pe-
dona, etc., etc., influenced by piede, — and piedaccio, etc., where
even the diphthong intrudes itself into the initial syllable. This
kind of analogy is rarely counteracted by the regular develop¬
ment, although there are quite a number of cases where the
regular form appears in the old language sporadically or dia-
lectally (cf. under (c.) ). In the doublet gittare and gettare
(<*jectare), both the regular and the analogical forms have
survived1. Learned influence may also have had some bear¬
ing in several cases :

bellezza, bellimbusto, etc (bello)2: benandare, benedire,
benche etc. (bene) •; dendare (benda) ; beone, bevanda, bevao-
qua, beveraggio (bevere, bere) ; ciechezza, etc. (cieco) ; creare
(creo, etc. : eri’are in Dante, Cavalcanti, Petrarca, Pucci, et al.
and living among the peasants); diecina (dieci; but cf. dici-
annove) ; dentale, etc. (dente) ; destare (desto, etc.) ; deschetto
annove) ; dentale, etc. (dente) ; destare (desto, etc.) ; deschetto
(desco) ; destrezza (destro) ; dettare (detto, etc.) ; densita
(dense) ; empire (empio, empiere, etc.) ; entrare, etc. (entro,
etc.) ; embriciata (embrice) ; fremente (fremere) ; fedele, etc.
(fede) ; freschezza (fresco); fienile; fievolezza; fregare; fre-
nare; gentile (gente, or compare note 7 to this §) ; gesticolare
(gesto) ; legame (lego, etc., learned; cf. li'ama in Dante da
Maiano, lianza in M. Villani) ; melappio (mela) ; melassa
(mele, miele; see D’Ovidio, Korn. XXV 302); mentecatto

§20. Note 1. Here, too, however, the analogical form has about
driven out the regular, and Petrocchi brands gittare as literary, — that
is, the word has followed the example of most similar words by as¬
suming the analogical form entirely and gittare is assuming a smack
of the antique and literary.

2. Cf. the regular form bilt^ in the old language.

1092 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

(mente) ; mestura (pop. for mistura ; mestolo, mescolo, etc.);
mietitore (mietere) ; mescuglio (mescolo, etc.) ; menzogna
(mento, menti, etc., now mentisco, etc.) ; mentovar© (mentovo,
etc.); mendicante (mendico, mendichi, etc.; the substantive is
accented mendico) ; messaggio (messo) ; megliore (meglio ; cf.
migliore, the commoner form to-day) ; pensier© (penso, etc.) ;
peperone (pope); peggiore (peggio; piggiore frequent in Old
Italian); pettegolo (petto; derivation?); prezioso (prezzo) ;
preghiera (prego, etc.) ; pelacchiare (pelo) ; pendio (pendere) ;
reticolare (rete) ; seguire (seguo, etc.)3; sceverare (scevero,
etc.) ; selvaggio (selva) ; senese (Siena) ; settimana (sette) ;
sentire, sentimento (sento, etc.) ; sessanta (sei) ; sepale (siepe) ;
stendardo (stendere) ; tenaglia (tengo, etc. ; the usual word is
tanaglia, — vowel assimilation, see §26) ; tenere (tengo, etc.) ;
tendenza (tendere) ; tempesta, temporal© (tempo) ; tremolare,
tremendo (tremolo, tremo, etc.) ; veleggiare (vela) ; venturo
(vengo, etc.) ; vestito (vesto, etc.) ; ventaglio, ventarola
(vento) ; vezzeggiare (vezzo) ; vendetta (vendico, etc.) ; etc.

(b) Learned words4. These are very numerous, some read¬
ily observed and incontrovertibly learned in the old language
or in the modern, others not quite so discernible. Of the
former, only a few typical examples are mentioned: betonica,
cemento5, decente, edace, elastico, festino (from Classic Latin
festinus), genuino, lepore, mediocre, nefando, penuria, sedurre,
temulento, zedoario, etc., etc. The following are probably all
learned to a greater or less degree; in some cases, other per¬
verting factors, such as vowel assimilation, may have assisted
in preserving the irregular form. In a great many cases, forms
in I existed sporadically. In regard to some of the words, a
comparison of the same word in French, where learned words

3. Pucci uses siguire. Many of these cases would be aided in their
perversion by other causes.

4. Learned words follow the foreign spelling to a greater or less ex¬
tent; normally e, ae, oe, are spelled e, i and y, i: delitto, economia, edi-
ficare, fenomeno, mefitico, respiro. idea, idillio, immenso, minuto. The
literary state of the i-forms can be discerned only by their use; these
are of no importance to the present investigation.

5. English cement; even he're a form in ci- is used among the peas¬
ants.

Schlatter-— The Development of the Vowel, 1093

are more recognizable, will show a learned or semi-learned de¬
velopment in that language.®

benigno (also bendgno, obsolete;
bene may have had some in¬
fluence, also)T,
crepuscolo,

decembre (cf. Fr. decembre),
epitaf(f)io (illit. pitaffio),
eterno,
dziandio,

febbraio (cf. French fdvrier),
felice (semi-learned; Alice in G.
Villani and living in some
neighboring dialects),
felino,
frequentare,
geloso ( semi-learned ) ,
gemello,
generale and

generoso (besides analogy of
gdnere ) ,

leale (semi-learned, li'ale in the
old language),

legale (besides influence of
legge),

leggiadro (and influence of leg-
giero, see §26),
legittimo (li- in Bocc.),
legume (cf. French legume),
levriere (borrowed from French?

li- also found, obsolete),
lezione (besides influence of leg-
gere),
medaglia,

memoria (cf. French memoire),
meschino (borrowed from

French),

mestiere (borrowed from

French),

metallo (cf. French metal)
melancolia (the more pop. form
is mal- or man-),
necessario (cf. French neces-
saire, nicistk in Pucci and
com. in old language)
neghittoso (semi-lit., cf. snighit-
tire, obs. for sneghittire),
negletto,
negozio,
penisola,
petecchia,
petulante,

pre- (cf. French pre-),
precedere (precipitare, precise,
preludio, preoccupare, prepar-
are, preporre, presente, pre-
servare, presumere, preten-
dere, prevedere, etc.),
scellerato (cf. French scelerat),
secondo (si- in 13, 14th centuries,
and living in the mountains
and in Sienese; sigondo is
used by the peasants),
secreto (lit. and illit., sigreto is
illit. and peasant; segreto is
the' usual form),

securo (lit. and illit.; siguro in
use among the peasants; sic-
uro is the usual form)6 7 8,
severo (si- in the Yaldichiana) ,
spelonca (spi- in Fr. da Barbe-
rino and living at Siena),
spettacolo,
teatro,
tegame,

tenzone (tincionare is a peasant
word in Pananti),

6. It seems that the development to I must have ceased long ago, at
least newly-formed words, or those which became’ unaccented rather
late, do not appear to follow the rule; cf. (il, but) del (d’ellu), nel
(in ellu), mel (m’ellu), sen (s’ende), — so eta, meta, que’, e’’ etc. Yet,
besides il, there is the illit. form qui’ for quel (“qui’ coso”). See
§85 and note 5 to same and Introduction, §7.

7. Certain words suggest a tendency to a development to E when the
next syllable contains accented I: bellico, benigno, destino, felice,
gengiva (but gin- illit. and peasant), gentild, genia, lentischio, meschi¬
no, nemico (vowel dissimilation? ni- very common especially among
the old Florentine writers), quesire, redicolo (pop. and illit. for ri-),
sentina, Tesifond (Dante, Inf. IX 48), trestizia (obsolete), vegilia (il¬
lit.), vescica. Delizia, fenice, penisola, veicolo, vestibolo, vestigio, are
probably all literary and therefore not to be quoted in this connection.

8. On secreto and securo being illit. forms, cf. .§6 (a), Remark,.

1094 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

tesoro,

veemente,

vegetabile,

veicolo,

veloce,

vescica,

vespertilio,

vestigio,

veterano,

vettovaglia,

vettura.

(c) Double forms. — A few only of many are given, with the
intention that they may help to show the development. They
largely belong to the old language; the modem has usually
adopted one form or the other. In any case the i-form is th9
regular one and the e-form is a learned or dialectic intrusion.

In some cases both are more or less learned.

beato (mod.), biato* (Tancia)9;
betulla (mod. lit.), cf. bidollo;
(ac)cecare, cicare (obs.19);
ceciglia (annal. of cieco), cicig-
lia (both mod.) ;
celendrare (Band. ant. lucch.),
ci- (mod.);

celeste (mod.), cilestro (Dante,
Bocc., Poliz., G, Vill.) ;
celice (Guittone), cilizio (mod.);
cemeterio (mod.),cimi- (Bartoli);
cetriolo (mod., anal, of cedro?),
ci- (Redi, Forteguerri, Ala-
manni) ;

Creolo (mod.), criolio (Maga-
lotti ) ;

debilitare, di- (Bembo) ;
decembre, di- (both mod.)* 11;
denaro (but da- is preferred), di-
(obs) ;

despotico, dispotico (both mod.

dis- preferred) ;
destino, di- (Enzo Re) ;
emprenato ( Jacopone12), impre-

gnato (mod.);

encendere (Cavalcanti, plainly
dialectic), incendiare (mod.);

enferta (Guittone), infermitd
(mod.) ;

enganno (Bindo Bonichi of Si¬
ena, Guittone), in- (mod.);

fenice’, fi- (S'. Ag.);

fedele, fi- (Bembo, G. Giudice, Ja¬
copone) ;

felice, fi- (G. Villani et al.);

festuca (mod. lit.), fistuga (Sac-
chetti) ;

geometria, giometrica (obs.), giu-
metria (Pucci);

Gregorio, San Gri- (Fiore di Fi-
losofi, D’Ancona e Bacci’s
Manuale, is 142);

eguale, i- (Bocc., Dante, Centilo-
quio, Tesoretto);

leatico ( illit. ) , li- (peasant; both

aphetic) ;

legione, li- (obs.);

lemosina, li- (both mod.; li- pre-

9. For E in hiatus> I, cf. cri’are, now creare by influence of creo, etc.,
li‘ale for le’ale, li'ama for legame, — all obs.

10. Petrocchi does not always give the exact provenance.

11. In the Ricordi di Matasala di Spinello senese (1233-1243; tea
Monaci p. 36 seq.), the influence of learning seems quite well exempli¬
fied. This is a Sienese document, at which city the development wa*
E or I (see § 37), but is interesting as collateral testimony. This
document begins: “Anno Domini .M.CC.XXXIII. in kalen decenbre.
cheste sono le sspese fatte del mese di dicenbre.” Decenbre is semi-
Latin in a Latin expression, dicenbre is among the Italian words. In
line 132, similarly, the writer says: “Anno Domini .M.CC.XXXVIII. in
kalendis genuari” . . . Genuari, semi-Latin with the Latin expression,,
whereas elsewhere’ he uses genajo (lines 21, 82, 102, 141).

12. Jacopone da Todi also uses empromettere, enante, enfrenato, en-
semora, entanno (intanto), entenza, lenguaio. Folgore da S Gimi¬
gnano uses empergolato, emperiato (impero), enibriarsi. Cf. §37.

1095

Schlatter— The Development of the Vowel

ferred), rimosina (Centilo-
quio; all aphetic);
lentiggine, 1m- (obs.) ;
leone, 11- (illit. and Andrea da
Barb., G. Vill., Dante, Maga-
iotti); ,

leopardo, li- (illit. and Andrea da
Barb.) ;

letame, li- (obs.) ;
letteratura, lit- (Camm. ; liter¬
ary in any case) ;

Melano (Dante), Milano;
menestrello (mod. lit.), mi-
(Tratt. Pecc. Mort.);
menore (obs.), mi- (mod.);
mescolanza (mod. anal, of mes-
colo, etc.), miscianza (G. Vil-
lani ) ;

mesenterio (mod. medical), mi-
(Rucellai) :

mesfatto (Guittone), mis- (mod.);
messere, mi- (Siena and obs.);
meslea (from French, Old Sien¬
ese), mis- (Ciriff. et al.);
mestiere, mi- (Compagni, Centil.,
living in the mountains) ;
nepote (mod. illit), ni- (usual
mod. form, Cavalcanti et al.) ;
nessuno (mod. influence of n6,
Pecorone et al.), ni- (mod.
illit.) ;

pe’ (prep. mod. illit. for per), pi’
(illit. and peasant word) ;
pellicciato (influence of pelle,
mod.), pi- (Fr. Giord. et al.);
pesello (Alamanni), pi- (mod.);
pestilenza (mod.), pistilenz(i)a
(G. Villani, Caval., Bocc.,
Varchi, living in the moun¬
tains) ;

petizione (mod.), pi- (Caval. et
al.);

pettirosso, pi- (peasant and mod.
Pistoiese) ;

pregione (obs.), pri- (mod.);
quesito, qui- (both mod., the lat¬
ter illit.) ;

questionare, qui- (both mod., qui-
more pop. and in Bocc.) ;
registro (mod.), ligistro (obs.);
reflente, ripentino (obs.);
resia13 (illit.), risiarche (Chiosat.
Dante; both aphetic) ;
resipola, ri- (both mod., ri- pre¬
ferred) ;

retaggio (mod. lit. poet.), ri-
(obs.) ;

rettorica, ritorica (G. Vill.);
sedere, si- (Dante);
seguire, si- (Pucci);
sempatia (illit., and peasant),
sim- (mod.) ;

seniscalso (obs.), siniscalco
(mod.), siscalco (Barb.);
smemorato, (mod.), smi- (obs.);
sneghittire, sni- (obs.) ; j

spessezza, spissitudine (obs.);
tenore, ti- (Tav. Rit.) ;
tepore, ti- (16th century), ti&~
(obs.) ;

trebuto (obs., but living in the
mountains), tri- (mod.);
trebuno (13th century), tri- (old/
and mod.) ;

trefoglio (obs.), tri- (old and
mod.), tra- (peasant, by con¬
fusion with the prepositions
tra) ;

vedovile, vi- (obs.);
veneziano, vini- (13th-16th cen¬
turies) ;

Venezia, Vinegia (Pucci et al.);
vestire (by anal, of vesto, etc.),
vistita (Maestro Francesco14);
zenzania (14th century), zin- (14th
century and peasant), zizzania,

£i£ana.

21. BEFORE R. — The usual development is to E.

22. EXAMPLES :

(a) bergamotta, berillo, berretta, bersaglio, bertuello (and
bertabello; <vertevellu-), cerfoglio, cerimonia, cerretano, eer-
vello, derrata, ferragosto (<fesiae> feriae augusti), ghermi-

13. Resia, resipola, retaggio, are also aphetic forms.

14. A Florentine, see Monaci, p. 309.

1096 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

nella, gherone,1 meraviglia ( <*mirabilia, Classic mirabilia),
mercoledi, merenda, meriggio, merluzzo,2 the preposition per,
derivatives of PEE- in composition (never>pir-; percuotere,
perdonare, etc.), pericolo (and periglio), pernice, pertugio,
sereno, smeriglio,3 terebentina, terrore, vergogna, vermiglio,
verricello, verrocchio (cf. French verrou), verruca, veruno,
bertoldo (German Berthold), ferraiolo.

(b) learned words: eresia, eroe, gerarchia, geroglifico, mere-
trice, merore, persona, sermone, verdetto, verecondo, veronica,
etc., etc.

(c) Words possibly influenced by allied forms: bergolare
(bergolo; <verbulare4), cherical© (cherico), erpicare (erpice),
germoglio (germe), mercante, mercato (rnerce), merletto
(merlo), terreno (terra), verace (vero), verdura (verde),
verita (vero), etc.

23. EXCEPTIONS. — The exceptions which show I be¬
fore E may, like the examples, be divided into three groups.
For convenience, they will be treated in the following order:
(a) literary words, (b) words influenced by allied or similar
words, (c) other exceptions.

(a) Literary words: bireme, birostrato (<bi -(-rostrum), cir-
casse (<I or I? from the French), circolare et sim. (besides
analogy of circolo, circa), circondare, et sim., derivatives of
CIEOUM- in composition (besides analogy of circa), firmare
(besides analogy of firmo, etc.), sirventese (from Provencal;

■serventese, also, in the old language), tiranno, etc., virtu (see

*,2).

(b) Words influenced by allied or similar words: birbone,
birbante, etc. (analogy of birba), words with the Italian
prefix di- (sdirenarsi, '‘slombarsi,” diradare, etc.), words
with the prefix in- (assimilated to the following consonant,
irritare, etc., but all rather literary,) words with the Italian

§22. Note 1. An adaptation of OHG. gero: cf. Old French giron,
earlier geron. The French form giron and Italian girone seem to be
under the influence of gyrare.

2. Probably <merula, not maris-lucius; see Joret, Rom. IX, 121.

3. Cf. M.-L., Gram. d. I/. R., I, p. 30: ‘Titalien smeriglio s’appuie sur
la forme moderne usit£e si. Naxos de l’ancien duvpis, 6pepi."

4. See Fieri, In the Ascoli Miscellanea, p. 426.

Schlatter— -The Development of the Vowel . 1097

prefix ri- (rirompere, etc., but only two or three unusual
words).

(c) Other exceptions.™

(1) A rather numerous group of words of very uncertain
derivation in most cases, which, if they do not come from an
original 1 or E, do not belong here as exceptions. These all
have the peculiarity of showing an I in both the first two sylla¬
bles:, biribara (“giuoco assai intricate” ) , biribissi (“giuoco,”
“balocchetto”), birichino (a derivative of briccone), a biri-
chicci (Lucca: “a cavalcioni”), a birigini (Pistoia: “a caval-
luccio”)^ a birigiotto (Pistoia: “pig-a-back”), biricoccola (and
bericoccola, “varieta di albicocca”), birillo, (cf. brillo, a bil¬
liard term), birignoccolo (an illit. word for bemoccolo), birin-
cello (for brincello), chirintana and chirinzana (an old-fash¬
ioned danse), Ciriatto (a devil’s name in Dante, Inferno IX),
ciriegia (obsolete for ciliegia), cirimbraccola (illit. and more
com. than cimbraccola, “donna sciatta e becera,” cf. cimbrac-
colo, “cion dole, straccio”), cirimonia (and cilimonia, illit. for
cerimonia) , cirindello (pop. for brincello), cirindonia (in
Buonarroti’s Fiera, meaning the same as cirindone, “donna
sciatta,” the latter a Sienese word in Temistocle G-radi), ghiri-
bizzo (and sghiribizzo, schiribizzo), schiribilla (a bird), ghiri-
goro, girigogolo, girimeo (the latter the name of a game; all
the last three containing the idea of girare), scirignata (and
scigrinata, “colpo di taglio” in Sacchetti), siringa (and sci-
ringa), tiriaca (“triaca,” English treacle), tiribussio, tiritom-
bola, tiritessi, tiritosta (the last four all made up from tirare).

(2) Biracchio ( < ?— “pezzo lacero”), birbigoni ( < ?— “spe¬
cie di uva”), biroccio (birotium1), biroldo ( < ?birotulus, — a
Pistoiese word2), birracchio (< ?“vitello dal 1° al 2° anno,” a
peasant word), birroviere (for berroviere, Berruyer, a perver¬
sion by analogy of birro, perhaps), chirato (< ? =“carato,
azione”), ciramella (< ?“cenn amelia,” in Folgore da S. Grimi-

§23. Note 1. See AG VII 410, note 5, 516, under bert, ZRPh XVIII
234. Ascoli says that we should expect birogio or birozzo in Tuscany.
Cf. English barouche.

2. Balordo has the same meaning and possibly the same etymology:
cf. §25, note 5.

1098 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

gnano), girumetta (and girometta and ghirnmetta, <girare?
“canzonetta in lode di tutte le parti del vestire d’una donna”),
Girolamo, (Gerolamo is now obsolete), sbirleffe (for sberleife3),
sgbironato (a Luccbese form for sgberonato, =“fatto a
sgheroni”), siroccbia (for seroccliia; <sororcula> sororchia>
seroccbia, by dissimilation of 0-0 to E-0), virtu (for vertu4).5

24. ER BECOMING AR. — This development seems to be
sporadic, rather than local. Examples: iarsera, illit. for
iersera; arrante, for errante1 2; areticare, — abestemmiare,”
from eretico; aretaggio, for eretaggio; farnetico, from *ferne-
tico, for frenetico ; starnutare, for sternutare ; parlato, for per-
lato, for prelato (in Brunette’ s Tesoretto and elsewhere) ;
parentorio (in Cavalcanti and Boccaccio), for perentorio ;*
marcorella (beside mercorella), — “mercurialis annua;” star-
lino, from English sterling; sargente, mod. illit. for ser-
gente3.4

3. Cf. sberluciare and sbeffa; D.-H. states that the French balafre is
derived from ba (Latin bis) and OHGerm. left'ur, lip; these words are
probably of similar origin, therefore.

4. Both virtu and vertu were common in the old language and the lat¬
ter is now a peasant form; the reason that virtu has ousted the form
in E is hard to surmise, although viro and many derivatives were
very common formerly.

5. Soriani and Soria (common formerly) came into Italian when the
Greek v was pronounced o, -cf. borsa, lonza, torsa, tomba, etc. Sci-
rocco (Arabic schoruq) and sciroppo (Arabic scharab) are apparently
secondary reductions, -cf. §85.

§24. Note 1. Cf. English arrant.

2. Possibly parente influenced this word.

3. Such developments, accented as well as unaccented, are of course
common to other languages, -cf. English dark, for clerk, sergeant, etc.,
the local pronunciation har, thar, etc., for here, there, etc., French par,
marchand; see Schwan-Behrens, Gram, des Altfranzosischen, 7th ed.,
§84 A, and for Spanish, Menendez Pidal, Gramatica Historica Espanola,
§18, 3). Pieri, AG XII 113, mentions at Lucca quarella, for querela,
and gliarsera (among the peasants).

4. The letter R is often responsible for the passage of a contiguous
vowel from before R to after, or vice versa; this seldom changes the
vowel itself. Cf. the following: berlengo, “tavola, luogo da mangiare,”
from bretling (cf. French brelan) ; robiglia, from ervilia (to erb-, to

reb-, then by labial influence, rob-) ; treato (13th century and mod.
peasant; this is only a shift of R from one syllable to the other), for
teatro; parlato, perlato, for prelato; farnetico, from frenetico; stra-
nuto (mod. pop.), for starnuto; spregiuro (14th century), for
spe’rgiuro; sprifottia, for sperfottia (mod., — “disgrazia”), from *e-x-
per-futt(u)ere; bertesca, for brettesca (see Foerster, ZRPh VI 113);
pretuzza, for pietruzza; ghermire, from OHGerm. krimman (gremire
in Bdrni) ; probably bertelle (cf. French bretelles) ; probably berloccbe

Schlatter— The Development of the Vowel.

109£

25. Latin Bis and Bi. — This prefix in some words appar¬
ently developed through the stages bes-, her-, bar-, ba-, and s-
(the last by confusion with ex-, dis-, etc.1) and appears in Ital¬
ian as follows2: bisognare, from bi-sonium; biciancola, “specie
d’altalena,” from ( ?) bis-ancola3; bilancia ; bicciacuto, “sorta
di strumento offensivo,” from bis-acutu-; bernoccolo, bernoc-
chio, birignoocolo ; sbillacco, for bislacco4, “stravagante senza
garho, ne grazia, ne ingegno;” bistrattare, “maltrattare ;”
biroldo,5 “salsicciotto ;” barocchio, “treccie ravvolte dietro al
capo;5” barlume, “lume debole e incerto che non lascia dis-
tinguer gli oggetti” (cf. Spanish vislumbre) ; and similarly to
barlume, also barluzzo and bruzzico, in the expressions a bar-
luzzo, a bruzzico, “la mattina avanti giorno ;” a bardosso and
a bisdosso, “senza sella ;” stentare, stento, for bistentare *
balordo;6 bislungo; bistondo; sberluciare, at Siena, '“alluc-
ciare,” “guardar fisso qua e la avidamente,” and sbiluciare,
same meaning.7

26. Vowel Assimilation. — Sanato, for senato; salvag-
gio,1 but now usually selvaggio, by influence of selva; piata,
piatanza, spiatato, for pieta, etc.; pataflio, for (e)pitaffio;
maraviglia; amatita, from haematite-; marangone, from

(in the expression “far berlicche e berlocche,” “barattar le parole,,
non le mantenere;” cf. French breloque) ; in the case of an I, gril-
landa and grelanda, for ghirlanda; in the case of an A, sbernare, for
sbranarej in the case of an 0, scropire (peasant), for scoprire (but
this is a'mere transference of the R from the second to the first sylla¬
ble). The forms areticare and aretaggio might belong to the group
mentioned in §27 (a).

§25. Note 1. See §17.

2. The development of form and meaning is not certain; see M-L.,
Gram. d. L. R., IT, §540, and Darmesteter, Mots Composes, 2nd edition,
p. 122 seq.

3. According to Calx, Studi, No. 206; why not biciancola, from
cianca, zanca?

4. For the etymology, see Korting, No. 1413, Caix, Studi, Nos. 207,
370.

5. From (?) birotulu-; cf. Caix, Studi, Nos. 204, 89, and Parodi, Rom.
XVII, pp. 54-55.

6. From (?) bis-luridu- or (?) bi- rotulu-; cf. French balourd, Old
French beslort. Sec C. Pascal, in Studi di Filol. Rom., VII 89.

7. Sbalurce in Romagna, sbarliisa in Lombardia; see Caix, Studi,.
No. 151. Cf. French bevue and Italian svista.

§26. Note 1. Perhaps the L was of influence; cf. Schwan-Behrens,
Gram, des Altfranzosischen, 7th ed., §84 A.

1100 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

meragone ;2 danaro (the derived forms are very numerous) ;
barbasso, from verbasco, with analogy of barba ;3 magrana, for
(e)micrania; tanaglia, from tenacula; veleno and veneno;
leggiero; medesimo, for midesimo; rognone, from ren-ione-;4
popone, for pepone (but perhaps this irregularity is due to
labialization); uguagliare, uguale;5 6 ugiulare, from ejulare;®
Greek ri0u/xaAA , Latin tithymallu- a plant, >titimalo, titi-
maglio, totomaglio,7 tutumaglio, turtumaglio ; segreto, for
sigreto (unless a learned or dialectic word) ; zanzara, from
zinz-ula with change of suffix;8 stripicciare (15th century and
mod. illit.), for stropicciare ; and apparently masagio, for
mesagio, misagio, =“disagio.”9

27. Confusion of Prefix. — These are cases where a prefix
has intruded itself into a word analogically in the place of an¬
other prefix or in the place of another more or less similar
initial syllable.

(a) Intrusion of Ad-: afficacia (efficacia) ; assaggiare
(<Exaoiu-1) ; asciguare (<*exsucare) ; asciolta (Orl. Fur.,
<exsolvere) : amendare, etc. (in the sense of emendare, etc.) ;

2. Cf. Spanish merganser, from mergus-anser, Port, margulhao; but
see Flechia, AG II 364, and M.-L., Ital. Gram., §135.

3. See Salvioni, Postille, 23, and Nigra, AG XV 118.

4. Cf. Grober, ALL V 236.

5. Cf. uguanno, §66.

6. See Caix, Studi, No. 646; in Petrocchi the form is uggiolare, pres¬
ent uggiolo, — ‘della voce lamentevole del cane.”

7. By labialization, I < O before M.

8. Zenzala (14th century), zenzara (15th), etc. cf., also Caix, Studi,
263.

9. In Dodici Conti Morali, ed. Zambrini: trans. from French (?) ca.
1200, by a Sienese. See ZRPh I 365. Vowel dissimilation seems to
be present in taddeo (peasant word), for Teddeum; perhaps the name
Taddeo was of influence. Perhaps such words as nemico, felice, des-
tino, vescica are also cases of dissimilation; cf. §20, note 7. Why
should scholars insist upon seeing a peculiarly Sienese form in
danaro? Sienese had a fondness for A in the initial syllable, to be
sure, but so have other dialects: -cf. spacefico, ialsera (for iarsera, for
iersera) at Pisa (Pieri, AG XII 144), sanatore, dalfino, Piamonte,
stianella (=‘‘dolor di schiena”) at Lucca (Salvioni, AG XVI, p. 401).
Danaro is purely vowel harmony and belongs to Florence as much as
to Siena. Other cases of vowel harmony not Florentine are: boroviere
(=berroviere) , stianale (=schienale), at Lucca (Pieri, AG XII 114);
rocordai (Barbi, in the Raccolta D’ Ancona), at Pisa-Lucca: sgrotolare
(Pieri, AG XII 114), and sokondo (Pistoia; in a document of 1259, —
see Berlan, Prop. IX)

527. Note 1. Saggio, eaggiare, are aphetic.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel. 1101

aspettare (Cexpectare) ; asportare, asportabile, etc.
(<exportare) ; asperienza; aspandere; ascortare (now scor-
tare) ; accelente, etc. ; asaldire, assaudire, assauldire, etc.
(<exaudire) ; asolarsi (<exhalare, —“stare a prendere il
fresco”2) ; assillo (in the Intelligenza, <exiiiu-) ; astutare
(— “attutire,” <*ex-tutare, <tundere) ; adificare (for edifi-
care) ; asemplo, asempro, assempio, etc. (<exemplu-, cf.
Spanish enjiemplo) ; aspengere; aleggere, aletto;3 aguagliare,
aguale (—“ora, adcsso”4) ; alluminare (mod. illit., for
ill-) ; allustrare (for ill-) ; annestare;”' annaffiare (<in-afflare) ;
annaspare (<in+OHGrerm. haspa) ; annoiare (<*in-odiarc)i 6;
annemico; annacquare (<in-aquare) ; annitrire (and anitrire,
Pulci; ‘Tanitrir de’cavalli;” (*hinnitrire f ammiserire (a
conscious substitution for the more usual immiserire).

(b) Of DE- : demanio, diminio, diminare, etc. (for do*
minio, etc.).

(c) Of PRO-: proffidia, proflldioso, etc. (illit. mod., for
perfidia, etc. ) ; prowidenza (in the sense of previdenza) ;
prosumere, etc. (for pre-) ; propostato, etc. (for prepositura,
etc.) ; propotente, etc. (for pre-) ; pronome (for pre-) ; pro-
mutare, etc. (for per-), promissione (for per-) ; prutendere
(peasant for of pro-, for pre-)7.

(d) Of RE-: ritondo (for rotondo).

(e) OF SITB-: sodducere (and subdurre, for sedurre) ;
sop(p)ellire (for seppellire)8 ; suggello (for sigillo)9; sobbis-
sare (for abissare, from abisso).

(f) Other cases: secorso (i3th century, for soccorso) shows

2. See Canello, AG III 365.

3. See M.-L., Ital. Gram., §138. In view of the extensive influence of
the resultant of Latin AD in composition on the Italian lexikon,
M.-L.’s explanation seems unnecessary, -cf. §41, note 2.

4. This might be a harmonizing of the vowels.

5. From *ini (n)s(i)tare; insitio, et sim., are Classic Latin. In this
case, the change of prefix brought with it the necessity for doubling
the n; likewise in annaffiare, annaspare, annoiare, annemico, annac¬
quare.

6. Modern nitrire is aphetic. Cf. §30, note 11.

7. If Diez’ etymology is correct, prosciutto also belongs here: *perex-
suctus (from sucus), persutto, presciutto, prosciutto, and prosutto (the
last in Bern bo).

8. Pucci’s Centiloquio has soppellito and sepultura in the same line.

9. See M.-L., Ital. Gram., §124; Parodi, Studi ital. filol. class., I 428.

1102 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

the converse of soppellire; imbriacare (mod. pop., for ub-
(b)riacare), and numerous other forms of this word, obsolete
and modern, are merely briaco, the aphetized form from
ebriacu-, made into a verb with in- (cf. English inebriate),
whence the numerous other nouns, adjectives, etc. ; astuccio,
whatever its derivation, seems to be a confusion of prefix (cf.
French etui) ; eccecare (in the Boezio) is not a confusion of
EX- for AD-, but from Classic Latin excaecare, whereas Ital¬
ian acceccare has probably been made anew from cieco ; avorio
(from eburiu-) should be iv-, but was contaminated, perhaps
by the preposition, perhaps by other words of similar begin¬
ning,— cf. avaro, avanti, etc.10; trafoglio(lo) (peasant, =tri-
foglio) is confused with the Italian prefix tra- ; so travertino,
“specie di tufo,” from tiburtinu-, from Tibur11. Alimento
(Fr. da Barberino), for elemento, is perhaps only a confusion
of meaning12; trapestio, for trepestio13.

28. Analogy. — Here are comprised analogical formations,
popular etymologies, crossings, and the like. — Ciascuno, from
*cisque (from quisque) -unu-, influenced by cada; gialladina,
gialladia, for gelatina, apparently by analogy with giallo ;
malinconia, for melanconia, by analogy with male; punienxa,
in the sense of penitenza, is confused with punire in form;
uscire, from exire, crossed with ostium1 ; usciame, for sciame,
confused with uscire; aspettatore, aspettacolo, in the sense of
spettatore, etc., confused with aspettare; battifredo, influenced
by battere2; eclizia (in Cellini), “girasole,” from clizia, Latin

10. Cf. inverno, which has also avoided the initial iv-; no Italian word
has -initial iv-, except ivi, a literary word with accented first syllabi©.

11. Cf. Sienese tevertino; there is also a dialect from trevetlno.

12. Possibly abreo (HEBRAEU-) also belongs here; but cf. M.-L.,
Ital. Gram., §§137-138.

13. Cf. treppello, §42. The etymology of trepestio is itself evidently
a confusion of treppicare, etc. (cf. German treppen, Eng. trip), and
pestare.

§28. Note 1. See §61 note 2.

2. Germanic bergfrid, “watch-tower”; cf. the Oxford Dictionary, sub
belfry: ”... Eng. forms berefreid, berfreit . . . barfray

. . . belfray . . . adapted from Old French berfrei, belfrei, beffrol,
pointing to a late Latin type berefredus, from berefrfdus. . . .

The . . . r to 1 by dissimilation (cf. pilgrim, palfrey) . . .

anal, of bell helped acceptance of belfry.” The Italian form bettifredo
eeems to be a transition form.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel,

1103

Glytie, by analogy with ecclisse ; sacreto, for secreto, analogy of
saero; !ivi is a fusion of li and ivi; vivorio, for avorio, analogy
vivere; prigione (illit. and peasant), in the sense of pigione
(<pe(n)sione-), a visible confusion of ideas; the Sienese
pannecchio, for pennecchio, “quantita di lana . . . che si mette
sulla rocca per filare,” by analogy with pannocchia (from
panucula), “la spiga del granturco;” palungone (a peasant
word for spilungone, “persona lunga, lunga”), analogy of
palo;3 elephante- has given elefante, lefante (aphetic), leon-
fante, lionfante, leofante, liofante (analogy with leone), alii-
fante (prefix confusion?), and aulifante (from French
olifant? see §72) ; by confusion with these forms of elefante,
leopardo has ale-, alipardo; arcipresso (modern in the Mon¬
tagna pistoiese), for cipresso, apparently by analogy with the
prefix arci-, cf. arciprete, arcibellissimo, arcibonissimo, arci-
bestiale, arcicerto, etc. ; bachicco, “pillola” (from ? bechico,
“buono per la tosse,” from /hj£, by analogy with baco,

because of the shape (?), fiatente, etc., for fetente, by analogy
with fiatare4; formento (illiterate for “lievito”) from fru*
mento, may have arisen by analogy of forma, formare, or may
be a mere shifting of R-0 from fromento from frumento;
m/*7ravov gives literary timpano., then timballo and taballo ap¬
parently through confusion with the root tap (cf. Germanic
root tab, tap, French taper, etc., Italian taiferuglio, tambus-
sare, tamburo, etc.) ; stambecco, “capra selvaggia,” from Ger¬
manic steinbock, seems to be an analogical form (analogy of
what?)5; gian(n)etto, for ginnetto, from yv/^r^, cf. Spanish
ginete, might have been popularly or ignorantly connected with
Gianni.

29. Labial Influence.

(a) Before B: strubbiare (“consumare”), from *extribiare>
strobbiare> strubbiare1 ; flobotomia, for flebotomia, derivative
of Greek obbriaco and ubbriaco, for e(b)briaco; robiglia,

rubiglia, etc., from ervilia, after the shift of E and R had pro-

3. For the etymology of spilungone, see Calx, Studi, No. 590.

4. Cf. the derived, depreciativ© meaning of English “smell.’*

5. See Delbouille, Rom. XYII 597-8; Caix, Studi, No. 59.

§29. Note 1. Cf. Caix, Studi, No. 609; cf. §61 (c).

1104 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

duced revilia;2 rubello, robello (also contaminated with rubare,,
robare) from rebello or ribello; rubaldo presents the same case.

(b) Before M: romanere (Guinizelli et al.), for rimanere;
romito, for (e)remito; somigliare (mod. illiterate sumigliare) ;
domandare; ombnto (mod. popular, and umbuto a peasant
word) for imbuto;3 domani, domattina, domonio (in the Vita
S. Aless.), for demonio, dimonio; giomella (in the old lan¬
guage, but still living in the mountains, for giumella), from
gemella;4 lumaca, from limax (possibly lume also influenced
this word) ; lomia, lumia, for limia.5 6

(c) Before P : dopo, doppo, doppoi, from depost. 0

(d) Before V : rovello (“stizza rabbiosa”), from rebell-is7p
piovano, <pieve+ano; daddovero, daddoverissimo, daddove-
rone, da dovera (the last in Boiardo), from de vero (de vero,
twice in Dante’s Convivio ; now davvero, from da) ; rovescio,
rovesciare, from reve(r)su-, etc.; rovistare (and ruvistare),
from *revisitare; doventare; dovere, doveroso, etc.

(e) Other cases: possibly pulicano, for pellicano, is an in¬
fluence of the preceding labial or a distortion of the French,
form (it is found in the Tavola Ritonda). Giubetto, for
gibetto (French ?), seems to owe its IT to the B8.

30. Aphekesis. — Tania (16th century), for litania, by illu¬
sion of the definite article;1 vangelo, vagnelo, guagnelista, etc.,

2. By a second shift and . confusion there arose the form orbiglia,
also. For the process, cf. §24, note 4.

3. The O of ombuto might have come from the article: lo imbuto*
lo’mbuto, l’ombuto; see §35.

4. “Quanta roba sta nel cavo delle due mani congiunte;” cf. French
jumeaux and Spanish jumela. M.-L., Ital. Gram., §128, says that it is
from French; why so?

5. From Arab.-Pers. leimoun, -cf. English lemon and lime. Such
forms as ultomo (Valdichiana) show the same development before M
in a posttonic syllable.

6. Cf. Rumanian dupa; see Canello, AG" III 334.

7. See Tobler ZRPh X 578.

8. Busica, at Arezzo, for vescica, shows the influence of a preceding
labial; buscica is a Sard form; busecca is a Lombard form of the
same, whence probably modern busecchia, busecchio, =“budello, sal-
siccia.” Other cases of labialization at Lucca are given by Pieri, AG
XII 114; siograre (*sciovrare< scevrare), soppellire, domorava,
romase, dopende, ciometerio, Folippo. For 0 in some cases and U in
in others, cf. §§55, seq.

§30. Note 1. From the form le Zetanie, by dropping one le, as-
rAlamagna> la Lamagna> la Magna.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel.

1105

from tvayyiXiov; ehiesa, giesa, clesia, etc., from iKKXrjala;
pifania (mod. peasant), befania (mod. illit.), from epifania,
from eVt^avcia — also Befana2; rondine, from hirundine-;
leccio, “quercus ilex,” from *iliceu-, Classic I-3; saggio, sag-
giare, from exagiu-, etc.4 5; matita, from ai/umrqs 6 ; timologia
(14th century), for etimologia; guaglianza, gualivo, for egua-
glianza, eguale, from aequale-, etc.; pistola, for epistola; cu-
lomia, colomia (mod. peasant), for economia; snto, for es-
suto; zotico, from iSiwtikos6; pilessia (mod. peasant), for
epilessia ; patta, for epatta (English epact) ; patico. for epa-
tico; Talia (13th century), Taliano (mod. peasant), for Italia,
etc.7; pataffio, for (e)pitaffio; lisire, lisirvite, for elisire, elisir-
vite; lastico, lasti'o (peasant), for elastico; yentuale, for even¬
tuate ; piteto, pitetto, for epiteto; pocrisia (Jacopone and mod.
illit.), for ipocrisia; hernia, — “mantello di donna”, from Hi¬
bernia; mendanza, for ammenda ; clittica, for eclittica; com¬
pounds in which ECCE-EIJM (>ecco and eccu’) have entered,
— quelui, queloro, (at Arezzo), cola, codesto, costa, cotale, co-
tanto, colui, eosi, quinci, quindi, qui, et sim. ; burro,
for eburro, — ‘avorio” ; likewise burneo ; riccio, from ericiu- ;
ruca, ruchetta from eruca (in Horace; uruca is also a Classic
form) ; rore, for errore ; ratio, in the expression (obsolete) “an-
dar ratio”,— “bighelloni, oziando”, from *errativu-8; ruggine,
from aerugine-; resipola, risipola, from epvc-urlXa^ retico, resia,
risiarche, etc., for eretico, etc. ; romaiolo, ramaiolo, = “sorta di
cucchiaio,” from aermariolu-; rame, from aerame-; ramarro,
if derived from aeramen9 ; dificio, dificare, etc., for edificio, etc. ;

2. From the form accented epifhnia, as pana from pania, etc.; for the
B, cf. bottega.

3. See Ulrich ZRPh XIX 576. and Grober, ALL III 143.

4. There is also a form esagio, “la 6a parte dell’oncia,” cf. Spanish
ensayo, asayar, ensayar. See Canello, AG III 392, and Grober, ALL II
279.

5. Other non-aphetic forms are ematite, ematita, amatita; the “blood¬
stone”,— see Canello, AG III 392.

6. Semi-learned. See Calx, Studi, No. 68. Manage thought cf exoti-
cus, but Diez doubted the development of X to Z.

7. “In ’Talia” is used in Andrea da Barberino; cf. also Pleri, AG XII,
153.

8. Cf. Old Spanish radio.

9. Cf., in English, the name copper-snake; but see Flechia, AG III 162.
There are also the forms ramaolo and ramavolo in the Montagna pis-
toiese.

1106 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

lemosina, limosina, etc., from eAc^/xoo-wr/; piscopo, vescovo,
from episcopu-; micrania, migrana, magrana, etc., and emi-
crania, from Kpaivryi ? a; briaco, from ebriacu- (also brio, bri-
oso?); remito, romito, etc., from eremitu-, from w/*os ; rede,
retaggio, redetare, etc., from erede, etc.; nestare, for innestare;
nemico, from inimicu-; pittima, from €7ri^/xa; maginare, ma-
gine (in Dante et al.), for immaginare, etc.; nentrare (peas¬
ant), from in-entrare; and, by analogy of this compound, nus-
cire (peasant), from in-uscire10; forms from the pronoun ille,-
lo, la, laggm, li ( < illic) , gli, gliene, gnene, et sim. ; nel, nello,
etc., from in-illu-; ne, from ene<enne<inde; nante, nanzi, etc.,
from innante, etc. ; nitrire* 11 ; similarly, naspo, etc., for an-
naspo; nabissare, nabisso, from un abisso; betizzare, “far
hebet©” ; fante, fanciullo, fantoccio, etc., from *ifante, Clas¬
sic infantem12 ; bizza, “stizza”, for in-bizza13 ; gnegnero (mod.
familiar and jocular,- “se avesse un po’ di gnegnero”, = “cri-
terio”), from ingenio14; gnorante, gnoro, gnorri (“far lo
gnorri”,=“far vista di non sapere”), from ignorante, et sim.15
Riguo, for irriguo (cf. “da terra rigua”), is not apbetic; Clas¬
sic Latin had riguus and irriguus, rigare and irrigare, used in¬
differently. Tra (intra) and fra (infra) and their numerous
compounds are all, of course, aphetic, — traballare, traboccare,
frattenere, trattenere, etc.16, and, similarly, the reduction of
EX-, etc., mentioned in §1*8. The following are examples of
apheresis of a very arbitrary kind: sago for presago (cf. fondo,

10. Cf. tlie expression “Non ne nusco,” which at first would seem a
merely intentional alliteration, but there is nescire, “nesci di li,” etc.

11. See Flechia, AG II 381; he considers this form an apheresis from
annitrire, from innitrire, from hinnitire, with epenthesis of R, from
hinnire.

12. See M.-L., Gram. d. L, R., I, §484.

13. See Parodi, Rom. XXVII 238: “imbidia, per invidia: toscano bizza,
da *imbizza, dove il prefisso fu preso per la preposizione in e quindi
omesso.”

14. See Salvioni, Rom. XXVIII, 97; Caix, Stndi, p. 182; Pieri, AG
XII, 129.

15. Apparently under analogy of these last and similar words, presup¬
posing an original ign- reduced to n and spelled gn, there arose forms
like gnudo, for nudo, gnacchera, for nacchera. Gn- seems to be &
rather popular beginning for a word.

16. As to meaning, infra, intra, ultra, extra, trans, all form a double
resultant tra and fra (cf. bis-, dis-, ex-, -see §17.), -cf. frattenere, trat¬
tenere, tramontane (trans, ultra), tracarico, stracarco, etc.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel .

1107

for profondo, perfondo) ; gogna, from (?) vergogna17; Gegia,
for Teresa 18 ; Memo, for Girolamo; Vestro, for Silvestro;
Toro, for Ettore (by analogy of toro ( ?) also) ; Cola, for Nic-
cola,; gnorsi, gnorno, for signore si, etc.; gna (illit. ) , for biso-
gna19; Nando, for Ferdinando; derivieni and dirivieni, for
andirivieni.

31. Metathesis.— -Ligurinu-, that is, “a bird from Li¬
guria”, produced, by metathesis of tbe I and U, lugherino,
whence lucherino (mod.) and locorino (at Lucca) ; ligusticu-
developed apparently to liustico> luistico> luvistico> ruvis-
tico, and rovistico (by analogy of rubo, rovo ?), — the forms lui-
stico, ruistico, ruvistico, rovistico are found1.

32. Agglutination'. — A, from the definite or indefinite
feminine singular article, became attached to the following
words: ancudine, from (il)la incudine ; anguinaia, from *in-
guinaria, from inguen; arete, for rete; aringhiera, for rin-
ghiera, = “bigoncia1.

33. Syncope. — Scure, from Latin secure- (securis) ; tre-
moto, for terremoto (terrae motu-), t’remoto, with analogy of
tremare; frasca, from *<virasca (from virere) ; pricolo, etc.,
for pericolo; stu (in Ciacco,-see Monaci, p. 273, line 15; even
istu is found), for se tu, “if thou”; staccio, from setaceu-1;
sprementare and sprimentare, for (e)sperimentare ; tremen-

17. See Marchesini, Stndi di filol. rom., II 5: “ . . . notisl

come in molte citta la gogna sia detta . . . ‘pietra della ver¬

gogna’”; Canello, AG III 342, 295. ‘‘II toscano comnne sguerguenza
. . . verra dalla stessa base, ma attraversoi lo sp. verguenza.”

18. Gegia, from a form Teregia, by a kind of childish reduplication
of the' last syllable, -cf. Momo, from Girolamo, French Nana, from
Anna, etc.

19. Cf. the expression ‘‘a voler che il mento balli, alle man gna far i
caili;” gna is perhaps a reduction from bigna, — see §33.

§31. Note 1. An odd metathesis, which does not disturb the vowels,
is apparent in trec'folo (mod. pop.), for cetriolo, and empitella, for
nepitella, from Latin nepeta.

§32. Note 1. Agglutination not perversive of the initial vowel oc¬
curs in the following words: (a) with the definite article: letichetta
(mod. illit.) listessamente' (illit. and peasant); Lisabella (illit.); lit-
terizia, for itterizia; possibly iddio; (b) with the indefinite article: nin-
ferno (in the old writes passim), from un inferno (or in inferno):
nebbio, from Latin ebulu-; nemolo, from un emolo. Cf. also §2, note

20.

§33. Note 1. See Canello, AG III 348, Grober, ALL V 467.

1108 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

tin a, from terebentina, by t’rebentina (B to M, by influence of
the other nasals and tremare). An erratic syncope occurs in
salamanna, = “sorta d’uva”, said to be named from Ser Ala-
manno Salviati, who first introduced it from Spain, — the form
seralamamanna is also found. Sciatto is from, exaptu- and
not a syncope or contraction of sciadatto; the latter is a Si¬
enese form from exadaptu-. Syncope due to frequent pro¬
clitic use is found in common in Romance from senior and
seniorem: scior, sior, sor, ser (the last French?); this same
word seems to form the first syllable of sorgozzone, sergozzone,
“colpo nella gola”,-cf. sercattivo, sercocolla, serfaccenda, ser-
fedocco2. Bisogna is illiterately syncopated to bigna and thence
to migna (by harmony to the nasal)3.

34. Epentttesis. — Birichino, cf. briccone; birincello (and
a variant birindello), for brincello; Ghirigoro, from Grigorio,
from Gregorio1 ; pitocco, from ? rrw^os.

35. Iisr- Becoming IT M and On-. — 'These cases are appar¬
ently of two sorts; (1) unfino (peasant), for infino, unnutile
(in the Montagna pistoiese), for inutile; unsomibra (Valdi-
chiana), for insomnia; untanto; onfiare (peasant), for enfiare;
(2) oncenso (13th-14th centuries), for incenso; onchiostro;
onferno. The first are dialectic; the second seem to be agglu¬
tination with the O of the article,- lo incenso, lo’ncenso, Ton-
censoy — cf. §851.

36. Fobeign Wobbs. — Debutto, debuttare, from French de¬
but; deragliare, from derailler; deserre, from dessert; berso
(“capanno; piccolo riparo cli frasche o di paglia nelle tese
dove si nasconde Tuccellatore” ; berceau) ; dettaglio, from de¬
tail; deboscia, from debauche; etichetta; gendarme (giandar-
me, illit.) ; equipaggio; messidoro, the republican month; esi-
rnare (in the Dittamondo: Old French esmer, <aestimare) ;
mon signore, monsiii (“per mon fe” and “monsire” in the Ta-

2. Korting says that ser-, sorgozzone derives from super.

3. D’Ovidio, ZRPh VIII 105, states that bigna possibly arose from
forms like bignava, bignerct, bignerebbe.

§34. Note 1. Cf. also Calx, Studi, pp. 183-185.

§35. Note 1. On these forms, see M.-L., Gram. d. R. R., I, §375.
What about sondado at Pisa (Pieri, AG XII 144) and elsewhere for
zendado? See also Parodi, in Rom. XVIII 599.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel, 1109

vola Eitonda) ; suro (16th century), for sicuro (French sur1) ;
enlevare2; faonare (“figliare”, French faon) ; chepi, from
kepi; menageria; decalcomania ; telefono; essonite (“varieta
di granato”, from Hess, a name) ; ermesianismo (from Georg
Hermes) ; eserina (“sorta d’alcaloide”,-^* French eserine,
from esere, native name of plant) ; mesmerismo ; berlina (Ber-
]in) ; edelvais; bsrmudiana; fernambuco (a plant, — distortion
of Pernambuco in Brasil) ; veranda. Bielta, bielta, for belta
(common in the old language), are French3.

37. Dialects1. — As Parodi states2, the most important Tus¬
can dialects fall more or less exactly into four groups. The
principal towns concerned are: Group 1, Florence (and
Prato); Group 2, Pistoia, Lucca, Pisa; Group 3, Siena; and
Group 4, Arezzo. These dialects may be termed roughly
those of the north (or center), of the west, of the south, and
of the southeast. Generally speaking, Group 1 has I, Group 2
prefers I, but also has E less frequently, Group 3 prefers E,
but also has I less frequently, and Group 4 has E.

Group 1. — Florence.—Glriaro Davanzati3: always I, except
the usual Florentine non-phonetic exceptions, — and such words
as pesanza, sembianza (E by influence of forms accented on
the first syllable or they are words common to the Sicilian
School). Maestro Francesco4: regular, showing even vistita.
Buono Giamboni5 6: regular, except neuno (non-phonetic,- influ¬
ence of ne) and niuno, nemico (the modern form, — E by
vowel dissimilation; see §20, note 7) and nimico. Pucci8:

§36. Note 1. Possibly this is an exceptional reduction of sicuro:
sicuro> siguro> si‘uro> suro.

2. Enl€ve was used in English by Maundey In 1400, see Oxford Dic¬
tionary, sub voce.

3. These are but a few of the numerous foreign borrowings of the old
and especially of the modern language.

§37. Note 1. See Introduction, §5.

2. Rom. XVIII 590.

3. Dead by 1280; his language is quite contaminated by the hybrid
language of the Sicilian School. See Wiese, Altitalienisches Lesebuch,
pp. 211-214.

4. Thirteenth century; see Monaci, p. 309.

5. Thirteenth century; see Monaci, pp. 488-492.

6. Dead in 1390; see Frizzi, Prop. XI, parte 2a, pp. 105-125.

1110 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

regular, even bilta, tinor (for tenore), criatura, but el (for il)7
frequently, reverenza (literary, as today) and riverenza, peni-
tenza (literary, as today). Feo Belcari8; regular, even git-
tare, dilicatamente, niuno, dimando, but desiderando (E, like
the modern form probably by influence of the secondary ac¬
cent ?).

Prato. — Compagnetto9 : perfectly like Florentine, except
nejente (E by influence of ne) and leanza (a word common to
the writers of the Sicilian School).

GROUP 2. — Pistoia. — A document of 125910: regular!}'
I, even dinari, but sengnoria, mesere (for messere), nessuno
(influence of ne), nepoti. Meo Abbracciavacca r11 decidedly I,
but messer (for messere), creato (by influence of creo, etc., like
the modern Italian form) and criatura, entenda (probably by
influence of the Sicilian School).

Lucca. — Buonagiunta :12 usually I, but lealmente (and re-
gina). Document of T26813: regularly I, but denari. An¬
other thirteenth century document:14 I, but occasionally de-
(in composition). Document of 1330-1384 :15 regularly I,
even chidirai (for chiederai), spidale, intrare (beside en¬
tered, for entrero), but denaio (beside dinari), despecto (but
more often dispecto). Pieri’s article;1'’ seems to show a little
less tendency to I than the sources just considered; but yet
vissica (for vescica), iscire (peasant), ciglieri (for cellario, —
all these forms have I in the following syllable, however), and

7. This form, which was common in old Florentine, seems to have
hesitated to assume I longer than most words containing initial un¬
accented E, perhaps through the influence of such forms as del, egli,
etc. See §20, note 6, and Introduction, §7.

8. 1410-1484; sde Albertazzi, Prop. XVIII, parte 2a, 225-248. For
other Florentine documents, which howe'ver present nothing new, see
Monaci, pp. 246, 273, 274, 280, 349, 354, 425, 519; for the 16th century,
Cellini’s Vita.

9. Apparently a “giullare;” 13th century; see Monaci, pp. 94-95.

10. See Berlan, Prop. IX, parte la, 252-257.

11. Thirteenth century; see Monaci, pp. 194-195.

12. Thirteenth century; see Wiese, Altit. Lesebuch, pp. 208-210.

13. See Monaci, pp 327-328.

14. See Monaci, pp. 193-194.

15. See Bongi, Prop., 2a ser., Ill, parte la, pp. 75-134.

16. AG XII 107-134 and 161-180. The article largely concerns the
modern dialect; however, as it mentions only non-Florentine forms it
is not easy to judge of the others.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel. 1111

spidale (and even pirucca, beside perrucca) ; but pepone, pre-
gione, fenire, menuto, prencipio, celendrare, empossibolo, and
among the peasants segura (for scure), seguro, defatti, defetto,
and in tbe mountains degiuno. Salvioni’s notes on old and
modern Lucehese;17 very decidedly I, - — criatore, distinn, dili-
zie, dilicate, disidera, difinire, dilivransa, rispiro, ristituire,
risistenza, riplicare, rigistrato, tinere, spiloncha, sicuri, tin-
cione, diserto (and de-), dimeriti, dilegati, dicollare, dicapi-
tati (and even virone, for verone).

Fagnano:18 decidedly I: but emposte (besides imponere),
nessuno, lealmente, seppellire (also sera, seranno, and less fre¬
quently sa-).

A document of 1300 involving Pisa and Lucca:19 decidedly
I, even midicina, rifictorio, disideramento, rimiti, pigiori, ri-
cente, ligaltade, criato, mistieri (and sirebbe) ; but vettoria
(beside vitt-).

Pisa. — A thirteenth century document20 prefers I, but enten-
da (beside intensa), temore, neente.21 Another document of
about 1275 (?):22 regularly I, but de (beside di), leansa, en
(rarely, usually in). Another of the thirteenth century:28
regularly I, but occasionally en (for in). Another of 1279 :24
shows I. Another of 1279 :25 regularly I,- divota, Biatrice,
lione, ispitale, isciente (for uscente), Grigoro; but el (beside
il), rebellione (beside ribelli), secundo (probably Latin), de
(usually di), sepulto (Latin?). Pieri’s article:26 shows I, but
greater inclination to E than in Lucca, -sigondo, sicura (for
scure), issuto (and essuto), vissica, firire, dicina, iscire, mis-
chino, pricisione (for pre-) pricissione (for processione, by

17. AG XVI 395-477.

13. 1391: sec Sforza, Prop. V, parte 2a, pp. 396-408. Fagnano ia four
or five miles oat of Lucca.

19. See Barbi, in the Raccolta D’ Ancona, 241-259.

20. Monaci, pp. 78-80.

21. However, this is a conventional canzone, written by a troubadour.

22. Monaci, pp. 195-198.

23. Monaci, pp. 198-200.

24. Monaci, pp. 356-357, — not very illuminating for our purpose.

25. Monaci, pp. 357-359.

26. AG XII, pp. 141-180. See note 16 of this §. Yet such forms as
firire, vissica, etc., at once suggest a tendency to umlaut caused by
the accented I.

1112 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

confusion of the prefix pre-), spidale, mistieri, intrare, in-
trambi, infiato; but securo, mesura, pegione, defatti, defetto,
rechiedere, genocchione, bechierara, nepote, pregione, rebello,
reparo, segnore, de, se (pronoun), menuto, besogno, desfare,
desmontare, ensaccare, ensegna, embasciata, prencipio, trebuto,
trestizia, treonfo, el (obsolete, now er), e (plural of el) (and
gherlanda, scherlatto and schirlatto).

GROUP 3. — Siena. — The forms in E seem to predominate
slightly, but this dialect presents a greater confusion of the two
than any other.27

GROUP 4. — Arezzo : shows E very decidedly.28 Citth di
Gastello: prefers E, according to Parodi.29 Cortona:30 seems
to show preference for E.

A A

38. Classic Latin A A> Vulgar Latin A> Italian A.
— There was no diffence in the development of Classic Latin
A and A. Except for cases of apheresis, which, for cause, are
especially numerous, A is very stable.

(a) EXAMPLES of popular words: acciaio, aiutare, amore,
animale, arrivare, avere, cappello, eavallo, famiglia, fatica, fafc-
toio, lamento, lavoro, maestro, maggiore, mattina., padella,

27. See Hirsch, ZRPh IX and X. Hirsch concludes that the Sienese
slightly favors the E and Parodi agrees with him (Rom. XVIII).
Hirsch’s article needs rearrangement. Besides the sources for Siena
mentioned by Hirsch, op. cit., one may also compare Silvagni, in the
Bull, della Society filol. rom., Ill, and De Bartholomaeis, in the Mi¬
scellanea di lett. del medio evo, fasc. 1 Ceruti published the Battaglia
di Mont’ Aperto in Prop. VI, pt. 1, 27-62.

28. Guittone (see Monad, pp. 168-192), althoughvery full of the style
of the Sicilian School, seems to be more or less trustworthy, especially
in his prose; he inclines to E', but I is exceedingly common. Ristoro,
on the other hand, is an excellent source (see Monaci, pp. 362-368) hnd
shows almost entirely E: el, dd, Restoro, en, re-(in composition), se
(pronoun), etc., the exceptions are quite negligible. On the language
of Guittone, see L. Rohrsheim, Beihefte zur ZRPh, XV, 1908.

29. Rom. XVIII, 617. I have not had access to Bianchi’s work. (II
Dialetto di Citt& di Castello, 1888).

30. See Mazzoni, Prop. 2a ser., II & III. Cortona is in the province
of Arezzo and the document concerned contains “Laudi del secolo 13°;’*
however, it contains plenty of I’s and is quite learned. As one pro¬
ceeds into Umbria, E is the favorite (cf. the works of Jacopone da
Todi); it is. therefore, quite embarrassing to find the Valdichiana —
running S. E. between Siena and Arezzo towards Umbria — showing
to-day, according to Petrocchi, such forms as sirvire, sivero, sintuto,
trippie (for treppie), virsiera (for (av)versiera), vinire, vinuto!

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel.

1113

padule, parete, paura, pazienza, ragione, salassare, salute,
sgabello, trattare.

(b) EXAMPLES of learned words: ambascia, ambustione,
anargiri, argemone, atellana, cattolico, clandestine, faccenda,
faco-lta, favisse, flagello, frassinella, rangifero, scafandro, tra-
pezio, valeriana.

39. Vowel Assimilation. —

(a) A — I to I — I: sigrino, for sagrino;1 grimigna, for
gramigna (at Pisa: see Pieri, AGr XII 144).

(b) A — E to E — E : bestemmia, from ;2 chete-

cunieno, for catecumeno (influence of cheto?) ; ellegrare (Guitr
tone,) from ellegro, for allegro. Possibly assimilation and
then further development of E to I : schiccherare, for squae-
cherare.3

(c) A— -O to 0 — 0: notomia, for natomia, aphetic for ana-
tomia; ottone, from *lattone- ; osogna (Sienese), for asogna;4
olocco (Lucchese), for alocco.5 Possibly assimilation and then
further development (see §61 (d)): usoliere.9

40. Vowel Dissimilation. — A-A to E-A: Setanasso, for
Satanasso; segace (14th century), for sagace.1

§39. Note 1. Turkish zagrl, Persian s&gar!.

2. Cf. M.-L., Ital. Gram., §130. “bestemmia mit e statt i under dem
Einfluss des betonten e”; that is: blasfemia, biastemmia, bistemmia,
bestemmia.

3. See Caix, Studi, No. 528.

4. See ZRPh IX 522. The Florentine form is sugna, aphetic (see §44
(a)).

6. The Florentine form is locco, loccaione; see §44 (b).

6. r=“Legacciolo”; according to Caix, Studi, No. 168: <ansularius
<ansula <ansa. Ansa is used in Tibullus with the me'aning of “the
eye through which a shoe-lace is passed;” ansula is Classic Latin,
— ‘loop, handle, ring.” Asuliere is used by Sacchetti. If Caix is
correct, solluchero also belongs here: Caix, Studi, No. 577: “Sol-
lueherare, ant. sollecherare, e andar in solluchero ‘struggersi di
tenerezza, desiderio, ecc.;’ moden. sajugla, ‘sollucchero.’ La voce
modenese tratta dal Galvani da saginicula (!) conduce a *salivicula.
L ’ant. solleccherare 5 percio regoiarmente da *sali(v)iculare ‘andar
in broda, struggersi’; nell ’u di solluccherare pare celarsi il v di salivi-
cula.” But there is at least an analogy of the prefix from SUB- and,
in the old form, probably of leccare and its derivatives, leech etto,
leccheria; the Modenese form mentioned certainly points' towards
salivic-ula. Other cases are: petetta (Lucca., -see Pieri, AG XII 172),
for patata, with previous change of suffix, and noscondere (Pisa-Lucca,-
see Barbi, in the Raccolta D’ Ancona p. 244).

§40. Note 1. Perhaps another case is memaluco, for mammalucco,
from Arabic mamluk; but according to the Oxford Dictionary the
Turkish pronunication is memluk and there is also in English a form
memlo(o)k.

1114 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts , and Letters.

41. Confusion of Prefix.

(a) Intrusion of EX-: esentarsi (mod. illit.), for assentarsi;
escesso, for accesso; iscondere, for nascondere (probably from
escondere, *excondere, for abscondere).

(b) Intrusion of IN~: imbasciata, for ambasciata (initial
i-mb- is quite common, initial amb- is rare).

(c) Intrusion of SUB-: soddisfare, for satisfare1.2

42. Analogy. — Aaron, the herb arum, from apoVj corruptly
pronounced by analogy of the proper name Aaron;1 turcasso,
from rapKaa-Lov by analogy of turco; usciolo (^“specie di
civetta”), for assiolo, from axio,2 through uscire; susurnione,

§41. Note 1. There are also the transitional or crossed forms sodis-
fare, saddisfare, sadisfare; the development was satisfare> sadisfare,
then by intrusion of so- (SUB), sodisfare and, by being misunderstood,
soddisfare (sub-dis-fare').

2. Latin AD sometimes entered by confusion into words, also, as
shown at the end of this note. — Latin AD in composition regularly
developed in two ways: (1) before consonants, the D assimilated to
the following consonant, and (2) before vowels, AD remained un¬
changed. By the development of AD to an Italian preposition a, A
was popularly added to many words commencing with a vowel and
also to some words commencing with a consonant. This last case
may have any one of three causes: (1) confusion with forms which
have AD-vowol, (2) intrusion of dialectal forms wherein AD-conson-
ant did not produce geminated consonants, or (3), in some cases, fail¬
ure to express the geminated consonants orthographically. Examples
of these four types are as follows: (a) AD before consonants with D
assimilated: abbassare, accorrere, addirizzare, afferrare, etc. (very
numerous); (b) AD before vowels: adagiare, aderire, adirarsi, adoc-
chiare, adunare, etc.; (c) A before vowels (the modern examples are
popular forms, the obsolete v^ere probably the same) : aempiere, aen-
tro, aescare, aesercitare, a'irare, a'izzare, aocchiare, aoliato, aombrare,
aonestare, aoperare, aorare', aorbare, aormare, aornamento, aovare
(from ovo, — ‘fare ovale”), auggiare, augnare, aunghiare, aumettare,
aumiliare, aunc.inare, ausare; (d) A before consonants: adimandare,
adunque, amenare, aserbare, asbassare (apparently: exbassare>
sbassare> asbassare), astizzare (from stizzo, tizzo), astipolare, asem-
prare, astagnare, astanco, aschierare, ascondere (apparently not ab¬
scondere, but *excondere), aroncigliarsi (Lucca), aritorzolato, asnello,
ascarano, ane’ghittoso (cf. §27 (a) and note 3 to same). Although this
composition with AD is naturally very common with verbs, it seems
to have spread to some extent to nouns also, as seen in some examples
in (d). The prefix, taken in all its forms is exceedingly common and
popular and often added to wmrds without change of meaning, -cf.
abbenche, abbastare, abbadare, abbisognoso, accagionare, accalognare,
accambiare, arradunare, arricordo, etc., etc., all very popular or even
illiterate.

§42. Note 1. The same perversion exists in English; see the Ox¬
ford Dictionary, under aaron.

2. In Pliny; see Harper’s Latin Dictionary, under asio.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel. 1115

for sornione,3 through susurrare; oprire, for aprire, through
coprire ;4 formacia, for f armacia, through forma, formare
( ?)5 ; lumiero, for lamiera, through lume;6 zompare, a cross¬
ing of zampare and zombare;7 lucertola, for lacertola, through
luce; valampa (— ' ‘vampa subitanea”), a combination of
vampa and lampa;8 poltroniere (=“a lazy fellow”), in the
sense of paltoniere (=“a ragamuffin”), is merely a confusion
of similar ideas and words ; gracidare, a combination of cro-
citare and graoillare;9 gelsomino (Persian jasemin ), through
gelso;10 treppello (13th century, — “piccola quantita di soldati
comandati da. un officiale inferiore”), for drappello, through
treppiare, treppicare, trepilare (there is also vowel assimila¬
tion) ; grevare, for gravare, as greve for grave, by analogy of
leve;11 (s)tronfiare, through gonfiare;12 the curious form
fenacbisticopo, for fantascopo, arose through fantastico and ?1S

43. Labial Influence. — Domasco, for damasco;1 romaiolo
(and ramaiolo), from (ae) ramariolu-.2

3. From Saturnus?

4. Uprire at Siena. The same thing took place in French ouvrir,
through couvrir; yet there is a following labial both in the Italian
and in the French', which may have aided in this development.

5. In this case there is a preceding labial.

6. Because of its brightness and power of reflection (?) ; here, too, a
labial is adjacent.

7. A following labial is also here.

8. Cf. the somewhat analogous crossings in English; yowl, from yell
and howl; splatter, from splash and spatter. Salvioni, AG XVI 442
gives falampa at Lucca as “falo e vampa.”

9. M.-L., Ital. Gram., §140.

10. The form gensumino seems to be assimilation of the 1 to the
nasals in the latter part of the word.

11. A Vulgar Latin change, -Grandgent, Introd. to Vulg. Latin, §19'5
(4).

12. If the derivation is tra (ns) -inflare, as has been suggested, one
would expect tranfiare; in Siena, there is the form trenfiare, by ana¬
logy of enflare. Gonfiare is derived from conflare.

13. For gettare, gittare, see §20 (a) ; the etymon seems to be *jectare,
but se*e Cornu, Rom. VII 354, Sturzinger-, ALL VII 450. Another ana¬
logical form, which does not, however, disturb the regular development
of A, is calamandrea (and calamandrina), a plant, =“camedrio,” from
Xa/WSpvq. The original form seems to have been contaminated by
such words as calab&, calamina (=“giallamina”), calamo, calama.gna,
ealandra.

§43. Note 1. From Aa/maa-Kog- but Arabic Dimashq.

2. Other possible labializations are mentioned in §42. Pier!, AG
XII 113, records also Gromigna, from gramineu-, = “monte prCsso
Lucca”.

1116 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

44. Apiieresis. — These cases are many and will be
grouped as follows: (a) feminine nouns, (b) masculine
nouns, and adjectives, (c) verbs, (d) other words.

(a) Bacoeca, for albicocca;1 badessa, badia, etc., from abba-
tissa, etc.; bistarda from avis-tarda;2 3 bottega, from It
bozzima, from diro^ixaf gaggia, from cUa/a a; gazza;4 go-

mena;5 6 guglia, for obsolete aguglia, from * acucula ; labandina,
for alabandina (a precious stone, from alabandina (scilicet
gemma), from Alabanda, a city of Caria) ; labarda, from ala-
bard a (whatever the form of the etymon, the Italian presup¬
poses alabarda, -cf. French hallebarde) ; Lamagna, for Ala-
magna (and Magna, a double apheresis) ; lena, from obsolete
alena; lodola, from alauda; mandorla, mandola, from dfJLvySaXr],
dfxvySaXa; 8 manza, from amantia; marena (=“bibita fatta

con siroppo di ciliege amarasche”) and marasco (and mara¬
schino), from amarus, with Romance endings; mirazione, for
ammirazione; mista, for amista; morchia (—Tultimia feccia
delPolio”), from *amurcula <amurca (in Pliny, same mean¬
ing, from dfxopyrj) ; morosa, for amorosa, wlience also il8
moroso, for 1J amoroso; notomia, for anatomia;7 Kunziata, for
Annunziata, whether the “festa,” the church, the work of art,
or the name of a person; pecchia, for apecchia, from apicula;
pocalissi, for apocalisse; postema, from apostema, dvroo-r^/xa;

§44. Note 1. From the form abbicocca, apparently, with LB assimi¬
lated to BB, as abbergare, for albergare (and iddio for il dio). Tbia
word, starting from Latin praecoquum, then passing into Arabic and
annexing the Arabic article al, before returning into Europe, offers
many forms due in part to analogy; bacocca, albicocca, albercocca,
bericocola, bellicocoro, ballacocora, albricocca, biricoccola, and deriva¬
tives.

2. English bustard; the forms in U are exclusively English, ac¬
cording to the Oxford Dictionary. For ottarda, see §78.

3. Caix, Studi, No. 217, suggests the derivation as Spanish bizma.

4. From OHGerm, agaza; gazzera, agazza, and agassa, are also found.

5. ="Grosso canapo a cui s’attacca l’ancora”; according to Canello,
from acumina, plural of acumen, (the form agumena is also found).
But there is considerable doubt about the etymology, — see Canello,
AG III 324, Tobler, XRPh. IV 182, Caix, Studi No. 79, Diez, Etym.
Worterbuch s I, 217 and Flechia, AG IV 386.

6. See Grober, ALL 1 240, who postulates amidala, am§ndola, am&n-
dola, = amygdala.

7. Notomizzare is the usual modern word meaning to “analyze".

8. Cf. French apostume, with U because of the following labial (?), or
-umen.

Schlatter — The Development of the Towel.

1117

Puglia, for Apuglia; rena, for arena9; resta, for aresta, from
arista ; roganza, for arroganza; sala, from axale (assale is also
modern); semblea (and sembrea), for assemblea; sensa, for
ascensa, ascensione; stuzia and stuzica, for astuzia (the C of
the second form by analogy of stuzzicare or tbe ending -ica) ;
sugna, =“grasso dei visceri del mai-ale,” from axungia (axis
-ung(u)ere) ; velmaria, for avemmaria, with dissimilation of
M to L; versiera, =ala moglie del diavolo,77 for avversiera;
zienda, for azienda.

(b) Biondo (if from *ablundu — 1 <*albundu-) ; bruotino
(— aerba medicinale,77 a Sienese word; Florentine abruo-
tano), from abrotonus (and abrotonum), d/fyorovov ;10 bruscello
(=aacqua gelata suite piante77), from arboscello, with previous
metathesis of the B11 ; cagiu, for acagiu (cf. French acajou);
labaustro, for alabastro; lambicco12; leatico, for aleatico; loc-
caione, locco, from aluccus13, -the usual word is allocco; mira-
glia, for ammiraglio; moscino, if Caix7 etymology is accepted, -
< Arabic almesmas14; Pollinaro, for Apollinare; rabesco, for
arabesco ; ragno, from araneu- ; rancio (=“colore dell7
arancia77)15; rematico, for aromatico16; Bimini, from Latin
Arlminum; ristocratico, for aristocratico ; spar ago (sparagio,
spargo) for asparago; strolabio, for astrolabio; strologo, for

9. The two words arena and rena have different meanings to-day:
rena = (approximately) sabbia; arena has been readopted as a liter¬
ary word, = “anfiteatro, et sim.”

10. The Latin form was feminine, hence: (il) la abrotonu(s)> la
bruotono, and finally change in gender.

11. See Caix, Studi, No. 227; cf. §61 (c). This word also means “rap-
presentazione o farsa popolare”, from the custom of singing May
songs and fastening a branch to the sweetheart’s door.

12. The forms alambico, alembicco, allimbicco, elembico, limbiccare, et
sim., also occur; for the derivation, see the Oxford Dictionary, under

alembic: “French alambic, adapted (ultimately) from Arab . al-

anblq . Aphetized as early as the fifteenth century to lembeck,

limbeck; full form scarcely appears again until the seventeenth cen¬
tury.”

13. See Ducange under alucus and alucari.

14. Caix, Studi, No. 152.

15. The noun regularly has the vowel, arancia; narancia Is also
found. From Sandskrit nagaranga.

16. The E in re’matico is due to a confusion with the prefix re-, ri-,
or perhaps the word was confused with reumatico, which, in the 13th
century was sometimes reduced to rematico.

1118 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

astrologo; stronomo, for astronomo17 ; veggio (— “scaldino”)18.

(c) Bergare, for albergare, from the form abbergare, where¬
in the LB has assimilated to BB (cf. §44 (a), note 1) ; cusare
(in the Tavola Ritonda and elsewhere), for accusare; parte-
nere, for appartenere ; sassinare, for assassinare (sasso may
have had some influence) ; scoltare, for ascoltare (unless it is
a confusion of prefix, — EX- for supposed AD-) ; scondere, lor
ascondere ; uto, for auto, for avuto.

(d) Senza (and sanza), if derived from absentia; sai, in the
expression “so sai,” for “so assai”19.

45. Arbitrary Apheresis. — These cases are largely
proper names, of which only a few are mentioned here. Meo,
Mea, for Bartolommeo, -a; Tonio, Togno, for Antonio; Lena,
for Maddalena ; Cecco, for Francesco ; etc., etc. ; ’gnamo, for
andiamo; teste, testeso, if from ante -ist’ -ipsu-, as Korting

17. Also starlomaco, storlomia, istorlomia. The stages were probably
as follows: astronomu(s), astronomo, stronomo (by apheresis or con¬
fusion with the resultant of the prefix EX- and other words commenc¬
ing with S-impura). stronomaco (by analogy of such words as mo-
naco, indaco, calonaco, mantaco, sindaco, cronaca and also astrolago,
prolago, folaga)., stornomaco (by metathe'sis of the R), storlomaco
and storlomia (by dissimilation of N-M, cf. Girolamo) ; the form star*
lomaco was produced similarly through starnomaco, from storno
maco (O to A, by influence of the following R) ; the form istorlomia,
after aphersis, has added a prosthetic I, by analogy of other words
commencing with S-impura.

18. From *lapideu-, according to Guarnerio, Rom. XX 67 remark; laeg-
gio is also found. But cf. Canello. AG III 386, Caix, Studi, No. 653, W.
Meyer, ZRPh VIII 216.

19. Sai here is doubtless, from the usual ad-satis, and not merely satis.
Nappo (— “mesciacqua d’argento o sim.”), from Germanic hnapp,
later napf, presents nappo and anappo; the latter form seems to con¬
tinue in its initial A the German aspirate, the former neglects it.
Abada (=3“femmina del rinoceronte”) has also the form bada, but
the etymology is uncertain; see the Oxford Dictionary, under abada.
Fogazza.ro (Piccolo Mondo Antico) uses the form (dialectally) giu-
tarlo (for aiutarlo), although the preposition a precedes the expres¬
sion. Apheresis in which the vowel is undisturbed appears in aberin-
to, for laberinto (cf. “6 un aberinto”); the form arbrinto also occurs;
likewise, in the resultants of labrusca (sc. vltis; see Grober ALL III
274), averustio (at Pistoia), abrostine, abrostino (also abrosco, abros-
tolo, ambrostolo, averusto, labrostino, lambrusco, raveTuschio, rave-
rusto, — see Caix, Studi, No. 69); likewise in avornello, from laburnu-.
The form appamondo, for mappamondo, is curious; if a form nap-
pamondo could be found, then un nappamondo might easily have pro¬
duced un appamondo, — perhaps even un mappamondo may have assim¬
ilated to un nappamondo1 (cf. French nesple, natte, nappe, Italian nic-
chio (from nvriXoS and juvr(i)\oS (?) ). — M.-L., Ital. Gram, (the Italian
translation by Bartoli and Braun), p. 27, bottom).

Schlatter — The Development of the Towel.

1119

claims; such exclamations as deddina (cf. a fe di Bio, fedde-
dio, fediddio, affedibacco, affe dell ’oca, afieddieci, affeddedue,
et sim.).

46. Agglutination. — -These cases usually arise from the
passage of the final A of the definite or indefinite feminine
article by confusion to the following noun: aasma, for asma
(unless the speaker had the idea of imitating the difficulty of
breathing experienced by the patient) ; Acchinea, for Chinea ;
amagione, for magione; amandolino, for mandoline (through
the form amandola), for mandola1 ; amarca, for marca; amor-
tina, for mortina (“mortella,” <myrtus) ; anare (=narice) ;
apostilla2; avisione3; astola, for stola4; aligusta (and arigusta),
for ligusta (see §67) ; alloro5.

47. Syncope and Contraction. — Syncope occurred in
grofano, for garofano, probably through the form gherofano,
which also existed (from caryopliyllu- ; see § 49). The follow¬
ing seem to be cases of contraction with a following vowel1:
fogno (~“burrasca di vento con nevischio”), from *faogno
<favoniu-2; an hypothetical *favillena, from favilla, has given

§46. Note 1. The history of the word mandola, is obscure; see the
Oxford Dictionary, under bandore: “ . the Romanic forms show

much phonetic perversion . . . Italian mandola, pandora, pan-

dura; all represent Latin pandura, -urium, adapted from TravSovpa
cf. banjo.”

2. The derivation of the two forms postilla and apostilla is not cer¬
tain, — cf. French apostille, English postil.

3. Somewhat similarly Old French avertin (vertigine-).

4. The form aasma might even be dialectic. — cf. M.-L., Gram. d. L. R.
I, §258; “S. Fratello presente aa pour tout a entrave; aarba, taard,
paas, daamp, baank, faat, etc.” The forms aposticcio and apostumo,
rather than being cases of agglutination, are perhaps similar to the
cases mentioned in §41, note 2. Agglutination with the consonant of
the definite article appears in latrio, lape, landrone, lanca, lamo, l&ula
(— Tavola), and possibly also in lazzerolo (cf. lazzo, azzerolo,-M.-L.,
Ital. Gram., §§120, 196). The form amoerre (and less usually amu-
erre), for moerre, belongs here, also, perhaps; it was apparently bor¬
rowed from French moire, which in turn was' taken from English mo¬
hair, earlier mockaire, from Arabic mokkayyar, — the word mouaire Is
in Menage and Chretien has moire.

5. Laurus was feminine in Latin. Cf. further anvoglia = “invoglio”,
ansegna, — Pieri, AG XII 145; these are really reductions of AI to A,
— see §85.

§47. Note 1. For secondary developments, see §85.

2. Cf. M.-L., Ital. Gram., §141: “Dem italienischen Lexikon gehort
fogno aus favonius an, doch ist das Wort nicht toskanisch.” Favonio
is the' literary form.

1120 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

falena (through *fa(/3)illena> fa’lena, a reduction of second¬
ary AI, -see §85), folena and fulena (through *fau(i)llena)3;
Fetonte,3 from Phaetonte-, 4>ae'0wj/; Laumedonte, for Laome-
donte; so Maumettista (Machiavelli), for Maomettista
(Medieval Latin Mahometus, Mahumetus, Machumetus) ; so
faumele (and favomele, =“favo* di miele,” “honey-comb”),
from favus mellis4. The etymon West Indian or South
American mahagoni (English mahogany, -also written in Eng¬
lish mohogeney in 167:1'; Linnaeus mahagoni) is uncertain;
the Italian forms are mogano, magogano, mogogano, mogogon,
— all modern.

48. Epenthesis. — Of A: in calabrone (=“sorta di ves-
pone”), for *clabrone (not found in Petrocchi), from crabrone
(Bembo), from crabrone- (Virgil, et al., ==“homet.”):1.

49. Influence of a Following E. — There are a few cases
where A before E has weakened to E1. Smeraldo, from sma-
ragdu-; cherovana, for caravana2; seracino, for saracino;
guemire, guernitura, guernizione, sguemire, etc., for guarnire,
etc., from *warn j an : guerire, etc., for guarire, from warjan;
mercare (in the Montagna pistoiese), for marcare; ferale
(=“fanale”), probably from <£dpo?; gerrettiera, for giarrettiera,
from French jarretiere; gheretto (peasant and illiterate), for
garetto (cf. French jarret) ; gherofano (peasant), for garo-

3. Cf. M.-L., Gram. d. L. R., II, §451: “-enus, -ena .... c’est &

peine si -enus, -ena pent etre considere comme un suffixe ... On
n’en est que plus surpris de trouver, en roman, quelques forme's nou-
velles: . en toscan, folena (sans doute de favilla . . . ).”

Palena, fo-, and fu- are all modern; see §78. For the single L, cf.
colni, bulicare, puledro, balestra. Favalena is also found, — assimila¬
tion of vowels. On these words, see Caix, Studi, No. 323, and Flechia,
AG II 341. Falena (“pesce”) is, of course, from <£d Xaau; — cf. Latin
balaena. Fetonte, mispronunciation of Latin se?

4. Favomele (obsolete), remained for a time, by influence of favo,
which has the same meaning and is still a modern word.

§48. Note 1. According to M.-L., Ital. Gram., §145, epenthesis of A
exists also in palanca, for planca; but the word seems to come from
palanga, for phalanga (cf. French palan(gue), and see Grbber, ALL
IV 426. From planca, there is the Italian plancia, a French borrow¬
ing, which is an obsolete military term, and in Piedmont, pianca. See
also Caix, Studi, p. 183.

§49. Note 1. This development is common in other unaccented posi¬
tions, — see M.-L., Ital. Gram., §§119, 129.

2. The O in cherovana, because of the labial V, — Persian karwan,
Med. Latin carvana, caravanna, caravenna.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel.

1121

fano3; ermellino, for armellino, from OHGerm. harmo, — cf.
French hermeline; ferrana, from farragine- (farraggine also
exists, — cf. Spanish herren) ; cerbottana (=blow-gun or
reed”), from Arabic zarbatana (cf. French sarbacane, Spanish
zarbatana, cerbatana, cebratana, — ciorbottana is in Cellini) ;
sermento, for sarmento4.

50. AL to AU. — Development of AIL to AU takes place in
auterrare, for alter ar (si) ; antezza (in Guittone), for altezza;
antare (in Buti’s Comento and in the Bandi Lucch.), for
altare • antrui and aultrui (in Guittone, — a combination of both
spellings), — also under the accent, autro and aultro. This
phenomenon seems to be connected with that of AU to AL,
— see §82.

51. Foreign Words. — Overtura (French ouverture) ;
frere (Fatti di Cesari) and friere (Tesoretto, — French frere) ;
dom(m)aggio (French dommage) ; bodriere (and brodiere, by
shift of It, and budriere at Florence, ■ — French baudrier1) ;
busnaga and bisnaga (Spanish biznaga)2; tronvai (illiterate
and peasant), for tranvai (English tramway)3; bedeguar
““spina bianca,” — from French)4; ciajera (Old French
chaiere, from cathedra)5; oboe, oboe, and uboe (French haut-
bois) ; merino (Spanish merinos, from maiorinus ?); someria
( from: F rench ? ) 6 7 ; ciaramella, ceramella ( F bench ? ) 7 ; clove tta

3. See §47.

4. Perhaps gherminella (=“inganno”) also belongs here, — see Calx,
Studi, No. 336. Cherovana perhaps developed as follows: caravana,
cheravana, cherevana (assimilation of vowels), cherovana (O through
the V labial). Cerbottana, then, will have had a similar history, and
ciorbottana would owe its first O to assimilation to the second. The
words of German origin might owe their double forms in somd cases
to doublets in German, one with the umlaut and the other without.
Fieri, AG XII, 143, records Bernabe at Pisa. Berlina (=“gogna”) also
is a case,, if derived from barellina, from bara, as Canello thought, —
AG III 336.

§51. Note 1. OHGerm. bald (e) rich; see Zaccaria, under budriere.

2. Pastinaca is the literary word; see Caix, Studi, No. 217.

3. This tronvai, unless the O is merely an obscure pronunciation,
might have been affected by the analogy of trono, = “tono, fulmine,
forza”, used in the 14th century and still among the peasants.

4. See the Oxford Dictionary, under bedeguar, — ultimately Persian
badawar.

5. Cf. Canello, AG III 385.

6. See Canello, AG III 310; Grober, ALL V 456; Ronsch, ZRPh III
103.

7. See Ascoli, AG I 73, note 1.

1122 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

(in Sacchetti ; from OHGerm. kawa, through Old French
choete, modern chouette), now reduced to civetta, — see §85.

52. Miscellaneous. — Ainino (“carta ainina” in Jacopone,
““eartapecora”), from agnlnu-, is a dialectal development
(cf. the development of -agine- to -aina)1. For gennaio, see
M. -L., Ital. Gram., §130, and Grober ALL III 142; the form
gianuario is learned. Gesmino, from Persian jasemin, is per¬
haps the same case as gennaio. The forms- aitale and aiqquanto
suggest at once Provencal, but the second is a peasant word, so
that perhaps they are both dialectal developments of the same
nature as the Provengal, -cf. also the northern form maitino,
for mattino2. Armoraccio, for ramolaecio, is a shift of letters
due to the R (and harmony of R-L to R-R), -cf. § 24, note 4.
Trebuco is probably from the French, -cf. trehuchet, same
meaning ; trahucco arose by the analogy of traboccare. Emiro,
from Arabic amir, perhaps goes back to French also, -cf. Eng¬
lish emir, ameer, and admiral. Taupino, for tapino (from
ra7T€tvos), may have been produced by confusion with the
cases mentioned in §§72 and 67 end, — as for example, cano-
scere and caunoscere were current, so tapino and taupino3. The
double forms rabarbaro, reubarbaro, and rapontico, reupontico,
have double etyma in ra- and reu-. Ilzamento (== alzamento),
used by Ser Zucchero Bencivenni in his “Esposizione del Pater
Roster e delPAve Maria” and registered by Petrocehi and
Searabelli, is perhaps an error? Raugunare (Tavola Ritonda)
is apparently a mixture of ragunare and raunare.4

O 5 LT IT

53. Classic Latin O O U> Vulgab Latin O (close or .
closing) .

54. Classic Latin U> Vulgab Latin U (close).

§52. Note 1. M.-L,., Gram. d. L. R., I, §295.

2. Cf. Bianchi, Dial, di CittS, di Castello, 1888, p. 32, remark.

3. Cf. Wiese, Altitalienisches Elementarbuch, §42 (2)? “Taupini” in

an old Pisa-Lucca codex — see Barbi, in the Raccolta D’ Ancona p. 244,
“taupinella . . . gente” at Cortona, in tbe province of Arezzo in

an old document, — see Mazzoni, Prop. 2a ser., II, III.

4. See §83.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel . 1123

55. The development of O O U U is much more complicated
than that of E I, etc. At first appearance, these vowels seems
to produce most erratically : O in some words, IT in others, and
O or U indifferently in still others. The following, however,
seem to he the laws of development:

56. Viulgar Latin 0 (< 5 o u) produced (1) normally O in
Florence and in modern Italian; (2) U regularly in the fol¬
lowing cases, (a) when the next syllable contained an accented
I, (b) when it contained an unaccepted I, (c) when the second
syllable began with a palatalized consonant, and (d) when the
second syllable began with voiced S; (3) U at least in many
other cases among the illiterate and the peasants ; (4) 0 on U
by contamination of various kinds (se© below).

57. Latin U produced Italian U, but here, too, there are
many perversions of various cause1.

58. Examples of the Regular Development to G: bot-
tega, cocolla, cocomero, cocuzza, colore, coltello, the preposition
con, derivatives of th© prefix CUM- (comandare, compagno,
comparire, comune, condurre, confuso, oonoscerei, consegna,
contratto, convenire, cospetto, costume), conocchia1, contadino,
derivatives of the prefix ECCU- (colui, costui, cotale, cotanto,
etc.), dolore, formaggio, Giovanni, lo, lontano, momento, mo-
nello, non, derivatives of the prefix OB- (obbedire, offesa, op-
porre, osservare, ossesso, etc.), odore, onore, oscuro, polenda,
derivatives of the prefix PRO- (profondo, promettere, prose-
guire, etc.), sor (from seniore-, in such expressions as Sor Pas-
quale), sorpendere, sorsaltare, spontaneo, derivatives of the
prefix SUB- (sobbollire, sobborgo, sopportare, sospetto, so-
stanza, sottendere, sotterrare (from sottoterrare), sottrarre,
sowertire, etc.), tormento, toscano, etc.

59. The following are examples of the same, but the de¬
velopment might have been aided by allied or analogous forms,
as indicated in the parentheses, and some are literary words:
boccone, etc. (bocca), cortese (corte), crollare (crollo, etc.),

557. Note 1. See Introduction, §8.

§58. Note l. Prom *colucula, colus; canocchia is used by Sacchettl,
Lor. Med., and is the popular form to-day. See 567.

1124 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

dottore (dotto, literary), fondua (fondere), forchetta (forca),
giocare (giuoco, etc.), giovare (giovo), giovenca (literary),
monastero (literary?), morale (literary), orsacehio (orso),
potere (puo, posso, etc.), provare (provo, etc.), robusto (liter¬
ary), rompeva, etc. (rompere), soffocare (soffoco), sorella
(suora), volentieri, vorro, etc. (voglio, vuole, etc.), etc.

60. Perversions: (a) Exceptions due to analogous or al¬
lied forms: buttare (butto, etc.), fungaccio (fungo), fuocato
(fuoeo), fuoruscito (fuori), lungaggine (lungo). (b) Ex¬
ceptions due to other causes: cuculo, euccu, cucuzza, appar¬
ently owing to a tendency to harmony of syllables, superbo
probably literary, budello, analogy of budino or perhaps it is
not Florentine, cuccagna, perhaps too recent to suffer the devel¬
opment, urlare, perhaps because of a vowel change in Latin, —
French hurler would point to urlare <ululare.

61. Examples of Development to U :

(a) Before Accented I bugia (“candela”), bulsina1, cuci-
na, cucire, cugino, dumila (but possibly analogy of due; do-
mila is obsolete), fruire (literary?), fucile, fucina (if from *fo-
cina), fuggire, pulcino, pulire, pulviscolo (semi-literary), pu-
signo (busigno, busignare, from *postceniu-) , ruggire, supino
(literary ?), uiccidere, ufffzio, uliva, uscire (from exire crossed
with ostium)2, rubizzo.

Perversions: bottiglia and bottino (analogy of botte), col-
lina (colie), comignolo and comincio (analogy of compounds
of CUM-; no Italian words begin with cum-), coprire (copro,
coprono, coprano, etc.), cosi and cost! (analogy of compounds
of ECCU-, colui, costa, cola, etc.), covile (analogy of covo;
Petrocehi says: “covo, lo stesso e piu comune che covile”), lom-
brico (a popular word?), motive (moto, muovere, etc.), po-
lire (a modern peasant form for regular pulire), pollino
(polio), polvischio (polvere), possibile (literary, besides analogy
of posso, etc.), rovina (? cf. ruina) , sorridere, sogghigno, sos-

§61. Note 1. And bulsino, in Crescenzi, from pulsus “poco sano del
polmoni”; cf. mod. bolsaggine, from bolso. Cugino is probably not
originally Italian.

2. Or perhaps ustium. For ustium, see M.-L.» in Grober’s Grundrlss
1 2 468; Studi Medievali I 613; F. Schramm, Sprachliches zur Lex Sa-
lica, 25.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel .

1125

piro, soffrire (analogy of compounds from SUB-; in the case
of soffrire, also soffro, etc.).

(b) Before Unaccented I: culizione (a peasant term
and used also in the mountains for colazione), cupidigia (liter¬
ary?), cuticagna, pulcinella, pulimentare, pulizia, sufficient©
(literary?), ubbidire, Olivieri, usignolo (and rusignolo).

Perversions: cocciniglia (not a popular word), combina-
re and continuare (analogy of compounds of CUM-), coti-
diano (literary?), crocifisso (croce), gioVinezza (giovine),
molinello (mulinello is the popular form), moltitudine
(molto), movimento (movere, etc.), obbligare (obbligo, besides
literary?), opinione (literary?), ordina(re , (ordino), oriolo
(orologio, ora, besides being a late word), rosignolo (dialec¬
tic?), solitudine (solo).

(c) Before a Palatalized Consonant: (in some cases
an allied form may have had an influence in the development)
bruscello3, buccellato4, buccbiare, bucello (perhaps influenced
by bue), bugliolo, buglione5, crucciarsi, cucchiaio, dubbioso^
fulgetro (literary? Lorenzo de’ Medici), furioso (furia), fu-
ecello, mugnaio, pugnale (pugno), Ruggero, scuriata, sdruc-
ciolare, succedere (sucedette in Bono Giamboni), suggetto (Boc¬
caccio), suggezione (more popular than sog-), ubriaco6 7, uggioso
(if from odiosu-).

Perversions: cognato (analogy of other compounds from
CUM-?), corriere (correre), fuorchiudere, fuorviare
(fuori), mioscerino (mosca), obbliare (analogy of compounds
of OB-), porcellino (porco), soggetto and soggiogare (analogy
of compounds of STJB-).

(d) Before Voiced S: Giuseppe (cf. Giovanni), usatto%
usoliere (see §39 (c)).

Perversions: osanna (a literary word; the old language
has usanna).

3. From arbuscellu-; see Calx, Studl, 2, 227.

4. A derivative of BUCCA; “sorta di ciambella di Lucca”

5. Bugliolo =2 “specie di bigonciolo”: buglione, in Sacchetti et al.t
possibly French. Both are derivatives of BULLIRE.

6. *EBRIACU-> obriaco, by labialization (see §29 (a)), then ubriaco
and ubbriaco. Rustico di Filippi has sumigliato.

7. Usignolo, rusignolo, also belong here; see under (b).

1126 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

62. Illiterate Development to U. The following words
described by Petrocchi as “volgare”, “del contado”, and “ter-
mine delle montagne” seem to indicate a much more general
tendency of U among the lower classes: cucchieri (cocchiere),
culiseo (colosseo), cultello, cultivare, Fullonica, (Follonica),
mumento, prufessore, prumessa, prumettere, pruscenico (pro-
scenic), prutesta, prutezione, pulenda, pu(v)esia, pu(v)eta,
rubusto, rugantino, scultellarsi, spuntaneo, sputestare (spote-
6tare), subborgo, ubbliare, ubbligare and ubbrigare, udore, uf-
fesa, unore, uperazione, upinione, urigine, zulfanello.

63. Double Forms: — The forms showing O and U are
very numerous in the old language. In the modern, one form
is usually favored. In many cases the confusion would very
readily arise from accent-shifting in the various forms of the
same or related words, — for example, pulvischio would 9eem
to be the regular form and poivischio perverted by polvere.
Forms accented on the first syllable have sometimes perverted
the other forms and sometimes the reverse has happened. Be¬
sides these causes, literary influence and dialect intrusion are
-ever present to add to the confusion. A; few examples of the
many will suffice to show these types :

boccellato is Lucchese, buccellato is Florentine ;
boffetto is the regular form, buffetto is influenced by buffo;
bolicame, influenced by bolle, etc., bulicame, regular and in¬
fluenced by forms buglire, bugliolo, etc. ;
bolina, dialectic, bulina, regular1;

bollire, .influence of forms accented on the 0, bullire, obsolete,
is regular;

bollente, modern, influence of forms accented on the 0, buglien-
te, regular in Passavanti :

borrone, burrone,2 both modern, the latter preferred (why?);
bottega is Florentine, buttiga and bottiga are Old Sienese;
-cocomero is the regular modern form, cucumero is used by San-
nazaro ;

^soprire, influenced by copro, coprono, etc., cuprire is Sienese;

§63. Note 1. From Dutch boelijn, a bowline.

2. Probably from Greek fioQpot; budrione at Modena.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel . 1127

coratella, regular modern, curatella is the illiterate form and
curata is used by Sacchetti probably by the same influ¬
ence3;

corriere, irregular through correre, currieri is of the Mom
tale;

cosi, irregular by analogy with colui, cotanto, costa, cola etc.,
cusi in the Chron. Pis., 46, and living in the Montagna,

pistoiese ;

crostaceo, regular literary, crustaceo, irregular more literary ; .
focile, obsolete and irregular through the influence of fuoco,
fucile is modern and regular ;

fondare, modern and regular, fundare in Machiavelli et al.,
literary ( ?) ;

follone, in Giov. Yillani, fullone, both obsolete;
forbondo, in the Centiloquio, furore, literary, analogy with
furia ;

giocare, regular modern, giucare, giuchevole, giucolare, in the
old writers passim, may be a reduction of giuocare, etc.,
or a trace of the development mentioned in §62 ;
monastero, modern and regular, munastero in Fr. da Barberino ;
molino, perhaps semi-literary, mulino is the commioner and
more popular form, both used to-day ;
obbedire and ubbidire are both regular, the latter more popular,
the former maintained also by analogy to the other deriva¬
tives of OB- (observe that there is no obbidire or ubbedire)
occidere, common everywhere in the old language, formerly re¬
tained by analogy to the compounds of OB-, uccidere is
the regular modern form;
officiate, more literary than ufficiale ;
oliva, semi-literary, uliva, the popular form;
orsacchio, regular and also preserved by orso, ursacichio (obso¬
lete) is probably dialectic from a region where urso is
used;

porcellino, irregular through analogy with porco, purcellino is
Aretine ;

robicondo (obsolete), dialectic, rubicondo, mod. literary, rubi-

3. Cf. French cur6e.

1128 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

cante, rubicondare in Berni and the Ottimo Comento ;
rollio, rullio, the latter the modem form* * 3 4 ;
rogiada, in Boiardo, dialectic, rugiada, regular and modern;
sogattolo, sogatto, sovatto, and sugatto5;

soperbo, 13th century and living among the peasants, superbo,
literary ;

sostanza, sopportare, sobbolire, soffocare, etc., etc., are regular
Florentine forms, but sustanza (13-16 centuries) ,suwer-
tire (14), suttrarre (,13), suppprtare (Bern, bo), subbollire
(Caro and Segneri di FRettuno), suffocare (Guicciardini),
etc., etc., are numerous in the old language and may be
dialectic, literary, or a trace of the illit. development men*
tioned in §62.

64. Examples of the Development of Vulgar Latin
IJ> Italian U : — These are taken at random and include lit¬
erary words, which have the same development: brucare, bru-
■eiare, bruire1, brunire, brusio, bubbone, butirro2, crudele, cu-
rioso, custode, durare, frugale, frullana, frullare3, fuliggine,
funerale, funesto, funzionare, fustaio, futilita, future, giudi-
care, giumento, giurare, giustizia, lucignolo, ludibrio, luminel-
lo, lunedi, lussuria, mucino, munerare, municipio, munire,
museo, mustella, mutande, nutrire, plurale, prudente, prurito,
puberta, pulcella, puleggio, pungiglione, punire, pupivori, pur-
gare, purulento, puttana, rumore, rurale, struggeva, etc.4, stru-
mento, su, truante, tubercolo, tutore, uligine,. umano, umore,
uncino, unguento, unione, unire, upiglio,5 usare, ustilaggine,
usurpare®.

4. Perhaps neither rollio nor rullio are Italian.

5. Diez: suhactn-; M.-L. accepts this etymology; why not a deriva¬
tive of soga?

§64. Note 1. For the original vowel cf. Fr. bruire.

• 2. Burro, the usual modern word, is from the French.

3. From *fluctulare.

4. From *destrugo.

5. From *ulpiculu-, diminutive of ulpicum (short initial u), used by
'Cato; see Grober, ALB VI 145 and D’Ovidio AG XIII 423.

6. As a matter of fact, it is tempting to gToup these words with the

development of 5 il. If one were to remove the literary examples,
those influenced by an allied or analogous form, and those conforming
to the regular development of (as upiglio, mucino, etc.), there

would be few exceptions left to explain. Cf. Grandgent, Introd. to

"Vulg. Lat., §228.

Schlatter — The Development of the Towel . 1129

05. Double Forms. — (a) The perversions in the following
seem to have existed in Vulgar Latin: lordura, from lordo,
from *luridu-, Classic lu, cf. French lourd; nodrire (now lit¬
erary and poetic, formerly very common), from *nutrire, cf.
French nourrir, Classic nu-; ontuoso, obsolete for untuoso,
from *unctuosu-, Classic unc-, cf. French oindre; orina and
urina, from *urina and Classic u-, cf. Old French orina and
Spanish orina; ortica modern, and urtica, obsolete, from *ur-
tica and Classic ur-, cf. French ortie1; poleggio and puleggio,
from *puleju- and Classic pu- ; polmonare and pulmonare,
from *pul- and Classic pul-, cf French poumon; pontare (Sac-
chetti et al.) and puntare, from *punctare, Classic punc-, cf.
French point; scodella, modern, and scudella (living among
the peasants and in the mountains), from *scutella, Classic
scu-. (b) Some other preversions are dialectic; osanza, omore
are found in Old Sienese; prodenza, omano, otilita in Alber-
tano; giomente (for giumento) in Guittone; sprodente in the
Valdichiana. (c) Other cases are dialectic or of doubtful
cause: bolimia and bulimia (both literary), costodia (Lasca),
lossuria (obsolete), moricciolo (Fior. di S’. Franc.), oncino
(popular for uncino), osura (obsolete), polzella (for pulcella),
rogumare (for ruminare), romor© (still used), scoiattolo, stro-
mento (and stormento, sturmento)2.

66. Vowel Assimilation. — Tedesco, from Gothic thiudi-
sko (todesco in Filelfo) ; micina (less comomnly micino, —
whence, working backwards, also micio), if from Latin *mu-
sio; silimato, for solimato, from sublimatu-; pricissione, an il-
lit. and peasant word for processione1 ; filiggine, from fuli-
gine-2; squittinio, from sc(r)utiniu-; stipidire, for stupidire;
uguanno (a peasant word), from hocqu(e)-annu-, “quest’
anno”3; avannotto, “tutti i pesci di fiume nati di fresco,” is

565. Note 1. In any case the Florentine form would he urtica.

2. See Wiese, Altitalienisches Elementarhuch, §59, 3.

§66. Note 1. Unless this is a case of confusion of prefix, pre- for pro-,
in which case the development was precessione> pricessione> pricis¬
sione. Pricissionando, mod. Florentine, in Prop. V (part 1), p. 151-2.

2. Fuliggine is also in use.

3. M.-L., Ital. Gram. (Bartoli and Braun’s translation), §66: “1 ’u- d
come 1’ombra proiettata dal gu della sillaba seguente.” There is also
an aphetic form guanno, and a form unguanno with an epenthetic n,
and uguannoto. Cf. the similar development of eguale to uguale.

1130 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

the same word, with assimilation to the a4*; saldo, etc., from
solidu-, seem to have arisen in forms of the verb wher© the
first syllable was unaccented, — said are, saldavano, etc.5

67. Vowel Dissimilation. — The dissimilation takes place
between the same vowels and sometimes between similar vow¬
els, O and U : serocchia and sirocchia, from sororcula1 ; velumo
and vilume, for volume; vilucchio and viluppo; bifonchiare
(and sbufonchiare), for bofonchiare2 ; ligostra (and aligusta
and arigusta), from locusta; inorare, for onorare, — the prefix
in- probably assisted in this change ; bifolco, for bofolco, from
bubulcu-3 4; Ridolfo (Dante, Purg. VII 94, — Scarabelli men¬
tions four forms: Ro-, Ru-, Ra-, and Ri-) ; tigurio (14th cen¬
tury), for tugurio; timulto (14th century), for tumulto; ri-
more (Fr. da Barberino and a modern peasant form), for ro-
more, rumore. A curious change, apparently of a dissimila-
tive nature, took place in the following (it is noticeable that
several of these cases commence with initial ca-) : canoscere
(Pier delle Vigne, Guitt., et al., but living in the Montagna
pist.), for conoscere; canocchia, for conocchia, from colucula,
from colus; calostra (at Pistoia), for obsolete colostra, “the
first milk after calving”; ramanziere, etc. (Passavanti, Ta-
vola Ritonda) ; cavelle (in the old writers), for covelle (from
? quod vellis), both obsolete. Change from O to A before R,
possibly also dissimilative, took place in arlogio, for orologio,
argoglianza, argoglio, etc. for orgoglio, etc., tartaruga, evi¬
dently a reduplication (cf. Sienese tartuca)4.

4. In this case, uguannoto (see note 3) apparently produced a form
aguannotto, whence avannotto, as avale from aguale for eguale. Caix
mentions the Emilian form anguanin, “vitello d’un anno”, — cf. Eng¬
lish “yearling”. See Caix, Studi, No. 4.

5. Cravatta is not an assimilated form of crovatta; the etymon Is
double: Croate, Cravate. For other cases of assimilation, some more
doubtful, see Caix Studi, pp. 178-185. In an old text from Pisa-Lucca,
there is peverta. and Actaviano, — see Barbi, in the Raccolta D’Ancona.

§67. Note 1. This weakening is old, — see Grandgent, Introd. to V. L.
§229 (6).

2. Bufo, in Virgil, — these all seem to contain the same root which is
preserved in English puff.

3. See M.-Li., Ital. Gram.,' §11.

4. Derivatives of tortus — see Grober, ALL VI 128. Aricalco is also
found for oricalco, where dissimilation cannot be alleged; the change
here seems due either to the R or to assimilation of the vowels of the
two syllables bearing the primary and secondary accents.

Schlatter — The Development of the Towel . 1131

68. Confusion of Prefix.

(a) Intrusion of Ad: aecupare (illit. and in the Montagna
pist.), for occupare; addurare, for Latin obdurare; abrobrio,
for obbrobrio; affogare, for Latin oflocare; assedio, for Latin
obsediu-.

(b) Intrusion of Prse- : preposito (Montalese), for pro-
posito.

(c) Intrusion of DE-: dimestico, for domestico.

69. Analogy. — Alicorno, confused with the form alifant©
(for elefante; cf. §28), and liocorno, confused with lione, for
unicorno; filucolo (a peasant term, “mulineilo di vento”),
from folliculu-1; bonpresso, analogy of b(u)ono (cf. French
beaupre) ; avvoltoio, from vulturiu-, analogy of avvolto, av-
volgere; pedagra, for podagra, by analogy of p(i)ede; om-
baco (at Lucca), evidently a crossing of opaco and ombra; ra-
merino, from ros-niarinus, by analogy of ramo; maniglia,
“handle”, a crossing of monile and mano ; manile, a crossing of
monile and mano, likewise ; nunziale (modern popular, for nu-
ziale), by analogy of nunziare; torraiolo and terraiolo are
terms used of a certain species of pigeon, and, whether con¬
fusion or not, the former felt the influence of torre, the latter
that of terra; frulletto, in the sense of “folletto”, by analogy
of frullare; pulizione, for punizione, is perhaps a half humor¬
ous confusion with pulire; brunata, for brinata, by influence
of brunire; sollalzare, = “alzare un poco”, and soalzare, for
“sollazzare”, are confusions of the forms and meanings of the
resultants of subaltiare and solatium; iscurita after apheresis,
and other similar words received their initial I by the analogy
of the resultant of EX-, etc.,- cf. Prov. escur and see §16 ; suci-
diarsi (modem illiterate for suicidiarsi) is perhaps a popular
confusion with sucido, sudicio, or a regular reduction of UI to
TJ, — see § 85.

tO. Apheresis. — Xaturally apheresis is here most common
in the case of masculine nouns; but there are several other
cases, also. Spedale, for ospedale; riso, from oPv£a; lezzo,

§69. Note'l. See Caix, Studi, No. 319. This is really metathesis of
vowels under the influence of filare: folliculu-> fullicolo> filucolo.

1132 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

= “puzzo,” from *olidiu-; leandro, for oleandro; ragano (in
the Montagna pistoiese), for uragano; regamo, from dptyavov;
leto, letare (at Lucca, =asudicio di stereo”), from oletu-1;
probbio (G. Villani), brobbrio, etc. (in the old writers passim),
for Latin opprobriu-; scuro, for oscnro; cagione, from occa¬
sions- ; bacio, from *opaci(v)u-2 ; micidiale, from *homicidi-
ale-; vunque (13th and 14th centuries), for ovunque; Noferi,
for Onofrio3; Loferno (Boccaccio), for Oloferne; puppula,
bubbula, from a diminutive of upupa; suzzacchera, “sorta
d’acetosa”, for ossizzacchera, from oxysaccharu-, from 6£v and
o-aKxapov. Apheresis of an arbitrary kind occurred in the
following: tavia (peasant and mountain word), for tuttavia;
mentre, for domentre (obsolete), from duminteri(m), through
*dementre- ; in the numerous derivatives from /3o/x/?v£, -vkos,
the silkwork, — bigherino (a kind of lace), bigattiera (“edi-
fizio o luogo dove si allevano bachi da seta”), bighellone (“a
loafer”), bigio, etc.4; in names like Beppe, from Giuseppe, Nen-
cia, Tancia, Beca, from Domenica, Menico, from Domenico,
Maso, from Tommaso, Fazio, from Bonifazio, Mizio, from Do¬
rn izio, Nanni, Vanni, from Giovanni, etc.; friscello (“spol-
vero”), from furfuricellu-5 ; bellico (the usual modem word),
from umbellicu-.6

71. Syncope. — This contraction is likely to occur between
a mute and an B: sprone, from Old German sporon, passing
through sporone, sperone, sprone; friscello, from (fur)furi-
cellu-1; bricco, = “asino” and “becco”, from Latin bur(r)icu-;
pretto, for puretto, and priccio (at Siena, -cf. “villan priccio”),
from puriccio ; f rana, from voragine-2 ; cruna, if from corona3 ;

§70. Note 1. See Caix, Studi, No. 377.

2. For P> B, cf. bottega, bubbula; for the disappearance of the V,
cf. natio (nativu-), ratio (errativu-), etc.; there is a dialect form
ovich. SeO AG II 2 seq. •

3. Noferi is used in the following expressions: “far il Noferi” =
“fare il nesci”, “essere, restare come ser Noferi,” = “sul lastrico”.

4. For bigio, meaning a color, cf. vermiglio from verme-. On these
words, cf. Caix, Studi, Nos. 11, 72, 201, Flechia AG II 39, Parodi, Rom.
XXVII 223, Nigra AG XIV 280.

5. See Caix, Studi, No. 326.

6. Ombrico, from lombrico, is a case of apheresis of the consonant L,
by confusion with the definite article.

§71. Note 1. See §70, note 5.

2. Cf. M.-L., Ital. Gram., §193.

3. M.-L., Ital. Gram., §§11 and 143.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel . 1133

crollare <*corrotulare. More or les3 arbitrary contraction
took place in Dante, from Durante; sustrissimo (illiterate, or
ironical, or jocular), for “illustrissimo” ; Gianni, for Gio¬
vanni ; and cutrettola, from coda (cauda) -trepida4.

72. 0>AU. — This is a development peculiar to the south
and is not Tuscan ; it seems to be merely the reverse develop¬
ment of AU>0 (see §78) : caunoscere, auriente, aunorare, au-
lente, aulore, audore, auccidere, ausignolo, etc. Eeturning
north, AIJ seems to have given AL in some cases ; this is ap¬
parently a learned pronunciation: alcidere (whence ancidere,
as arcipresso (see § 28), then alcipresso, then ancipresso1.)

73. Foreign- Words. — Belluardo, by analogy of bello, and
baluardo, by vowel assimilation (from French boulevard, from
German bollwerk) ; estudiantina (Spanish) ; damerino, dami-
gella, etc., (French) ; mufti, muesino, muezzino (Arabic) ;
burocrazia (French) ; durlindana (French) ; luterano (Martin
Luther) ; buffe (French) ; blusetta (French) ; rosbilfe and ris-
biffe (the latter illiterate and peasant, — from English) ; toe-
letta, toelette, toilette, toletta, tuelette (French); burgravio;
burgensatico ; burro (French, — the Italian word was butirro) ;
brulotto, brulottiere (French brulot) ; dozzina (French) ; bol-
dro, buldro, buldroghe, etc. (English) ; buristo (a peasant and
Sienese term, according to Caix, Studi FTjo. 239, from Ger¬
man wurst; buzzurro (“svizzero che vien in Italia d’invemo a
vender bruciate, polenda, eoc.”, a recent word from German
putzer?) ; bustorho “gli eruditi alemanni”, from Buxstorf, the
name of three of them; forgone, “moving-van”, frugone,
“truck”, furgone, “tender (French fourgon) ; foriere, furiere
(French founder) ; orangutan, urango, orangutano, etc. (a
modern borrowing from Malay orang houtan) ; etc.

74. Miscellaneous Cases. — For ginepro, from Latin ju-
niperu-, see M. -L., Ital. Gram., §130, — this seems to be merely
a secondary reduction of giu- to gi-, — see §85. Classic Latin

4. Other forms are cuccutrettola, cutretta, scuccutrettola, scutretto-
lare: on this dubious word, see Flechia, AG II 325, remark 2.

§72. Note 1. See Caix, Studi, No. 1. F. G. Fumi, in the Miscellanea
Caix-Canello, pp. 95-99, concerning Q> AU, AO, and A, considers them
all to be a confusion of the various dialect forms.

1134 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

coagulum and its derivatives have produced coagularsi (liter¬
ary), quaglio (regular), and caglio (from forms with atonic
initial syllable, like cagliare).1

75. Dialects1. — Pieri states in reference to the O-U devel¬
opment in Tuscany today: “ . Quanto a questo fe-

nomeno, il dialetto toscano che oggi vi mostra una piu spiccata
inclinazione e senza dubbio 1’aretino ; di poco minore, il fioren-
tino e il pisano ; meno di tutti v’ inclina il lucchese”.2 A con¬
sultation of numerous documents does not throw a great deal
of light on the subject3. The cases in which Florence has U
have already been detailed (§§61, 62). The old language does
not seem to differ from the modern, except in less fixity of
forms, due to influences (Latin, dialect), which have now in a
large degree lost their force. Prato shows the same results
as Florence. In Group 2 of the Tuscan dialects, Pistoia to¬
day has, according to Petrocchi, furitano, muscino (for Flor¬
entine moscerino), rumicciare (and romiociare in the Mon¬
tagna) ; in the thirteenth century4 we find cusi and quite regu¬
larly u (from ubi) ; otherwise nothing remarkable. In Lucca:
thirteenth century document5 : u (from ubi) ; in a document of
12686: u (from ubi), Currado (invariably, seven times) ; in a
document of 13 3 0-1 3 8 47: ugnomo (for ogni nomo), pucella
(from puellicella), muglieri, but occidro, etc. (beside u-), ro*

§74. Note 1. Peculiar cases, in which the vowel of the initial syllable
is not disturbed are the following, (a) prothesis of a consonant in
lusanza, for usanza; lunicorno, for unicorno; lusuraio (modern illit¬
erate and peasant), for usuraio; limicare (at Arezzo, "pioviscolare”)
and lamicare (at Pistoia, by some analogy?), according to Caix,
Studi, no. 42 from *humicare; (b) shifts of various kinds in: nuledi
(peasant), for lunedi; fornire, from frumjan (cf. French fournir;
Pieri, AG XII, 156, give's the Pisan form frumiare) ; tromento, for
tormento; drottina, for dottrina; Orlando, for Rolando; grolioso, gro-
liare (and grolia; in the old language and modern illiterate and peas¬
ant), for glorioso, etc.

§75. Note 1. This § is based on the arrangement and documents of
§37, which should be consulted.

2. See AG XII, 115, note 2.

3. The writer has consulted a great many without being able to draw
very satisfactory conclusions. Some of them are mentioned in §37„
which see.

4. Monaci, pp. 160-161, 194-195, — very little here.

5. Monaci, pp. 193-4.

6. Monaci, 327-328.

7. Bongi, Prop. 2a ser., Ill, parte la, pp. 75-134.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel .

1135

fiana, etc. (commoner than ru-) romore; Pieri’s article8: cu-
gnato, cuscensia, cuglione, ruvina (all of which would be ex-
peoted in Florence), but coscino, oncino, popillo, polcino, offi¬
ciate, molina, and pulenta, muneta, curtello (for coltello), scu-
della and piomaccio. Lucca to-day also shows foritano, in dis¬
tinction to Pisa’s furitano. Fagnano9, in the fourteenth cen¬
tury seems to incline to O; obedire, offendere, soportare, of-
fitio (twice), officio (three times), offictio, officali (sic), but
ufficio (once), and uscita. In a Pisa-Lucca document of about
130010: cocina, notrica, soperbia, torbato, but hubediscio, du-
lente, uulentieri (and uo), cusi, cului, cutale. Pisa: in a
document of 1279* 11: incuminzi, lunedi and lonedi ; in a docu¬
ment of 127912 : docato, Corrado; Pieri’s article13: cocire (and
eucire), cosino, scottino (for scrutinio), notricare, oncino, rofi-
ano, but prutesta, muneta, mumento, cuscienza, unore, udorato,
curtello (for coltello), scudella, cutale, culoro, cusi, all mod¬
ern forms, and cugnato, cunsegnare, old forms. Group 3, Si¬
ena, according to Hirsch14 and Parodi15, seems to refer U,
but there is even greater vacillation than between the devel¬
opment to I and E. According to Petrocchi, the following
are modern Sienese: sgrullata (for crollata), cumune, cus-
tume, furitano, cuprire, cuprime, pultrone (for poltrona),
Currado. Group 4, Arezzo: in the old language16: sustantia,
sublime (perhaps both learned), murrano (for morranno),
sutile regularly, suggiugare, unguento, mulino, ubidiscie, uci-
dere, suficiente, unor (for onore), u (from ubi, — regularly in
Guittone, but Pistoro has o), but scodella (in Pistoro), obbri-
are (from ^oblitare), mogliere (besides au and ao, for regu¬
lar O17. Cortona has obedientia, Ioseppo, suave, and mun-
ditia; but this document is literary and therefore untrust-

8. AG XII, — see §37, note 16.

9. See §37, note 18.

10. See §37, note 19.

11. Monaci, pp. 356-7.

12. Monaci, pp. 357-9.

13. AG XII.

14. ZRPh IX.

15. Rom. XVIII.

16. For the documents, see §37.

17. See §72.

1136 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

worthy.18 The Valdichiana, according to the few examples
given by Petroochi, shows U decidedly: spruvisto (for sprov-
visto), vultelere (for voltolare), vulintieri, urivuolo (for ori-
olo, orologio), but sprodente (for *sprudente, for imprudente) .

AU

76. Classical Latin AU has a double development. — 1. Al¬
ready in Vulgar Latin, AU, if followed by an accented U in
the next syllable, became A1; 2. in other cases, AU produced
U in Florence and hence in the Italian language.

77. Examples:

(a) Of development to A: ascolta, from auscultat, whence
spreading to the other forms of the verb, wherein the form
was not AIT-tJ, ascoltare; agosto (Sant’ Agostino, agustale) ;
agurio, (agura, aiirio, sciagura, sciaura, etc.) ;

(b) Of development to U: uccello (<aucellu- <au(i)cellus),
udire, fiutare '(<*flautare <flau(i)tare), lusinga (Provengal
lauzenga), bugiare and bugia (<bausjan), rubare (raub-),
usbergo (Provencal ausberc), lubbione (laubja-one), fulena
(modern illiterate, <faullena< fau(i)llena), ustarda
(au(i)starda < avis-tarda., -see §44(a), and note 2 to same),
possibly uccidere (<aucidere1, Classic occidere).

78. Exceptions. — These are mostly all learned, in which
case AU is found, and partly dialectal, where AU or O is found
according to the dialect (see §84) : augurare, auspicate,
(es)audire, auscultazione (and oscultare, same meaning, — the
latter apparently borrowed like the former from French, but
with the French pronunciation of AU), augusto, audace, audi-
tore, gaudente, autentico (but regularly utentico in the Tavola
Pitonda), aumentare (the common word is crescere), laudare
(the common word is lodare, -O by the influence of the forms
accented on the first syllable, lode, loda, etc.), autunno, auripi-
mento, pauperello (in the Boezio), naufragio, naumachia,

18. See $37, note 30.

§76. Note 1. See Grandgent, Introd. to V. Latin, §228.

§77. Note 1. Op. cit... §212: “Umbrian and Faliscan had o in place of
Latin au: . . . So, in general, the dialects of northern and cen¬

tral Italy ...”

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel. 1137

paucifero, mausoleo, etc. These examples are all of literary
origin; the following are dialectal forms: folena, osbergo, lo¬
ses ga (in Boiardo, -the last two are northern formls and pos¬
sibly folena is likewise, -falena is the regular modem form, fo-
is popular, fu- is illiterate), augello, ausgello, etc. (southern
forms, - — augello is still retained in poetic use), odire (odendo
used by Oammelli and Petroeehi states that some tenses still
survive, — these by analogy of forms accented on the first sylla¬
ble, bdo, etc., rather than through dialectal influence), orbacca
and orbaco (from lauri-bacca and lauri-baco, respectively, with
apheresis of the 1 by confusion with the article, probably dia¬
lectal), orecchio (from lo?recchio— urecchio is a modern illiterate
and peasant form), ottarda (in Redi of Arezzo, -from autarda,
cited by Pliny, for au (is) tarda), Lorenzo (dialectal or semi-
literarv).

79. Analogy. — Robare, for rubare, by analogy of roba;
orpello, from auri-pell-is, by analogy of oro; odire, for udire,
by analogy of forms accented odo, etc. (see §78) ; ontoso, by
analogy of onta, from haunida (ointoso, at Siena, with the
original I passed from after to before the 1ST, — of. bointa, etc.) ;
poverta, by analogy of povero; pochino, etc., from poco (but
puchino at Arezzo); noleggio, by nolo; dorare, from d(e)
-aurare, by analogy of oro, — so, also, doradilla, etc. ; rocag-
gine (modern popular for “raucedine”), by analogy of roco;
lodare, from lode, etc. ; god ere, from godo, gode, godono, etc.
(gbdere is still a popular variant of godere) ; boccale (from
baucale), by analogy of bocea; orezzo, by analogy of ora (from
aura) ; loggione, by analogy of loggia.

80. Vowel Assimilation. — Ogosto, a peasant and moun¬
tain word for agosto1.

81. Apheresis.— Recchia, reccbiata, etc., for orecehia, etc. ;
rezzo, from *auritiu- ; rigogolo, from aurigalgulu-1 ; retta (in the
expression adar retta”), if from a diminutive of auris; Gosto,

§80. Note 1. Also found at Lucca: see Fieri, AG XII 116. Utonno,
for autunno, is found in the Volgarizzamento della Metamorfosi d*
Ovidio; if it is not an error, it may be a dialectic pronunciation of
otonno, which would be a ease of vowel assimilation.

§81. Note 1. For aurlgalbulus ; see Grober, ALL II 431.

1138 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts , and Letters.

Gostino, for Agosto, etc.; sbergo, -a, for usbergo (the regular
dropping of prosthetic I- before s -impura would have helped
this apheresis). More arbitrary apheresis occurs in proper
names, as usual2, — Renzo, for Lorenzo, Cencio for Vincenzo or
Lorenzo (from forms in -ncio).

82. AU>AL. — This seems to represent a clerical pronun¬
ciation of AU, a phenomenon lasting , some time1: algelli,
(es)aldire (G. Cavalcanti, S. Girolamo, Lorenzo de’Miedici,
et al.), aldire, alditore, aldace (Cellini), galdente, galdere,
etc., laldare, fraldare, et sim., altore, altorita2. furthermore,
by confusion, wre have aultentico, aultorita, lauldare,
gauldere, auldace.

83. Miscellaneous. — Ciausire, ciausimento, come directly
from Provencal, from German kausjan1. In agumentare, for
aumentare, is present the effort to destroy the hiatus in au- (cf.
ra gun a re, for raunare, from re-a(d)-unare),- augumentare is
a mixture of both forms, like raugunare. Aurispiceo, auru-
spicio, etc., are confusion of aruspice and auspice. Aunito,
“svergognato,” is a Provengal form. Asbergo, for usbergo (in
the Intelligenza), is apparently prosthesis of A from the fem¬
inine article2. Cavicoli, a plural substantive, architectural
term, from Classic Latin cauliculus, diminutive of caulis,
“stalk,” perhaps arose through analogy with cavicchio.
Chiusura, etc., came from the forms accented chiudo,3 etc.
Mussoni, for monsoni, is apparently a modern borrowing4.

84. — Dialects. — There is not sufficient material for obtain¬
ing satisfactory results concerning the development of Au.
Classic Latin ATI-tJ, having given A-tJ already in Vulgar Latin,
Tuscan, — and Italy in general, — shows A. In other cases,

2. See §30 end. and §45.

§82. Note 1. See Caix, Origini, §71; M.-L., Ital. Gram, §§100 and 125.

2. For these and similar forms, see Caix, Origini, §68.

§83. Note 1. See Zaccaria, p. 87.

2. There was a feminine form, — cf. §81. Cf. also M.-L., Ital. Gram.,
§138.

3. Although this Is the regular development of AU in forms not ac¬
cented on the first syllable, cludere was a Vulgar Latin form, — see
Grandgent, Introd. to V. L., §211 (2).

4. The French form is mousson, according to D.-H.: “pour mon-

80n . . . du port, mongao . . . arab, mausim”.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel .

1139

Florence shows TJ ; GROUPS1 2 and 3 seem to have inclined
and still to incline to O : at Pisa, odire2 ; Pisa-Lucca3 : oderai,
odrai; Siena4: odesti, odire, odeste, odito, odendo ; GROUP 4:
Arezzo : in Guittone, gaudere, lauzore, andito, auzida (possibly
all forms due to Provencal influence), o (from aut5 * *), oreglie;
in Ristoro, audire, audito, laudare, but uccelli, udire, ucelare,
and o (from aut8).

SECONDARY DEVELOPMENTS.

85. Certain vowel combinations of secondary growth re¬
duced regularly in Florence and apparently more or less gen¬
erally in Tuscany to monophthongs. The only groups of im¬
portance are the following: descending combinations, ai> a,
ei> e, oi> o, ui>u; ascending combinations, ia, ie, io, iu,
all> i. Examples :

OF AI> A: a’, for ai1; da’, for dai, from dagli; qua’, for
quai; ta’, for tai (tali); atare, for ait are (both now obsolete,
superseded by aiutare, which was preserved by the forms ac¬
cented aiuto, aiutano, etc.); ma, for mai, from magi-s2; ma’,
for mali3; tranare, popular for trainare; balia, from bailia;
sattiche, an exclamation (=“che e, che e?”), probably from
sai tu che; guadagnare, from *waidanjan; 1 ’ancudine, for la
incudine; l’anguinaia, for la inguinaia; and many similarly,
both obsolete and modern, — e. g., l’ha’nventata, et sim. (in
Fucini).4

§84. Note 1. See §§37 and 75.

2. Pieri, AG XII.

3. Barbi, in the Raccolta D’ Ancona.

4. Hirsch, ZRPh IX and X.

5. Or from *ot: cf. Provencal o.

§85. Note 1. The process was of course, a’<ai<agli<a(d)-(e)gll
<ad-illi-vowel; so, similarily, da’, qua’, ta’, ma’ (from mali), ne’ de\
be’, que’, co’, etc.

2. In the sense of “but”, and also in the sense of “mai”, as in the
following modern examples: se ma’ mai; quanta ma’ gente; ma’pid a
ma’poi; quanti ma’discorsi! — at Pistoia: Ti voglio matanto bene; in
Vita Bari., maunque.

3. Dante: ma’conforti; G. Villani: ma’ guadagni e ma’fattori; the
proper name Machiavelli (mali chiavelli).

4. The phenomenon occurs under the accent also: piato, for piaito;
fa’, va’, sta’, etc.; frale, foT fr&yile <fragile-; and in maestro, simi-

1140 'Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

OF EI> E : meta from meita (medietate-) ; eta, from eitk
(in the old language passim, from aevitate-5) ; reta (in the old
language passim), from reita; se’ (from sex, in such expressions
as se Volte, secento, semila, etc.) ; me’ (in the old language),
for meglio ; me’ (in Varchi), for mezzo6; me’, from mei (mod¬
ern illit., for miei,- “i me’ figlioli”) ; ne’; de’; be’; que’ ; tre
(from trei, probably developing when used in unaccented posi¬
tion, but then there is re, from rei7) ; e’ (<ei <egli <elli) ;
che, for che i (common in early prose) ; and examples in Fu-
cini like the following, avre’ fatto, vorre ’dare, che sare ’morto,
avre’dato, perche’l mi’cane, neanche’n palazzo Pitti, etc.

OF 0I>0: vo’ (from voi<vogl’ <voglio, in combinations
like voglio fare) ; po’ (as in “po’poi”) ; omai (from oimai,
— hodiemagis8) ; co’, for coi; (tra) cotanza (^13 tk and 14th cen¬
turies), -cf. tracoitato (obsolete) ; ome, from o (h) ime (in Fre-
scobaldi, Pulci, Bocc., “chiamava gli omei,” ISTinfale Fies., Ill
11); no’ (modern popular, “no’ si diceva,” “no’s’era”; noaltri,
voaltri, peasant) ; lo’mperatore, lo’ncenso, etc. (very common
formerly) ; in Fucini, “quando’l mi’ figlio,” “che e vero che
vo’discorrereste volentieri colla mi’ Stella.”

OF UI >IJ ; su’ (“su’primi tempi”) ; Guglielmo, for Gui-
gliemlo; piu, for p-iui (in unaccented position, as in piui bello>
piu hello) ; vu’ (for vui, peasant form for voi,- “Vu’sapessi !”9).

OF IA> I: sciliva (from scialiva <saliva)10; scipidire

larly, la mastra sala (Andrea da Barbarino), fatti da mastra mano
(Boccaccio). The usual development under the accent however, Is
a shift of letters, — cf. madia, aria.

5. And not aetate-. If the derivation were astate-, there would cer¬
tainly be more or less numerous examples of ita, even if the word is
learned.

6. Mediu- produces a doublet: 1. mfc-d’u> mezzo; 2. m£-yu> mSio>
me’; — cf. this §, note 8.

7. According to Professor Grandgent, possibly from such expres¬
sions as re' Filippo, etc.

8. As mediu- produced a doublet (see this §, note 6), so hodie:- first,
6-d’e> oggi; secondly, o-ye> oi.

9. Ua, ue, uo also lose their final vowel when used prosthetically,
at least colloquially; cf. the following examples from Fucini: della
su’ moglie, nella su’ casa, la su’ bambina, la tu’ povera mamma, la su’
Giuditta, du’ franchi, du’ mesi, du’ ossi, du’ posti, su’ padre, al su*
cane.

10. In D’Ancona e Bacci, Manuale della letteratura italiana, new
Cd., 1903, Vol. 1, p. 104, there is an extract from Jacopone, contain¬
ing the word desciliato (from descialivato <de-salivatu-) ; the not©
says, "squarciato: da scindere”( ! ). The meaning is “spat upon”.

Schlatter — The Development of the Vowel. 1141

(scia- in Jaeopone) ; scipito; bestemmia (by assimilation of
vowels for bistemmia, -cf. §39, note 2), from biastemmia;
ciscuno (Siena11), for ciascuno; and in Fucini, numerous ex¬
amples, like colla mb Stella, la mi’ ’roba, la mi’ pazienza, la
mi’ povera mamma, la mi’ Rosa, etc.

XE> I : piviere; pitanza (for pietanza; Sacchetti uses piatan-
za, common formerly) ; Fucini uses mi’ frequently for mie.
IO>I: Firenze12; firini13; fi’, for liglio; i’ for io; kriscello
(now by syncope friscello), if from floriscellu-14.

IU>I: scipare (14tli-l7tb centuries), for sciupare (tke U
of the modern form kept by the influence of tke forms accented
sciupo, etc.)15; pimaccio (13tk-15tk centuries), for piumaccio;
piviale (pieviale in Bocc., eitker a transition form or a con¬
tamination witk pieve), from pluviale; gilemme (Trattato delle
segrete cose delle donne), for giulebbe; possibly also ginepro,
from juniperu-16.

11. See Hirseh, ZRPh IX 522. Since cescheduno also occurs, per¬
haps this is the original vowel: quisque-et-unu-.

12. Fiorentino preserved its first 0 apparently by influence of the
secondary accent. See M.-L., Ital. Gram., §157; cf. also §7 of the in¬
troduction to this investigation.

13. See Flechia, AG II 57 note 2; Parodi, Giorn. Stor. X 183.

14. But cf. §§70, 71.

15. The etymology is a little uncertain, — see Korting, No. 3481, and
the articles there mentioned. Both sipare and supare existed in
Latin.

16. But cf. M.-L., Ital Gram., § 130. Similar reductions are found
scattered through Tuscany, both in the old and in the modern words;
see Pieri, AG XII (at Pisa, Chimento, for Clemente, questo ’ncanto,
da ’mbrogliare, una ’nfamita, lo ’ncenso, onferno, ombuto, ompiego,
but also maitina, bailia, meita, voitare), Hirseh, ZRPh IX 523 (at Siena,
chimare, for chiamare, picere for piacere), Barbi, in the Raccolfa D’An-
cona Pisa-Lucca, eitade, aitade), Flechia, AG II 57-58, note 2 (Pimonte,
for Piemonte), Parodi, Rom. XVIII 601 (Old Sienese, gidicare, gi-
gnore, giramento, gistrare, all for giu-), Parodi, Giorn. Stor., X 183
(Giseppe, scighatoio, for asciugatoic) . Guittone uses vo’ as a pro¬
tonic pronoun. Many similar cases might be cited. For piviale, see
Foerster, ZRPh VI 377.

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

• 'I ' ■ rj _ ■ ' ,, -

WISCONSIN ACADEMY

SCIENCES, ARTS, AND LETTERS

VOL. XVII, PART II, NO. 5

MADISON,, WISCONSIN

CONTENTS

Page

Species of Hypholoma in the Region of the Great Lakes
(with Plates LXXI1 -LXXXIV) - - - -

Edward T. Harper 1142

The Organization of the Colony in Certain Four-Celled
Coenobic Algae. (With Plates LXXXV-XCL and
Seven Figures) - - Gilbert Morgan Smith, 1165

The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin - Alletta F. Dean, 1221

The annual half-volume of the Transactions Of the Wiscon¬
sin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters is issued in six
numbers, under the editorial supervision of the Secretary.

The price of this number is 50c.

1142 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

SPECIES OF HYPHOLOMA IN THE REGION OF THE
GREAT LAKES.

EDWARD T. HARPER.

The genus Hypholoma is characterized by dark brown or
purple brown spores, adnate or adnexed lamellae and an evi¬
dent appendiculate veil. Plates LXXII B, LXXVII A and
LXXXII E show the nature of the veil. It tears away from
the stem as the pilous expands and remains banging in patches
from the margin of the pileus. In plants with a fibrous uni¬
versal veil like Hypboloma lacrimabundum, PL LXXVII C
the veil scarcely differs from the cortina in Cortinarius. The
veil is so- fragile that it soon disappears and can be seen to ad¬
vantage in young plants only.

A glance through the photographs will show the general ap¬
pearance of plants in the genus. There is no common type as
in Myeena or Omphalia and it is sometimes difficult to decide
whether a plant belongs to this genus or not. Dr. Peck has
changed several plants described as Hypholoma to Psilocybe.
Hypboloma ornella he changed to Pholiota omella. Plants in
which the veil varies to annulate are apt to be placed in the
genus Stropharia. Attempts hitherto made to divide the genus
do not avoid this difficulty. It would probably exist with any
arrangement as there are few sharp dividing lines in nature.

The genus is divided into five sections.

I. Fascicularia. Pileus smooth, dry, bright colored.

IT. Viscid a. Pileus viscid.

III. Velutina. Pileus fibrous or scaly.

IV. Flocculosa. Pileus covered with fioccose scales.

V. Appendiculata. Pileus hygrophanous.

Harper— Species of Hypholoma . Il4&

\J‘ ?fjQf

Fascicularia, Velutina and Appendiculata are natural divi¬
sions and contain three distinct groups of plants. Viscida and
Flocculosa are not natural divisions. Few species have been
referred to them and viscid and floccose plants are found in the-
other sections. We have retained them only because we did not
wish to burden the other sections with unrelated forms. Our
first aim has been to place all closely related species and var¬
ieties in natural groups. Our purpose is to encourage obser¬
vation and to this end we seek to accomplish three things: (a)
To place the agarics in groups large enough to be easily recog¬
nized so that observers can identify their plants without too
much labor and with a good degree of certainty, (b) To place
in the groups all recorded species and forms that need to be¬
taken into account if one is to recognize the significance of the
form he has collected, (c) To open up the lines of variation
so that observation may be intelligently directed. We hope
that such grouping will help in securing a phylogenetic arrange¬
ment which is the only final and scientific classification.

The groups are based on the common well known species..
Almost everyone of these species is surrounded by a number of
forms which have been described as species but whose exact af¬
finities need further observation. There are four large groups;
in the genus Hypholoma: The brick tops in the section Fas-
cicularia constitute the first. Our common species is easily dis-
tinguished and we have associated with it the forms which need
to be especially studied in relation to it. There are two^
groups in the section Velutina. One of the scaly forms based
on Hypholoma lacrimabundum and another based on Hypholo¬
ma velutinum, a group which appears to be well characterized
by the peculiar spores. All of the common hygrophanous forms
in the section Appendiculata. with a single exception, have been
placed in one group. The few remaining plants which appear
to be without evident affinities are in the sections Viscida and
Flocculosa.

Two groups, the Hypholoma sublateritium group and the
Hypholoma candolleanum-appendiculatum group are valuable*
as food plants. The species are common and edible. The
plants in the other groups are more rare.

1144 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

We have used photographs made at Sumner, Washington, for
some species of which we had no negatives made in; our region.
Two or three species have been included which have not yet been
reported in the Great Lakes Region.

Thanks are due to Prof. R. A. Harper and Dr. Bi. O. Dodge
of Columbia University for examining species in Dr. Peck’s col¬
lection at Albany, X. Y. ; to Prof. C. E. Allen and Prof. J. B.
‘Overton of Madison, Wis. for the loan of literature from the
University library and1 to others whose names are mentioned in
the text for information and help of various kinds.

Syxopsis of the Species.

I. Fascicularia. Pileus smooth, dry, bright colored.

The Hypholoma sublateritium group.

Hypholoma sublateritium, Schaeff. Plate LXXII.

Hjypholoma perplexum, Pk. Plate LXXIII.

Hypholoma capnoides, Fr. Plate LXXIV.

Hypholoma fasciculare, Huds. Plate LXXV.

Related species: Hypholoma sublateritium var. squamosum, Cke.
Hypholoma epixanthum, Fr. Hypholoma elaeodes, Fr. Hypholoma
dispersum, Fr.

II. Yiscida. Pileus viscid.

Hypholoma ambiguum, Pk. Plate LXXVII.
Hypholoma . Plate LXXYI.

III. Velntina. Pileus fibrous or scaly.

The Hypholoma lacrimabundum group.

Hypholoma lacrimabundum, Fr. Plate
LXXVII C.

Hypholoma ecliiniceps, Atk. Plates LXXVII B,
LXXVIII.

Related species: Hypholoma rigidipes, Pk.

The Hypholoma velutinum group.

Hypholoma velutinum, Pers. Plate LXXIX.
Related species: Hypholoma velutinum var. leiocephalum B & Br.
Hypholoma boughtoni, Pk. Hypholoma rugocephalum, Atk. Hypho¬
loma pyrotrichum, Fr. Hypholoma delineatum, Pk.

Harper — Species of Hypholoma .

1145

IV. Floceulosa. Pileus silky or floccose with separating

scales.

Hypholoma artemisiae, Pass. Hypholoma aggregatum, Pk. Hypho¬
loma aggregatum var. sericium, Pk. Hypholoma olivaesporum.
Ell. & Ev.

V. Appendiculata. Pileus hygrophanous.

The Hypholoma candolleanum-appendiculatum group.
Hypholoma candolleanum, Pr. Plates LXXX,
LXXXIII B.

Hypholoma appendiculatum, Bull. Form Hypho¬
loma incertum, Pk. Plate LXXXIII C.

a. Pileus rugose wrinkled.

Hypholoma leucotephrum, Berk. Plate LXXXI.

b. Pileus cracked and split.

Hypholoma cutifractum, Pk. Plate LXXXII.

c. Pileus with a dark watery disk and light colored margin.

Hypholoma madeodiscum, Pk.

d. Thin pileus and slender striate stem.

Hypholoma hymenocephalum, Pk.

e. Long slender stems and narrow pilei.

Hypholoma longipes, Pk. Plate LXXXIII A.

Related species: Hypholoma campanulatum, Pk.

Hypholoma californicum, Earle.

f. Pileus floccose.

Hypholoma appendiculatum var. flocculosum, Boud. var. lana-
tum, B. & Br. Hypholoma flocculentum, McClatchie. Hypho¬
loma fragile, Pk. Hypholoma hololanigerum, Atk.

g. Veil annulate.

Stropharia irregularis, Pk. Stropharia longistriata, Murrill.

h. Doubtful forms. j

Hypholoma atrofolium, Pk. Hypholoma subaquilum, Bann.

1146 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

Description of the Species.

1. FASCICULARIA.

THE HYPHOLOMA SUBLATERITIUM GROUP.

The group contains five closely related European species all
of which have been reported from the United States' : Hypholo-
ma sublateritium, Hypholoma capnoides, Hypholoma epixan-
thum, Hypholoma elaeodes and Hypholoma fascicular e.

Dr. Peck added his own Hypholoma perplexum to the list
and gave a key to the species in U. Y. state Mus. Mem. 4. He
based the principal division on taste but the taste test is not
to be relied on. Peck himself says in later reports that Hypho¬
loma suhlateritium is often mild tasting and Bresadola reports
the same of that species in Europe. In his summary of the
Hew York species of Hypholoma, U. Y. state Mus. Bull. 150,
Peck reports only three species, Hypholoma, sublateritium, Hy¬
pholoma perplexum and Hypholoma capnoides.

Mcllvaine in One Thousand American Eungi includes all the
species but speaks of them as confused and perplexing.

As far as our collections go the distribution of species appears
to be about as follows :

The small plants with yellow caps tinged with red found in
clusters on coniferous logs in the northern woods are Hypholo-
mai capnoides. Dr. Peck limits the species in the same way.
The plants agree with Cooke’s Illust. 559, but are smaller than
the descriptions call for and as some writers make Hypholoma
capnoides a variety of Hypholoma sublateritium, observers
should watch for forms more nearly resembling that species.

Hypholoma fascicular© is found on th© Pacific coast where
it appears to take the place of Hypholoma sublateritium
with us. The latter species is not found there so far as w©
have seen. Mur rill does not report it among the Agaricaceae
from the Pacific coast. Hypholoma faaciculare was identified
by Berkeley from early collections in Ohio, but Dr. W. G.
Stover informs me that he does not think it has been confirmed
in recent years.

Harper — Species of Hypholoma .

1147

Dr. Peck separated the mild tasting forms of Hypholoma
sublateritium and based on them a new species, Hypholoma
perplex urn. It has usually been considered a form of Hypholoma
sublateritium, compare Atkinson, Mushrooms, p. 27, but Peck
retains the species in his later writings and bases it on other
characters as well as taste. Wie have collected the form in the
northern woods. It approaches in some respects Hypholoma
epixanthum which is mild tasting and it is possible that Peck’s
report of that species in Report 22 was based on this form.
Peck does not include Hypholoma epixanthum in his summary
of the X. Y. species and it seems to be little known in the United
States, According to Cooke’s Illustration PI. 560 it is a bril¬
liant red and yellow plant of the size and habit of Hypholoma
sublateritium. The gills are light yellow, becomming cinereous
not purple or green, taste mild. It should be looked for on fir
logs and stumps.

We know nothing of Hypholoma elaeodes. It is said to be
intermediate between Hypholoma fasciculare and Hypholoma
sublateritium. Cooke PL 562/ figures it as a small dull colored
variety of Hypholoma fasciculare. The figure shows a plant
quite similar to our photograph of Hypholoma capnoides with
more slender and flexuous stems.

The abundant brick tops about' stumps and logs in Illinois,
Wisconsin and Michigan we refer to Hypholoma sublateritium.
The taste is mild or bitter. The plants are very common and
much used for food.

Hypholoma sublateritium, Schaeff. PI. LXXII.

The plants are very common throughout our whole region.
They grow in dense clusters about stumps and logs in woods
and pastures. The species is illustrated by Cooke PI. 557.
Our photograph of the young plants shows the character of the
veil and the cobwebby covering of the caps.

PiLEtrs 2-3 inches or more broad, fleshy, convex becoming
plane, often irregular in crowded clusters, obtuse, glabrous,
sometimes covered with a thin white cobwebby coat when young,

1148 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts , and Letters.

dry, dark brick red or brown, paler on the margin especially
when young. Flesh whitish or yellowish. Taste mild or
bitter. Lamellae adnate, close, narrow, whitish to olivaceous
and finally purplish brown. Veil membranous, torn, soon
disappearing. Stem. 2-4 or more inches long, about % inch
thick, equal or tapering downward, fibrillose becoming glabrous,
stuffed to hollow, ferruginous below, pale above, striate at the
apex. Spores 8-4 x 6-8y.

Densely caespitose about old stumps, logs and roots. Late
summer and autumn, often earlier, common, edible.

NOTE. Hypholoma sublateritium var. squamosum Cke., Illust.
658, is shown in Atkinson’s photograph. Mushrooms Pl. 6. It has
floccose scales in concentric rows near the margin of the pileus,
Peck reports the same form from New York State.

Hypholoma perplexum Pk. PI. LXXIII.

The species was first described in X. Y. State Mus. Rep’t 23
p:. 99. It is illustrated and further described in X. Y. State
Mus. Mem. 4 pp. 166-167 and PI. 60. It is also included in
the summary of the X. Y. species of Hypholoma, X. Y. State
Mus. Bull. 150 p. 78. Peck says it differs from Hypholoma
sublateritium in its ‘‘smaller size, paler margin of the pileus,
somewhat umbonate pileus, mild taste, paler and more slender
stem which is always hollow even when young.” The plants in
PI. LXXIII were taken from a cluster which grew at Xeebish,
Mich. They had the peculiarities claimed for the species.

“Pileus convex or nearly plane, sometimes umbonate, gla¬
brous, reddish or brownish red, usually yellowish on the margin.
Flesh white or whitish. Taste mild. Lamellae thin, close,
slightly rounded behind, adnexed, pale yellow becoming tinged
with green, finally purplish brown. Stem rather slender, equal
or nearly so, firm, hollow, slightly fibrillose, whitish or yellow¬
ish above, reddish brown below, Spores 3-4 x 6-8/a.

Pileus 2.5-7 cm. broad, stem 5-7 cm. long, 4-8 mm. thick.

Generally caespitose. On or about stumps or prostrate
trunks of trees in woods or open places. Common, August to
Xovember. Edible.”

Harper— Species of Hypholoma.

1149

Hypholoma capnoides Fr. PI. LXXIV.

The species grows on stumps and logs of coniferous trees in the
northern woods. The average size of the plants is shown
in the photograph. The European plants are said to have caps
1-3 inches broad hut we have not seen them so large. The Hew
York plants as reported by Peck agree with ours. Ours also
have the reddish tint in the center of the pileus noted by Peck.
This agrees with the illustrations of Cooke and Fries but not
with the descriptions which call for an evenly colored ochrace-
ous or yellowish pileus. The stems in the cluster photographed
are not as long as in Cooke’s figures but the length of the stem
depends on the position of the plants. The plants from which
our cluster was taken grew on a balsam log at Heebish, Mich,
in September.

Pileus 1-3 inches broad, convex or expanded, obtuse, dry,
smooth, even on the margin, ochraceous or yellowish. Taste
mild. Lamellae adnate with slight lines down the stem, sepa¬
rating, gray with a bluish tinge when young becoming brown or
purple brown. Stem 2-3 inches long, 2-3 lines thick, nearly
equal, hollow, curved or flexuous from position., silky, striate
at the top, whitish, darker below. Spoees 4-5 x 7-8/*.

Caespitose or scattered on logs of pine, spruce and balsam.

Hypholoma fasciculare Huds. PI. LXXY.

The photograph is from plants which grew on the ground and
on logs at Sumner, Washington. The whole plant was yellow
except the brown center of the pileus. The: disk was somewhat
umbonate. The gills were yellow becoming greenish and finally
olive brown. The plants photographed have stems shorter than
usual and slightly thickened at the base as in var. robustior. In
the dense clusters on logs the stems were long and slender and
the plants agreed with Cooke’s figures PI. 561. Murrill re¬
ports the plant as very common on the Pacific coast. It seems
to take the place of our Hypholoma sublateritium in that region.
The taste is bitter and the plants are supposed to be poisonous.

1150 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

Pileus about 2 inches broad, fleshy, convex to expanded,
umbonate, obtuse, even, smooth, dry, yellowish on the margin,
reddish bay in the center. Flesh yellow, bitter. Lamellae
adnate, close, linear, yellow, becoming greenish and olivaceous
brown. Stem 2-5 inches long, 2-3 lines thick, hollow, slender,
flexuous, fibrillose, yellow. Spores 3-4 x 6-7/l On stumps
and logs and on the ground.

II. Vjscida.

Hypholoma ambiguum Pk.# PI. LXXYII A.

The plants represented in PL LXXV1I A grew solitary on the
ground in open woods at Sumner, Washington. They were
very beautiful with the characters well defined. The pileus
was convex, smooth, buff, evenly colored except on the very
margin which was whitish like the veil. The margin was even
and the pileus only slightly if at all viscid. The gills were
close, adnate, whitish becoming dark brown with spores which
measured 8 x 12/l The white veil hung in large reflexed flaps
on the margin of the pileus. It was quite thick and with
striate ridges on the upper surface as in species of Stropharia.
The stem was bulbous at the base, stuffed, covered with a white
floceose coat on a buff background. It was striate groved above
the annulus and slightly striate with lines toward the base.

I)r. Murrill recognized the photograph at once as Hypholoma
ambiguum Pk. It appears to be a well known plant on the
Pacific coast. Murrill in Mycologia Hov. T9 12 pp. 304-305
reports a large number of collections and says “It is one of the
most striking and abundant gill fungi on the coast.”

Peck’s description, Torr. Bull. June 1898, pp. 325-326, was
based on plants collected in fir woods near Portland, Oregon.
We give Peck’s description below but we should not have recog¬
nized the plant from the description. We are informed that
the type specimens at Albany have been lost.

“Pileus thin, convex becoming nearly plane, glabrous, sub-
viscid when moist, straw color inclining to pale orange, the mar-

* Mr. Sanford M. Zeller, Mycologia, May, 1914, makes a study of the
development of this species and concludes that it belongs to the genuB
Stropharia.

Harper — Species of Hypholoma,

1151

gin in immature plants append! culate with the remains of the
white thick veil which in very young plants -conceals the lamellae
but which in mature ones wholly disappears. Flesh white.
Lamellae close, adnexed, grayish at first, changing to dark
brown where wounded, becoming blackish brown with age.
Stem slender, equal, stuffed or hollow, squamose near the base,
paler than the pilous. Spobes elliptical 7.5x12.5* — 1 5/*

Pilous 5 — 13 cm. broad, stem 12—22 cm. long.

Fir woods, Portland, Oregon, November.

The dried plants have the general appearance of some species
of Stropharia but the appendiculate character of the veil and
the entire absence of an annulus indicate that the species is a
Hypholoma.”

Hypholoma . PL LXXVI.

The plants shown in PI. LXXVI grew on the ground beside a
log in open woods at Sumner, Washington. They were scattered
in habit. The pileus was convex or campanulate becoming ex¬
panded with a slight umbo, slightly viscid when moist, innate fib¬
rous and fibrous scaly on the margin, yellow. Flesh cream color.
The lamellae were close, ventricose, adnate or slightly decurrent,
sometimes with a broad shallow sinus, white becoming purple
brown with the spores. The veil was thick and fibrous covering
the gills when very young remaining as a fibrous margin on the
pileus when the plants were mature. The stem was equal or
tapering slightly downward, hollow or stuffed, fibrous striate
or scaly, smooth at the top, white above becoming yellowish red
below. 'Spores purple brown, elliptical 8x12/*.

The plants have many points in common with Hypholoma
ambiguum as described by Peck and we would probably have
referred them to that species if Dr. Murrill had not claimed it
for the plant in PI. LXXVII A. The plants also agree well with
the description of the European Hjypholoma dispersum but that
species is not said to be viscid and our plants do not look like
Cooke’s figure PI. 586. Fries leones 133 agrees better but
there is not much evidence for such an identification.

1152 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

III. Veltjtina.

The IIyphoeoma Lacrimabundum Group.

Hypholoma lacrimabundum Fr. PL LXXYII B C and LXXVIIL

Typical Hypholoma lacrimabundum is shown in Pl.
LXXYII C. compare Atkinson’s fig. 28. The pileus is covered
with tawny fuscous scales composed of tufted fibers on a whit¬
ish background. The flesh is whitish and also the fibers of the
annulus. The plants are umber rather than tawny when dry.

The plants in PI. LXXVIII differ somewhat. They are
very large and dull tawny yellow with concolorous flesh and veil.
The gills are very white floeoulose on the edges and the spores are
smaller 3 — 5x7- — 8/*. The plants appear to be what Atkinson
has described as Hypholoma echinieeps, Ann. My col. 1909 p.
371. They agree in the large size, Atkinson gives the dimen¬
sions 1 2 — 14 cm. high, 3 — 7 cm. across the pileus and the stem
8 — 12 mm. thick, in the densely scaly pileus of the young plants,
in the ochraceous brown colors, in the ample veil which in our
plants soon disappears and in the size of the spores and basidia.
Spores 3.5 — 5x7 — 9a. Basidia 7x28 — 30/a. We did not ex¬
amine fresh plants for cystidia which Atkinson says are in clus¬
ters of 2 — 8 and 10 — 1 2/a thick, extending 30—40/a above the hy¬
men! um . Atkinson says the plants are similar to Hypholoma
pyrotrichum but have smaller spores and more dense scales in
the center of the pileus. The spores are not only smaller but
entirely different in character from those of Hypholoma py¬
rotrichum which belongs to the Hypholoma velutinum group.
Our plants are very close to Hypholoma lacrimabundum. Pl.
LXXYII B shows an intermediate form which cannot be dis¬
tinguished in the photograph from LXXYII C except by the
thinner stem.

The plants grow in damp grassy places and in pastures and
about stumps and logs in woods. The collection from which Pl.
LXXYII 0 was taken was found by an oak stump in a pasture
at Glencoe, Ill. The photograph has been published already by
Hr. W. S. Moffatt in Bull. VII, Pl. XI of the Chicago Acad, of
Sciences.

Harper — Species of Hypholoma.

1153

Pl. LXXVII B is from a collection found at Devil’s Lake,
Wisconsin and the large cluster in PI. LXXVII! grew on the
ground in open woods at Heebish, Mich. Atkinson gives an
extended description of Hypholoma lacrimiabundum in Mush¬
rooms, pp. 28 — 30 and figure 28. The usual brief description
of the species is as follows :

Pileus 1 — 3 inches broad, fleshy, convex or umbonate, ob¬
tuse, pileus squamose with tufted fibers, tufts dark fuscous with
a tawny or yellowish tinge on a white background. Flesh
whitish or tawny, Lamellae adnate or broadly sinuate, rounded
when old, close, slightly ventricose, becoming dark purple and
spotted with the blackish spores, often with drops of moisture
on the edge. Stem 2—3 inches long, V2 inch or less thick, hol¬
low, scaly like the pileus below the annulus, smooth or white
pruinose above. S pokes almost black 5 — 6x8 — 10/*. Atkin¬
son gives 7 — 8x9 — 11/*.

NOTE. Hypholoma rigidipes, Pk. N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 139, p. 24,
PI. Ill fig. 1 — 6, is based on plants found growing among tall weeds in
September. Dr. Peck in Bull. 150, says “This species is well marked
by its gregarious modes of growth. In the ornamentation of the pileus
it is related to Hypholoma lacrimabundum, but it differs in its mode
of growth, smaller size, more slender rigid stem and larger apiculate
spores.” Prof. It. A. Harper says “The type of Hypholoma rigidipes
has rather narrow spores slightly apiculate and slightly rough, not ex¬
actly like the spores of Hypholoma rugocephalum.” It may belong to
the following group.

The Hypholoma Velutinum Gkoup.

The spores are the most diagnostic character in this group.
They are almost black in mass, broadly oval, slightly inequila¬
teral or irregular, apiculate at each end, rough or echinulate and
not pellucid under the microscope, 6 — 7x8 — 11/*.

Plants sent me by Dodge which he had referred to Hypholo¬
ma rugocephalum Atk. have exactly the same kind of spores
and they are so described by Atkinson. According to Dodge
the spores of authentic specimens of Hypholoma boughtoni Pk.
are the same though Peck does not describe them as rough or
echinulate. Furthermore Dr. Dodge examined the spores of
Hypholoma velutinum Pers. in Massee’s collection at the Xew
York Botanical Garden and found them the same. As described

1154 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters .

in Sylloge they are not quite so broad and not said to be rough.
M'assee’s figure of Hypholoma pyrotrichum Fr. also shows the
same broad rough warty spores though they are dark brown in
the illustration rather than blackish.

But while the spores show remarkable agreement these four
species vary in color and surface of the pileus. 'Hypholoma
velutinum has a thick matted fibrous universal veil as in PL
LXXIX and Cooke’s Illus. 563 and is lurid or tawny brown. Hy¬
pholoma pyrotrichum has the same kind of veil but is bright
fiery tawny as shown in Cooke’s Illus. 564. Atkinson describes
the pileus of Hypholoma rugocepholum as smooth, not hairg
or scaly, slightly viscid and marked by strong radiating wrinkles.
Peck says the pileus of Hypholoma boughtoni is glabrous or
slightly fibrillose often concentrically or areolately cracking.
Prof. IL A. Harper who has examined many of Peck’s type
specimens of Hypholoma for me reports that the dried speci¬
mens of Hypholoma buoghtoni are the same as those of Hypho¬
loma rugocephalum. He says “the spores are broad, rough,
black and apieulate and the specimens are the same in external
appearance.”

The illustrations of the different plants show the different ex¬
ternal characters as described. The spores are so diagnostic
however that care should be taken by observers to see if the
differences are not due to age or weather conditions.

NOTE. Forms with different spore characters have been associated
with this group and we mention them here though they probably be¬
long to another group.

Hypholoma velutinum var. leiocephalum B. & Br. is said to be a
smaller plant growing coespitose on stumps with a smooth ragged
pileus. Dodge says specimens so labelled in Massee’s collection have
spores entirely different. It has not been reported from this country.

Hypholoma delineatum Pk. is placed in this group by the author who
says “It has the general appearance of Hypholoma rugocephalum but
differs in the narrow, obtuse and smooth spores and broader flask
shaped cystidia.

Hypholoma velutinum Pers. PI.

The plants illustrated in PL LXXIX grew on the ground
near a stump in a. pasture at Geneseo, Ills. They agree with
the description of Hypholoma velutinuml, having a universal
veil of matted fibers, an hygrophanous lurid pileus becoming

Harper — Species of Hypholoma.

1155

tawny and finally clay colored when dry and the characteristic
broad, rough, apiculate, opaque spores. It is the only form
in the group which I have collected.

Pileus 2' — 3 inches broad, fleshy, from ovate to campanulate
and expanded, obtusely iimbonate, even on the margin, covered
when young with a veil of appressed matted fibers becoming
glabrate, hygrophanous, lurid when young becoming tawny and
finally clay colored or isabelline. Flesh very thin, concolor-
ous. Lamellae adnexed, easily separating, broad, not
crowded, pallid with the edge white, becoming dark brown,
black dotted. Stem 2—4 inches long, up to Vo inch thick, hol¬
low, equal, covered with a fibrous coat like that on the pilous
below the annulus, white tomentose above. Colored like the pileus
but lighter. Veil of fibrous tufts adhering chiefly to the mar¬
gin of the pileus, whitish becoming black with the spores.
Spobes ellipsoid, oblique or irregular, apiculate, fuscous, not
pellucid, 5x9- — 10/*. Basids 7 — 8x8 — 25/*. Cystids 9x40/*.

NOTE. Hypholoma rugocephalum Atk. is fully described and
illustrated in “Mushrooms” p. 30 and PI. 8. Hypholoma bough toni
Pk. and Hypholoma delineatum Pk. are described in N. Y. State Mus.
Bull. 150 pp. 82— -84. The former is figured in Bull. 139 PL II,
figs. 1 — 7.

IV. Flocculosa.

As stated above the group is not a natural one. There is a
whole series of forms in which the pileus is covered with sepa¬
rating floceose scales in the Hypholoma candolleanum-append-
iculatum group and Hypholoma sublateritium also has a scaly
form. We have no photographs of the plants which remain in
the section.

Hypholoma artemesiae Pass, is reported in Farlow’s index.

Hypholoma aggregatum Pk. and var. sericeum Pk. are de¬
scribed in H. Y. State Mus. Bep’t 46 p. 106! and Bull. 54 p.
972, PI. 79, figs. 8- — 14. The plants are densely tufted and
grow about the base of stumps. They are said to resemble Hy¬
pholoma candolleanum but are not hygrophanus. Hypholoma
aggregatum is distributed in Shear’s H. Y. Fungi Ho. 13.

Hypholoma olivaesporum Ell. & Ev. is a small plant about 1
inch high and y2 inch broad growing among sphagnum. It has

1156 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

free gills and the pileus is covered by a reddish gray furfur-
aceous coat. Morgan transfers it to the genus Pilosace.

V. Appendiculata.

About half of the species of Hypholoma reported from the
United States are in this section. All except Hypholoma hy¬
dro philmn which is reported from Michigan by Kauffman ap¬
pear to belong to a single group. We have named the group
after the two common European species Hypholoma candollea-
num and Hypholoma appendiculatum both of which are re¬
ported from this country.

The Hypholoma Candolleanum- Appendiculatum Group.

Hypholoma candolleanum Fr. PI. LXXX.

Typical plants of the species Hypholoma Candolleanum Er.
are shown in PI. LXXX. Compare also Cooke’s Illustration PI.
546. They grow scattered or in clusters on the ground or on
very rotten logs in the borders of woods and bushy places. The
plants photographed were collected at Sumner, Washington.

The plants are acorn shaped at first as in D, becoming cam¬
panula te and expanded, often with the margin split and up¬
turned. The surface usually appears smooth but there is a
slight universal veil which under favorable weather conditions
appears as separating floccose scales on the pileus. This is
true of all the species in the group. A few such flocci are seen
on the young plant in D. The margin of the pileus is usually
even but sometimes appears finely striate with long lines. Es¬
pecially is this true of the dried plants PI. LXXXIII B. The
striate margin is noted in a number of plants in the group. The
partial veil is a thin woven membrane seen also in I), which
clings in patches to the margin of the pileus as it expands. This
veil is characteristic and gives the name to the section. The
gills, seen in C, are close and rather narrow, slightly ventricose,
rounded and adnexed or broadly sinuate behind with a slight
tooth connecting with lines down the stem. The gills are violo-
ceous when young becoming purple brown in age and this is the

Harper — Species of Hypholoma .

1157

chief diagnostic mark of the species. All other species in the
group have the gills whitish at first. The stem is smooth and
white, sometimes slightly floccose like the pileus, equal and fistu-
lose. It is striate at the apex as in A and this is the second diag¬
nostic mark of this species. The spores are elliptical, dark brown*
4 — 5x8 — 9/a. The two marks by which the species is known
are the gill color and striate apex of the stem. The plant does
not appear to be well known. A tkinson mentions it very briefly
and Peek reports it as rare in Hew York State. He is also
doubtful about the color of the young gills and says the Europ¬
ean illustrations do not show them violaceous. It would appear
however that Cooke’s Illust. 546 is intended to represent them
so as contrasted with the white gills in PI. 547. The color of
the young gills should be carefully noted by collectors and the
distribution of the plants recorded.

Hypholoma appendiculatum Bull.

Hypholoma appendiculatum Bull, is the most common species
in the group. It occurs everywhere, in lawns and pastures, on
or near logs, stumps and buried roots. The species is dis¬
tinguished from Hypholoma candolleanum by the gills being
whitish when young, becoming flesh colored and finally purplish
brown. The stem also is more floccose and less striate at the
apex though Hypholoma appendiculatum often has the apex of
the stem somewhat striate.

The exact relation of our plants to those of Europe is some¬
what uncertain. Atkinson, Mushrooms p. 27, and Murrill,
Mycologia Jan., 1912, consider them the same species. Prof.
Farlow, than whom there is no better authority, in a letter to
me takes the same view. Peck separates the pale yellowish or
whitish forms found scattered on lawns and makes them a new
species. Ten of the collections at Albany are named Hypholoma
incertum and only two Hypholoma appendiculatum, both of
which are doubtful. The plants in our region vary much.
Some are nearly white or pale yellow, others are deep hygroph-
anous brown. Some are very caespitose and others single or
scattered. I All the forms run together however. The pure

1158 ’Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

white plant with floccose stem in Plate LXXXIII 0 we have
labelled Hypholoma incertum though it is doubtful whether the
form is separate enough to merit a distinct name;

Illustrations of the species are common. Miurrill figures both
the light and dark colored forms in Mycologia Jan. 1912. At¬
kinson, Mushrooms PI. 7 shows photographs of the floccose
forms. Mcllvaine and Hard show very slender forms. Peck
gives illustrations of Hypholoma incertum in X. Y. State Mus,
Mem. 4 PL 60.

A large number of forms more or less closely related to Hy¬
pholoma candolleanum or Hypholoma appendiculatum have re¬
ceived specific names. They differ chiefly in size, shape or
color, in the split and cracked pileus, in the character of the
universal veil (floccose forms) or in the character of the partial
veil (annulate forms).

a. Pileus rugose wrinkled.

Hypholoma leucotephrum B. & Br. PL LXXXI.

Plate LXXXI shows whitish plants with long flexuous stems
which are deeply sulcate striate at the top. The pileus is rugose
wrinkled. The plants grew in clusters on logs and on the
ground at Sumner, Washington in June. The plant is illus¬
trated by Cooke, Pl. 548. The gills are whitish at first becom¬
ing grayish and almost black. The spores are 4 — 5x6 — 8/a.
The form agrees with Hypholoma candolleanum in the striate
apex of the stem and with Hypholoma appendiculatum in the
whitish color of the young gills though they have no incarnate
tinge. Wle have collected the species also in Stuart West’s yard
at Geneseo. Ills.

b. Pileus cracked and split.

Hypholoma cutifractum Pk. PL LXXXII.

Under certain weather conditions the plants in this group
vcrack and split and the cuticle of the pileus peels off in patches
from the flesh. A cracked form which Peck calls Hypholoma

Harper— Species of Hypholoma,

115^

cmtifractum is shown in PL LXXXII. The plants grew in a
yard among grass at Geneseo, Ill, in June. 1A perfect pilous
could scarcely he found. The plants began to crack and peel as
soon as they started to grow. Peck’s Hypholoma cutifractum,
Torr. Bull. Dec. 1895 p. 490, was based on forms like this col¬
lected in Kansas by Bartholomew. The plant is distributed in,
Pun. Col. 1303. The specimens in our copy are not much
cracked. A series of cracked forms can probably be found cor¬
responding to each species in the group.

c. Pilous with a dark watery disk and light colored margin.

Hypholoma madeodiscum Pk. is described in X. Y. State *
Hus. Rep’t 38 p. 88, and Bull, 150 p. 75. The characteristic
feature which gives the plant its name is that the moisture es¬
capes from the margin of the pileus before it does from the disk.
The plant grows on logs! with a scattered habit, has the young
lamellae whitish and the stem striate at the apex. Peck has seen
the plant but once. It suggests Hypholoma leucotephrum. In
our photographs of that species the disk of the pileus is darker
than the margin.

d. Pileus thin, stem slender, striate.

Hypholoma hymenocephalum Pk. is described in X. Y. State
Mus. Rep’t 31, p. 34. It grows on damp ground among fallen
leaves and is remarkable for the very thin pileus and slender
stem. It has young gills whitish and stem] striate nearly to the
top. The photograph of Hjypholoma incertum in Mjcllvaine PI.
XCVII and Hard, PL XXXVII suggests this form though the.-
illustration does not show a striate stem.

e. Stem long, pilei relatively narrow.

Hypholoma longipes Pk. PL LXXXIII A.

Long stemmed plants are reported from the Pacific
coast. The photograph was made from dried specimens of
plants collected at Sumner, Washington. They agree exactly
with Peck’s description of Hypholoma longipes, Torr. Bull.
Hay, 1895, p. 204, even to the umbilicate apex of the pileus in

1160 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

dried plants. We have observed this character in Hypholoma
candolleanum, PI. LXXXIII Bi. The apex is often perforate.
The gills are whitish becoming nearly black, the apex of the stem
is striate and the base very white myceloid. Spores 7%yfl2/A,
quite large for the group.

There are two more Californian species which Murrill, who
has examined the type specimens says are very similar to Hy¬
pholoma longipes, Hypholoma campanulatum Pk. Torr. Bull.
June, 1909, p. 336 and Hypholoma califomicum Earle. Bull.
X. Y. Bot. Garden 2 pi. 344. The latter is larger than Hypho¬
loma longipes and has ventricose gills and smaller spores, 3x5
— 6/a.

f. Pileus floccose, especially when young.

Atkinson, Mushrooms, Pl. 7 shows the floccose form of Hy¬
pholoma appendiculatum.

Bondier Icon. My col. I t. 137 figures Hypholoma appendicu-
latum var. flocculosum. It is larger than the type with the
pileus more sulcate and covered with soon disappearing flocei.

McCIatchie. Proc. S. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1, p. 381 has named a
very floccose form of Hypholoma appendiculatum; Hypholoma
flocculentum. It appears, to be the most extreme form that has
been noted. The flocei form a thick coat and are somewhat persis¬
tent. It must be very similar to Berkeley and Broome’s var.
lanatum which is said to be “a curious form, densely woolly
when young, traces of the woolly coat remaining at the apex
when the pileus is fully expanded.”

Another form is Hypholoma. hololanigerum Atk. Ann. MVcol.
YII p. 371. The plants grew on rotten wood and the whole
sporophore was covered with long white squamules. The plants
are small and may be nearer the Psilocybe pennata group.

Still another form is Hypholoma fragile Pk. X. Y. State Mus.
Bull. 131, p. 22 and PL Y. figs. 1- — -7. It is a small plant which
the author places in the section flocculosa. Dr. Peck suggests!
the resemblance to Hypholoma incertum and the illustrations
vconfirm this. It is however reported as not hygrophanous.

These floccose forms are due to the greater or less development
uf the universal veil and their appearance is probably largely

Harper — Species of Hypholoma .

1161

determined by weather conditions. A whole series of them
can probably be found.

g. Veil annulate.

In these plants the veil makes a ring on the stem instead of
clinging to the margin of the pileus. They are of course de¬
scribed in the genus Stropharia. Such variations between an¬
nulate and appendiculate in the character of the veil often occur
in the praecox-dura group in the genus Pholiota and elsewhere.

Peck describes such a form as Stropharia irregularis, Torr.
Pull. Jan. 1900, pp. 16- — 17. It had a slight annulus soon
breaking into fragments and disappearing. The author ex¬
pressed the opinion later that it is a form of Hypholoma in-
certum.

Murrill in Mycologia, Hov. 1912, pp. 301 — 302, has de¬
scribed a form with a much more persistent annulus, Stropharia
longistriata of which he says “Similar to Hypholoma appendieu-
latum in general appearance but always furnished with a thick
persistent annulus.”

h. Doubtful forms.

Hypholoma atrofolium Pk. Torr. Bull. Oct. 1896, p. 417 is of
doubtful affinities. Mtirrill suggests that it may belong to the
genus Psathyrella.

Hypholoma subuquilum Bann. 1ST. Y. State Mus. 44 pp. 70 —
71 shows nothing distinctive according to the brief description
except the small spores 4x5/*.

Species Omitted.

1. Changed to Pholiota. Hypholoma omella Pk. (=
Pholiota appendiculata Pk.) changed to Pholiota ornella Pk.

2. Changed to Psilocybe. Hypholoma nitidipes Pk. Hypho¬
loma phvllogenum Pk. Hypholoma squalidellum Pk. (Hypho¬
loma squalidum Pk.) Hypholoma modestum Pk.

3. Omitted in Peck’s summary of H. Y. species. Hypholo-
mia sacoharinophilum Pk. Hypholoma hirto-squamulosum Pk.

4. Hypholoma camoropsis Mont., named from Sullivant’s
collection, is omitted by Ohio mycologists.

1162 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters ,

INDEX

_ ^ , Plate Page

Hypholoma

aggregatum . 1155

aggregatum v. sericeum . 1155

ambiguum . . . LXXVII A 1150

appendieulatum . 1157-8

appendiculatum v. flocculosum . 1160

artemesiae . . . . 1155

boughtoni . 1154-55

californicum . 1160

campanulatum . 1160

candolleanum . LXXX-LXXXIII B 1156-7

capnoides . . . . . LXXIV 1149

cutifractum . LXXXII 1158-9

delineatum . . . . 1154

dispersum . 1151

echiniceps . . . . . . . LXXVII B LXXVIII 1152

elaeodes . 1147

fasciculare . . . . . . . . . . LXXV 1149

flocculentum . . . 1160

fragile . 1160

balolanigerum . 1160

hydrophilum . . . 1156

hymenocephalum . . . 1159

incertum . LXXXIII C 1157

lacrimabundum . . . LXXVII C 1152

leucotephrum . LXXXI 1158

longipes . LXXXIII A 1159-60

madeodiscum . . . 1159

olivaesporum . . . . . . 1155

perplexum . LXXIII 1148

pyrotrichum . . . 1154

rigidipes . 1153

rugocephalum . 1153, 55

sublateritium . LXXII 1147

sublateritium v. squamosum . . . 1148

velutinum . LXXIX 1154-5

velutinum v. leiocepbalum . . . 1154

Stropharia

ambigua . . . 1150

irregularis . . . 1161

longistriata . 1161

For list of doubtful and omitted species see p. 1161.

Harper — Species of Hypholoma ,

1163

NOTE ON PHOLIOTA EREBIA Fr.

(With Plate LXXXIV)

Since publishing the photographs of Pholiota erebia in Part I, Plate
XXX of this volume I have collected a number of plants closely con¬
nected with that species some of which are shown in Plate LXXXIV.

Figures A-E are from specimens collected at Frankfort, Mich, in
August 1913. They grew singly on the ground under beech and maple
trees. They differ from the plants from Blue Mounds, Wis. shown in
PI. XXX, in the scattered habit, less squamulose base of the stems
and in the slightly shorter spores 5 — 6X9 — 11 /* instead of 6X12 — 14/*.
They agree more closely than the others with the typical plants of
Fries description the only noticeable difference is the less striate mar¬
gin of the pileus. The spore measurements also agree more closely
with those given by Britzelmayr for Pholiota erebia, 4 — 6X10 — 12/*.
The pileus was convex, subumbonate, slightly viscid, smooth, even or
reticulated wrinkled, dark ferruginous brown when moist, becoming
clay colored when dry, stem nearly equal, whitish, fibrous striate, veil
apical, ample, membranous, Gills adnate, not crowded, grayish becom¬
ing rusty.

The same plants were found also on logs of beech and maple. They
often had the stems curved from position. The colors, characters and
spore measurements were exactly the same as in the plants growing
on the ground. Figure H shows one of these plants. Dr. W. S. Mof-
fatt found similar plants on beech logs at Griswolda, Mich. He de¬
scribed the pileus as “honey color or pale tan, whitish on the margin”
and gives the spore measurements as 4 — 5X8 — 9/*. These plants agree
well with the description of Pholiota acericola Pk. N. Y. State Mus.
Bull. 122 pp. 155-156.

Figures F and G represent the plants found at Neebish, Mich, and
mentioned in the previous article, p. 481 of these Transactions. They
differ from both the Blue Mounds and Frankfort specimens in the
more umbonate pileus, in the' distinctly striate margin of the pileus,
in the rather more distant lamellae and in the distant annulus. The
spores agree exactly in shape and size with those of the plants from
Blue Mounds. 5 — 6X12—14/*. The distant annulus accords with the
descriptions of Pholiota ombrophila.

The Pholiota erebia group appears quite variable in Europe as well
as in this country. I have already noted the caespitose forms with
the base of the stems scaly and the forms with rugose wrinkled
pileus both of which occur in this country. Britzelmayr illustrates
a form which he considers a cross between Pholiota erebia and Pholiota
togularis. He also describes several new species, Pholiota confoeder-
ans, Pholiota praecavendus, Pholiota propinquatus etc. all of which
are shown by their colors, characters and spore measurements to be
very close to Pholiota erebia. His figures of Pholiota erebia are some¬
what larger and have thicker stems than the plants we have photo¬
graphed. It is however impossible to determine from the brief de¬
scriptions whether the variation in the group is similar to that among
our plants.

Edward T. Harper.

1164 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate LXXII. Hypholoma sublateritium Schaeff. A. Cluster of mature
plants. B. Young plants showing the veil. C. Young plants
showing the cobwebby surface of the pileus.

Plate LXXIII. Hypholoma perplexum Pk. A. Mature plant. B. Plant
showing the attachment of the gills and the striate apex of the
stem. C. Gill surface and hollow stem. D. Surface of pileus
showing the umbo.

Plate LXXIV. Hypholoma capnoides Fr. Cluster of mature plants.

Plate LXXV. Hypholoma fasciculare Huds. A. Two mature plants.

B. Young plants showing the appendiculate veil and fibers re¬
maining on the stem. C. Section showing gills and flesh.

Plate LXXVI. Hypholoma . Plants in various stages of growth.

Plate LXXVII. A. Hypholoma ambiguum Pk. Young plant showing
smooth pileus, appendiculate striate veil, striate upper part of
the stem, surface and bulbous base of the stem. B. Small
plant of Hypholoma echiniceps Atk. showing surface of the
pileus. C. Hypholoma lacrimabundum Fr. Young plant show¬
ing cortina like veil, surface of the pileus and of the stem.

Plate LXXVIII. Hypholoma echiniceps Atk. A. Cluster of large
plants. B. floccose edge of gills X 4.

Plate LXXIX. Hypholoma velutinum Pers. A. Section showing
flesh, gills, appendiculate veil and hollow stem. B. Cluster of
young plants showing surface of the pileus and stem.

Plate LXXX. Hypholoma candolleanum Fr. A. Striate apex of the
stem X 4. B. Mature plant showing pileus and stem. C. Mature
plant showing gill surface. D. Young plant showing acorn-
shaped pileus and appendiculate veil.

Plate LXXXI. Hypholoma leucotephrum B. & Br. A. Striate apex
of the stem X 4. B. Large plant with thick shreddy stem,
striate at the apex, gill surface. C. Young plants showing
smooth stems, rugose wrinkled pilei and appendiculate veil.

Plate LXXXII. Hypholoma cutifractum Pk. Plants in various
stages of growth, showing splitting, cracking and peeling of the
pileus. E. Young plant showing veil and section of the hollow
stem.

Plate LXXXIII. A. Hypholoma longpipes Pk. Two plants showing
long slender stems with the base white floccose and the narrow
pilei, taken from dried plants. B. Dried specimen of Hypho¬
loma candolleanum showing thin imbilicate apex of the pileus.

C. Fully expanded white plant of Hypholoma incertum Pk.

Harper — Hypholoma.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVII.

Plate LXXII.

Harper — Hypholoma.

Hypholoma sublateritium Schaeff.

COCKAYNE — BOSTON

Hyphgloma perplexum Pk.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVII.

Plate LiXXIII.

Harper — Hypholoma.

COCKAYNE — BOSTON

Hypholoma capnoides Fr.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVII

Plate LX XIV,

Harper— Hypholoma.

COCKAYNE - BOSTON

Hypholoma fasciculare Huds.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVII.

Plate LX XV.

Harper — Hypholoma.

COCKAYNE — BOSTON

Trans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVII

Plate L/XXVI

Hypholoma

Harper — Hypholoma.

COCKAYNE - BOSTON

Trans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVII.

Plate LXXVIX.

B — Hypholoma lacrimabundum Fr.,

Form Hypholoma echiniceps Atk.
C — Hypholoma lacrimabundum Fr.

Harper — Hypholoma.

COCKAYNE - BOSTON

Form Hypholoma echiniceps. Atk.

Harper — Hypholoma.

Plate LXXVIII

Trans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVT

Harper — Hypholoma.

Hypholoma velutinum Pers.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVII

Plate LXXIX

Harper — Hypholoma.

COCKAYN!

•BOSTON

Hypholoma candolleanum Fr.

Plate LX XX.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XYII.

o

Harper — Hypholoma,

COCKAYNE - BOSTON

Hypholoma leucotephrum B. & Br.

Harper — Hypholoma.

COCKAYNE - BOSTON

Hypholoma cutifractum Pk

Trans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVII.

Plate LX XXII.

Harper — Hypholoma.

COCKAYNE - BOSTON

Trans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVII.

Plate LXXXIII.

Harper — Hypholoma.

A — Hypholoma longipes Pk.

B — Hypholoma candolleanum Pk,
C — Hypholoma incertum Pk.

COCKAYNE — BOSTON

Pholiota erebia Fr.

Trans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVII.

Plate LX XXIV.

Harper — Pholiota,

COCKAYNE - BOSTON

Smith — The Organization of the Colony .

1165

THE ORGANIZATION OF THE COLONY IN CERTAIN
FOUR-CELLED ALGAE

Gilbert Morgan Smith

INTRODUCTORY.

The arrangement of the cells in a few-celled coenobic colony
presents several interesting problems. There are various pos¬
sible combinations of the cells of a colony composed of four cells
arranged in a definite symmetrical structure. If the individ¬
ual cells are spherical ( isoaxial ), their arrangement may be
either in a linear series, a plane or a pyramid. Colonies of
isoaxial cells with the cells regularly occurring in a linear series

QCCO

Eigure 1. Diagrammatic representation of possible combinations of isodiametric
cells in a four celled coenobe. Shaded diagrams represent those arrange¬
ments which are known to exist in nature.

.are unknown. Tdtracoccus boiryoides West is a type of colony
whose cells are in a plane; C oelastrum microporum N a eg.
constitutes the only known form with axially undifferentiated
■cells arranged in the form of a pyramid.

If the individual cells have each a long and a short axis (i. e.
are heteraxial) , many more colony forms are possible. The
range of possible symmetrical arrangements is shown in Text
"Figures 2 6. All normal coenobic colonies are symmetrical.

1166 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

Certain colonies may lose their symmetry either because of vari¬
ation in the position of certain individual cells, or because of
the abnormal growth of certain cells. All such cases should
really be classified with symmetrical forms, since each deviation
is for a single generation only and the irregular coenobe gives
rise in the next generation to symmetrical colonies.

Classifying the arrangement of the cells in the coenobe ac¬
cording to the relationships of their long axes, we may divide
colonies first into those the long axes of whose cells are all in a
single plane ( coplanar colonies) and those whose long axes are
not in a plane ( noncoplanar colonies). In the coplanar series
the long axes may all meet at some one point, if they are pro¬
jected far enough, in which case they are called concurrent.

cof/mcr

non/wrtif/e/

Figure 2. Possible combinations of the four cells of a coenobe in a concurrent
coplanar series. Shaded diagrams represent those arrangements which are
known to exist in nature.

Nonconcurrent coplanar colonies are those whose axes will not
meet, no matter how far they are projected. The coplanar con¬
current forms may be further separated into those the long
axes of whose cells lie in a single straight line ( colinear), and
those whose axes meet at a common center (nonparallel). No
four-celled colonial forms are known with the coplanar concur¬
rent colinear arrangement of the major axes of the cells; but
among the coplanar concurrent nonparallel forms may be men¬
tioned Pediasfrum Bormnum (Turp.) Mengh., Crucigenia tet-
rapedia (Kirch.) W. & G. S. West, and Tet vast rum Staurogen-
iae forme (Schroed.) Chodat. In coplanar nonconcurrent forms

Smith— Tlu Organization of the Colony. 1167

the major axes may be either parallel ias in those shown in Text
Figure 3, or nonparallel , as in the forms shown in Text Figure

Figure 3. Possible combinations of the four cells of a coenobe in a parallel
nonconcurrent coplanar series. Shaded diagrams represent those arrange¬
ments which are known to exist in nature.

4. Scenedesmus Meyen may he cited as an example of the par¬
allel noniconcurrent coplanar forms, while certain species of
Crucigenia , as C. rectangularis (hfaeg.) Gay should be classi-

Figure 4. Possible combinations of the four cells of a coenobe in a nonparallel
nonconcurrent coplanar series. Shaded diagrams represent those arrange¬
ments which are known to exist in nature.

fled among the nonparallel nonconcurrenlt coplanjar forms.
In the noncoplanar series the axes all meet at a certain point
{ concurrent colonies), or they may not ( nonconcurrent colo-

1168 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

niesl. For the concurrent forms there is only the single possi¬
bility shown in Text Figure 5 A. The nonconcurrent nonco-
planar forms may have their axes either parallel (Text Figure
5 B) or nonparallel (Text Figure 6.) The only known par¬
allel nonconcurrent noncoplanar arrangemjent of the cells, is that

r\

ebb

A B

Figure 5. Possible combinations of the four cells of a coenobe in a colinear
noncoplanar or a parallel nonconcurrent noncoplanar series. Shaded dia¬
grams represent those arrangements which are known to exist in nature.

found in Tetradesmus wiscominensis Smith. There are no algae
which can be regularly classified as nonparallel noneoncurrent
noncoplanar forms, although, as will be later pointed out,
Scenedesmns acutus Meyen may at times have the cellular ar¬
rangement shown in the shaded portion of Text Figure 6.

Arranging the possible combinations of the four-celled coeno-
bie algae in a table, we have the classification given below. All
of these possibilities are illustrated in Text Figures 1-6, the
shaded diagrams representing the forms known to occur in na¬
ture.

I Cells Isoaxial.

1 — Linear colonies.

2 — Plane colonies : Tetraccocus botryoides West.

3 — Pyramidal colonies: Coelastrum microporum Naeg.

II Cells Ileteraxial.

1 — Coplanar series.

A — Concurrent forms.

a — Colinear colonies.

b — bJonparallel colonies: Pediastrum Bory-
anum (Turp.) Meng., Crucigenia
(Kirch.) W. & G. S. West, Tetras-
trum Staurogeniaforme (Schrod.)
Chodat.

Smith — The Organization of the Colony .

1169

B — Eonconcurrent forms.

a — Parallel colonies: Scenedesmus acutus Meyen.
b — Ebnparallel colonies: Crucigenia rectangularis
(Eaeg.) Gay. -

2 — Eoncoplanar series.

A — Concurrent forms.

B— Eon concurrent forms.

a— “Parallel colonies; Tetradesmus wisconsinensis

Smith.

b — -Eonparallel colonies.

Figure 6. Possible combinations of the four cells of a coenobe in a nonparallel
nonconcurrent noncoplanar series. Shaded diagrams represent those ar¬
rangements which are known to exist in nature.

In the present paper a form from each of the main classes
will be taken up and discussed both with respect to the varia¬
tions that normally occur in the coenobe, and to the modifica¬
tions that can be produced in the cellular arrangement by altered
environmental conditions.

1170 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

Systematic Discussion

The nomenclature for the systematic classification of the
Protococcales is one which offers considerable difficulty, even
when the form under consideration isi fairly well known. The
Brussels Congress of 1910, according to the report of Farlow
and Atkinson (16), decided that Ralfs’ “British Desmidieae”
(1848) should be taken as the starting point for systematic
work in the Desmidiaceae. In this work Scenedesmus and
Pediastrum are classed as Desmidaceae. Whether it was the
intention of the Congress that we should base our nomenclature
for the systematic classification of these two genera on this
work is a matter that is perhaps open to question, but in my
work I have followed Ralf’s classification.

The species of Scenedesmus studied were S. acutus Meyen
and S. quadricauda (Turp.) Breb. The classification of the
species of Pediastrum is a more difficult matter. Although Ralfs
recognizes' the danger of using the: arrangement of the cells in the
colony as a specific character, his system of classification is,
based both on the shape of the cell and on the number of cells
in the colony. Little reliance can be placed on this latter char¬
acter, since there is great variation, within specific limits, in
both the number and the arrangement of the cells. Certain
species are described by Ralfs in which the chief determining
character is the fact that the number of cells is not a multiple of
two. These so-called species are merely abnormal forms. The
species of Pediastrum that I have obtained in my cultures
agrees more nearly with the description of P. Boryanum
(Turp.) Mengh. than with that of any other species. Obser¬
vations were also made on Pediastrum tetras (Ehrenb.) Ralfs.

Senn (85) has gathered together the widespread literature
on Coelastrum and monographed the genus. LEis work is espec¬
ially authoritative in that he had several species under cultiva¬
tion and so was able to determine the variation in appearance
within each species. The species that I have had in my cul¬
tures is Coelastrum microporum IN’aeg.

Smith— -The Organization of the Colony . 1171

Only one species of Tetracoccus is known, according to
'Will© (43). Tike cell dimensions of the form that I have
studied are well within the limits set by West (42).

Tetradesmus wisconsinensis Smith was originally described
from the same material that was used for the study reported in
the present paper.

Material and Methods

The forms, work upon which is reported in the present paper,
were isolated by the general method first used by Beyerinck (5),
and later by Chodat and G-rintzesco (11'), Chodat (8) (9),
Grintzesco (17) (18), Artari ( 1 ) (2 ) , and others.

The medium used was. a 2.0 per cent Knop’s solution in 2.0
per cent agar. The tube containing the nutrient agar was
melted in the usual manner, and then a drop of water contain¬
ing the algae was added. In practice I have found it better to add
very small portions of water, even inoculating the melted agar
with a sterile needle dipped in water containing the algae,
rather than to use the ordinary method of successive dilutions.
The agar is then poured into Petri dishes in the customary
manner.

The growth of bacteria in the medium is comparitivelv rap¬
id: the algal colonies grow very slowly. The rate of growth
is influenced hv heat and light. Ward (40) has shown that
direct sunlight kills many algae, hut that they grow luxuriantly
in diffuse light. Grintzesco (18) also found that growth was
faster when the cultures were exposed continuously to an elec¬
tric light than when they were exposed to daylight. The
same author found 20 degrees centigrade to be an optimum
temperature for the growth of Scenedesmus acutns.

Under ordinary summer conditions, the algal colonies become
visible as small green dots in from eight to twelve days. All
algal colonies do not develop at the same rate, and I have usually
found that the first colonies to appear were those of Chlorella
and other simple forms. For this reason it is best to let the
plate cultures stand twenty days before trying to isolate the

1172 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

different species. This is especially true in the case of the
Cyanophyceae.

The algae do not form colonies of characteristic appearance
so that the species cannot be determined by macroscopical exam¬
ination. I have not found a report by any investigator who
was able to determine his alga before isolating it in pure cul¬
ture. In my attempt to isolate as many forms as possible, the
determination of the species in plate cultures containing a mix¬
ture of forms has been very important. The method used was
to cut out a colony from the agar with a sterile needle and
mount it on a sterile slide and under a sterile cover glass. A
microscopical examination could then be made and the species
determined. In this manner two to three hundred colonies
could be examined in a day and perhaps only twenty of them re¬
tained for further study, thus saving the time necessary to trans¬
fer all colonies to an agar slant and to allow them to grow be¬
fore determining the species.

If the alga on the slide was a species that was desired for
further study, it was plated again by removing the cover glass
from the slide and mixing the crushed colony with a drop of
melted agar. This melted agar was then transferred to a tube
containing melted agar and the whole mass plated again. The
disadvantage of this method is that there is a loss of time in
waiting for the second Petri dish culture to grow, and a danger
of infection from the various manipulations. There is un¬
doubtedly some chance for bacterial infection from the slide
and also in transferring the colony to the melted agar, but
this is small enough to be neglected. The distinct gain from this
method is that in case the culture is slightly infected in the ori¬
ginal Petri dish, the replating is apt to separate the bacteria
from the algae, while a slightly infected colony put on a agar
slant would prove a total loss. The method described above is
especially valuable in the case of the rarer algae. My results
show a distinct saving in the total time required for manipula¬
tion by the method here described, but if one wishes to obtain
a pure culture of an alga, irrespective of the particular species,

Smith — The Organization of the Colony . 1173

the method of inoculation directly on the agar slant is to be
preferred.

There is more or less confusion in the use of the term “pure
culture.” According to the usage of some authors, a pure cul¬
ture is one that contains only one algal species ; others under¬
stand it to be a culture of a single algal species that is also free
from other organisms, including bacteria and fungi. To dif¬
ferential between the two I propose the term unialgal culture-
to designate one which contains but a1 single species of alga, but
which may contain other organisms. The term pure culture is-
reserved for one which contains a single species of alga, and is-
absolutely free from all other organisms.

The second series of Petri dish cultures would then be unial¬
gal cultures. After allowing these cultures time to develop,
single colonies are again lifted out and inoculated on agar
slants. The colonies should be removed from these cultures as
soon as they become visible. This work has usually been done
under a Zeiss binocular microscope. The work should be done
in a special room where transfers are made, since any infection
is fatal at this stage. By this method very small colonies are
obtained, and the smaller bacterial and fungus colonies, which
would ordinarily be overlooked, can be seen.

Almost all investigators who have worked with pure cultures
have noted that algae develop faster in a medium containing
a small percentage of glucose than one which does not. Ac¬
cordingly, a third series of cultures is made by inoculating an
agar medium, to which has been added 1 per cent of glucose,
with colonies from the unialgal cultures. This series is made
on agar slants instead, of Petri dishes. There are two advan¬
tages in the use of this medium. The glucose favors the devel¬
opment of fungi and bacteria, so that, if there are any in the
culture they will soon appear. At the end of three or four days
the infected cultures can easily be separated from those that ap¬
pear to be pure. Tn general, in spite of all possible precautions,
many cultures will be infected. For the inoculation of the
unialgal cultures from the Petri dish, it is usually best to

1174 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

make about a dozen cultures on glucose agar. As a rule, about
half of the cultures are uncontaminated at the end of two weeks.
In earlier experiments the third inoculation was made into a
medium containing agar and a mineral solution only, but the
development was very much slower and it was more difficult to
separate the cultures that contained bacteria and fungi. The
purity of cultures was determined at first by plating a sample
of the culture in a nutrient medium which was known to favor
the development of bacteria, to see whether or not there were
any bacteria present. Later this was found unnecessary, since
all infected glucose-agar cultures are readily detected.

Having obtained pure cultures, they can be preserved on the
agar surface or in a liquid medium. I have preferred to keep
iny cultures running in 200 cc. Erlenmeyer flasks containing
about 50 cc. of the mineral solution to which 0.2 per cent of
glucose has been added. This small proportion of glucose is
better, since, as Artari has pointed out (3), the algae are apt
to degenerate in stronger concentrations of glucose.

The algae used in this investigation, which were grown in
pure culture were Scenedesmus acutas Meyen, Scenedesmus
guadricauda (Turp.) Breb., Dactylococcus infusionem Haeg.,
and Tetradesnvus unsconsinensis Smith. These algae were all
collected from. Murphy’s creek where it flows past the Dane
county fair grounds near Madison, Wisconsin. The unialgal
cultures of these forms were obtained in August 1911, and the
pure cultures in September of the same year.

The observationsi on Pediastrum Boryanum (Turp.) Mengh.
and Coelastrum microporum ISTaeg. were made on material in
unialgal culture. These were obtained in unialgal culture in
January 1913.

The observations on Pcdiastrum tetras (Ehr.) Balfs, and
Tetracoccus botryoides West were made on these organisms as
they occurred mixed with other algae in nature; as yet I
have not succeeded in obtaining them in unialgal or pure cul¬
ture. The material was collected from Murphy's Creek, and
the Dane county fair grounds, in the summer and fall of 1912,

Smith — The Organization of the Colony .

1175

and the spring of 1913. Drawings were not made at once, but
the material was preserved in a 10 per cent solution of Am arm’s
copper-lacto-phenol.

The Isodiametric Series

Although, from the morphological standpoint, the sphere is
the simplest possible form that a cell may assume, this shape
is found in but few cioenobie algae. This may be because the
formation of autocolonies within the mother cell wall is a con¬
siderable advance over the condition of free-lying spherical cells,
and because along with the development of this autocolonial
habit there has gone almost necessarily an axial differentiation
of the individual cells. It is true that certain of the Volvo-
eales have symmetrical colonies composed of spherical cells but
since these cells have a certain axial differentiation they have
been excluded from consideration in this paper. Two coenobic
algae with isodiametric cells are Tetracoecus botryoides West
and Coelastrum micro porum Xaeg.

Tetracoecus, A Plane Isodiametric Colony

In Tetracoecus botryoides West, which is taken as a type of
coenobe whose cells lie in a single plane, my observations were
made on material as it was collected from a small, sluggish
stream near Madison, Wisconsin.

There is little variation in the arrangement of the cells when
they are found in a single plane. They may be arranged either
so that the outline of the coenobe is rectangular (Fig. 1 A,
Plate LXXXV) or so that it is diamond shaped (Fig. 1 B). This
difference in outline depends upon the manner in which the cells
of the coenobe come in contact -with one another ; sometimes
there is a small open space in the center of the colony (Fig. 1
A), in which case the colony is rectangular in outline, some¬
times two opposite cells of the colony are in contact with one
another, and the remaining pair of cells are not in contact but
are prevented from touching each other by the first pair (Fig.

1176 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

1 B), then the colony has the diamond shaped outline. All
gradations between these two conditions are found. The cells
in a single coenobe are all the same size ; but two coenobes may
differ with respect to size of the constituent cells. This differ¬
ence results from differences in the age of the coenobe. Occa¬
sionally a colony is found whose cells are in two planes forming
a pyramid with a three celled base and one cell for the apex

(Fig. 1 C).

These differences in colony form are due to differences in the
manner of origin of the cells of a colony. According to West
(42) multiplication takes place by the formation of four daugh¬
ter cells within a mother cell wall, the division of the mother cell
contents being in two planes. This gives rise to the rectang¬
ular type of colony. In the formation of the pyramidal colony
apparently the cleavages that formed the daughter cells have
been not in two planes but in three. This pyramidal posi¬
tion of the cells suggests that the cleavage of the mother cell
was not simultaneous but progressive. This view is strength¬
ened by our knowledge that progressive cleavage takes place
in such nearly related forms as Scenedesmus acutus, S. quadri -
cauda , S. obtusus , and Tetradesmus vnsconsinensis according
to my results (36) (37) ; in Dictyosphaerium pulchellum Wood
according to Senn (35) ; and according to Braun (7) in Pedi-
a strum granulatum Ktzg.

G. S. West (41) and W. West (42) emphasize the fact that
there is always a division of the mother cells of Tetracoccus
into four daughter cells. According to my observations, eight
daughter cells are sometimes formed. Thus in Figure 1,
Plate LXXXV, we have the remains of a mother colony showing
two old cells and the daughter colonies derived from the divi¬
sion of live other cells, the old cell walls of the latter being still
present. One of the cells of the mother colony has apparently
been lost. Unfortunately this alga was not obtained in unial-
gal culture, so that the percentage of eight-celled colonies formed
could not be determined. It is probable that, as in Pediastrum. ,,
Coelastrum, and Scenedesmus , the colonies with the larger num-

Smith — The Organization of the Colony . 1177

her of cells are formed only under conditions very favorable
for growth.

Coelastrum, A Pybamidal Isodiametbic Colony.

The cells of Coelastrum microporum ISTaeg. are not always
perfectly spherical ; but since the axial differentiation is usually
very slight and often quite negligible, it seems best to classify
this species among those with isodiametric cells.

Under ordinary conditions the cells of a Coelastarum colony
are approximately symmetrically arranged, the cells being in
tiers, each tier in one half of the colony corresponding to a
tier of the same number of cells in the other half. In an
eight-celled colony there are two possible symmetrical arrange¬
ments. The cells may either be in four tiers, the respective
tiers containing 1—3 — 3 — 1 cells, or the cells may be in two
tiers of four cells each. Both of these arrangements were
found in the eight-celled colonies in my cultures. Figures 2,
6, and 13, Plate LXXXV, shows colonies whose cells are
arranged in two tiers of four cells each. Figure 6 shows the
most perfectly symmetrical colony, the small central intercellu¬
lar spaces being of the same size in the two tiers. In the
colonies of this type shown in Figures 2 and 13 the cells in one
tier are much closer together than are those in the other tier.
Figure 2 shows a colony in which the tier of cells with the
small intercellular space is below and the upper has a large in¬
tercellular space. Tn Figure 13 this arrangement is reversed.
It may very well be that in these two cases we are not dealing
with eight celled coenobes but rather with fragments of sixteen-
celled colonies. The coenobes with the I — 3 — 3 — 1 arrange¬
ment of the cells have a single small central intercellular cavity
(Fig. 10). This figure also shows the symmetrical nature of
the 1 — 3 — 3 — 1 type of colony.

In sixteen-celled colonies there are five possible symmetrical
arrangements of the cells in tiers. There may be two tiers,
each of eight cells ; or four tiers containing varying numbers of
cells. The possible arrangements in four tiers are 1 — 7 — 7 — 1,

1178 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

2 — 6 — 6 — 2, 3 — 5 — 5 — 3, and 4 — 4 — 4 — 4. Of, these possible
arrangements only two were found in my cultures, those of 3 —
5—5 — 3 and of 4 —4—4 — 4, the latter being much the more
abundant. This latter arrangement is shown in the drawing
of Senn (35). When the cells are so arranged that the differ¬
ent tiers contain respectively 3 — 5 — 5- — 3 cells (Fig. 7), there
is a single large central cavity. This peripheral arrangement
of the cells about a central cavity was first noted by Pringsheim
(34).

In my opinion, the variation in cellular arrangements in the
eight and sixteen-celled colonies of C oelastrum . depends upon
variations in the manner of cleavage of the mother cell which
formed these colonies. Pringsheim (34) held that this cleav¬
age is simultaneous : Senn (35) is in doubt as to the method of
cleavage but thinks that it is probably progressive. It seems
to me highly probable that Senn is correct. Instances of prog¬
ressive cleavage among Protoccocales nearly related to Coelast¬
rum have been cited above in connection with the cleavage of
' T etracoccus . The 4 — 4 arrangement in the eight-celled coenobe
would be brought about by three successive divisions at right
angles to one another. The 1 — 3 — 3 — 1 arrangement in the
eight-celled coenobe may result from the fact that the tertiary
divisions are not in the same plane, but that within each half
of the original mother cell one of these planes is at right angles
to, and the other parallel to the primary cleavage plane. The
different arrangements found in the sixteen-celled coenobes may
be accounted for by similar variations in the manner of forma¬
tion of the cleavage planes.

This variation in the planes of cleavage is of more import¬
ance in forms which produce nonmotile autospores than in
those which have motile spores. In Pediastrum and Hydro-
didyon it matters little in what planes the cleavage takes place,
since it is the movement of the swarm spore which determines
the position of the cells in the adult colony. However, Harper
(20) holds that the manner of cleavage in the formation of the
swarm spores of Hydrodidyon is one of the determining factors

Smith— The Organization of the Colony . 1179

in their arrangement when they come to rest. In Scenedesmns
and Tetradesmus there is a very slight movement of th© auto-
spores duei to their elongation. Those of Tetracoccus and
Coelastrum do not move but round up and develop into mature
cells in situ. For this reason the manner of cleavage in Tetra¬
coccus and Coelastrum is the chief factor determining the shape
of the adult colony.

At times the cells of the coenobe are arranged, not in the
form of a more or less hollow sphere, but in that of irregular
plates (Fig*. 4), or in an irregular, somewhat branching plate¬
like mass (Fig. 17). Strictly speaking the cells, in such a
case, do not lie in a plane like those of Pediastrum , but consti¬
tute a partially flattened mass some of whose cells are above or
below the others. Such a condition suggests that, in making
a mount of the Coelastrum material, the pressure of the cover-
glass may have crushed and flattened a coenobe of regular form.
I do not believe this to have been the case, since I have observed
these flattened masses in material that was carefully lifted from
the culture by means of a platinum loop and then examined in
a hanging drop. In some of these irregular cell masses there
has plainly been a rupture of the tender gelationous processes
that ordinarily hold the cells of the coenobe together (Fig. 17) ;
in others (Fig. 4) the remains of such processes cannot be seen.

There are two possible explanations for these variations from
the ordinary arrangement of the cells of the coenobe. In
Stigeoclonium Livingston (25) (26) (27) (28) (29), investi¬
gating the cause of the change from the filamentous to the “Pal¬
in ella” condition, finds that it may be due to an increased os¬
motic pressure of the nutrient solution, or that it may be in¬
duced by the toxic action of certain compounds, either organic
(as bog extracts) or inorganic (as copper salts). The change
in the arrangement of the cells of Scenedesmns acutus from a
symmetrical coenobe with the cells all in one plane to an in¬
definitely branching system, which has been called the “Dactyl-
OGoecus stage” by Grintzesco (17), might well be cited as an¬
other instance of this kind, but I wall show in the discussion of

1180 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

my results on Scene desmus acutus that this change really does
not take place as Grintzesco supposed. Senn (35) does not re¬
port these irregularly branching colonies in Goelastrum, but he
does describe a separation of the colonies into individual cells.
This breaking down was especially abundant in cultures poor
in oxygen in Senns cultures. I have also found isolated cells
quite frequent in certain of my cultures. Possibly the varia¬
tion which I have described in; the form of the colony of Coel-
astrum is due to some similar cause, hut I am of the opinion
that neither a deficiency of oxygen nor a change in the osmotic
pressure of the nutrient solution, is the chief factor involved.

A more likely explanation is that of a mechanical rupture of
the colony. It is well known that at times the oxygen formed
in photosynthesis does not leave the vicinity of the plant but
adheres it to the form of bubbles, large enough to be seen with
the naked eye. This phenonomon may be observed both in
filamentous algae and in aquatic seed plants such as Elodea. I
have been able to demonstrate the presence of oxygen bubbles in
connection -with Coelastrum, and believe that they are the cause
for the rupture of the colony. The oxygen given off by the cells
probably accumulates in the form of small bubbles both outside
and inside the colony. Bubbles given off on the inside might
very well coalesce and form a single large bubble, which when
large enough would cause the rupture of the colony and the
appearance of the “Palmella” condition above described.

Several groups of four cells were observed in my cultures.
Some of these are complete unbroken four-celled colonies (Pigs.
11, 14, 15), others are undoubtedly fragments of larger colon¬
ies (Pigs. 5, 8, T6). In the four-celled groups, which seem to
be complete colonies, the cells are arranged in the form either
of a plate (Pigs. 11 & 15), or of a pyramid (Pig. 14). The
latter arrangement is less frequent. This variation in arrange¬
ment, like that observed in the four-celled Veltracoccus colony,
is due to variations in the cleavage planes by which the daught¬
er ceils were formed.

Smith— The Organization of the Colony .

1181

The, Axially Differentiated Series.

COPLANAR FORMS.

Pediastrum, A Honparallel Concurrent Colony.

In Pediastrum the number of cells in the colony is normally
•a multiple of two. Coenobia containing 8-32 cells are com¬
monest in Pediastrum Boryanum , while in Pediastrum tetras
the number varies from 4-1 6. In P. Boryanum , however, the
formation of coenobia that contain only four cells is by no
means an abnormal condition. The number of cells in the
eoenobium is largely dependant on the vitality of the mother
cell which produced it. When the alga is growing under favor¬
able conditions, the coenobia formed contain comparatively
large numbers of cells ; when environmental conditions are not
so favorable, the number of cells is smaller. This same vari¬
ation in the number of cells in the coenobe, coincident with
changes in external condition, has been observed in Scenedes-
mus. In cultures of Pediastrum Boryanum that have been
running for two weeks four-celled colonies are of rare occur¬
rence, but in the same cultures two months later four-celled
colonies are comparatively abundant. When the alga is grown
on a firm substratum, as an agar slant, many four-celled coeno¬
bia are present. The occurrence of four-celled colonies in na¬
ture is quite rare. In Pediastrum tetras, which I have ob¬
served only as it occurred in nature, four-celled colonies are
quite abundant.

Chodat and Huber (12) have cultivated P. Boryanum in
different concentrations of Haegeli’s solution. They find that
the more concentrated solutions inhibit the formation of swarm
spores, and that the cells are apt to be arranged in rounded
masses resembling Coelastrum. The swarm-spores become
rounded forming cells which resemble hypnospores, the hypno-
spores having a wall which, at times, may bear horns.

Figures 27-30, Plate LXXXYI, show variations in arrange¬
ment in four-celled coenobia of Pediastrum tetras . The normal

1182 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

condition is that shown in Figures 2 8. and 30, where the cells
are arranged in one plane about a common center. The cells may
all be in contact with one another at a central point, or there
may be a small rectangular space with which they are all in
contact (Fig. 30). In other cases a pair of cells opposite one
another are in contact, and the other two cells are separated by
the first pair (Fig. 28). This last described arrangement makes
the outline of the coenobe more diamond-shaped than in the two
former cases. Sometimes the cells are not all in the same plane
(Fig. 29), but one cell is superimposed upon the others. In
this the cellular arrangement is not coplanar concurrent but non¬
concurrent nonpara Ji el noncoplanar. That these irregular col¬
onies are abnormal is shown by the differences in the size of
the cells (Figs. 27 & 29). When the cells are all of the same
size the arrangment is nearly always regular; when they are
not of the same size, the arrangement is irregular. These ir¬
regularities in size and arrangement suggest that the swarm-
spores were not all as vigorous or as healthy, as those which
formed the colonies of regular shape, and that, as a result of
their more or less pathological condition, they were unable to
arrange themselves in the normal position.

Since Pediastrum Boryanum was obtained in unialgal cul¬
ture, the variations of the four-celled coenobes could be easily
studied. The variations, in the case of P. Boryanum , may be
either in the shapes and relatives sizes of the cells, or in their
spatial relationships. As in P. tetras, a dwarfing of certain
cells of the colony sometimes occurs, with a consequent irregu¬
larity in the arrangement of the cells (Figs. 24, 25). Nothing
brings out more strikingly the fact that the cells of a colony
are independent of each other, at least as far as nutrition is
concerned, as the occurrence of colonies one or more of whose
cells are dwarfed and wholly abnormal in appearance. An¬
other equally striking variation is that the “horns” of the cells
in one colony differ in length from those of the cells in another
colony. All conditions, from that of colonies whose cells have
quite long “horns” (Fig. 18) to that of colonies whose cells

Smith — The Organization of the Colony .

1183

have very short “horns” (Fig. 38), or wholly lacking (Fig. 32),
may be found in a single uniaigal culture. One not familiar
with the history of the cultures would say that Figures 34 and
35 represent different species. Such is not the case, however,
since both of these colonies came from the same uniaigal cul¬
ture. System atists have not paid enough attention to this
variation in the length of the horn, which is usually correlated
with variation in the shape of the cell. The length of the
horns is usually the same for the cells of a single coenobe, but
Figure 21 shows a colony one of whose cells has quite long
“horns,” the other cells have short “horns” and are polyhedral.
This variation was not found in four-celled ceonobia, but was
found several times in coenobia containing more than four cells.

The systematic bases for the classification of species of Pedi-
astrum are rather indefinite, but probably the surest points for
the classification of species are the shape of the cells and the
size of the horns. As a result of my cultures, I am convinced
that a good many variations that have been considered marked
enough to warrant specific differentiation are merely normal
variations within the limits of another species. The exact
cause of this variation I am unable to explain. A possible
explanation is that differences in the length of horns of differ¬
ent coenobia are due to somewhat the same environmental con¬
ditions that cause different cells in a coenobe to form daughter
colonies with different numbers of cells. This explanation,
however, does not account for the variation in length of horns
in different cells of the same coenobe. This variation in the
length of horns is another proof of the independence of the
individual cells.

In cultures of Pcdiastrum Boryanum grown on agar slants
there are more irregularities than in those grown in a liquid
medium. In the former, the cells of the coenobe are rarely
all in one plane, but are usually in a more or less flattened mass.
These colonies fragment easily, so that in examining them in a
mount in water one is sometimes in doubt as to whether one is
examining a normal four-celled coenobe or a four-celled frag-

1184 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

ment of a larger colony. Ordinarily the cells of four-celled
colonies, or fragments of larger colonies, are in a plane but the
long axes of the cells have no definite relationships (Figs. 20,
23, 25, 26, & 31). On the other hand, the cells of coenobia of
more than four cells grown on agar slants are usually not in
one plane but in an irregular mass

When the culture medium is a liquid, the cells are more
likely to be regularly arranged. In four-celled coenobia hav¬
ing the regular nonparallel concurrent coplanar arrangement,,
there are the same differences as to the contact of the cells at
the center of the colony that were described for Pedistrum
tetras (Figs. 33-35). All gradations between the condition
shown in Figure 33 and that in Figure 35 can be found. At
other times the arrangement shown in Figure 33 is so exagger¬
ated that the nonpairallel concurrent coplanar arrangement is
entirely lost, and the cells are arranged in an alternating man¬
ner that approaches the parallel nonconcurrent coplanar struc¬
ture found in Scenedesmus (Fig. 19). In comparing Figures
19 and 33 it should be borne in mind that this classification is
based on the position of the long axes of the cells, and while
there seems to be no great difference between these two colonies
on a casual examination, the analysis of the relationships of
the long axes show3 there is a marked difference. In still
other cases, the cells are not at all in the same plane but one or
two of them may be in a different plane from that of the other
three or two. The cells that are not in the same plane may
either be parallel to> the plane of the coenobe (Figs. 26 & 38),
or in a plane at an angle with the plane of the coenobe (Figs.
18 & 37). Occasionally the cells of the coenobe have a regular-
concurrent non coplanar arrangement (Fig. 36) so that the
colony might easily be taken for one of Sorastrum rather than
Pediastrvm, did we not. know the history of the particular
colony under observation. Sometimes the cells form a linear
series, with the cells all in one plane (Fig. 25), or in different
planes (Fig. 22).

Harper (21) has given an explanation for this variation in

Smith — The Organization of the Colony . 1185

the cel] ul ar arrangement of Pediastrum . He believes that all
swarm-spores are morphogenetically equivalent ; and that the dev¬
elopment of the horns is determined by cellular interaction. The
arrangement of the cells in the form of a symmetrical coenobe
results when the swarm-spores possess the normal motility ; hut
when the vitality of the swarm-spores is diminished, as in old
cultures in which the general vitality of the alga is lowered, or
in cases where the motility of the swarm-spores is hindered by
unfavorable conditions, such as the lack of water on an agar
slant, the swarm-spores do not reach a regular symmetrical ar¬
rangement before they cease moving, the result being the forma¬
tion of an irregular colony. Practically all deviations from
the normal, in the arrangement of the cells, may be accounted
for by the failure of the swarm-spores to assume the regular ar¬
rangement before the completion of the period of swarming.

Scenedmmus, A Parallel Nonconctjrrent Colony

Scenddesmus acutus .

Several investigators have studied the effects of external con¬
ditions upon the shape of the colony and of the individual cells
in this form. The species has been studied in pure culture by
Beyerinck (5), Grintzesco (17), Chodat (9), Tischutkin (38),
and Artari (3) ; and in unialgal culture by Chodat and Malines-
Go (13) (14), Artari (4), and Senn (34). Chodat and Malin-
esco describe a remarkable series of transformations. At one
stage there are individual cells which resemble those of Pleuro-
coccus, at other times of A nki&trodesmus ( Raphidium) , and at
still other times branching systems of cells which resemble those
of Naegeli’s Dactylococcus. This statement has been somewhat
modified by Chodat (9) in a more recent publication, but not
wholly abandoned. Senn (35) stated, as a result of his obser¬
vations, that Scenedesmus colonies could not be changed into
other forms by varying the cultural conditions. When the alga
was grown in water half saturated with carbon dioxid or oxygen
the colonies separated into individual cells, but did not take on
the chain-like arrangement of Dactylococcus. Nutritive solu-

1186 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

tions of different concentration had no effect on the form of
the colony, but they did affect the individual cell, since Senn
found the stronger the solution the more nearly spherical were
the cells. Artari (4) studied Dactylococcus infusionum ISTaeg.,
as a separate form and did not obtain Secenedesjnus-like colon¬
ies, although he grew the alga under various conditions.

One of the forms Beverinck worked with in his first pure cul¬
tures (5) was Scenedesmus acutus. Beverinck found that an
abundance of organic food material cause the cells of S. acutus
to lose their acicular shape and become more nearly spherical.
He makes no mention of the formation of chain-like colonies.

The cellular arrangement of Scenedesmus acutus underwent
considerable modification in Grintzesoo’s pure cultures. He
describes three different development phases. There may be
the ordinary Scenedesmus coenobe of 2, 4, or 8 cells, all arranged
in a single plane. At other times the cells exist singly, the indi¬
vidual cells resembling Ankistrodesmus (Baphidium). Again
the cells are arranged end to end in the form of small branching
chains of cells. An alga with acicular cells arranged end to
end in a branching flament has been given the name of Dactylo¬
coccus infusionum by Haegeli (32). Grintzesco believes that
the branching colonies he obtained in his cultures are wholly
identical with the Dactylococcus infusionum of Haegeli. He
therefore concludes that Dactylococcus infusionum is not a spe¬
cific form but merely a1 growth condition of 8. acutus. He
finds that solid media, as agar or gelatin combined with a nutri¬
ent mineral solution, hinders the formation of the plate-like
eoenobes of Scenedesmus but favors the formation of the Dacty¬
lococcus condition instead. When the alga is grown in a li¬
quid medium the ordinary eoenobes are formed in the first few
days, but when the cultures are some weeks old they begin to
have the cells arranged end to end in branching chains. If
material forming chains of cells in an old liquid culture be put
in a fresh liquid medium there is a return to the formation of
the plate-like colonies for a while. He considers the Dactylo¬
coccus condition an adaptation for increasing the surface for res¬
piration when the medium is poor in oxygen, or rich in mineral
matter.

Smith — The Organization of the Colony. 1187

In my experiments I have grown Scenedesmus acutus under
a variety of conditions and have been able to cause the dissocia¬
tion of the cells of the coenobe, to some extent, but have never
obtained a cellular arrangement resembling the Dactylococcus
condition found by Grintzeseo. Cultures have been kept under
observation for nine months and at the end of that time many
plate-like colonies were present, and although some isolated cells
appeared there was not the slightest tendency toward the forma¬
tion of chains of cells.

On the other hand, an alga was also isolated in the summer
of 1911 that gave beautiful chains of cells with the regular
Dactylococcus infusionum arrangement. Photomicrographs of
this alga are shown on Plate XOX. Changes in the cultural
conditions of this alga cause a cessation of the chain formation
and a breaking down into isolated cells, recalling the ‘'B,aphi-
dium” stage of Grintzeseo (Pigs. 133 and 134). There is never
a formation of plate-like colonies. A slight approach to this
may be found at times where two or three cells lie side by side
but these cannot be regarded as regular Scenedesmus acutus
coenobes (Figs. 130, 134-136). Under certain conditions the
arrangement of the cells in a polygonal meshwork suggests Hy-
drodidyon (Figs. 138-141), but these polygons never form a
closed net as do the cells of Hydrodidyon. As a result of the
work of Grintzeseo, West (41), Oltmanns (33), and Wille
(43), abandon the Dactylococcus infusionum of Xaegeli and
treat it as merely a physiological stage of Scenedesmus acutus.
My observations show that the two species are distinct, both of
them having a constant form, and that one never gives rise to
the other.

Comparing the coenobia of Scenedesmus , in a culture con¬
taining only the descendants of a single colony, more or. less
variation will be found. That the number of cells in a colony
varies from 2 to 16 is well known. The earlier systematise,
Kuetzing (23) for example, were inclined to consider the four
and the eight-celled colonies as belonging to different species,
but this view is no longer held. It is generally agreed that en¬
vironmental conditions cause this variation in the number of

1188 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

cells in the colony, the four-celled coenobes being much more
common when the environment is less favorable.

In colonies that have come from a common ancestry, as those
in a pure culture, and which have been kept under the same
cultural conditions all the time, there is considerable variation.
The most striking difference is that the cells may be arranged
in a linear series (Text Figure 7 A) or in an alternate or zig¬
zag arrangement (Text Figure 7 B). Associated with this
variation in cellular arrangement is an eccentric arrangement of
the pyrenoid.

ture in 0.1% Knop’s solution, Figs. B & C from cultures in 1.0% Knop’s
solution.

When the cells have the alternate arrangement the pyrenoids
are in, an alternate eccentric position, while when the cells are
in a linear series the pyrenoids are eccentrically placed two
by two. Besides these two general types there is a
third which does not agree with the distinguishing
character of the genus as described by Be Toni (39). Scene -
desmus cells similar to those shown in Text Figure 7 C would
not come under De Toni’s description (p. 563) ; “ . . . .cellulae

. in seriam simplicem vel subduplicem lateraliter con-

junctae.” This type has the long axes of the cells in two planes,
the long axes of two of the cells having revolved through an arc
of 90 degrees. This type is quite rare and may sometimes con¬
sist of only three, cells (Fig. 42 A &B, Plate LXXXVXI) in¬
stead of the usual four. This arrangement may possibly he
considered an extreme case of the deviating type shown in
Figure 45.

Smith — The Organization of the Colony .

1189

Petri dish cultures were used to determine whether these dif¬
ferent types of coenobe would give rise to the same type of coen-
obe. Here each colony in the agar medium is the descendant of a
single coenobium and microscopical examination shows that the
two common types of coenobium are always present. The alter**
nate arrangement is most noticeable in Scenedesmus acutus, al¬
though found in S. obtusus Meyen and S. quadricauda . I have
also obtained S. obtusus in pure culture and find that Collins
(15) is perfectly justified when he says that the variety alter
nans (Reinsch) Hansg. of this species is “merely a form, hardly
worthy of a name.” In 8. quadricauda the alternate arrange¬
ment of the cells is the least pronounced of the three species
studied.

That a change in the composition of the nutrient medium
does not affect the general arrangement of the cells in the coeno¬
be, although it may affect the individual cells, has been shown
by Beyerinck (5) and more fully discussed by Serin (35). Col¬
onies grown in 0.1 per cent and 1.0 per cent Knop’s solution
show both the linear and the alternate arrangement of the cells
but there is a marked difference in the shape of the individual
cells. (Compare Text figures 7 A and 7 B). When certain or¬
ganic compounds, as glycerine or glucose, are added to the nutri¬
ent solution there is a marked abnormal development of the
individual cells, and a consequent abnormal appearance of the
coenobe, but the fundamental axial relationships remain the
same. Many of the abnormalities occurring under these con¬
ditions have been figured by Chodat (9). To; explain them he
says that (p. 92), “the greater part of the forms obtained are
accidental, that is they are the result of an unequal growth pro¬
duced by premature germination of the autospore within the
interior of the mother cell.” Livingston (25) (26) (27) (28)
(29) studied the cause which produces a change from the fila¬
mentous condition of Stigeoclonium to the “Palmella” condi¬
tion, where the cells are approximately spherical instead of be¬
ing cylindrical. In his earlier studies he considered osmotic
pressure to be the sole controlling factor, since when the osmotic
pressure of the medium is above a certain point the cells change

1190 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

from cylindrical to spherical. Later he found that culture
media with low osmotic pressure but containing traces of toxic
substances, as copper or silver salts (27), or certain bog extracts
(28), produced a change from the filamentous to the “Palmel-
la” condition.

By growing Scene desmus in mineral solutions of different
concentrations I have also found that with the increase in the
concentration there is a tendency for the cells of the coenobe to
become spherical, this tendency being much more marked in
Scenedesmus quadricauda than in S. acutus. In S. acutus I dp
not have the cells approaching so closely to the spherical as Senn
(35s) finds them. I have also found that in the more concen¬
trated solutions the cells are much more apt to be abnormally
shaped. The different forms produced in the concentrated solu¬
tions by S. acutus are shown in Plates LXXXYII and
LXXXVIII, the colonies of S', quadricauda grown under the
same condition in Plate LXXXIX.

In both of these algae there are two classes of malformations.
One class consists of irregularities in the individual cells, mal¬
formations of this type being given in Figures 47, 60, and 61.
Advanced cases of this sort lead to greatly distorted coenobia.
In the other class there is almost a complete loss of the coordi¬
nate axial arrangement, although the cells of the coenobe re¬
main attached in an irregular mass. These abnormalities are
especially abundant in colonies containng eight cells. It is al¬
most impossible to classify these abnormalities, as an examina¬
tion of Figures 48, 54, 55, and 41 shows. This general arrange¬
ment of the colony is comparable to the “Palmella” stage of
Stigeoclonium, although the use of the term “Palmella” is per¬
haps hardly applicable to Scenedesmus. We have, however, the
same sort of response to similar changes in extreme conditions
that Livingston obtained with Stigeoclonium. The response is
not so general, only occurring in isolated cases.

The experiments show that external conditions cannot cause
a change from one type of coenobe to another. There may be
changes in the individual cells of the coenobe, or an almost com¬
plete inhibition of the development of the colony in its ordinary

Smith — The Organization of the Colony . 1191

form;, but the general axial relationship® cannot be changed by
external conditions.

In another connection I have described the manner of forma¬
tion of the young colonies (37), suggesting that in the variation
of the cleavage planes forming the daughter cells lies the chief
cause for the variations in the cellular arrangement of the coe¬
nobe. The four daughter cells are formed by a primary trans¬
verse cleavage of the mother cell, this division being followed
by simultaneous cleavage of the two daughter cells, at right
angles to the primary cleavage plane. The four cells thus
formed then elongate and become arranged in two tiers within
the old mother cell wall. During the elongation of the daughter
cells the planes separating them commonly become parallel to
the long axis of the mother cell. In this way the linear type of
colony is formed. At other times the planes of separation do
not become parallel to the long axis of the mother cell but re¬
main at an angle to it. Under these conditions the cells of the
coenobe will not have the linear arrangement, when they unroll,
but the alternate arrangement. It is difficult to say why these
separation planes become parallel to the long axis of the mother
cell in some cases and do not in others. These cleavage planes
vary considerably in the angle they make with the long axis of
the mother cell and so as a result there are certain colonies of the
alternating type that are much more pronounced than others.

That the type of coenobe which will be formed can be pre¬
dicted before the liberation of the daughter colony is seen in
cells just ready to liberate young coenobia (Figs 73-75, Plate
LXXXVIII) . Figure 7 4 shows a cell thei contents of which will
unroll into a coenobe whose cells are arranged alternately, while
the cells of one of the young colonies in Figure 79 will form a
linear series. All of the cells in a single colony do no produce
the same type of coenobe but one cell may produce a coenobe in
which the cells are arranged alternately, while the one next to
it may produce the linear type of colony (Figs. 73 & 79).

The colonies whose cells will be arranged in an irregular
mass can also be determined at the time of the liberation of the
young coenobe. Thus the young coenobe shown in Figure 69
will form a colony of the irregular type shown in Figure 59.

1192 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters .

In connection with the normal cleavage of the cytoplasm cer¬
tain abnormalities in the manner of the formation of the second
cleavage planes were described (37). In these abnormal cases
the second cleavage planes are not formed at right angles to the
primary cleavage plane, as is usually the case, but more or less
parallel to the primary cleavage plane. When the daughter
cells thus formed elongate and are liberated the colonies formed
are similar to those shown in Figures 50 and 53. The extreme
variation in cellular arrangement resulting from this abnormal
cleavage is the rotation of one or two of the cells through an arc
of 90 degrees so that the cells are in two different planes (Figs.
42 & 43).

Figure 60 is due to another type of abnormality in cleavage.
Here there has been the usual first cleavage into two daughter
cells, but in the second clevage of these cells there has been
the failure to complete the cleavage in one of them. The be¬
ginning of this cleavage is shown in the notch at the top of the
central cell. In the maturation of the cell, the elongation, and
the formation of two pyrenoids has taken place in the usual
manner. The nuclei of this cell were not seen but it seems
likely that such a cell would possess two nuclei. Figures 61
and 62 show three-celled coenobes in which one cell is much
larger than the other two. Such abnormalities are probably duo
to the complete inhibition of the second cleavage in one of the
daughter cells.

The liberation of the young colony from the mother cell wall
is accomplished by the longitudinal splitting of the wall and
the unrolling of the young colony. When the colony is first liber¬
ated the cells are not in one plane, as in normal mature coe-
nobia, but in the form of a curved plate (Figs. 69, 73, 79, and
81). Usually after the liberation there is a growth of the
coenobe so that the cells form a flat plate. Some colonies do
not become flattened but remain curved during their entire ex-
istance. All gradations may be found in mature colonies be¬
tween a flattened plate and one that is markedly curved (Figs.
86, 93-95). The cells of the colony are held together by a
gelatinous material that forms the outer layer of the cell wall.

Smith — The Organization of the Colony .

1193

Either on account of the lack of this material, or on account of
a rupture of it during the liberation of the young coenobe, in
certain colonies the cells are not completely united but there
may be two halves of the coenobe that are only partly joined
(Fig. 45). At other times the two halves of the coenobe may
be completely united but these halves are at an angle with
each other (Fig. 97).

Briefly summarizing the causes for the variations occurring
in the cellular arrangement of the four cells of Scenedesmm
acuius we may catalogue them in the following manner:

I. formal Variations.

Variation in the elongation of the daughter cells caus¬
ing either the linear or alternate type of coenobe.

II. Abnormal Variations.

1. Cellular monstrosities.

2. Irregularities in the formation of the second clevage

planes.

A. Formation of cleavage planes in unusual

directions.

Bi. Incomplete formation of cleavage planes.

0. Failure to form second cleavage planes.

3. Irregularities occurring in liberation of young

colonies.

A. Failure of colony to unroll completely and a

resultant curved colony.

B. Partial fragmentation of colony during liber¬

ation.

I

Scenedesmus quadricauda.

There is the same normal variation in the arrangement of the
cells of the coenobe of Scenedesmus quadricauda that there is
in the coenobe of S. acutus, although in the former the linear
type of colony is much more abundant that the alternate type.
The alternating character of the cellular arrangement is not
so sharply marked as is the case in S. acidus. In another con¬
nection I have pointed out that there is a difference between

1194 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters ,

the manner of cleavage of 8. acutus and 8. quadricauda (37).
In the former there is a change in the position of the primary
cleavage plane so that the second cleavage planes, which are
formed at right angles to it, are laid down at varying angles to
the long axis of the mother cell ; in 8. quadricauda the primary
cleavage plane remains at right angles to the long axis of the
mother cell. This causes the second planes, which are like¬
wise formed at right angles to the primary cleavage plane, to be
formed parallel to the long axis of the mother cell. The
elongation of the daughter cells is not always equal and when
this does occur the alternating type of colony is formed.

The number of horns in a four- celled colony varies. Norm¬
ally there are four, one at each end of the terminal cells, but
sometimes horns appear on the central cells. On account of
this variability in the position of the horns Kirchner (22) has
described certain forms which De Toni (39) calls varieties,
but which Collins (151 and Migula (31) consider forms un¬
worthy of varietal rank. Besides the form typicus Kirchner
recognizes setosus , in which there are projections on some of the
median cells; horrid, us, with projections on all cells, and abund
ans , with projections on the middle as well as the ends of the
terminal cells. Migula (31) also includes with these forms
Naegeli (Breb.) Babenh., which is characterized by pear-
shaped cells that are irregularly arranged. I have found all
of these variations in pure cultures from a single strain. The
occurrence of one or more horns on the middle cells of the coe¬
nobe ( setosus ) is much more common that horns on all of the
cells (horridus), or more than two horns on the terminal cells
(abundans). 1 was unable to isolate any of these forms in
pure or unialgal culture, a fact which suggests that the pres¬
ence of more than four horns in the coenobe is a variation that
persists for a single generation only and is unworthy of being
named.

The presence of horns on the median cells of the coenobe is
of interest from the morphogenetic standpoint. At one stage
in the reproduction of the alga there are four daughter cell 3
arranged lengthwise within the mother cell wall. This group

Smith — The Organization of the Colony . 1195

of cells then unrolls so that they all lie in one plane. There
are different combinations possible in the unrolling of these cells,
so that a particular cell may he either terminal or median in the
mature coenobe. I was unable to distinguish any horns
on the cells of the young coenobe before the rupture
of the mother cell wall, but have found stages similar
to that which Senn (35) has figured, where he shows
that the two cells lying next to the split in the
mother cell wall form horns while the other cells do not. If
the splitting should occur on the other side of the mother cell
wall, the two cells that are the inner pair in the first case would
be the outer cells and consequently deyelope horns while the
other cells did not. Thus we have a totipotence of every cell
similar to that which Harper (21) has described for Pedias-
trum , where he finds every cell of the coenobe capable of form¬
ing spines and that only the marginal cells are able to do so
easily, but that the inner cells of the coenobic plate form them
when they can. The formation of horns in Scenedesmus quad -
ricauda may well result from some interaction between the
cells which is of the nature of a contact stimulus and response.
As a result of the totipotence of the cells we have the stimulus
causing horns to be formed on the median cells of the coenobe as
well as the terminal cells.

A much greater response to changes in external environment
is shown by Scenedeismus quadricauda than S. acutus . This
is especially the case where cultures are made in a nutrient
solution of comparatively high osmotic pressure. All of the
drawings in Plate LXXXIX, were made from colonies of

S, quadricauda grown in 1.0 per cent. Knop’s solution to which

T. O per cent, sodium chlorid had been added. The nutrient
medium affects both the shape of the individual cell and the
cells of the colony. In the individual cells monstrosities ap¬
pear more frequently than they do- in S. acutus. These mon¬
strosities are not so much in the 'form of abnormally shaped
cells as in the form of giant cells. Xormally these cells are
from 3-8 by 4-12 microns but in cells that have been grown in
solutions of high osmotic pressure the cellular measurements

1196 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters .

may reach 15 bv 20 microns. The shape of the cell varies
from nearly spherical (Fig. 104) to ovoid (Fig. 103). The
majority of the cells are ovoid.

Chodat (9) has figured a large number of aberrant forms of
Sce7iedcsmus quadricauda that were obtained chiefly on solid
media, agar and gelatin, containing glucose, cane sugar, gly¬
cerine or some other organic compound. Some of his draw¬
ings show cells that are quite similar to what I have described,
above for S. acutus , in that there has been the same sort of
failure to complete the normal cleavage. He also finds that in
some cells horns do not develop© in the usual manner, but
thick buttons are formed instead. The cells bearing these but¬
tons are irregular in shape. Chodat finds that the outer gela¬
tinous covering of the cell wall may also be thickened, the
covering showing a iamellated appearance in extreme cases.

I have found that there is sometimes an inhibition of the
formation of the characteristic horns. Some coenobia com¬
posed of giant cells have horns that appear quite normal (Fig.
114), while others have no horns, or merely a small nodule at
the ends of the terminal cells (Fig. 99).

There is considerable fragmentation of the coenobia in cul¬
tures in solutions of high osmotic pressure and isolated cells
are quite frequent. These single cells are usually giant cells
rather than those of normal size. The formation of the free
cells is due to the failure of the coenobe to form the gelatinous
material that binds the cells together. Senn (35) has already
shown that in Scenedesmus there is an inhibition of cell di¬
vision in the .jsre concentrated culture media. These large
cells in my cultures are filled with oil and an immense number
of starch grains. Apparently the concentrated medium does
not hinder the process of photosynthesis, but does hinder the
assimilation of starch after it is formed. This increase in
size may be due, to a certain extent, to the formation of large
amounts of starch. Unfortunately material from cultures con¬
taining these large cells was not fixed and stained, so that I
am unable to state the exact nature of the cell contents: but
from the appearance of occasional giant cells in normal cul-

Smith — The Organization of the Colony . 1197

tures, which have been fixed and stained and found to be bi-
or tetranucleate, I am inclined to the view that the giant cells
in question have more than one nucleus. If this be true then
the more concentrated culture media do not inhibit the divi¬
sion of the nucleus but do inhibit the cytoplasmic cleavage that
normally follows nuclear division. The excessive growth may
then be a result of the maintainance of the nucleocytoplasmic
relationship. In colonies composed of giant cells a cleavage
to form young colonies was not observed.

Besides causing a formation of giant cells, that apparently
do not divide, the concentrated culture media also influence
the shape of the colonies in cells that do divide. Some of the col¬
onies, usually those composed of smaller cells, have the normal
cell arrangement (Fig. 114), although irregularities in this*
arrangement may occur (Figs. 99 & 113). In these cases the
cleavage of the cytoplasm takes place in the normal manner and
then there is the elongation of the daughter cells to form the
characteristic ovoid cells. After the maturation of these cells,
liberation of the young colony and its unrolling is wholly nor¬
mal. In other cases the cleavage and maturation of the cells
takes place as usual, up to the time of the liberation of the
young colony from the mother cell wall, but then there is no
unrolling of the young colony but the four cells remain within
the mother cell wall (Figs. 101, 102, 108, 110). Again, the
whole mass of cells is liberated from the mother cell wall, but
there is no unrolling of the colony but the four cells have the
parallel nonconcurrent noncoplanar arrangement that is char¬
acteristic of I Tetradesmus (Figs. 101, 112, 115). Some colon¬
ies are surrounded by the old mother cell wall (Fig. 106) but
usually the wall is lacking (Figs. 112 & 115). These colonies
are not necessarily all in the same plane but one or more colon¬
ies may be at an angle to the others (Figs. 101 & 115).

Many colonies remain attached to the mother cell wall after
liberation. This may persist for two or three generations so
that masses of cells are formed (Figs, 101 & 108). This
formation of irregular cell masses, which is accompanied by a
change in the shape of the cells from the ovoid to* the more

1198 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters .

>

nearly spherical, is the nearest approach to a true “Palmella”
condition that has been found in any of the forms studied. It
is noteworthy that such a parenchymatous mass of cells is
formed in response to exactly the same stimuli that Livingston
used in his earlier work on Stigeoclonium (25) (26).

ISToncoplanar Forms.

} Tetradesmus, A Parallel Nonconcurrent Colony.

Although when viewed from the standpoint of the classifica¬
tion of the relationships of the long axes of the cells, T&trades -
mils is not very closely related to Scenedesmus, yet from the
phylogenetic standpoint these two forms are very closely re¬
lated. This is especially true when Tetradesmus Wisconsin-
ensis and Scenedesmus acutns are compared. I have shown
(36) (37) that the manner of formation of the daughter colon¬
ies in these two forms is very similar, up to the point of the
liberation of the young colony from the mother cell wall. At
this point the young colony of Scenedesmus unrolls and the
cells become arranged in a plate, while the colony of Tetradm-
mus does not unroll but the cells retain the same relationship
that they had within the mother cell wall.

We should therefore naturally expect much the same varia¬
tions to occur in Tetradesmus as in Scenedesmus and this ex¬
pectation is realized. There is again the variation in both
the individual cells and the arrangement of the cells in the
coenobe. There is the same rounding up of the cells in con¬
centrated culture media that there is in Scenedesmus acutus .
As in S. acutus the cells do not become completely spherical
but retain their acute apices. The Tetradesmus cells are
much more pointed at the apex than are cells of S. acutus when
this rounding occurs (Fig. 118, Plate XO).

Cells of coenobia grown in nutrient solutions of compara¬
tively low osmotic pressure also show variations from the
normal. These irregularities may be either in the size
or the shape of the cell (Figs. 116 & 117). The walls of
the cell also show variations in that the end may form short
blunt horns in some instances (Fig. 116).

Smith — The Organization of the Colony . 1199

The variations occurring in the position of the cells in the
coenobe correspond to the linear and alternate arrangement in
the Scenedesmus colony. A plane passed through the ends of
all of the cells is at right angles, (Fig. 125), or at an angle
(Fig. 118), to the long axis of the coenobe. This variation
in the arrangement of the cells is due to the same sort of vari¬
ation in cleavage that oecurrs in Scenedesmus acutus.

In connection with the description of Tetradesmus (36) the
statement was made that there was always four cells present.
A very few cases have since been found of two- and three-
celled colonies. The formation of the two-celled colony is due
to the elimination of one series of cleavages. Figure 122
shows that there may also be a rotation of one of the daughter
cells through an arc of 90 degrees. To explain such a change
we must assume a change in the polarity of the daughter cell
before the elongation takes place.

Certain other abnormalities are connected with the liberation
of the young colony from the old mother cell wall. One might
expect that some of the colonies would unroll and take the form
characteristic of Scenedesmus but this has never been found.
The cells are ordinarily attached along the middle third of
their length (Fig. 119) but sometimes the attachment is in the
terminal third and the rest of the cell lie free (Fig. 124).
Such an arrangement may be due to an arresting of the libera¬
tion of the young coenobe and a pressing together of the por¬
tion of the colony that has not been liberated. Eventually
the colony becomes free but the unusual cellular arrangement
persists.

Discussion.

The study of the variations occurring within the limits of
any particular species naturally leads to a discussion of the
doctrine of polymorphism. The historical side of the question
has been thoroughly reviewed by both Grintzesco (17) and
Chodat (9) and reference may be made to the work of these
authors. The earlier view, expressed by Kiitzing (24), that
there could be a change in algae as great as a passage from one

1200 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

genus to another, has been more and more restricted until the
recent polymorphists believe that- this variation is confined to
a few species. The change in the concept of polymorphism
has been due to more accurate methods of study, notable the
application of the pure culture methods first used by Beyer inch
(5). It is noteworthy that the most aggressive of the modern
polymorphists, Hansgirg (19) and Borzi (6), did not use the
method of pure cultures, and that Chodat, who began his work
with cultures that were not pure (10) (13) (14), modified his
views considerably (9) when he did apply this method. His
latest extensive monograph deals largely with the variations
in the cell that can be caused by changes in the culture medium.
He concludes (p. 165) that there are certain algae which by
their extreme variability merit the name polymorphs, if by
this term one wishes to imply that a plant can present several
different phases without changing its nature. Consequently
one is able to some extent to defend the thesis that algae are
polymorphic. But their polymorphism is the same order as
that shown by many of the higher plants. As in the higher
plants there are some that are quite plastic and others less so.

Lotsy (30) has proposed (p. 177) the term Biaiometamor-
phosis to cover those cases in which the form changes as a re¬
sult of changes in external conditions ; the variations in Seen &-
desmus acutus described by Grintzesco (17) being a case of
this type. To my mind the term, although cumbersome, is
l etter than polymorphism, since the term has been used by
many authors in many different senses. The latest view of
Chodat (9) is more a concept of Biaiometamorphism than poly¬
morphism.

In the biaiometamorphic results observed in my unialgal cul¬
tures, there has been little change in the cellular relationships
but a considerable change in the structure of the individual
cells. The variations occurring in the arrangement of the
cells are chiefly dependant on the variations in the manner of
cleavage of the mother cells. In the cells in which the auto-
spores are not motile, or only slightly so. (Tetracoccus, Coelas-
trum, Scenedesmus and Tetradesmus) there is a marked influ-

Smith — The Organization of the Colony.

1201

ence in the variation of the cleavage of the mother cell on the
position of the cells in the coenobe. When the autospores are
motile (Pediastrum) there is little influence in the manner of
cleavage of the mother cell on the arrangement of the cells in
the colony, but the variations in the cellular arrangement are
largely biaiometamorphic.

The fact that these variations are not uniformly present in
all of the colonies of a culture shows that a distinction should
be made between variations in the external environment and
changes in internal conditions of the cell. Possibly it would
be better to distinguish between internal and external biaio-
metamorphosis. External conditions can be varied but the
internal conditions cannot be controlled and when variations
are laid to changes in internal conditions we are using a phrase
which gives us absolutely no concept of the actual processes in¬
volved.

Since we have this great divergence in different coenobia
that are all descendants of a single cell and which, at least in a
liquid medium, have been kept under the same conditions of
temperature, light, and chemical environment we must say that
a greater importance, must be attached to internal that external
conditions. The internal conditions in the cell are constantly
changing and as a result the four cells formed from a single
mother cell are not alike in internal condition and the colonies
formed are not wholly alike. It is this constant change in the
cell that is the main cause for whatever variation occurs in the
process of reproduction.

Summary.

The arrangement of the cells in coenobic algae may be classi¬
fied conveniently according to the relationships of the cell axes.

Pure cultures or uni algal cultures should be used for study¬
ing the variations occurring in any given species.

The marked variation described by Grintzesco for Scene -
desmus acutus was not found in my pure cultures.

Changes in the environment produce changes in the indi¬
vidual cells of the coenobe (Biaiometamorphosis), but have
small effect upon the special interrelationships of the cells.

1202 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters .

The variations in cleavage of the mother cell are little af¬
fected by external conditions.

[When the autospores are motile they are influenced by ex¬
ternal conditions through the influence on the motility of the
zoospores.

The variations occurring in the cultures of the algae studied
are not sufficient to warrant any assumption of widespread
polymorphism among the algae.

I wish to express my thanks here to Professor Charles E.
Allen for his kind criticism during the progress of the inves¬
tigation and in the preparation of the manuscript.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. Artari, A. ITeher die Entwicklung der griinen Algen unter

Ausschluss der Bedingungen der Ivohlensaure- Assim¬
ilation. Brill. Soc. Imp. des Hat. de Moscou. H. S.
13: 39-47. 1899.

2. Artari, A. Zur Ernahrungsphysiologie der griinen Algen.

Ber. d. dent. hot. Gesell. 19: 7-9. 1901.

3. Artari, A. Der Einfluss der Konzentration der Narhlos-

ung auf die Entwicklung einiger griinen Algen. I.

. Ja.hr. Wiss. Bot. JO: 593-6;13. 1904.

4. Artari, A. Lntersuchungen ueber Entwicklung und Sys-

tematik einiger Protoeoccoideen. Bull. Soc. Imp.
des Hat. de Moscou H. S. 6 : 222-262. 1892.

5. Beyerinek, M. IV. Culturversuche mit Zoochlorelleu, Ri-

chengonidien und anderen niederen Algen. Bot.
Ztg. JcV: 725-783. 1890.

6. Borzi, A. Studi algologici. Ease. I Messina 1883. Ease,
II Palermo. 1895.

7. Braun, A. The phenomenon of rejuvenescence in Hature.
Translated by A. Henfrey. Ray Society. London.
1853.

S. Ohodat, R, Cultures pures d’algues vertes. de Ovanophy-
cees, et de Diatomacees. Arch. sc. phys. et. Hat.
Hist. Geneve. 65- 1904.

Smith — The Organization of the Colony.

1203

9. Chodat, E. Etude critique et experiment ale sur le poly¬
morphisme des algues. Memoire publie a 1’ occasion
du juble de ? Uni ver site de Geneve. 1909.

10. Chodat, B. On the polymorphism of the green, algae and

the principles of their evolution. Ann. of Bot. 11 :
97-121. 1897.

11. Chodat, E., et Grintzesco, J. Sur les methodes de cul¬

ture pure des Algues vertes. Actes du Congr&s In¬
ternational de Botanique. 157-162. Paris. 1900.

12. Chodat, E., et Huber, J. Eecherches experimental sur

le Pedistrum Boryanum . Bull. Soc. Bot. de Suisse.
5 : 1-15. ,1905.

13. Codat, B., et Malinesco, O. Sur le polymorphisme du

Scenedesmus acutus Meyen. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 1 :
184-190. 1893.

14. Chodat, B., et Malinesco, O. Sur le polymorphisme du

Eaphidium Braunii et du Scenedesmus caudatus
Corda. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 1 : 640-643. 1893.

15. Collins, F. S. The green algae of Horth America, Tufts

College Studies. 2: 79-480. 1909.

16. Earlow, W. G., and Atkinson, G. F. The botanical cong¬

ress at Brussels. Science. ±7. S. 32 : 104-107. 19,10.

17. Grintzesco, J. Eecherches experiment ales sur la morpho¬

logic et la physiologic de Scenedesmus acutus Meyen.
Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 2: 217-264, 406-432. 1902.
IS. Grintzesco, J. Contribution a 1‘etude des Protococcalees.

Ghlorella vulgaris Beverinck. Bev. Gen de Bot. 15:
1-19, 67-82. 1903.

19. Hansgirg, A. TTeber den Polymorphismus der Algen.

Bot. Cent. -22; 277-406. 1885.

20. Harper, B. A. The organization of certain eoenobic plants.

Bull, of the Univ. of Wis. Sci. Ser. 3: 279-334.
1908.

21. Harper. B. A. Morphogenesis in Pediastrum. Science.

H S. 37: 385-386. 1913.

22. Kirchner, O. Algen in Cohn, Kryptogamenflora von

Schlisien. Breslau. 1878.

1204 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

23. E/uetzing, F. T. Synopsis Diatomacearum. Linnaea. 8:

527-620. 1833.

24. Kuetzing, F. T. Umwandlung niederer Algenformen in

hohere. Haarlem. 1841.

25. Livingston, E. E. On the nature of the stimulus which

causes the change of form in polymorphic green algae.
Bot. Gaz. 80: 289-317. 1900.

26. Livingston, E. E. Further notes on the physiology of

polymorphism in green algae. Bot. Gaz. 32: 292-
302. 1901.

27. Livingston, E. E. Chemical stimulation of a green alga.

Bull. Torrey Eot. Club. 32: 1-34. 1905.

28. Livingston, B. E. Physiological properties of hog waters.

Bot. Gaz. 39: 348-355. 1905.

29. Livingston, B. E. Uotes on the physiology of Stigeodon -

him Bot. Gaz. 89: 297-300. 1905.

30. Lotsy, J. P. Vortage uber botanische Stammesgeschichte..

Ed. 7: Algen und Pilze. Jena. 1907.

31. Migula, W. Krytogamen- flora von Eeutschland, Duetsch-

Oesterreich und der Schweiz. Thome’s Flora. Bd.
2: I Teil. Gera. 1907.

32. ISTaegeli, G. Gattungen einzelliger Algen. Zurich. 1849.

33. Oltmanns, F. llorphologie und Biologie der Algen. 1 :

Jena. 1904.

34. Pringsheim, U. Algologische Uittheilungen. II. Ueber

Fortpflanzung von Coelastrmn Ha eg. Flora. 35:
486-492. 1852.

35. Senn, G. Ueber einige coloniebildende einzellige Algen.

Bot. Ztg. 57: 39-104. 1899.

36. Smith, G. 11. T etradcsmus, a new four-celled coenobic

alga. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. JO: 75-87. 1913.

37. Smith, G. 11. Cell structure and colony formation in

Scenedesmus. Arch. f. Protistenkunde, 32: 278-294.
1914.

38. Tischutkin, H. Ueber Agar-Agarkulturen einigen Algen

und Amoben. Centralblatt f. Pact. 3: Abt 2, 183-
188. 1897.

Smith — The Organization of the Colony .

1205

39. Toni, G. B. de Svlloge algarum omnium hucusque cogni-

tarum. 1. Padua. 1889.

40. Ward, II. Marshal]. Some methods for use in the cul¬

ture of Algae. 'Ann Bot. 13: 563-566. 1899.

41. West, G. S. A treatise on the British freshwater algae*,

Cambridge. 1904.

42. West, W. Algae of the English lake district. Jour. Roy.

Mie. Soc. London. 713-748. 1892.

43. Will©, M. Conjugatae und Chlorophyceae Engler und

Prantl, Die Matiilichen Pflanzenfamilien. Raehtrag
zum I toil, 2 Abt. 1911.

Smith — The Organization of the Colony ,

1207

1208 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters .

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXV.

All figures in Plates LXXXV to XCI were drawn with the aid of the
Abbe camera lucida, the drawing being at the level of the base of the
microscope, and with the Leitz objectives 1/16 and 6 in combination
with oculars 4 and 3; the magnifications being about 2000x and 750 X
with the ocular 4, and 1650 with the objective 1/16 and ocular 3.

Tetracoccus botryoides

Fig. 1. Group of colonies as occurring in nature. (2000 X)
Coelastrum microyorum

Figs. 2-17. Colonies one month old. From cultures grown in 0.1%
Knop’s solution. Fig. 12, 750 X, all others 2000 X.

PLATE LXXXV

SMITH COENOBIC /

PLATE LXXXV

SMITH:— COENOBIC ALGAE

TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XVII

COCKAYNE— BOSTON

-The Organization of the Colony.

1209

PLATE LXXXVT.

1210

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters .

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXYI.

Pediastrum Boryanum

Figs. 20, 23-26, 31-35, are magnified 750 X; Figs. 21, 37 and 38, 1650 X;
Figs. 18, 19, and 22, 2000 X.

Figs. 18, 19, 21, 22, 31-38. Colonies one month old, from cultures
grown in 0.1% Knop’s solution.

Figs. 20, 23-26. Colonies two months old, from cultures grown on
agar slants containing 0.1% Knop’s solution.

Pediastrum tetras

Figs. 27-30. Colonies as occurring in nature. The magnification in
Fig. 27 is 750 X, the rest 2000 X.

PLATE LXXXVI

TRA

SMITH COE

TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XVII

PLATE LXXXVI

SMITH:— COENOBIC ALGAE

Smith — The Organization of the Colony.

1211

PLATE LXXXYII.

1212

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXVII.

Scenedesmus acutus

Figs. 39-87. Colonies one month old, from cultures grown in 1.0%
Knop’s solution with the addition of 1.0% glucose.

SMITH COENOBIC AL

I

TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XVII

COCKAYNE — E

SMITH:— COENOBIC ALGAE

PLATE LXXXVII

■ ,

Smith — The Organization of the Colony .

1213

PLATE LXXXVIIT.

1214 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXVIII.

Scenedesmus acutus

Figs. 68-98. Colonies one month old, from cultures grown in 1.0%
Knop’s solution with the addition of 1.0% glucose.

TRANS. WIS. AC

PLATE LXXXVIII

SMITH:— COENOBIC Al|

TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XVII

PLATE LXXXVIII

COCKAYNE— BOSTON

Smith — The Organization of the Colony.

1215

PLATE LXXXIX.

1216 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters .

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXIX.

Scenedesmus quadricauda

Figs. 99-115. Colonies four months old, from cultures grown in 1.0%
Knop’s solution with the addition of 1.0% glucose and 1.0%
sodium chlorid.

TRANS, V

PLATE LXXXIX

■SMITH:-

TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XVII

PLATE LXXXIX

COCKAYNE - BOSTON

Smith — The Organization of the Colony .

i

PLATE XO.

1218

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters ,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XC.

Tetradesmus wisconsinensis

Figs. 116-126. Colonies two months old, from cultures grown in 1.0%
Knop’s solution with the addition of 1.0% glucose.

TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XVI!

SMITH COENOBIC ALGAE

COCKAYNE — BOSTON

Smith — The Organization of the Colony.

PLATE XCL

1220

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters ,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XCI.

The photomicrographs in this plate were made with the Zeiss camera
in combination with the Zeiss apochromatic objective 8, and compensat¬
ing ocular 12. The' magnification is about 210 X.

Dactylococcus infusionum

All of the illustrations in this plate were made from cultures one
month old. The alga was grown in 1.0% Knop’s solution with the ad¬
dition of 1.0% glucose.

Figs. 127-132, 137. Colonies showing characteristic manner of branch¬
ing.

Figs. 130, 133-135. Cultures showing isolated cells with some joined
laterally.

Figs. 138-141. Colonies with reticulate arrangement of the cells.

TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XVII

PLATE XCI

SMITH:— COENOBIC ALGAE

COCKAYNE — ’BOSTON

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1221

THE MYXOMYCETES OF WISCONSIN

Alletta F. Deaf.'

LNTBODlTCTIOFr

T3ie Mycetozoa include about 400 known species, tb© greater
part of which are contained in the group of the Myxomycetes,
or Slime-Moulds (the Myxogasteres of Fries,) and the smaller
part in the group of the Acrasieae.

The nearly 400 species are distributed among 50 genera.
In the United States 200 or more species have been recognized.
McBride, in 1894, reported 75 species from eastern Iowa.

The present paper embodies the results of collections and
studies begun in 1903. Down to the present year I have identi¬
fied seventy-four species of Myxomycetes collected in the state
of Wisconsin. The specimens upon which this list is based
are in the herbarium of the University of Wisconsin. Collec¬
tions have been made in relatively few localities within the
state. A more extended search would doubtless considerably
increase the number of species.

In the determination of species I have consulted mostly
Saeeardo’s Sylloge Fungorum, Lister’s Mycetozoa , Massee’s
Myxogasteres . and Ma ©bride’s North American Slime-Moulds.
In the descriptions which follow7 I shall refer to these works
simply by the names of their authors.

When in doubt in naming a specimen I have followed Mac-
bride, except that in the cases of Fuligo sepiica Ganelin, and
Enteridium liozeanum Wing, I have followed the usage of
Lister which seems to me to be more nearly in accordance with
the rules laid down by the International Botanical Congress of

1222 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

1905 and 1910. 'In the arrangement of genera and species,
again I have followed Macbride.

I desire to make grateful acknowledgment to Dr. Robert. A.
Harper, first for suggesting to me this most enjoyable subject
for study, and second for his invaluable advice and assistance
in the work during the first three years ; to Dr. Charles E. Allen
for help during the past year; to Dr. Thomas H. Macbride for
assistance in determining several difficult specimens; and to
various members of the Department of Botany of the Univer¬
sity of Wisconsin for assistance in collecting material.

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1223

Ceratiomyxa fruticulosa (Muell.) Macbr.

1775. Byssus fruticulosa Mueller, FI. Ban., t. 718, fig. 2.

1889. Ceratiomyxa mucida Schroeter, Eng. u. Prantl Nat.

Pflanz., I, i. p. 16.

Macbride : ‘ ‘ Plasmodium in rotten wood, white or nearly trans¬
parent; when fruiting, forming on the substratum mold-like
patches composed of the minute sporiferous pillars, generally in
clusters of three or more together ; spores white, ovoid or ellip-

sodial, smooth, 10-12 x 6/x. ”

Saccardo adopts the name Ceratium hydnoides ( Jacq.) Alb.
and Schw. He gives the color as white or yellow, and the spores
as ovoid, 10-12,0, by Sy, or globose, 10y in diameter. He finds
the spores to be minutely guttulate and hyaline.

Lister: 4 1 Sporophores white or pinkish yellow, membranous,
either rising from a common hypothallus in a tuft of simple or
forked, fasciculate obtuse branches, 1 mm. or more high, .07 mm,
thick, or more or less interwoven in broad perforated bands, from
which arise irregular and anastomosing lobes; the membranous
wall is divided, chiefly on the upper part of the sporophore, into
somewhat hexagonal areolae about 10, a broad ; a membranous stalk
bearing the spore arises from the center of each areola. Spores
10x6 to 13x7iu.M

The above descriptions are excellent for this species. I find
spores that are ovoid or ellipsoid, 8-11 by 6-8/x, and globose ones
10-11/ji in diameter.

I found a small specimen of this species in Cemetery woods
October 14, 1903. In February, 1904, some chips under a bell-
jar in the herbarium room produced some of this species, giving
me good material for microscopic preparations. April 25, 1904,
in the greenhouse, a piece of decayed poplar 3 ft. by 6 in. sud¬
denly became nearly covered with the fruiting bodies. It looked
like a small snow-drift and was a beautiful sight. Since then
this species has frequently appeared in the greenhouse. On May
27, 1904, a quite large log of decayed poplar became nearly cov¬
ered with specimens of this species of a clear sulphur yellow, ex¬
cepting at one end of the log, where they were white. The yel¬
low did not gradually fade out to white, but the colors were

1224 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters .

mixed together in spots for a short distance. Under the micro¬
scope the two kinds showed no differences. As the yellow kind
dried or grew old it became white, and no difference is now not¬
iceable between the dried specimens.

Fuligo septica (Linn.) Gmelin.

1753. Mucor septicus Linn., Sp. PI., II,. no. 1656 ( ?).

1791. Fuligo septica (Linn) Gmel., Syst. Nat,, p. 1466.

Macbride adopts Schaeffer’s name, F. ovata, “Plasmodium
bright yellow ; aBthalium pale brown or yellowish brown, of vari¬
able size and shape, one to five inches in diameter, and one half
an inch to an inch thick, enclosed by a distinct calcareous crust,
which varies greatly in texture, thickness, and color, anon brown,
stout, persistent, sometimes thin, bright yellow, scarce recogniz¬
able ; capillitium well developed but variable in color and extent ;
spore -mass dull black, sooty; spores spherical, purplish brown,
smooth, 7-10 fi.”

Saccardo uses the name F. septica (Linn.) Gmel. He speaks
of the peridia as forming a common interwoven colored mem¬
brane, and says the color varies from deep yellow to white.

Lister adopts the same name as Saccardo. He calls the sstha-
lia pulvinate, and adds: “The cortex is sometimes wanting,
when the surface is grey and marked with brain-like convolu¬
tions . ..Columella none. Capillitium a loose net- work of

slender hyaline threads more or less expanded at the axils, with
rounded, fusiform, or branching yellow or whitish lime-knots,
varying much in size.” He gives the diameter of the spores as
6-10/*.

Massee calls this species F. varians Rost. He differs from the
above-quoted descriptions in no point excepting the diameter of
the spores, which he gives as 7-11/*.

The specimens which we have, agree in general with the fore¬
going descriptions, the spores, however, being from 7-10/* in dia¬
meter. I find the sethalia of my specimens to be from 1 to 5
inches long and of varying widths.

This species seems to be quite common throughout the state.

I have specimens growing upon oak and other bark, moss, grass
stems, and one aethalium upon an oak leaf. They were found in
the university campus woods and elsewhere inj Madison in, Octo-

Dean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin. 1225

her, 1899 and 1903; in Nelson’s woods August 22, 1903; at Star
Lake in August 1901 ; Palmyra, July 3, 1903 ; Blue Mounds, Aug¬
ust 8, 1903; Brule river, July 17, 1897, and near Webster in
the summer of 1894. An Eethalium also formed and ripened un¬
der a bell- jar in the herbarium room upon a piece of bark brought
from Elmside woods in the fall of 1903. The plasmodium of this
specimen was at first a delicate creamy white, but just before
aggregating into the sethalium it became yellow. Another small
sethalium was found at Algoma, October 1904.

Fuligo vioiacea Persoon.

1801. Fuligo vioiacea Persoon, Syn. Meth p. 160.

Macbride: ‘‘iEthalium thin, two or three inches wide, covered
by a cortex at first bright yellow and very soft, at length almost
wholly vanishing, so that the entire mass takes a purple violet
tint, upper surface varied with white; capillitium rather open,
the more or less inflated, large, irregular nodes joined by long,
slender, delicate, transparent filaments; spores dark violet, min¬
utely roughened, spherical, about 7.5 /*.”

Neither Lister nor Massee recognizes this species.

This is very different in general appearance from F. septica.
The absence of the cortex almost as soon as the sethalium is ripe,
the delicate violet color of the remainder, and the small spores
make this species not impossible to differentiate from F. septica.
I find the spores to be from 7-8/x, and none over 8/x in diameter.

We have one specimen growing on decayed wood, found in the
lake shore woods at Sturgeon Bay, July 24, 1907.

It is quite possible that among the older specimens in our col¬
lection there may be some that should bear the name, which are
labelled F. septica , but which are so badly preserved or so much
eaten by insects that it is difficult to determine them. Macbride
says of F. vioiacea , “ Probably everywhere, but not distinguished
from F. ovata the latter being the name which he adopts for F.
septica.

1226 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

Physarum sixmosum (Bull.) Weinm.

1791. Reticularia sinuosa Bulliard, Champ, p. 94, t. 446, fig. 3.
1828. Physarum sinuosum Weinmann, Fries teste , l. c.

Macbride: “Sporangia distinct or plasmodiocarps the plas-
modiocarp creeping in long vein-like reticulations or curves, lat¬
erally compressed; sometimes distinct and crowded, always ses¬
sile. Peridium double ; the outer thick, calcareous, fragile, snow-
white: the inner delicate, the dehiscence by longitudinal fissure.
Capi]litium strongly developed with abundant white, calcareous
granules. Spores smooth, dull violet, 8-9/x. Easily recognized
at sight by its peculiar form, bilabiate and sinuous. ’ ’

Saccardo credits the generic name of this species to Rostafin-
ski. He calls the color snowy, grayish, or yellowish- white. The
remainder of his description does not differ from Macbride ’s.

Lister finds the sporangia sometimes pulvinate, bursting irreg¬
ularly, and white, gray, or yellowish. The spores he calls violet-
brown, spinulose, and 8-10y in diameter.

The general character of my specimens is well described above.
I find the three different colors in different specimens, the snowy,
grayish, and the yellowish- white. The spores are from 7-1 0/t
in diameter and are distinctly though minutely spinulose.

One specimen found upon dead oak leaves on a lawn in Madi¬
son, July 20, 1904, has a quantity of Biderma hemisphericum
mingled with it. Another specimen was found upon dead oak
leaves and small stems in Yilas woods, July 16, 1904, another up¬
on dead leaves I found at Blue Mounds, July 23, 1904, and still
another was collected at Blue Mounds July 13, 1907.

Physarum contextum Persoon.

1796. Biderma contextum Persoon, Ohs. Myc., I., p. 89.

1801. Physarum contextum Persoon, Syn. Meth ., p. 168.

Saccardo: “ Sporangia distinct, sessile, densly crowded, sub-
rotund or reniform, base broad, 1-1.5 mm. long, .25 mm,, wide ;
peridia double, outer layer thick, calcareous, yellow or yellowish
white, inner layer thin, yellowish; capillitium with numerous,
irreguar. closely packed, colorless, calcareous granules ; columella
commonly none; spores very dark, spinulose, 11-13/a diameter.

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin. 1227

Mac, bride’s description is almost identical with Saccardo’s, but
he adds that the outer peridium, especially its upper part, is en¬
tirely evanescent.

Lister says that the capillitium has scanty hyaline threads
connecting the branching lime-knots. He calls the spores dark
violet-brown. He states that Rostafinski was the first to detect
and point out that in P. context inn the spores are rough and
measure 10-1 3 m, while in P. conglomeratum they are nearly
smooth and meashre 8-9y in diameter.

Massee differs from Lister only in the dimensions of spores,
which he finds to be 11-14/* in diameter. He says this species is
known from P. comjlomeratum by the denser capillitium of num¬
erous large, irregular lime-knots, and the larger sporangia usu¬
ally of a pale lemon yellow, sometimes with a very faint tinge of
green.

My specimens agree very closely with the above quoted descrip¬
tions.

I have two specimens which I found in Cemetery woods1 in
October 1903, growing on and under poplar bark. One group is
about one inch long by a third as broad, the other is about a
fourth as large ; another from Blue Monuds, August 8, 1904 ; an¬
other from East Madison on a dead straw found August 10, 1904.

Physarum cinereum (Batsch.) P'ers.

1786. Lycoperdon cinereum Batsch, Blench. Fung., p. 249, fig.

169.

1805. Physarum cinereum Bersoon, Synopsis, p. 170.

Maebride: “Plasmodium watery- white or transparent, wide-
streaming on decayed sod, etc. Sporangia sessile, closely gregar¬
ious or even heaped, sub-globose, elongate or plasmodiocarpous,
more or less calcareous, gray ; peridium simple, thin, more or less
densely coated with lime; capillitium strongly developed, the
nodes more or less richly calcareous, the lime-knots rounded,
angular; spore-mass brown, spores violaceous-brown, 10-12/*,
distinctly warted.” He calls it a “delicate, inconspicuous
species, ashen gray. ’ ’

Lister varies somewhat from the above. He says in part:
“Sporangia pulvinate, heaped, crowded, or scattered, cinereous,
more or less warted or veined with white; capillitium sometimes

1228 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

forming a Badhamia- like network with few hyaline threads.
Spores bright violet-brown, almost smooth or spinulose, 7-10/*
diam. * ’

The species described by Massee under the name P. scrobicula -
turn Massee, and for which he gives the synonym P. cinereum ,
differs so materially from the above, that it is quite evidently a
different species.

I find the sporangia globose, elongate, plasm odiocarpous, scat¬
tered, and crowded, and I have one pulvinate set of sporangia ;
when they are ripe they are gray ; the capillitium nodes are large,
irregular. Spores are 8-9/* in diameter in my specimens.

One collection is on fresh green leaves of several kinds ; there
are many immature sporangia among them ; this was collected near
Madison, July 7, 1904; a small group packed solidly together is
on some little branched stems, found at Blue Mounds, July 8,
1905 ; and another was collected in Madison July 1, 1913.

Physanm auriscalpium Cooke.

1877. Physarum auriscalpium Cooke, Myx. U. S., p. 384.

Macbride: “Sporangia gregarious, stipitate, small, bright yel¬
low, depressed globose, rough : stipe reddish-brown or fuliginous,
even, slender: hvpothallus scant, black, or none; columella none;
threads of the capillitium yellow, delicate, connecting the rather
dense and abundant lime granules ; spore-mass brownish
black, spores violaceous, minutely but distinctly spinulose,
9-11/t”. He says that this species is easily recognizable by its
brilliant yellow color, somewhat rugose, sometimes scaly, peri-
dium, its richly calcareous capillitium, also bright yellow where
not weathered or faded, its dark brown translucent non-calcare-
ous stem. Spores 9-10/*.

'Lister’s description agrees very closely with MacBride’s, but
he says the sporangia are scattered or in small clusters.

Massee, under the name P. ornatum , describes this form very
nearly as given above, but he does not give the synonym P. auris¬
calpium. He makes out the spores to be from 10-11^ in dia¬
meter.

T have but one collection of this attractive species with its vivid
yellow sporangia and reddish stipe. The capillitium nodes are

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1229

large, the filaments short. The spores I find to be a rich, violet,
9-10/a in diameter.

T found this group in Cemetery woods, July 28, 1904, growing
on decaying bark.

Physarum variabile Eex.

1893. Physarum variabile Eex., Proc. Phil. Acad., p. 371.

Macbride (In part) : “ Sporangia scattered, stipitate or sessile,
globose, ellipsoidal, etc. ; sporangium- wall of a dingy yellow or
brownish ochre color, slightly rugulose on the surface, crustace-
ous, brittle, rupturing irregularly, sometimes thin, etc. ; stipes
nearly equal, occasionally much expanded at the base, rugose, var¬
iable in size, color varying from yellowish white to dull brownish
gray; capillitium a small-meshed network of delicate colorless
tubules with large, many-angled, rounded masses at nodes; no
columella, but often a central irregular mass of white lime gran¬
ules; spores dark violet brown, verruculose, 9-10 y.” He adds
that it differs from P. citrinellum in the size of the sporangium,
the habit of fruiting, size, color, and marking of the spores;
from P. melleum in having no columella ; and from P. auriscalp-
ium by having a much closer capillitium with paler nodules, as
well as by much stouter habit, and the peculiar metallic or
bronze yellow of the peridial wall.

Lister describes it as glossy, yellowish-olive ; the stalk conical,
furrowed, yellowish-brown, densely charged wdth white lime-
granules ; capillitium a close network of slender hyaline threads
with membranous expansions at the axils of the branches; lime-
knots numerous, irregularly branching, many large and con¬
fluent, wdiite or pale yellow. In other respects he does not differ
from Macbride, whom I have but partially quoted.

Massee does not describe this species.

This is neither the bright yellow of P. auriscalpium , nor the
honey-yellow of P. melleum. It is a dull light yellow with the
stipe a trifle darker. The nodes in the sporangia that I have are
few. large and irregular. The spores are pale reddish-brown
9 — 10u.

We have one collection, made at Elmside, Madison, July 15,
1904.

1230 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

Physanxm nefroideum Rostafinski.

1875. Physarum nefroideum Rost., Mon., p. 93.

Macbride: “Sporangia gregarious, sessile, stipitate, or even
plasmodioearpous ; when stipitate, globose, depressed, or anon re-
niform, usually concave or umbilicate below, the peridium
strongly calcareous, cinereous- white ; stipe variable, generally
tapering upward, always distinctly deeply plicate-furrowed;
varying in color from nearly pure white, through different shades
of gray to brown fuliginous or black; hypothallus none or ob¬
scure; columella ;nione ; capillitium abundant, the white lime-
knots varying in size and shape, connecting by rather long' hya¬
line threads, with here and there an empty node; spore-mass
black, by transmitted light dark, sooty brown, minutely papil¬
lose, 10-11. 5^.” Macbride says also that, while normally stipi¬
tate, it often shows from the same plasmodium all sorts of forms.
The amount of lime also varies, especially in the capillitium,
where there is always a tendency to the formation of something
like a pseudo-columella.

Lister adopts the name P. compressnm Alb. and Schw. He
describes the sporangia as erect, splitting along the upper ridge,'
scattered, closely aggregated or confluent. The stalk never has
a chalk- white fracture at the base. He finds the spores to be
dark purplish-brown, more or less spinulose or echinulate and
from 9-14/x in diameter. He finds much difference in size and
roughness of the spores in sporangia from the same cultivation.
He finds also American specimens with nearly globose sporangia,
and buff or white, long or short,, stout stalks, and says that these
forms are more symmetrical than European forms.

The description in Saccardo of the species P. cowpressum A.
and S., with the synonym P. nefroideum Rost, and the descrip¬
tion in Massee of the species P. nefroideum Rost., are identical,
and offer no material departure from the above. This descrip¬
tion, however, calls the spores globose or angularly subglobose,
11-13/x in diameter, minutely verruculose.

The abundant material which I have agrees with Macbride V
description excepting that I find the spores to be 9-11 y in di¬
ameter.

My specimens are mostly upon the bark and wood of decayed

Dean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1231

poplar. I have specimens from Blue Mounds gathered October
12, 1901 ; from Dead Lake, October 1903 ; several gatherings from
Cemetery woods during the last ten days of October, 1903 ; and
from Vilas woods, July 16, 1904.

In the winter of 1912-13 tobacco stems which had been put on
the plant benches of the greenhouse of the Biology Building bore
a large crop of P. nefroideum , all the sporangia of which were
distinctly reniform, many of them being also bent into a crescent
shape laterally. They were very dark gray in color.

Physarum globuliferuni (Bull.) Pers.

1791. 8 ph aero carpus glo'buliferus Bulliard, Champ., pi. 484, fig.

3.

1801. Physarum globuliferum Pers. Syn., p. 175, t. III., figs.

10-12.

Macbride: “Sporangia gregarious, stipitate, globose, or
slightly depressed above, pale gray or pure white; stipe some¬
times equal to the sporangium, generally longer, slender, slightly
wrinkled, white or yellow, pallid, when longer tapering upward!
columella white conical, sometimes obsolete; hypothallus none;
capillitium dense but delicate, persistent, a close net-work of hya¬
line threads, with white or yellowish nodes sparingly thickened
and calcareous, many without lime; spore-mass brown; spores by
transmitted light violet, minutely warted, 7.5-9y.”

Lister’s description varies but little from the above. He says
that sometimes the stalk is red-brown towards the base, that the
capillitium is persistent, retaining the form of the sporangium
after the dispersion of the spores; that the spores are violet-
brown, almost smooth, 6-8y in diameter.

Massee says that the sporangia are grayish; the stem equal to
the sporangium or twice as long, rigid, fragile, white, sulcate;
columella large, cylindrical, obtuse, white; vesicles containing
lime in the capillitium are numerous, of variable size, yellowish
or reddish: spores smooth, 9-11 y. in diameter.

In my collections I find the long, slender, wrinkled yellow
stipe ; I find the persistent capillitium ; other characteristics agree
with Macbride ’s description.

One collecton was made at Blue Mounds, July 1904, growing

1232 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

on green moss and dead wood, another at Blue Mounds, July
1907, on green grass stems.

Physaxmn melleum (Berk, and Br.) Mass.

1873. Dydymium melleum , Berk. & Br., Jour. Linn. Soc. XIV
p. 83.

1892. Physarum melleum Massee, Mon., p. 278.

Macbride: “Sporangia scattered, stipitate, globose, flattened
below, clear yellow or honey-colored ; stipe short, about equaling
the sporangium, pure white, somewhat wrinkled ; columella small
but distinct, white: hypethallus none; capillitium abundant,
open, snow-white, with rather large angularly stellate nodes;
spore-mass brown, almost black ; spores by transmitted light pale
violet or lilac-tinted, almost smooth, 7.5-10/a: Easily distin¬
guished by its white stipe, columella and capillitium in strong
contrast with yellow peridial walls.

Lister describes the plasmodium as yellow ; sporangia yellow or
brownish-yellow; sporangium-wall membranous, often wrinkled,
persistent at the; base, yellowish, with minute yellow lime gran¬
ules sparsely distributed ; stalk white, buff, or rufous, stout,
opaque, with few shallow furrows ; capillitium consisting of ir¬
regularly branching delicate hyaline threads sometimes expanded
at the axils, with lime-knots white or yellowish, various in shape
and size, mostly large and angled. Spores 7-8y in diameter.

Massee calls the color of this species yellowish-olive or honey-
colored, sprinkled with minute particles of lime. He describes
the capillitium as very dense, snow-white, the nodes numerous,
very large, angularly stellate, separated from each other by con¬
strictions only, lime in the form of granules present in every
portion; spores minutely verruculose, 6-7/x in diameter. In other
particulars his description does not differ from those above given,.

This species is a dull brownish-yellow — honey-color describes
it well ; it is not the vivid yellow of P. auriscalpium, and it has a
white stipe, whereas that of P. auriscalpium is dark. In P. mel¬
leum the stipes often remain after the sporangia disappear. The
above descriptions render it easy to determine.

We have one collection, gathered in the campus woods, July
22, 1904 :

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1233

Physaram leucopus Link.

1809. Physarum leucopus Link, Biss., I., p. 27.

Macbride: ‘ ‘ Sporangia gregarious, stipitate, globose, snow- '

white, with a BidymiuwA ike covering of calcareous particles;
stipe not long, conical or tapering rapidly upward, slightly sul-
cate. brittle, from an evanescent hypothallus ; columella none or
small: capillitium consisting of rather long hyaline threads, con¬
necting the usual calcareous nodes, which are large, angular, snow
white : spore-mass black ; spores by transmitted light violet brown,
distinctly warted, about 10/x.” He adds that the snow-white,
nearly smooth stem and the small sporangia covered with loose
ealcai'eous granules, distinguish this rare species. It looks like a
small Bidymium sqvamulosuw

Lister says, in part: “Plasmodium opaque-white. Sporangia
grayish white or glaucous, gregarious or clustered, stalked, rarely
almost sessile ; stalk white, stout, thick, with a few shallow longi¬
tudinal furrows, erect, rigid, brittle, somewhat narrowing up¬
wards, chalk-white in section to the base, rising from a more or
less developed white hypothallus. ” He finds the spores to be
l-lOy in diameter.

Massee differs in a few particulars: “Sporangia globose,
broadly ellipsoid or a little depressed, stipitate or sessile, rarely
elongate and flexuous or anastomosing, wall at first covered with
a continuous snow-white coat of lime, which soon becomes broken
up into smooth innate patches; stem variable in length, white,
passing into a more or less evident hypothallus ; spores globose,
dingy lilac, rather coarsely warted, warts almost black, 9-12/x
diameter. ’ ’

The short, stout, white, rigid stipe is a distinctive characteris¬
tic of this species. I do not find any flexuous or anastomosing
sporangia in my specimens.

Our one group was found growing on dead wood beside the
Windsor road, July 7, 1904.

Physarum nucleatum Rex.

1891. Physarum nucleatum Rex., Proc. Phil. Acad., p. 389.

Macbride : “Sporaneria gregarious, spherical, % nim., white,
stipitate ; peri dial wall membranaceous, rupturing irregularly,

1234 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

thickly studded with rounded white lime granules ; stipe about 1
mm., subulate, yellowish white, rugose ; columella none, capilli-
tim dense snow-white, with minute white round or rounded
white nodes, in the center a conspicuous mass of lime forming a
shining ball, not part of the stipe, although sometimes produced
toward it > spore-mass black ; spores brown violet, delicately spin-
ulose, 6-7/a. This species may be distinguished from P. globuU-
ferum by the absence of a columella, by the central ball of lime,
and the very small rounded lime granules in the meshes of the
capillitium."

Lister finds the stalk pale buff, or yellow, translucent above,
without deposits of lime, enclosing refuse matter at the base ; the
capillitium threads colorless with scattered minute rounded white
lime-knots; in the centre of the capillitium is usually suspended
a shining white calcareous ball. Otherwise his description dues
not differ from Mac bride's.

Massee has no mention of this species.

The snow-white sporangia before rupturing, the pale yellow
stipe, the dense white capillitium, and, more distinctive than any
other feature, the shining white calcareous ball suspended in the
center, make this pretty species easy to determine. I find that
after the spores are dispersed the groups of sporangia havp a
faint brownish tinge. The spores in my specimens are 6-7/a in
diameter.

We have many specimens gathered in the campus woods dur¬
ing the last part of July 1904.

Tilmadoche polycephala (Schw.) Macbr.

1822. Physarum polycephalum Schweinitz, Syns Fung. Car., no.

382.

1899. Tilmgdoche polycephala Macbride, N. — A. S. — M., p. 57.

Maebride : “Sporangia spherical or irregular, impressed, gy-
rose-confluent, helvelloid, umblicate below; peridium thin, ashy,
covered with evanescent yellow squamules, fragile ; stipe from an
expanded membranous base, long subulate yellow ; spores smooth,
violet, 9-11 /a: A most singular species and well defined. The
piasmodium as it emerges white, then yellow, spreading far over
all adjacent objects ; by morning fruit, a thousand stalked spor¬
angia with their strangely convoluted sculpture. The winds

Dean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1235

bear off the sooty spores, and naught remains but twisted yellow
stems crowned with a pencil of tufted silken hairs. August. ” I
have quoted but part of Macbride ’s description.

Lister uses the name Physarum polycephalum Schw. He finds
the sporangia stalked, compressed vertically, lenticular, undulate
or lobed, confluent in clusters of five to ten together, grey or
yellow ; capillitum a loose network of slender threads with many
flat expansions at the axils; he finds the spores violet-brown,
minutely spinulose, 8-10/* in diameter.

Massee does not describe this species.

The little sporangia with their irregular convoluted tops make
the species a noticeable one. I have a collection on a green com¬
pound leaf of three leaflets; the upper surface and the stem are
completely covered, and the under surfaces more than half cov¬
ered with these odd little forms.

We have but this one collection which came from Winnequah,
July 22, 1905.

Tilmadoehe alba (Bull) Macbr.

1791. Sphhaerocarpus albus Bulliard, Champ., p. 137, etc.

1899. Tilmadoehe alba Macbride, N. — A. S. — M., p. 58

Macbride: “Sporangia gregarious, depressed spherical, stipi-
tate, umbiiicate, gray or white, thin-walled, nodding ; stipe long,
tapering upward, brown or ashen-white above, lightly striate,
graceful ; capillitium abundant, threads delicate, intricately com¬
bined in loose persistent network with occasional minute,
rounded, or elongate calcareous nodules; spores minutely rough¬
ened, globose, about 10/*. The nodding, lenticular, umbiiicate
sporangium, barely attached to the apiculate stipe, is sufficient
to distinguish this elegant little species. The stipe is usually
white above, fuscous below, at the apex almost evanescent ; hence
the cemuous sporangia.”

Lister calls this species Physarum nutans. His description
does not differ from that of Macbride in any important detail.

Massee adopts the name of T. nutans Rost. He notes that the
thin greyish or white walls, having a thin layer of minute amor¬
phous lumps of lime, become irregularly cracked ; that there is a
small hvpothallus ; the spores pale lilac, smooth, or very minutely
verniculose, 9-11/x.

1236 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

This tiny species is not difficult to determine. Macbride’s
description is adequate.

Our specimens are from near Fond du Lac July 1897; Olin’s
drive, Madison, July 1904; Vilas woods, July 1904; and Blue
Mounds, July 1904.

Tilmadoche viridis (Bull.) Saccardo.

1791. Sphaero carpus viridis Bulliard, Champ., t. 407, fig. i.

1880. Tilmadoche viridis (Bull.) Sacc., Michelia II., p. 263.

Macbride: ‘‘Sporangia globose, flattened or lenticular, beneath
plane or concave, variously colored, yellow, greenish yellow, rusty
orange, stipitate, nodding ; the peridium splitting irregularly or
reticulatelyJ stipe variable in length and color, through various
shades of red and yellow, subulate: eapillitium strongly devel¬
oped, concolorous with sporangium, the tubes with colorless or
yellow calcareous thickenings; spores smooth, fuscous or violet
black, 8a. A very handsome and rather common little species,
like T. alba , but generally greenish yellow in color, and occasion¬
ally brilliant orange without a suggestion of green. ”

Lister adopts the name Physarum viride Perg. He finds the
sporangium wrall dehiscing in fragments ; the stalk slender subu¬
late, striate, grey or straw-colored, sometimes yellow at the
apex shading to red below, usually brown in the lower half;
eapillitium a loose irregular network of slender, acutely
branching hyaline threads, with fusiform orange lime-knots.
Spores brownish violet, almost smooth, 7-10/a in diameter

Massee calls this species T. mutabilis Rost. He describes the
sporangium wall as having a thin layer of yellow, dingy orange,
or greenish colored particles of lime; eapillitium rather dense,
with small elliptical nodes containing colored granules of lime;
he finds the spores minutely verruculose, 9-11/a in diameter.

This tiny species seems to be quite common, and is easily
determined. I found no essential differences from the descrip¬
tions given.

We have twenty -one collections, the sporangia growing on
dead wood or bark. The dates of collection range from 1901 to
1905, and from June 22 to October 21. The most are from
Madison and vicinity, but we have specimens from Mauston,
Algoma, Palmyra, and Blue Mounds.

Dean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin .

1237

Badhamia utricularis (Bull.) Berkeley.

1791. Sphaerocarpus utricularis Bulliard, Champ., p. 128, t.
417, fig. 1.

1852. Badhamia utricularis (Bull.) Berk., Tr. Linn. Svc., XXI.,
p. 153.

Maebride: “Sporangia clustered, spherical or ovoid, large
sessile or mounted on long thin strand-like stalks, blue-gray,
violet- iridescent or cinereous, smooth or more often rugulose;
the stipes when present poorly differentiated, as if thread-like
filaments and strips of the plasmodium. often branched and
always reclining or even prostrate; hypothallus none; capilli-
tium a large-meshed open network of rather slender tubules,
the nodes unequally developed, white with the enclosed lime'»
spores not strictly adherent though not without some tendency
to stick together, delicately warted, bright violet brown, 10-12 y..11

Lister says that the plasmodium is chrome yellow, the spor¬
angia ovoid, subglobose, or confluent and lobed, sessile or on
membranous straw-colored branching stalks; that the spores
usually adhere in loose clusters of 7-10 ; that in some specimens
in the Strassburg collection the spores show but slight indica¬
tion of clustering, in others this character is well marked.

Massee, calling this species B. varia Massee, says that the stem
when present is generally weak and decumbent, several often
more or less grown together, pale yellow or reddish, springing
from a well- developed hypothallus of the same color.

I find the long, weak, thread-like, yellow stipes very distinc¬
tive ; there is no evidence of a hypothallus in one extensive group
of specimens that I have, and in another small group a well-
developed, thick, dark reddish hypothallus; the spores seem to
have no tendency to cluster. I find spores 10/x, 12y, and some
as large as 13 u in diameter.

One piece of bark half a foot wide and a foot and a half long
with the surface very nearly covered with the sporangia, and
accompanying it a dead elm leaf having a large group, were
found at Blue Mounds November 5, 1904. A small fine specimen
from Algoma was found in October 1904.

1238 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters .

Badhamia papaveracea Berk, and Rav.

1873. Badhamia papaveracea Berk, and Rav., Grcv II., p. 66.

Saceardo: “ Sporangia sessile or stipitate. fasciculated, glo¬
bose smooth, white or grayish-white ; when the spores are out,
snowy- white ; stipes branched or simple, straw-colored or red¬
dish ; spores adhering in rounded masses of 5 to 20 ; epispore
very thick, spinulose, dark violet or black, 10-12/*.

Massee: “ Spores at first in clusters of 3-7, triangularly
pyramidal, with the rounded base, which corresponds to the
free portion of the spore, covered with minute warts, the re¬
mainder smooth ; pale lilac or brownish lilac, 9-10 /a in diameter.”

Machride : “Sporangia closely gregarious, globose, large
stipitate, iridescent gray; the peridium thin, translucent, and
containing but little calcareous deposits, smooth or slightly
rugulo.se; stipe very short but generally very distinct, black or
very dark brown; hypothallus none; capillitium a network of
large meshes with expanded nodes, prominent, white, persistent
after the spores have blown away ; sporemass deep brown ; spores
adhering in clusters of from 5 or 6 to 20 or more, exposed sur¬
face of spores most distinctly warted, 10-12 .5 /a. ” He says that
it is distinguished by its short, dark stipe and adherent spores,
and that it is not common.

Lister: “Sporangia subglobose, grayish- white, nearly smooth;
0.7 to 1 mm. diameter, shortly stalked or sessile, gregarious;
sporangium wall with scanty deposit of lime. Stalk firm, dark
brown, rarely straw-colored, 0.2 to 0.3 mm high. Capillitium
a network of flat bands with broad, thin expansions at the
angles. Spores purple-brown, closely compacted in clusters of
6-10, more strongly warted on the outer third, 10-13/a diameter.

My specimen agrees with Macbride’s description, the short,
dark stipe and the compacted balls of spores being very distinc¬
tive.

We have but one group of specimens, which was found at Al-
goma in October 1904.

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1239

Badhamia rubigin&sa (Chev,,) Rost.

1826. Physarnm rvbiginosuw, Chevalier, FI. Par., p. 338.

1876. Badhamia rubiginosa (Chev.) Rost., Mon. App., p. 5.

Macbride: “Sporangia gregarious, obovoid, grayish brown,
stipitate, the peridium simple, membranous, above thin, pale,
more or less calcareous below, persistent, blending with the
stipe; stipe erect, reddish-brown or purplish, expanded below
into a small hypothallus, above prolonged within the sporangia
more than half its height as a definite columella ; capillitium very
dense snow-white, long persistent with the lower two-thirds of
the sporangia! wall ; spore-mass dark brown ; spores by transmit¬
ted light dark violet or purple brown, minutely roughened or
spinulose, not adherent, 12-14y.’?

Lister differs but little from Macbride. He says the sporangia
are rarely sessile, columella clavate or cylindrical, capillitium a
white or pale rufous rugged network, usually densely charged
with lime-granules, sometimes with a few hyaline connecting
threads.

Saceardo: “Peridia round-top-shape, stipe slender; spo-
range twice as broad as it is long; reddish-brown, smooth,
shining; columella distinct, cylindrical, firm, dark, formed from
the elongated stipe; capillitium very much unrolled, white; peri¬
dium opening with a delicate dehiscence; spores violet, 14-15/a,
scarcely wanted. ’ ’

The different forms which I have agree in general with the
description by Macbride. The hypothallus is very prominent
and of a greenish-brown. As many of the sporangia are imma¬
ture, I think the prominent hypothallus may be but a portion of
the plasm odium arrested in its development. The spores are
12-14/a in diameter and are distinctly spinulose.

MTe have but one group of sporangia, found at Blue Mounds,
July 8, 1905.

1240 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters .

Crateriim leucocephalum (Pers.) Ditmar.

1791. Stemouitis leucocephala Persoon, Gmelin > Syst. Nat., II.,
p. 1467.

1813. Craterium leucocephalum (Pers.) Ditmar, Sturm, Deu-
tsch. Flora, Pilzc , p. 21, pi. 11.

Macbricfe : ‘ ‘Sporangia gregarious, short cylindric or ovate,

pure white above, brown or reddish brown below, stipitate, de¬
hiscence irregularly cireumscissile, the persistent portion of the
peridium beaker-shaped » stipe short, stout, expanded above into
the base of the peridium with which it is concolorous ; hypothal-
lus scant; capillitium white or sometimes, toward the center,
brownish, the calcareous nodules large, conspicuous, and persis¬
tent ; spore-mass black, spores violaceous brown, minutely spinu-
lose, 8-9 ft..” He says it is distinguished by its white cap, and
that in some gatherings curious patches of yellow mark the other¬
wise snow-white cap and sides.

Lister finds the plasmodium rich yellow; the sporangia ovoid
or turbinate, stalked, red-brown with white incrustations of lime
and usually spotted with miunte yellow warts on the upper half ;
plasmodiocarp forms sometimes occurring; the columella either
absent or represented by a central mass of confluent lime-knots,
spores violet-brown, spinulose, 7-9/a in diameter.

Massee differs but little from the above quoted descriptions
in essentials. He calls the spores minutely warted, the warts
often with a tendency to form anastomosing lines, 8-11 fi in di¬
ameter.

I find Macbride’s description good for this species. It is a
pretty form and easily determined. The little vase-shaped
sporangia, light above, dark at the base, have a sunken “lidM
which breaks away leaving the calcareous nodules showing in the
top of the vase, like tiny eggs in a nest. They can be seen with
the unaided eye. I have gatherings which have the curious
patches of yellow of which Macbride speaks. They are on liv¬
ing and dead leaves, and on dead wood.

We have specimens from the campus woods, October 1903, and
on three different days of July 1904; from cemetery woods,
October 1903, from Yilas woods, July 1904, Devil ’s Lake, June
1905, from Blue Mounds, July 1904 and July 1905, from campus

Dean — Tine Myxomycetes of Wisconsin. 1241

woods on dead oak leaves, July 18, 1904, these last mixed with
Didymium nigripes.

Leu carp us fragilis (Dicks.) Rost.

1785. Ly coper don fragile Dickson, Fasc., PI. Crypt, Brii., I.,
p. 25.

.1875 Leocarpus fragilis (Dicks.) Rost., Mon., p. 132

Saccardo: “Peridia aggregated, sessile or stipitate, obovoid
rarely subrotund, yellowish- or reddish-brown, polished, stipe
filiform, ascending, white or yellowish; spores globose, dusky-
dark, spinulose, 12-14 fx in diameter. ’ ’

Macbride calls the sporangia rusty or brownish-yellow, open¬
ing in a somewhat stellate fashion. He describes the stipe as
weak and short, and the spores as dull black. He says the spor¬
angia are recognizable at sight as they resemble the eggs of cer¬
tain insects. The capillitium, he states, is of two or more dis¬
tinct systems, the one a delicate network of hyaline, limeless
threads, the other calcareous throughout, or nearly so, the meshes
large and the threads or tubules broad.

Lister says of the capillitium that it is a network of rigid hya¬
line threads with flattened expansions at the axils and with few
lime-knots, connected with a system of coarse branches often
combined into a dense network and charged throughout with
brownish lime-granules. He finds the spores occasionally 15-20u,
in diameter, rarely clustered as in Badhamia.

Massee sometimes finds several sporangia more or less grown
together.

For the capillitium as I find it, Lister’s description is very
good. The reticulated hyaline threads are continuations of the
coarser reticulated threads containing yellowish lime granules.
There are not two distinct systems of capillitium threads as I see
them. I find the spores to be dusky purplish, distinctly warted,
and from 9-15/a in diameter. The "weak, white stipes are quite
often united, sometimes as many as five making a thin expanded
common stipe. The sporangia seem to open irregularly.

Some of this species were found at the Brule river, July 19,
1897, growing upon dead leaves and twigs.

One specimen w^hich I have was found July 13, 1904, in Ceme¬
tery woods, growing upon decayed wood; another, found July

1242 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

16, 1904, in Yilas woods, is upon decayed wood and a thin layer
of green moss growing on the wood. On July 21, 1904, I found
several specimens in Cemetery woods, some upon wood, some
upon hark, and one very beautiful group about two inches long
and a third as wide upon a thin curled dead oak leaf upon which
was also a group of Diachea leucopod.a, A fine group of the
sporangia was found growing upon the bark of a little thrifty
hard maple tree about six inches from the ground, at Blue
Mounds, July 23, 1904.

Bfueilago spongiosa (Leyss.) Morgan.

1783. Mucor spongiosus Leysser, FI. Hal ., p. 305.

1897. Mucilago spongiosa (Leyss.) Morgan, Bot. Gaz v XXXV.,
p. 56.

Saccardo: “LEthelia grayish-white, 2-6 cm. long, 2-3 cm.
wide, spongy ; columella hollow, cylindrical, branched, not reach¬
ing the apices of the peridia, capillitium threads thick, branched,
with much thickened nodules ; spores spinulose, dark violet, 10/a
in diameter/’

Macbride speaks of the component sporangia as resting upon
a common hypothallus and being protected by a more or less
deciduous calcareous, porous cortex. lie finds the columella in¬
definite or none, the hypolhallus white, spongy. He finds the
spore mass black, the spores violaceous, exceedingly rough, large,
10-15/a in diameter. In fruiting, the plasmodium, he states,
ascends preferably living stems of small bushes, herbaceous
plants, or grasses, and forms the asthalium around the stem
some distance above the ground.

Lister finds the asthalia to be 2 to 4 cm. long, 1 to 2 cm. wide,
and about 1 cm. thick, which agrees with the measurements of
my specimens. He finds the columella to be sometimes absent.
The capillitium is a network of widely branching, anastomosing,
stout, purplish-brown threads, with numerous dark calciCorm
thickenings, hyaline at the extremities. This statement X find
to be true, the thickenings on the capillitium threads being quite
distinctive. The spores he makes out to be dull purple, strongly
spinulose, X0-13y in diameter.

Massee does not differ from the descriptions quoted above.

This species is also called Spurn-aria- alba (Bull.) I). C.

Dean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin .

1243

My specimens agree very closely with the descriptions given.
They vary in length from 1V> to 4 cm. The spores are dark
violet, strongly spinulose, from 12 to 1.5ft in diameter.

Three specimens surrounding small stems were found in Madi¬
son. October 14, 1899, and two in campus woods July 14, 1904.
One of the latter is nearly globular and is formed on the extreme
end of the stem of a dead oak leaf; the other is irregular, upon
the base of another dead oak leaf. The other specimen which 1
have nearly surrounds a hardwood twig, and was found at Blue
Mounds, July 23, 1904.

Didymium squamulosimi (Alb. and Schw.) Fries.

1805. Diclerma squamulosum Alb. and Schw., Gonsp . Fling.,

p. 88.

1829. Didymium squamulosum (Alb. and Schw.) Fries, tsyst.
Myc., III., p. 118.

Macbride: “Sporangia in typical forms gregarious, globose or
depressed globose, gray or snow white, stipitate; the peridium a
thin iridescent membrane covered more or less richly with minute
crystals of lime ; the stipe when present, snow white-, fluted or
channeled, stout, even ; columella white, conspicuous ; hypothallus
small or obsolete; capillitium of delicate branching threads,
usually colorless or pallid, sometimes with conspicuous calci-
form thickenings ; spores: violaceous, minutely warted or spinu¬
lose, 8-1 0,u. ’ ’ He adds that this is one of the most beautiful
species in the whole series, and is remarkable for the variations it
presents in the forms of the sporangia, in hypothallus, in capilli¬
tium ; and he describes the different forms that have come under
his observation.

Lister gives details of the variations, but does not otherwise
differ from Macbride.

Massee also agrees in general with the above.

We have the gray and the white forms, the stipitate and the
sessile. In some sporangia where the peridium is broken away,
the columella can easily be seen with a hand-lens. I find the
spores 8-1 0y in diameter.

Six of our collections were made in June and July, 1904, and
the seventh in March, 1904, on a few straws in a laboratory. All
but one were collected in Madison, one at Blue Mounds. Most
of them are on dead oak leaves, found in the woods or on lawns.

1244 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters .

Bidymium melanospermum (Fers.) Maebr.

1794. Physarum melanospermum Pers.. Bom. N. Mag. Bot.f p. 89.
1899. Bidymium melanospermum (Pei’s.) Macbr., N.-A. S.-M.

p. 88.

Macbride : ‘ 4 Sporatigia gregarious, hemispheric, depressed, um-
bilicate below, stipitate or sessile ; the peridium firm, dull brown
in color, frosted with minute crystals of lime, breaking irregu¬
larly ; stipe, when present, short, stout, dull black, opaque, arising
from a broad base or hypothallus ; columella large, prominent;
dark-colored, rough above, concave below ; capillitium of more or
less sinuous, usually dark colored threads, sparingly branched,
and often with calciform thickenings; spore-mass black, spores
by transmitted light pale, purplish gray, spinulose or rough,
10-12 /x.” Macbride adds that this is a well-marked and com¬
mon species, distinguished by its depressed sporangium and dark-
colored, opaque stipe, wieh is very short..

Lister finds the plasmodium colorless or grey, the sporangia
often confluent, white or grey mottled with purple-brown, and be¬
set with stellate crystals of lime. He finds the spores dark pur¬
plish-brown or purplish-grey, with a thick spore-wall, nearly
smooth or spinose, 9-12 [x diameter. In other respects he does not
differ from Macbride.

Massee adopts the name, D. farinaceum Schrad. He diffesr
but little from the foregoing descriptions. He says the spor¬
angia are at first white with a continuous crust of lime, which
soon becomes broken up into white glistening granules scattered
on the inner dark, wrinkled wall; stem expanding at the base
into a rudimentary hypothallus; lie finds the spores minutely
warted, 10-1 3 y in diameter.

In ray one collection I find a few confluent sporangia. Th«
stellate lime crystals in the walls distinguish it from any P) ty set-
rum, with some of which it might easily be confused. The fore¬
going descriptions leave nothing to add. This was collected at
Blue Mounds July 23, 1904. It was growing on green moss and
decayed wood.

Dean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1245

Didymium clavus (Alb. and Schwi,) Rabenhorst.

1805. Physarum clavus Alb. and Seliw., Consp. Fung., p. 96.
1844. Didymium clavus (Alb. and Schw.) Rabh., Ger t Cr. FI.
no. 2282. ’

Macbride: 11 Sporangia gregarious, pale gray, discoid or pili-
ate, depressed, stipitate ; the peridinm dark-colored, frosted with
calcareous crystals above, naked below ; stipe short, slender, taper¬
ing upward, furrowed, arising from, a hypothallus more or less
distinct, black ; columella obsolete ; capillitium of delicate threads,
pale or colorless. little branched; spores violaceous, pale, nearly
smooth, 6-8 «. ’ ’ Macbride adds that this species is well differen¬
tiated, easy of recognition by reason of its peculiar discoid spor¬
angia, calcareous above, naked and black beneath. He gives no
figure of this form.

Lister: “Sporangia scattered, disc-shaped, thick grayish white;
sporangium wall thickened and brown at the base; capillitium
profuse colorless or purple-brown threads ; spores pale violet-
brown, almost smooth, 5 -8/x.”

Massee finds sporangia plane below ; some small ring-like dark-
colored thickenings on the capillitium threads; spores smooth,
dingy lilac, 6-8, a.”

In my one small group of sporangia I find many differences
from the above descriptions, yet enough correspondence to make
it certain, in my opinion, that it is D. clavus. The hypothallus
is not very evident but is noticeably black; the sporangia are dis¬
coid, not very much depressed ; the stellate crystals are nearly alt
asymmetrical, having one arm or ray longer than the others ; the
crystals are not as large and noticeable as Massee has pictured
in his figures : the sporangia are markedly umbilicate both above
and below » I do not find the base bare and dark, unless it is so
up under the curve or umbilicus; the stipe I find as described;
the capillitium is darker than the spores, purple-brown; I found
some darker spots on the threads, but failed to see many of them
and could not make them out to be rings, as seen by Massee ; the
spores in mine are quite uniformly 6/x, yet I found a considerable
number to be 8/x in diameter. They are pale violaceous and
nearly smooth, although I saw some which showed small spines.

My one group was found growing on live moss at Blue Mounds,
July 18, 1907.

1246 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

Bidymrain Nigripes (Link) Fries.

1809. Physarum nigripes Link, Obs. Biss., I., p. 27.

1829. Bidymium nigripes (Link) Fries, Syst. Myc., III., p. 119.

Maebride: “Sporangia gregarious, globose or hemispheric, nm-
bilicale beneath, small, white, stipitate : the peridium smoky, cov¬
ered with minute calcareous crystals ; stipe slender, erect, black,
opaque; hypothallus thallus scutate, black; columella distinct,
globose, black or dark brown ; capillitium of delicate threads, pale
brown or colorless, with occasional brown thickenings or nodes,
sparingly branched ; spores pale, violaceous by transmitted light,
minutely warted, 6— 8a*. ’ ’ ( \

Lister, under the name D. nigripes , groups D. nigripes , B.
xantiwpus and t). eximium, For the discussion of the differences
among these forms I would refer to Maebride and to Lister.

Massee, under the name of D. microcarpon , gives a description
which differs considerably from Maebride Js description of D.
nigripes.

Maebride ’s. description is determinative and quite correct for
my specimens. I find the spores, however, to have a diameter of
7—11/4.

We have this species growing on dead oak leaves from Ceme¬
tery woods and Eagle Heights in July 1905, and on tobacco stems
which were being used as an insecticide in the greenhouse in
January 1913.

Another group came from Winnequah, July 1904, and is on a
little oak branch.

Diderma reticulatum (Rost.) Morgan.

1875. Chondrioderma reticulatum Rost., Mon., p. 170.

1894. Biderma reticulatum (Rost.) Mo.rg., Jour Cin. Soc., p. 71.

Maebride: “Sporangia gregarious, generally rounded and
much depressed, flat, sometimes, especially toward the margin of
a colony, elongate, venulose or somewhat plasmodiocarpous, dull
white, the inner peridium ashen or bluish, remote from the cal¬
careous crust, which is extremely fragile, easily shelling off;
columella indistinguishable from the base of thei sporangium,
thin, alutaceous; capillitium of short, generally colorless, deli-

Dean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1247

cate, sparingly branching or anastomosing threads! perpendicular
to the columella ; spores black in mass, by transmitted light violet
tinted, smooth, 6-S/x.” He calls this our most common species,
recognized by its rather large, white, depressed or flattened spor¬
angia tending to form reticulations. He says the lines of fruit¬
ing tend to follow the venation of the supporting leaf ; when the
sporangium is round, the columella is a distinct rounded or cake¬
like body; when the fruit is venulose, the columella is less dis¬
tinct.

Lister gives the synonym D . reticulatum to the form which he
calls D. effusion, and refers to D. effusum as described by Mac-
bride, and also to the form which Macbride calls D. reticulatum,
as though the two forms were included in his one D. effusum.
Macbride makes the two names apply to two distinct species, and
says that D effusum “might be taken for an exceptionally plas-
modic form of D. reticulatum but is distinguished by the ex¬
treme thinness of the fructification and its pure white color; it
looks like a splash of whitewash . ’ ’ He gives the diameter of the
spores of D. effusum, as 3-10 y, whereas those of D. reticulatum
are 8-8y.

Massce adopts the name CJt ron drio cl e rm a reticulatum , Rost. He
says: “Plasmodium sessile, vein-like, flattened, arcuate, com¬
bined into an irregular network, seated on a whitish, delicate,
reticulated, spreading hypoth alius ; columella absent; threads of
eapillitium colorless, very thin, combined to form a dense net;
spores smooth, obscure violet, 7-3y in diameter/ ’

Macbride ’s description is excellent for the specimens that I
have, although I do not find them “following the venation of
the supporting leaf.” The inner peridium in some of mine has
a tinge of brown, while others are ashen or bluish on the same
leaf. The spores I find to be smooth, 6-3 y in diameter.

I have many groups on several kinds of both living and dead
leaves, which I collected at Blue Mounds, July 23, 1904; some
on dead oak leaves from Cemetery woods, July 21, 1904; and
some on both living and dead leaves from Vilas wroods, July 18,
1904,

1248 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

Diderma persoonii Macbr.

1899. Diderma Persoonii Macbride, N.-A. S.-M. p. 96.

Macbride : ‘ * Sporangia sessile,, gregarious or closely aggregate,
depressed, roundish, elliptical, elongate or plasmodiocarpous ;
outer peridium pure white, smooth, fragile, remote from the inner,
which is thin, ashen, or bluish, and inclined to iridescence ; colu¬
mella alutaceous or brownish, not distinguishable from the base
of the fructification, the so-called hypothallus; eapillitium very
scanty, short and nearly colorless, simple or slightly forked;
spores violet-brown, smooth, 10-15. 5//.” He adds, as distinctive
characteristics, that the inner peridium in good specimens shows
a peculiar lustre of a coppery tinge unlike anything else. The
spores, also, he considers as immediately diagnostic, large, nearly
smooth, dark purple-brown in color.

Lister gives the plasmodium as colorless or yellow; sporangia
scattered, pulvinate on a broad base or forming irregularly elon¬
gated plasmodiearps, smooth, white : columella none ; the capilli-
tium threads, he says, are flattened, usually broad at the base,
branching dichotomously and slender above I he finds the spores
usually faintly and closely warted, sometimes marked with
stronger scattered warts, and 11-14// in diameter. He calls the
species 7). dvjorme.

Massee describes it as sessile on a broad base, convex, circular
or irregularly elongated; columella absent or represented by a
small accumulation of lime at the base of the sporangium. ; eapilli¬
tium scanty, sometimes almost obsolete, threads springing from
the base of the sporangium, slightly attenuated upwards, forked,
pale brown or colorless; spores globose, smooth, dingy violet,
10-13//. in diameter.

In the one set of abundant specimens which I have I find no
pulvinate sporangia, but many of the other forms mentioned
above. The eapillitium is very scanty and short ; the spores are
dark violet-brown, very minutely and closely warted, and I find
them from 12 to 14//, in diameter. This collection was found
growing on dead leaves of several kinds, and on dead twigs near¬
by, in the campus woods, July 20, 1904.

Dean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1249

Didenna spumarioides Fries.

1892. Diderma spumarioides Fries, Syst. Myc., III., p. 104.

Macbride: “Sporangia sessile, crowded, spherical, or by mu¬
tual pressure irregular, white ; the peridium plainly double, but
the layers adhering, the outer more strongly calcareous, but very
frail, almost farinaceous ; hypothallus more or less plainly in evi¬
dence, white or pale alutaeeous ; columella distinct though often
small, globose, yellowish; capillitium variable in quantity, some¬
times abundant, brown, somewhat branching and anastomosing
outwardly, the tips paler ; spores minutely roughened, dark vio¬
laceous, about 10/*.” He says that although this species has the
outward appearance of a Didymiuw ,, the crust is made up of
minute granules of lime, not crystals.

Lister describes the hypothallus as strongly developed and
white: the columella convex or hemispherical, white or pale
flesh -col ored ; spores spinulose, 8-10 y.

Massee adopts the name Bidymium spumarioides Fr. He
finds the columella sometimes almost obsolete ; spores warted,
9— 12 a.

Macbride ’s description is as a whole adequate, but I fail to
see the “peridium plainly double.7 ’ This might be Physarum
cinereum, but that it has a columella in most sporangia, and has
no calcareous nodes in the capillitium — these characteristics mak¬
ing a vital distinction, of course. I find the spores dark purplish,
distinctly warted, and quite uniformly 10/x in diameter.

We have one collection, made at Devil’s Lake, July 15, 1905,
growing on a green moss and its ripe sporophyte setae ; another,
having many variations of form, cn dead leaves, from the campus
woods, July 1904.

Biderma globosum Per so on.

1794. Biderma globosum Pers., Rom. N. Mag. Rot., I., p. 89.

Macbride: “Sporangia more or less gregarious, sessile, globose,
or by mutual pressure prismatic or polyhedral, white, the outer
wall smooth, polished, crustaceous, fragile, far remote from the
inner, which is thin, smooth or rugulose, irrideseent blue ; hypo¬
thallus usually pronounced and spreading beyond the sporangia,

1250 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

sometimes scanty or lacking1 ; columella variable, sometimes very
small, inconspicuous, sometimes large globose, ellipsoidal, even
pedicellate; capillitium abundant, brown or purplish-brown,
branching and occasionally anastomosing to form a loosely con¬
structed superficial net; spores globose, delicately spinulose, 8/*.”
In his “key” to the genus Diderma , Macbride gives the spores
as 8— 10m, in diameter. He adds that this species seems rare
in this country ; that the only specimens so far are from Iowa;
that it is distinguished by small spores and general snow-white
color.

Lister says in part: “The outer wall is egg-shell like, com¬
posed of globular lime-granules l-2.u in diameter; spores dark
purplish brown, spinulose, 10-14/*. in diameter.”

Massee adopts the name CJiondrioderma globosum Eost. He
says the inner wall is cinereous, often iridescent; spores 8-10/a.

I find most of the characteristics like those described above.
The sporangia are noticeably two-walled, the outer wall at a
distance from the inner ; the inner wall, while not noticeably
bluish, yet is iridescent when held in sunlight; the columella is
generalv white and varies in size even in adjoining sporangia; in
one collection the hypothallus is abundant, in another it is scanty;
the spores are from 8 to 12/t in diameter, none larger, and most
of them 10/x, dark purplish, and distinctly spinulose.

One group was found at the St. Louis Eiver, opposite New
Duluth, August 2, 1897, on wood burned to charcoal ; another at
Eagle Heights, near Madison, August 6, 1904, on green moss
and dead oak leaves and twigs.

Diderma crustaceum Peck.

1871. Diderma crustaceum Peck, Rep. N. Y. Mus., XXVI., p. 74.

Macbride: “Sporangia closely crowded or superimposed, in a
cushion-like colony, creamy- white, globose, imbedded in the sub¬
stance of the hypothallus, the outer peridium smooth, delicate
cmsfaceous, fragile, remote from the blue iridescent inner mem¬
brane; hypothallus prominent: columella variable, generally
present, globose ; capillitium dark colored, the threads branching
and combining to form a loose net : spore-mass black, spores by
transmitted light dark violaceous, delicately roughened, 12-1 5/x.”

Lister classes this species with D. globosum , but Macbride says

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin. 1251

that D. globosum is rare in this country, and that almost every¬
thing distributed in he United States as D. globosum belongs in
D. crustaceum. Lister’s description does not apply as closely
to this species as does Macbride’s description of B. crustaceum.

Under the name Ghondrioderma crustaceum Berl., Massee calls
this species effused or circumambient, crowded, sessile, subglo-
bose, smooth, white, outer peridium crustaceous, like the shell
of some small egg. He finds the spores globose, black, about 13y.
in diameter.

Macbride’s description is accurate for the specimens which
we have. We have collections from Blue Mounds, August 18,
1903; from Eagle Heights , Madison, August 31, 1904; another
from Madison, no date; and one from Devil’s Lake July 14,
1906, on very much decayed leaves.

Diderma, liemisphericum (Bull.) Horne.

1791. Reticularia hemispherica Bull., Cham,, de Fr.f I., p. 93.
1829. Biderma hemisphere cum (Bull.) Horne, FI. Ban., XI., p.

18.

Macbride : “Sporangia gregarious, orbicular, discoid, de¬
pressed above and often umbilicate below, stipitate or sometimes
sessile, the outer peridium white, fragile, crustaceous, soon break¬
ing about the margins, closely applied to the inner, which is deli¬
cate, cinereous, and ruptures irregularly; stipe about equal to
the diameter of the sporangium, 1 mm., rather stout, calcareous
but colored, brownish or alutaeeous, more or less tvrinkled longi¬
tudinally, the wrinkles when present forming veins on the lower
surface of the sporangium : hypothallus small ; columella not dis¬
tinct from the thickened brownish or reddish base of the sporan¬
gium ; capillitium of delicate threads, mostly simple and color¬
less, often scanty; spores pale violaceous, nearly smooth, 8-9^. 99

Macbride adds that this is a well-marked species> easily recog¬
nized by its remarkable discoid or lenticular sporangia in the
stipitate type.

Lister’s description differs but little from Macbride’s. He
says the plasm odium is white, the sporangium scattered, rarely
confluent: often seated on a white hypothallus: spores pale vio¬
let-brown, almost smooth, 7-9 /x in diameter.

Massee calls the stem pale ochraceous or whitish; columella

1252 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

flattened, dingy red: mass of spores black with purple tinge ;
spores dingy lilac, smooth.

The above descriptions are accurate for my specimens.

This species is indeed well marked. In the one large collec¬
tion which I have, there are both stipitate and sessile forms, and
some confluent forms. The spores are about 8/a in diameter.
They are on dead oak leaves, and were collected on a lawn in
Madison, July 20, 1904.

Brefeldia maxima (Fries.) Rost.

1825. Reticulari maxima Fries, Syst. Orb. Veg., I., p. 147.

1875. Brefeldia maxima (Fries) Rost., Versuch.,, p. 8.

Saccardo : “ 2Ethalia nude, surface warted, purplish-black,
resting upon a well developed silvery-shining hypoth alius; 3-6
cm. long and wide, 5-10 mm. thick ; spores purplish to brownish
dusky black, globose, spinulose, 11-12/a in diameter. ”

Maebride calls the aethalia papillate above. He says the spor¬
angia in favorable cases are distinct, indicated above by the pap¬
illae; columella obscure, black; capillitium abundant, the threads
united by multifid ends to surround as with a net the peculiar
vesicles. He gives the diameter of the spores as 12-15/a and calls
them distinctly papillose. He states that in well-matured aetha-
lia the sporangia stand out perfectly distinct, particularly above
and around the margins. In the center of the fructification,
next the hvpothallus, the sporangia are very imperfectly differ¬
entiated . Each filament bears at its middle point a pecu¬

liar plexus which embraces several large cysts or vesicles.

Lister speaks of the spongy basal tissue continuing among the
sporangia as folds forming distinct rigid columellae.

Massee speaks of the surface as being rough with irregular
wart-like nodules. He gives the diameter of the spores a 9
13-17/a. He adds: “Forming large pulvinate patches of irregu¬
lar form varying from 1-9 inches across.”

This species is easily determined by the papillate character of
the surface and the peculiar character of the capillitium, which
is well described by Maebride. I find the spores to be 10-12/a
in diameter. We have but one specimen, which was found in
Madison in October 1882, growing upon what seems to be a mass
of half-decayed leaves.

I

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin. 1253

Stemonitis maxima Schweinitz,

1834. Stemonitis maxima Schw., N. A. F ., p. 260, No. 2349.

Macbride : ‘ 1 Sporangia in more or less widely scattered tufts
at first dark brown or purple black, at length gray, always with
a purplish tinge, long cylindric, even, 10-15 mm. in height,
stipitate; stipe polished, black and shining, about % the total
height, expanded below into a thin hypothallus, which is con¬
tinuous, transparent, shining; columella dissipated near the
apex; capillitium consisting of an inner network of very loose,
open structure, an outer net of small 14-56/*) meshes more or less
abundantly supplied with projecting peridial processes; spores
dark violaceous, the surface reticulate, 7-8/*. ” He says this is
the commonest American species. The rough-netted epispore in¬
stantly distinguishes it. The sporangia are long and slender in
tufts, spreading from the center. The inner network of rich
brown threads tends to show expanded nodes; sometimes the
threads are thickened throughout. The columella often fails of
reaching the apex of the sporangium, becoming completely dis¬
solved in capilitial branches.

Lister adopts the name S. fusca Roth. ‘ ‘ Plasmodium white in
rotten wood, maturing at the place of emergence. Total height
5-20 mm. Sporangia cylindrical, obtuse, stalked, brownish-pur¬
ple, at first closely fasciculate. Stalk black, shining, 1-4 mm,
long, rising from a well developed brown membranous hypothal¬
lus. Columella reaching to near the apex of the sporangium.’ v
He finds the spores grey or rufous- violet, reticulated with rows
of minute spines or with raised bands, and 8-10 /i in diameter.
He finds great variations in the surface-markings of the spores ;
he finds sporangia widely differing in length and in stalks.

Massee differs but little. He calls the walls blackish, reflect¬
ing metallic tints, evanescent; peripheral meshes of the capilli¬
tium much larger than the diameter of the spores ; mass of spores
blackish brown ; spores globose, very minutely verruculose, 5-10/1,
in diameter. A fine large species, distinguished amongst the
dark-spored species by the large peripheral meshes of the capilli¬
tium.

There is a great variation in the color and size of the sporangia
and the proportion of the stipe, in the specimens that I have of

1254 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

this species, as well as in the length of the columella, the charac¬
ter of the external net, and the number of the peridial processes.
I find sporangia from 7 mm. to 15 mm. tall. The markings on
the epispore, when visible at all, are determinative. The spores
are always reticulated, dusky or purplish, and from 6 to Sy in
diameter.

Dr. Macbride determined for me one large group of very short
and quite dark brown sporangia, found at Blue Mounds, July
1904.

Collections: — Campus and cemetery woods, four collections,
July 1904; small sporangia, Science Hall greenhouse, July 1904;
from Blue Mounds a large and very beautiful group of long
sporangia, June 13, 1904; another group of much shorter and
darker sporangia collected on the same date and from the same
locality, both collections made by Prof. R. A. Harper; and in
July from the same locality a group of quite different general
appearance.

Stemonitis Morgani Peck,

1880. Stemonitis Morgani Peck, Boi. Gaz., V., p. 33.

Macbride: “ Sporangia clustered irregularly, sometimes form¬
ing patches several centimeters in extent, rich purple brown in
mass, cylindric, long, 15-18 mm., stipitate ; stipe black, polished,
shining, rising from a common hypothallus, which extends as a
thin silvery film beneath the entire colony, but does not trans¬
cend its limits ; columella black, percurrent, sparingly branched;
capillitium of fuscous threads, within forming a network very
open, the branches scarcely anastomosing until they reach the
surface where they form the usual net of small meshes, pretty
uniform in size, and presenting very few small, inconspicuous
peridial processes ; spores brown, very minutely warted, about
8y. The clear brown tufts appear in fall, marvels of graceful
elegance and beauty. At sight easily recognizable by the large
size and rich color.”

Lister adopts the name S. splendens Rost. He finds the plas-
modium to be creamy-white ; the sporangia rising from a well-
developed silvery or purplish hypothallus ; columella reaching to
near the apex of the sporangium, rigid ; capillitium of purplish-
brown threads, the principal branches springing at distant in-

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin. 1255

tervals from the columella, at first almost simple, suddenly-
branching to form a smooth superficial net with rounded vari¬
ously shaped meshes. Spores pale reddish-purple, nearly smooth
or minutely and closely wrarted, 7-9/x in diameter. The spores
are remarkably constant in color and size, and in the minute,
evenly distributed warts. The capillitium exhibits wide differ¬
ences.

Massee finds the stem much shorter than the sporangium, black,
shining. He thinks the spores smooth, and 6-7^ in diameter.

The variations within the same species of Stemonitis make
specimens of this genus extremely difficult to determine. I find
the sporangia about 18 mm. tall ; there is almost no inner net, the
main branches from the columella scarcely branching again until
they reach the surface. The spores are minutely warted and 8/x
in diameter.

One group of sporangia which we have was obtained near
Webster, growing on rotten wood, in the summer of 1894. A
small group grew on the soil in the greenhouse in January 1913,

Stemonitis Webberi Rex.

1891. Stemonitis Webberi Rex. Proe. Phil. Acad., p. 390.

Macbride : ‘ 4 Sporangia clustered, usually in small tufts, rusty
brown in color, 8-10 mm., including the stipe, which is jet black,
shining, and much expanded at the base ; hvpothallus continuous,
well-developed, a thin transparent pellicle; columella black,
tapering upward, giving off at intervals the capillitial branches,
and becoming dissipated just below the obtuse apex ; inner capil¬
litial network very open, the branches far apart, anastomosing
but a few times before breaking into the surface net to form
large, irregular meshes, 50-125^: spores minutely roughened,
fuscous, 8-9 u„”

Lister makes this a variety of S. splendens Rost., which is his
synonym for S. Morgani. He gives no determinative character¬
istics.

Massee does not have the name S. Webberi in his list.

As is often the case among specimens of Stemonitis , this is
difficult to determine. The sporangia are about 10 mm. ; the
inner net is very loose, the outer net coarse, irregular, the

1256 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

meshes from 15/a to 60/a. The spores are brownish, minutely
roughened, 7-8/a in diameter.

We have one collection, made near Wausau, in the summer of
1894.

Stemonitis Smith!! Maebr.

1893. Stemonitis Smithii Maebr., Bidl. Lab. Nat. Hist, la., II.,
p. 381.

Maebride : ‘ 1 Sporangia in clusters, close packed and erect, not
spreading, bright ferruginous prior to spore dispersal, cylindric,
stipitate, of varying height; stipe jet black shining, about one-
third the total height; hypothallus generally well developed;
columella black, gradually tapering, at length dissolving in cap-
illitial threads and net some distance below the diminished plu¬
mose apex; capillitium of fuscous threads, the inner network of
sparingly united branches uniformly thickened, the surface net
composed of small, regular, polygonal meshes, the peridial pro¬
cesses few : spore-mass bright ferruginous, spores by transmitted
light pale, almost colorless, smooth, 5-7/a. The species as now
constituted includes forms varying in size from 2.5-25 mm.”

Lister: “Plasmodium white. Total height 7-12 mm. Sporan¬
gia cinnamon -brown. Stalk 3-6 mm. long, arising from a mem¬
branous hypothallus. Capillitium as in S. fcmiginea, but the
superficial net has rounded, more regular meshes, 5-10/a in di¬
ameter, and the threads of the meshes are often rather stout.
Spores 4-6y in diameter. ’ ’

My specimens do not agree entirely with the above descriptions,
but neither do they agree with that of S. ferruginea. The
sporangia are from 7-12 mm. tall, but the stems are not over
one-fourth the entire height. Many nodes of the inner network
are broadened somewhat. The meshes of the outer net are not
regular, and they vary from 5-14/a in diameter. The other char¬
acteristics, howrever, leave this species, without doubt, where I
have placed it.

One of my specimens was found growing upon much decayed
wood in Madison, October 1901, one was found upon bark near
Tomahawk, and a third upon wood near the Whirlpool rapids of
the Wisconsin, in the summer of 1893.

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1257

Comatricha longa Peek.

1890. Comatricha longa Peek. Rep. N. Y. Mus., 43, p. 70.

Peek : 1 ‘ Stems growing from a shining membranous hypothal-
lus, closely gregarious, penetrating the peridia as a columella,
capillary, black; peridia narrowly cylindrical, generally elon¬
gated, 12-40 mm. long, often flexuous, very fugacious, its
branches generally somewhat reticulately connected near their
base and forming a few large meshes, externally divided into
slender, sharp-pointed, divergent, spine-like branchlets, with free
apices blackish; spores globose, even, .0003 to .00035 in. in di¬
ameter. ’ ’

Maebride describes this species as having sporangia crowded
in depressed masses or tufts. He says the stipe is generally
very short and the hypothallus black. He calls the spore-mass
blue-black and the spores by transmitted light dark brown, glo¬
bose, w^arted, and about 9/x in diameter. He says the sporangia,
though generally about 20-25 mm., occasionally reach 50 mm.

Lister notes the further fact that the columella is wavy, with
angular flexures in the upper part, tapering in breadth from'
20 fx at the base to 2y near the summit, and that the terminal
branches of the capillitium are rigid and fork at an acute angle.
He calls the spores dark gray, spinulose, the spines usually con¬
nected by faint lines forming a reticulation.

Massee includes this species in the genus Stomonitis, calling it
S. longa Massee. He finds the axils of the capillitium branches
usually rounded, and often occupied for some distance by a thin
membrane, sometimes connected laterally. He finds the spores
to be very minutely reticulated, 7-8 y in diameter.

The specimen which I have shows the general characteristics
as described above. The sporangia are from 30 to 40 mm. long.
The authorities whom I have quoted differ in regard to the epis-
pore. I find Ihe spores to be finely reticulated, but by very
narrow bands so much raised above the surface as to look along
the border like a regular row of sharp spines. I find the spores
to be dark brown and 9 ^ in diameter.

My one specimen I found in the campus woods near the lake,
growing upon smooth bark, in October 1903.

1258 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

Comatricha nigra (Pers.) Schroeter.

1791. Stemonitis nigra Pers.. Gmel., Syst. Nat., p. 1467.

1889. Comatricha nigra (Pers.) Schroeter, Fils, schles., p. 118.

Maebride: “Sporangia scattered, ferruginous or dark brown,
globose or ovoid, stipitate; stipe long, hair-like, tapering upward,
black ; hypothallus none ; columella rapidly diminishing toward
the top, at length dissipated; capillitium of slender flexuous
threads, radiating horizontally, repeatedly branching and anas-
tomozing to form an intricate dense network, from the surface of
which project a few short hook-like peridial processes; spore-
mass black, spores by transmitted light dark violaceous, smooth
or nearly so. 7-10/x in diameter. This species is easily recog¬
nized bv its almost globose sporangia mounted on long, slender
stalks These are 2 or 3 mm, high and generally persist a long
time after the sporangium has fallen. ”

Saccardo adopts the name C. friesiana (De By.) Rost. He
does not differ from Maebride in his description.

Massee adopts the name Stemonitis friesiana De Bary. He
states that the sporangium wall is very thin, disappearing, whit¬
ish with a silver sheen or purple black. He also speaks of the
stem expanding at the base into a small, circular, irregularly;
ribbed or latticed hypothallus. The wall I have not seen. The
hypothallus as he describes it shows plainly under the micro¬
scope. but is not noticeable without a lens.

Lister gives the total height of this species as from 1 to 6 mm.,
the color as purplish brown. He finds the capillitium threads an¬
astomosing and branching in semicircular curves. This character
of the branching I do not find to be constant. The spores he
describes as nearly smooth, or minutely and closely spinulose.

I find the globose or ovoid sporangia with their long stipes
quite determinative; and the long, slender columella, with the
capillitium threads freely branching from its entire length, pre¬
vent its being taken for a Lamproderma. It agrees in general
with the descriptions given above, though I find the spores smooth
or nearly so, not spinulose.

Our one specimen I found growing upon a small, very hard,
decorticated oak branch in the campus woods, July 18, 1904.

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1259

Comatricha stemonitis (Scop.) Sheldon.

1772. Mucor stemonitis Scopoli, FI. Cam., II., pp. 493-494.

1895. Comatricha stemonitis (Scop.) Sheldon, Minn. Bot. Stud.,
p. 473.

Macbride: “ Sporangia gregarious, scattered, cylindric, erect,
sometimes arcuate, obtuse, 2-3 mm. high, at first silvery, then
brown, as the peridium vanishes, stipitate; stipe black, about
one half the total height or less ; hypothallus distinct, more or
less continuous, reddish brown ; columella tapering upward,
black, attaining more or less completely the apex of the sporan¬
gium ; capillitium arising as rather stout branches of the colum¬
ella, soon taking the form of slender, flexuous, brownish threads,
which by repeated anastomosing form at length a close network,
almost as in Stemonitis, the free ultimate branches very delicate
and short ; spore-mass dark brown ; spores by transmitted light,
pale, almost smooth, except for the presence of a few scattered
but very prominent umbo-like warts, of which four or five may
be seen at one time, 5-7. 5/l in diameter.’ ’

Lister adopts the name C. typhoides Rost. He gives but
little in his description differing from the above. He says the
capillitium varies in the closeness of the network, and that forms
occur in which the threads are less flexuose. He finds the
spores to be pale lilac-brown, marked with 3-5 dark, flattened
warts on the hemisphere, and 3.5 to 7/x in diameter.

Saecardo calls the spores smooth and from 4.5 to 5/x in di¬
ameter.

The specimens which I have agree very closely with Macbride ’s
description. Remains of the violet-tinted peridium are upon
the apices of many of the sporangia. The spores are quite de¬
terminative — the few umbonate warts being very characteristic.

One specimen was found growing on dead soft wood, at Edge-
wood, Madison, July 18, 1903; two at Elmside, July 15, 1904,
one being on a much decayed oak stump and the other on a dead
poplar log; another on the inside of poplar bark found in the
cemetery woods, July 21, 1904; another on poplar wood found,
in the campus woods, July 22, 1904; another on dead wood
found on the Windsor road, July 30.

1260 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

Comatricha Persoonii Rost.

1875. Comatricha Persoonii Rost., Mon., p. 201.

Macbride: “ Sporangia gregarious, erect, cylindric, obtuse,
pale brown, stipitate ; stipe short, one-half to one-third the total
height, 1-1% mm., black, slender, even ; hypothallus thin, scanty,
transparent or white ; columella black, tapering gradually to the
apex, or very near it ; capillitium very dense, formed of flexuous
fuscous threads, branching abundantly, especially outwardly,
and ending in numerous short, free tips; spores covered with
distinct but scattered warts, pallid, tinged with purple, 9-10/a.”

Macbride also says: “This species in form and stature closely
resembles C. tyhina, but differs in the capillitial structure and
the epispore markings. In these particulars it more nearly cor¬
responds with C. pulchellai, from which its slender cylindric
form and blunt, sometimes widened apex distinguishes it.”

Lister has no single species to which this corresponds.

Massee does not recognize the genus Comatricha , but puts all
of these forms in the genus Stemonitis. He does not give C.
Persoonii among his synonyms, and does not describe any form
which corresponds to this as Macbride describes it.

Of this species I have but one group. I find the sporangia,
including the stipe, from 2 to 3 mm. high, the stipe alone %■ to
1 mm. The spores are dusky, warted, and about Sfi in diameter.

This collection was made in Vilas woods, July 16, 1904.

Comatricha flaccida (Lister) Morgan.

1894. Comatricha flaccida (Lister.) Morgan, Jour. Cin. Soc.,
p. 51.

Macbride: “Sporangia semi-erect, closely crowded in tufts
an inch or two in diameter, ferruginous, from a dark brown
hypothallus, sessile or short stipitate; columella weak, crooked,
percurrent, generally enlarged irregularly at the apex; capilli¬
tium of few slender brown branches which anastomose sparsely
and irregularly ; spore-mass ferruginous brown; spores by trans¬
mitted light bright reddish brown, minutely warted, 8-10^.”

Lister adopts the name Stemonitis splendens Rost., but al¬
though Macbride gives this name (var. flaccida) as a synomym,

Dean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin. 1261

Lister ’s description does not agree very well with either Mac-
bride ’s description or my specimen. Lister says the plasmodium
is creamy white, maturing at the place of emergence, which 1
find to be true. He says the sporangia are at first closely fasci¬
culate. I find them persistently so at and after maturity. He
describes a superficial net of the capillitium which I fail to find,
and the lack of which causes Macbride to place this species in
the genus Comafricha . My specimen agrees with Macbride ’s
description.

I have one specimen, growing on poplar wood, found in the
cemetery woods October 22, 1903.

Diachea leucopoda (Bull.) Rost.

1875. Diachea leucopoda (Bull.) Rost., Mon., p. 190.

Saccardo : “Peridia cylindrical, obtuse, stipitate; stipe short,
base thickened, snow-white, lengthened within the peridium into
a white cylindrical columella which does not reach the obtuse
vertex of the peiridium; capillitium threads white, slender;
spores dark violet, iridescent, 6-8/x in diameter.”

Macbride adds to the above characteristics that the sporangia
are rather closely gregarious, metallic blue, or purple iridescent,
cylindrical or ellipsoidal and sub-umbilicate below. The hvpo-
thallus is white, venulose, occurring from stipe to stipe to form,
an open network over the substratum. The capillitium threads
he calls brown, which agrees with the specimens that I have.
The spores in mass he finds to be nearly black. I find them
slightly iridescent. The spores he calls dull violaceous, min¬
utely roughened, 7-9^ in diameter. The peridium is exceed¬
ingly thin and early deciduous ; the stipe long persistent.

Lister finds the stalk to be stout, brittle, furrowed, one-thircl
or one-half the height of the sporangium. He finds the capil¬
litium of profusely branched and anastomosing threads connect¬
ing the columella with the sporangium wall, dark violet-brown,
colorless at the extremities. The spores he calls minutely
spinulose.

Massee adds nothing new to the above descriptions.

T find this beautiful little species easily determined from its
very white stipe and its dark iridescent sporange. The whole
sporange is quite likely to disappear early, leaving sometimes a

1262 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

large number of the white conical stipes without a single spor-
ange to show what it had been.

I have specimen gathered at Blue Mounds, August 18, 1903,
of which none of the sporanges remain ; the white stipes covering
the setae of a green moss. Two specimens in which this species
was growing on leaves, grass, moss and small twigs were found
opposite Fond du Lac, July 28, 1897. Not many of the spor¬
anges remain on the stipes of these. I found some fine speci¬
mens in the cemetery woods, July 21, 1904, and two lots were
found at Blue Mounds, July 23, 1904. Of these last some were
growing on a piece of dead twig which was about three-fouirths
of an inch in diameter, some on a living green fern frond, and
a great quantity on dead leaves which had lodged beside a de¬
cayed log. Specimens found in Vilas woods, July 28, 1904, in¬
clude one group on a thick dead oak leaf, the hypothallus in this
showing its venulose character very beautifully. Another group
on many green leaves and stems was found at Blue Mounds, July
13, 1907. ”

Lamproderma violaceum (Fries) Rost.

1829. Stemonitis riolacea Fries, Syst. Myc., III., p. 162.

1875. Lamproderma violaceum . (Fries) Rost., Mon., p. 204.

Macbride: “Sporangia closely gregarious or scattered, de¬
pressed globose, more or less umbilicate below, metallic blue or
purple, sessile or short stipitate; stipe stout, dark brown or
black, even; hypothallus when the sporangia are crowded, a
thin, continuous, purplish membrane; when the sporangia are
scattered, the hypothallus discoidal; columella cylindric or tap¬
ering slightly upward, the apex obtuse, black, attaining the
center of the sporangium; capillitium lax and flaccid, made up
of flexuous threads branching and anastomosing to form a net¬
work, open in the interior, more dense without, the threads at
first pale brown as they leave the columella, becoming paler out¬
ward to the colorless tips; spores minutely warted, violaceous
gray, 9-ll^u. When the sporangia are empty the pallid extrem¬
ities give a whitish appearance to the little spheres. Only when
the spores are ready for dispersal does the peridium assume its
rich metallic purple tints. 5 ’

Saccardo’s description does not differ from the above.

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin .

1263

Lister speaks of the capillitium threads as springing from the
upper part of the columella. He gives the total height of the
fruit-body as 0.6 to 1.5 mm.

Massee says the branches of the capillitium spring from the
apex and sides of the columella. He calls the spores smooth and
9-12/* in diameter.

I find Macbride’s description to be the most satisfactory for
my material. The peridium is evanescent, but the fragments
remaining are of an intense metallic violet-blue. The capillitium
is attached almost entirely to the top of the columella, the points
of attachment not extending below the rounded edges of the
truncated top. The spores I find violaceous, evidently warted,
and 9-11 n in diameter.

Large groups of this species were found at the mouth of the
Brule River, July 17, 1897, growing on the stems of green moss,
and at Sturgeon Bay, July 24, 1907, growing on dead leaves
and twigs in the woods.

Reticularia lycoperdon Bulliard.

1791. Reticularia lycoperdon Bulliard, Champ, de la France ,

p. 95.

Saccardo: “Spores, columella, and capillitium brown, cortex
also of the same color, opaque, thin, silvery-smooth or unequally
covered with warts: spores reticulated upon half their surface,
8—9/4 in diameter.

Macbride’s description is much more complete: “JEthalium
pulvinate, 2.8 cm. broad, at first silvery white, later less lustrous,
the cortex irregularly and slowly deciduous ; hypothallus at first
conspicuous as a white margin extending round the entire aetha-
lium, evanescent without, but persisting as a firm membrane
beneath the spore-mass : spore-mass umber. ’ ’ He calls the reticu¬
lated portion of the spore-surface about two-thirds, and says the
remaining portion is slightly warted.

Lister describes the capillitium as consisting of the persistent
remains of the sporangium walls, forming irregular chambered
and branching strands arising from the hypothallus, dividing
above into numerous flattened and delicate flexuous threads. He
speaks of the spores as somewhat turbinate, thickened and closely

1264 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

reticulated on the rounded side, the remaining part marked with
scattered warts. He gives their size as 6-8/a in diameter.

Massee describes the color as varying from dull umber, through
reddish-brown to pale gray with silver lustre. He also speaks
of the slender anastomosing branches of the capillitium. He
calls the spores 7-9/a in diameter.

The one specimen which I have is about an inch and a half
long, a beautiful silvery- white, cortex slightly roughened. Lis¬
ter has described the character of the capillitium as I find it,
quite exactly. I find the spores as he describes them, appearing
turbinate in some positions ; but the reticulated portion is more
nearly two-thirds than a half, as given in the original descrip¬
tion. The edge of the reticulated portion stands out from the
remainder of the surface in quite a marked way, as if a part had
been cut off. I find the spores to be from 7 to 11/a in diameter.

This specimen was found growing on the bark of an erect
maple in Madison, October 18. 1901.

Enteridium rozeanum Wing. ,

1892. Enteridium rozeanum Wingate, Macbr., Bidl. Lab. Nat .

Hist. Iowa , II., p. 117.

Massee gives Wingate’s original description, which I quote in
part: “iEthalium of irregular shape, globose, ovoid, or round¬
ed pyramidal, attached to the substratum by a wide base. Vari¬
able in size from 5-30 mm. in diameter. Cortex and mass of
spores ferruginous brown; occasionally the cortex shining;
sometimes membranous, pellucid . The walls of the spor¬

angia (which form a capillitium) membranous, pellucid, band¬
like, combining into an all-sided network attached uniformly to
all sides of the cortex. The bands have triangular or polygonal
expansions at the angles where they join each other. Spores
globose, about two- thirds of the surface covered with a delicate,
regular, fine-meshed network, the remainder with simple warts
or elongated ridges . Spores measure 7.5-9/a.”

Macbride adopts the name given b}' Morgan, E. splendens .
His description adds to the excellent one given above: “iEtha-
lium pulvinate, even, or somewhat irregular, unevenly swollen
or inflated, lobate or compound, covered by an exceedingly thin,
generally smooth, shining, but never wdrite pellicle or cortex;

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1265

.... hypothallus white, often wide extending . Easily

distinguished by its brown color and smooth, shining, though un¬
even surface.”

Lister does not differ from the above quoted descriptions.

The foregoing descriptions are very satisfactory. I have
found small specimens of this species growing in the midst of
Ly cogala epidcndrum of about the same size. There was, how¬
ever no difficulty in distinguishing them. The Enteridium ro-
zeanum has generally a broader base, and always more or less
of a thin light brown, often white, hypothallus partly or wholly
surrounding it. The surface, too, is more irregular and of a
redder brown than the Lyc-ogala. Many are pulvinate and lobed.
Those I have vary from % to 6 cm. in length. I find the spores
to be more regularly globose than those of Reticularia ly coper-
don, and with less of the surface reticulated — not more than
half, with the rest of the spore minutely roughened ; spores
7 -9 ix

We have two specimens from "Wisconsin which do not have
the exact locality and date given; another from near Webster on
dead wood, collected in the summer of 1894; one from Blue
Mounds, October 4, 1902 ; three from Madison, 1901 ; several
marked Madison, October 14, 1897 ; several Madison, October 19,
1901 ; and a large number from the cemetery woods, Madison,
October 20, 1903. Many of the latter show large tubules, whit¬
ish inside, extending to or above the surface, which have been
made by insects. In some of these tubules the dead insect is
still to be found.

Macbride says in his description, ‘ ‘ capillitium none,” yet on
Plate I. of the same book he gives a figure which he, on the op¬
posite page, calls the capillitium of this species. The illustra¬
tion agrees with the structure which I find in the interior of the
sethalia.

Lindbladia effusa (Ehr.) Rost.

1818. Licea effusa Ehr., Sylv. Myc. Ber., p. 26.

1875. Lindbladia effusa (Ehr.) Rost., Mon., p. 223.

Saccardo: ‘‘JSthalia nude, upon a common well-developed
hypothallus, cortex very early becoming dry and dark, thick,
brown, shining, wrinkled: spore-mass ochraceous or umber-
brown; spores clear, brownish, smooth, 6-7g.”

1266 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

Macbride gives a fuller description than the foregoing.
“Sporangia minute, either closely combined and superimposed,
so as to form a pulvinate sethalium, or crowded together in a
single layer, sessile or short stipitate; the peridia thin, mem¬
branous, marked by scattered plasmodic granules, often lustrous,
sometimes dull lead-colored or blackish, especially above ; stipe,
when present, very short but distinct, brown rugulose.” He
calls the spores nearly smooth, almost colorless, 6-7. 5ft, in di¬
ameter. He adds that the sporangia are sometimes free and
even short-stipitate. In the more complex phase the sporangia
are heaped together in a pulvinate mass. The hypothallus is a
prominent feature.

Lister’s description varies but little from the foregoing. He
speaks of the sporangium- wall as membranous, yellow-brown,
uniform, beset with scattered clusters of dark, round, plasmodic
granules, ly in diameter. He calls the spores faintly warted,
4-6/x in diameter.

Massee makes this species a Tubulina (T. effusa Massee). His
description contains nothing different from the above except
that he calls the spores yellowish-brown, very indistinctly ver-
rueulose, 6-8 y in diameter. He adds: “Often forming compact,
flattened cakes extending for three or four inches.”

We have fine specimens on moss and the decayed wood on
which the moss grew; the masses are from one-half to two and
one-half inches long, the most of each mass in a single stratum
and thin, but in some places the sporangia are superimposed;
the hypothallus is very marked but not extending beyond the
sporangia ; sporangia not noticeable wrinkled ; capillitium none ;
spores almost colorless, faintly warted, 6— iy in diameter.

These specimens vrere collected near Wausau in the summer
of 1394.

Tubifera ferruginosa (Batsch) Macbr.

1786. Stemonitis ferruginosa Batsch, Eleuch., p. 261, fig. 175.
1791. Tubifera ferruginosa Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 1472 (ex
parte).

Macbride: “Sporangia crowded, cylindric or prismatic,
elongate, connate, more or less distinct above, pale umber brown,
generally simple though occasionally branched above, the per-

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin. 1267

idia thin, sometimes fragile, but generally persistent, transpar¬
ent iridescent ; hypothalius strongly developed, spongiose white,
often projecting beyond the sethalioid mass of sporangia; spore-
mass umber-brown or ferruginous; spores by transmitted light
almost colorless, plainly reticulate over three-fourths of the sur¬
face, 6-7/x. Not rare on old logs, mosses, etc., from Maine to
Alaska. Apparently more common north than south. Easily
known by its long, tubular sporangia packed with rusty spores
and destitute of any trace of columella or capillitium, the hypo-
thallus explanate, rather thick, but not columnar. A single
plasmodium may give rise to one or several colonies, at first
watery or white, then red, of somewhat varying shades, then
finally umber-brown. ’ ’ Macbride goes on to say that the peridia
are sometimes acuminate, and widely separate above. In most
cases, however, the peridia are connate throughout, and some¬
times present above a common membranous covering.

Saccardo adopts the name Tubulin a cylindrica (Bull.) D. C.
He calls the spores 5-6u in diameter.

Lister differs from the above description in his measurement
of the spores, which he gives as 7-9/x. He also says that the
sporangia when immature and pulpy are of a beautiful straw¬
berry color.

The two specimens which I have were found at Watertown,
August 31, 1903. They were growing quite close together on
the end of a decayed piece of wood. They are well-rounded
masses about two-thirds and seven-eighths of an inch in diameter
respectively, each on an inconspicuous white hypothalius. When
found they were bright red. When fully ripe they become
umber-brown. Macbride ’s description seems accurate for these
specimens.

Later, on July 9, 1904, a mass of this species nearly covering
a space 4 by 5 inches was found growing on much-decayed wood
at Blue Mounds. Another small specimen I found at Blue
Mounds, July 23, 1904.

1268 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

Tubifera stipitata (Berk. & Ray.) Macbr.

1868. Licea stipitata Berk, and Rav., Jour. Linn Soc , X p

350.

1875. Tubulim stipitata (Berk. & Rav.) Rost.

Macbride : Sporangia crowded in a globose or more or less

hemispheric, expanded head, borne upon a spongy, stem-like, sili¬
cate hypothallus, their apices rounded, their walls very thin,
evanescent ; spores in mass umber-brown, small, about 5y, the
epispore reticulate as in T. ferruginosa. This species differs
from T. ferruginosa chiefly in the cushion-like receptacle on
which the crowded sporangia are borne, and in the smaller
spores.”

Saccardo adopts the name Tubulina stipitate (Berk. & Rav.)
Rost. He differs from Macbride in calling the spores delicately
warted.

Lister finds the spores to be minutely reticulated over the
greater part of the surface, the remaining part smooth or marked
with ridges, and 3 to 5/m in diameter.

Massee adopts the name Tubulina stipitata Rost. He describes
the spores as having about three-fourths of the surface covered
wdth a regular small network, the remainder with much larger
meshes.

I find the distinctive points of this species to be the stem-like
hypothallus, and the small size of the spores. The spores are
finely reticulated over the greater part of the surface, the re¬
mainder having a very irregular network of rather coarse ridges.

The one group of specimens which I have was found in Vilas
woods, July 16, 1904, growing on much decayed oak.

Cribraria aurantiaca Schrad.

1797. Cribraria aurantiaca Schrader, Nov. Gen. PI., p. 5.

Saccardo: “ Sporangia gregarious, spherical, more or less
cernuous, stipitate, tawny to dark tawmy ; stipe attenuate above,
dusky ; calyculus well developed, hemispherical, the margin
armed wTith short acute teeth ; nodules commonly much branched,
the apices prolonged so as to at length join with one another;

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin. 1269

spores from pale golden to dusky yellow, smooth, 5-9/x in di¬
ameter. ’ ?

Macbride adds a very important distinction — that the caly-
culns is more or less distinctly marked by fine delicate radiating
venules. He finds that the net forms rather large three- to five¬
sided meshes with small, irregular, brownish nodules and show¬
ing only here and there a free extremity. He also states that
this species is generally recognized by the large sporangia, 0.5-
0.9 mm, the comparatively short stipe, simple net, and more or
less orange color, the colour being uncertain.

Lister describes the calyculus as one-third the height of the
sporangium, and beset with round plasmodic granules 0.5 to ly.
in diameter, arranged in close lines radiating from the base. I
find this, description very good for the character of the caly¬
culus.

Massee adds that the sporangia are scattered, which I find
to be true. They are never crowded.

My specimens agree with the above quoted descriptions.
Among the ripe sporangia I found a small quantity of little
intensely black and shining droplets, which may have been im¬
mature sporangia. Many of the ripe ones which had not lost
their spores had a tiny black spot on top. I tried to induce the
black droplets to develop in a moist chamber, but they at once
became covered with a white mold and failed to develop.

I made a large collection of this species from a decayed oak
stump at Elmside, Madison, July 15, 1904.

Cribraria dictydioides Cke. and Balf.

1881. Cribraria dictydioides Cke. and Balf., Rav. Fung. Am.,
475.

Macbride: < ‘ Sporangia gregarious, of medium size, globose,
eernuous, stipitate ; the stipe long, slender, tapering upwards,
dull brown in color; hvpothallus none; the calyculus variable,
sometimes well-developed, as in C. aurantiaca , sometimes rudi¬
mentary or represented only by irregular node-like ribs; the
network delicate, the meshes small, few-sided; the nodules large,
prominent, brown, irregular, with many radiating, free project¬
ing threads, besides the single continuous filaments which pass

1270 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

from node to node; spore-mass pale, ochraceous ; spores nearly
smooth, colorless, 5-7

He says that this seems to be the most common Cribraria in
the Mississippi valley, and that it is generally distinguished by
the scant calyculus and the beautiful richness of its complex net;
that the calyculus is often entirely absent, and this would seem
to be the typical condition. The rather large sporangia, 0.6
mm., and the especially numerous radiating threads, seem to be
the most distinctly diagnostic characters.

Lister places this as a variety dictydioid.es of C. intricata
Schrad, He finds1 the cup almost or quite obsolete; the nodes
in the lower part of the net elongated and confluent, forming
ribs converging to the apex of the stalk.

Massee: gives as the most distinctive characteristics: perman¬
ent ribs broad and flattened below, anastomosing laterally, filled
with granules, passing upwards into numerous elongated or ir¬
regularly angular, prominently convex, colored nodes containing
granules, and connected at various points by very thin, color¬
less threads ; the spores minutely verrucose. 5-7 y in diameter.

The variability of the calyculus makes this species sometimes
difficult to determine. In one collection that I have, the caly¬
culus is entirely absent, the sporangia having only ribs and
nodules. In another, the calyculus is quite noticeable. The
spores I find to be colorless and about by in diameter.

Our specimens are on much-decayed wood, and were found in
Yilas woods in July 1904, and at Mauston, in June 1905.

Cribraria tenella Schrader.

1797. Cribraria. tendla Schrad., Nov. Gen. PI. , p. 6

Mach ride: “ Sporangia gregarious, small, 0.4-0. 5 mm. in di¬
ameter, olivaceous or ochraceous, long-stipitate, nodding; stipe
slender, dark brown or blackish, very long, reaching 6 mm.,
weak and flexuous; calyculus variable, sometimes well-defined,
brown, costate, sometimes represented, by the costae only con¬
nected by a thin, transparent membrane ; net well differentiated,
the meshes small, irregular, the nodes small, black, more or less
globular, prominent, connected by transparent threads with oc¬
casional or numerous free ends : spores in mass olivaceous-ochra-
ceous, under the lens pallid, globose, smooth, 5-7y. Generally

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin. 1271

easily recognized by its very long stipe, small globose sporangium
dotted with numerous small roundish nodules projecting plainly
above the general surface. The obconic calyculus is always re¬
presented in the outline, if not in definite structure.’’

Lister calls the cup one-third the height of the sporangium, or
more or less obsolete. The nodes are connected by three to six
very slender threads, and few or no rays.

Massee finds the calyculus occupying about half the sporan¬
gium, often perforated above.

The description of Saccardo does not differ essentially from
the above.

The specimens which I have agree with the above descriptions
in general. The calyculus is variable, as Macbride has said.

My one collection of specimens was found at Madison, May
1902, growing on much weather-worn soft wood, mixed with the
ripe sporangia of Uemitrichia elavata.

Bictydhun cancellation (Batsch) Macbr.

1789. Mucor cancellatus Batsch, Blench. Fung., II., p. 131.
1889. Biotydium cancellatnm (Batsch.) Macbride, M.-A. S.-M.,
p. 172.

Macbride gives the best description : ‘ 1 Sporangia gregarious,

depressed globose, nodding, the apex at length umbilicate, stipi-
tate, in color brown, or brownish purple ; the stipe varying much
in length from two to ten times the diameter of the sporangium,
attaining from 5 to 6 mm., generally erect, more or less twisted
and pallid at the apex, below dark brown, with hypothallus
small or none ; calyculus often wanting, when present a mere
film connecting the ribs of the net; the net made up chiefly of
meridional ribs connected at intervals by transverse parallel
threads, above an open Cribraria- like network closing the apex
and more or less rudimentary; the spores varying in color
through all shade of brown and purple when seen in mass, by
transmitted light reddish, 5-7^, smooth or nearly so.”

Saccardo adopts the name B. cernuum (Pers.) Nees. He calls
the spores yellow-brown, smooth, and 4-5y in diameter.

Lister calls the color red-brown ; the spores pale red, minutely
wanted, and from 4— 7w in diameter. He finds the spores “usu-

1272 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters .

ally with two to four purple plasmodic granules on the spore
wall.”

Massee adopts the name L. cernuum Nees. His description
agrees essentially with the foregoing.

In the specimens which I have I find some of the spores with
the purple plasmodic granules mentioned by Lister, but I think
their connection with the spores is accidental, the granules hav¬
ing been separated from the ribs and merely touching the surface
of the spores.

I find the spores by transmitted light not reddish but rather
faintly yellowish, nearly colorless and smooth. The meridional
ribs of this species render the determination certain.

One of my specimens from the campus woods, July 18, 1904,
and another from a different part of Madison, growing on de¬
cayed wood, are of a decided purplish tinge; another from the
cemetery woods, July 9, 1904, is a light rusty-brown, showing no
hint of purple, and three gathered in Vilas woods, July 1.6, 1904,
and one at Blue Mounds, July 8, 1904, are brown with a more or
less purple tint. All are on wood except one of the Vilas woods
specimens, which is partly on a thin bark.

Lycogala epidendrum (Buxb.) Fries.

1721. Lycoperdon epidendron, etc., Buxbaum, En, PI. Hal., p.

203.

1829. Lycogala epidendrum (Buxb.) Fries, Syst. Myc ., III., p.

80.

Saccardo: “HOthalia gregarious, spherical, shining, warted,
at first pink, then red, at length ashen or dusky ; spores and cap-
illitium various colors, pink, purple, violet-red, at length pale,
lead-color or gray ; spores smooth. 3-5/* in diameter.”

Macbride has found the gethalia solitary as well as clustered.
He calls: them depressed-spherical, or when crowded, irregular,
3-10 mm. in diameter. He finds them dehiscing irregularly, but
more often near the apex. He adds : ‘ ‘ Peridium thin, but tough
and persistent, made up of numerous agglutinated tubules, en¬
closing in their meshes peculiar cell-like vesicles; capillitium
parietal, consisting of long, branching, and anastomosing flat¬
tened tubules extending inwardly among the spores, everywhere
marked by transverse wrinkles, ridges and warts, the free ends
of the ultimate branchlets rounded, concolorous with the spores ;

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1273

• . . spores by transmitted light colorless, minutely rough¬

ened or reticulate, 5-6/*. ”

Lister’s description agrees with those already given excepting
as to the size of the spores, which he gives as 5-7/* in diameter.

Massee finds the diameter of the capillitium thread 8-12/*, its
tube soon collapsing; he finds the spores minutely but distinctly
warted and from 4 to 6/* in diameter.

The above descriptions are fairly correct for my specimens.
I find the capillitium to be of long, branching, anastomosing
tubes from 3 to 21 /* thick, wrinkled, with free ends which are
elavate, spherical, or merely rounded off. The spores are min¬
utely roughened, 6-7/* in diameter.

We have specimens from upwards, of a dozen different locali¬
ties in the state, including the Lake Superior region. This species
seems to be one of the most common and most plentiful. We have
it collected April 29, 1904, at Blue Mounds, evidently just grown.
We have collected it in July, October, and November. We have
three groups of asthalia growing on three different species of
Polyporus, one on wood charred by fire, on cedar, oak, and poplar,
both on wood and bark, and on moss and the decayed wood on
which the moss is growing.

Lycogala fiavo-fuscum (Ehr.) Rost.

1818. Biphtherium fiavo-fuscum Ehr., Syl. Myc. Berol ., p. 27.
1873. Lycogala fiavo-fuscum (Ehr.) Rost., Versuch., p. 3.

Mlthalia spherical, surface opaque, smooth or indistinctly retic¬
ulate, brownish-gray ; spore and capillitium-mass brownish-
gray; spores delicately minutely spirmlose 3.3-5. 8/* in diameter,
of a faint clay color.

Macbride speaks of the aethalia as solitary or two or three
together, 2-4 cm. in diameter, purplish-giray or brown, smooth,
shining ; the peridium showing two or three layers in microscopic
section; capillitium of abundantly branching, irregular, trans¬
parent tubules, marked by numberless warts and transverse
rings or wrinkles; he calls the spore-mass yellowish gray, the
spores by transmitted light colorless, smooth or faintly reticulate
or roughened, 5-6/* in diameter. He says this species is generally
mistaken for a puff-ball.

1274 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

Lister states that the middle layer of the peridium is an aggre¬
gation of yellow vesicles intermixed with the peripheral ends of
the capillitium, the inner layer homogeneous, pierced by the eap-
illitium threads : he gives the diameter of the threads as 6 to 20/*
or more, and speaks of their having numerous blunt-ended free
branches.

Massee gives as the diameter of the sethalia 3-9 cm. He calls
the tubes of the capillitium rather scanty, 4-5/x thick, slightly
rugulose or with indistinctly raised bands.

The specimens which I have are from 2-3.5 cm. in diameter,
brownish-grav, surface shining, under the hand lens showing reti¬
culations. The spores agree with Maebride’s measurements,
5— 6(u. I find them faintly reticulate and colorless. The capilli-
tium is distinctive and would separate it at once from the Reti-
cuiarias or Enteridiums, with which it might be confounded. The
capillitium thread is very broad in places, even 45/*, in others as
narrow as 6/*; it is irregular, branched, wrinkled, minutely
warted, with blunt ends. It resembles the capillitium of L. exi-
guum except in width. The color under the microscope is pale
yellow. The figures given in Lister, PI. LXXV., A, are correct
for the capillitium as I find it.

This species does not seem to be common ; our eight specimens
are from Madison, collected in September, 1901, and November
16, 1894; one group of three aethalia growing on dead maple
bark.

Ly cogala exiguum Morg.

1893. Lycogala exiguum Morg , Jour. Gin. Soc.} p. 134.

Morgan: “iEthalia small, globose, gregarious, the surface dark
brown or blackish, minutely scaly, irregularly dehiscent. The
wall thin ; the vesicles with a dark polygonal outline, disposed in
thin reticulate patches, which are more or less confluent. The
tubules appear as an interwoven fibrous stratum upon the inner
membrane : they send long slender branched extremities inward
among the spores. Spores in mass pale ochraceous, globose,
nearly smooth, 5—6/* in diameter. Growing on old wood. Hiltha-
lium 2-5 mm. in diameter, the threads 2-10/* in thickness, with
very slight thickenings of the membrane. The polygonal vesi-

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1275

cles give a reticulate appearance to the dark-brown patches which
ornament the snirf ace of the wall. ’ ’

In Maebride ’s description are the statements that this is found
in the same situations as L. epidendrum and at the same season;
that this species is recognizable by its gregarious habit, small
size, and dusky color; and that the little spheres are dark lead-
colored, shading to black.

Neither Massee, Lister nor Saccardo mentions this species.

The specimens which I have agree with the above descriptions
very closely. The aethalia besides being smaller than those of
L. epidendrum, are of a dusky brown or nearly black color from
the first. The irregular scales on their surface under the lens
show7 the vesicles as having nearly regular polygonal outlines,
quite different from those in the peridium of L. epidendrum.
The spores are smoother and not tinted with yellow7. The capilli-
tilim threads I find to be from 3-9(u wide, and although preserv¬
ing the general appearance of those of L. epidendrum., yet the
wrinkles in these are less deep. fewrer, and are irregularly placed.

We have but one specimen, which was found growing on decay¬
ing basswood, at Devil’s lake, July 2, 1904.

Ophiotheca Wrightii Berk and Curtis.

1868. Ophiotheca Wrightii Berk, and Curtis, Jour. Linn. Soc.y
X., p. 349.

Maebride : “Plasmocliocarp bent or short-flexuous, often, arcu¬
ate or completely annular, dark chestnut brown or black, open¬
ing irregularly : peridium thin, brittle, translucent, covered with¬
out by a rather dense layer of brownish or blackish brown scales ;
capillitium of long, sparingly branched threads furnished with
projecting spinules remarkable for their length, about twice the
diameter of the thread; spores yellow7, minutely but distinctly
warted, about 12 y. Tt is readily distinguished at sight by the
peculiar annular, looped, and U-shaped plasmodioearps, with
their dark umbrine or blackened surface.”

Saccardo gives the diameter of the spores as 10.8 to 12.5/q
capillitium threads as 2.5 to 3.3 y thick, and spines on the thread
as 1.7 to 3y long.

Massee says the sporangia dehisce in a circumscissile manner.
He describes the threads of the capillitium as densely and very

1276 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

minutely verrueulose, in addition to the numerous spines, which
he finds to be 2 to 4y long. The diameter of the spores he gives
as 1 0 to 14 fi.

Lister puts the species into the genus Perichaena, and names
it P. chrysosperma. His description leaves no doubt that it is the
same species described by Macbride as above. He says, however,
that the sporangium wall is of two layers, the outer composed of
brown granular matter, which either forms a complete crust or
is more or less obsolete; the inner layer is subcartiiaginous, yel¬
lowish-olive, translucent. Stalk, when present, stout, black.

My one specimen consists of eight sporanges, one of which is a
thick ring, another about two-thirds of a ring, one dumb-bell
shaped, and two nearly spherical ; the other three are too much
broken for their shape to be distinguished.

They have a thin, dull, dark membrane on the outside, broken
away in places, showing a shining yellow inner membrane ; capil-
litium irregular, branched, 3-5^ thick, with scattered, slender,
bent, curved, or twisted spines, 3-5 /x long; free ends few, clavate,
spineseent ; spores yellow, warted, 9-12^. The long spines on the
threads are very distinctive.

T found this species on the bark of a knot of a small dead oak
twig which had a few hours before been blown from a tree to a
walk on the university campus. The sporangia must have
formed while the twig was still high above the ground — an un¬
usual position for a myxomycete.

Perichaena depressa Libert.

1837. Perichaena depressa Libert, FI., Crypt. Ard., IV., No. 378.

Saccardo : “Peridia very much depressed, gregarious, crowded,
polygonal, united laterally, red to chestnut-brown, shining, top
coming off like a lid ; capillitium well developed, threads of vari¬
ous forms and thicknesses 8 to 33^; spores globose, smooth, 9-
IV”

Macbride says the capillitium is of slender yellow threads of
various widths, almost smooth ; spores minutely warted, 10-12/x
in diameter; shallow spore-cases in which lie the yellow spores
and scanty capillitium.

Lister speaks of this species as having a sporangium-wall of
two layers, the outer cartilaginous, charged with brown granular

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1277

matter, and more or less closely combined with the membranous,
smooth inner layer. He calls the spores minutely warted, 8-12/a
in diameter.

Massee calls the capillitium threads smooth, rarely notched or
furnished with rudimentary scattered spinules ; spores minutely
warted, 9-12 /a in diameter.

In my material the capillitium is not very abundant, varying
in width, with irregular projections, branched ; spores minutely
warted, 9-12/a in diameter.

My one group of sporangia I found on a piece of oak bark in
the campus woods in October, 1903.

Perachaena corticalis (Batsch) Rost.

1783. Lycoperdon corticale Batsch. Eleuch, Fung., p. 155.

1875. PericJiaena corticalis (Batsch) Rost., Mon., p. 293.

Saecardo: “Peridia gregarious, sessile, resting upon a hypo-
thallus, spheroidal, depressed, dehiscence circumscissile ; from
dirty yellow to obscure red; capillitium scantily developed,
threads S-25/a thick; spores smooth, light yellow, 10-12 /a.”

Macbride calls the upper part or lid chestnut brown, the lower
almost black ; capillitium smooth, attached to the lid and usually

coming away with it . On and under the bark of dead elms

of various species . Prior to maturity the future line of

fission is plainly indicated by the difference in color. In another
place he says the capillitium is nearly smooth; spores only
slightly roughened by minute warts.

Lister says the sporangia sometimes form short, broad plas-
modiocarps ; that they are crowded, sessile on a broad or narrow
base, rarely substipitate. He calls the color dark purple or
purplish-brown, nut-brown, gray, or white. “Dehiscing along
definite lines, either horizontally with a convex lid, or in broad
sinuous lobes.’ ’ He calls the capillitium threads irregularly
compressed, angled and constricted, minutely warted, rarely
smooth. Size of the spores, 12-14/* in diameter.

Massee describes the color as brown, bluish-purple, sometimes
whitish ; capillitium sometimes almost obsolete, threads thin,
smooth, or here and there notched ; spores warted, warts variable
in size, sometimes very indistinct, at others well developed, never
smooth. 9-12/a in diameter. The spores vary in marking from
vague granulations to well-defined warts.

1278 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

My material shows sporangia that are gregarious, sessile or
substipitate, globose, ellipsoidal, sometimes umbilicate below, or
forming short plasmodiocarps, but none are flattened ; dehiscence
eircumscissile by a convex lid with sinuous lobes, as Listen states ;
the color medium or dark brown, sometimes with a purplish
tinge; sometimes but not always showing in lighter color the
line of dehiscence ; there are no such differences of color between
the cap and cup in my specimens as Macbride mentions; thin,
shining, extended hypothallus. Macbride states that the capil-
litium is smooth, then he says nearly smooth, yet in his figures
the capillitium is represented as angled, notched, and with pro¬
jections. I find the capillitium scanty or almost wsanting,
branched, unequal, yet none as wide as Saccardo gives, never
smooth, but angled, constricted, with projections, but no minute
warts; capillitium and spore-mass yellow; spores minutely
wanted, 10-12y.

I obtained this species in large quantities, October 19, 1903,
from all parts of the bark of a poplar log in the Elmside woods.
I found none on the wood itself. April 29, 1904, the log had
been removed, but a few rods away was a piece of poplar bark
bearing several groups of the species, of the last year’s fruit.
With these was a group nearly white, wrinkled and shriveled:
these put into a wmrrn moist-chamber became plump and came to
maturity. I think that they had started to grow one unusually
■warm April day and that the succeeding cold had arrested their
development.

Some pieces of the bark brought into the herbarium room in
October and in April, put under a bell-jar on a tin plate and kept
moist, fruited plentifully, giving me material for the study of
their life-history. The plasmodium appears on the surface only
as tiny milky wdiite drops which are the beginnings of the sporan¬
gia. The time from the first appearance of the plasmodium to
that of the fully ripe spores does not ordinarily exceed thirty-
six hours.

Somewhat later in the spring of 1904, several logs which had
been brought into the Science Hall greenhouse bore large crops of
several kinds of myxomycetes, among them a large quantity of
Perichaena corticalis, which I used for further study of its life-
history.

These logs came from the university campus near the buildings,
but I have never found this species growing in those woods.

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1279

Laclmobolus Occident alls Macbr.

1885. Laclmobolus incarnatus (Alb. and Schw.) Macbr., Bull
Lab. Nat. Hist. Iowa , II., p. 126.

Macbride: “Sporangia scattered or crowded upon a hypothal-
lus more or less distinct, globose or ellipsoidal, short-stipitate,
varying somewhat in color, at first rosy or flesh-colored, later
brownish or ocliraceous ; the peridium exceedingly thin, pellucid,
mealy, evanescent above, persisting as a shallow cup below, capil-
litium inelastic, rather closely netted of threads variable in thick¬
ness, marked by frequent thickenings or expansions, everywhere
warted, attached to the peridial wall ; spores in mass flesh-colored,
under the lens colorless, smooth, globose, 7.5-9/a. When newly
formed the sporangia have a peculiar rosy or flesh-colored metal¬
lic tint, which is all their own. Within a short time this color
passes, and most of the material comes from the field brownish
or ochraceous in color. Typical sporangia are spherical on dis¬
tinct short stipes. The capillitium never expands as in Ar-
cyria.”

Saccardo makes the diameter of some of the capillitium nodes
10/a, the thread 3-5/a thick, and the spores 6.5-7. 5 u in diameter.

My specimens have about the same habit of growth and the
same size of sporangia as Trichia persimilis, T. scabra, and 1.
favoginea. From the color when old this species might be mis¬
taken for T. persimilis. The sporangia are sometimes pear-shaped
with the smaller end uppermost. There is a thin, papery hypo-
thallus. The most distinctive feature in the general appearance of
this species is the non-elastic capillitium-mass, and its gradual
disappearance as the peridium wears away, leaving the tops of the
sporangia with their capillitium and spore-mass always clean-cut
and level. The capillitium-thread is very unequal in width, with
frequent enlarged nodes, and with small and large loops and
rings formed in the thread. The spores are smooth, colorless,
6-9/a in diameter.

One specimen was found at Lake Mills, November 1901, an¬
other in the cemetery woods, October 29, 1903, both growing on

dead poplar wood; another on dead wood in the cemetery woods,

October 21, 1903 ; one at Eagle Heights October 2, 1912, also on
wood : another on dead wood at Eagle Heights, October 21, 1904.

1280 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

Arcyria nutans (Bull.) Grev.

1791. Trichia nutans Bulliard, Champ., p. 122, t. 502, III.

1824. Arcyria nutans Grev., FI. Edin., p. 455.

Saccardo: “Peridia clustered, evanescent, short-stiped, cylin¬
drical; spores and capillitium dull whitish-yellow; capillitium
expanded, long, curved, at length decumbent; threads attached
to the tube of the stipe, 3-4/x thick, bearing stout spines irregu¬
larly; spores smooth, 7-8y.”

Macbride calls the sporangia pale yellow or buff, and speaks of
forms that are sessile by an acute base. The base alone of the
peridium persists, and that is a shallow, colorless, often inwardly
spinulose, plicatulate calyculus. ITe says the hypothallus is thin,
but usually in evidence. The capillitium, besides the spines, has
sharp-edged transverse plates, sometimes rings, the surface es¬
pecially marked by an indistinct reticulation, all of which char¬
acteristics I have noticed in my specimens. He says, also, that
the capillitium is very lightly attached, and that the spores are
colorless.

Lister names about the same characteristics as given above,
but adds ; “ Stalk short, or elongated and weak, filled with spore¬
like cells, buff; free ends more or less numerous, with clavate
tips.”

Maseee’s description agrees with the foregoing.

I find these descriptions accurate for my specimens. The long,
soft, plumose, ochraceous capillitium mass makes this species
easy to distinguish.

Our two specimens were obtained, one near Wausau in the
summer of 1894, growing on bark, the other on poplar wood near
Pond du Lac, July 30, 1897.

Arcyria incamata Persoon.

1791. Arcyria incamata Pers., Gmel ., Sys. Nat., II., p. 1467.

Macbride: “ Sporangia closely crowded, cylindric, 1-15 mm.
high, rosy or flesh-colored, stipitate or almost sessile, stipe gen¬
erally short, sometimes barely a conical point beneath the calycu¬
lus; hypothallus none; peridium wholly evanescent except the

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1281

shallow, saucer-like, inwardly roughened calyculus; capillitium
loose, broad, pale reddish, attached to the cup at the center only,
by strands which enter the hollow stem, the threads adorned with
transverse plates, cogs, ridges, etc., arranged in an open spiral;
spore-mass rosy, spores by transmitted light colorless, nearly
smooth, 7-8u, This common species is well marked, both by its
color and by the delicate attachment of the capillitium to the caly¬
culus. This is so frail that the slightest breath oftimes suffices*
to effect a separation, and the empty calyculi are not infrequently
the only evidence of the fructification.”

Lister says that the cup of the sporangium wall is membranous,
even or interrupedly plicate, and spinulose. He finds in the
capillitium here and there broad perforated or ring-like expan¬
sions. and the thread often swollen at the axils of the branches.
He finds free ends present and more or less numerous, clavate or
pointed, spinose. He also speaks of the capillitium as being
without attachment to the cup, and says that it is more diffusely
expanded than that of Trichia punicea.

Massee, as well as the other authors quoted, describes the capil¬
litium as “ having very few attachments to the basal portion of
the thin sporangial wall.”

This species T distinguish from A. denudata by the slight at¬
tachment of the capillitium to the calyculus, the greater expan¬
sion of the capillitium mass, and by the much shorter stipe. I
find few free ends, one specimen showing none at all; large
and small rings are numerous and there are some swellings
along the thread. Another specimen shows several free ends.
In general, Macbride’s description is accurate for my specimens.

We have specimens from Brule River, July 19, 1897, growing
on moss, and on Norway pine bark: from Lake Mills on poplar
wood, gathered November 1901 ; from the cemetery woods and
other parts of Madison, October 1903, and on a poplar log in the
Science Hall greenhouse, October 1903.

1282

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

Arcyria denudata (L) Sheld.

1753. Clathrus denudatus Linn., Syst. Nat., p. 1179.

1895. Arcyria denudata (Linn.) Sheld., Minn. Bot. Studies, No.

9, p. 470.

Macbride : ‘ ‘ Sporangia crowded or gregarious, ovoid or short
cylindrical, tapering upward, red-brown, stipitate; peridium
evanescent except the plicate calyculus ; stipe about equal to the
expanded capillitium, concolorous, plicate or striate, ascending
from a small hypothallus; capillitium attached to the whole inner
surface of the calyculus, and connate with it, hence not decidu¬
ous, bright red or carmine when fresh, turning brown or paleir
with age, the threads even, about 3y, adorned with a series of
rather distant cogs or half rings, which form around the thread
a lengthened spiral; spore-mass red or reddish-brown, spores by
transmitted light colorless, nearly smooth, 6-S/x. This species is
easily distinguished from all others of similar tints by the attach¬
ment of the capillitium. In adornment of the threads it is like
A. incarnata.”

Saccardo says that the color of all parts of this species varies
from saffron to purplish, and to brick-red.

Lister calls the color of the sporangia crimson. He says the
stalk is filled with spcre-like cells. He describes the capillitium
as an elastic network of flattened or terete red threads, with
many attachments to the cup, and usually without free ends.

Massee calls the color Vermillion, sometimes with a brownish or
purplish tinge, rarely yellowish-brown. He also speaks of the
attachment of the capillitium to the sporangial wall.

My specimens do not vary from the above quoted descriptions.
The chief difference between this species and A. incarnata are
the longer, more twisted, and plicate stipe, and the less expanded
capillitium with its permanent attachment to the calyculus. The
capillitium of my specimen from the cemetery woods is 5-6^.
thick, while that of other specimens is about 3,u.

One of my three specimens was found near Doherty lake in
summer of 1893, growing on green moss and much-decayed wood ;
one very small specimen growing on wood I found in the ceme¬
tery woods. October 27, 1903. For the third I have not the exact
locality or date. It is on the end of a knot of poplar, with many
sp oranges of a Dictydium commingled with it.

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin .

1283

Arcyria cinerea (Bull.) Pers.

1791. Trichia cinerea Bull., Champ, d& France, p. 120, Tab. 477.
1801. Arcyria cinerea (Bull.) Pers. Syn. Fung., p. 184.

Macbride : ‘ 4 Sporangia scattered or gregarious, ovoid or cylin¬
drical, generally tapering upward, about 2-3 mm. high, ashen
gray, sometimes with a yellowish tinge, stipitate; calyculus
very small, thin ; stipe about half the total height, rising from a
small hypothallus, thin, gray or blackish, densely crowded with
spore-like cells ; capillitium dense, freely branching, ashen or yel¬
lowish, little expanded in dehiscence, the threads almost even,
though a little wider below, minutely spinulose ; spore-mass con-
eolorous, spores by transmitted light colorless, smooth, 6-7 ju. A
very common little species easily recognized by its color and
habit. The capillitium is more dense than in any other species
and expands less. The stipe is about equal to the expanded cap¬
illitium, unusually long.”

Lister’s description agrees with Macbride ’s.

Massee says that the sporangia are simple or digitato-fascicu-
late on a common stem ; that the capillitium is dense, protruding
elastically, and remaining erect. The rest of his description
agrees with Macbride ’s.

My specimen agrees with Macbride ’s description excepting as
to spores, which I find to be from 7 to 9/x in diameter. The
sporanges are tiny bodies, under a hand lens showing beautiful
dense pear-shaped masses of soft gray capillitium with a yellow¬
ish tinge, which keep their shape and ereetness under many ad¬
verse conditions.

The one small group of this species which I have was found at
Blue Mounds, August 8, 1903. The sporangia were growing on
wood so much weather-wopm that it fell into fragments.

Arcyria magna Rex,

1893. Arcyria magna Rex, Proc. Phil. Acad., p. 364.

Macbride (in part) : “Sporangia tawny gray or ashen, cylin-
dric, when expanded reaching a length of half a centimeter or
more, stipitate; petridium evanescent except the small, shallow,
cup-like base ; stipe long, weak, pale brown or reddish ; capilli-

1284 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

tium gray or drab-colored, tbe threads regular, cylindric, coarsely
sculptured with rings, half-rings, cogs, spines, etc. ; spores in
mass dull gray, drab, under the lens colorless, papillate, with
few papillae, 7— 8/x. ’ ’

Lister does not recognize this as a separate species, but calls it

a form of A. Oerstedtii , which is pale red in all its parts. He
says this form has smoother calyculi and stouter markings on
the threads.

Massee has no description which agrees with that quoted above,
and the name is not included in his list of synonyms.

My specimens agree with Macbride’s description, except that
the stipe is variable in length, and the hypothallus is quite evi¬
dent, thin and glassy. I find the spores as described, and ,7-8/*
in diameter.

This is a beautiful species, very different in color from A. nut¬
ans. and from A. cinerea , which it most nearly resembles in gen¬
eral appearance.

We have one collection which was found growing on a maple
tree be«ide a street in Madison, July 3, 1905.

Hemitrichia serpula (Scop.) Rost.

1722. Mucor serpula Scop., FI. Cam., IT., p. 493.

1873. Hemitrichia serpula (Scop.) Rost., Yersuch, p. 14.

Saceardo: “Peridia spreading, vein-like, with many abruptly
reticulated branchings; capillitium 4/*, branches numerous, free
ends, the ends equal to the diameter of the capillitium, or some¬
what longer; spiral bands 3-4, smooth, armed with numerous
long spines, spaces between 3 or 4 times the width of the bands;
spores yellow 9-11/*. ”

Macbride says in part: “Fructification plasmodiocarpus, often
covering several square centimeters in extent, terete, :rusty, taw¬
ny or bright yellow; the peridium thin, transparent, with ir¬
regular dehiscence ; hypothallus none ; capillitium variable, spar¬
ingly branched, free everywhere, the free tips spinose, acumi¬
nate. ...... .traces of longitudinal striae ; spore-mass golden yel¬
low, spores globose, delicately reticulate, about 10/* in diameter.”

Lister says the sporangium- wall is of two layers; capillitium
threads are 5 to thick; spores 10 to 12/* in diameter, their bor¬
der being from 0.5 to lu wide.

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1285

Massee make? this species Arcyria serpula. His description
does not differ materially from the others. He speaks of a form
collected in Cnha which was subglobose, scattered, and seated on
a broad base.

The specimens which I have show the same structure and
habits of growth as already described. I find the sparingly^
branched capillitium threads 5-6/a thick, some free ends which
are acuminate, spinose; spores reticulate with narrow bands, 9-

12 fi.

We have two specimens, both from Blue Mounds, growing on
much-decayed wood and bark, collected August 18, 1902, and
April 29, 1904, respectively, the latter evidently the fruit of the
previous year.

Hemitrichia vesparium (Batsch) Macbr.

1786. Ly coper don vesparium Batsch, Eleuch. Fung., pp. 255-6,
hg. 172.

1899. Hemitrichia vesparium (Batsch) Macbr., N.-A. S.-M. p.
203.

Saccardo : ‘ 4 Sporangia fascicled, with short connate stipes, cyl¬
indrical-turbinate, with a metallic lustre, dark red; spores and
capillitium cinnamon- or ruby-red ; capillitium threads 4-5/a
thick, rarely branched, free ends acute, smooth, or inflated and
ending with a short spine, rarely obtuse ; spiral bands 2-4, armed
with numerous spinules, the spaces between twice the width of
the bands; spores smooth, 10-lly in diameter/ ’

Macbride’s description in part: ‘‘Sporangia rarely single,
clavate or subcylindric, stipitate or sessile, dark wine-red or red-
black; stipes solid, concolorous; capillitium marked by three or
four spiral ridges ; spores by transmitted light reddish orange,
very distinctly warted, subglobose, 10-12/x. A most common
species on rotten wood, everywhere, especially in forests. Recog¬
nized generally at sight by its color and fasciculate habit. The
peridium often shows a tendency to circumscissile dehiscence,
and persists long after the contents have been dissipated, in this
condition suggesting the specific name applied by Batsch, vespar¬
ium, wasp-nest. Rostafinski describes the spores as smooth;
they seem to be uniformly distinctly warted. The plasmodium

1286 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.

is deep red and a plasmodicarpous fructification occasionally ap¬
pears. ’ ’

Massee speaks of the capillitium mass as elongating at maturity
and carrying the apical portion of the sporangium at its apex,
where it remains in the form of a cap. I think this characteristic
is not universal in this species. He says the capillitium tips are
usually marked by from one to three short, smooth spines. This,
too. I find not common. He says the spores vary from almost
perfectly smooth to minutely but distinctly warted.

Lister gives the length of the capillitium spines as 2-5/x. He
says the capillitium is rarely nearly smooth, and that sporangia
are occasionally found with a few free elaters pointed at each
end, in addition to the continuous network of threads of the
usual type.

I find no essential points in which my specimens differ from
the above descriptions. I have failed to find plasmodiocarpous
forms. The spores are distinctly warted, from 9-12/x in dia¬
meter.

This species is very common here. It was found in great abun¬
dance late in October 1 903, in the cemetery woods, in Vilas woods,
and in the university campus woods. We have specimens also
from Blue Mounds, collected October 4, 1902. A few collected
at Blue Mounds April 14, 1904, were evidently the fruit of the
previous year. Others are from Blue Mounds, July 1, 1908, and
from Sturgeon Bay, on dead wood, August 19,1905.

Hemitrichia stipata (Schwt.) Macbr.

1834. Leangium stipatum Schw., N. A. F., p. 258, No. 2304.
1899. Hemitrichia stipata Schw. Macbr. N. — A. S. — M., p. 204.

Of the four authorities whom I have before quoted, only Mac-
bride and Lister mention this species.

Macbride: “Sporangia distinct, crowded, cylindric or irregu¬
lar, overlying one another, rich copper-colored, metallic, shining,
becoming browm, stipitate ; the peridium thin, the upper portion
early evanescent, the base persistent as a cup, as in Arcyria ; cap¬
illitium concolorous, the thread abundantly branched to form a
loose net, with many free and bulbous ends, pale under the lens,
marked by three or four somewhat obscure spiral bands, and a
few wart-like or plate-like thickenings ; stipe very short ; spore-

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin. 1287

mass reddish, spores by transmitted light pale, nearly or quite

smooth, 6-8/*. This species is known at sight by its peculiar
beautiful tint when fresh, as by the crowded prolix habit of the
singular overlying sporangia . It is a boundary form un¬

questionably. ’ ’

From Lister I add the following : ‘ ‘ Copper-colored or deep
brown with a carmine tinge ; membranous hypothallus; capilli-
tium marked with a border of broad-based spines, or blunt cogs,
sometimes covered with minute spines in addition; with many
free clavate ends.”

For the three groups of sporangia which I have, Macbride’s
description of manner of growth and general characteristics is
accurate. The capillitium illustrated on his “Plate I,” is, how¬
ever, entirely different from that which I find. In Lister’s My-
cetozoa, Plate LXX, A, figs. /. and b. are like what I find. The
capillitium has a border of broad-based spines, turning from one
side to the other of the thread. The free ends are very few, but
they all terminate in large globular swellings from 13 to 18/* in
diameter. These same globose enlargements are occasionally
found along the course of the thread, which is 3-4/* thick; there
are no loops or rings in the thread. I find no difference in
threads taken from different parts of the capillitium mass.

My three specimens were collected in the cemetery and Vilas
woods in October 1903. They are on both wood and bark of de¬
cayed poplar.

Hemitrichia clavata (Pers.) Rost.

1794. Trichia clavata Pers., Bom. N. Bot. Mag., I., p. 90
1873. Hemitrichia clavata Pers., Bost.. Vcrsuch, p. 14.

Saccardo: “Sporangia simple gregarious, stipitate, more or
less clavate, yellow, shining; stipe rather long, attenuate below,
wrinkled ; concolorous or with the base reddish ; spores and capil¬
litium yellow or olive, or dusky yellow; capillitium 4/* thick,
sparingly branched, with free ends obtuse or frequently sightly
enlarged; spiral bands 5, slender, spaces between two or three
times the width of the bands ; spores warted 8-9/i in diameter. ’ ’

Macbride describes the sporangia as clavate or turbinate, color
yellow, olivaceous, or brownish ; peridium generally thin, evanes¬
cent above, breaking away so as to leave a more or less definite

1288 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

cup beneath ; stipe about one-half the total height, (reddish, red¬
dish-brown, or blackish, hollow about one-half way down ; spirals
on the capillitium four or five, regular, even, and projecting
sharply; capillitium variable in the number of free ends, degree
of smoothness, and amount of branching. Spores pale yellow,
minutely but distinctly warted, 8-9/* in diameter.

Lister describes the plasmodium as watery white in dead wood;
“ total height 1 to 3 mm.; sporangia rarely globose; sporangium
wall minutely papillose on the inner side; capillitium 5-6/* in
diameter, with 5-6 spiral bands 1/* wide with intervals of 1 to
1.5 jjl, sometimes spinose in parts in imperfect developments;
spores 8-10/a in diameter. ’ ’

Massee names this species an Arcyria. He describes the stem
as filled with large, gobose or sub-angular cells which pass up¬
ward into normal spores; he calls the capillitium 4-5/a thick;
spores reticulated, 8-10/*, but, he says, that ridges are sometimes
short and distinct or even wart-like.

The many specimens which we have vary from light yellow,
shining, to brownish, dull; some forms are nearly sessile, while
in others the stipe is more than half the total height. The long-
stiped forms are clavate or turbinate, the short-stiped ones more
nearly globose. The capillitium is centrally attached to the cup,
and when set free by the evanescence of the upper part of the
peridium it usually hangs from the cup in a long ragged mass.
In such cases the cup in quite deep and the edge irregular. But
I have several forms gathered at different times* and places,
which have short stipes and in which the peridium breaks away
at the top, the lower part becomes distinctly reflexed and leaves
a small shallow cup upon which the capillitium-mass remains
quite permanently as a little globose mass. The capillitium and
spores of these specimens show no variations from the otheir
specimens. The capillitium is 6-7/a wide, with four or five
spirals, smooth, even; the spores are minutely warted.

In April and May, 1904, many of this species appeared in the
Science Hall greenhouse, upon decaying logs, mostly oak and
poplar, which had been brought in the fall previous. These
forms have unusually long stipes and the sporangia are rather
smaller than the average. The plasmodium is within the wood
and is watery white ; it begins to pile up in milky-white drops
as soon as it comes to the surface. Then it elongates upward,

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin. 1289

the top at once becoming larger than the bottom. Its typical
form is shown early. The sporange does not reach its normal
size until some time ofter the stipe has grown to its full length.
It is still milky- white. In about thirty-six hours after its first
appearance, the stipe begins to turn reddish inside, the outside
being translucent. In about forty-eight hours the whole body
is dark red-brown; then it turns light yellow, the top turning
first ; the top then breaks away in fragments. The process is
hastened by an inorease of temperature.

These specimens in the greenhouse show the re flexed peridium
and globose sporangium such as I have described above. Lister
pictures such a fruit in Plate LXXIY of his Mycetozoa, and says
it is a United States specimen.

Our specimens are from Dead lake, cemetery woods, Yilas
woods, and university woods, Madison; from opposite Fond du
Lac gathered July 1897, and from. Blue Mounds. The most
were gathered late in the fall, one lot in May. A few are on
bark, but the most are on decayed poplar wood.

Trichia varia (Pers.) Rost.

1791. Stemonifis varia (Pers.) Gmel., Syst. Nat., II., p. 1470.
1875. Trichia varia (Pers.) Rost., Mon., p. 251.

Saccardo : ‘ ‘ Peridia sessile, globose, but the mass having an

irregular surface, there often being some reniform sporanges in¬
termixed ; yellow, approaching brownish- or reddish-yellow, scat¬
tered or crowded; elaters cylindric, with a thin membrane, to¬
ward the ends regular or slightly enlarged, slightly curved, the
ends 2-3 times as long as the diameter of the elater ; spiral bands
2, spaces between, 3 or 4 times as wide as the band; spores
warted, dull yellow, 10-14/*. ’ ’

Macbride says of the sporangia that they are shining, sessile, or
with short black stipe ; hypothallus none. He says that the capil-
litium is of rather long, simple, or more rarely branched elaters,
4—5//. wide. He finds two spiral bands, prominent and narrow
and in places remote, the apices acute. The spore-mass he calls
yellow, the spores . 12-14//, in diameter, delicately verruculose,
guttulate. He calls this a common species, variable in form.
“The two spiral bands are loose and irregular, unlike anything

1290 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

else in the group except the same structure in T. contorta , but
here the elater is narrow and the sculpture obscure/ ’

Lister speaks of the sporangia as sometimes forming short
plasmodicarps, and speaks of the wall as membranous, pale yel¬
low, marked with ring-shaped or crescentic thickenings. He
gives the diameter of the spores as 11-1 6/x.

Massee describes the spores as turbinate or subglobose, the
elaters as rarely branched, and sometimes swollen at the com¬
mencement of the tapering tips.

The abundant material which I have varies from crowded to
scattered, from short-stipitate to sessile forms, from dark orange
to shining bronze-brown, from globose to plasmodiocarpous
forms, and varies considerably in size even in the same group.
One of my groups has a distinct hypothallus. The elaters are
generally simple, sometimes branched, 3-5 y thick, the spirals
smooth, 2 or 3 projecting boldly, continuing to near the end of
the tip. With but one or two exceptions, all the elaters I have
seen have been swollen just at the beginning of the apex, gener¬
ally on one side, giving the end a bent or unsymmetrical appear¬
ance at once noticeable and determinative. The tip is curved,
often twisted like a corkscrew. The spores I find to be globose,
delicately warted, 12-16/x.

Many specimens I found in the cemetery woods late in October
1903. Some were found in Vilas woods and in the campus
woods in 1903, and in two other localities in Madison in 1899.
They were mostly on dead poplar wood and bark.

Trichia scabra. Rost.

1875. Trichia scabra Rost., Mon., p. 258.

Saccardo: “Typical sporangia gregarious, sessile on a com¬
mon membranous hypothallus ; elaters cylindrical, apices acute,
straight, or slightly curved ; spiral bands 3 to 4, bearing numer¬
ous short acute spines; spaces between, wide, smooth* spores 8-
11/m: epispore thick, with numerous obtuse warts/ ’

Macbride: “Sporangia closely crowded, regular, globose or
turbinate-globose, orange or golden-brown, smooth, shining;
capillitial-mass clear golden yellow, or sometimes rusty orange,
the elaters simple, long, 4-5/x in width, spirals closely wound,
even and regular; spore-mass eoncolorous, under the lens spores

Dean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin. 1291

yellow, covered by a delicate fine-meshed network, or simply
spinulose under low power, 10-12//,. Fructifications two or more
inches in length and half as wide are not infrequent on the lower
side of fallen stems in forests of deciduous trees.’ ’

Lister’s description varies but little from the above. He says
the elaters are 4—6/* thick, with four or five bands arranged in
somewhat irregular spirals, with spines, or nearly smooth, the
ends acutely conical or with the bands produced at the apex
in more or less diverging points, longitudinal striae rarely evi¬
dent. He finds the spores minutely reticulated .... or irregu¬
larly warted, the spore border being reduced to a spinulose mar¬
gin 9-12// wide.

Massee says the color varies from pale yellow through dirty
orange to brown. He finds the elaters to be 6-8//, thick, and that
the spores have a fine network of raised lines.

My specimens might easily be mistaken from their general ap¬
pearance for some of those of T. persimilis. The color of the
most of the T. scabra however, approaches nearer to orange than
does that of T . persimilis. The manner of growth, closely
crowded in circular patches, is similar to that of T. persimilis , T.
favoginea , and even of some of our specimens of T. varia. Under
the lens the distinction between this species and the others named
is quite marked. The elaters are generally long, but in one
group I find many that are quite short. They are 4-6/* wide,
the apices short, acuminate, or with one or two spines divergent.
The spiral bands are 3-4, spinulose, closely, sometimes irregu¬
larly wound. The spores are globose, regular, with fine reticula¬
tions, 10-12/* in diameter. In one of my specimens the capillit-
ium hangs in a woolly mass above the empty calyculi, as de¬
scribed by Macbride for T. favoginea.

We have specimens gathered at five different times in October
1903, three from the cemetery woods, and two from Blue Mounds.
One specimen from Blue Mounds, collected in April 1904, was
evidently the fruit of the year before. All were growing on
dead bark.

1292 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

Tricilia persimilis Karst.

1868. Trichia 'persimilis Karst., Not Sacllsk Fenn. Fork., IX.,
p. 353.

Saccardo: ‘‘Sporangia aggregated, nearly or quite spherical,
brownish, with a bronze-lustre, sessile; elaters cylindrie, yellow,
4-6y, apices smooth, generally curved, twice as long as the di¬
ameter of the elater ; spiral bands 3-4, prominent, spaces between
twice the width of the bands ; bands armed with scanty, promin¬
ent, curved, hyaline spines, 8-10y long, 4-6/x thick ; spores wait¬
ed, yellowish, globose, 12-14^.”

Macbride says, in part: “The sporangia are golden yellow to
tawny, anon iridescent with metallic lustre; hypothallus thin,
but usually very distinct; capillitial mass ochraceous or tawny
yellow, the elaters long, even, about 4/x wide, the spirals four,
more or less spinulose, generally joined by longitudinal ridges,
the apices short, tapering regularly, anon bifurcate; spore-mass
concolorous, spores marked by an irregular or fragmentary
banded reticulation, the bands broad, flat, and pitted, 10-12^.

Plasmodium said to be white . It never shows at maturity

the brilliant golden yellow fluff that hangs in masses about the
open and empty peridia of T. favoginea .”

Lister calls the elaters 4-6/x thick, with the bands sometimes
produced at the apex into two or three diverging points, longi¬
tudinal striae inconspicuous. He finds the spores to be 11 to 14ft
in diameter, with the reticulation broken, or represented by reg¬
ular pitted warts, border interrupted. He says also : ‘ ‘ The oc¬

currence of the long spinous processes on the elaters, noted in
the original description of T. persimilis , is not a constant char-
atcer. ’ ’

Massee adopts the name T. affinis De Bary. His description
is scanty and does not differ from those quoted above excepting
that he says that this species is distinguished by the presence of
pits on the raised bands of the epispore, and by the absence of
raised ridges running parallel to the long axis of the elater.

I found considerable difficulty at first in distinguishing this
species from T. favoginea, from the descriptions as given above
The color is not markedly different from that of T. favoginea
nor from that of T . scabra; the manner of growth is the same ; the

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin. 1293

color varies from dark golden to light yellowish brown, generally
iridescent, shining; sporanges opening by jagged cracks on top;
the statement that “it never shows at maturity the brilliant
golden yellow fluff that hangs in masses about the open and
empty peridia of T. favoginea/’ is somewhat misleading, for in a
large percentage of the specimens the most noticeable feature
is the woolly fluff, and the empty peridia under and around the
margins of it. After a short exposure to air, light, and dust,
the difference in the shade of yellow of the two species is scarcely
distinguishable. Then again the description of the spores of
T. favoginea by Macbride as being “in form irregularly glo¬
bose, 7 ’ the irregularity in the form of the spores of T. persimilis
not being mentioned caused difficulty. Under a low-power lens,
the spores of T, persimilis show such irregularity that one might
easily think them to be dried, or shrunken, or otherwise distorted.
The oil-immersion lens shows the bands which cause the irregu¬
larity to be fragmentary, unequal in width and pitted, giving a
much interrupted margin to the spores, which I find to be 10-12^
in diameter. The capillitium is 4r-5y wide, never as wide as 6^,
except in specimens gathered in Port Wing July 12, in which the
capillitium is 7-8 /x thick; none of the spores of this specimen
were as small as lOy ; the longitudinal striae were also evident in
this specimen. In the other specimens which I have, the striae
are quite inconspicuous; I found spines on all the capillitium,
though more abundant on some than on others ; the ends of the
elaters often have 2 to 3 spines, the end sometimes enlarged.

This species seems quite abundant in this locality. We have
specimens from the cemetery and Vilas woods, from Elmsidel,
from Blue Mounds, and from Port Wing. One group an inch
long and three-quarters inch wide, is growing on weather-worn
bits of wood almost as fine as sawdust, these lying upon a piece
of dead leaf. Other specimens are on decayed wood, mostly
poplar, or on the inside or outside of bark. All our specimens
excepting the one from Port Wing were collected in October.

1294 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

Trichia favoginea (Batsch) Pers.

1786. Ly coper don favogineum Batsch, Eleuch, Fung., p. 257,
Pig. 173, a, b.

1794. Trichia favoginea (Batsch) Pers., Rom. N. Mag. Bot., I.t
p. 90.

Macbride: “Sporangia closely crowded, cylindric or pris¬
matic by mutual pressure, obovoid, sessile, olivaceous yellow,
smooth and shining ; the peridium thin, opening above somewhat
stellately, persistent; capillitium golden yellow, escaping en¬
tirely from the peridia, and forming large woolly masses above
them, the threads long, even, beautifully sculptured, bearing
spirals about four, usually smooth and connected by light longi¬
tudinal ridges, the apices short tapering, about equal to the
width of the elater, 6-7/a; spores concolorous, by transmitted
light paler, but still bright yellow, the epispore net conspicuous,
the bands narrow and high, not pitted nor fragmentary, in form
irregularly globose, 12-14/a. Plasmodium yellow. A common
and beautiful species recognizable at sight, after the peridia
break, by the aggregate capillitium constantly in evidence above
the abandoned vasiform peridia.’ ’

Lister calls the capillitium and spore-mass orange yellow and
the sporangium-wall membranous, minutely thickened with ir-
regulair striae. He says a stalk is rarely present. He finds the
elaters to be 7-8/a thick, smooth or with scattered spines, and
the points of the elaters 3-8/a long. The spore diameter he gives
as 13-15/a, including the border which is 1.6 to 2/a wide. He
further says: “Between T. affinis and T. persimilis, and be¬
tween T. persimilis and T. scabra , intermediate forms frequently
occur where it is ‘often difficult to decide under which head to
place them.”

Massee adopts the name T. chrysosperma Rost. He calls the
color yellow or ochraceous cinnamon. He finds sometimes a few
scattered spinules on the elaters. He terms this “a rare species
characterized by the deep narrow ridges forming a network on
the epispore and the surface of the bands not being punctate,
and by the narrow raised lines running parallel to the long axis
of the elaters.”

Saccardo gives the spore diameter as 10/x, or including projec¬
tions, 12-15/a.

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin. 1295

The specimens which we have show the same small, densely
crowded sessile sporangia as T. persimilis and T. scabra. The
color is yellow, rather lighter and somewhat nearer orange than
the majority of the specimens of T. persimilis. The capillitium
escapes from the peridia, forming a woolly mass above. So far
the description is not distinctive. But I find the capillitium
smooth, or with a few scattered, very minute spinules, 6-8/a
thick, with the ends 6/x long. There are four spirals closely
wound. The spores are more regular in outline than those of
T. persimilis. the border is 1-2 y wide, not interrupted. The
bands are reticulated, more even and narrower than in T. per¬
similis. and are neither pitted nor fragmentary; and the spores
are larger, being 12-1 5/a in diameter.

The smoother capillitium, the larger, regular spores with their
even bands not fragmentary, render this species not difficult to
distinguish from those of similar general appearance, when they
have once been studied.

We have specimens collected in Wisconsin in 1897, locality
not given, and one from Star Lake, August 4, 1901 ; growing on
dead poplar wood and bark.

Trichia decipiens (Pers.) Macbr.

1795. Arc-yria decipiens Pers., Ust. Ann. Bot., XV., p. 35.

1796. Trichia fallax Pers., Ohs. Myc., I., p. 59, etc.

1899. Trichia decipiens (Pers.) Macbr., N.-A, S.-M., p. 218.

Saccardo: “Sporangia clustered, stipitate, crowded, turbin¬
ate, from dull yellow to olive yellow ; stipe plicate, the tube con¬
tinuous with the sporangial cavity; elaters spindle-shaped, simple
or branched, 4-5/x in the widest part, tapering equally toward
each end, the ends from four to six times as long as the diameter
of the smooth thread ; spiral bands 3, smooth, prominent ; spores
warted, 10-12/t.”

Macbride’s description differs but little from that given above.
He calls the color shining olive or olivaceous brown. He say3
of the stipe that it is generally elongate, concolorous above,
dark brown below, hollow, i. e. filled with spore-like cells. He
speaks of the elaters as having long, smooth, unwound tips. The
spores under the lens he finds to be pale, minutely delicately re¬
ticulate, 10—1.2/a in diameter.

1296 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters.

Lister states that the plasmodium is rose-colored or white, the
sporangium wall membranous and of two layers. He finds the
spores minutely warted or more or less distinctly reticulated on
one side and 9-12/* in diameter.

Massee finds some of the sporangia to be subsessile. He de¬
scribes the spores as covered with a very fine irregular network.

The specimens which I have vary in color from a medium yel¬
low which closely resembles the color of some of the Hemitrichia
clavata , to dark olive brown. The size also varies. These- vari¬
ations are quite marked sometimes in material gathered at the
same date and place. Some of the elaters carry their spiral
bands nearly or quite to the tip. The spores I find to be finely
and equally reticulated, and 10-12/* in diameter.

Several groups of sporangia on a piece of poplar bark found
at Blue Mounds, April 29, 1904, are distinctly sessile, the spo¬
rangia being attached to the substratum by their attenuated
bases. Prom their general appearance they might easily be mis¬
taken for T . varia or T. pcrsimilis, but under the microscope the
elaters and spores show the characteristics of T. decipiens per¬
fectly. These specimens are evidently of the last year’s growth,
and the variations may have come about by its fruiting very late
in the fall under unfavorable conditions.

Another set of dried specimens from East Madison, August
5, 1903, vary from light red, semi-transparent, to dull black,
opaque : from subsessile to stipitate. Many are wrinkled, rough¬
ened, very hard and brittle. A very few of the sporangia are
soft and light colored at the top. In this softer portion I found
the characteristic capillitium and spores of T. decipiecns. It was
impossible to crush most of these sporangia in such a manner*
as to learn the character of the contents. These are evidently
immature fruiting bodies which have been arrested in their
development. Occasionally similar brittle black sporangia are
found mingled with ripe, perfect sporangia of T. decipiens. Such
imperfect forms as these may have been sometimes named as
new species. Lister mentions specimens of T. botrytis in the
Strassburg herbarium which he says have 4 ‘sessile, black, and
brittle sporangia associated with others of brown and bright
nut color.” They may have been immature specimens arrested
in development.

We have specimens from Blue Mounds, October 4, 1902 ; many

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1297

from the cemetery woods, October 1903; from the university
campus woods, October 1903; and from East Madison, August
5, 1903. All of these were growing on dead poplar wood. The
sessile form from Blue Mounds was found April 29, 1904. It
is on poplar bark.

1298 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters .

INDEX OF GENERA AND SPECIES.

Page 1

Arcyria

cinerea . 1283

decipiens . 1295

denudata . 1282

ncarnata . 1280

magna . 1283

nutans . 1280

Oerstedtii . 1284

serpula . 1285

Badhamia

papaveracea . 1238

rubiginosa . . . 1239

utricularis . 1237

varia . 1237

Brefeldia

maxima . . 1252

Bysms

fruticulosa . 1223

Ceratiomyxa

fruticulosa . 1223

mucida . 1223

Cer atium

hynoides . 1223

Chrondrioderma (See Diderma)

crustaceum . 1251

globosum . 1250

reticulatum . 1246

Glathrus

denudatus . . 1282

Page

Dictydium

cancellatum . 1271

cernuum . 1271

umbilicatum . . . . . 1271

Diderma

contextum . 1226

crustaceum . 1250

difforme . 1248

cffusum . 1247

globosum . 1249

globosum . 1250

hemisphericum . 1251

Persoonii . 1248

reticulatum . 1246

spumarioides . 1249

squamulosum . 1243

Didymium

clavus . 1245

eximium . 1246

farinaceum . 1244

melanospermum . 1244

melleum . 1232

microcarpon . 1246

nigripes . 1246

spumarioides . 1249

squamulosum. . . , . 1243

xanthopus . 1246

Diphtherium

flavofuscum . 1273

Enteridium

Rozeanum . 1264

splendens . 1264

Comatricha

flaccida .

. 1260

Friesian a .

. 1258

longa .

. 1257

nigra .

Persoonii .

. 1260

stemonitis .

. 1259

typhoides .

......... 1259

Fuligo

ovata. . . 1224

septica . 1224

varians . 1224

violacea . 1225

Hemiarcyria (See Hemitrichia)

Craterium

leucocephalum

Cribraria

aurantiaca . . .
dictvdioides . .

intricata .

tenella .

1240

1268

1269

1270
1270

Hemitrichia

clavata .

serpula .

stipata -

vesparium. .

Each nobolus
occidentalis

1287

1284
1286

1285

1279

Diachea

leucopoda.

1261

Lamproderma
violaceum . .

1262

Bean — The Myxomycetes of Wisconsin.

1299

Page

Leangium

stipatum . 1286

Leocarpus

fragilis . 1241

Licea

effusa . 1265

stipitata . 1268

Lindbladia

effusa . 1265

Lycogala

epidendrum . 1272

exiguum . 1274

fiavo-fuscum . 1273

Lycoperdon

cinereum . 1227

corticale . 1277

epidendron . 1272

favogineum . 1294

fragile . 1241

vesparium . 1285

Mucilago

spongiosa . 1242

Mucor

cancellatus . 1271

septicus . 1224

serpula . 1284

spongiosus . 1242

stemonitis . 1259

Ophiotheca

Wrightii . 1275

Perichaena

chrysosperma . 1276

corticalis . 1277

depressa . 1276

Physarum

auriscalpium . 1228

cinereum . 1227

clavus . 1245

compressum . 1230

contextum . 1226

globuliferum . 1231

leucopus . 1233

melanospermum . . . . 1244

melleum . 1232

nefroideum . . 1230

nigripes . 1246

nutans . 1235

nucleatum . 1233

ornatum . 1228

polycephalum . . . 1234

ruliginosum . 1239

scroliculatum . 1228

sinuosum . 1226

Page

Physarum — Continued.

variabile . 1229

viride . 1236

Recticularia

TiemispTierica . 1251

lycopern . 1263

maxima . 1252

sinuosa . 1226

i

S phaerocarpus

alius . 1235

gloluliferus . 1231

utricularis . 1237

viridis . 1236

Spumaria

alia . 1242

Stemonitis

ferruginosa . 1266

Friesiana . 1258

fusca . 1253

leucocepfiala . 1240

longa . 1257

maxima . 1253

Morgani . 1254

nigra . 1258

Smitbii . 1256

splendens . 1260

varia . 1289

Webberi . 1255

Tilmadoehe

alba . 1235

mutalilis . 1236

nutans . 1235

polycephala . 1234

viridis . 1236

Trichia

affinis . 1292

cinerea . 1283

chrysosperma . 1294

clavata . . 1287

decipiens . 1295

fallax . 1295

favoginea . 1294

nutans . 1280

persimilis . 1292

scabra . 1290

varia . 1289

Tubifera

ferruginosa . 1266

stipitata . 1268

Tululina

cylindrica . r". . 1267

effusa . 1266

stipitata . 1268

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

6 \ '■ '!’r t ' ' t; ' ' V :l‘f

WISCONSIN ACADEMY

OF

SCIENCES, ARTS, AND LETTERS

VOL. XVII, PART II, NO. 6

MADISON, WISCONSIN

CONTENTS

Page

The Water Mites. (With Plates XCTI-XCTII)

----- - Ruth F. Marshall , 1300

The Problem of Milk Supplies. (With Plates XCIV-
XCV, and seven Figures) - William Bodge Frost, Z

Proceedings of the Academy, List of Members Corrected

to March 1, 1914, Charter - 1366

/ _ . '

The annual half -volume of the Wisconsin Academy of Sci¬
ences, Arts, and Letters is issued in six numbers/under the edi¬
torial supervision of the. Secretary.

The price of this number is 35c.

1300 Wisconsin Academy of Science#, Arts, and Letters.

SOME NEW AMERICAN WATER MITES.

Frontipoda americana nov. spec.

Kuth Marshall.

(Plate I, fig. 1-8)

The genus Frontipoda has been represented until recently by
one species only F. musculus (Mull.). This, however, is found
widely distributed over Europe. In 1911 Dr. Halbert found a
new species in Ireland, which he calls F. carpentari ; and in the
same year, Dr. Karl Yiets described another new species, F. oxo-
idea from Africa. There is now added an American species;
this will probably be found to be widely distributed. It has al¬
ready been found in four places in Wisconsin (near Spooner,
Cable, Delton, Madison), and in small pools near Ludington,
Michigan, by the author; by Dr. E. A. Birge at New Orleans, and
in collections from Sebago Lake, Maine, received from Mr. A. A.
Doolittle. In all, twenty-four individuals have been examined.
So far no other American species has been described.

The most striking peculiarity of these water mites is the great
compression of the body laterally. Moreover, the epimera are
so completely united as to leave but traces of their outlines, and
the shield thus formed covers almost the entire ventral surface,
and even extends over the lateral surfaces to very near the
center of the dorsal side, leaving but a narrow furrow extending
from the region of the eyes to the posterior end. The genital
area lies almost completely surrounded by this epimeral shield,
the medium posterior parts of the last epimera not quite ap¬
proaching each other. The eyes lie close together. The genital
cleft is guarded by two long flaps, and each has three elongated
acetabula.

Marshall — Some New American Water Mites. 1301

The legs are short, and their position is another striking pecu¬
liarity of the genus. The posterior ones have been pushed for¬
ward so that they come to lie almost in the same straight line
with the palpi, one above the other on the sides of the body. The
first three pairs end in claws; the fourth ends in a long saber¬
like spine. The palpi are small, and the fifth segment is cleft
at the end.

F. americana resembles F. musculus, but it is smaller, and it
differs, moreover, in several details from the European form.
Its length is about 0.51 mm., and the color is yellow green on the
dorsal side, yellow on the sides. The eye region projects con¬
spicuously beyond the anterior border of the body, and the pos¬
terior end has a similar, though smaller projection. The palpi
are stouter than in F. musculus.

A pair of large glands, like those described for the genus
Lebertia were found, the tubes opening on the capitulum.

Lebertia distincta nov. spec.

(PI. II. fig. 21-23)

This new species of Lebertia was found, a single individual, in
Sebago Lake, Maine, Aug. 1911, by Mr. A. A. Doolittle. The
epimeral shield somewhat resembles that of L. porosa ; but it is
more extensive and more completely encloses the genital plates.
The outlines of the fused epimera are not so fully obliterated as
in most species of the genus, a character which has suggested the
specific name. The genital area is elongated and widens precep-
tibally at the posterior end. The body and plates are finely pap-
illiated. The palpi are rather slim and bear a few coarse hairs.
The first pair of legs have no swimming hairs, the second and
third have a few short ones on the fifth segment, while the fourth
have a few on the fourth segment. All of the legs bear bristles
The body is about 0.92 mm. long. The color was destroyed by
the preserving fluid.

Arrhenurus elevatus nov. spec.

(PI. I fig., 12-15; PI. II, fig. 16)

This species closely resembles A. longicaudatus Mar. in the
possession of a long slender appendix; but it differs conspicu¬
ously from it in the greater height of the dorsal hump on the

1302 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters .

middle of the appendix. In addition, the area inside of the dor¬
sal line is depressed, not elevated as in the related species ; and in
the small structures on the end of the appendix on the dorsal
side the two species do not agree. The palpus is characterized
by the great length of the saber-like hair on the fourth joint, and
by the presence of a small bunch of hairs on the inner side of the
second.

But one specimen is known; this was found in Sebago Lake,
Maine, Aug. 4, 1911. The entire length of the body is 1,28 mm. ;
the color is orange green.

Arrhenusus crenellatus Mar.

(PL I, fig. 9-11)

In collections from Sebago Lake, Maine (Aug. 4, 1911), there
were found six males of this species, and one female which exam¬
ination of the palpi proved to be A. crennellatus also. The epi-
mera of the female are like those of the male. The wing-shaped
genital areas completely enclose the genital plates as shown in
the figure. The dorsal enclosed area is an oval of the usual form.
The second joint of the palpus of this species has an area of fine
hairs; the former description of these hairs (1908) as blade-like
is now found to be an error. The color of the preserved female is
dull yellow ; the length of the body is 0.87 mm.

Notes on the Arrhenuri

Collections made since 1910 (the last published notes on the
genus), together with collections from the East very kindly con¬
tributed by Mr. A. A. Doolittle of Washington, D. C., have added
one new species to the genus and the female of another species,
as already described, while the range of still other species has
been extended. Some details of structure not given in earlier
studies are given in the plates, and the list of species is given be¬
low.

In pools at Ep worth eight, near Ludington, Michigan, were
found

A. scutulatus Mar. (PL II, fig. 17, 18)

A. infundibular is Mar. (PL II, fig. 19)

A. scutuliformis , Mar., female, (PL II, fig. 20.)

A. pseudocylindratus Piers.

Marshall — Some New American Water Mites. 1303

•A. semicircular is Piers.

A. manubriator Mar.

A. marshalli Piers; found also in Lake Mason, Briggsville,
Wisconsin

A. megalurus Mar ; found also in Lake Mason.

A. americanus Mar ; found also in Lake Mason and at Urbana,
Illinois.

A. magnicaudatus Mar, in Lake Mason.

In Sebago Lake, Maine, there were found six species, all here
recorded for the first time from this state :

A. crenellatus Mar. (PI. I, fig. 9-11)

A. scutulif ormis Mar.

A. marshalli Piresig.

A. parallelatus Mar.

A. elevatus nov spec. (PI. I, fig. 12-15; Plate II, fig. 16)

A. americanus Mar; found also in Long Lake, near Sebago;
at Clinton, New York, and at Princeton, New Jersey, the first
record for the latter state.

A. birgei Mar. was also found for the first time in New Jersey,
at Princeton, Carnegie Lake; and A. major Mar. for the first
time for Maryland in Carderrock pool, near Washington, D. C.

1304

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

EXPLANATION OP THE PLATES

Plate XCII

Fig. 1, Frontipoda americana nov. spec., lateral view
“ 2, Frontipoda americana nov. spec., ventral view

“ 3, Frontipoda americana nov. spec., dorsal view

“ 4, Frontipoda americana nov. spec., 1st leg

“ 5, Frontipoda americana nov. spec., 4th leg

“ 6, Frontipoda americana nov. spec., palpi and maxillary shield

" 7, Frontipoda americana nov. spec., right palpus, inner side

" 8, Frontipoda americana nov. spec., surface markings, a, young

adult; b, older adult

“ 9, Arrhenurus crenellatus Mar., female, genital field

“ 10, Arrhenurus crenellatus Mar., four joints of the left 4th leg,

male

“ 11, Arrhenurus crenellatus Mar., left palpus
“ 12, Arrhenurus elevatus nov. spec., dorsal view
“ 13, Arrhenurus elevatus nov. spec., ventral view
“ 14, Arrhenurus elevatus nov. spec., lateral view
“ 15, Arrhenurus elevatus nov. spec., left palpus

Plate XCIII

Fig. 16, Arrhenurus elevatus nov. spec., left 4th leg
“ 17, Arrhenurus scutulatus Mar., right 4th leg
** 18, Arrhenurus scutulatus Mar., right palpus
“ 19, Arrhenurus infundibularis Mar., palpus
“ 20, Arrhenurus scutuliformis Mar., female, dorsal view
** 21, Lebertia distincta nov. spec., ventral view

“ 22, Lebertia distincta nov. spec., right 4th leg

** 23, Lebertia distincta nov. spec., left palpus

Biological Laboratory,

Rockford College.

Tuans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVII

Plate XCII

Marshall : Water Mites

Trans. Wis. Acad. Vol. XVII Plate XCIII

Marshall : Water Mites

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1305

THE BACTERIOLOGICAL CONTROL OF PUBLIC MILK

SUPPLIES."

William Dodge Frost

I. INTRODUCTION.

The question of a safe milk supply is a subject on which much

good bacteriological work has been done in recent years. There
is, however, a great deal still to be done before the bacteriolo¬
gist can check up and satisfactorily control the production of a
sanitary milk supply. In the past little has been done in bacteri¬
ological milk analyses beyond making a quantitative determina¬
tion of the bacteria present. Granting that this is the most im¬
portant single item that can be determined, it still leaves much
to be desired. In times of epidemics special search is some¬
times undertaken for the suspected bacteria of disease. In cer¬
tain laboratories, tests are regularly made for the streptococci,
but as yet there is no concensus of opinion as to what their pres¬
ence means. In other laboratories B. coli is sought for and re¬
garded as an index of pollution. It is, however, still an open
question whether or not it can be regarded with the same sus¬
picion in milk as in water. Still again, Bact. welchii, in England
particularly, is regarded as an index of fecal contamination.

The necessity for reliable methods of differentiating pure from
contaminated milk is now all the more urgent because of the
widespread use of the pasteurizing process. Modern methods
of pasteurization employ a degree of heat so little above the
thermal death point of dangerous bacteria that the treatment of
milk in this way commercially will give a false idea of security
to the consumer unless the sanitarian can quickly and accurately
determine any failure to sufficiently heat the milk.

* Submitted as a thesis for the degree of Doctor of Public Health,
Harvard Medical School, Boston, Mass., May, 1918.

1306 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

I his investigation was undertaken with the following pur¬
poses in view : first, to study, criticise, and, if possible, improve
some of the bacteriological methods occasionally used in milk
work; second, to try out certain of these methods on different
classes of milks, with special reference to the ease and reliability
with which they may be used to differentiate good (or safe)
from bad (or dangerous) milks; third, to determine, in a general
way, the conditions of the milk supply of a large city by means
of the technique selected.

II. BACTERIOLOGICAL METHODS OF MILK ANALYSIS.

A. Collection of Samples.

Description of Collecting Case. It seemed necessary to
have considerably more milk than could be collected in a test-
tube such as is provided for in the milk-collecting outfit of the
Boston Board of Health, or that used bv Miss Schroeder in her
work for the New York City Board of Health work.*

Four ounce bottles with metal caps which screw on and which
are ordinarily known as oil sample bottles were used. In these
bottles about one hundred cubic centimeters can be placed and
still leave plenty of room for shaking.

As a carrying case a fiber handbag was secured, 8 inches wide,
8 inches high, and 16 inches long. Inside of this a copper box
was fitted, somewhat smaller than the bag, and so arranged that
there would be an air space all around it of an eighth to a quar¬
ter of an inch. The box was divided into three compartments by
partitions, one to contain eighteen of the above bottles, held in
place by a metal rack. This rack can be collapsed if necessary, so
that pint milk bottles can be carried. Another compartment is
for ice, and the third, rather narrow and the full length of the
box, was fitted with a pipette case. This was held up to the top
by lugs, leaving an empty space below into which the used pi¬
pettes can be placed. The pipettes used were sixteen inches long
and made of glass or aluminum tubing, having about % of an
inch as inside diameter. The general arrangement is shown in
the accompanying figure. Fig. 1, Plate XCIV.

* Jour. Infect. Ris., 11, p. 2.

TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL XVI!

PLATE XCIV

FIGURE I

FIGURE 2

FROST:— MILK SUPPLIES

COCKAYNE — BOSTON

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1307

B. Quantitative Methods.

1. Media. The media used, agar and gelatine, were prepared
according to the standards recommended by the Committee of
the American Public Health Association.* The reaction varied
at the time it was made and before sterilization from +0.7 to
+1.

2. Dilution Methods.

a) Water Blanks f.

All laboratory workers know that “ water blanks,” made for
the purpose of diluting the sample to be analyzed, change in
volume during the process of sterilization. The committee hav¬
ing in charge the preparation of standard methods of milk anal¬
ysis recognize this for they made the following statement:
“In order that the bottles and tubes may contain 99 and 9 c. c.
respectively after sterilization, they should be tilled a little above
these marks ”4 No one, however, seems to have determined just
what this loss amounts to or how it can be avoided. In fact,
there seems to have been little or nothing written on this phase
of the subject of quantitative analysis. It is, nevertheless, an
important matter for the reason that this is one of the steps
that ought to be precise. Certain factors are in the nature of
the case indefinite, as for instance, inherent errors in sampling,
the probability that certain colonies are descended from, a group
of germs rather than a single one and the difficulty of measuring
very small quantities of fluids with the pipettes used. For this
reason it is very important that appreciable errors in technique
should not be introduced where it is possible to avoid them. It
seemed worth while, then, to determine the extent of, the error
in this connection and how it could be avoided.

I. Loss of Weight in Autoclaving.

A -definite amount of water, accurately determined, was placed
in bottles ; these were plugged with cotton and autoclaved and
then the water remaining was carefully determined. At first

* Standard Methods for the Bacterial Examination of Milk. Am.
Jonr. Pub. Health.

Standard Methods of Water Analysis. Am. Jour. P. H., 1912.

f This section read before the Soc. of Am. Bact. New York. 1913.

% Proc. Assoc, of Am. Med. Milk Commissions, 1910, Vol. 4, p. 242.

1308 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

the determinations were volumetric, but- later, and principally,
gravimetric methods were used. This was done by weighing the
bottle empty and then adding a definite weight of water. After
sterilization the bottles were again weighed and the loss deter¬
mined to within five cne-hundredths of a gram. In most of the
experiments eight ounce Blake bottles were used. These were
filled with a hundred grams of water. The results obtained in
a considerable number of experiments are shown in the follow¬
ing table :

Table a.

Loss of Weight in Autoclaving 100 Grams of Tap Water.

No. bottles.

Greatest

loss.

Smallest

loss.

Average

loss.

20 .

7 grams

7

5

5

8

5

4.1

6

8.8

4 grams

1

3

4

7

3

3.6

4.4

7

5.20 grams
4.65

3.75

4.00

7.70

4.00

3.9

4.80

7.62

20 .

10 .

10 .

10 .

10 .

3 .

10 .

10 .

Average total loss .

5.07 or 5.07%

It will thus be seen that the amount of loss is considerable and
variable. An explanation of these facts is sought in the follow¬
ing experiments.

II. A Comparison of Several Different Autoclaves.

The autoclave used in the above experiments was a large (No.
6) Kny-Scheerer Co. Steam Pressure Dressing Sterilizer (A).
To show that loss noted was not due to any imperfections of the
particular autoclave or the method of using it, several other
sterilizers were tested, and in most cases these other autoclaves
were run by the person ordinarily using them, and not by the
writer. These other autoclaves may be described as follows:

(B) A small size of the same type as above.

YC) Similar in its general construction to the above but with¬
out a name plate. The steam in this case was generated
by an electric generator.

(D) A vertical cylinder after the French type. The steam is
generated from a layer of water in the bottom.

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1309

(E) A Bramhall Deane autoclave. Steam from high pressure
steam system.

In the comparative tests the following results were obtained:

Table b.

Comparison of Several Different Autoclaves.
Loss in grams per 100 grams or per cent.

Autoclave.

Number of
bottles.

Greatest

loss.

Smallest

loss.

Average.

A .

128

8.8 grams

0.1 grams

5.07 grams

B .

10

1.9

0.9

1.51

C . . .

10

3.5 “ 1

2.7

3.23

D . ...1

10

8.7 “ |

6.2

7.73

E .

10

2.8

1.8

2.32

III. Cause of Loss.

The loss by evaporation is very evidently due to the fact that
condensation of the steam filling the sterilizing chamber occurs
during the process of sterilization. This permits the ebullition
of the fluids being sterilized. Undoubtedly this goes on during
the entire process but is perhaps most pronounced at the end
after the steam has been shut off. When the autoclave is allowed
to cool off gradually by shutting off the steam a diminished pres¬
sure is produced. In autoclave A this varies, as determined by
experience, from five to fifteen pounds. Under these conditions
of reduced pressure it would seem that the hot fluid must boil
with great vigor. If, however, the loss were due solety to the
boiling at this time, the amount of liquid lost would be independ¬
ent of the time of exposure, but this is not in accord with the
facts observed. It was found that a series of bottles autoclaved
for five minutes and allowed to cool slowly, lost on the average
4.8%, while another series run under exactly similar conditions,
but for an hour and five minutes, and allowed to cool slowly,
lost 7.6%, or nearly twice as much.

IV. Prevention of Loss by Use of Closed Autoclave.

A little reflection convinces one at once that it is possible to
prevent this ebullition by closing the autoclave while cold and
keeping it closed until the process of sterilization is completed
and the autoclave cooled down, thus retaining air. It has been

1310 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

the custom of various laboratories to use the autoclave in this
manner for the purpose of sterilizing blood serum, and it is very
evident that the boiling of the serum must be absolutely pre¬
vented here. The following table gives the results when this
method is used :

Table c.

Loss in the Closed Autoclave.

Number of bottles

Greatest loss.

Smallest loss.

Average.

10 . |

10 .

10 .

10 .

0.4 grams

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.5

0.1 grams

0.1

0.2

0.1

0.0

0.26 grams

0.26

0.37

0.36

0.27

0.30

10 .

Total average . . .

It will be seen from the above table that there is very little
loss when the autoclave is run in this way, namely, only 0.3 of
one per cent.

V. The Efficiency of the Autoclave Containing Air and Steam.

The question, then, naturally arises, does the autoclave steri¬
lize when run in this manner? — i. e., can it be relied upon to
sterilize? The following experiments bear upon this point:
The autoclave (A) was run for 20 minutes at 15 lbs. as in the
previously described experiments, and several tubes of freshly v
prepared and unsterilized bouillon were run with each lot of
bottles. The bouillon tubes were then put in the incubator at
37° C. In all cases the tubes remained sterile. Attempts were
then made to test the efficiency of this method of sterilization
more thoroughly as follows: Bouillon was made in the usual
way except that it was allowed to cool down and was then in¬
fected with spore-bearing maternal ; namely, street dust, chopped
hay and sewage. It was then filtered through paper and run
into bottles and autoclaved. All ten bottles remained sterile
for many weeks. As proof of the fact that the material was
difficult to sterilize, bottles were filled with the same bouillon
heated in the Arnold steamer on three successive days, for from
30 to 45 minutes and incubated. Out of twenty bottles so run,
four developed growth. Another autoclave (B) was closed up
cold and run for 20 minutes at 15 lbs. and failed to sterilize any
of the twelve bottles so heated.

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1311

It would thus seem that the effectiveness of different auto¬
claves varies when run in htis manner and that considerable
work would have to be done with a particular autoclave to de¬
termine whether or not a single exposure is effective and, if so,
the time and pressure required. It seems certain, however, that
two exposures on consecutive days would always be effective, es¬
pecially if the bottles were put in the incubator between heat-
tings. Whatever the method of sterilization employed, it seems
desirable to use bouillon or peptone water instead of the water
in these “ water blanks,” especially if they are to be carried
about in portable outfits, in order that the danger from contami¬
nation by growth in them may be readily detected.

VI. Loss Due to Evaporation on Standing.

It is a matter of considerable convenience, especially in the
smaller laboratories, to sterilize a number of these “ water
blanks” at once and store them ready for use at any time. If
this is done it is important to know the rapidity with which
evaporation will take place on standing. The rate will depend
upon a number of factors, such as the size and shape of the
bottle, the size of the mouth, the temperature of the room and
the humidity of the air. Tn regard to the size of the bottle, it
is probably only necessary to consider the area of the exposed
surface compared with the volume of the fluid. On this account
a tall narrow bottle is better than a broad one. Likewise, it is
apparent that a narrow bottle is more desirable than a wide¬
mouthed bottle. The amount of evaporation from one hundred
cubic centimeters in an ordinary eight-ounce narrow-mouthed
Blake bottle is shown in the following table :

Table d.

Loss due to Evaporation.

Number of

Loss due to

Time of

Loss due to

Total loss.

bottles.

sterilization.

standing-.

standing-.

10

4.1 grams

8 weeks

8

4.9 grams
4.8

9%

Without caps

10

4.3

9.1%

With caps

This evaporation might be prevented by the use of glass stop¬
pered bottles. Such, however, are not satisfactory for other
reasons. The same end can be attained by the use of cotton

1312 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

stoppers and a paper cap. It should be noted, however, that
there was practically no checking of evaporation by the use of
thin paper caps in the experiment described above. The use of
waxed paper or tin foil will be found efficient. Except for the
trouble in opening, a very satisfactory procedure is to dip
the cotton plug in melted paraffin. My own suggestion is that
the mouths of the bottles be plugged with a cork stopper covered
with a thin layer of cotton such as is used by the Boston Board
of Health laboratory in their blood serum tubes. This reduces
the opportunity foe evaporation to a minimum, while allowing
for the necessary interchange of gases during sterilization.
The neck of the bottle is then covered with paraffin paper,
tied on with a string, this, of course, to be done before steriliza¬
tion. When the bottle is to be used this paper cap is to be care¬
fully removed and kept and then when the dilution has been
made the cap is to be placed over the neck and the plug used to
press, the paper into the mouth of the bottle. This closes the
bottle as effectively as a glass stopper and allows thorough shak¬
ing of the sample — a matter of prime importance in quantita¬
tive work. Fig. 2, Plate XCIY.

b) Dilution Scheme. Milks need to be diluted before they
are plated. For certified or pasteurized milks a dilution of
1-100 is usually sufficient. Milks of the inspected class fre¬
quently need to be diluted 1-1,000, while raw market milks need
to be diluted from 1-1,000 to 1-100,000. The scheme indicated
in the following diagram (Fig. 3.) gives at a glance the proce¬

dure necessary to obtain the desired dilution. A microscopical
examination of a milk by the Stewart- Slack method is sometimes
of value in determining the dilution needed for a particular

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies . 1313

sample. Unless this is done it is necessary to make more than
one dilution of each sample of milk.

c) Use of Pipettes.

I. Different Forms. The pipettes used for milk and water
work vary in length, diameter and shape. The longer and nar¬
rower, of course, the more accurate the graduations. Some of
the pipettes used are graduated with one mark and deliver 1 c.c.
Others have two marks the right distance apart to deliver one c.c.
Frequently the graduations are in fractions of a c.c. as tenths or
hundredths. Some workers also measure fractions of a c.c. by
counting the drops delivered to the c.c. by a one or two mark
pipette, and then take the desired number of drops. There
should, perhaps, be no dogmatic statement made in regard to
the size, shape, graduation, etc., of the pipette. But it has seemed
worth while to make some comparisons of the different forms,
and especially the influence of the point or delivery end, since
some laboratories have recently introduced and used perfectly
straight tubes, not at all narrowed at the end. See fig. 4.

Fig. 4. Forms of pipettes. A. Ordinary form of pipette used in milk and
water work. B. Form suggested for use with “Pipettometer”. D. Pipette
used in New York City Board of Health.

The accuracy of these was tested in the following manner :
One c.c. of a certified milk was added to 99 c.c’s of sterile wa¬
ter, thoroughly shaken, and then 4 c.c’s were taken out consecu¬
tively and plated, using first a pipette of ordinary form, and

1314 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

then the “tube” pipette. The plates were grown at room tem¬
perature and counted six days later. There were only a few
colonies on the plate and all were, therefore, counted.

Ordinary pipettes, plate 1 . 78 colonies

plate 2 . 76 colonies

plate 3 . 65 colonies

plate 4 . 77 colonies

Tube pipettes, plate 1 . 63 colonies

plate 2 . 31 colonies

plate 3 . 84 colonies

plate 4 . 73 colonies

The percentage of variation in the first set was 17%, in the
second case it was 84%, or practically five times as great.

The shape of the pointed end and the size of the opening are
matters of some importance. The smaller the opening the more
accurate the pipette. If the point is drawn out fine, the less
fluid is likely to be taken up by it on the outside of the pipette
to run down and increase the volume of the discharge. On the
other hand, such points are easily broken and furthermore, if
cleaning solutions are used, there is the greater probability that
the chemical may not be perfectly washed out. Again, such
pipettes are slower and require considerably more time. It
seems reasonable that such pipettes should have an opening of
about 2 mm. and should be drawn out to a point and not merely
rounded off in the flame.

II. Method of Cleaning Pipettes, The matter of cleaning
pipettes is of considerable importance, not merely because they
ought to be kept bright and clear, but because, especially when
they are used for milk, they become greasy and do not deliver
all of their contents since a part of it sticks to the sides.

It is the custom in many laboratories to clean these pipettes
by immersing them for several days in a cleaning solution made
from sulphuric acid and potassium bichromate, then washing
them in water, or first in alcohol and then water. This requires
several days. Some experiments were made for the purpose
of determining whether or not it would be as satisfactory to
clean the pipettes well in soap and water and then sterilize them
at a high degree of heat, say 250° 0., for a time in order to dry
distill the organic matter. This method does not seem to suc¬
ceed, at least at a reasonable temperature within a reasonable
length of time.

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies . 1315

Other pipettes were carefully cleaned with soap and water
and then immersed in alcohol for a few minutes, dried, and after
sterilization in the dry-air sterilizer for 1 hour at 150° C. were
found to be free from grease and entirely satisfactory.

It seems, then, quite sufficient in cleaning pipettes to get them
bright and clear by the use of water or soap or soap-powder, and
then immerse them in alcohol for several minutes. "When dry
they are then ready to be sterilized.

III. A Mechanical Volumetric Pipette, or Pipettometer. The
pipettes used for the purpose of diluting milk are of various
types. Those carefully graduated to tenths or hundredths of a
c.c., and frequently used, are expensive. With ordinary
pipettes there is the danger that in using them the saliva may run
down into the material being measured. This can be prevented
by inserting a small plug of cotton in the end that is put in
the mouth. It requires a good deal of time to put in the
plug and later to take it out. Another danger, where the ma¬
terial worked with contains pathogenic germs, is that these may
be accidentally sucked into the mouth — a catastrophe that has
too often brought dire results to laboratory workers. The follow¬
ing simple devise obviates many of the objections raised as ap¬
plying to the use of pipettes in general, and will be found use¬
ful for routine as well as special work, if not on all occasions.

It was suggested by the pipette holder described by Rosenau*
and may be considered a modification of it. It can best be de¬
scribed by reference to the accompanying figure. Pig. 5.

A is a wooden support with a short arm on the left, and a
broad arc on the right. The whole is supported by a heavy
base A. On this is a bent glass tube (a, b, c, d) with a flexible
joint at c, and a bulb at d. This tube is filled with mercury
from e to d. When the arm (B) is moved to I, the mercury
stands at 1.0, and when the arm (B) is lowered to II, the mer¬
cury stands at 0. The end of the glass tube (at a) is fitted with
a rubber tube into which a' pipette may be readily slipped (g).
The apparatus is used, by raising the arm (B) to I, a vessel con¬
taining the fluid to be drawn up into the pipette is brought up
to the point of it and then the agm (B) is lowered to II. In this
way the fluid is drawn into the pipette. It can then be dis¬
charged in whole or in part by raising the arm (B). The gradu-

* Hyg. Lab. Bull. 21, Gov’t. Print. Office, 1905, p. 62.

1316 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

ations on the tube b, c, e must be made by discharging water
into the pan of a fine balance. In this way the 0.5 and 1.0 c.c.
points can be determined. It will be accurate enough to meas-
use off the intervening points. At first thought it might be sup¬
posed that all that it would be necessary to do would be to put
a carefully graduated pipette in between b and c, but in practice
it does not work well because the weight of the fluid in the
pipette rarities the column of air between a and the mercury at
e, so that it does not take up quite all that would be indicated.

SCALE I =• 5 c.m.

Fig. 5. Pipettometer — detail drawing.

"When the graduations are once obtained it is then possible to
measure any fluid very accurately that has practically the same
specific gravity as the fluid used to make the graduations.

The chief value of such a piece of apparatus is that in addition
to preventing the danger of saliva getting into the fluid handled,
and of handling pathogenic germs, it is economical in that it
makes possible the use of simple tubes instead of pipettes. These
tubes can be readily made by evenrthe unskilled in glass blowing.
An additional advantage in the use of this apparatus is the fact
that no error is introduced by the use of pipettes not perfectly

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1317

clean and free from grease, since a definite volume is pushed, out.
If some clings to the sides more will be pushed out in its stead.

d) Ring Method (Schroeder).

In regard to the ring method of securing small fractions of a
c.c. of milk, Dr. M. C. Schroeder of the Eesearch Laboratories,
Department of Health, New York City says: “It was found af¬
ter a number of experiments that a small % in. No. 20 japanned
curtain ring would take up within 5% of 0.01 c.c. of milk, and
by dropping this ring full of milk directly into the melted agar
tube we could eliminate one or more of the dilution bottles and
thus save labor and a possible source of error. The rings are
dipped into the milk by means^f a platinum hook and dropped
directly into about 8 c. c. of nutrient agar held in the tube. ’ ’ —
Schroeder.*

An attempt has been made to determine the accuracy of these
curtain rings as volumetric devices. This was done first by de¬
termining the weight of such rings before and after being filled
with milk. Sensitive chemical balances were used. Several
weighings follow: Two rings were balanced, then one of the
pair was dipped in milk and weighed :

1) Weight required to balance again . 0.008 gms.

2) Weight required to balance again . 0.008 gms.

In another series:

8) Weight of ring and milk was found to be . 054 gms.

Weight of ring after washing and drying . 044 gms.

Weight of milk taken up . 01 gms.

4) Weight of ring with milk . 054 gms.

Weight of ring after washing and drying . 043 gms.

Weight of milk taken up . 011 gms.

Culture Tests. A Certified milk was used. After a very thor¬
ough shaking five rings were dipped into the milk and plated.
Four of them were put into the Petri dish. The other one was
dropped into the melted agar in the test-tube and then this tube
of agar was poured. The results follow :

1) Developed . 50 colonies

2) Developed . 24 colonies

3) Developed . 25 colonies

4) Developed . 9 colonies

5) (In test-tube) developed . 27 colonies

* Jour. Infect. Dis., 1912, 11, p. 3.

1318 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

The average was 27 and the percentage of variations 152% One
c.c. of the same milk at the same time was put with 99 c.c. of
sterile water, thoroughly shaken, and from this four plates were
made which gave the following results :

1) Developed . 78 colonies

2) Developed . 76 colonies

3) Developed . 65 colonies

4) Developed . 77 colonies

The average number of colonies was 74, and the percentage of
variations was 17%.

Comparing the two findings it is seen that the ring method de¬
veloped 27 against 74, that is, only about a third as many as the
standard method, and whereas the standard method showed a
variation of 17%, the plates in the ring method showed a 152%
variation among themselves.

The reason why the rings take up practically .01 of a gram of
milk, but deliver only one-third of this amount, judging from
the bacterial count, is because the rings are hollow and hold back
the milk, and also because it is difficult to wash out of them all
of the bacteria.

3. Incubation of Cultures. The question of the best tem¬
perature at which milk plates should be incubated is, it seems to
me, still an open one. The New York Commission, the Milk
Committee of the American Public Health Association, as well as
the Committee on Standards of the American Association of-
Medical Milk Commissions, have, nevertheless, all decided in
favor of the 37° C. count. The chief reason for this is, no doubt,
that the results of an analysis can, in this way, be secured some
days earlier than they can at a lowed* temperature. It is my ex¬
perience. however, that a larger number of bacteria always de¬
velop at a lower temperature, sav 21° C., than at 37° C.

In the present investigation the temperature of the 'room
(21°C.) has been employed exclusively. Any results not so ob¬
tained are definitely marked. The plates were counted after
they had been grown for at least 5 days. The temperature was
regulated quite closely, see chart, Fig. 12, as an example of the
temperature variations. The reason for the use of this tempera¬
ture was a desire to get the maximum count. A strong argument
for the use of a low temperature in milk analyses, where it is im¬
portant to determine the general character of the, bacteria, is

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1319

developed in a later paragraph, where it is shown that a curve
representing the rate of development of the colonies in a good
milk is quite different from the rate of development in a poor
milk. See p. 1337.

4. Counting Colonies.

a) Methods. The plates were all counted under a five inch
reading glass, and all of the colonies were counted including the
lactic acid or pin-point colonies. Where possible, the entire
plate was counted. On heavily seeded plates as large a propor¬
tion was counted as possible. The plates were always run in
duplicate and the average taken. A self-registering hand
counter was used to minimize errors due to personal equation.

b) A New Form of Counting Apparatus. During the course
of the work a new form of counting apparatus was constructed
which may be briefly described as follows : It consists of two plat¬
forms. one below for the Petri dish, B., and one above to hold the
magnifying lens R., Fig. 1, Plate XCV. The dish is supported
on a screen of fine wire with one centimeter meshes instead of
the usual ruled glass plate. The dish is centered by a mechani¬
cal arrangement which at the same time automatically indicates
the area of the dish on a scale at the right, E. The lens is a five-
inch reading glass. A metal shield prevents reflections from the
surface of this. Below the lower platform is a black surface
which furnishes the proper background. It is also provided
with a self-registering hand counter, F.

C. Tests for Bacillus Coli in Milk.

I. Methods.

a) Uses of Fermentation Tubes.

I. Lactose Peptone Bile. This was prepared as recommended,
put in Smith tubes, in which 25 c. c. were used, or in Durham
tubes, where 10 c. c. were required. The inner tubes, in the latter
ca^e, were one dram vials 65 mm. long. In either case readings
were made after 24 and 48 hours of incubation at 37° C. For
measuring the amount of gas, a gasometer was used for the Dur¬
ham tubes, as well as for the Smith tubes. Fig. 7.

II. A. New Medium — Neutral Red Milk Broth. In this medium
the milk sugar is furnished by the mdk itself. It was this idea,

1320 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

as well as the presence of the casein, that was thought to be a
desirable innovation. It is prepared as follows :

10 grams of peptone and 3 grams of extract of beef are
added to 1 liter of water. When the peptone and beef extract
have gone into solution, as a result of gentle heating, 500 c. c. of
separated (i. e., fat-free) milk are added, and the reaction of the
whole is then so adjusted as to bring the reaction to +0.7. Fif¬
teen cubic centimeters of a 1 % aqueous solution of neutral red
is added. The medium is then ready to be put into fermentation
tubes and sterilized as other sugar media.

Fig. 7. Gasometer for Durham tubes.

In such a medium B. coli first coagulates the casein, then turns
the medium in the closed arm yellow, forms gas, and also by its
reducing action causes the whey or fluid part of the medium to
become fluorescent. The amount of gas formed by B. coli in this
medium is considerably less than that produced in lactose pep¬
tone bile, i. e., from 12 to 35% as contrasted with from 30 to
70%. In addition to this there are the changes in the milk part
of the medium as well as the changes in the neutral sred. The
advantages of this medium over the lactose peptone bile are first,
the ease with which it is prepared, since the materials are prac¬
tically always at hand in all laboratories, and second, the large

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1321

number of changes in color or character of curd which are signi¬
ficant, and third, a more constant amount of gas production.

It appears to be worthy of further trial, and it is to be hoped
that other workers will test its merits.

b) Comparison of Smith and Durham Tubes. The Smith fer¬
mentation tubes are inconvenient in several ways as compared
with the Durham tubes. They are more difficult to fill ; they re¬
quire considerably more medium ; they are difficult to store and
hence are harder to handle in the sterilizer and incubator, and
they are more time-consuming to clean.

If the inner tubes of the Durham apparatus are of the same
length it is not difficult to measure the amount of gas formed ; in
fact, a gasometer can be constructed and used exactly as with the
Smith tube. The tubes used for this wock were heavy walled
test-tubes, y2 inch by 6 inches, and a homeopathic vial of 1 dram
capacity and 65 mm. long. The gasometer used is shown in Fig.
7.

The Smith tube was used exclusively in the early part of the
investigation, then, for a time, the two kinds were run in dupli¬
cate, and finally the Durham tube was used instead of the Smith
tube, with equal satisfaction, so far as the results obtained were
concerned, and with much greater comfort. When the gas for¬
mula is desired, or a titration of the medium from the closed
and open arm separately, then the Smith tubes must be used.
When, however, it is sufficient to know that gas is formed, and
about how much, the Durham tube is quite sufficient, and is very
much more convenient, and saves medium.

c) Use of Endo’s Medium. The use of Endo’s medium for the
detection of B. coli in milk has been tried by a number of
workers. Kinyoun and Deiter, for example, # are very enthu¬
siastic over its use. Ford,f however, says: “The results were,
in general, not so satisfactory as those obtained from a dextrose
tube.” It has been tried out. in the course of my work, and a
column is provided in the Tables I. and VIII. for the data ob¬
tained. Towards the last its use was discontinued, not so much
because it was thought useless, but because of the difficult tech¬
nique it requires when compared with the use of fermentation
tubes.

* Am. Jour. Pub. Health, 1912, 2, p. 979, and also in personal conver¬
sation.

f Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 1913, 24, p. 25.

1322 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , ayid Letters.

The method of preparation followed was that suggested by
Kendall and Day.t Later, media made as above was neutralized
biologically as suggested by Kinyoun and Dei ter.* * This method
led to somewhat more satisfactory results due, it would seem, to
the use of phenolthalein rather than litmus as an indicator, and
consequently a more definite point of alkalinity. It seems, how¬
ever, unnecessary to neutralize biologically each batch of medium
as suggested by Kinyoun and Deiter, but when the proper reac¬
tion has been determined this point can be satisfactorily secured
by the ordinary methods of titration. It would seem possible
also to modify this medium and its method of use so that it
would be both easily handled and extremely useful.

Fig. 8. Thermal Death-point Tubes.

D. Thermal Death Point op Bacillus Coli.

1. New Method of Testing. Although the thermal death point
of B. coli has been frequently determined, it seemed desirable to
test the particular strains used here and to do it quantitatively.

The method used is a modification and improvement on a
method previously used by the writer. In its present form
it is somewhat like the method suggested by Sternberg, except
that by the use of the mechanical volumetric pipette, previously
described, it is possible to take up measured quantities.

t Jour. Med. Research, 1911, 25, p. 95.

* Loc. cit.

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1323

The method is as follows : Glass tubes, 6 to 8 mm. in diameter,
are drawn out at one end into a; straw about 1 mm. in diameter.
The form and size are given in Fig. 8. These tubes are then
plugged with cotton and sterilized. The fine pointed end
may either be sealed, or it can be flamed just before use. One of
these tubes is then placed in the pipettometer and 0.1 of a c. c. of
the suspension is drawn into the tube. This amount is then
drawn up the tube about an inch, and the end of the straw
is sealed in the flame. This tube can then be removed from the
pipettometer. It is now ready to be put into the water-bath. A
series of tubes are prepared in this way. One is plated directly
and the others are heated at various temperatures for the same
length of time, or at the same temperature for varying lengths of
time, as the case may require. When the tubes are in the water-
bath special care must be taken to keep the thin straws below the
surface of the water so as to be sure that all of the bacteria are
sufficiently heated. After the proper exposure the tubes should
be removed from the water-bath and immersed in ice water. In
plating, the sealed end is broken off with sterile forceps and the
contents blown into a Petri dish, and covered with agar. The
tube plated directly serves as a control. By this means it is pos¬
sible to determine what Gage calls the “normal thermal death-
point, ” as well as the “absolute thermal death-point.”

E. Inhibiting Action of Milk in the Gas Production, by
Bacillus Coli, in the Fermentation Tube.

Dr. Theobald Smith called my attention to the fact that B. coli
is not capable of producing gas in milk when it is in the fermen¬
tation tube, as it does under similar conditions with other -sugar
media. The facts are shown in the following series :

Six fermentation tubes of milk, inoculated
with one loop of a 24 hr. culture of B. coli. . 0, 15%, 5%, 5%, 0, 20%

Average = 7 %

Six fermentation tubes of lactose pep¬
tone bile, inoculated as above.... 60%, 55%, 45%, 50%, 50%, 50%

Average = 52%

In view of these results, which are taken as representative, it
was natural to ask: Does the addition of milk in small quantities,
i. e., 1, 2, or 3 c. c., inhibit the characteristic reaction of any co¬
lon bacilli that might be present?

1324 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Six fermentation tubes of lactose pep¬
tone bile, inoculated with B. coli as

above • • . . . . 60%, 55%, 45%, 50%, 50%,

, Average = 52%

Six fermentation tubes inoculated as
above, plus 1 c. c. of sterile milk.. 50%, 55%, 50%, 52%, 55%, 50%

_ . Average = 52%

Six fermentation tubes, inoculated as

above, plus 1 c. c. of raw milk . 65%, 55%, 43%, 58%, 55%, 50%

Average = 54%

From these, experiments it seems fair to conclude that the addi¬
tion of a small amount of milk to culture media, will not percept¬
ibly inhibit the gas production of any B coli contained therein.

F. Tests for Streptococci.

Methods for determining the presence of streptococci in millr
are not satisfactory. A number of laboratories depend upon the
direct microscopical method. In others the milk is introduced in¬
to sugar broth, and after incubation the surface layers are exam¬
ined microscopically for long chains. If it were possible to read¬
ily and satisfactorily differentiate pyogenic streptococci from the
lactic acid streptococcus, it would seem likely that a method of
detection that would be useful would need the following essen¬
tials. The culture medium should be selective in the sense of
favoring the growth of the streptococcus at least equally with any
other form likely to be present. The resulting growth ought to be
easily examined microscopically in rather large quantities. Fol¬
lowing out these ideas milk was infected with the streptococcus
and then added, in 1 c. c. lots, to a tube of dextrose broth. This
culture was grown for 24 hours, and then centrifuged, and the
sediment examined in a stained microscopical preparation. The
large amount of curd makes this method useless. It was modi¬
fied by straining out, the curd and centrifugating the cleared
fluid. This was more satisfactory than the first method tried,
but since it amounted practically to filtering the medium through
the casein, which would be most likely to hold back the long
chains, the very elements most sought, this method would be of
little value. A third step was taken by growing milk in dextrose
broth as above, and then taking up in a capillary pipette about
2 c. c. of the upper part of the culture, and centrifugating this
and examining the sediment.

In order to thrown down the sediment the milk centrifuge
tubes of the Stewart-Slack method were used. This method has

TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XVII

PLATE XCV

FIGURE 2

FROST:— MILK SUPPLIES

COCKAY N E — BOSTON

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1325

been used only to a limited degree in this investigation but more
extensively in a subsidiary series, and is believed to be a prom¬
ising procedure.

G. Tests for Bacterium Welchii.

1. A New Outfit for Quantitative Work. Savage suggests
a quantitative test for Bacterium Welchii (B. enteritidis spor-
ogenes) in milk which is as follows: “ Quite small, narrow (4x^4
inch), sterile empty test-tubes are used in batches of ten for each
estimation. 20 c. c. of milk are employed for each test, 2 c. c be¬
ing added by a sterile pipette to each tube. The ten tubes are
heated for 10 minutes- at 80° C., rapidly cooled, and incubated
anaerobically in specimen jars with ground- glass stoppers, just
large enough to take the ten tubes, the oxygen being absorbed by
the usual potash and pyrogallic acid mixture.” — Savage.*

This method has been modified and improved in several details.
The test-tubes used are 100 by 8 mm. Ten of them are placed in
a zinc or copper box made out of sheet metal, as seen in Fig. 2,
Plate XCV. This box makes it unnecessary to plug or handle
the separate tubes. The box and contents are sterilized in the
hot air oven. This sterilization is a matter of considerable impor¬
tance since when the tubes are used over and over, the possibility
of spores being carried from one test to another must be care¬
fully guarded against. This is easily done by putting a piece of
fresh cotton under the cover, and continuing the sterilization un¬
til this cotton is well browned. By means of1 a graduated 10 or
20 c. c. pipette, 2 c. c. of milk is run into each tube. The cover
is replaced which is easily given a distinctive mark with a grease
pencil. The tubes are now heated. To do this it is only neces¬
sary to place the tubes, box and all, in a water-bath so arranged
that the water will come well toward the top of the tubes. They
are then cooled and placed in jars from which the oxygen can be
absorbed. Jars particularly adapted to this use are the speci¬
men jars with straight sides, with tops clamping on. In order
to hold the box up from the bottom, and allow room for the pyro-
gallate, a strip of zinc about % an inch wide is coiled up and laid
in the bottom of the jar. The required amount of pyrogallic
acid is placed in the bottom of the jar, the box with the milk

* Milk and the Public Health, 1912, p. 189, The Macmillan Co.

1326 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

tubes is put in place, and then a paper bag is put in one side and
a small tube of gelatin containing a little methylene blue, which
has just been boiled until it is colorless, is put in on the other
side for the purpose of determining whether or not anaerobic
conditions are secured and maintained. The gelatin tube should,
of course, remain free from a blue color ; i. e., the methylene blue,
should remain reduced. The paper sack is made from newspaper
(1x3 inches) pasted together, and is used to hold the alkali. It
requires a short time for the alkali to eat through the bag during
wrhich time it is possible to close and seal the jar. The outfit is
incubated for 48 hours at 37° C. In examining them the box
is removed from the jar, the cover taken off, and the tubes lifted
out two at a time with a small pair of forceps. The following is
regarded as a typical reaction : Abundant gas formation, cream
layer may be forced to top, or even out of tube, otherwise tom
into shreds; beneath is a floeculent or floating curd. The amount
of coagulated casein is small in comparison with the amount of
whey, which is colorless, clear, or slightly turbid. The reaction
is strongly acid and has the odor of butyric acid. A similar
change is sometimes seen in which there is lacking, however, evi¬
dence of gas and floeculent curd, and in which the curd remains
at the bottom. In doubtful cases, as for example, where this last
change occurs with milk very good in every other way, it would
be desirable to test out the tubes by sub-cultures. For this purpose
a milk fermentation tube is excellent. A new form of fermenta¬
tion tube, not previously described, useful in this connection may
properly be considered here.

2. New Form of Fermentation Tube Used for Testing out
Doubtful Reactions in Bacterium Welchii Determinations.
This form of the fermentation tube was devised some years ago
for some special problems still under way, and is especially use¬
ful for the study of anaerobes and the amount and rate of gas
formation from a constant volume of the medium.

Its special features are best understood by reference to the ac¬
companying figure. Fig. 10. (A) lower arm A is the essential

modification of the ordinary form. This is made of such size
that it will contain a measured amount of culture medium, say 10
c. c. On top of this is put an oil (white paraffin or other neutral
oil) filling the closed arm B, and some in the bulb. The medium
is inoculated by means of a capillary pipette. The gas, as it is

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1327

formed, rises through the oil and collects at C. It is possible of
course, to obtain and maintain absolute anaerobic conditions in
the medium situated as it is under oil.

Fig. 10. New form of fermentation tube.

HI. DETAILED ANALYSES OF VARIOUS GRADES OF
MILK STUDIED.

A. Classification of Milks.

1. Schemes Proposed. The Commission on Milk Standards
appointed by the New York Milk Committee! suggested that
milks should be classified into the following grades: —

Class A Certified milk or its equivalent
Class B Inspected milk
Class C Pasteurized milk

Class D Milk not suitable for drinking purposes.

This is practically the same classification suggested by Melvin.* *
The Department of Health of New York City! has adopted a
classification somewhat more elaborate.

t Public Health Reports, 1912, 27, p. 673.

* Milk and Its Relation to the Public Health. Hyg. Lab. Bull. 56,
1909, p. 607.

t Milk Supply of New York City, 1912. Dep’t of Health Monograph
Series, 5, p. 13.

1328 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

Grade A. For infants and children

1. Certified

2. Guaranteed

3. Inspected

4. Selected pasteurized

Grade B. For adults

1. Selected raw

2. Pasteurized

Grade C. For cooking and manufacturing purposes only.
A comparison of the two schemes is shown here.

Report of Commission
Class A

Certified (or its
equivalent)

Class B

Inspected

[Not provided for]

Class C Pasteurized
Class B
Raw

New York City Board of Health
Grade A

1. Certified

2. Guaranteed

3. Inspected raw

4. Selected pasteurized

Grade B
1. Selected, raw

2. Pasteurized

Grade 0

Raw

2. Plan Adopted. The plan adopted as most generally appli¬
cable was that proposed by the Milk Commission.

B. Milks Examined.

1. List and Description of Milks. An attempt was made
to secure representative grades of the various classes. Those
studied are as follows:

a) Certified.
B5 ...
B6 ...

Hi ...
Ho ...

H, ...
I ....
J, ...
J* ...

(Grade A)
9 samples
3 samples
3 samples
3 samples
3 samples
3 samples
3 samples
3 samples

. "Frost • — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1329

b) Inspected. (Grade B)

A5 . 5 samples

Ae . 1 sample

B3 . 7 samples

B4 . 6 samples

C3 . . 3 samples

D . 3 samples

G . . 7 samples

c) Pasteurized. (Grade C)

Holding process

A2 . 6 samples

B2 . 6 samples

C2 . 7 samples

In bottle

A3 . 5 samples

A4 . . . 9 samples

M2 . 4 samples

d) Raw Milk. (Grade D)

At . 6 samples

Bt . . 7 samples

C4 . 8 samples

E . 2 samples

F4 . 3 samples

F2 and 4 . 3 samples

F5 . . . 4 samples

K . 3 samples

L . 3 samples

M . 4 samples

C. Scope op the Analyses.

Most of the analyses were made during the months of January,
February. March, and April. The results represent winter con¬
ditions. These, it seems fair to assume, are the most favorable
for the producers as well as the consumers of milk. On practi¬
cally all samples the following determinations were made:

In all cases:

1. Total number of bacteria growing at 21° C.

2. Gas production in lactose media, either lactose peptone

bile, a special medium (neutral red milk broth), or
Endo ’s medium.

3. Bacterium Welchii, by a quantitative method modified

from Savage.

4. Spores or forms resisting 80° C. for 10 minutes.

In part of the samples :

5. Streptococci were examined for.

6. The character of the curd at 37° C. studied.

7. The time required to reduce methylene blue determined.

8. The number of bacteria determined directly by the Stew¬

art-Slack method.

1330 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

The method used for collection, as well as the technique of the
various steps, has already been given.

The results obtained are shown in the following Tables, I.-IV.
inclusive.

Table I.— CERTIFIED MILKS (Class A).

j Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1331

mo* ^

> o

ooo oo»-hoo ooooo ooooo ooooo o

o |

s

o ooooo ooooo

o ^
. 0)
go

rO

O OOO^CV.0 ooooo

OOOOO I^OOOO o

ooo ooooo

•OOOO OOOOO OOOOiO o

.©OOOOO OlOOOO

OONCM WOtt'L^O O 5

iLOntGOO

CO CM CM CM CM

1 ^ ^ HMWCO«D MOO^hO ^ C

l— 2I2S222 222hS2h2S C^ CM CM CM CM CM OO 30 <X> C

CM CM CO 50 CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO 1>L I'l 1>L !>. li. I'l* t-L l

oos>-i>- 1"»

► OOOO i— I CM CO CO CM CO ^ lO O OOOJOHW CO

> CD O O O O O OO HHHHH »H pH CJ CVJ CM

1HHM CM CM CM CM CM CO CO CO SO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO

MCQjQfflpq ctflxK^ *"*

Table II.— INSPECTED MILKS (Class B).

1332 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters .

Table III. —PASTEURIZED MILK (Class C).

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1333

OOOO©

rHCM CMC

1CMOO coo©

^OOWHO OOOO

WOIOOJW CM«^

+3

a

CD-

in*

&

<

\ <D-

^ o

CV.C^.C^

©o©

cv. c*- c*- e*-

oooo©

XOOOWT

oooo

,00000 00000 00000

oooo 00

o 00000

00 00000

OO OOOOO OOLQOO

00000

OOOOO OOOOO

oooo 10

o‘g

• a)

«

OOOOO

ICOIOOIO

t^LOCMLOCM

OO ©50 05

OOOOO

WOOWN

CMk^CVJLOC

0-^000

CM OO C© CM © t

1 CM © PH<

CO CO CO CO CO

HHHrHH
I I I I I
CD © ©i-H i-H

CO CO CO CO CO

I 1 I I 1
1— l^-^^CO

CO CO CO CO CO
HtHHHH
I I I I I
CO CO CO CO rH

111*1"?
CM CM CM CM CM

cococococo cococococo

) 0«d €0

i CM CM CM

I I I I I I

1 CM CM CM CM CM CM

<CMCMGM OOC

ag

MB CM CO CM'S! CO CO CM ^f< CVS CO CM CM CM v* rfl CO V* CM CM CM CM CM/

<J<1C1<1<J <3<J<1<1<J <J<JDffl<J <1<(J<:<<3 OO^Ufq

Table III. —PASTEURIZED MILK (Class C).

1334 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters .

<00000

00000

WOOOCV]

CMCM^* CM*

00000 0000

QQ &
£

OOOOO OOOOO OOOO

W \ W \\\ w ww

ooxjooo o^rooo honm

> 2

vClOOXOOO

0000

OOOO OOOO

OOOOO

MCCXCMX
OJXLOOO
i-H 00^0

OOOOO
OOOOO
O Lft O ITD LC3

OOOO

ooouo
10 go 1^- i*h

OWOh*N

" CM LT? 'tOl

^■^OOCO
CO CO Cri CO CO

cococococo cocococo

HHHHH hhhh
I I I I I lift

CO OO rH ->H

HHHMM HHHH

COCOCOCOCO

ag

ooxmoo H 5 COOOJW HlflOH

- - O O o -H CO »0 5.0 CO CO

HHMCJM CM CM CM CM

Ol^OOOOQ

CNJ Cl CM M (M CMMCM CM CM CM CM

fqaqoQO

Table IV.— RAW MILKS (Class D).

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1335

©

o o

3,000

1,900

14,000

6,400

go

CO m • O O

0

15,750

5,000

48, 900

2,700

1,800

0

600

0

400

2,300

27,000

13,400

4,750

0

5,000

Negative

2/10

Negative

3/10

Present

Absent

1/10?

Absent

7/10

Absent

Absent

Absent

10/10?

10/10

8/10

1/10

0/10

1/10

( 0/0

3/10

OOOOO

HOOiflW

©■*

. S3

!g|

;g|

s ^

0 ©

^ ^ ^ ^
® © © ©
fafa£=< fa

©

*2- -
O- -

© © ©
> > >
© © ©
O2CC0Q

*3
o ©:

Fh

© © ©
fafacn

3

_ O

£§

g|

— 1 eo

©

< fO ifS [o

3

P

OOOOO OO

§ § o C

^ *
o’S
6-2
*8
P

OOOOO

ifJo © 160

CJJOiO^CO

o^^?ooo

OOHtMO
O CM CO CO CO
Hlfl Ift

>0000 OOOOO
>0000 OOOOO
JOifiOO 0000m

)6no irl wod'iN
5 in o o ^H^eoN
CM-^S>»©

OOOOO
O O' o o o
00000

o© © in©

OCMGOCMlD

WH05H

eviea

HNMM^ OOOOO CfiHHHH

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

HHHW£^ DJCJNWW CMCMCMCMCa

OOOO^
W CM W Ci CM

CM CM CM CM CM

CM CM CO CO CO

. Pi

oB

Z «a

?h *-< ■th ,-h t-i .-I eo eo eo ■>-( ea 1-1 -h HuieoeiH —

fafafafafa fa^;<joo fafafafaO QpqpqfflO

1336 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters ,

o'Z

o ®

.ft

II

ooooo ooooo
OOOOO OOOirtO
eo t- T-i o o in ^ cm

ooooo ooooo

OOOt^O OOOrtt>T

a

Oj 3

cn tn co
O,-,,-, O O

§> g g © ®

sggsa

o

O O CO lO O ooooo
^ o

oco ro^oo

I I I I I

CO co CO CO CO

CVi CM C^i CO HHH

cococo^^

CM

lO »o <©
CMCMCMCMCM CMCMCM

OUOWCQ WWj

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1337

D. General Consideration of Results Obtained.

When the results obtained from each grade and source are
grouped and studied, certain interesting, and, it is believed,
very important points are brought to light, so that it seems worth
while to consider the points raised somewhat in detail.

1. Raw Milks. The analyses of raio milks are grouped and
shown in Table IV. It is to be noted here that the first three
milks, A-, B.n and Cx, which are to be pasteurized before market¬
ing, are much similar. The bacterial count is high, about
2,000,000. B. coli, or its allies, are practically always present in
quantities of 100 per c. c. Usually there are 1000 per c. c. and
occasionally, at least, there are 10,000 per c. c. Spores of Bact.
Welchii are generally present ; frequently there is one such spore
for each 2 c. c. of the milk, but on the average there are 4.2 to
each 20 c. c. of the milk. Spores of organisms growing under aero¬
bic conditions are also present in considerable numbers. K and L.
were raw milks to be sold as produced and the samples studied
were from stores. They were apparently somewhat better milks.
The high bacteria] count comes, no doubt, from recent multipli¬
cation since, aside from the rather high Bact. Welchii content,
there is no evidence that these milks are badly contaminated.

The milks marked F1? F2, and F3 are from a small
town (15,000) and are very much cleaner than the city milks. It
is worthy of special note that Fx and F2 came directly from the
producer, while Fa is a similar and sometimes the same milk
which has gone through the bottling works with considerable
detriment to the quality of the milk.

E is a relatively small producer who is apparently producing
quite a good quality of milk.

2. Pasteurized Milks. The pasteurized milks (Table III.) are
of two classes, those pasteurized in bulk and from milk produced
without any special care, and those from milks belonging to the
inspected grade and pasteurized in bottles. The first class, A2,
B2 and C2, all contain more bacteria than would be allowed by
the Commission’s standard. Practically all of the samples con¬
tain B. coli in 1 c. c. lots, and some even show 100 per c. c. The
number of resistant forms is high, showing, I believe, inefficient
sterilization and cleanliness of the pasteurizing and bottling ap¬
paratus and utensils. The high content of Bact. Welchii is, of
course, to be attributed to the contaminated condition of the raw
milk.

1338 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

The milks pasteurized in the bottle are very much, better than
those pasteurized in bulk. The count is low, especially in M2,
since A3 and A4 were taken from the plant and usually soon
after pasteurization, while M« was delivered in the early morning
and remained on a doorstep for some hours before it was taken
to the laboratory. B. coli was practically never found in 1 c. c.
lots. The number of Bact. Welchii is low as well as the number
of resistant aerobic forms.

3. Inspected Milks. The inspected milks (Table II.) are most
of them of only a fair grade. Certain ones, however, are uni¬
formly excellent, such as B3 and G. The latter belongs practi¬
cally in the certified class. B. coli is usually present in 1 cc.
amounts, except in the very best of them. Bact. Welchii is fre¬
quently present and occasionally in large numbers. The best of
these milks have a very small number of resistant forms or
spores, but the poorer grades frequently have large numbers.

4. Certified Milks. The certified milks (Table I.) have usu¬
ally been found to be excellent.

E. Discussion of the Various Factors Studied and Their Sig¬
nificance.

1. Total Number of Bacteria. (Table V.)
a) Law Milks — Grade D.

The raw milks studied belong to two different classes, — those
that are to be sold raw, and those that are to be pasteurized in
bulk before being put on the market. The milks of the latter class
are A^Bi and C x. It will be seen from Table V.that of these, even
in midwinter, very few samples came within the prescribed lim¬
it. The average of six samples of A3 was 1,741,400, of seven
samples for B1 was 1,786,000, of eight samples for Cx was
2,211,600, which is from 70% to 100% above the standard of
1,000,000 set by the Commission.

The other class, namely, those to be sold in a raw condition, are
represented by E, K, and L, which give the following averages
respectively: 180,000, 6,916,500 and 3,970,000 bacteria per c. c.

Milks Fly F2. Fs, and F.4 are from a small town of about
15,000 inhabitants, some sixty miles from Boston. So far as
can be judged by the total number of bacteria, it is seen that these
milks are considerably better than those of a large city. One

Table V._ TOTAL NUMBER OP BACTERIA PER C.C. IN VARIOUS GRADES OF MILK.

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1339

°KS .

IIP

£ rt O ^

“ 5 o
PI 42 a
P

i O

c3 <T)

•So®

Or® +->

iJ

t o

s*

a

o3

Or^S

Hgo

P-®

I o

gS

c3 <u

“a

i O

SZ

c3 a;

a

ooooooo
O O ITS © o o o
owoNifloio

connwhn^d'

MNtH03'#050

OtDNNffiOO

HHHrtrrMN

m >ra m m in m >n

fq?Qffipqfflcqpq

ooo
o o o
o o m

c n v> vi

H ^ 'H

o -n re

NWO)

OirHH

rHCOCO

■73 73 C/3

S-l ?H

00 CO o

O *-• CM
rH CO CO

CM CM! CM

EffiK

OOOOO I o
O O O O O I o

°.0.°.ci0. Hi

m o cm m m i a i

^ O CO CM CM j

o o in o o o c

0>- - - -
fa

CD .

oo oooo
o o o o o o
oomooo

7)^ ^ ^ ^ v.

I r-\ r— 1 CM CM

— ' O H Ot-O
^ngoct.oc m
>— i Ti r— i CM CM

in in in in m <p

^n^ococo

m co co co

:aaaaa

oooooo
o o o o »n m
m m o co cm cm

O - - - -

oooooo

oooooo

ir.ooimrio

nH CM i

oooooooo
oo m ooooo
o Gi o in m o in

^ o’ *<£ o' 00" cm" oo oo
or-icoxtiinoco
00xt< O CO

o co co in c

CM CM CM CM CM

<tj <J<5<5<J<5

CM CM CM CM CM CM

Kffipqpcffi

00000m
in o" oicoV

o 00 ino 00
ro cm oo c i o t- m

ODinOiH^ON

OOOOOOOC

OOOOOOO:

NONC!

<3<J<5<J<1<J

_ _ a I

OOOOOOOO

Table V.— TOTAL NUMBER OF BACTERIA PER C.C. IN VARIOUS GRADES OF MILK.

1340 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

o (8 .

2 .Q a

c

. ©

sz

“a,

i o

£ &
aJ
cco;
a

HS§

5-°

i o

££
c3 ©
03 o!

°c3

111

*|3

§-°

888

ococo

73 73 73

Sh tn S->

XXX

73 73 -.0

W H P

XXX

WWW

«H S- ■-<

xxx

. o

££

ffi .

3 n*

Hii-j'-i >

<1

oo o
ooo
OiTiO

oo-'

coco co

rv ^ r

fecvL'

CO CO CO

OQO

T-1 T-s CO
CQ £M (M

QQQ t

OJNiOiOONCO

rfi in in i n n in in

xxxx SsXX

-rft ■

ci d d : t -J< d d

CSOOOOOO ^

w^oo w

CO CO CO CO (TO

ooooooooo

LOiOOniCOOOO

t— ci iO O d iri uo o kO>

fa dfa

d«cid

o oo o o
o o o irt I ■— <

U5«3NH I 03

73 73 73 73
Ih Sh Sh Sh

XXXX

Cl Cl Cl Cl

Cl d Cl Cl

88

o o o
o o o
ooo

co o-

Cl Cl

0H

XI ©;

-H X*'

dfa

HHH ^

888

lOOO

©H .

&H* -

fa

©

NN># ►>

fafafa 5

) o o
>oo
>oo

) o oo
.ooo
JOOO

> o o o

3000

liflO'H

OOlflO

73 71 73 73

Sh Sh Sh Sh

xxxx

dddd

dddd

O 73 71

cn b

©XX

fadd

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1341

point of interest appears, and that is, that milks prepared for
immediate sale by the producer, even in a small place, are fre¬
quently, if not usually, better than those worked over by a pas¬
teurizing or bottling plant. Compare the bacterial content of

F1 with 191,000 per e. c. and F2 with 70,500 per c. c. contrasted
with Fs with 573,750 bacteria per c. c.

b) Pasteurized Milk — Class C.

The Commission states that pasteurized milks should not con¬
tain over 50,000 bacteria per c. c.

The analyses reported here were of several kinds of pasteurized
milk, and these should be considered separately. We have first
of all milks pasteurized in bulk in which a holding device was
used. Others were pasteurized in the bottle. Milks A2, B2, and
C., represent those pasteurized in bulk. The analyses showed the
following averages : — 63,000, 126,000, and 302,800 bacteria per
c. c. In practically all these cases the milks were brought di¬
rectly from the machine to the laboratory and were therefore 24
hours fresher than samples taken from the bottles of milk deliv¬
ered to the consumers. It seems fair to assume that the condi¬
tions under which these milks were received were better than the
conditions of the same milk would be when delivered to the con¬
sumer.

It is apparent that the bacterial content found is far above
that prescribed as the limit by the Commission, and this at a
time of year when it is easily possible to turn out the best prod¬
uct. If the 50,000 limit had been enforced at the time these
experiments were made, less than one-third, or, precisely, only six
out of twenty would have been within the limit. Most of them
were considerably higher, several, two, three and four times too
high, and one sample seventeen times above the prescribed limit.
The reason for this high count is usually, if not always, to be laid
at the door of the pasteurizing concern because of improperly
sterilized apparatus with which the milk comes in contact before
it reaches the final container, a too low pasteurizing temperature,
or a too highly contaminated raw milk.

Milk pasteurized in the bottle or final container, was examined
from three plants, A3, A4, and M?. These milks are very differ¬
ent from those pasteurized in bulk. The low count, however, is
not of necessity due to the higher efficiency of this method of pas¬
teurization, because this method of pasteurization is used only

1342 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

on the better grades of milk. The milks pasteurized by this
method all belong, theoretically, to the inspected class, and are
much better milks than those used for pasteurization in hulk.
Compare counts of A5 Ae, and M1? in this connection.

c) Inspected Milks — Class B.

Inspected milks should contain less than 100,000 bacteria per
c. e. according to the Milk Commission.

Eight different milks of this grade have been examined. A5
and A6 run high ; both of these, however, are afterwards pasteur¬
ized in the bottle. See As and A4, B3, D, G, and M were very
good milks and were always well under the above limit. B4 and
C3 were not nearly as good, but satisfactory from this standpoint
in practically one-half of the samples examined.

d) C ertified Milks — Class A.

The certified milks have a limit of 10,000 fixed by contract, and
it is quite certain that any excessive count would be only tem¬
porary. Table V. gives the results obtained.

e ) General C onsiderations.

The technique used for determining the bacterial content was
the Committee’s, except that the temperature of incubation was
that of the room (21° C.) instead of 37° C., as recommended
by them. My object in making this change is a feeling gained
from a rather long experience that the number of bacteria grow¬
ing into colonies at this lower temperature much more nearly
corresponds to the total number present than when the incuba¬
tion is at the body temperature. What I wanted in this particu¬
lar study was to get the total number of bacteria present, as
nearly as possible, since I hoped to detect and estimate quanti¬
tatively the fecal forms by other methods. Hence the numbers
representing the total number of bacteria per c. c. is somewhat
higher than that likely to be obtained by one who follows exactly
the standard methods.

In this connection a phenomenon of much importance was ob¬
served which needs consideration here. It relates to the rate of
growth of colonies of bacteria on plate cultures made from milks
of varying degrees of purity. This is especially noticeable when
the rate at which colonies develop from raw milks on agar plates
is compared with the rate at which colonies develop on agar
plates when seeded with pasteurized or certified milks.

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1343

It has no doubt been recognized before that the colonies on
plates from highly contaminated milks appear before those on
plates from the better grades of milk, but no cognizance of it
seems to have been taken of the possibility of using this as a
means of judging the quality of a milk. The following data
illustrate the facts in the case :

Table VI.— RATE OF GROWTH OF MILK COLONIES ON AGAR

AT 21° C.

Number and character of Upper figures give number of bacteria per c.c.

milk. Lower figures give percentage of total bacteria per c.c.

1st day

2nd day

4th day

5th day

6th day

143 Raw milk. ............... .

4,000

89,000

113,000

120,000

3*#

74%

94%

100%

144 Raw milk .

175,000

189,000

204,000

210,000

83%

90%

97%

100%

146 Pasteurized... .

0

0

14,000

18,000

35,000

0%

0 %

40%

51%

100%

147 Inspected (very good

1

milk) . . . . .

0

10,000

1 21,000

24,000

32,000

0%

31%

| 65%

75%

100%

If these figures are plotted the following graph is obtained.
Fig. 11. A similar set is shown in a graphical form in Fig. 12.

Since it would be too much of a burden to make daily counts
over the greater part of a week, it seemed worth while to deter¬
mine whether two counts would not be sufficient. Forty-eight
hours seems to be the crucial time, and the following graph, con¬
structed on counts made at the end of 48 hours and four days,
gives the necessary data. (See Fig. 12.)

From these results presented in Table YI. and graphs, Figs.
11 and 12, it appears that it is possible to predicate the general
characteristics of a milk by determining the rate of growth of
its colonies on agar plates at 21° C. This phenomenon can be
well brought out then by the following procedure :

Agar plates are inoculated with a suitable dilution of a milk
of unknown character and incubated at room temperature, about
21° C. They should be counted daily, or at least after two and
five days. The figures representing the percentage of colonies
found on the second and ether intermediate clays are then de¬
termined by considering the fifth day as giving the total. In
this wav it is ascertained whether or not the percentage on the
second or other intermediate days is greater or less than 50 %.

BACTERIA S BACTERIA

1344 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

DAYS

% 11. Graph of rate of development of colonies in poor milk compared with
good. Pasteurized milk heated at 145° F. for 30 min.

Fig. 12. Same as Fig. 11 except temperature chart is added.

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1345

The percentages obtained are plotted as ordinates, and the days
as abscissae. In this way it will be found that the curves formed
will fall below the diagonal, formed by drawing a line from 0 to
100%, on the last day in the case of pasteurized or certified milks,
and that the curve will rise well above this diagonal in the case
of raw or highly contaminated milks. It has not been possible
so far to obtain similar results using a 37° C. temperature.

2. Gas Production in Lactose Media. (Table VII.) The
Milk Commission, # states * 4 pasteurized milk should not contain
colon bacilli in 1 c. c. as determined by cultural methods.” In
some cities this criterion is being applied, as for example, in Wash¬
ington, I). C. This organism has served a most useful purpose in
water analysis, and there seems every reason to believe that tests
for it may be of great service in milk work. Clean milk, as it
exists in the udder of the cow, does not contain B. coli or other
bacteria capable of fermenting lactose with gas production.
Ayres and Johnsonf find anaerobic bacteria in pasteurized milk
which produce gas and which might be mistaken for B. coli in
preliminary tests. If they are found in the milk after it is
drawn, they must come from outside sources, and these must
be the manure, the persons handling the milk, or the utensils with
which the milk comes in contact.

The cleanliness: of a milk could, in reality, be measured by
the relative abundance of bacteria capable of producing gas in
a lactose medium, or in other words, by the relative abundance
of B. coli and its allies.

As to the cultural methods it seems likely that those employed
for water will be found1 equally satisfactory for milk. Lactose
peptone bile in fermentation tubes has been uniformly used! in
all analyses reported here. In a considerable number of in¬
stances a special medium neutral red milk broth, has also been
used. An attempt too has been made to use Endo’s medium.
The methods or preparation of these media has already been
considered, and the results obtained by their use are alone to be
discussed here.

Some attempt was made to identify the organisms producing
gas in the lactose media as B. coli by isolating in pure culture in
lactose litmus agar, and then running through the fermentation

* Loc. cit.

t U. S. Dep’t of Agr. Bu. An. Ind., Bull. 161, 1913, p. 60.

1346 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

tube, determining the amount and the formula of the gas pro¬
duced, by the action on milk and gelatin, and the production of
indol. This work was not carried far, however, because of the
time required and the fact that, to a considerable extent, it
seemed unnecessary and of less value than other phases of the
work. This supposition is based on the assumption that bacteria
producing gas in lactose media are foreign to the best milk,
and especially unnecessary in pasteurized milk.

In the poorer grades, belonging to the class “Raw milks,” Alt
Bx and Cx (referring to Table VII.) , gas was produced in
91% of the samples in 0.01 of a c. c. In the remaining cases the
bacterial count was very low and such did not properly belong
to this class. In 75% of the samples gas was produced in 0.001
of a c. c. Two of the non-fermenting samples, in this case also,
were very low in bacteria. Hence it would seem fair to con¬
clude that milks of the grade examined above ; i. e., milks which
are delivered to large pasteurizing plants, are likely to contain
these lactose fermenters in 0.01 of a c. c., and in the majority
of instances contain such organisms in 0.001 of a c.c. or, in other
words, such milks may contain hundreds o*r even thousands of
such organisms per c. c.

Milk belonging to this class, but of a better grade, as repre¬
sented by E, F0 2, and 8, contain a fewer number of these bac¬
teria. K and L are more like the first firoup, namely, Ax, Bt
and C1? but are sold raw. Judged from the standpoint of the
number of gas bacteria, however, they are better milks.

If we turn now to the better grades of raw milks we see that
the gas-producing bacteria, in inspected milks, are less numerous,
occurring in 1 c. c. portions in 100% of the samples in A5, A6,
and B4, and in 27 % of the cases in 0.01 of a c. c. portion.

In the remaining groups of Table VII. the total bacterial con¬
tent indicates them to be of better quality. B», C3, D, G, and Mx
have a much lower percentage of gas-producing bacteria.

Turning again to the certified milks we see that colon-like
bacilli are rarely present in 1 c. c. lots, and are never present in
a fraction of a c. c.

It appears, then, that the raw milk of Boston contains large
numbers of bacteria capable of producing gas in lactose media,
i. e., bacteria belonging to the colon group, in considerable num¬
bers in ordinary raw milk (Grade D), fewer numbers in the in-

TABLE VII. GAS FORMATION IN LACTOSE PEPTONE BILE AND COLI-L1KE ORGANISMS ON ENDO’S MEDIUM.

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1347

Coli-lilce
colonies
on Endo-
medium.

Sterile

0

0

0

1 1 1

l Ml

1

1

i i I

Q

fa

o

o

1

o°° | o | | I

0%

0^0

I oo

0%

oo o

<o

fa

t-H

1

EH

PS

fa

o

Pi

®

P

o

1/10

i rr°

SR

o

0^0

+4--

*R

CO

co

_J^O®

CO

CO

<a

.3

d

d j

ooooooo

SR

o

■=>^- +

*R

GO

CO

++°

*R

CO

co

1 -J-°°

cn

CO

0

i-H 1

1

•aoanog

llO lf3 U3 U3 UOU3 Id OOO '■H'-Hi-H NMN

«iXja5M0£Q^ pqxffl HK- SSffl i-s

Inspected.

Coli-like
colonies
on Endo
medium.

Num’r’us
A few

!

Several

Few

Several

Doubtful

!

Several

Few

Several

Several

Gas in lact. pep. bile.

1/1000

0+0.0

s -

CM

1 i

II

f 111111°

o

11111°

O

1/100

J _ j_000

40%

, 1

-b ooooo , o

o

1 °°° 1 1

*R

o

d

d

+-H-I 1

^ 1
O 1
CO 1

1

II

, ++00+0+

1

U5

+

4-+P+|+

i

•aoanog

LO LQ LQ IO U3

O SO oo CO CO CO CO co -^1 ^ ^ •'3* rf

<3 cq ca oa aa ca a pq cqcqccccccca

. . .r

Pasteurized.

Coli-like
colonies
on Endo
medium.

0

Several I

Several

Several

Several

Several

Several

Num’r’us

Num’r’us

Several

Num’r’us

Num’r’us

Num’r’us

Num’r’us

i '

Gas in lact. pep.
bile.

1/100

1

oooooo

1 *|

O

1 1

O | oooo

1

II

I+I-H++-H-

100% 1

1/10

Mini

1

1 ° 1 1 1+

; SR

o

lO

j 1 ! 1 ++-H- 1

100% 1

1 c. c.

+OOO++

50%

!

r++++

i.

13

++++++++

100% 1

•ao.mog

CM CM CM CM CM CN) MMSMNCMCM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM

<J<J<3<J<J<3 pa0O33322ffi cooooooo

<1

pH

Coli-like
colonies
on Endo
medium.

Several

Numerous

Several

1

j Numerous

Numerous

Numerous

Several

Several

Several

Several

0

Numerous

Numerous

Numerous

Gas in lact. pep. bile.

1/10000

1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 ° 1 ®+

1

1

I I 1 I I 1 I I |

1

1

!

1

1

1/1000

1 +++°+

80%

1

+++°++°

*

t-H

++++®°++

75% 1

1/100

++++++

100%

+++°+++

&R

co

oo

|++++®+++

1

OO

•aoanog

<<S<3<J<3<1 pqHpnqapqcT doulIucJocT

TABLE VII. GAS FORMATION IN LACTOSE PEPTONE BILE AND COLI-L1KE ORGANISMS ON ENDO’S MEDIUM.

1348 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Col i -like

colonies

on Endo

medium.

1 1

MU,

I 1

1 1 1

1

1

1

1 1 1

Gas in lact. pep. bile

1/100

| | OO

1

0

1 0 •

0

1 00

1

0

1/10

1

0^-0

1

1

®®_l_

1

^ j

co

co

1 000

i

0

1 c. c.

1

!

1

1 °°+

J

CO I

co 1

!

i

OO®

I

0

90jnog

i&i !
3s£f !

03 ® ■

32§a i £

1 1 1

CD |

I I

S I

®®® o

I I

I 1 +

+®+

I I I I I I I

I I I I I

OOOOOO

?oooooo

•0Djnog coectfO
I OO J

•aainog

Pasteurized.

Coli-like
colonies
on Endo
medium.

OOO

s

1

1 1 1 00 1 1 00 1

1

1

1

1

' 1 1

O

Gas in lact. pep.
bile.

1/100

OOOOO

0%

1 1

1 0®®®®®®®®

0

l 11 1

1/10 1

1 1 1 1 I

1

'1

I 1 1 1 1 1 II 1 1

1

0000

1

^ _ 0%

1 c. c.

OOOOO

si

1

1 «ooo_^_oooo

i

1

*1

sl

1 CSOOO

l

0

eo ^ co co co -

<3 <1 < <3 <t| <3 <5 < <3 <1 *^3 < <3j<3

MSMCMJVJ

aojnog

Raw.

Coli-like
colonies
on Endo
medium.

Few

Few

Few

Few

0

Few

Maa

Ma^i

Ma^j

Few

1

| 1 1 1 1

1

1

1

1

1 1 !

Gas in lact. pep. bile.

1/10000

0 1

1 1 I

"•1

1

1 1 1 I

1

l + l 1

!

1

OOO

O

O
- O

OO

*

0

® ® ®

1

®®®

1

I

1

OOO

°

0 I++

2

*1

°++

0

0

1/100

) 1

0(1/10)

*

0

0(1/10)
+ (1/10)
+ (1 c.c)

®oo

\dd

|®++

1

!

1

® ® 0

\\ 0

+++

s i
1

0

l5f++

l+°

®++

1 66%

1

rH v-H CV3 CJ CO CO CO > i> j. j lj

Frost— Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1349

spec ted grade (B). and that the certified milks are practically
free from such organisms in 1 e. c. lots.

The pasteurized milks, A2, B2 and C2 (Table VII.), produced
gas, when 1 c. c. of the milk was added to the lactose medium, in
83% of the cases, and in 25% of the cases in 0.01 c. c. portions
In certain supplies, as C2, it is unfortunate that greater dilutions
were not planted, since it is quite likely that there might have
been quite as many lactose fermenters in the pasteurized as in
the raw milk. (C-l).

In milks pasteurized in the bottle, A3, A4, M2, these bacteria
are practically absent in 1 c. c. portions.

3. The Value of Endows Medium in Milk Work. Endo
plates were made in a majority of the analyses considered in this
investigation. The methods employed have already been dis¬
cussed and it is necessary here to consider the findings only.
It was difficult at times to correlate these findings with the data
obtained from the fermentation tubes. The greatest difficulty
and indefiniteness come in the better grades of milk, where it
was necessary to introduce 1 c. c. of the milk into a Petri dish
In these cases the opacity produced by the milk made the result¬
ing growth less characteristic. In recording results no attempt
was made to give actual counts, because of the frequent appear¬
ance of red colonies (not B. coli) in certain of the samples. The
terms “few” “several,” and “numerous,” have been used
instead. (See Tables I. -IV. and VII.) It will be noticed that
in the raw milk (Table VII.), where there are many gas pro¬
ducers, there are always several or numerous coli-like colonies
on the Endo plates, as for example, in A1? B:l, andCV In those
samples where fermentation occurs in large quantities of the
milk (1 c. c.) only, as F4, 2, and 3, there are also few coli-like
colonies on the Endo plates. In the inspected milks (Table
VII.) there is a rather close correspondence between the abund¬
ance of gas -producers in lactose peptone bile, and the red colon¬
ies on the Endo medium.

In the certified milks the tests were the same as those obtained
by the use of lactose peptone bile or in the fermentation- tube
method. Table VI. of pasteurized milks also shows that similar
results were obtained by both methods1. In milks pasteurized
in bulk, A.,, B2, and 02, coli-like organisms appear in each

1350 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

method. In milks pasteurized in the bottle, A3 and A4, all the
plates made remained sterile, which was in correspondence with
the fermentation- tube tests.

It seems that there is quite a close resemblance between the re¬
sults obtained in test for B. coli by the Endo plate method, and
the lactose petoone bile. Ayres and Johnson^ find that there
are anaerobic bacteria in milk, which resists pasteurization that
give gas in the bile fermentation tests which might be confused
with B. coli, and suggest that where B. coli tests are used to con¬
trol pasteurization that complete cultural determinations be
made of suspected colon forms.

The simultaneous use of lactose bile and Endo ’s medium would
be strong evidence of B. coli in case a positive result was ob¬
tained in each, and would enable one to arrive at a definite
opinion considerably sooner than would be possible if it were
necessary to test out all gas formers found in lactose bile. The
particular difficulties come in the use of this medium due to
the troublesomeness of its preparation, and difficulty of using
relatively large amounts of milk (1 c. c.).

4. Bact. Welchii. Savagef has suggested that Bact. Welchii
( B . enieritidis sporogenes ) is of importance in that it is a valu¬
able means of measuring the manurial pollution of milk, since
the spores of this organism are prevalent in manure and in dust,
while they are absent from milk collected under conditions of
great cleanliness. Accepting this as a statement of fact, it
seemed that this organism might be a measure not only of the
cleanliness of raw milks, but it may also be used in the case of
pasteurized milks to indicate the original character of the milk
before being heated. In other words, it seemed as if we might
have in this organism a means of judging the original character
of the raw milk by examining the pasteurized milk. Savage! has
also suggested a quantitative method of estimation. A modifi¬
cation of Savage’s outfit has been described above (see p. 1320),
and was used throughout this investigation.

The method used of recording results is that suggested by
Savage, and is as follows : Twenty c. c. of the milk, having been

* Ayers and Johnson: A Study of the Bacteria Which Survive Pas¬
teurization”. Gov’t. Printing Office, Wash., 1913, p. 60.

f Savage: Milk and the Public Health. The Macmillan Co., 1912.

t Ibid., p. 189.

Frost-— Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies . 1351

Table YIIL BACTERIUM WELC HII IN VARIOUS GRADES OF

MILK.

Raw.

Pasteurized.

Inspected.

Certified.

©

©

©

2

Bact.

©

u

Bact

o

M

Bact.

g

Bact.

Welchii.

3

O

Welchii.

3

O

Welchii.

3

O

Welchii,

m

m

m

CO

i\

0

2

0

Ac

0

B.

0

a\

A

0

Ao

0

A5

1

bI

0

3

A2

A$

0

A

1

b|

0

0

1

Ac

0

b|

0

a}

10

Ao

0

A§

8 ?

Br

0

Ao

10

A?

2

b|

B1

0

2.5

a|

1

0

2

B1

b}

r|

t

1.8

0

If

?

1

0

0

Bo

0

B«

0

b}

5

0

Bo

0

b!

0

bi

Bi

Bi

7

6

Bo

0

B«

0

0

4

Bo

0

b!

0

10

Bo

6

Bo

Be

10

U

2

0

0

3.1

3

2

^3

Hi

H{

H1

ft

a

10

Co

4

" L7

u

0

§i

8

c«

a

0

3

8

B,

3

&

c{

cj

-C1

1

3

10

C2

Co

cl

2

8

8

B4

I

4

0

10

0

Ho

1

10

Co

6

B4

0

Ho

0

10

C2

6

B4

—

H2

0

7

6.2

3.4

4

E

0

A3

0

Co

0

I

0

E

0

A«

Ag

0

0

1

Co

ci

0

0

I

I

0

0

0

F1

0

A3

2

0

0

0

0.6

D

TV

3

2

1

f-1

0

6

0

0

if

0

o

U

D

T1

0

0

h

0

i*

A4

1

2

0

2

0

0

G

0

Jo

0

a!

0

G

0

Jo

0

F«

0

a}

3

G

0

j{

0

f!

7

Al

G

0

L

f3

1

A4

1

G

1

0

¥%

1

G

0

0

0.7

G

0

2.2

Mo

ft 11

K

i

Mo

Mo

M2

0

V • Irl

K

i

2

K

0

2

K

2

1.2

1

L

7

L

2

L

10

■ 6.3

1352 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

equally divided among the ten small test-tubes, is put under an¬
aerobic conditions, and incubated for 48 hours. The tubes show¬
ing the characteristic reaction are counted. If all of the tubes
are positive, the result is recorded as 10. All gradations between
0 and 10 will be encountered.

Turning now to the results obtained in this investigation (see
Table VIII,) the raw milks used for pasteurization in the bulk
nearly always, contained the organism under discussion, the
number ranging from 0 to 10. The average for the three sup¬
plies were 2.5, 3.1, and 7, respectively. Raw milks produced
for direct consumption were much less frequently and less
heavily infected. The milks supplied to a small town, Fx and F2,
proved to be free from this germ, but F3, which is a bottling
concern is infected in three out of five samples. Milks K and L,
which had a high count, likewise have Bact. Welchii present.

Inspected milks, are especially free, but occasionally, and es¬
pecially the poorer grades, do contain these germs. The num¬
ber varies from 1.7 to 3.4. The better grades of this class,
and all of the certified milks are free from Bact. Welchii.

In pasteurized milks the germ under discussion appears in
practically the same frequency with which it occurs in the raw
milk which has been treated. A2, B2, C2, show averages of 2,
3 and 6.2, while 2.5, 3.1 and 7 are the averages of the raw milks
(Ax, Bx and Cx). The milks pasteurized in the bottle (A3, and
A4,) have averages of 0.6 and 0.7, while these same milks in the
raw condition (A5) contain 1.8.

There seems to be quite a striking correspondence between the
distribution of Bact. Welchii and the lactose fermenters (coli-ae-
rogenes group.) This organism is rarely found, and apparently
never in any quantity in raw milks unless the coli-like organisms
are also present in considerable quantities. Positive tests for
both of these organisms is quite conclusive proof of manurial con¬
tamination. If only a single test could be made on a milk a posi¬
tive reaction of this organism would indicate more serious con¬
tamination than the presence of B. coli.

In pasteurized milk this organism may be present in consider¬
able quantity and B. coli may be absent. This would mean that
the original milk was badly contaminated, but that the pasteuriz¬
ing process had been well carried out.

It seems then that this test is capable of being used to a very

Frost- — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1353

good purpose in the control of pasteurization, and merits further
study.

This work seems to confirm the good opinion which Savage
expresses of it.

5. Spores or Heat-Resistant Fo)rms. The various grades of
milk probably contain different proportions of spores. One
would Suppose that the best grades would contain very few
spores — that the more careless the operation of milking and
handling, the greater the number of spores it would contain.
These would come largely from dust and manure. Providing
all milk was immediately cooled and kept cool, the care in milking
could be quite accurately judged by the proportion of spores
present.

If milk stands for some time, and especially at temperatures
at which bacteria, can grow rapidly, spores originally present
would germinate and others would probably be formed so that no
general law could be formulated, and their estimation would be
of little value. Whatever their genesis, however, spores of bac¬
teria in milk would not be found in any quantity in the very good
milks properly kept. While mjlks with a high initial contamina¬
tion, or milks which are not properly kept, would contain very
many spores.

Furthermore, it is quite evident that if milks used for pasteuri¬
zation contain a large number of spores it would be impossible to
produce a pasteurized product from such milks with a low bac¬
terial content.

The efficiency of pasteurization is now determined by ascer¬
taining the percentage of original bacteria which are killed dur¬
ing the process. This method is, however, unsatisfactory, since
it places a premium on highly contaminated raw milks, as it is
easier to get a higher percentage of efficiency with them] than with
good milks. Bearing on this point, the following quotation from
Ayres and Johnson* is made: “ Percentage bacterial reduction
is of no value in determining the efficiency of the process of
pasteurization. As a general rule when the bacterial content of
raw milk is high there will be a high percentage reduction. When
the bacterial content is low, then the percentage reduction is of¬
ten low. The percentage reduction may be 99.9 per cent and

* Ayers and Johnson: A Study of the Bacteria Which Survive Pas¬
teurization. Gov’t. Printing Office, Wash., p. 58.

1354 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

TABLE IX.— SPORES OR RESISTANT FORMS IN VARIOUS
GRADES OF MILK.

Raw.

Source

Spores

3,000

1,900

14,000

6,000

5,000

48,900

13,100

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

13,400

4,750

0

1,600

3,000

3,300

4,340

2,700

1,800

2,300

27,000

5,000

26,300

21,400

27,700

U,270

E 27,000

E 2,500

F2

F2

F,

f:

f;

F

K

K

K

K

14,750

1,000

100

550

15,750

600

400

5,600

6,500

1,050

100

350

2.000

2,25@

1,500

1,400

200

1,337

200

6,200

3,200

Pasteurized.

Source

Spores

A2

2,500

a|

4,300

A9

11,200

a|

4,800

A2

16,000

A2

33,000

11,700

B„

Bn

4,300

Bo

21,000

bI

21,000

B2

B2

10, 100
64,000

20,000

c2

4,000

cl

2,860

Co

4.800

Co

10,000

cl

49,000

c\

126,000

cl

47,200

C2

78,000

40, 200

Aq

500

Aq

2,730

Aq

15, 120

Aq

4,000

A3

15, 350

7,540

A4

2,500

£4

2,100

A4

9,800

A4

4,800

A4

16,000

A4

10, 800

A4

9,100

A4

3,000

13,000

7,900

Mo

1,300

m;

800

m|

2,600

m|

2,000

1.675

Inspected,

Certified.

Source

Spores

Source

Spores '

At

3.080

Br

A5

K

23.400

b|

B?

0

0

A5

A5

A5

36,000

2, 400

B5

B5

Bd

100

0

50

50

0

30

17,800

1,600

11,000

16, 200

t>5

R5

B5

R5

B6

So

B6

A6

40,000

10,700

B3

B3

B3

0

5,250

600

800

1,200

2,700

300

H1

H1

H1

1,200
! 100
1,400

Bcq

960

0533
- 3

H2

Hg

H2

27,1)00

50

200

1,550

%

I

BJ

Bt

47,000

26.500
7.000

24.500
8,400
8,500

920

20,600

o3

28,600

7,000

39, 000

24,800

I

I

I

0

150

300

D

400

800

250

u

D

150

~ ~480

j;

0

100

300

G

100

96

u

G

G

G

G

G

130

120

0

400

j2

j?

0

250

100

2

144

115

L

L

Frost-Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1355

yet the pasteurized milk may show a count of 100,000 per cubic
centimeter. When pasteurized milk contains only 10,000 bac¬
teria per cubic centimeter the percentage reduction may only
have been 95 per cent. It is often impossible to obtain a 99 per
cent, reduction when, a good quality of milk is pasteurized,
therefore, regulations which require a 99 per cent, re¬
duction of bacteria during pasteurization are of no value.’ *
Following these theoretical considerations it will be of interest
to notice the results which were obtained in this study. Before
doing so, however, it will be desirable to explain that while the
forms under discussion are headed spores, that some and perhaps
at times many of the forms thus grouped are not spore-forming.
A better term than “spores”, to use in this connection, would
be “heat-resisting forms.” Occasional attempts to determine
the presence of spores in cultures from plates obtained directly
from the milk have showed that some ten of the twelve or more
forms examined were, however, spore-bearing. At first it was
considered necessary only to heat a few c. c. of the milk in test
tubes to 80° C. for 10 minutes. Lest, however, a scum! should be
formed, which Theobald Smith, and Russell and Hastings, and
others have shorn) will protect the contained bacteria from the
usual effects of the heat, dilutions of the milk, 1-100, were used.
One cc. of this heated dilution was then plated in duplicate and
allowed to grow from 6 to 8 days at room temperature. This
long period of incubation having been found necessary.

Turning now to Table IX. it is seen that the raw material milks
contain a considerable number of heat-resisting forms. In a
general way the higher the bacterial content the higher the aver¬
age spore count, and vice versa. If there is a low bacterial
count comparatively few highly resistant forms will be formed.
There are. however, some glaring exceptions for which there is
no data to furnish an explanation.

The inspected milks have a comparatively large number of
heat-resisting forms, larger even on the average than the raw
market milks, the only explanation of which seems to be that
these milks have in all probability been kept cooler, and that the
figures obtained represent the original spore content more nearly
than those of the market milk do, where there has presumably
been more opportunity for the spores to germinate.

The certified milks invariably have a very low spore content.

1356 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

Turning now to the pasteurized milks, it will be noted that they
all have a higher spore content than any of the raw milks. They
have, in other words, not only the resistant forms of the original
milk, but in addition the forms that they have picked up on the
way through the plant. The less perfect the sterilization process,
the more of these resistant forms there are likely to be.

The estimation of spores would apparently give data which
would indicate two things, namely, that there are in all milks
a certain number of spores, or high heat-resistant forms, which
serve as the lower limit of purification by pasteurization, as a
goal towards which the dealer must strive, but which he may
never hope to reach with the prevailing low temperature, and
quite likely it is best that he should not. Secondly, they may be
a good indication of the sterility and cleanliness of the plant. It
seems quite possible that the bacterial content of commercially
pasteurized milks may be raised a considerable amount by the
presence of large numbers of these heat-resistant forms in the
poorly sterilized tanks, pipes, and other utensils of the plant.

6. The Character of the Curd at 37° C. During the course
of this investigation my attention was called to the work of Klein
and Campbell* on, “The Use of the Fermentation Test in
Dairy Inspection.” Following the work of Walter, Peter and
others, they suggest a classification of curds which may be briefly
summarized thus:

1. Jelly-like curd. Solid jelly-like curd. Solid, smooth and white.
Lactic acid curd.

J 1. With no fluid.

J 2. Showing very few furrows or gas holes.

J 3. Furrows, gas holes or cracks with some fluid.

2. Peptonized curd. May he hard, contracted, and in one or sev¬
eral pieces, or soft, flocculent and mushy, with more or less
fluid that is entirely clear, but may have a greenish or whitish
tinge.

P 1. Amount of fluid is small in proportion to size of curd.

P 2. Increased amount of fluid.

P 3. Amount of fluid large in proportion to curd.

3. Gaseous curd. White, jelly-like curd, showing small holes due
to gas formation and in the higher degree presenting a sponge¬
like appearance; more or less fluid present, which may also
show collection of gas bubbles.

G 1. Gas holes in the cream layer or in the curd.

G 2. Gas holes, numerous in cream and curd, and may be In
fluid.

G 3. Curd, sponge-like, containing many gas holes, and may
be split, and a portion driven to the top, gas bubbles in
the fluid.

* Am. Vet. Rev., 1912, Oct., p. 25.

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1357

4. Flaky or Floceulent Curd. Curd in flakes associated with a
turbid fluid which may be whitish, yellowish or otherwise dis¬
colored.

F 1. Curd in fine flakes or partially homogeneous.

F 2. Large flakes and considerable fluid.

F 3. Large flakes, torn and white or discolored fluid.

A considerable number of the milks were put in large test-
tubes or oil-somple bottles, containing about 50 c. c. put at 37° C.
and examined at from 12 to 16 hours later, and finally after two
or three days.

The following records were made: —

1358 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

Table XI— CHARACTER OF CURDS FORMED BY DIFFERENT
GRADES OF MILK AT 37° C.

No.

Grade D.
Raw.

Grade C.
Pasteur¬
ized.

Grade B.
Inspected.

Grade A.
Certified.

159 .

J3-J3

160 . . .

P2-P3

161 .

P3-P3

162 .

o-ji

163 . . .

O-Gl

167 . . .

Jl-Jl

P -P
P2-P2

168 .

169 .

J2-G1

P2-P2

170 .

171 .

0-J2

177 .

J1-J2

178 . .

J1-J2

179 .

O-Jl

180 . . . . . . .

P-Jl

P1-G2

181 .

182 . .

P2-F2

J1-J2

183 .

184 . . . . .

J1-J3

J1-J3

185 .

186 . . . .

Pl-Fl

188 .

J1-J2

J2-J2

189 . . .

190 .

J2-J2

J2-J2

191 . . .

192 .

P2

193 .

J1

194 . .

O J2

195 .

Gl

J1

196 .

197 .

O-Gl

0-G2

O-Gl

O-Pl

0-P3

0-P2

0-P3

0-P2

0-P2

198 .

199.... .

200 .

201 .

l

202 .

203 .

204 .

206 . . .

207 .

0-J2

208 . . .

0-P2

209 .

O-Jl

210 .

Jl-Jl

214 .

G2-G2

O -P2

215 .

216 .

Jl-Jl

J1-.T1

Jl-JB

217 . . .

218. . . .

219 .

J1-J2

220 .

Jl-Jl

0-F2

221 . . .

222 . . .

0-P3

230 . . .

O-Pl

244 .

J1-J2

250 .

-PI

251 . . . .

J2

254 . . .

J1

O-Gl

25& . . . . . .

P2

256 .

P-

Key:

J = Jelly-like curd.
F = Flocculent “

P = Peptonized “

G = Gaseous

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies . 1359

Table XII.— SUMMARY OF CURDS FORMED IN VARIOUS GRADES

OF MILK.

Raw milks— Number tested 17

No curd .

—18 hrs.

0

+48 hrs.

0

J1 “ . . .

9

4

J2 “ . . . . .

1

6

J3 “ . . .

1

2

P2 “ .

1

2

F2 “ .

1

Pasteurized milk — Number tested 12

No curd .

-18 hrs.

2

4-48 hrs.

0

J1 “ . . .

5

0

J2 “ . . .

2

4

J3 “ . . .

0

3

P2 “ . .

2

2

P3 “ .

0

2

G1 “ .

0

1

Inspected milks — Number tested 19

No curd . . .

—18 hrs.

8

4-18 hrs.

0

J1 • . . .

1

5

32 “ . . .

1

1

PI “ . . .

2

2

P2 “ . . . . . . .

2

P3 “ . . .

1

1

G1 “ . . . . . . . . .

0

3

G2 “ .

1

3

F “ .

0

2

Certified milks — Number tested 14

No curd . . .

-18 hrs.

14

+48 hrs.

0

Jl “ .

0

2

J2 “ .

0

2

PI “ .

0

1

P2 “ .

0

3

P3 “ .

0

3

G1 “ .

0

2

G2 “ . . .

0

1

1360 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

As shown in the above tables (XI. and XII.) all of the seven¬
teen samples of raw milk examined curdled in less than 18 hours
and in nearly all cases the curd formed was of the lactic acid
type. In the pasteurized milks, two out of twelve, remained fluid
for 18 hours but otherwise the character of the curds was not
much different from that of the raw milks. In the case of the in¬
spected milks, nineteen samples, eight remained fluid for eighteen
hours or over. The character of the curd varied more than in the
previously considered classes with more P. and G. than J. curds.
All of the certified milks remained fluid for more than 18 hours
and the P. and G. curds were considerably in excess of the J.
curds.

IV. EXPERIMENTAL PASTEURIZATION.

From the results which have just been discussed, especially in
testing for B. coli in pasteurized milk, it seemed necessary to un¬
dertake sonte pasteurization experiments where the conditions
could be accurately controlled. For this work a specially con¬
structed water-bath has been used. This consists of a bath
containing about 10 liters of water, fitted with a Roux thermo-
regulator, and a standardized thermometer, and also provided
with a mechanical stirrer in the shape of a fan or paddle wheel
run by a small electric motor. The milk was pasteurized either
in test-tubes or in bottles. When the test-tubes were used,
some of them were stoppered with cotton plugs, but in these
cases duplicates were always made in test-tubes closed with rub¬
ber stoppers. The bottles were either pint milk bottles, closed
with the ordinary paper cap, eight ounce bottles fitted with a per¬
forated lubber cork containing a thermometer, or oil sample-
bottles which were fitted with a screw cap. In the test-tube ex¬
periments only a few centimeters of milk were placed in the bot¬
tom of the tube, and care was taken to immerse the test-tube in
the water-bath as low as possible. Some of the bottles were im¬
mersed entirely ; in other cases only up to the caps, but not over
them.

The results obtained are shown in the following table (XIII).

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies. 1361

Table XIII.— EXPERIMENTAL PASTEURIZATION.

No.

Source.

Bacteria
per c.c.

Time

and

Temp.

Bacteria
per c. c.

Fermentation lactose bile,

1 c. c.

1/10 c.c.

1 /100 c. c.

Market milks

03 O

%

%

%

05 O

226

K

5, 265, 000

,Q 7-1

3

145

22

69, 500

0

0

226

K

5.265,000

§«

145

22

35, 700

0

0

226

K

5, 265, 000

C S

145

22

47,000

52

0

226

K

5,265,000

fH

145

22

43,000

40

0

228

K

11,825,000

O c3

3 r- 1

145

30

577,500

0

0

228

K

11,825,000

tn.S

cS

145

30

680,000

0

0

233

K

2,075,000

S3

•i-i pj

145

30

34,000

0

0

233

K

2,075,000

tc o

145

30

47,000

0

0

248

K

200,000

ZS o

145

20

7,000

0

0

234

L

1,370,000

32

145

20

1,000

0

6

q 3

234

L

1.370,000

o o

, t>

145

20

800

0

0

235

L

6,450,000

Of) ^

145

20

49,000

15

0

235

L

6,450,000

145

20

44,000

0

0

245

L

1.360,000

^ .pH

145

20

11,000

70

6

245

L

1,360,000

a®

145

20

7.000

70

65

su O)

257

L

6,000,000

23 •

145

20

24,000

15

0

0

257

L

6,000,000

”32°

145

20

37,000

0

0

0

268

L

11,750,000

145

20

77.000

25

0

0

272

L

3,525,000

0.' 3 £

145

20

37,000

60

70

0

Inspected milks

las

266

N

23,000

O °

145

20

4,350

0

0

0

270

N

16,000

145

20

3,800

60

60

70

326

N

500,000

M

145

20

1,400

0

0

0

From the above table it appears that is is not always possible to
pasteurize milk, at the temperature and time used, when it is
heavily seeded with B. coli, so that one c. c. will not ferment lac¬
tose.

That lactose fermenters may not always be B. coli has already
been discussed (see p. 1345). The high per cent of gas especially
in fractions of a c. c. are to be regarded as due to some anaerobe
and not as B. coli.

1362 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

V. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS.

A collecting case for carrying milk samples of 120 c. c. capacity
is described.

A study of the loss of volume during sterilization in the auto¬
clave reveals the fact that in the case of water blanks the loss
varies from 1 to 8 per cent; that the loss varies with the auto¬
clave ; that the loss can be prevented by closing the autoclave up
cold and not permitting the escape of steam, and that the insuf¬
ficiency of sterilization in this way can be avoided by running
the material to be sterilized a second time. The use of caps of
paraffined paper is suggested on water blanks to prevent evapo¬
ration. In making dilutions and shaking them it is recommended
that the sterile paper cap be placed over the neck of the bottle
and forced in place with a cork which is suggested for use in¬
stead of the usual cotton plug.

A study of pipettes leads to certain suggestions in regard to
form and methods of cleaning.

A new piece of apparatus is described to be known as the “Me¬
chanical volumetric pipette” or “pipettometer.” This makes
the accurate measurement of fractions of a cubic centimeter, with
an ungraduated pipette, easily possible. It possesses other ad¬
vantages over the ordinary pipette used in bacteriological wo*rk.
It will also be found useful in graduating pipettes.

A study of Schroeder’s ring method shows it to be considerably
less accurate than the ordinary methods, and on this account
unworthy of general adoption.

Reasons for the use of an incubation temperature of 21° C. in¬
stead of 37° C. are suggested.

A new form of apparatus for counting colonies is described.

. In tests for B. coli in milk a new medium (neutral red milk
broth) is described; a comparison of the Smith and Durham fer¬
mentation tubes is made, and a simple form of gasometer for the
latter is suggested.

Endo’s medium is discussed as a means of detecting B. coli in
milk as well as certain phases of its manufacture.

A new method of determining the thermal death-point of bac-

Frost — Bacteriological Control of Public Milk Supplies . 1363

teria, in connection with the “pipettometer” is; described, and
the results for B. coli in milk are discussed.

A study of the inhibiting action of milk on the amount of gas
produced in the fermentation tube, when compared with results
obtained in ordinary lactose media, shows that while this reaction
is pronounced in the case of milk that it does not apparently
modify the results when a cubic centimeter or less of milk is
added to a fermentation tube of other lactose medium.

A modified form of a common test for the streptococci in milk,
other than those of sour milk, is suggested, together with experi¬
mental data of its value.

A modification of Savage’s method for a quantitative test for
Bact. Welchii is described.

A description of a new form of fermentation tube is given.
This tube collects the gas from a constant amount of the medium
and is especially useful in the study of anaerobes, and was used
to test out certain doubtful cultures of Bact. Welchii.

Thirty samples of certified milks were analyzed from eight
different sources.

Thirty-two samples of inspected milks were examined from
seven different sources.

Thirty-seven samples of pasteurized milks were studied from
six different sources.

Forty-two samples of raw milk were tested from ten different
sources.

On all of the samples the following tests were made: 1) Total
number of bacteria growing at 21° C. ; 2) gas production in lac¬
tose media; 3) Bact. Welchii, quantitative; 4) spores or bacteria
resisting heat at 80° C. for 10 minutes.

On part of the samples the following additional tests were run:
5) streptococci; 6) character of the curd at 38° C.

The analyses of these milks under winter conditions, presum¬
ably the most favorable for both producer and consumer, show
that the raw milks have a bacterial content ranging from 30,000
to 14,400,000 per c. c. The average count of milks sold in a raw
state was found to be approximately 2,000,000 per c. c. ; the aver¬
age count of raw milks to be pasteurized in bulk was practically
the sarnie, while the average count for the milks to be pasteurized
in bottles was 532,000 per c. c. The inspected milks have an aver¬
age count of 159,560 per c. c. and the certified milks of approxi¬
mately 20,000.

1364 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Bacteria fermenting lactose with the formation of gas — oolon-
like bacilli — were found to be distributed in the various grades of
milk as follows :

Raw milks gas in

Raw milks gas in

Inspected milks gas in

Inspected milks gas in

Certified milks
Pasteurized in bulk, gas in
Pasteurized in bulk, gas in
Pasteurized in bottle, gas in
Pasteurized in bottle, gas in

83% of 1/100 c. c. sample
71% of 1/1000 c. c. sample
54% of 1 c. c. sample
30% of 1/100 c. c. sample
0% of 1 c. c. sample
83% of 1 c. c. sample
25% of 1/100 c. c. sample
4% of 1 c. c. sample
0% of 1/100 c. c. sample

Endo’s medium was found to be only fairly satisfactory as a
means of detecting colon-like organisms in milk, especially
where as much as 1 cubic centimeter of milk needs to be used.
Endo plates run with fermentation-tube test obviate the possi¬
bility of confusing coli with anaerobic bacteria capable of fer¬
menting lactose, since such organisms do not grow similar to B.
coli on the Endo plates.

Bact. Welchii was found to be present in considerable numbers
in raw milks, 3.2 being the average number found to each 20 c. c.
It was found with practically equal frequency in pasteurized
milks, less frequently in inspected milks, and rarely if ever in
certified. Apparently one such spore per 20 cubic centimeters of
milk is of little significance, but a greater number, such as three
or four per c. c. would seem to be a good indication that a milk is
rather seriously contaminated. The presence of this germ in con¬
siderable quantities in pasteurized milk is apparently a good indi¬
cation that the milk used for the purpose of pasteurization is
seriously contaminated. This method seems, then, to be especially
useful where a pasteurized milk is under investigation whose con¬
dition in a raw state was unknown. On this account, and for this
purpose, the use of this method merits further study.

Tiie number of spores, or those forms capable of resisting a
temperature of 80° C. for ten minutes, furnishes data of value in
connection with the other facts in regard to a particular milk,
e. g., a raw milk having a high total count and a low spore count
has probably not been kept at a temperature sufficiently low,
or if it has been kept at a low temperature, not for a long enough
time to allow germination and growth; a high spore count in a
pasteurized milk indicates either a poor raw milk, a low pasteur¬
izing temperature, or a contamination with heat-resisting forms

Frost— Bacteriological Control of Public MUk Supplies. 1365

after pasteurization, a condition frequently obtaining in pasteur¬
izing plants at the present time. Certified milk and good in¬
spected milks have surprisingly few spore forms.

The rate at which colonies on agar plates, incubated at 21°
C., develop, may be used to differentiate different grades of
milk. The bacteria from raw market milks grow out much faster
than do the bacteria in pasteurized or certified milks.

The character of the curd produced by milks of the various
classes at 37° C. was studied. The raw milks all promptly formed
lactic acid curds. The same was true of the pasteurized milks.
The inspected and certified milks more frequently formed sweet
or gaseous curds.

A number of milks were heavily seeded with B. coli and then
pasteurized at 60° C. for 20 minutes. By this procedure it was
found impossible to always kill all of the B. coli present.

I desire to express my indebtedness to Dr. M. J. Rosenau who
has been ever ready with suggestions and encouragement, and
who has followed the progress of this work with interest and
appreciation ; to the Boston Milk and Baby Hygiene Association
for their liberality and foresight in providing a fellowship under
which this work has been done ; and to Drs. L. E. Poole and A. D.
Browne, and Mr. John Foley, for assistance at various times.

1366 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

LIST OF OFFICERS AND MEMBERS, CORRECTED TO
MARCH 1, 1914.

OFFICERS.

President, D. C. Munro, Madison.

Vice-President, Sciences,

I. N. Mitchell, Milwaukee*.

Vice-President, Arts,

A. C. Clas, Milwaukee.

Vice-President, Letters,

F. M. Erickson, Ripon.

Secretary,

Arthur Beatty, Madison.

Treasurer,

Arthur Beatty, Madison.

Curator,

C. E. Brown, Madison.

Librarian,

Walter M. Smith, Madison.

Committee on Publication,

The President, ex officio.

The Secretary, ex officio.

C. E. Allen, Madison.

COUNCIL.

The President, Vice-Presidents, Secretary, Treasurer, Libra¬
rian, and Past Presidents retaining their residence
in Wisconsin.

^Deceased

Officers and Members.

1367

i

Committee on Library ,

The Librarian, ex officio.

P. H. Dernehl, Milwaukee.
George Wagner, Madison.

R. G. Thwaites**, Madison.

C. A. Youtz, Appleton.

Committee on Membership.

The Secretary, ex officio.

H. L. Ward, Milwaukee.

A. F. McLeod, Beloit.

Helen Sherman, Washington.
L. R. Ingersoll, Madison.

Past Presidents.

Honorable John W. Hoyt, M. D., LL. D., Washington, D. C.,
1870-75.

Dr. P. R. Hoy, M. D.,# 1876-78.

President A. L. Chapin, D. D.,# 1879-81.

Professor Roland D. Irving, Ph. D.,# 1882-84.

Professor Thomas C. Chamberlin, Ph. D., Sc. D., LL. D.,
Chicago, Ill., 1885-87.

Professor William F. Allen,! 1888-89.

Professor Edward A. Birge, Ph. D., Sc. D., LL. D., Madison,
1889-90.

Librarian George W. Peckham, LL. D., Milwaukee, 1891-93. ft

President Charles R. Van Hise, Ph. D., LL. D., Madison,
1894-96.

Professor C. Dwight Marsh, A. M., Ph. D., Washington, D. C.,
1897-99.

Professor Charles S. Slichter, M. S., Madison, 1900-1902.

Dr. John J. Davis, M. D., Racine, 1903-1905.

Professor Louis Kahlenberg, Ph. D., Madison, 1906-1909.

President Samuel Plantz, Ph. D., D. D., LL. D., Lawrence Col¬
lege, Appleton, 1910-1912.

**Deceased

* Deceased, f Deceased December 9, 1899. Professor Birge elected to fill he,"
expired term. ftDeceased.

1368 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters ,

HONORARY MEMBERS.

Chamberlin, Thomas Chrowder, Hyde Park, Hotel,

Chicago, Ill.

A. B. (Beloit) ; Ph. D. (Wisconsin, Michigan) ; LL. D. (Michigan, Beloit,
Columbian, Wisconsin) ; Sc. D. (Ilinois). Head of Geological De¬
partment and Director of Walker Museum, University of Chicago,
Consulting Geologist U. S. Geological Survey ; Consulting
Geologist, Wisconsin Natural History Survey ; Geological
Commissioner, Illinois Geological Survey ; Editor.

Journal of Geology.

Garland, Hamlin, New York, N. Y.

Vice-President, International Institute of Arts and Letters. Chairman of
Cliff-Dwellers, of Chicago.

Jordan, David Starr,

President Emeritus of Stanford University, Stanford Uni¬
versity, Cal.

M. S., Cornell University, 1872 ; M. D„ Indiana Medical College, 1875 ;
Ph. D., Butler College, 1878 ; LL. D., Cornell University, 1886, Johns
Hopkins University, 1902, Illinois College, 1903 ; Instructor in Botany,
Cornell University, 1871—72 ; Professor of Natural History, Lombard
University, 1872-73 ; Principal of Appleton (Wis.) Collegiate Insti¬
tute, 1873-74; Lecturer in Marine Botany at Penikese, 1873-74;

Teacher of Natural History, Indianapolis High School, 1874-75 ;

Professor of Biology, Butler College, 1875-79 ; Instructor in
Botany, Harvard Summer School, Cumberland Gap, 1875-76
Assistant to U. S. Fish Commission, 1877-81 ; Professor
of Zoology, Indiana University, 1879-85 ; President
of Indiana University, 1885-91 ; President of the
California Academy of Sciences, 189*-98, 1901-
03, 1908 ; U. S. Commissioner in charge of Fur
Setl. Investigations, 1896-98 ; of Salmon In¬
vestigations, 1904 ; International Commis¬
sioner of Fisheries, since 1908 ; President
of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science, 1903-09.

Trelease, William, Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo.

B. S. (Cornell) ; S. D. (Harvard) ; LL. D. (Wisconsin, Missouri, Washing¬
ton University). Director of Missouri Botanical Garden; Engelmann
Professor of Botany, Henry Shaw School of Botany, Washington
University ; President, Academy of Science of St. Louis ; Secretary,

The Round Table, St. Louis ; Honorary President, Engelmann
Botanical Club, St. Louis ; Chairman, City Plan Committee,

Civic League, St. Louis ; Vice President, Board of Com¬
missioners, Tower Grove Park, St. Louis.

Wheeler, W. M., Forest Hills, Boston, Mass.

Ph. D. Professor of Economic Entomology, Harvard University.

Whitman, Charles Otis, University of Chicago, Chicago, Ill.

A. B., A. M. (Bowdoin) ; Ph. D. (Leipzig) ; LL. D. (Nebraska). Head
Professor of Zoology, University of Chicago ; Director of Marine
Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass.

Officers and Members,

1369

LIFE MEMBERS.

Birge, Edward Asabel, 744 Langdon St., Madison

A. B., A. M. (Williams) ; Ph. D. (Harvard) ; Sc. D. (Western University
of Pennsylvania) ; LL. D. (Williams). Professor of Zoology and

Dean of the College of Letters and Science, University of Wis¬
consin ; Secretary of Commissioners of Fisheries, Wiscon¬
sin ; Director and Superintendent, Wisconsin Geolog¬
ical and Natural History Survey ; Member, Wis¬
consin State Board of Forestry ; Wisconsin
Conservation Commission, Senator, Phi
Beta Kappa

Davis, John Jefferson, 629 Mendota Court, Madison

B. S. (Illinois) ; M. D. (Hahnemann). Physician. Curator of Her¬

barium, University of Wisconsin.

Flint, Albert Stowell, 450 Charter St., Madison

A. B. (Hard) ; A. M. (Cincinnati). Astronomer, Washburn Observa¬

tory, University of Wisconsin.

Hobbs, William Herbert,

820 Oxford Road, Ann Arbor, Mich.

B. S. (Worcester Polytechnic Institute) ; A. M., Ph. D. (Johns Hopkins).

Professor of Geology, University of Michigan.

Hoyt, John Wesley, Washington, D. C.

A. M. (Ohio Wesleyan) ; M. D. (Cincinnati) ; LL. D. (Missouri) Chair¬
man of the National Committee of Four Hundred to Promote
the Establishment of the University of the United States.

Marsh, Charles Dwight,

3430 Brown St., N. W., Washington, D. C.

A. B., A. M. (Amherst) ; Ph. D. (Chicago). Physiologist in Bureau of
Plant Industry, United States Department of Agriculture.

Plantz, Samuel, 545 Union St., Appleton

A. M. (Lawrence) ; Ph. D. (Boston) ; D. D. (Albion) ; LL. D. (Baker).
President, Lawrence College.

Sharp, Frank Chapman, 27 Mendota Court, Madison

A. B. (Amherst) ; Ph. D. (Berlin). Professor of Philosophy,
University of Wisconsin.

Skinner, Ernest Brown, 210 Lathrop St., Madison

A. B. (Ohio) ; Ph. D. (Chicago). Assistant Professor of Mathematics,
University of Wisconsin.

Slighter, Charles Sumner, 636 Frances St., Madison

B. S., M. S. (Northwestern). Professor of Applied Mathematics.
University of Wisconsin ; Consulting Engineer.

1370 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Van Cleef, Frank Louis, 39 For Green Place, Brooklyn, N. Y.

A. B. (Oberlin, Harvard) ; Ph. D. (Bonn). Chief of Sixth Division and

Translator in Office of Commissioner of Records, Kings County.

Van Hise, Charles Bichard, 772 Langdon St., Madison

B. Met. E., B. S., M. S., Ph. D. (Wisconsin) ; LL. D. (Chicago, Yale,
Harvard, Williams, Dartmouth). President, University of Wis¬
consin ; Consulting Geologist, Wisconsin Geological Survey ;

President, Board of Commissioners, Wisconsin Geological
and Natural History Survey ; President, Wisconsin
State Board of Forestry.

ACTIVE MEMBERS.

Allen, Bennett Mills, Lawrence, Kansas

Ph. B. (De Pauw) ; Ph. D. (Chicago). Professor of Zoology University

of Kansas.

Allen, Charles Elmer, 2014 Chamberlin Aye., Madison

B. S., Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Professor of Botany, University of Wis¬
consin.

Allen, Ruth Florence, East Lansing, Mich.

A. B., A. M. (Wisconsin), instructor in Botany, Michigan Agricul¬
tural College.

Arzberger, Emil Godfrey,

4233 Shenandoah St., St. Louis, Mo.

Ph. B. (Wisconsin). Research Fellowship, Missouri Botanical Garden.

Bagg, Rufus M. Jr., 466 Alton St., Appleton

Professor of English, Lawrence College.

Barber, W. Harley, 120 Thorn St., Ripon Wis.

A. B. (University of Wisconsin) ; M. A. (University of Wisconsin)
Registrar and Professeror of Physics, Ripon College, Ripon,

Wis. Member of City Council.

Barbour, Harris Merrill, (Milton

M. A., B. D. Professor of Philosophy and History, Milton College.

Bardeen, Charles Russell, 25 Mendota Court, Madison

A. B. (Harvard) ; M. D. (Johns Hopkins). Professor of Anatomy, and

Dean of the Medical School, University of Wisconsin.

Barrett, S. A., Public Museum, Milwaukee

B. S., M. S'.. Ph. D. (University of California). Anthropologist; Cura¬

tor of Anthropology, Public Museum, Milwaukee.

Barth, George P.,

Physician.

302 21st St., Milwaukee

Officers and Members.

1371

Bartholomew, Elbert T., 803 State St„ Madison

Instructor in Botany, University of Wisconsin.

B ascom, Leila, 139 W. Gilman St., Madison

Instructor in English, University of Wisconsin.

Bassett, Harry Kendall, 110 Spooner St., Madison

Assistant Professor of English, University of Wisconsin.

Beatty, Arthur, 1824 Yilas St., Madison

A. B. (Toronto) ; Ph. D. (Columbia). Assistant Professor of English,

University of Wisconsin.

Blackstone, Dodge Pierce, 921 Wisconsin St., Berlin

A. B., A. M., C. E. (Union).

Bleyer, Willard Grosvenor, 625 Langdon St., Madison

B. L., M. L., Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Associate Professor of Journalism,

University of Wisconsin.

Boren, Welz E., Milwaukee

Boyd, C. E. Tallahasse, Fla.

Professor, Florida State College for Women.

Braun, Adolph R., 832 38th St., Milwaukee

Graduate of National German-American Teachers’ Seminary, Milwaukee.
Teacher of Modern Languages, Milwaukee High School.

Brinckley, William Joshua, 1303 Grand Ave., Milwaukee

A. B. (Salina) ; B. S., A. M. (De Pauw) ; Ph. D. (Austin). Lecturer,
Public Museum.

Brown, Charles E., 910 Yan Buren St., Madison

Secretary and Curator, Wisconsin Archaeological Society ; Chief, State
Historical Museum.

Brown, Charles Newton, 271 Langdon St., Madison

LL. B. (Wisconsin). Lawyer.

Brown, Eugene Anson, 2015 Jefferson St., Madison

M. D. (Hahnemann). Physician and Surgeon ; Secretary of Board of
Federal Pension Examiners, Madison District.

Brown, Harold Gibson, 803 State St., Madison

Instructor in English, University of Wisconsin.

Brues, Charles Thomas,

Bussey Institution, Forest Hill, Boston, Mass.

B. S., M. S. (Texas). Instructor in Economic Entomology, Harvard
University.

Brundage, Albert H.,

375 Gates Ave., Brooklyn Borough, New York City

Emeritus Professor of Toxicology and Physiology, Marquette University ;

Physician.

1372 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Buehler, Henry Andrew, Holla, Mo.

B. S. (Wisconsin). Geologist; State Geologist of Missouri.

Bunting, Charles Henry, 2020 Chadbourne Ave., Madison

Professor of Pathology, University of Wisconsin.

Burrill, Alfred C., 2208 Monroe St. Madison

S. B. (Harvard). Instructor in Economic Entymology, University of

Wisconsin.

Bussewitz, M. A. Milwaukee

Professor, Milwaukee State Normal School.

Cairns, William B., 2010 Madison St., Madison

A. B., Ph. D. (Wisconsin), Assistant Professor of American Litera¬
ture, University of Wisconsin.

Campbell, O. J. Jr., 15 E. Gilman St., Madison

Ph. D. (Harvard) Assistant Professor of English, University of Wis¬
consin.

Carr, Muriel B., The Irving, Madison

Instructor in English, University of Wisconsin.

Chandler, Elwyn Francis, University, N. D.

A. B., A. M. (Ripon). Professor of Mathematics, University of North
Dakota ; Assistant Engineer, United States Geological Survey.

Chase, Wayland J., 141 Summit Ave., Madison

A. B., A. M. (Brown). Associate Professor of History, University of

Wisconsin.

Cheney, Lellen Sterling, Barron

B. S., M. S. (Wisconsin). County Superintendent.

Clas, Alfred Charles,

Flat 2, St. James Ct., 815 Grand Ave., Milwaukee

Architect (Ferry & Clas), 419 Broadway, Milwaukee; Member, Board of
Park Commissioners.

Clawson, Arthur Brooks, Washington, D. C.

A. B. (Michigan). Department of Agriculture, Washington.

Coffin, Victor, 1919 Arlington PL, Madison

Ph. D. (Cornell). Assistant Professor of European History, University
of Wisconsin.

Cole, Leon J., 1915 Keyes Ave., Madison

A. B. (Michigan) ; A. M. (Harvard) ; Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Associate
Professor of Experimental Breeding, University of Wisconsin.

Compton, J. S., Eureka, Illinois

Conklin, G. H., 1204 Tower Ave., Superior

Practicing Physician.

Officers and Members ,

1373

Cool, Charles Dean, 1607 Adams St., Madison

A. B. (Michigan) ; A. M. (Harvard) ; Ph. <D. (Wisconsin). Assistant
Professor of Romance Languages, University of Wisconsin.

Culver, Garry Eugene, 1103 Main St., Stevens Point

A. M. (Denison). Professor of Physical Science, State Normal School.

Dal and, William Clifton, Milton

M. A., D. D. President and Professor of the English Language and of
Bibical Literature, Milton College.

Dean, Alletta F., The Hamilton, Madison

Ph. B., Ph. M. (Wisconsin). Instructor in Biology, Madison High

School.

Dennis, Alfred Lewis Pinneo, 518 Wisconsin Ave., Madison

A. B. (Princeton) ; Ph. D. (Columbia). Professor of European History,
University of Wisconsin.

Denniston, Rollin Henry, Science Hall, Madison

Ph. G., B. S., Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Assistant Professor of Botany, Uni¬
versity of Wisconsin.

Dernehl, Paul Herman,

717-718 Majestic Building, Milwaukee

B S. (Wisconsin) ; M. D. (Johns Hopkins). Physician.

Dietrich, Otto, 730 Grand Ave., Milwaukee

Ph. D. (Halle). Director, Milwaukee University School.

Dodge, B. 0., New York, N. Y.

Pli. B. (Wisconsin) ; Ph. D. (Columbia). Instructor in Botany,
Secretary-Treasurer Torrey Botanical Club. Department of
Botany, Columbia University.

Dodge, Robert Elkin Neil, 15 W. Gorham St., Madison

A. B., A. M. (Harvard). Assistant Professor of English, University of

Wisconsin.

Dowling, Linnaeus Way land, 2 Roby Road, Madison

Ph. D. (Clark). Assistant Professor of Mathematics, University of

Wisconsin.

Downes, Robert Hugh, 53 West Algoma St., Oshkosh

B. L. (Wisconsin).

Eisenmann, William H., Sioux City, Iowa

High School, Sioux City.

Ellsworth, William H., 3302 Wells St., Milwaukee

President, Ellsworth and Thayer Manufacturing Company.

Ely, Richard Theodore, 205 Prospect Ave., Madison

A. B., A. M. (Columbia) ; Ph. D. (Heidelberg) ; LL. D. (Hobart). Pro¬
fessor of Political Economy, University of Wisconsin.

1374 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts,, and Letters.

Erickson, Frank Morton, 529 Woodside Aye., Ripon

A. B. (Wabash) ; A. M. (Chicago). Dean, and Professor of Greek, Ripon

College.

Fairchild, R. W. Stevens Point

Teacher of Biology, State Normal School.

Farley, John Herbert, 482 South St., Appleton

A. M. (Lawrence). Professor of Philosophy, Lawrence College.

Ferry, George Bowman, Woodland Court, Milwaukee

Architect (Ferry and Clas).

Finger, William, 297 12th St., Milwaukee

Insurance, Loans and Real Estate Broker.

Finkler, Adolph, 612 Commerce St., Milwaukee

Secretary, Albert Trostel and Sons Company ; President, Board of Trus¬
tees, National German-American Teachers’ Seminary ; Presi¬
dent, Board of Trustees, German-English Academy.

Fischer, Richard, 119 East Johnson St., Madison

Ph. C., B. S. (Michigan) ; Ph. D. (Marburg). Assistant Professor of the
Theory and Practice of Pharmacy, University of Wis¬
consin ; State Chemist, Wisconsin.

Fish, Carl Russell, 625 Mendota Court, Madison

A. B. (Brown) ; A. M., Ph. D. (Harvard). Professbr of Ameri-

1 can History, University of Wisconsin.

Fling, Harry R., 601 Jackson St., Oshkosh

A. B. (Bowdoin). Professor of Biology, State Normal School.

Frost, William Dodge, 310 Bruen St., Madison

B. S., M. S. (Minnesota) ; Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Associate Professor of

Bacteriology, University of Wisconsin.

Gay, Lucy Maria, 216 North Pinckney St., Madison

B. L. (Wisconsin). Assistant Professor of Romance Languages, Univer¬
sity of Wisconsin.

Gilbert, Edward Martinius, 109 Spooner St., Madison

A. B. (Wisconsin). Assistant Professor of Botany, University of Wisconsin.

Gilman, Albert G., Ripon, Wis.

Professor of Chemistry, Ripon College.

Glqyer, Walter 0., Geneva, N. Y.

B. A., M. A. (Wisconsin). Associate Botanist, New York Agricultural
Experiment Station.

Graenicher, Sigmund, 116 Harmon St., Milwaukee

Ph. D. (Basel) ; M. (Munchen). Curator, Public Museum.

Gregory, John Goadby, 717 Jefferson St., Milwaukee

Associate Editor, Evening Wisconsin.

Officers and Members.

1375

Griggs, Horace William, 2421 Sycamor St., Milwaukee

Roundhouse Foreman, C., M. & St. P. Ry. Co.

Gutsch, Milton R., Austin, Texas

Professor of History, University of Texas.

Guyer, Michael F., 138 Prospect Ave., Madison

Professor of Zoology, University of Wisconsin.

Haase, Ewald, 182 Wisconsin St., Milwaukee

Secretary, Milwaukee Gas Light Company.

Haertel, Martin H., 1927 West Lawn Ave., Madison

Ph. B. (Chicago), Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Assistant Professor of German,
University of Wisconsin.

Haessler, Luise, 1230 Amsterdam Ave., New York, N. Y.

A. B. (Chicago). Assistant Professor of German, Normal College of

the City of New York.

Hall, Edward Bennington, 747 N. Main St., Springfield, Mo.

B. S. (Drury). Assistant Professor, Geology and Mineralogy, Drury

College, Springfield.

Harper, Edward T., Geneseo, Illinois

Harwood, Mary Corinthia, 121 Thorn St., Ripon

B. L ., M. A. (Lawrence). Professor of French and German and Dean
of Women, Ripon College.

Heddle, John R., Milwaukee

Public Museum.

Herrick, Alfred James, Stevens Point

Teacher of Physics and Agriculture, State Normal School.

Hippensteel, H. S. Stevens Point

Teacher of Literature, State Normal School.

Hohlfeld, Alexander Rudolph, 104 Breese Terrace, Madison

Ph. D. (Leipzig). Professor of German, University of Wisconsin;
President, Modern Language Association of America ; Member
of Board of Administration, National German-Ameri-
can Teachers’ Seminary, Milwaukee.

Holmes, Samuel Jackson, Berkeley, California

B. S., M. S. (California) ; Ph. D. (Chicago). Professor of Zoology,
University of California.

Hotchkiss, W. 0., Madison

Geologist, State Highway Commission.

Humphrey, Clarence J., Madison

Pathologist, Forest Products Laboratory.

Hutchins, E. B.,

Boisa-Holman Company.

Fond du Lac

1376 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Hutton, Andrew J., Box 378, Waukesha

Superintendent, Wisconsin Industrial School for Boys.

Ingersoll, Leonard R., 1933 West Lawn Ave., Madison

B. S. (Colorado College) ; Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Associate Professor of
Physics, University of Wisconsin.

Inglxs D. Nelson, Milton

Professor of Romance Languages, Milton College.

Jackson, Hartley H. T., Washington, D. C.

U. S. Biological Survey.

Jana, Ashutosh, Haria, Bengal, India

Jastrow, Joseph, 237 Langdon St., Madison

A. B., A. M. (Pennsylvania) ; Ph. D. (Johns Hopkins). Professor of

Psychology, University of Wisconsin.

Jenks, Judge Aldro, Dodgeville

Johnson, Aaron Guy, Madison

Plant Pathologist, University of Wisconsin.

Johnson, Arden Richard, Ames, Iowa

B. S., M. S. (Wisconsin). Professor of Chemistry, Iowa State College.

Jolivette, Hallie D. M., 900 Campus Ave., Pullman, Wash.

Jones, Lewis R., 1731 Regent St., Madison

Ph. B. (University of Michigan) ; Ph. D. (University of Michigan) ;

Sc. D. (Honorary, University of Vermont). Professor of Plant
Pathology, University of Wisconsin.

Juday, Chancey, 35 Lathrop St., Madison

A. M. (Indiana). Biologist, Wisconsin Geological and Natural History

Survey.

Kelley, Frank J., 1019 W. Johnson St., Madison

Assistant in Experimental Breeding, University of Wisconsin.

Kelsey, Rachel M., Milwaukee

State Normal School.

Kind, John Louis, The Irving, Sterling Court, Madison

A. B., A. M. (Nebraska) ; Ph. D. (Columbia). Assistant Professor of
German, University of Wisconsin.

Kremers, Edward, 1720 Vilas St., Madison

Ph. G., B. S. (Wisconsin) ; Ph. D. (Gottingen) ; D. Sc. (Michigan).
Director of Course in Pharmacy and Professor of Pharmaceuti¬
cal Chemistry, University of Wisconsin.

Kuhn, Harry, Toledo, Ohio

The Home Brewing Company.

Officers and Members ,

1377

Kutchin, Mrs. Harriet Lehmann,

804 Chestnut St., Missoula, Mont.

A. B. (Ripon) ; A. M. (Northwestern). Engaged in zoological research.

Lannerd, Willard, 1014 Washington Ave., Racine

B. S. (Purdue). Instructor in Science and Mathematics, Racine High

School.

Leith, Charles Kenneth, 240 Langdon St., Madison

B. S., Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Professor of Geology, University of Wiscon¬
sin ; Non-resident Professor of Structural and Metamorphic
Geology, University of Chicago.

Lenher, Victor, 158 Summit Ave., Madison

Ph. D. (Pennsylvania). Professor of Chemistry. University of Wis¬
consin.

Leonard, William Ellery, 415 N. Park St., Madison

A. B. (Boston University) ; M. A. (Harvard) ; Ph. D. (Columbia).
Assistant Professor of English, University of Wisconsin.

Lewis, Ivey Foreman, Madison

Assistant Professor of Botany, University of Wisconsin.

Light y, William Henry, Highlands, R F D 7 Madison

Ph. B. (Cornell). Secretary of Correspondence-Study Department,
University of Wisconsin.

Lloyd-Jones, Chester, 151 Summit Ave., Madison

Associate Professor of Political Science, University of Wisconsin.

McAllister, Fred, Austin, Texas

Department of Botany, University of Texas.

McCaskill, Virgil E., Superior

President, State Normal School.

McGilvary, Evander Bradley, 1902 Arlington Place, Madison

A. B. (Davidson) ; A. M. (Princeton) ; Ph. D. (California). Professor

of Philosophy, University of Wisconsin.

McKenna, Maurice, 114 Third St., Fond du Lae

Lawyer ; President, Bar Association of Fond du Lac County.

McLeod, Andrew Fridley, Beloit

Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Professor of Chemistry, Beloit College.

McMinn, Amelia, 172 21st St., Milwaukee

B. S. (Wisconsin). Instructor in Biology, Milwaukee West Side High

School.

Marquette, William George, New York, N. Y.

Ph. G. (Northwestern) ; B. S., Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Assistant Professor
of Botany, Columbia University.

1378 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.
Marshall, Ruth, Rockford, III

B. Sc., M. S. (Wisconsin) ; Ph. D. (Nebraska). Head, Department of
Biology, Rockford College.

Marshall, William Stanley, 139 East Gilman St., Madison

B. S. (Swarthmore) ; Ph. D. (Leipzig). Associate Professor of Entomol¬
ogy, University of Wisconsin.

Mason, Max, 152 W. Gorham St., Madison

B. S. (Wisconsin). Professor of Mathematical Physics, University
of Wisconsin.

Mathews, Mrs. Lois Kimball, Lathrop Hall, Madison

Dean of Women, Associate Professor of History, University of Wisconsin.

Maurer, Edward Rose, 167 Prospect Ave., Madison

B. C. E. (Wisconsin). Professor of Mechanics, University of Wisconsin.

Mayor, J. W., Madison

Instructor in Zoology, University of Wisconsin.

Maxson, Mabel, Milton

M. A. Instructor in English, Milton College.

Meachem, John Goldesbrough, Jr., 745 College Ave., Racine

M. D. (Rush). Physician.

Mead, Warren J., 922 Van Bnren St., Madison

Assistant Professor of Geology, University of Wisconsin.

Mears, Louise W., Milwaukee

State Normal School.

Merrill, Mrs. Sherburne S., 3355 Grand Ave., Milwaukee

First Vice-President, Wisconsin Humane Society ; Second Vice-President,
Woman’s Club of Wisconsin ; President, Public School
Art League.

Metzdorf, William, St. Francis

Professor of Natural Sciences, St. Francis Seminary.

Meyer, Balthasar Henry, Washington, D. C.

B. L., Ph. D., LL. D., (Wisconsin). Member Interstate Commerce
Commission.

Miller, E. R., 1120 W. Johnson

U. S. Weather Bureau.

Miller, William Snow, 415 W. Wilson St., Madison

M. D. (Yale). Associate Professor of Anatomy, University of Wis¬
consin.

Monroe, C. E., 512 Yan Buren St., Milwaukee

A. B. (Oberlin College) ; LL. B. (Michigan University). Lawyer.

Moore Samuel, 112 Lathrop St., Madison

A. B. (Princeton), Ph. D. (Harvard). Assistant Professor of English,
University of Wisconsin.

Officers and Members.

1379

Morris, William Augustus Pringle, 26 W. Mifflin St., Madison

A. B. (Hamilton). Lawyer.

Mueller, Alexander, 788 Cramer St., Milwaukee

Munro, Dana Carleton, 515 N. Lake St., Madison

A. B., A. M. (Brown). Professor of European History, University of

Wisconsin.

Muttkowski, Richard Antony, 423 N. Lake St., Madison

Assistant in Zoology, University of Wisconsin.

Nader, John, 302 West Main St., Madison

Architect and Civil Engineer.

Nagler, Mrs. Ellen Torelle, 151 W. Wilson St., Madison

Naylor, Wilson Samuel, Appleton

Professor, Lawrence College.

Neilson, Walter Hopper, 114 Garfield Ave., Milwaukee

M. D. (Rush). Dean of the Medical Faculty and Professor of the
Principles and Practice of Medicine and Clinical Medicine,
Milwaukee Medical College.

Nichols, Susie Percival, Shelbyville, Kentucky.

B. S. (Cornell) ; Ph. D. (Wisconsin).

Olin, John Myers, 130 Prospect Ave., Madison

A. B., A. M. (Williams) ; LL. B. (Wisconsin). Lawyer; Professor of

Law, University of Wisconsin.

O’Shea, M. Vincent, 140 Langdon St., Madison

B. L. (Cornell). Professor of the Science and Art of Education, Uni¬

versity of Wisconsin.

Overton, James Bertram, 512 Wisconsin Ave., Madison

Ph. B. (Michigan) ; Ph. I). (Chicago). Associate Professor of Plant
Physiology, University of Wisconsin.

Owen, Edward Thomas, 614 State St., Madison

A. B., Ph. D. (Yale). Professor of French and Linguistics, University
of Wisconsin.

Owen, Ralph W., 21 Mendota Court, Madison

Litt. B. Princeton; M. A, (Wisconsin). Instructor in English, Univer¬
sity of Wisconsin.

Parker, Fletcher Andrew, 14 W. Gilman St., Madison

Professor Emeritus of Music, University of Wisconsin ; Vice-President,
Music Teachers’ National Association.

Parkinson, John Barber, 516 Wisconsin Ave., Madison

A. B„ A. M. (Wisconsin). Vice-President and Professor Emeritus of
Constitutional and International Law, University of Wisconsin.

1380 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Paxson, Frederick L., 629 Frances St., Madison

Ph. D. (Pennsylvania) ; Professor of American History, University of

Wisconsin.

Peabody, Arthur, 2114 Chadbourne Ave., Madison

B. S. (Illinois). Supervising Architect, University of Wisconsin.

Peaslee, Leon EL, Milwaukee

Curator of Education, Public Museum.

Peltier, George L., Urbana, Ill.

Illinois Agricultural Station.

Perrow, Eber Carle, 119 W. Broadway, Louisville, Ky.

A. B., A. M., Ph. D. (Harvard). Professor of English, University of

Louisville.

Peterson, W. H., 116 W. Washington Ave., Madison

Instructor in Agricultural Chemistry, University of Wisconsin.

Phillips, James David, 1010 Grant St., Madison

B. S. (Illinois). Professor of Drawing, University of Wisconsin.

Pierson, Merle Pierson, Jefferson

Teacher of English, High School, Jefferson.

Pitman, Annie, 414 N. Henry, Madison

B. A., Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Assistant Professor in Latin, University

of Wisconsin.

Porter, William, 735 College Ave., Beloit

A. B., A. M., D. D. (Williams). Professor Emeritus of Latin, Beloit

College.

Pretts, William Walter, Platteville

B. S. (Wisconsin) ; M. D. (Northwestern). Physician and Surgeon.

Quaife, Milo M., Madison

Secretary, State Historical Society.

Reed, George Matthew, 809 Virginia Ave., Columbia, Mo.

A. B. (Geneva) ; A. M., Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Assistant Professor of

Botany, University of Missouri.

Rice, Ole S., Madison

B. S. (Wisconsin). Library Clerk, Office of State Superintendent of

Public Instruction.

Roedder, E. C. L. C., 1614 Hoyt St., Madison

A. B., A. M., Ph. D. (all from University of Michigan). Associate
Professor of German Phililigy, University of Wisconsin.

Rohde, Hugo W., 703 First St., Milwaukee

Chemist, Schlitz Brewing Company.

Officers and Members.

1381

Buenzel, Henry Gottlieb, 2332 Yliet St., Milwaukee

Ph. G. (Wisconsin). Pharmacist; Member, State Board of Pharmacy.

Sammis, J. L., 234 Breese Terrace, Madison

Associate Professor of Dairying. University of Wisconsin.

Sanborn, John Bell, Wisconsin Building, Madison

B. L., M. L., Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Lawyer; Treasurer, Wisconsin State
Bar Association ; Lecturer, University of Wisconsin Law School ;

Member, Wisconsin Council, American Bar Association.

Sanders, J. G., 444 N. Charter St., Madison

Ph. B. (Otterbein University) ; M. A. (Ohio State University) Entomol¬
ogist of Agricultural Experiment Station ; State Orchard and
Nursery Inspector ; Sec’y. Nat. Horticultural Inspect¬
or's Assoc. Professor of Economic Entymology
University of Wisconsin.

Schinner, Augustin, Right Reverend, 628 Bay St., Superior

D. D., Bishop.

Schlundt, Herman, Columbia, Mo.

Professor of Chemistry, University of Missouri.

Sherman, Helen, Washington, D. C>

B. S., A. M. (Wisconsin). Bureau of Chemistry.

Sherman, Lewis, 448 Jackson St., Milwaukee

B. S., A. M. (Union) ; M. D. (New York). Physician and Pharmacist.

Showerman, Grant, 410 N. Butler St., Madison

A. B., Am., Ph. D., University of Wisconsin. Professor of Latin,

University of Wisconsin.

Sieker, William Christian, 753 Murray Ave., Milwaukee

B. S. (Wisconsin). Secretary and Treasurer, Manthey-Sieker Company.

Slaughter, Moses Stephen, 633 Frances St., Madison

A. B., A. M. (De Pauw) ; Ph. D. (Johns Hopkins). Professor of Latin,
University of Wisconsin.

Smith, Cornell Rae, Milwaukee

Assistant Geologist, Public Museum.

Smith, Erastus Gilbert, 649 Harrison Ave., Beloit

A. B., A. M. (Amherst) ; A. M., Ph. D. (Gottingen). Professor of
Chemistry, Beloit College.

Smith, Gilbert Morgan, 1606 Hoyt St., Madison

Instructor in Botany, University of Wisconsin.

Smith, Walter McMynn, 127 Langdon St., Maidison

A. B. (Wisconsin). Librarian, University of Wisconsin.

1382 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts , and Letters.

Smythe, Sidney T., Delafield

A. B., A. M. (St. Stephen’s) ; B. D. (Nashotah) ; D. D., Ph. D. (Hobart).
President, St. John’s Military Academy ; Member, Commit¬
tee on Canons, Protestant Episcopal Church.

Snow, Benjamin Warner, 221 Langdon St., Madison

Ph. D. (Berlin). Professor of Physics, University of Wisconsin.

Spencer, Matthew Lyle, 8 Alton Place, Appleton

A. B., A. M., Kentucky Wesleyan College ; A. M., Northwestern Uni¬
versity ; Ph. D., University of Chicago. Professor of English.
Lawrence College.

Squier, George Hull,

Starr, William J.,

Trempealeau

Dairyman.

135 Marston Ave., Eau Claire

LL. B. (Columbia). Member, Board of Commissioners of Fisheries,
Wisconsin ; President, Eau Claire Public Library.

Steidtmann, E., 2002 Monroe St., Madison

A. B., A. M.. Ph. D., (University of Wisconsin). Assistant Professor
of Geology, University of Wisconsin.

Stephens, W. T.,
Stickney, M. E.,

State Normal School.

Denison University.

Milwaukee
Granville, 0.

Stout, Arlow Burdette, 924 Clymer Place, Madison

A. B. (Wisconsin). Instructor in Botany, University of Wisconsin.

Talbert, George A., Ripon

B. S., M. S. (Ohio Wesleyan). Instructor in Biology, Ripon College.

Teller, Edgar Eugene, 3321 Sycamore St., Milwaukee

Thorkelson, Halsten Joseph Berford,

1526 W. Washington Ave., Madison

B. S., M. E. (Wisconsin). Professor of Steam Engineering, Univer¬

sity of Wisconsin.

Toole, William Alexander, Pansy Heights, Baraboo, Wis.

Pansy Specialist.

Trever, A. A. 368 State St., Appleton

Ph. D. (Chicago). Professor of Greek, Lawrence College.

Turneaure, Frederick Eugene, 166 Prospect Ave., Madison

C. E. (Cornell). Professor of Engineering and Dean of the College of

Engineering, University of Wisconsin.

Updike, Eugene Grover, Rev., 148 Langdon St., Madison

Pastor, First Congregational Church, Madison.

Officers and Members,

1383

Van Vleck, Edward Burr, 519 North Pinckney St., Madison

A. B., A. M. (Wesleyan) ; Ph. D. (Gottingen) ; LL. D. (Clark). Pro¬

fessor of Mathematics, University of Wisconsin ; Editor, Trans¬
actions of the American Mathematical Society.

Vaughan, R. E., 1126 Chandler St., Madison

Assistant in Plant Pathology, University of Wisconsin.

Vogel, Mrs. Guido Charles, 409 Terrace Ave., Milwaukee

B. S. (Wisconsin).

Vorhies, Charles Taylor, Salt Lake City, Utah

B. S. (Iowa Wesleyan). Professor of Zoology, University of Wisconsin.

Voss, Ernest Karl Johnann Heinrich,

Nelson Avenue, West Lawn Heights

Ph. D. (Leipzig). Professor of German Philology, University of Wiscon¬
sin ; Vice-President, Germanic Museum Association.

Wadmond, Samuel C., Delavan

Vice-President, Jackson and Jackson Company, Delavan ; Secretary of
Board, Aram Public Library, Delavan.

Wagner, George, 1901 Jefferson St., Madison

Ph. C. (Michigan) ; A. B. (Kansas) ; A. M. (Michigan). Assistant Pro¬
fessor of Zoology, University of Wisconsin ; Ichthyologist, State
Geological and Natural History Survey.

Ward, Henry Levi, Milwaukee Public Museum, Milwaukee

Director, Milwaukee Public Museum ; Vice-President, Wisconsin
Natural History Society.

Watson, Charles Francis, Stevens Point

Teacher of Geography, State Normal School.

Watt, Homer A., 1913 Rowley Ave., Madison, Wis.

A. B. (Cornell U.) ; A. M., Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Instructor in English,

University of Wisconsin.

Wexdman, Samuel, 410 North Henry St., Madison

B. S., Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Geologist, Wisconsin Geological and Nat¬

ural History Survey.

West, George A., 97 Wisconsin St., Milwaukee

Lawyer ; President, Board of Trustees, Milwaukee Public Museum.

Whitford, Alfred Edward, Milton

M. A. Professor of Mathematics and Physics, Milton College.

1384 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts , and Letters.

Whitson, Andrew Kobinson, Koute 7, Madison

B. S. (Chicago). Professor of Soils and Drainage, University of Wis¬
consin ; Field Agent, United States Department of Agriculture.

Winchell, Alexander N., 200 Prospect Aye., Madison

B. S. and M. S. (University of Minnesota) ; D. Sc. (University Paris)
Professor of Mineralogy and Petrology, University of Wiscon¬
sin, Geologist, Oregon Bureau of Mines and Geology.

Wolfenson, Louis B., 1620 Madison St., Madison

Assistant Professor of Hebrew and Hellenistic Greek, University of

Wisconsin.

Wolff, Henry Charles, 6 South Prospect Ave., Madison

B. S., M. S. (Wisconsin). Instructor in Mathematics, University of

Wisconsin.

Woll, Fritz Wilhelm, Davis, Calif.

B. S., Ph. B. (Christiana) ; M. S., Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Professor in
the California State Agricultural College.

Wright, Clement Blake Bergin, 284 Martin St., Milwaukee

A. B., A. M. (Toronto) ; B. D. (Nashotah) ; Ph. D. (Kansas City) ;
Clergyman ; Canon, Milwaukee Cathedral ; Secretary, Diocese of
Milwaukee ; Librarian, Diocesan Library ; Examining Chap-

Yoder, Albert Henry, Whitewater

President, State Normal School, Whitewater.

Young, Karl, 406 N. Henry St., Madison

A. B. (Michigan) ; A. M. and Ph. D. (Harvard). Associate Professor
of English, University of Wisconsin.

Youtz, Lewis Addison, Appleton

Ph. B., M. S. (Simpson) ; Ph. D. (Columbia). Professor of Chemistry,
Lawrence College.

Zdanowicz, Casimir Douglass, 1818 Madison St., Madison

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages, University of Wisconsin.

Zimmerman, Oliver Brunner, Brussels, Belgium

B. S., M. E. (Wisconsin). International Harvester Corporation.

Officers and Members.

1385

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

Abbott, Charles Conrad, Trenton, N. J.

M. D. (Pennsylvania).

Armsby, Henry Prentiss, State College, Pa.

B. S. (Worcester Polytechnic) ; Ph. B., Ph. D. (Yale) ; LL. D. (Wiscon¬
sin). Director of Institute of Animal Nutrition; Expert in Animal
Nutrition, United States Department of Agriculture.

Bennett, Charles Edwin, 1 Grove Place, Ithaca, N. Y.

A. B., Litt. D. (Brown). Professor of Latin Language and Literature,
Cornell University.

Bridge, Norman, Auditorium Building, Los Angeles, Cal.

A. M. (Lake Forest) ; M. D. (Northwestern, Rush). Emeritus Professor
of Medicine, Rush Medical College. Physician.

Caverno, Charles, Lombard, Ill.

A. B., A. M. (Dartmouth). Professor Emeritus, Ripon College.

Chandler, Charles Henry, New Ipswich, N. H.

A. B„ A. M. (Dartmouth). LL. D. (Colorado). Clergyman, retired.

Coulter, John Merle, University of Chicago, Chicago, Ill.

A. B., A. M., Ph. D. (Hanover) ; Ph. D. (Indiana). Professor of Bot¬
any and Head of Department, University of Chicago.

Crooker, Joseph Henry,

820 South St., Roslindale, Boston, Mass.

D. D. (St. Lawrence, Nashville). Minister, Unitarian Church.

Davis, Floyd,

317 Iowa Loan and Trust Building, Des Moines, Iowa

Ph. B., C. E., E M. (Missouri) ; Ph. D. (Miami). Analytical and Con¬
sulting Chemist.

Eaton, Edward Dwight, Beloit

A. B., A. M. (Beloit) ; B. D. (Yale) ; LL. D. (Wisconsin) ; D. D. (North¬
western, Yale). President, Beloit College.

Eckels, William Alexander, Easton, Pa.

A. B., A. M. (Dickinson) ; Ph. D. (Johns Hopkins). Associate Professor
of Greek, Lafayette College.

Fallows, Samuel, 2344 Monroe St., Chicago, Ill.

A. B., A. M., LL. D. (Wisconsin) ; D. D. (Lawrence, Marietta). Pre¬
siding Bishop. Reformed Episcopal Church ; President, Board
of Managers, Illinois State Reformatory.

Harper, Robert Aylmer, New York, N. Y.

A. B. (Oberlin), Ph. D. (Bonn). Professor of Botany, Columbia University.

1386 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters .

Hendrickson, George Lincoln,

68 Trumbull St., New Haven, Conn.

A. B. (Johns Hopkins) ; L. H. D. (Western Reserve). Professor of

Latin. Yale University.

Hodge, Clifton Fremont, 3 Charlotte St., Worchester, Mass.

A. B. (Ripon) ; Ph. D. (Johns Hopkins). Professor of Physiology and

Neurology, and Professor of Biology in the Collegiate Depart¬
ment, Clark University.

Holden, Edward Singleton,

United States Military Academy, West Point, N. Y.

B. S., A. M. (Washington) ; Sc. D. (Pacific) ; LL. D. (Wisconsin, Colum¬

bia). Astronomer ; Librarian, United States Military Academy,

West Point.

Hoskins, Leander Miller, 365 Lincoln Ave., Palo Alto, Cal.

M. S., C. E. (Wisconsin). Professor of Applied Mathematics, Leland
Stanford Jr. University.

Xddings, Joseph Paxon, 5730 Woodlawn Ave., Chicago, Ill.

Ph. B. (Yale). Professor of Petrology, University of Chicago; Geologist,
United States Geological Survey.

Kinley, David, Urbana, Ill.

A. B. (Yale) ; Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Dean of the Graduate School and

Professor of Economics, University of Illinois.

Leverett, Frank, 312 N. Thayer St., Ann Arbor, Mich.

B. Sc. (Iowa Agricultural). Geologist, United States Geological Sur¬

vey ; Lecturer in Geology, University of Michigan.

Libby, Orin Grant, Grand Forks, N. D.

B. L., M. L ., (Wisconsin). Professor of History, University of North

Dakota, State Historical Society of North Dakota.

Lurton, Freeman Ellsworth, Fergus Falls, Minn.

B. S., M. S. (Carleton) ; A. M. (Upper Iowa) ; Ph. D. (Gale). Superin¬
tendent of Public Schools ; Member, Board of Directors,

Fergus Falls Public Library.

Luther, George Elmer,

262 South College Ave., Grand Rapids, Mich.

Cashier, People’s Savings Bank ; Treasurer, Historical Society of Grand

Rapids.

Marx, Charles David, Palo Alto, Cal.

B. C. E. (Cornell) ; C. E. (Karlsruhe). Professor of Civil Engineering,
Leland Stanford Jr. University.

McClumpha, Charles Flint, 56 Church St., Amsterdam, N. Y.

A. B., A. M. (Princeton) ; Ph. D. (Leipzig). Treasurer, McClumpho
Company ; Member, Fort Johnson Club ; Treasurer, Amsterdam
Free Library ; Historian, Montgomery County Historical
Society ; Member, New York State Historical Society.

Officers and Members.

1387

Mqorehouse, George Wilton, 2069 East 96th St., Cleveland, 0.

B. L., M. L. (Wisconsin) ; M. D. (Harvard). Physician to the Dispen¬
sary of Lakeside Hospital and Western Reserve University.

Nehrling, Henry, Palm Cottage Experiment Garden,

Gotha, Orange County, Fla.

Olive, Edgar W. Brookings, S. D.

Professor of Botany, South Dakota Agricultural College.

Peet, Stephen Denison, 438 57th St., Chicago, Ill.

A. M„ Ph. D. (Beloit). Clergyman; Editor, American Antiquarian and
Oriental Journal.

Potter, William Bleecker, 1225 Spruce St., St. Louis, Mo.

A. B., A. M., M. E., Sc. D. (Columbia). Mining Engineer and Metal¬
lurgist.

Power, Frederick B elding, 535 Warren St., Hudson, N. Y .

Ph. G. (Philadelphia College of Pharmacy) ; Ph. D. (Strassburg). Di¬
rector of Wellcome Chemical Research Laboratories, London,

England.

Salisbury, Rollin D., 5730 Woodlawn Ave., Chicago, Ill.

A. M., LL. D. (Beloit). Professor of Geographic Geology, Head of the
Department of Geography and Dean of the Graduate School of
Science, University of Chicago ; Geologist, United States
Geological Survey and State Geological Survey of
New Jersey.

Sawyer, Wesley Caleb, 725 Asbury St., San Jose, Cal.

A. B., A. M. (Harvard) ; A. M., Ph. D. (Gottingen). Professor of
French and German and Lecturer on Tuetonic Mythology,

University of the Pacific.

Stone, Ormond, University Station, Charlottesville, Va..

A. M. (Chicago). Director of the Leander McCormick Observatory and
Professor of Practical Astronomy, University of Virginia.

Tolman, Albert Harris, 5750 Woodlawn Ave., Chicago, Ill.

A. B. (Williams) ; Ph. D. (Strassburg). Associate Professor of English
Literature, University of Chicago.

Tolman, Herbert Cushing, Nashville, Tenn.

A. B., Ph. D. (Yale) ; D. D. (Nashville). Professor of Greek, Vanderbilt

University ; Canon, All Saints’ Cathedral.

Townley, Sidney Dean, Ukiah, Cal.

B. S., M. S. (Wisconsin) ; Sc. D. (Michigan). Astronomer in Charge of

International Latitude Observatory ; Lecturer in Astronomy,
University of California ; Editor of Publications, Astrono¬
mical Society of the Pacific.

1388 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts > and Letters.

Turner, Frederick Jackson, Cambridge, Mass.

A. B., A. M. (Wisconsin) ; Ph. D. (Johns Hopkins) ; LL. D. (Illinois) ;

Litt. D. (Harvard). Professor of American History, Harvard
University ; President, American Historical Association ;

Member, Massachusetts Historical Association ; Ameri¬
can Antiquarian Society ; Colonial Society of
Massachusetts ; Wisconsin Historical So¬
ciety ; Mississippi Valley Historical
Society, etc.

Van de Warker, Ely, 404 Fayette Park, Syracuse, N. Y.

M. D. (Albany Medical and Union). Surgeon, Central New York Hos¬
pital for Women ; Consulting Physician, St. Ann’s Maternity
Hospital ; Senior Surgeon, Women’s and Children’s
Hospital ; Commissioner of Education, Syra¬
cuse.

Verrill, Addison Emery, 86 Whalley Ave., New Haven, Conn.

B. S. (Harvard) ; A. M. (Yale). Professor of Zoology, Yale University,

Curator of Zoology, Yale University Museum ; President
Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences.

Winchell, Newton Horace,

501 East River Road, Minneapolis, Minn.

A. M. (Michigan). Geologist and Archaeologist.

Young, Albert Adams,

531 South Claremont Ave., Chicago, Ill.

A. B., A. M. (Dartmouth) ; B. D. (Andover). Clergyman.

Officers and Members.

1389

MEMBERS DECEASED.

Information of whose decease has been received since the issue of

Volume XVI.

Bascom, John,

A. B., A. M. (Williams) ; D. D. (Iowa) ; LL. D. (Amherst, Williams,
Wisconsin). Greylock Commissioner.

Blair, Emma Helen,

B. S., A. M. (Ripon and Wisconsin). Joint Editor of “The Philippines,
1493-1898,” and Editor of “The Indian Tribes of the Upper
Mississippi Valley.”

Buckley, Ernest Robertson, Rolla, Mo.

B. S.. Ph. D. (Wisconsin). Mining Geologist; President, American Min¬
ing Congress.

Chandler, Charles Henry,

A. B., A. M. (Dartmouth) ; LL. D., Colorado.

Chapin, Robert Coit, Beloit

A. B. (Beloit) ; Ph. D. ( Columbia). Professor of Economics and
Secretary of the Faculty, Beloit College.

Daniells, William Willard, Madison

M. S., Sc. D. (Michigan Agricultural). Professor Emeritus of Chem¬
istry, University of Wisconsin.

Dyke, LeGrand Grandis, Madison

Hollister, Albert Henry,

Pharmacist.

Madison

Kimball, Mather Dean,

A. B., A. M. (Northwestern).

King, Franklin Hiram,

D. Sc. (Wisconsin).

Madison

Koelker, William F.,

Ph. D. (Berlin). Assistant Professor of Organic Chemistry, University
of Wisconsin.

1390 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

Peckham, George Williams, Milwaukee

LL. D. (Wisconsin). Librarian, Milwaukee Public Library.

Pereles, James Madison, Milwaukee

LL. B. (Wisconsin). Lawyer; President, Milwaukee Public Library;
Chairman, Wisconsin Free Library Commission.

Pereles, Thomas Jefferson, Milwaukee

LL. B. (Wisconsin).

Mitchell, Irving N., Milwaukee

Ph. B. (Michigan). Professor of Biology, State Normal School, Mil¬
waukee.

Thwaites, Reuben Gold, Madison

LL. D. (Wisconsin) ; Secretary and Superintendent, State Histori¬
cal Society of Wisconsin; Vice-Chairman, Wisconsin Free

Library Commission ; Secretary and Editor, Wisconsin
History Commission ; Member, American Li¬
brary Institute ; Councellor, Ameri¬
can Library Association.

Uihlein, August, Milwaukee

President, Second Ward Savings Bank ; Secretary, Joseph Schlitz Brew¬
ing Company.

Vogel, Guido Charles,

Milwaukee

Whitman, Charles Otes, Chicago

A. B., A. M., (Bowdoin), Ph. D. (Leipzig), LL. D. (Nebraska). Head
Professor of Zoology, University of Chicago.

Proceedings.

1391

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY.

THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL MEETING.

The meetings of the Academy for the presentation of papers,
excepting that of the afternoon of the first day, were held at
Madison, Wisconsin, February 7-8, 1907, in the Lecture Room of
the Historical Library building. The meeting of Thursday
afternoon was held in the physics lecture room in Science Hall.
The following program was carried out, except for some changes
in the order of presentation of papers:

Thursday, February 7th.

Morning Session, 9:00 o'clock.

Reports of officers and committees, and general business.

Reading of papers.

1. The electrolytic production of iodoform. Arden R. Johnson.

2. The action of chlorosubstituted esters on amines and aminoes-

ters. (By title). W. F. Koelker.

3. On the addition of acetic acid to pinene and limonene. E. Kre-

mers and A. Sievers.

4. On the rate of solution of sublimed sulphur in milk of lime. E.

Kremers and S. M. Sorley.

6. The optical rotatory power of very dilute solutions. Frederick
L. Shinn.

6. A case of separation of colloids from each other by dialysis.

Louis Kahlenberg.

7. On the estimation of boric acid in urine. Louis Kahlenberg.

8. On the suspension of solids in fluids, and the nature of colloids

and solutions. F. H. King.

9. On the formation and coagulation of colloidal solutions of the

metals. (Preliminary communication.) Louis Kahlenberg
and Simon G. Engle.

10. A new method for the separation of the chloride of lithium from

the chlorides of the alkalies. Louis Kahlenberg and Francis C.
Krauskopf.

11. The relation between the processes of solution and chemical ac¬

tion. An outline of a new theory of solutions. Louis Kahlen¬
berg.

1392 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

Afternoon Session, 2 : 30 o'clock.

Reading of papers.

12. Some high temperature measurements. C. E. Mendenhall and

and L. R. Ingersoll.

13. Note on some curious high temperature phenomena. C. E. Men¬

denhall and L. R. Ingersoll.

14. The alterating current galvanometer. A. Hoyt Taylor.

15. Evidences of sexual reproduction in the slime molds. Edgar W.

Olive.

16. Nuclear migrations and cell fusions in the rusts. Edgar W.

Olive.

17. The morphology of the spore forms of the rusts. A. H. Christ¬

man.

18. Heredity in the lower fungi. R. A. Harper.

19. Diakinesis in Thalictrum. J. B. Overton.

20. Concerning the organization of the cell in Marsilia. W. G. Mar¬

quette.

2L Cell and nuclear fusions in the promycelial cells of certain smuts.
B. F. Luhman.

22. The distribution of grandparental characters in Pisum. (By

title). C. E. Allen.

23. Some reactions of the Isopods. A. B. Clawson.

6:30 o'clock.

The annual dinner for members of the Academy and their friends.

Friday, February 8th.

Morning Session, 9:00 o'clock.

Business session.

Reading of papers.

24. Some remarks on the caddis flies and their larvae. C. T. Vor-

hies.

25. A summer resting stage in the development of Cyclops bicuspe-

datus. E. A. Birge.

26. On Latona parviremis, a new species of the genus Latona. (By

title). E. A. Birge.

27. Some aquatic invertebrates that live under anaerobic conditions.

C. Juday.

28. The fish fauna of Lake Pepin. George Wagner.

29. Notes on the whitefishes of Wisconsin. George Wagner.

30. The behavior of Loxophyllum. S. J. Holmes.

31. Amitosis in the Malpighian tubules of the walking stick. W. S.

Marshall.

Proceedings.

1393

32. A statistical study of the sex-cells of Chrysemys marginata. Ben-

net M. Allen.

33. The Permian glaciation and the' distribution of vertebrate ani¬

mals. E. C. Case.

34. Some experiments on automaticity and conductivity of the auri¬

cles of the mammalian heart. Joseph Erlanger and Julian R.
Blackman.

35. Manganese — A normal element in the tissues of the fresh water

clams, Unio and Anodonta. Harold C. Bradley.

36. The occurrence of hematite implements in Wisconsin. Charles

E. Brown.

37. A record of Wisconsin’s aboriginal remains. Charles E. Brown.

38. The man mound near Baraboo. A. B. Stout.

39. The effigies of Wisconsin. Stephen D. Peet.

Afternoon Session, 2:30 o'clock.

Reading of papers.

40. The resuscitation incident in popular tale, ballad and drama.

Arthur Beatty.

41. The relation between folk-tale and ballad, as shown by J. P.

Campbell’s “Tales of the West Highlands” and P. J. Child’s
“English and Scottish popular ballads.” Arthur Beatty and
Jessie V. Seaver.

42. A decree of the honorable and wise council of the city of Nurem¬

berg concerning the prohibition of the great vices of blasphemy,
carousing and treating. E. K. J. H. Voss.

43. The neglect of the ancient classics at the early medieval univer¬

sities. Louis J. Paetow.

44. Education in the Philippines; Development and problems. W.

H. Shephard.

45. Some effects of a sleet storm in the Ozarks of Missouri, Novem¬

ber, 1906. (By title). E. R. Buckley.

46. Peculiar local deposits on bluffs adjacent to the Mississippi. G.

H. Squier.

47. Some new Wisconsin minerals. (By title),. S. Wiedman.

48. The pre-glacial course of the Red Cedar river. E. B. Hall.

49. The co-operative state and federal water power survey of Wiscon¬

sin rivers. Leonard S. Smith.

60. Cold waves of south-central Wisconsin. James L. Bartlett.

A detailed account of the sessions is herewith given :

1394 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

Thursday, February 7.

Morning Session.

The meeting was called to order by President Kahlenberg. The read¬
ing of the minutes of the previous meeting was dispensed with.

The treasurer’s report was read by Mr. Denniston. Upon motion of
Mr. Davis, it was voted that an auditing committee be appointed by the
president. Such a committee, consisting of Mr. Davis and Mr. King, was
appointed.

The secretary’s report was read.

The report of the membership committee was read by the secretary.
In accordance with the report of the committee, and upon motion of Mr.
Kremers, the secretary was instructed to cast the ballot of the Academy
for the following named persons as members of the Academy:

Ruth Florence Allen . Madison

Emil G. Arzberger . Madison

Arthur Beatty . Madison

Simon A. Blackmore . Chicago, Ill.

Harold C. Bradley . Madison

Adolph R. Braun . Milwaukee

Edward Everts Browne . Waupaca

Charles Thomas Brues . Milwaukee

Henry Andrew Buehler . Rolla, Mo.

Earle Smead Burnett . Madison

Victor Coffin . Madison

Walter Fenno Dearborn . Madison

A. L. P. Dennis . Madison

Robert Elkin Neil Dodge . Madison

Linnaeus Wayland Dowling . Madison

Edmund Pendleton Randolph Duval . ..Madison

Joseph Erlanger . Madison

Marshall Blakemore Evans . Madison

Louis Falge . Reedsville

Carl Russell Fish . . . Madison

Lucy M. Gay . Madison

Edward M. Gilbert . Madison

Henry N. Goddard . Waukesha

Felicie M. Haberstich . Milwaukee

Martin Henry Haertel . Madison

William Otis Hotchkiss . Madison

Edgar Burton Hutchins, Jr . Waukesha

Ashutosh Jana . Birulia, India

Arden Richard Johnson . Madison

James Lloyd Jones . Hillside

William Henry Lighty . Madison

Herman William March . Madison

Andrew Fridley McLeod . Madison

Proceedings.

1395

William Metzdorf . . .St. Francis

Seth Enoch Moody . Madison

William Jonathan Neidig . Madison

John Myers Olin . Madison

Daniel Henry Otis . Madison

Louis J. Paetow . Madison

David Leslie Patterson . Madison

Otto Patzer . Madison

Arthur Peabody . Madison

William David Pence . Madison

Eduard Prokosch . Madison

Frederick William Roe . Madison

Augustin F. Schinner . Superior

Paul A. Seifert . Gotham

Helen Sherman . Milwaukee

Edwin Raymond Smith . Madison

George Hull Squier . Trempealeau

Arlow Burdette Stout . . Baraboo

Albert Hoyt Taylor . . . .Madison

Ellen Torelle . Milwaukee

Abram Ray Tyler . Beloit

Oliver P. Watts . Madison

George A. West . Milwaukee

Mr. Wagner read the report of the exchange committee. Upon mo¬
tion of Mr. Davis, it was voted that the report be accepted, the commit¬
tee continued, and that there be placed at the committee’s disposal such
sum of money as the council may find it advisable to appropriate for
such purpose.

Upon motion of Mr. Davis, the librarian was made an additional mem¬
ber of the exchange committee.

The following proposed amendment to the constitution, which had
been proposed by five members, and notice of which had been sent to all
members of the Academy more than one month before the present meet¬
ing, was then read by the secretary:

“Article III, Section 4, is hereby amended by inserting the words “or
the council” after the word “Academy” in the first line of said section,
so that this section when amended shall read as follows :

‘Active members shall be elected by the Academy or the council and
shall enter upon membership on the payment of an initiation fee of two
dollars which shall include the first annual assessment of one dollar.
The annual assessment shall be omitted for the president, secretary,
treasurer, and librarian during their term of office.’ ”

After some discussion, the amendment was adopted by unanimous vote
of the members present.

The reading of papers was then taken up.

During the reading by Mr. Kahlenberg of papers numbers 6, 7 and 11,
the chair was occupied by Mr. Davis.

1396 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts,, and Letters.

Afternoon Session.

The meeting was called to order by President Kahlenberg.

The whole of the session was devoted to the reading and discussion of
papers.

Thursday Evening.

The annual dinner, given by the local members of the Academy, com¬
plimentary to the visiting members and guests, was held at the Madison
Woman’s Club building. Thirty-six persons were present, of whom ten
were from out of town.

After the dinner, President Kahlenberg acting as toastmaster, short
talks were given by Messrs. W. W. Daniells, E. B. Hutchins, E. A. Birge,
R. A Harper, and E. B. Skinner, and Miss Lutie Stearns.

Friday, February 8.

Morning Session.

The meeting was called to order by President Kahlenberg, and the
reading of papers was at once taken up.

Paper number 38 was read by the secretary in the absence of the
author.

Dr. Davis presented the report of the auditing committee, who had
examined the accounts and vouchers of the treasurer and had found his
report correct. The reports of the treasurer and of the committee were
received and placed on file.

Afternoon Session.

The meeting was called to order by President Kahlenberg.

A supplementary report of the membership committee was read by
the secretary. In accordance with this report, and upon motion of B.
M. Allen, the secretary was instructed to cast the ballot of the Academy
for the following named persons as members of the Academy:

Katherine Bones . Genoa Junction

T. E. Brittingham . . Madison

Adolph Finkler . Milwaukee

Eugene Allen Gilmore. . Madison

Edward B. Hall . Madison

John Louis Kind . Madison

Jonathan Risser . Beloit

William Henry Shephard . . . Madison

The reading of papers was then resumed, and the program was com¬
pleted, paper number 39 being read by the secretary in the absence of
the author.

The meeting then adjourned.

C. E. Allen, Secretary.

Proceedings.

1397

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY, FEBRUARY 7, 1907.

To the Council of the Academy : —

The secretary begs to submit the following report for the year
1906 :

At the last meeting of the Academy the number of honorary members
reported was 6; of life members 12; of active members 189; and of cor¬
responding members 43. During the year one honorary member died.
One life member whose name was included in last year’s list has died,
and two life members were elected at the last meeting; the present num¬
ber of life members is therefore 13. Of the active members, two have
died during the year, one had died previously, notice of whose death
had not come to the secretary, seven have resigned or been dropped for
non-payment of dues; and three were transferred to the corresponding
membership list, and two to the life membership list, making a total
loss of 15. Of the persons elected to membership in December 1904,
who had not qualified previous to the last meeting, six have since quali¬
fied; and of the 31 elected a year ago, 9 have qualified; one name has
been transferred from the corresponding to the active list; the net gain
in number of active members during the year therefore is 21, and the
present number 210. Of the 43 corresponding membes, one died during
1904 whose death had not been reported to the secretary; one has been
transferred to the active list, and two have resigned; three names were
added to the list by vote of the Academy at its last meeting, so that there
has been a net loss of one. Summarizing, the membership list stands

at present:

Honorary members . 5

Life members . 13

Active members . 210

Corresponding members . 42

Total . 270

The deaths of the following members have occurred since the last
meeting, or if they occurred earlier have not been previously reported:

Nathaniel Southgate Shaler, professor of geology in Harvard Univer¬
sity and dean of the Lawrence Scientific School, an honorary member
of the Academy from its earliest years, who died at his home in Cam¬
bridge, Mass., April 10, 1906.

Amos Arnold Knowlton, for many years a member of the faculty of
the English department in the University of Wisconsin and an active
member of the Academy since December 30, 1890, who died at Madison,
April 14, 1906.

Herman Frederick Lueders, a teacher and a man of keen aptitude for
scientific research, whose activities in his chosen field were sorely ham¬
pered by ill health, a member of the Academy since December 27, 1893,
who died at Sauk City July 2, 1904.

1398 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Charles Frederick A. Zimmerman, principal of the seventeenth dis¬
trict school, Milwaukee, a member of the Academy since June 6, 1895,
who died at his home June 20, 1906.

Edmund Andrews, physician and professor of clinical surgery in
Northwestern University, a corresponding member of the Academy
since 1875 or 1876, who died at his home in Chicago, January — , 1904.

Memorial sketches of these deceased members will appear in the
forthcoming second part of Volume XV of the Transactions.

Since the last meeting, Volume XV, Part 1, of the Transactions has
been published. This part contains twelve articles, occupying 272
pages, and illustrated by eight plates and seven text figures. Part 2 of
Volume XV is now in the hands of the printers. In the printing of
this half volume the same vexatious delays on the part of the state
printer have obtained that have been experienced in past years. The
time required for printing has been made somewhat greater by the in¬
creased amount of material included in this half volume, but this fur¬
nishes no satisfactory excuse for the printer’s delay.

Two years ago, the secretary was authorized to have the volumes of
the Transactions printed in smaller parts, of about one hundred pages
each. Circumstances connected with the publication of Volume XV
made it seem impracticable at that time to put the new plan into
practice. The secretary is of the opinion that the adoption of this
method of printing will do something toward obviating the present
annoying delays, and unless unforeseen obstacles present themselves
the plan will be put into effect in the publication of Volume XVI.

With the present income of the Academy, it will be possible to add at
least one hundred dollars each year to the permanent fund, and also to
appropriate a considerable amount for the extension of the library.
The only apparent way in which the income of the Academy can be
materially increased is by the extension of its active membership. To
this end a canvass has been undertaken among those citizens of the
state who might be supposed to be interested in the work of the Acad¬
emy, with the gratifying result that a larger number of applications for
election to membership are to be presented at this than at any previous
meeting. It is intended to continue this canvass during the coming
year. An amendment to the constitution is to be voted on at this
meeting, which, if adopted, will authorize the council to elect persons
to membership in the Academy in the interim between the annual meet¬
ings. The proposed change is in line with the practice of many similar
societies, and would make possible a canvass for new members through¬
out the year, instead of practically confining it, as at present, to the
few weeks immediately preceding the annual meeting.

Respectfully submitted,

C. E. Allen,

Secretary.

Proceedings.

1399

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY, FEBRUARY 14, 1908.

To the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters: —
Your secretary begs to submit the following report : —

At the last annual meeting, the number of members of the Academy

was:

Honorary . 5

Life . 13

Active . 210

Corresponding . 42

Total . 270

At the last meeting, 64 persons were elected to active membership and
two have since been elected by the council. Of the 66 persons so
elected, 58 have qualified by the payment of the initiation fee. During
the year, one corresponding member and four active members have
died. There has thus been a net gain of 54 active members and a loss
of one in the corresponding list, making the present membership: —

Honorary . 5

Life . 13

Active . 264

Corresponding . 41

Total . 323

During the past year, the Academy has suffered the loss by death of
the following five members:

Rufus H. Halsey, president of the State Normal School at Oshkosh,
any active member of the Academy since December 28, 1900, who died
July 25, 1907, at Gogebic, Michigan.

Katherine Herkimer Bones, principal of the Genoa Junction High
School, elected to membership in the Academy February 8, 1907, who
died at her home in Racine, September 7, 1907.

Augustus J. Rogers, principal of the Milwaukee South Division High
School and for many years a prominent educator of the state, an active
member of the Academy since December 30, 1884, who died at his home
in Milwaukee, November 2, 1907.

James Lloyd Jones, a member of the Board of Regents of the Univer*
sity of Wisconsin, elected to membership in the Academy February 7,
1907, who died at his home at Hillside, November 22, 1907.

William Kerr Higley, secretary of the Chicago Academy of Sciences,
and Editor of Birds and Nature, elected to membership in the Academy
December 28, 1881, and a corresponding member since 1892, who died at
Chicago, January 12, 1908.

1400 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters .

As in the past, the state printer has caused great delay in the publi¬
cation of the Transactions, the situation having been made somewhat
worse than usual by the exceptionally long session of the legislature
of 1907. The printing and binding of Part 2 of Volume XV have just
been completed, and this part will be distributed in the immediate
future. This half-volume consists of 762 pages, and contains 29 arti¬
cles, besides miscellaneous matter, accompanied by 52 plates and other
illustrations. Following the plan discussed in the secretary’s report of
a year ago, a start has been made, beginning with Volume XVI, in the
matter of publishing the Transactions in smaller and more numerous
parts. Part 1 and most of Part 2 of Volume XVI are now in type, and
material is in the secretary’s hands sufficient for two or three additional
parts. It is hoped that the new method will to some extent alleviate
the inconvenience of the delays in printing which, under the present
system of state printing, can probably never be entirely done away
with.

In conclusion, the secretary begs to submit his resignation, and re¬
quests that a successor be elected at this meeting.

Respectfully submitted,

C. E. Allen.

TREASURER’S REPORT. f

RECEIPTS.

Balance in treasury January 1, 1906 . $113.47

Received for ann.'al dues January 1, 1906-December 31 . 203.00

Received for Transactions sold . 5.50

Received for extra separates and plates . 13.42

Interest on 15 bonds at 6% . 90.00

2 bonds matured and paid . 200.00

Interest on same . 12.00

Total receipts for 1906 . . . $637.39

DISBURSEMENTS.

Postage for treasurer (3) (12) . $8.00

Paid to Geo. Wagner (for library) Vouchers (1) (8)

(10) . 64.43

Clerical services (Mailing Trans.) (11) . 18.50

Rental Safety deposit box (2) . 3.00

Secretary (expenses) 1906 (15) . 75.00

Stationery, printing and engraving

Tracy, Gibbs & Co. (4) (5) (6) (14)...... . 28.00

Parsons Prtg. Co. (7) (9) (17) (18) . 19.25

Capital City Paper Co. (13) . 7.35

Democrat Prtg. Co. (19) . . . . . ... 6.25

Mandel Engraving Co. (20) . .75

Rogers & Co. (21) . 3.65

Proceedings .

1401

Madison City Street Imp. bonds purchased

No. 31 Prospect Ave. due 1914 . 107.00

No. 32 Prospect Ave. due 1914 . 107.00

No. 33 Prospect Ave. due 1915 . 108.00

Total disbursements 1906 . $556.18 556.18

Balance in treasury January 1, 1907 . $81.21

SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT.

Jan. 1, 1907-Feb. 6 inclusive.

Receipts.

Balance on hand Jan. 1, 1907 . $81.21

Transactions sold . 1.00

Annual dues . 5.00

New members . 30.00

Separates . 5.25

$122.46

Disbubsements.

Paid to Geo. Wagner (library) . $54.87

Paid to Heliotype Prtg. Co. — draft . 4.55

- 59.42

Balance on hand Feb. 6, 1907 . $63.04

There is now invested $1,800.00 by the Wisconsin Academy of Science,
Arts and Letters in a permanent fund.

The investment is in the form of 18 $100 street improvement bonds
which bear 6% interest. These bonds are deposited in a safety deposit
box rented by the Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters in the Bank of
Wisconsin.

R. H. Denniston,

Treasurer.

REPORT OF AUDITING COMMITTEE.

February 7, 1907.

To the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters —

Your auditing committee reports that it has examined the books and
vouchers of the Treasurer and finds that his report corresponds fully
therewith.

J. J. Davis,

F. H. King,
Auditing Committee.

Your auditing committee would also report that one of its members
inspected the Academy box in the vaults of the Bank of Wisconsin, and
found therein eighteen Madison improvement bonds of the par value
of one hundred dollars each as called for by the Report of the Treasurer.

1402 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

REPORTS OF COMMITTEES ON EXCHANGES.

Madison, Wis., February 1, 1907.

To the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences 9 Arts and Letters:

Your Committee on Exchanges hereby submits the report of
its work during the past year. During this period we have ap¬
plied our energies to the following tasks :

1. The securing from exchanging societies of such of their earlier
publications as are not on our shelves. This has been, and must be
for several years to come, the chief work of such a committee as this.
During the past year, or since our last report, there have been thus re¬
ceived :

629 volumes

200 parts of volumes.

With these, 7 different sets of publications, previously incomplete,
were made complete; and 13 volumes were supplied with all missing
parts. It is to be understood that the above numbers include no ma¬
terial for which money, outside of transportation or custom house
charges, was paid by the Academy.

2. The arrangement of exchanges with Societies not now on our list.
Thirty-five such societies were added during the past year.

3. The purchase of such volumes or parts as are not otherwise ob¬
tainable. For this purpose your Academy allotted at its last meeting,
two hundred dollars, or so much thereof as the finances of the Academy
wmuld permit.

This committee has actually spent during the year $119.30 of the
funds of the Academy. Besides this the Chairman of the Committee
has had at his disposal, from outside sources he is not at liberty to dis¬
close, $40, and a similar sum will be available the coming year. The
expenditures include postage, custom house and transportation charges,
and the cost of books purchased. Nothing was expended for clerical
work. We ordinarly purchased such material only as was offered at
bargain price, usually paying for bound volumes not more than the cost
of the binding. Only in several cases where single volumes or numbers
were needed to complete sets, were higher prices paid. We have not
thought it necessary to enumerate all the purchases made. Among the
principal ones were:

26 vols. Monatsberichte der k. preussischen Akademie.

9 vols. Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde.

1 vol. Transactions New Zealand Institute.

1 vol. Archives Neerlandaise des Sciences Exactes et Naturelles.

5 vol. Verhandlungen der k. k. Zoologisch botanischen Gessellschaft.

Many parts of the publications of the Agassiz Museum. This valu¬
able set was presented by Mr. Agassiz, and is one of the most import*
ant we possess. The missing parts appear only rarely in the market.

Proceedings .

1403

It is hoped that the Academy will sanction further expenditure in
this direction. Among the sets which we hope to complete this com¬
ing year are:

Publications of the K. Sachsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften.

Proceedings of the Royal Society, London.

Zeitschrift der Deutschen Geologischen Gesellschaft.

Academy at Amsterdam.

Besides this there should also be purchased various single numbers
to complete volumes for binding.

4. Arrangements of exchange material with the other Libraries cen¬
tered around the University, to such an extent as may be mutually bene¬
ficial. Such arrangements now exist with the General Library of the
University and with the Historical Society. We hope to be able before
long to renew certain negotiations with the Astronomical Library,
opened nearly two years ago, but dropped through lack of time.

In this part of the work we have been guided by these principles:

a. The libraries housed here, form, for all purposes of their patrons,
an organic whole; therefore, as a matter of economy of time, money,
and space, duplication should in general be avoided.

b. Where partial sets of a given serial exist in different libraries, they
should be brought together in one, and duplications eliminated; this
not only as a matter of economy, but out of consideration to users of the
libraries, as well as to employes.

c. The duty and privilege of our Academy, in this syndicate, is to ac¬
cumulate as complete collections as possible of the serial publications
of scientific societies, both great and small. In general it shall turn
purely historical publications over the Historical Society. University
publications, including dissertations, are the proper charge of the Uni¬
versity. Purely astronomical material belongs to the Observatory; the
publications of Agricultural Experiment Stations belong in the Agricul¬
tural Library.

Great advantage will accrue to the Academy by these arrangements
the carrying out of which has only just begun. That the principles
above cannot always be fully lived up to, depends entirely on the pov¬
erty of the Academy.

5. Disposing of the duplicates and separata in the Academy’s collec¬
tion. Little progress has been made here. It is intended to go over all
our duplicates, including those derived from the Geol. & Nat. History
Survey, carefully, to pick out all of which the retention in one library
or another may be desirable. The rest we hope to offer for sale to such
specialists as may have use for them.

6. Incorporating exchanges received by the Geological and Natural
History Survey into the Academy Library. This work is now up to
date.

Apart from its regular work the committee desires to acknowledge
certain gifts to the Academy:

From Professor Chandler, a number of volumes of the Boston Journal
of Chemistry.

From Professor W. S. Marshall: 12 nos. Allgemeine Zeitschrift fur
Entomologie. 4 vols. Insektenbrose.

1404 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

This committee makes the following recommendations to the Aca¬
demy :

1. That this committee be continued for another year, and that the
Librarian be added to it to replace Professor Hobbs.

2. That the Academy sanction the expenditure of such a sum in its
work during the coming year, as may seem proper to the Council.

Finally, this committee desires to acknowledge great indebtedness to
the University Librarian, for his readiness at all time to cooperate with
us.

Respectfully submitted,

Edward Kremebs,
George Wagner.

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON EXCHANGES.

February, 10, 1908.

To the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts and Letters:

The undersigned committee on exchanges desires to submit its
third annual report. The primary function of the committee is
to secure exchanges with societies not previously on our list, and
to obtain missing parts of series already on our shelves. The re¬
sult of this work during the past year has been as follows :

New exchanges secured . 14

Missing volumes secured . 290

Missing parts secured . . . . . . 409

Sets of serials made complete . 10

Volumes made complete . 56

These figures cover only the cases where material was obtained by
solicitation from the publishing societies. The receipt of 85 volume®
and 230 parts (completing 35 more volumes) is noteworthy.

In certain other cases it was necessary to purchase volumes or parts
to complete our sets. Our previous policy of purchasing only real bar¬
gains, has been continued. Funds from these sources were available:

a. Allowed by executive committee from funds of the

Academy as per Academy resolution . $144.11

b. Sale of duplicates of Academy collection . 22.00

c. Donated, by unnamed person, through chairman of

the committee . . . . . 40.00

From the two sums emanating from the Academy were paid postage
to the extent of $7.50, letter files, 75c, and custom house charges, $4.35.
The remainder was spent on volumes or parts needed, of the publicar
tions of the following:

Proceedings .

1405

California Academy of Sciences, K. Sachsische Akademie, Zeitschrift
fur Naturwissenschaften, Naturhistorische Gesellschaft der Rheinlande,
Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft, K. Preussische Akademie, Queekett
Microscopical Club, Australasian Association for the Advancement of
Science, Musee Teyler, Museum of Comparative Zoology, K. Akademie
van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam, and Academy of Natural Sciences at
Philadelphia.

The last item was purchased an exceptional bargain at $60, to be paid
for next year. But the volumes of the K. Sachsische Akademie, and the
Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft (outside of those mentioned above),
announced in our last report as on the purchasing program, have been
delayed in shipment, and payment for them was therefore postponed to
the next fiscal year, and the above vols. from Philadelphia included in
this year’s accounts.

The above purchases have enabled us to complete our sets of the
Journal of the Queekett Microscopical Society, of the Proceedings of
the Philadelphia Academy, of the publications of the Amsterdam Acad¬
emy (except Latin prize poems), and of the Archives du Musee Teyler
and to bring the sets of the Naturhistorische Gesellschaft at Bonn, and
of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science within
one volume of completion. The proceedings of the K. Preussische Aka¬
demie we have now complete from 1866.

From the $40 donated were paid 95c for custom house charges. The
remainder went for parts of the publications of the Agassiz Museum,
The Condor, the Zoological Museum of the University of Naples, the
Queekett Microscopical Club, the Finska Vetenskaps Societet, and cer¬
tain minor publications. Four sets were thus completed, namely The
Condor, Pacific Coast Avifauna, Annuario of the Zoological Museum at
Naples, and the Zoologischer Garten.

We have been able, also, to secure 45 vols. and 55 parts by exchanging
some of our duplicate material with the Library of Congress.

Another duty of this committee has been to correlate the Academy
collections with those of the University and the Historical Society. The
hearty cooperation of the librarians of these two institutions has made
this work a pleasant and a profitable one. As a result many of our
previously rather fragmentary sets have been made fairly complete, and
we have further been able to remove from our shelves material much
more appropriate elsewhere.

All these activities should be pursued further. The committee there¬
fore begs to move:

That the exchange committee be continued for another year, and that
it be allowed for its work such sum as the executive committee may
deem wise, and that it further be allowed such sums as may be realized
from the sale of duplicates in the Academy collections.

Respectfully submitted,

The Committee on Exchanges,

George Wagner,

W. M. Smith,

Edward Kbemers.

1406 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

MEETINGS OF THE COUNCIL,

February 1, 1905.

Present: Davis, Van Hise, Birge, Skinner.

Mr. Birge was appointed delegate to the meeting of the Land¬
marks Committee of the Wisconsin Federation of Women’s
Clubs.

Voted, that the exchange committee be requested to prepare a
list of things desired before expending further funds.

The secretary was authorized to offer to prospective members
to supply two back volumes of the Transactions to those who may
pay dues at the present time.

It was proposed by the librarian and secretary to discontinue
sending copies of the Transactions to certain persons on the list
of corresponding members except upon their request. This
proposition was approved.

E. B. Skinner,

Secretary.

November 13, 1906.

Present : Kahlenberg, Denniston, Birge, Slichter, Allen.

The question of the time and place for the holding of the next
annual meeting was discussed. Letters on this subject were read
from E. C. Case, G. W. Peckham, C. H. Chandler, and J. J. Davis.

Voted, that the meeting be held at Madison in February, 1907,
at the time of the meetings of the agricultural and other societies
of the state.

The secretary was instructed to send out notices of a proposed
amendment to the constitution authorizing the council to elect
members of the Academy at any time during the year except dur¬
ing a meeting of the Academy.

C. E. Allen,

Secretary.

May 28, 1907.

Present: Kahlenberg, Denniston, Wagner, Allen.

William Finger, Milwaukee, and Albert D. Whealdon, Su¬
perior, were elected active members.

The application of Arthur M. Edwards, Newark, N. J., for
corresponding membership, was left for further consideration.

Proceedings.

1407

The president reported the receipt of an invitation to be rep¬
resented by delegate at Bologna, Italy, June 12-13. He had re¬
sponded that it would be impossible to be represented.

The secretary reported the receipt of an invitation to be rep¬
resented by delegate at a bicentennial celebration of the birth
of Linnaeus, under the auspices of the New York Academy of
Sciences, May 23. He had responded that it would be impos¬
sible to be represented.

The secretary reported the receipt of an invitation to be rep¬
resented by delegate at the 7th International Zoological Con¬
gress in Boston, August 19-23. Mr. W. S. Marshall was ap¬
pointed delegate, with authority to select an alternate in case
he could not attend the meeting.

The treasurer reported upon the financial condition of the
Academy.

Mr. Wagner reported upon the work being done toward the
extension of the library.

One hundred and twenty-five dollars was appropriated for
the work of the exchange committee.

Five dollars was appropriated as a contribution toward the
fund being raised by the Wisconsin Archaeological Society for
the purchase of the Baraboo man mound.

C. E. Allen,

Secretary.

January 3, 1908.

Present: Kahlenberg, Denniston, Allen.

An application of Arthur M. Edwards, of Newark, N. J., for
corresponding membership, was presented and referred to Dr.
J. J. Davis.

Plans for the next annual meeting were discussed.

The resignation of E. C. Case as vice-president was presented.
The secretary was instructed to notify Mr. Case that his resig¬
nation is not accepted.

C. E. Allen,

Secretary.

1408 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

FORTY-FIRST ANNUAL MEETING

The meeting was held in conjunction with the Wisconsin
Archeological Society, the Wisconsin Mycological Society, and
the Wisconsin Natural History Society, in Madison, February
16 and 17, 1911.

The sessions were held in the Lecture Room of the State His¬
torical Society. The following program was presented, Presi¬
dent Plantz in the chair:

Thursday, February 16.

Morning Session, 10:00 o'clock.

Preliminary., Business.

Presentation of Papers.

1. The Relation between Area and Temperature of Lakes. Ed¬

ward A. Birge. Twenty minutes.

2. On Lepisosteus sinensis, Bleeker. George Wagner. Five min¬

utes.

3. On the Whitefish of Green Lake. George Wagner. Five

minutes.

4. A Trematode Parasite of the English Sparrow in the United

States. Leon J. Cole. Ten minutes.

5. Apparent Mutations in the Meadow Vole ( Microtus pennsyl-

vanicus. Leon J. Cole and George Wagner. Ten minutes.

6. The Nests and Larvae of Necturus. B. G. Smith. Ten minutes.

7. Pholiotas of the Region of the Great Lakes. Edward T. Harper.

(By title.)

8. The Effect of Poisons on Sap Flow. J. B. Overton. Ten min¬

utes.

9. The Structure and Cell Development of the Root Tip of a Sedge.

A. B. Stout. Ten minutes.

10. Temperature in Relation to Infection with Certain Downy Mil¬

dews. I. E. Melhus. Fifteen minutes.

11. Nuclear Phenomena in the Tremellineae. E. M. Gilbert. Ten

minutes.

12. The Structure and Development of Collema crispa. Freda M.

Bachman. Ten minutes.

13. The Structure of the Central Body in the Trout. W. G. Mar¬

quette. Fifteen minutes.

14. The Cilia-forming Organ of Motile Plant Cells. C. E. Allen.

Ten minutes.

15. Studies on Some Lakes in Central America. Cbancey Juday.

Ten minutes.

Proceedings.

1409

Afternoon Session, 2:00 o'clock.

Presentation of Papers.

16. Socrates and tlie Greek Gods. William Ellery Leonard.

Twenty-five minutes.

17. A Dramatic Office for the Feast of the Presentation. Karl

Young. Fifteen minutes.

18. Browning’s Idealism. J. W. Cunliffe. Thirty minutes.

19. Some Tendencies of Seventeenth Century Autobiography. E.

H. Gardner. Twenty minutes.

20. The Purpose of the Book of Ruth. Louis B. Wolfenson.

Twenty minutes.

21. The Last Will and Testament as a Form of Literature. Eber

Carle Perrow. Fifteen minutes.

22. Tennyson and Unitarianism. Margaret Ashmun. Twenty

minutes.

23. The Dream Dance of the Chippewa and Menominee Indians of

Wisconsin. Samuel A. Barrett. With lantern slide illustra¬
tions. (In Room 112, University Hall, at 4:30 o’clock.)

Evening, at 6:30 o'clock.

A dinner to the visiting members was served to the visiting mem¬
bers. The Centenary of Increase A. Lapham was commemorated. A
very pleasant feature of the occasion was the presence of Mr. Lapham’s
daughter and son, Miss Julia Lapham, and Mr. Charles Lapham.

Friday, February 17.

Morning Session, 9 o'clock.

24. Public Libraries and Literary Culture in Ancient Rome (Early

Empire). Clarence E. Boyd. Twenty minutes. To be read
by M. S. Slaughter.

26. The Cost of Living in the Twelfth Century. D. C. Munro.
Twenty minutes.

26. The Railways of the Old Northwest before the Civil War.

Frederic L. Paxson. Twenty minutes.

27. Fulk of Neuilly. Milton R. Gutsch. (By title).

28. The Censorship under the First Empire. Victor Coffin. (By

title).

29. On a Certain Caution to be Observed in the Hunting of Sources

and Parallels. R. E. N. Dodge. Twenty minutes.

30. The Musical Elements of French Versification. Mathurin M.

Dondo. Twenty minutes.

31. The Regulations of the University of Wittenberg, issued in the

year 1546, regarding the dress of the Professors, their Wives,
and the Student Body; also Restrictions in regard to the
Wearing of Jewelry, the Cost of Weddings, Betrothals, Bap-
tismals, and other Festivities. Ernst Voss. Fifteen minutes.

1410 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

32. On a Recently Recovered Version of the American Ballad,

Fair Charlotte. Arthur Beatty. Five minutes.

33. Recent Progress in Physics. E. C. Mendenhall. Twenty-five

minutes.

34. The Mythological Concepts of the Cayapa Indians of Ecuador.

Samuel A. Barrett. Twenty minutes.

35. Wormwood in Wisconsin. Edward Kremers. Ten minutes.

36. Recent Work in Securing the Preservation and Marking of In¬

dian Earthworks about Madison. Charles E. Brown. Ten
minutes.

37. The Silver Trade Crosses of Wisconsin. Charles E. Brown.

(By title.)

38. The Need of Proper State Protection for the Prehistoric and

Historic Indian Remains Located upon the Public Lands, Re¬
serves, Parks, and other Public Places in the State. H. T.
Field. (By title.)

39. The Discussion of Some Formulas Used in Depreciation Prob¬

lems. E. B. Skinner. Twenty minutes.

Afternoon Session, 2:00 o'clock.

40. On Certain Instincts in the Larvae of Some Parasitic Bees.

Sigmund Graenicher. Fifteen minutes.

41 Psychological Study of the Common Black Ant ( F . subsericea);
proving that in a Maze an Ant will take the straightest
Course. A. C. Burrill. (By title.)

42. Aeshnine Wing Venation (Odonata) . Richard A. Muttkowski.

(By title.)

43. The Ethical Philosophy of Richard Cumberland. Frank C.

Sharp. Thirty minutes.

44. The Psychological Basis and Limitations of Individualism. W.

K. Wright. Twenty-five minutes.

45. A Study of Retarded Children in a Group of Northwestern

School Systems. Freeman E. Lurton. (By title.)

46. The Glacial Lake of the Fox River Valley and Outlet, and the

Diversion of the Wisconsin River. Samuel Weidman. Twen¬
ty minutes.

47. The Chlorin Content of Drinking Water. A. F. Gilman.

Twenty minutes.

48. Note on the Synthesis of Esters, (so-called Volatile Oil), in Saw

Palmetto Berries. Edward Kremers. Five minutes.

49. An Alkaloidal Derivative from a Volatile Oil Constituent.

Nellie Wakeman and Edward Kremers. Five minutes.

After the presentation of the papers, Mr. R. H. Denniston, Treasurer
of the Academy since 1905, presented his resignation. A committee
consisting of Samuel Weidman, D. C. Munro, and Arthur Beatty was
appointed by the chair to nominate a successor. The committee nom¬
inated W. G. Marquette, Madison, and the report was adopted.

Officers and M embers.

1411

The committee on membership reported the following list of names
for membership, which was approved:

Clarence E. Boyd .

Leon J. Cole .

John William Cunliffe

Mathurin M. Dondo -

Milton R. Gutsch .

Edward T. Harper -

W. C. Hotchkiss .

E. B. Hutchins . .

Frederic L. Paxson -

Louis E. Reber .

Fredrick C. Ruff .

Louis B. Wolfenson _

William K. Wright .

Tallahassee, Fla.

. . Madison

. Madison

. Madison

. Madison

. Madison

. Madison

. Fond du Lac

. . . . . Madison

. Madison

. Appleton

. Madison

. Madison

The Committee on Exchanges presented the following report,
which was accepted:

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON EXCHANGES.

Madison, February 15, 1911.

To the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters:

The Exchange Committee, first appointed five years ago, herewith
presents its report for the past year. Due to many and unavoidable
causes its activities have been much less in extent than in previous
years. As heretofore our primary work has been to secure missing
parts of sets, as well as new exchanges, especially by correspondence
with the societies concerned. The result has been as follows:

Missing volumes received . 83

Missing parts received . 28

Volumes completed . 2

Sets completed . 5

New exchanges . 5

As heretofore an annual sum of $40.00 has been at the disposal of the
Committee, which has expended for similar purposes, with the following

result:

Volumes purchased . 19

Parts purchased . 5

Sets completed . 4

Of the funds of the Academy $45.00 has been expended since our last
report, $3 for postage, the rest for the completion of our set of the Pro¬
ceedings of the Royal Society, London.

1412 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

The new exchanges are as follows:

Statens Skogs-Forsoksanstalt, Stockholm.

Revue Scientifique du Bourbonnais.

Coiner Akademie fur Praktische Medizin.

Kaiserliche Biologische Anstalt fur Land- und Forstwirthschaft.

Musee Zoologique, Imperiale des Sciences, St. Petersburg.

Probably the most important part of the Committee’s work during
the past year has been its activity as an advisory board during the pro¬
cess of cataloguing the Academy library by the staff of the University
Library. This work has raised many perplexing questions, most of
which we hope to have solved in satisfactory manner. The cataloguing
is progressing rapidly, and we hope to see it completed during the en¬
suing year.

As heretofore we recommend that this Committee be continued for
another year, and that it be allowed for use in its work such amounts
from the Academy’s funds as may to the Executive Committee seem
wise; and that it be further allowed to use such sums as may be real¬
ized from the sale of duplicate material.

Respectfully submitted,

George Wagner,
Walter M. Smith,
Edward Kremers.

FORTY-SECOND ANNUAL MEETING.

The meeting was held jointly with the Wisconsin Archeologi¬
cal Society, the Wisconsin Mycological Society, and the Wiscon¬
sin Natural History Society, in Madison, on April 4 and 5, 1912.

The morning sessions were held in the Lecture Room of the
State Historical Library, and the afternoon sessions in Room 42,
Science Hall. The following progamme was presented:

Thursday, April 4.

Morning Session, 10:00 o’clock.

D. C. Munro presided, as President Plantz was delayed:

Preliminary Business.

Presentation of Papers.

1. Efforts to Prevent the Introduction and Dissemination of Inju¬

rious Insects. J. G. Sanders. (By title.)

2. The Oscillations of the Lower Water in Green Lake. E. A.

Birge. Twenty minutes.

3. Notes on Lake Michigan Swarms of Chironomids. A. C. BurrilL

Ten minutes.

Officers and Members.

1413

4. Some Points in the Anatomy of the Four-Spotted Dragon-fly, Li«
bellula 4-maculata. William S. Marshall. (By title.)

6. Economic and Biologic Notes on the Giant Midge ( Chironomus
plumosus, Meyen.) A. C. Burrill. Twenty minutes.

6. Palmer’s Organ and its Function. J. E. Wodsedalek. Ten min¬

utes.

7. The Behavior of Leucocytes. N. Fasten. Ten minutes.

8. On the Distribution of two Wisconsin Mammals. George Wag¬

ner. Five minutes.

9. The Boreal Life Zone in Wisconsin. Sigmund Graenicher. Fif¬

teen minutes.

10. Doubts and Progress. H. M. Kallen. Twenty minutes.

11. The Lebertia of Wisconsin. Ruth Marshall. (By title.)

12. A Contribution to the Natural History of the Amphipod Hyalellu

knickerbockeri (Bate). Hartley H. T. Jackson. (By title).

Afternoon Session, 2:00 o'clock.

President Samuel Plantz called the meeting to order.

13. The Nuclear Behavior in the Basidium of Auricularia. E. M.

Gilbert. Ten minutes.

14. A New Method of Fertilization in Lichens. Freda M. Bachman.

Ten minutes. (Illustrated.)

15. A Comparison of Plant and Animal Spermatogenesis. C. E.

Allen. Ten minutes. (Illustrated.)

16. The Development of Melanospora. J. B. Overton. Ten minutes.

(By title.)

17. A Comparison of the Botany of the Galapagos and Cocos Islands.

Alban Stewart. Ten minutes. (Illustrated.)

18. Apogamy, Apospory, and Related Phenomena in the Purple Cliff

Brake. W. N. Steil. Ten minutes. (Illustrated.)

19. The Tapetal Cells of Lycopodium Selago and L. Annotinum ..

R. H. Denniston. Ten minutes. (Illustrated.)

20. Colony Formation and Development in Certain Coenobic Algae.

Gilbert M. Smith. Ten minutes. (Illustrated.)

21. Modern Pottery-Making among the Hopi and Tewa Indians of

Northern Arizona. Samuel A. Barrett. Twenty minutes.
(Illustrated.)

22. The Niman Katcina of the Hopi Indians. Samuel A. Barrett.

Thirty minutes. (Illustrated.)

23. A Provisional List of Parasitic Fungi of Wisconsin. J. J. Davis.

(By title.)

24. A preliminary Report on the Hepaticae of the Duluth-Superior

Region. George H. Conklin. (By title.)

25. Species of Pholiota and Stropharia in the Region of the Great

Lakes. E. T. Harper. (By title.)

1414 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

Evening Session, 6:30 o'clock.

An informal dinner was given to the visiting members of the Societies
at the University Club.

The retiring President of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts,
and Letters, President Samuel Plantz, delivered the Triennial Address,

Friday, April 5.

Morning Session, 9 o'clock.

26. John Thelwall, a Forgotten Revolutionary Poet. Arthur Beatty.

Fifteen minutes.

27. Hamann— A German Sidelight on English Literature. H. A.

Watt. Fifteen minutes.

28. Hagbard’s Beard (Kormakssage Chapter III.) Lee M. Hollan¬

der. Fifteen minutes.

29. Luther Parker: New Hampshire and Wisconsin Pioneer. Grant

Showerman. Twenty minutes.

30. Social Conditions in Southern Bavaria in the Thirteenth Cen¬

tury as shown in Meier Helmbrecht. Martin H. Haertel. Fif¬
teen minutes. (Read by B. Q. Morgan.)

31. The Requirements for the Degrees at the University of Paris in

Thirteenth Century. Sumner H. Slichter. Ten minutes.

32. Relations between the Ecclesiastical and the Educational Policy

of the First Napoleon. Victor Coffiin. (By title.)

33. A Theological Treatise by Dr. Hunnius on the Question whether

it is Permissible to Take Interest on Money Loaned. 1622.
Ernst Voss. (By title.)

34. Officium Pastorum: A Study of the Dramatic Development with¬

in the Liturgy of Christmas. Karl Young. (By title.)

35. Some Veridical Relations between Certain Celtic Tales and Cer¬

tain Alleged Experiences. Arthur Beatty and Fritz Kunz.
(By title.)

At the end of the session, the following business was trans¬
acted :

The chair appointed as a committee on the nomination of offi¬
cers for the next three years E. A. Birge (chairman), J. J. Davis,
E. B. Skinner, C. E. Allen, and R. H. Denniston.

The Exchange Committee made the following report, which was
adopted :

Madison, April 1, 1912.

To the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters:

Your Exchange Committee herewith presents its sixth annual report.
The chief activity of the Committee, this year as last, has been to give
aid in various ways during the cataloguing of the Academy Library by

Officers and Members.

1415

the University Library staff, and the correlation of our Library with the
others in the building. This work is now substantially finished. It in¬
volved many difficult problems, not a little compromise, and much pa¬
tience. We hope, however, that those who have followed its progress
or examined its results will see the great improvement in usefulness of
all parts of the scientific libraries thus brought together. We owe much
to the willingness and skill especially of Miss Coddington and Miss Mc¬
Culloch of the University cataloguing force.

The work of securing missing parts and new exchanges has had to
take a subordinate place this year. By correspondence with Societies
the following have been secured:

Missing volumes received . 2

Missing parts received . 3

Volumes completed . 3

Sets completed . 0

New exchanges . . . . . 4

Again a sum of $40.00 has been at our disposal, which was expended,
securing 13 volumes and two parts, completing one volume previously
incomplete.

Of the Academy funds we have expended about $95:00 (the Treas¬
urer’s report will show the exact amount) of which $92.67 was paid
for 18 volumes of the Abhandlungen der K. Sachsischen Gesellschaft
der Wissenschaften, a great addition to our material.

The new exchanges are as follows:

’sRyks Herbarium, Leiden.

Svenska Botaniska Forening.

Philosophical Society, University of Virginia.

Societe d’Histoire Naturelle, Autun.

The present relations and condition of our Library make it desirable
that the work of the Library Committee and Exchange Committee be
consolidated. We therefore recommend:

1. That the Exchange Committee be discharged, and its duties turned
over to the Library Committee.

2. That the Library Committee be allowed for use in its work such
amounts from the Academy’s funds as may to the Executive Committee
seem wise; and that it be given authority to dispose of the duplicates
of the Library in such manner as it may deem fit.

Respectfully submitted,

George Wagner,
Walter M. Smith,
Edward Kremers.

The Treasurer, R. H. Denniston, acting for W. G. Marquette,
resigned, presented his report, and the Chairman appointed as an
auditing committee T>. C. Munro and George Wagner.

1416 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts , and Letters.

TREASURER’S STATEMENT.

1911 RECEIPTS.

Feb. 18, balance . $114.85

Dues . 280.94

Transactions sold . 2.50

Bonds matured . 400.00

Interest on bonds . 124.75

- $923.04

DISBURSEMENTS.

6 City Street Improvement bonds, voucher 2 . $520.00

Stationery and envelopes, vouchers 1, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9. . 30.26

Printing, voucher 3 . 18.50

Secretary’s allowance, voucher 6 . 100.00

Shipping and wrapping Trans., vouchers 10, 12... 28.00

Journals purchased (Wagner), voucher 13 . 92.76

- - 794.52

April 4, 1912, balance on hand . $128.62

R. H. Denniston,

Treasurer.

Certified correct,

D. C. Munro,
George Wagner.

SECRETARY’S REPORT.

The Secretary presented his report, as follows. It was adopted.

Members at last report . . . 302

Dropped for non-payment of dues . . . 12

Resigned . 18

Deceased . 10

- - 40

262

New members, 1911 . 13

New members, 1912 . 25

- 38

300

Arthur Beatty,

Secretary.

Officers and Members.

1417

The Committee on Nominations recommended the following
persons for membership in the Academy. The report was

adopted.

Rufus M. Bagg, 466 Alton St . . . Appleton.

Oscar James Campbell, Jr., 205 Prospect Ave.. . Madison.

Muriel B. Carr, 616 Lake St . . . Madison.

William Hunt Eisenman, Racine College . Racine, Wis.

H. W. Griggs, 2421 Sycamore St . Milwaukee, Wis.

Michael F. Guyer . Madison.

Chester Lloyd Jones, 412 Carroll St . Madison.

Eric Rexford Miller, 84 North Hall . . . Madison.

Ralph Woodward Owen, 627 Mendota Court . Madison.

John J. Pettijohn . Madison.

Edward Bunker Schlatter, 1619 Jefferson St . ....Madison.

Matthew Lyle Spencer . . . . . Appleton, Wis.

Afternoon Session, 2:00 o'clock.

The session was presided over by President Plautz.

36. Studies in the Manufacture of Flint Implements. H. L. Skavlem.

Ten minutes.

37. Notes on Outagamie County Antiquities. Geo. R. Fox. (By

title.)

38. The Grooved Stone Axes of Wisconsin. Charles E. Brown. Ten

minutes.

39. The Effect of Off-Shore Deepening on Coast Deposits. Rufus M.

Bagg, Jr. Twenty minutes. (Illustrated.)

40. Notes on an Unusual Type of Foraminifera as a Limestone Builder

off the Coast of Venezuela. Rufus M. Bagg, Jr. Five minutes.

41. The Former Higher Levels of the Yahara Lakes. Samuel Weid-

man. Fifteen minutes.

42. An Italian Drug Store of the Quattrocento. Edward Kremers.

Ten minutes.

43. The Use of Potassium Iodide in Studying the History of a Water

Supply. Albert F. Gilman. Fifteen minutes.

44. Some Incongruities in Chemical Nomenclature. Andrew F. Mc¬

Leod. Fifteen minutes.

45. A Mechanical Analogy of the Electron. (With a Demonstra¬

tion.) L. R. Ingersoll. Five minutes.

46. On the Bending of the Waves of Wireless Telegraphy around the

Earth. H. W. March. Fifteen minutes.

47. The Banner Stone Ceremonials of Wisconsin. Charles E. Brown.

(By title.)

The Nominating Committee brought in the following report,
which was adopted.

President, D. C. Mtjnro, Madison.

Vice-President of Sciences, I. N. Mitchell, Milwaukee.

1418 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Vice-President of Arts, A. C. Clas, Milwaukee.
Vice-President of Letters, F. M. Erickson, Ripon.
Secretary, Arthur Beatty, Madison.

Treasurer, Arthur Beatty, Madison.

Curator, C. E. Brown, Madison.

Committee on Publication.

D. C. Munro, Madison, President (ex-officio.)
Arthur Beatty, Madison, Secretary (ex-officio.)
C. E. Allen, Madison.

Committee on Library.

W. M. Smith, Madison, Librarian, (ex-officio.)

R. H. Dernehl, Milwaukee.

R. G. Thwaites, Madison.

George Wagner, Madison.

C. A. Youtz, Appleton.

Committee on Membership.

Arthur Beatty, Madison, Secretary (ex-officio.)
H. L. Ward, Milwaukee.

A. F. McLeod, Beloit.

Helen Sherman, Milwaukee.

L. R. Ingersoll, Madison.

MEETING OF THE COUNCIL.

On April 5 a meeting of the Council was held at which the fol¬
lowing business was transacted.

Samuel Plantz was nominated a Life Member of the Academy.

R. A. Harper, F. J. Turner, 0. G. Libby, and Edgar W. Olive
were made corresponding members.

It was moved that the Council he authorized to appropriate for
the uses of the Library Committee not more than $100. Carried.

It was moved and carried that the allowance for the Secretary
and Treasurer be $200.

Arthur Beatty,

Secretary.

Officers and Members.

1419

FORTY-THIRD ANNUAL MEETING

The meeting was held jointly with the Wisconsin Archeological
Societjr, the Wisconsin Mycological Society, and the Wisconsin
Natural History Society, in Milwaukee on March 20 and 21, 1913.
The sessions were held in the Public Museum.

Thursday, March 20.

Afternoon Session, 2:00 o'clock.

President D. C. Munro presiding.

Forty persons present.

In the absence of Secretary Arthur Beatty, Mr. Charles E. Brown was
chosen to act as secretary of the joint meetings.

Dr. G. G. Davis and Mr. Henry L. Ward we reappointed a committee
to audit the treasurer’s accounts.

Presentation of Papers.

1. Progress of Archaeological Researches in Wisconsin during 1912.

Charles E. Brown. Fifteen minutes.

2. Indian Earthworks and Camp Sites on Turtle Creek, Rock

County. Robert H. Becker. By title.

3. The value of Local Collection to Archaeological Study. H. L.

Skavlem. Twrenty minutes.

4. An Archaeological Surface Survey of the West Shore of Green

Bay in Wisconsin. George R. Fox. By title.

5. Indian Miniature Axes and Celts. H. M. Whelpley. (By title.)

6. An Indian Pipestone Quarry in Barron County. Charles E.

Brown. Ten minutes.

7. Archaeological Survey of Trempealeau and Adjoining Counties.

George H. Squier. (By title.)

8. Joseph Reynolds and the Diamond Jo Line of Upper Mississippi

River Steamers. George Byron Merrick. Ten minutes.

9. The Habits of Fiddler Crabs. A. S. Pearse. Twenty-five min¬

utes. (Illustrated.)

10. A consideration of the Habits of Some Solitary Wasps. George

P. Barth. Twenty minutes.

11. On the Structure and Habits of the Larvae of Certain Parasitic

Diptera and Hymenoptera. Sigmund Graenicher. Fifteen
minutes.

12. American Water-mites of the Genus Oxus. Ruth Marshall. (By

title.)

13. An account of some Phototropic and Starvation Experiments

on the Museum Pest (Trogoderma tarsale.). E. J. Wodsedalek
and R. A. Muttkowski. Fifteen minutes.

14. The Development of the Wings of a Caddis-fly. W. S. Marshall.

(By title.)

1420

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.

15. Mammal Bones of the Los Angeles Brea Beds and their Geologic
Relations. Ira M. Buell. Twenty minutes.

On the motion of H. L. Ward the following new members were regu¬
larly elected to membership in the Academy.

Harley W. Barber. . .

George P. Barth _

Welz E. Boren . .

M. A. Bussewitz .

Muriel B. Carr .

Chester Lloyd Jones

Frank J. Kelley _

Rachel M. Kelsey _

Louise W. Mears _

Samuel Moore .

Alexander Mueller . .

V. E. McCaskill .

J. J. Pettijohn .

E. C. L. C. Roedder.
L. L. Ruschhaupt. . .
H. A. Watt .

W. T. Stephens .

R. E. Vaughn. .

. Ripon

Milwaukee
Milwaukee
Milwaukee
. . .Madison
. . .Madison
. . . Madison
Milwaukee
Milwaukee
. . .Madison
Milwaukee
. . Superior
. . .Madison
. . .Madison
Milwaukee
. . .Madison
Milwaukee
. . .Madison

Evening Session, 1:00 o'clock.

A dinner was given at the Hotel Gilpatrick for members. Closer
affiliation between the various scientific societies of the state was dis¬
cussed.

Friday, March 21.

Morning Session, 9:30 o'clock.

The annual reports of the Secretary and Treasurer were read, and the
Auditing Committee reported that the accounts of the Treasurer were
found correct.

TREASURER’S STATEMENT, 1912-1913.

To balance on hand April 16, 1912 . $293.52

Total receipts April 16, 1912, to March 17, 1913 . 105.35

398.87

Total expenses . 250.00

Net balance . 148.00

Invested in Madison City Bond . . . 100.00

Cash balance . $48.87

Arthur Beatty,

Treasurer.

Officers and Members.

1421

Your auditing committee has compared the records of the receipts
and expenditures of the Academy since the previous meeting and finds
that the Treasurer’s statement is correct.

J. J. Davis,

Henry L. Ward.
Auditing Committee.

Milwaukee, March 21, 1913.

SECRETARY’S REPORT, 1912-1913.

Honorary Members . . 6

Life Members . 12

Active Members . 229

Corresponding Members . 40

287

Deceased, resigned and dropped . 31

New Members . 16

Total . 287

Arthur Beatty,

Secretary.

It was moved by George P. Barth that a committee consisting of two
members of each of the four participating societies be appointed by the
president to consider plans for a closer cooperation between Wisconsin
scientific societies. Seconded by G. G. Davis. Carried.

Moved by Mr. A. S. Pearse that the sum of $20.00 be allowed to the
committee by the Academy to cover necessary expenses of postage, type¬
writing and other expenses. Seconded. Carried.

The President called Dr. Lewis Sherman, president of the Wisconsin
Mycological Society, to the chair.

Presentation of Papers. . ,

16. The Migration of the Germ Cells in Ameiurus nel)ulosus. Freda

M. Bachman. Fifteen minutes.

17. A New Species of Diaptomus. Chancey Juday. (By title.)

18. A List of Fungi from Kewaunee County, Wisconsin. B. 0.

Dodge. (By title.)

19. The Effect of Pressure on the Development of the Lateral Roots

of Herbaceous Plants. J. B. Overton. Fifteen minutes.

20. Cell Structure and Zoospore Formation in Characium. Gilbert

M. Smith. Ten minutes.

21. The Preservation of Green Algae in their Natural Color. Gilbert

M. Smith. Ten minutes.

22. Cytology of the Convallariceae. Frederick McAllister. (By

title.)

23. Oogenesis in Sphaeroplea annulina. E. M. Gilbert. Ten min¬

utes.

24. Preliminary Report on a Collection of Hepaticae from the Du¬

luth-Superior District. George H. Conklin. (By title.)

1422

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

25. An August Survey of the Hydrophytes of Lake Mendota. R. H„

Denniston. (By title.)

26. Notes on Parasitic Fungi of Wisconsin. J. J. Davis. (By title.)

27. Field Record of the Wisconsin Mycological Society for the Season

of 1912. W. C. Schier. (By title.)

28. Some Recent Researches on Cellulose. A. F. Gilman. Fifteen

minutes.

29. John C. Gilman, Pioneer. A. F. Gilman. (By title.)

30. Wisconsin Mushrooms. Lewis Sherman. Twenty minutes.

31. The Stimulus which Causes the Leaf-Ovipositing Tachinidae to

Hatch. Henry H. P. Severin. Five minutes.

32. Insect-Catching Grasses of Hawaii. Henry H. P. Severin. Five

minutes.

33. The Behavior of the Mediterranean Fruit Fly (Ceratitis capitata

Wied) Towards Kerosene. Henry H. P. Severin. Ten
minutes.

34. Kerosene Traps as a Means of Checking up the Efficiency of a

Poisoned Bait Spray to Control the Mediterranean Fruit Fly.
Henry H. P. Severin. Ten minutes.

35. Parasites of the Walking Stick, Diapheromera femorata Say.

Henry H. P. Severin. Five minutes.

Afternoon Session, 2:00 o'clock.

36. Results of the Measurements of Sunshine at Madison, Wisconsin,

during 1910, 1911, and 1912. Eric R. Miller. (By title.)

37. The Climatic Influence of the Great Lakes, Especially in Wiscon¬

sin. Eric R. Miller. (By title.)

38. The Congressional Elections of 1844 and 1848. C. R. Fish. (By

title.)

39. General Aspects of Literary Patronage in the Middle Ages.

Samuel Moore. Twenty minutes.

40. The Attitude of Goethe to Shakespeare. M. E. Speare. Thirty

minutes.

41. The Development of the Vowrel of the Unaccented Syllable in Ital¬

ian. Edward B. Schlatter. (By title.)

42. The Aesthetic Purpose of Tennyson in The Palace of Art.

Arthur Beatty. (By title.)

43. The Influence of Tertiary Derivative conjugations in Hebrew.

Louis B. Wolfenson. Ten minutes.

President Munro appointed as committee to consider closer affiliation
between the Scientific Societies of Wisconsin, the following:

Dr. J. J. Davis (chairman), Prof. W. S. Marshall. .Wisconsin Academy

Dr. Geo. P. Barth, Mr. Henry L. Ward .

. Wisconsin Natural History Society

Dr. Lewis Sherman, Mr. W. H. Ellsworth .

. Wisconsin Mycological Society

Mr. H. L. Skavlem, Mr. C. E. Brown .

. Wisconsin Archeological Society

Officers and Members.

1423

By invitation of the chair Director Henry L. Ward of the Public Mu¬
seum, gave a talk on the improvements to be made in the Milwaukee
Public Museum.

EXTRACTS FROM THE CHARTER.

Aw Act to incorporate the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and

Letters.

The people of the state of Wisconsin, represented in senate and assem¬
bly, do enact as follows:

Section 1. Lucius Fairchild, Nelson Dewey, John W. Hoyt, Increase
A. Lapham, * * *x at present being members and officers of an asso¬

ciation known as “The Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Let¬
ters,” located at the city of Madison, together with their future asso¬
ciates and successors forever, are hereby created a body corporate by
the name and style of the “Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and
Letters,” and by that name shall have perpetual succession; shall be
capable in law of contracting and being contracted with, of suing and
being sued, of pleading and being impleaded in all courts of competent
jurisdiction; and may do and perform such acts as are usually per¬
formed by like corporate bodies.

Section 2. The general objects of the Academy shall be to encourage
investigation and disseminate correct views in the various departments
of science, literature, and the arts. Among the specific objects of the
Academy shall be embraced the following:

1. Researches and investigations in the various departments of the
material, metaphysical, ethical, ethnological, and social sciences.

2. A progressive and thorough scientific survey of the state with a
view of determining its mineral, agricultural, and other resources.

3. The advancement of the useful arts, through the applications of
science, and by the encouragement of original invention.

4. The encouragement of the fine arts, by means of honors and prizes
awarded to artists for original works of superior merit.

5. The formation of scientific, economic, and art museums.

6. The encouragement of philogical and historical research, the col¬
lection and preservation of historic records, and the formation of a gen¬
eral library.

7. The diffusion of knowledge by the publication of original contribu¬
tions to science, literature, and the arts.

Section 3. Said Academy may have a common seal and alter the
same at pleasure; may ordain and enforce such constitution, regula¬
tions, and by-laws as may be necessary, and alter the same at pleasure;
may receive and hold real and personal property, and may use and dis-

1 Here follow the names of forty others. Sections 5, 6, 8 and 9 are omitted
here as of no present interest. For the charter in full see Transactions , vol.
viii, p. xi, or earlier volumes.

1424 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

pose of the same at pleasure; provided, that it shall not divert any do¬
nation or bequest from the uses and objects proposed by the donor, and
that none of the property acquired by it shall, in any manner, be alien¬
ated other than in the way of exchange of duplicate specimens, books,
and other effects, with similar institutions and in the manner specified
in the next section of this act, without the consent of the legislature.

Section 4. It shall be the duty of the said Academy, so far as the
same may be done without detriment to its own collections, to furnish,
at the discretion of its officers, duplicate typical specimens of objects in
natural history to the University of Wisconsin, and to the other schools
and colleges of the state.

Section 7. Any existing society or institution having like objects
embraced by said Academy, may be constituted a department thereof,
or be otherwise connected therewith, on terms mutually satisfactory to
the governing bodies of the said Academy and such other society or in¬
stitution.

Approved March 16, 1870.

STATUTES OF 1898.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ACADEMY.

Section 341. There shall be printed by the state printer biennially
in pamphlet form two thousand copies of the transactions of the Wis¬
consin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters, uniform in style with
the volumes heretofore printed for said society.

Note. — Under a ruling of the printing commissioners of the. state of Wiscon¬
sin, made in response to a presentation by a committee of the Academy ap¬
pointed December 29, 1897, each volume of the Transactions may be issued in
two consecutive parts ; so that a publication may thus be issued each year cov¬
ering the papers accepted after the previous annual meeting. The Academy
allows each author one hundred separate reprints of his paper from the Trans¬
actions without expense, except a small charge for printed covers when desired.
Additional copies are charged for at the actual cost of printing and binding.

OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS.

Section 365. The transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences,
Arts, and Letters shall be distributed as follows: One copy to each
member of the legislature, one copy to the librarian of each state insti¬
tution; one hundred copies to the State Agricultural Society; one hun¬
dred copies to the State Historical Society; one hundred copies to the
State University, and the remainder to said Academy.

Section 366. In the distribution of books or other packages, if such
packages are too large or would cost too much to be sent by mail, they
shall be sent by express or freight, and the accounts for such express
or freight charges, properly certified to, shall be paid out of the state
treasury.

Officers and Members.

1425

STATUTES OF 1901.

CHAPTER 447.

BINDING OF EXCHANGES.

Section 1. Section 341 of the revised statutes of 1898 is hereby
amended by adding thereto the following: The secretary of state may
authorize the state printer to bind in suitable binding all periodicals
and other exchanges which the Society shall hereafter receive, at a
cost not exceeding one hundred and fifty dollars per annum. The sec¬
retary of state shall audit the accounts for such binding.

STATUTES OF 1913.

CHAPTER 771.

Section 19. That part of section 20.31 of the statutes relating to
printing for the Wisconsin academy of sciences, arts and letters is
amended to read: “not more than two thousand copies * * * of
each number as issued, of the transactions of the Wisconsin academy of
sciences, arts and letters * * * together with suitable binding at

a cost not exceeding one hundred and fifty dollars per annum of all
periodicals and other exchanges which said academy shall hereafter re¬
ceive.”

CONSTITUTION

OF THE WISCONSIN ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, ARTS, AND

LETTERS.

[As amended at various regular meetings.]

Article I. — Name and Location .

This association shall be known as the Wisconsin Academy of Sci¬
ences, Arts, and Letters, and shall be located at the city of Madison.

Article II. — Object.

The object of the Academy shall be the promotion of sciences, arts,
and letters in the state of Wisconsin. Among the special objects shall
be the publication of the results of investigation and the formation of
a library.

1426 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Article III. — Membership.

The Academy shall include four classes of members, viz.: life mem¬
bers, honorary members, corresponding members, and active members,
to be elected by ballot.

obtained by the payment of one hundred dollars and election by the
Academy. Life members shall be allowed to vote and to hold office.

2. Honorary members shall be elected by the Academy and shall be
men who have rendered conspicuous services to science, arts, or letters.

3. Corresponding members shall be elected from those who have been
active members of the Academy, but have removed from the state. By
special vote of the Academy men of attainments in science or letters
may be elected corresponding members. They shall have no vote in
the meetings of the Academy.

4. Active members shall be elected by the Academy or the council
and shall enter upon membership on the payment of an initiation fee
of two dollars which shall include the first annual assessment of one
dollar. The annual assessment shall be omitted for the president,
secretary, treasurer, and librarian during their term of office.

Article IV. — Officers.

The officers of the Academy shall be a president, a vice-president for
each of the three departments, sciences, arts, and letters, a secretary, a
librarian, a treasurer, and a custodian. These officers shall be chosen
by ballot, on recommendation of the committee on nomination of offi¬
cers, by the Academy at an annual meeting and shall hold office for
three years. Their duties shall be those usually performed by officers
thus named in scientific societies. It shall be one of the duties of the
president to prepare an address which shall be delivered before the
Academy at the annual meeting at which his term of office expires.

Article V. — Council.

The council of the Academy shall be entrusted with the management
of its affairs during the intervals between regular meetings, and shall
consist of the president, the three vice-presidents, the secretary, the
treasurer, the librarian,' and the past presidents who retain their resi¬
dence in Wisconsin. Three members of the council shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business, provided the secretary and one
of the presiding officers be included in the number.

Article VI. — Committees.

The standing committees of the Academy shall be a committee on
publication, a library committee, and a committee on the nomination
of members. These committees shall be elected at the annual meeting
of the Academy in the same manner as the other officers of the Acad¬
emy, and shall hold office for the same term.

Proceedings.

1427

1. The committee on publication shall consist of the president and
secretary and a third member elected by the Academy. They shall
determine the matter which shall be printed in the publications of the
Academy. They may at their discretion refer papers of a doubtful
character to specialists for their opinion as to scientific value and
relevancy.

2. The library committee shall consist of five members, of which the
librarian shall be ex officio chairman, and of which a majority shall
not be from the same city.

3. The committee on nomination of members shall consist of five
members, one of whom shall be the secretary of the Academy.

Article VII. — Meetings.

The annual meeting of the Academy shall be held at such time and
place as the council may designate; but all regular meetings for the
election of the board of officers shall be held at Madison. Summer
field meetings shall be held at such times and places as the Academy
or the council may decide. Special meetings may be called by the
council.

Article VIII. — Publications.

The regular publication of the Academy shall be known as its
Transactions, and shall include suitable papers, a record of its proceed¬
ings, and any other matter pertaining to the Academy. This shall be
printed by the state as provided in the statutes of Wisconsin. All mem¬
bers of the Academy shall receive gratis the current issues of its
Transactions.

Article IX. — Amendments.

Amendments to this constitution may be made at any annual meeting
by a vote of three-fourths of all the members present; provided , that
the amendment has been proposed by five members, and that notice has
been sent to all the members at least one month before the meeting.

1428 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

RESOLUTIONS

REGULATIVE OP THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY.

THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE ACADEMY.

[ By the Academy, December 28, 1882.]

2. The secretary of the Academy shall he charged with the special
duty of overseeing and editing the publication of future volumes of
the Transactions.

3. The Transactions of the Academy hereafter published shall con¬
tain: (a) a list of officers and members of the Academy; (b) the
charter, by-laws and constitution of the Academy as amended to date;
(c) the proceedings of the meetings; and (d) such papers as are duly
certified in writing to the secretary as accepted for publication in ac¬
cordance with the following regulations, and no other.

6. In deciding as to the papers to be selected for publication, the
committee shall have special regard to their value as genuine, original
contributions to the knowledge of the subject discussed.

9. The sub-committee on publication shall be charged with insisting
upon the correction of errors in grammar, phraseology, etc., on the
part of authors, and shall call the attention of authors to any other
points in their papers which in their judgment appear to need revision.

[ By the Academy , June 2, 1892.]

The secretary was given authority to allow as much as ten dollars
for the illustrations of a paper when the contribution was of sufficient
value to warrant it. A larger amount than this might be allowed by
the committee on publication.

[ By the Academy, December 29, 1896.]

The secretary was directed to add to the date of publication as
printed on the outside of author’s separates the words, “Issued in ad¬
vance of general publication.”

FEES OF LIFE MEMBERS.

[ By the Academy, July 19, 1870.]

Resolved, That the. fees from members for life be set apart as a per¬
manent endowment fund to be invested in Wisconsin state bonds, or
other equally safe securities, and that the proceeds of said fund, only,/
be used for the general purposes of the Academy.

Proceedings.

1429

ANNUAL DUES.

[ By the Academy, December 29, 1892.]

Resolved, That the secretary and treasurer be instructed to strike
from the list of active members of the Academy the names of all who
are in arrears in the payment of annual dues, except in those cases
where, in their judgment, it is desirable to retain such members for a
longer time.

ARREARS OF ANNUAL DUES.

[ By the Council, December 29, 1897.]

Resolved, That the treasurer be requested to send out the notices of
annual dues as soon as possible after each annual meeting and to ex¬
tend the notice to the second or third time within a period of four
months where required.

secretary’s allowance.

[ By the Academy, December 27, 1902.]

Resolved, That the Academy hereby appropriates the sum of seventy-
five dollars per annum as an allowance for secretary’s expenses, for
which a single voucher shall be required.

secretary’s allowance.

{By the Council, April 5, 1912.]

Resolved, That the Academy appropriates the sum of two hundred
dollars per annum for the secretary-treasurer’s allowance.

*>-IVn